As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 5, 2012
Registration Number 333-_____


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
____________________________________________________
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
____________________________________________________
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
____________________________________________________
 
Delaware
7389
65-0908171
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
____________________________________________________
2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275
Boca Raton, FL 33431
(561) 988-1988
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Mark Munro
Chief Executive Officer
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275
Boca Raton, FL 33431
(561) 988-1988
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
____________________________________________________________________________
 
With copies to:
 
Warren B. Lazarow, Esq.
Eric Sibbitt, Esq.
O’Melveny & Myers LLP
2765 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, California 94025
Telephone:  (650) 473-2600
Fax:  (650) 473-2601
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.   ¨
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering   ¨
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer ¨                                                                                                 Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer    ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)             Smaller reporting company ý
____________________________________________________
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities to be
Registered
 
Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
   
Amount of Registration Fee
 
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
  $ 40,000,000.00     $ 5,456.00  
 
(1)
Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act or 1933.
(2)
Includes any additional shares of common stock which may be purchased by the underwriters, if any.
____________________________________________________
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 
EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
Explanatory Note Regarding Name Change: Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., the registrant whose name appears on the cover of this registration statement, is a Delaware corporation. Before the completion of the offering of the shares of common stock subject to this registration statement, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. will be renamed InterCloud Systems, Inc.  Shares of the common stock of InterCloud Systems, Inc. are being offered by this prospectus.
 
 
 
 
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.  This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where any such offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION,
Preliminary Prospectus dated December 5, 2012
 
Shares
 
InterCloud Systems, Inc.
Common Stock
____________________________
 
This is InterCloud Systems, Inc.’s initial public offering. We are selling shares of our common stock.
 
Our common stock is currently traded over-the-counter on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “GGHO”.  On November 26, 2012, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $0.026 per share.  We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT LLC (NYSE MKT) or the NASDAQ Capital Market (NASDAQ) under the symbol “ICLD”.
 
The underwriter may also exercise its option to purchase up to an additional shares of our common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
 
We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.  Our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm has raised substantial doubts about our ability to continue as a going concern.  Investing in our common stock involves risks.   See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus.
 
 
     
Price to
Public
   
Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions(1)
   
Proceeds, Before Expenses, to Us
 
 
Per Share
  $       $       $    
 
Total
  $       $       $    
 
____________
(1) See “Underwriting”.
 
The shares will be ready for delivery on or about           , 2013.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
____________________________

 

The date of this prospectus is            , 2013.
 
 
 

 
    Page  
       
 
2
 
 
3
 
 
13
 
 
32
 
 
32
 
 
33
 
 
34
 
 
35
 
 
36
 
 
38
 
 
39
 
 
41
 
 
45
 
 
69
 
 
77
 
 
83
 
 
88
 
 
90
 
 
92
 
 
97
 
 
99
 
 
102
 
 
106
 
 
106
 
 
106
 
 
F-1
 
 
 
Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared.  We do not, and the underwriters do not, take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you.  This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so.  The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
 
For investors outside the United States:  Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States.  You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligations
 
Until                  , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.  This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
STATISTICAL DATA AND MARKET INFORMATION
 
This prospectus contains estimates and other statistical data made by independent parties and by us relating to market size and growth and other industry data.  This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates.  We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and other reports.  The industry in which we operate is subject to risks and uncertainty due to a variety of factors, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.  These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.
 
While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry data presented herein, our estimates, in particular as they relate to market share and our general expectations, involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus.  This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock.  You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors” and our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.
 
Unless otherwise noted, “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” refer to InterCloud Systems, Inc. and its predecessors and consolidated subsidiaries, including Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, ADEX Corporation, T N S, Inc. and Tropical Communications, Inc. Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes or reflects that (i) the underwriter s option to purchase up to additional shares will not be exercised, (ii) a 125 -for-1 reverse stock split has occurred and (iii) the number of our authorized shares of capital stock has been increased to shares of common stock and shares of preferred stock.
 
Our Company
 
Overview
 
We are a leading end-to-end solution provider of cloud and managed service based platforms, professional services, applications and infrastructure to both the telecommunications industry and corporate enterprises.  Our cloud-based and managed services, and engineering, design, construction, project staffing, installation, maintenance and project staffing services support the build-out, maintenance, upgrade and operation of some of the most advanced fiber optic, Ethernet, copper, wireless and satellite networks.
 
We provide the following categories of offerings to our customers:
 
 
Cloud and Managed Services .  Our cloud and managed services, which include both hardware solutions and professional services, enable corporate enterprises to integrate their applications and migrate various services into a web-hosted environment, as well as extend the ability of telecommunications and broadband service providers to provide cloud-based services.
 
     
 
Applications and Infrastructure .  We provide an array of applications and services including unified communications, interactive voice response (IVR), call centers, as well as structured cabling and other field installations throughout North America and internationally.  We design, engineer, install and maintain various types of WiFi and wide-area networks, distributed antenna systems (DAS), and small cell distribution networks for incumbent local exchange carriers (ILECs), telecommunications original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), cable broadband multiple system operators (MSOs) and large end-users. Our services and applications support the deployment of new networks and technologies, as well as expand and maintain existing networks.  We also sell hardware for the leading OEMs that support voice, data and optical networks.
 
     
 
Professional Services .  We provide staffing solutions to the service provider and enterprise market in support of all facets of the business including project management, implementation installation, network upgrades, rebuilds, maintenance and consulting services.  We leverage our industry-leading and proprietary international recruiting database, which includes more than 70,000 telecom professionals for the rapid deployment of our professional services.  On a weekly basis, we deploy hundreds of telecommunications professionals in support of network infrastructure deployments worldwide.  Our skilled recruiters assist telecommunications companies, cable broadband MSOs and enterprise clients throughout the project lifecycle of a network deployment.
 
 
 
Our Industry
 
Global internet traffic is expected to continue to grow rapidly, driven by factors such as the proliferation of mobile telecommunications devices and the increased adoption of cloud-based services.  Corporate enterprises are increasingly adopting cloud-based services, which enable enterprises and other end users to store, access and manage data remotely and to take advantage of shared services.  To remain competitive and meet the rapidly growing demand for state-of-the-art mobile data services, telecommunications and cable companies rely on outsourcing to provide a wide range of network and infrastructure services and project staffing services as they build out and maintain their networks.  In building out and managing telecommunications networks, service providers and enterprise customers face many challenges, including difficulty locating, recruiting, hiring and retaining skilled labor, significant capital investment requirements and competitive pressures on operating margins.  As a result, telecommunications providers and enterprise customers continue to seek and outsource solutions in order to reduce their investment in capital equipment, provide flexibility in workforce sizing and expand product offerings without large increases in incremental hiring.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Competitive Strengths
 
Single-Source Provider of End-to-End Network Infrastructure, Cloud and Managed Services and Project Staffing Needs, Applications and Infrastructure to Enterprise and Service Providers.   We believe that our ability to address a wide range of end-to-end network solutions, infrastructure and project staffing needs for our clients is a key competitive advantage.  Our ability to offer diverse technical capabilities (including design, engineering, construction, deployment, installation and integration services) allows customers to turn to a single source for these specific specialty services as well as to entrust us with the execution of entire turn-key solutions.
 
Established Customer Relationships With Leading Infrastructure Providers.   We have established relationships with many leading wireless and wireline telecommunications providers, cable broadband MSOs, OEMs and others.  We have over 30 master service agreements with service providers and OEMs.  Our current customers include Ericsson Inc., Verizon Communications Inc., Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., Century Link, Inc., AT&T Inc. and Hotwire Communications.  These relationships position us to take advantage of United States and international market opportunities.  We believe the barriers are extremely high for new entrants to obtain master service agreements with service providers and OEMs unless there are established relationships and a proven ability to execute.
 
Proven Ability to Recruit, Manage and Retain High Quality Telecommunications Personnel.   Our ability to recruit, manage and retain skilled labor is a critical advantage in an industry where a shortage of skilled labor is often a key limitation for our customers and competitors alike.  We own and operate a proprietary, actively maintained database of more than 70,000 telecom personnel.  We also employ highly skilled recruiters and utilize an electronic hiring process that we believe expedites deployment of personnel and reduces costs.  Our staffing capabilities allow us to efficiently locate and engage skilled personnel for projects, helping ensure that we do not miss out on opportunities due to a lack of skilled labor.  We believe that this access to a skilled labor pool gives us a competitive edge over our competitors as we continue to expand.
 
Strong Senior Management Team with Proven Ability to Execute .  Our highly experienced management team has deep industry knowledge and a strong track record of successful execution in major corporations as well as startup ventures.  Our senior management team brings an average of over 25 years of individual experience across a broad range of disciplines. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and is well-positioned to execute our strategy.
 
Scalable and Capital Efficient Business Model .  We typically hire workers to staff projects on a project-by-project basis and we believe this business model enables us to staff our business efficiently to meet changes in demand.  Our operating expenses other than staffing are primarily fixed; we are generally able to deploy personnel to infrastructure projects in the United States and beyond with incremental increases in operating costs.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
We are pursuing several strategies, including:
 
Grow Revenues and Market Share through Selective Acquisitions.   We plan to continue to acquire private companies that enhance our earnings and offer complementary services or expand our geographic reach.  We believe this will help enable us to accelerate growth in revenues, leverage our existing strengths, capture and retain more work in-house as a prime contractor for our clients, thereby contributing to our profitability.  We believe that there are many potential acquisition candidates and that our increased scale will also enable us to bid and take on larger contracts.  We believe there are many potential acquisition candidates in the highly fragmented specialty services and staffing markets, and that through selectively acquiring and integrating appropriate companies, we can continue to grow our revenues and expand our service offering reach.
 
Deepen Our Relationships With Our Existing Customer Base.   Our customers include many leading wireless and wireline telecommunications providers, cable broadband MSOs, OEMs and enterprise customers.  As we have expanded the breadth of our service offerings through both organic growth and selective acquisitions, we believe we have opportunities to expand revenues with our existing clients by marketing additional service offerings to them as well as by extending services to existing customers in new geographies.
 
Expand Our Relationships with New Service Providers. We plan to expand new relationships with smaller  cable broadband providers, competitive local exchange carriers (CLECs), integrated communication providers (IC’s), competitive access providers (CAPs), network access point providers (NAPs) and integrated communications providers (ICPs).  We believe that the business model for the expansion of these relationships, leveraging our core strength and array of service solutions, will support our business model for organic growth.
 
Increase Operating Margins by Leveraging Operating Efficiencies .   We believe that by centralizing administrative functions, consolidating insurance coverages and eliminating redundancies across our newly acquired businesses, we will be positioned to offer more integrated end-to-end solutions and improve operating margins.
 
Summary Risk Factors
 
Our business is subject to numerous risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.  You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment.  Some of these risks include:
 
 
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from master service agreements, which may be cancelled by customers on short notice, or which we may be unable to renew on favorable terms or at all.  Amounts included in our backlog may not result in actual revenue or translate into profits.
 
     
Our business is labor-intensive and if we are unable to attract and retain key personnel and skilled labor, or if we encounter labor difficulties, our ability to bid for and successfully complete contracts may be negatively impacted.
 
     
Our industry is highly competitive, with a variety of larger companies with greater resources competing with us, and our failure to compete effectively could reduce the number of new contracts awarded to us or adversely affect our market share and harm our financial performance.
 
     
We have a history of losses and may continue to incur losses in the future, raising substantial doubts about our ability to continue as a going concern.
 
     
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and we cannot assure you that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not occur in the future.  If our internal control over financial reporting or our disclosure controls and procedures are not effective, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, prevent fraud, or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in our stock price.
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our payment obligations.
 
 
 
If any of the foregoing risks or the risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” were to occur, you may lose part or all of your investment.  You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” on page 14 of this prospectus before making an investment decision.
 
We have a history of losses and we expect to continue to incur operating losses in future periods.  These losses may increase and we may never achieve profitability again for a variety of reasons, including increased competition, decreased growth in the telecommunications industry and other factors described in the “Risk Factors” section.  These factors raise substantial doubt that we will be able to continue operations as a going concern, and our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our generating cash flow sufficient to fund operations and reducing operating expenses.
 
  Our Corporate Information
 
We were incorporated under the name i-realtyauction.com, Inc. in the State of Delaware on November 22, 1999 as a subsidiary of i-Incubator.com, Inc. (OTCBB:INQU).  On August 16, 2001, we changed our name to Genesis Realty Group, Inc. and began to focus our attention on the acquisition, development and management of real property.  In August 2008 we changed our name to Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.  Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will change our name to InterCloud Systems, Inc.  Our principal executive offices are located at 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431.  The telephone number of our principal executive offices is (561) 988-1988, and our main corporate website is www.intercloudsys.com.  The information on, or accessible from, our website is not part of this prospectus.
 
  Recent Developments
 
We have grown significantly and expanded our service offerings and geographic reach through a series of strategic acquisitions.
 
Since January 1, 2011, we have completed the following acquisitions:
 
 
ADEX Corporation .  In September 2012, we acquired ADEX Corporation, an Atlanta-based provider of staffing solutions and other services to the telecommunications industry.  ADEX’s project staffing solutions diversified our ability to service our customers domestically and internationally throughout the project lifecycle.
 
     
T N S, Inc.   In September 2012, we also acquired T N S, Inc., a Chicago-based structured cabling company and DAS installer that supports voice, data, video, security and multimedia systems within commercial office buildings, multi-building campus environments, high-rise buildings, data centers and other structures.  T N S extends our geographic reach to the Midwest area and our client reach to end-users such as multinational corporations, universities, school districts and other large organizations that have significant ongoing cabling needs.
 
     
Tropical Communications, Inc .  In August 2011, we acquired Tropical Communications, Inc., a Miami-based provider of services to construct, install, optimize and maintain structured cabling for commercial and governmental entities in the Southeast.
 
     
Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC and Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC .  In December 2011, we acquired a 49% stake in Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC, a certified Women Business Enterprise (WBE) cable firm based in Tuscaloosa, Alabama that performs engineering services in the Southeastern United States and internationally, and 100% of Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, an equipment provider for cable-engineering services firms.  We have an option to purchase the remaining 51% of Rives-Monteiro Engineering for a nominal sum at any time.
 
     
 
 
     
We have also entered into definitive agreements for the following acquisitions:
 
     
Telco Professional Services Division .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire the Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing business division (Telco) of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company.  We plan to integrate this professional service and telecommunications staffing business with our ADEX subsidiary, in order to expand our project staffing business and our access to skilled labor.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate this acquisition.
 
     
Integration Partners-NY Corporation .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire Integration Partners-NY Corporation (IPC), a full-service voice and data network engineering firm based in New York.  IPC serves both corporate enterprises and telecommunications service providers.  We believe that the acquisition of IPC will support our cloud and managed services aspect of our business as well as improve our systems integration and applications capabilities.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate this acquisition.
 
     
 
 
       
 
The Offering
 
       
 
Issuer
InterCloud Systems, Inc.
 
       
 
Shares of common stock offered by us
     shares.
 
       
 
Shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering
     shares.
 
       
 
Underwriter s option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering
We have granted the underwriter a 30-day option to purchase up to additional shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriter does not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by it.
 
       
 
Dividend policy
We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and to fund the development and growth of our business. We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”
 
       
 
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $          million (approximately $          million if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
       
 
Proposed NYSE MKT or NASDAQ symbol
“ICLD”
 
       
 
Risk Factors
You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under “Risk Factors” and all other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
 
       
 
Except as otherwise indicated, the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering used in this prospectus is based on 11,104,565 shares outstanding as of November 1, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series E Preferred Stock and after giving effect to a 125-to-1 reverse stock split, and such shares outstanding number excludes:
 
 
4,150 shares of our Series F Preferred Stock, of which we expect to redeem approximately                 shares prior to the consummation of this offering for approximately $            ;
 
     
1,500 shares of our Series G Preferred Stock currently being held in escrow by us as collateral for our obligations under the ADEX Stock Purchase Agreement and which will be automatically cancelled if we perform our obligations under that agreement;
 
     
1,475 shares of our Series H Preferred Stock, which we expect to redeem after the consummation of this offering for approximately $            ;
 
     

 
 
 
     
shares of common stock subject to options outstanding;
 
     
shares of common stock issuable pursuant to outstanding warrants to purchase 11.5% of our fully diluted shares of common stock as of the date the registration statement on Form S-1 including this prospectus is initially filed.
 
     
shares of common stock available for issuance pursuant to our 2012 Performance Incentive Plan; and
 
     
shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares of common stock.
 
     
Unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, all information contained in this prospectus assumes the amendments to our charter documents and bylaws, which are expected to occur prior to the closing of this offering, have occurred.
 
     
 
   
 
 
Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data
 
The following table sets forth summary consolidated financial data for us for the periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012.  The summary consolidated financial statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.  The summary consolidated financial statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.  Our unaudited consolidated financial statements are prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements.  We have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements.   Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected for any future period, and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2012.
 
The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
 
     
Year ended
December 31,
   
Nine months ended
September 30,
 
     
2010
   
2011
   
2011
   
2012
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
     
 
Revenues
  $ 952,839     $ 2,812,210     $ 2,703,830     $ 5,874,314  
 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
 
Cost of revenues earned
    1,002,781       1,851,018       1,513,058       3,582,824  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    26,191       39,229       28,066       80,644  
 
Salaries and wages (including stock compensation
of $5,001,000 and $872,000)
    1,574,374       5,853,600       1,018,074       2,099,351  
 
General and administrative
    600,509       1,251,102       1,081,273       1,473,192  
                                   
 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
    3,203,855       8,994,949       3,057,413       3,653,187  
                                   
 
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS
    (2,251,016 )     (6,182,739 )     (1,866,640 )     (1,361,697 )
                                   
 
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSES
                               
                                   
 
Unrealized loss (gain) on fair value of derivative
    (376,788 )     (458,754 )     494,557       360,738  
                                   
 
Interest Expense
    267,368       1,240,457       1,097,762       1,370,738  
                                   
 
Loss from disposal of subsidiary
                      880,393  
 
Gain from disposal of capital equipment
                      (21,981
 
Goodwill impairment
          437,000              
                                   
 
TOTAL OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE
    (109,420 )     1,218,703       1,592,319       2,589,888  
                                   
 
Loss before gain in non-controlling interest
    (2,141,596 )     (7,401,442 )     (3,458,961 )     (3,951,585 )
                                   
 
Gain from non-controlling interest
                      33,111  
                                   
 
NET LOSS
  $ (2,141,596 )   $ (7,401,442 )   $ (3,458,961 )   $ 3,918,414  
                                   
 
LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
                               
 
Basic and fully diluted
  $ (0.02 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.02 )
                                   
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding-basic and diluted
    136,148,976       125,408,014       118,663,137       180,312,957  
                                   
 
 
                     
     
December 31,
   
December 31,
   
September 30,
 
     
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
     
 
Current Assets
                 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 22,476     $ 89,285     $ 247,880  
 
Accounts receivable
    148,811       347,607       7,451,678  
 
Inventory
    13,235       10,992       58,796  
 
Deferred loan costs
          53,848       1,823,465  
 
Other current assets
          8,701       197,734  
                           
 
Total Current Assets
    184,522       510,433       9,779,553  
                           
 
Property & equipment, net
    237,935       338,759       173,657  
                           
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets
          636,736       15,731,611  
                           
 
Note receivable from related party
                125,000  
                           
 
Investment in Digital Comm
                83,333  
                           
 
Deposits
    7,926       304,084       284,522  
                           
 
Total Assets
  $ 430,383     $ 1,790,012     $ 26,177,676  
                           
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficiency
                       
                           
 
Current liabilities
                       
 
Accounts payable
  $ 294,689     $ 563,449     $ 1,250,170  
 
Bank debt, current portion
    64,105       114,358       347,045  
 
Accrued expenses
    151,497       227,854       1,157,876  
 
Notes payable, related parties
    348,471       5,364       3,728  
 
Notes payable, other, current portion
    509,268       876,522       1,464,500  
                           
 
Total Current Liabilities
    1,368,030       1,787,547       6,322,473  
                           
 
Other liabilities:
                       
 
Bank debt, net of current portion
    229,542       698,289       144,749  
 
Notes payable, related parties, net of current
            110,293       105,694  
 
Notes payable, other, net of current
          825,761       12,350,000  
 
Derivative Liability
    459,897       1,143       361,881  
                           
 
Total Other Liabilities
    689,439       1,635,486       12,962,324  
                           
 
Common stock with $.10 put option, 0,0 and 5,000,000 shares issues and outstanding
                    500,000  
 
Redeemable Series A, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 authorized, 0,20,000 and 2,000,000 issued and outstanding
          200,000       200,000  
 
Redeemable Series B, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 60,000 shares, 0,15 and 365 shares  issued and outstanding
          15,000       384,063  
 
Redeemable Series C, convertible preferred stock, 10% cumulative, annual dividend $1,000 stated value, 1,500 authorized,   and 0,0 and 1,500 shares issued and outstanding
                1,500,000  
 
Redeemable Series F, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 60,000 shares, 0,0 and 4,150 issued and outstanding
                4,150,000  
 
Redeemable Series G, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 3,500 shares outstanding, none issued
                 
                           
 
Total Stockholders' Deficiency
          215,000       6,734,063  
                           
 
Series D, convertible preferred stock, 10% cumulative, annual dividend $1,000 stated value, authorized 1,000 shares, 0, 366 and 566 shares issued and outstanding
          366       566  
 
Series E, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 10% cumulative, annual dividend $1,000 stated value, authorized 50,000 shares, 0,0 and 3,781 shares issued and outstanding
                4  
                           
 
Common stock, $.0001 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 105,973,976, 158,737,602 and 217,836,627 shares issued and outstanding
    10,597       15,873       21,783  
 
Additional paid-in-capital
    581,800       7,850,944       13,664,000  
 
Accumulated deficit
    (2,219,483 )     (9,620,926 )     (13,599,948 )
 
Total Genesis Holdings, Inc. stockholders' equity (deficiency)
    (1,627,086 )     (7,753,543 )     86,405  
 
Non-controlling interest
          105,522       72,411  
                           
 
Total Stockholders’ Equity (deficiency)
    (1,627,086 )     (1,648,012 )     158,816  
                           
 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' deficiency
  $ 430,383     $ 1,790,012     $ 26,177,676  
                           
 
 
     
 
_________________
 
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
 
To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, in this prospectus. We define EBITDA as net earnings plus the provision for income taxes (or net loss less the benefit from income taxes), plus interest expense, plus depreciation and amortization expense.
 
We have also disclosed adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, in this prospectus. We define adjusted EBITDA as net earnings plus the provision for income taxes (or net loss less the benefit from income taxes), plus interest expense, plus depreciation and amortization expense, plus stock compensation, along with adjustments for payroll and other costs that are non-recurring.  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as alternatives to net earnings (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP) as measures of our operating performance or to net cash provided by operating, investing or financing activities (as determined in accordance with GAAP) or as measures of our ability to meet cash needs.
 
We have provided a reconciliation below of EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.  We have also provided below a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
 
We have included EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget, and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business.
 
Accordingly, we believe that EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors. We believe that it is useful to exclude stock compensation, along with adjustments for payroll and other costs that are non-recurring, along with goodwill impairment and unrealized gains or losses from the fair value of derivative instruments from net income (loss) because (i) the amount of such expenses in any specific period may not directly correlate to the underlying operational performance of our business, and (ii) such expenses were incurred by our acquired companies prior to our acquisition of each of them and are not expected to recur in the future.
 
Our use of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations include the following:
 
     
  
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
     
  
EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA do not consider the potentially dilutive impact of share-based compensation; and
 
     
  
other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, limiting their usefulness as a comparative measure.
 
     
 
Reconciliation of Income (Loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
 
     
     
Year ended December 31,
   
Nine months ended September 30,
 
     
2010
   
2011
   
2011
   
2012
 
 
Net loss
  $ (2,141,596 )   $ (7,401,443 )   $ (3,458,961 )   $ (3,918,474 )
 
Depreciation and amortization
    26,191       39,229       28,066       80,644  
 
Interest (expense), net
    267,368       1,240,457       1,097,762       1,370,738  
 
EBITDA
    (1,848,037 )     (6,121,757 )     (2,333,133 )     (2,467,092 )
 
Salaries and Wages (stock based compensation)
    872,000       5,853,600       930,000       603,998  
 
Goodwill impairment
          437,000              
 
Loss from disposal of subsidiary
                      880,393  
 
Gain from non-controlling interest
                      (33,111 )
 
Gain from disposal of capital equipment
                      (21,981 )
 
Unrealized (gain) loss on fair value of derivative
    (376,788 )     (458,754 )     494,557       360,738  
 
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ (1,352,825 )   $ (289,911 )   $ (908,576 )   $ (677,055 )
                                   
 
 
RISK FACTORS
 
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.  You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock.  If any of the following risks, as well as other risks and uncertainties occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.  In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
A failure to successfully execute our strategy of acquiring other businesses to grow our company could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We intend to continue pursuing growth through the acquisition of companies or assets to seek to expand our project skill-sets and capabilities, enlarge our geographic markets, add experienced management and increase critical mass to enable us to bid on larger contracts.  However, we may be unable to find suitable acquisition candidates or to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all.  Moreover, any completed acquisition may not result in the intended benefits and involves a number of risks, including:
 
  
We may have difficulty integrating the acquired companies;
 
  
Our ongoing business and management’s attention may be disrupted or diverted by transition or integration issues and the complexity of managing geographically or culturally diverse enterprises;
 
  
We may not realize the anticipated cost savings or other financial benefits we anticipated;
 
  
We may have difficulty applying our expertise in one market to another market;
 
  
We may have difficulty retaining or hiring key personnel, customers and suppliers to maintain expanded operations;
 
  
Our internal resources may not be adequate to support our operations as we expand, particularly if we are awarded a significant number of contracts in a short time period;
 
  
We may have difficulty retaining and obtaining required regulatory approvals, licenses and permits;
 
  
We may not be able to obtain additional equity or debt financing on terms acceptable to us or at all, and any such financing could result in dilution to our stockholders, impact our ability to service our debt within the scheduled repayment terms and include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations;
 
  
We may have failed to, or were unable to, discover liabilities of the acquired companies during the course of performing our due diligence; and
 
  
We may be required to record additional goodwill as a result of an acquisition, which will reduce our tangible net worth.
 
Any of these risks could prevent us from executing our acquisition growth strategy, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We may be unable to successfully integrate our recent and future acquisitions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We recently acquired a number of companies, including ADEX Corporation and T N S, Inc. in September 2012.  The operation and management of recent acquisitions, or any of our future acquisitions, may adversely affect our existing income and operations or we may not be able to effectively manage any growth resulting from these transactions.  Before we acquired them, these companies operated independently of one another.  Until we establish centralized financial, management information and other administrative systems, we will rely on the separate systems of these companies, including their financial reporting systems.
 
 
Our success will depend, in part, on the extent to which we are able to merge these functions, eliminate the unnecessary duplication of other functions and otherwise integrate these companies (and any additional businesses we may combine with in the future) into a cohesive, efficient enterprise.  This integration process  may entail significant costs and delays could occur.  Our failure to integrate the operations of these companies successfully could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.  To the extent that any acquisition results in additional goodwill, it will reduce our tangible net worth, which might adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as our credit and bonding capacity.
 
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from master service agreements that may be cancelled by customers on short notice, or which we may be unable to renew on favorable terms or at all.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2011, we derived approximately 59% of our revenues from master service agreements and long-term contracts, none of which require our customers to purchase a minimum amount of services.  The majority of these contracts may be cancelled by our customers upon minimum notice (typically 60 days), regardless of whether or not we are in default.  In addition, many of these contracts permit cancellation of particular purchase orders or statements of work without any notice.
 
These agreements typically do not require our customers to assign a specific amount of work to us until a purchase order or statement of work is signed.  Consequently, projected expenditures by customers are not assured until a definitive purchase order or statement of work is placed with us and the work is completed.  Furthermore, our customers generally require competitive bidding of these contracts.  As a result, we could be underbid by our competitors or required to lower the price charged under a contract being rebid.  The loss of work obtained through master service agreements and long-term contracts or the reduced profitability of such work could adversely affect our business or results of operations.  In addition, we may experience variances in the realization of our backlog because of project delays or cancellations resulting from customer cancellations of contracts, as well as weather conditions, or other factors outside of our control.  If our backlog fails to materialize, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be adversely affected.  Accordingly, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of future earnings.
 
  If we do not accurately estimate the overall costs when we bid on a contract that is awarded to us, we may achieve a lower than anticipated profit or incur a loss on the contract.
 
A significant portion of our revenues from our engineering and professional services offerings are derived from fixed unit price contracts which require us to perform the contract for a fixed unit price irrespective of our actual costs.  We bid for these contracts based on our estimates of overall costs, but cost overruns may cause us to incur losses.  The costs incurred and any net profit realized on such contracts can vary, sometimes substantially, from the original projections due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:
 
  
onsite conditions that differ from those assumed in the original bid;
 
  
delays in project starts, or completion, including as a result of weather conditions;
 
  
fluctuations in the cost of materials to perform under a contract;
 
  
contract modifications creating unanticipated costs not covered by change orders;
 
  
changes in availability, proximity and costs of construction materials, as well as fuel and lubricants for our equipment;
 
  
availability and skill level of workers in the geographic location of a project;
 
  
our suppliers’ or subcontractors’ failure to perform due to various reasons, including bankruptcy;
 
  
fraud or theft committed by our employees;
 
 
  
mechanical problems with our machinery or equipment;
 
  
citations or fines issued by any governmental authority;
 
  
difficulties in obtaining required governmental permits or approvals or performance bonds;
 
  
changes in applicable laws and regulations; and
 
  
claims or demands from third parties alleging damages arising from our work or from the project of which our work is a part.
 
These factors may cause actual reduced profitability or losses on projects, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our contracts may require us to perform extra or change order work, which can result in disputes and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our contracts generally require us to perform extra or change order work as directed by the customer, even if the customer has not agreed in advance on the scope or price of the extra work to be performed.  This process may result in disputes over whether the work performed is beyond the scope of the work included in the original project plans and specifications or, if the customer agrees that the work performed qualifies as extra work, the price that the customer is willing to pay for the extra work.  Even when the customer agrees to pay for the extra work, we may be required to fund the cost of such work for a lengthy period of time until the change order is approved by the customer and we are paid by the customer.
 
We generally recognize revenues when services are invoiced.  To the extent that actual recoveries with respect to change orders or amounts subject to contract disputes or claims are less than the estimates used in our financial statements, the amount of any shortfall will reduce our future revenues and profits, and this could adversely affect our reported working capital and results of operations.  In addition, any delay caused by the extra work may adversely impact the timely scheduling of other project work and our ability to meet specified contract milestone dates.
 
A significant portion of our business depends on our ability to provide surety bonds, and we may be unable to compete for or work on certain projects if we are not able to obtain the necessary surety bonds.
 
We are required to provide surety bonds to secure our performance under certain contracts, as is customary in our business.  Our ability to obtain surety bonds primarily depends upon our capitalization, working capital, past performance, management expertise and reputation and certain external factors, including the overall capacity of the surety market.  Surety companies consider such factors in relationship to the amount of our backlog and their underwriting standards, which may change from time to time.  Events that affect the insurance and bonding markets generally may result in bonding becoming more difficult to obtain in the future, or being available only at a significantly greater cost.  Our inability to obtain adequate bonding, and, as a result, to bid on new contracts, could adversely affect our future business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
 
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from a few customers and the loss of one of these customers, or a reduction in their demand for our services, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our customer base is highly concentrated.  Due to the size and nature of our construction contracts, one or a few customers have represented a substantial portion of our consolidated revenues and gross profits in any one year or over a period of several consecutive years.  Verizon accounted for approximately 59% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2011 and 14% of our total revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2012.  Our top five customers, Southern Technology Solutions, Inc., Danella Construction, Infrasource Inc., and AT&T, accounted for approximately 98% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2010. Our top two customers, Verizon and Danella Construction, accounted for approximately 77% of our total revenues in the year ended December 31, 2011. Our top four customers, ABSS, Danella Construction, Verizon Communications, and Ericsson, accounted for approximately 71% of our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Revenues under our contracts with significant customers may continue to vary from period-to-period depending on the timing or volume of work which those customers order or perform with their in-house service organizations.  A limited number of customers may continue to comprise a substantial portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future.  Because we do not maintain any reserves for payment defaults, a default or delay in payment on a significant scale could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.  We could lose business from a significant customer for a variety of reasons, including:
 
  
the consolidation, merger or acquisition of an existing customer, resulting in a change in procurement strategies employed by the surviving entity which could reduce the amount of work we receive;
 
  
our performance on individual contracts or relationships with one or more significant customers are impaired due to another reason, which may cause us to lose future business with such customers, and as a result, our ability to generate income would be adversely impacted;
 
  
the strength of our professional reputation; and
 
  
key customers could slow or stop spending on initiatives related to projects we are performing for them, due to increased difficulty in the credit markets as a result of the recent economic crisis or other reasons.
 
Since many of our customer contracts allow our customers to terminate the contract without cause, our customers may terminate their contracts with us at will, which could impair our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our business is labor-intensive and if we are unable to attract and retain key personnel and skilled labor, or if we encounter labor difficulties, our ability to bid for and successfully complete contracts may be negatively impacted.
 
Our ability to attract and retain reliable, qualified personnel is a significant factor that enables us to successfully bid for and profitably complete our work.  Our future success depends on our ability to attract, hire and retain project managers, estimators, supervisors, foremen, equipment operators, engineers, linemen, laborers and other highly skilled personnel.  Our ability to do so depends on a number of factors, such as general rates of employment, competitive demands for employees possessing the skills we need and the level of compensation required to hire and retain qualified employees.  We may also spend considerable resources training employees who may then be hired by our competitors, forcing us to spend additional funds to attract personnel to fill those positions.  Competition for employees is intense, and we could experience difficulty hiring and retaining the personnel necessary to support our business.  Our labor expenses may also increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of skilled personnel.  If we do not succeed in retaining our current employees and attracting, developing and retaining new highly-skilled employees, our reputation may be harmed and our future earnings may be negatively impacted.
 
If we are unable to attract and retain qualified executive officers and managers, we will be unable to operate efficiently, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We depend on the continued efforts and abilities of our executive officers, as well as the senior management of our subsidiaries to establish and maintain our customer relationships and identify strategic opportunities.  The loss of any one of them could negatively affect our ability to execute our business strategy and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.  Competition for managerial talent with significant industry experience is high and we may lose access to executive officers for a variety of reasons, including more attractive compensation packages offered by our competitors.  Although we have entered into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers and certain other key employees, we cannot guarantee that any of them or other key management personnel will remain employed by us for any length of time.
 
Because we maintain a workforce based upon current and anticipated workloads, we may incur significant costs in adjusting our workforce demands, including addressing understaffing of contracts, if we do not receive future contract awards or if these awards are delayed.
 
Our estimates of future performance depend, in part, upon whether and when we will receive certain new contract awards.  Our estimates may be unreliable and can change from time to time.  In the case of larger projects, where timing is often uncertain, it is particularly difficult to project whether and when we will receive a contract award.  The uncertainty of contract award timing can present difficulties in matching workforce size with contractual needs.  If an expected contract award is delayed or not received, we could incur significant costs resulting from retaining more staff than is necessary.  Similarly, if we underestimate the workforce necessary for a contract, we may not perform at the level expected by the customer and harm our reputation with the customer.  For example, the recent effects of Hurricane Sandy have increased the demand for our workforce to assist our customers with repairs and support of damaged infrastructure.  Each of these may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
 
Timing of the award and performance of new contracts could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
It is generally very difficult to predict whether and when new contracts will be offered for tender because these contracts frequently involve a lengthy and complex design and bidding process, which is affected by a number of factors, such as market conditions, financing arrangements and governmental approvals.  Because of these factors, our results of operations and cash flows may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year, and the fluctuation may be substantial.  Such delays, if they occur, could adversely affect our operating results for current and future periods until the affected contracts are completed.
 
Our operating results may fluctuate due to factors that are difficult to forecast and not within our control.
 
Our past operating results may not be accurate indicators of future performance, and you should not rely on such results to predict our future performance.  Our operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past, and could fluctuate in the future.  Factors that may contribute to fluctuations include:
 
  
changes in aggregate capital spending, cyclicality and other economic conditions, or domestic and international demand in the industries we serve;
 
  
our ability to effectively manage our working capital;
 
  
our ability to satisfy consumer demands in a timely and cost-effective manner;
 
  
pricing and availability of labor and materials;
 
  
our inability to adjust certain fixed costs and expenses for changes in demand;
 
  
shifts in geographic concentration of customers, supplies and labor pools; and
 
  
seasonal fluctuations in demand and our revenue.
 
Unanticipated delays due to adverse weather conditions, global climate change and difficult work sites and environments may slow completion of our contracts, impair our customer relationships and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Because some of our work is performed outdoors, our business is impacted by extended periods of inclement weather and subject to unpredictable weather conditions, which could become more frequent or severe if general climatic changes occur.  Generally, inclement weather is more likely to occur during the winter season, which falls during our second and third fiscal quarters.  Additionally, adverse weather conditions can result in project delays or cancellations, potentially causing us to incur additional unanticipated costs, reductions in revenues or the payment of liquidated damages.  In addition, some of our contracts require that we assume the risk that actual site conditions vary from those expected.  Significant periods of bad weather typically reduce profitability of affected contracts both in the current period and during the future life of affected contracts, which can negatively affect our results of operations in current and future periods until the affected contracts are completed.
 
Some of our projects involve challenging engineering, procurement and construction phases that may occur over extended time periods, sometimes over several years.  We may encounter difficulties in engineering, delays in designs or materials provided by the customer or a third party, equipment and material delivery delays, schedule changes, delays from customer failure to timely obtain rights-of-way, weather-related delays, delays by subcontractors in completing their portion of the project and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, but which may impact our ability to complete a project within the original delivery schedule.  In some cases, delays and additional costs may be substantial, and we may be required to cancel a project and/or compensate the customer for the delay.  We may not be able to recover any of these costs.  Any such delays, cancellations, defects, errors or other failures to meet customer expectations could result in damage claims substantially in excess of revenue associated with a project.  These factors could also negatively impact our reputation or relationships with our customers, which could adversely affect our ability to secure new contracts.
 
 
Environmental and other regulatory matters could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business and could require expenditures that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our operations are subject to laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which, among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances.  Immigration laws require us to take certain steps intended to confirm the legal status of our immigrant labor force, but we may nonetheless unknowingly employ illegal immigrants.
 
Violations of laws and regulations could subject us to substantial fines and penalties, cleanup costs, third-party property damage or personal injury claims.  In addition, these laws and regulations have become, and enforcement practices and compliance standards are becoming, increasingly stringent.  Moreover, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of legislation or regulatory requirements that could be imposed, or how existing or future laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted, with respect to products or activities to which they have not been previously applied.  Compliance with more stringent laws or regulations, as well as more vigorous enforcement policies of the regulatory agencies, could require us to make substantial expenditures for, among other things, pollution control systems and other equipment that we do not currently possess, or the acquisition or modification of permits applicable to our activities.
 
If we fail to maintain qualifications required by certain governmental entities, we could be prohibited from bidding on certain governmental contracts.
 
If we do not maintain qualifications required by certain governmental entities, such as low voltage electrical licenses, those entities could prohibit us from bidding on certain governmental contracts.  A cancellation of an unfinished contract or our exclusion from the bidding process could cause our equipment and work crews to be idled for a significant period of time until other comparable work became available, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.  The cancellation of significant contracts or our disqualification from bidding for new contracts could reduce our revenues and profits and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Fines, judgments and other consequences resulting from our failure to comply with regulations or adverse outcomes in litigation proceedings could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
From time to time, we may be involved in lawsuits and regulatory actions, including class action lawsuits, that are brought or threatened against us in the ordinary course of business.  These actions may seek, among other things, compensation for alleged personal injury, workers’ compensation, violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act and state wage and hour laws, employment discrimination, breach of contract, property damage, punitive damages, civil penalties, consequential damages or other losses, or injunctive or declaratory relief.  Any defects or errors, or failures to meet our customers’ expectations could result in large damage claims against us.  Claimants may seek large damage awards and, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings.  Any failure to properly estimate or manage cost, or delay in the completion of projects, could subject us to penalties.
 
The ultimate resolution of these matters through settlement, mediation or court judgment could have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.  Regardless of the outcome of any litigation, these proceedings could result in substantial cost and may require us to devote substantial resources to defend ourselves.  When appropriate, we establish reserves for litigation and claims that we believe to be adequate in light of current information, legal advice and professional indemnity insurance coverage, and we adjust such reserves from time to time according to developments.  If reserves are inadequate, insurance coverage proves to be inadequate or unavailable, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may suffer.
 
 
We employ and assign personnel in the workplaces of other businesses, which subjects us to a variety of possible claims that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We employ and assign personnel in the workplaces of other businesses.  The risks of these activities include possible claims relating to:
 
  
discrimination and harassment;
 
  
wrongful termination or denial of employment;
 
  
violations of employment rights related to employment screening or privacy issues;
 
  
classification of employees, including independent contractors;
 
  
employment of illegal aliens;
 
  
violations of wage and hour requirements;
 
  
retroactive entitlement to employee benefits; and
 
  
errors and omissions by our temporary employees.
 
Claims relating to any of the above could subject us to monetary fines or reputational damage, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
If we are required to reclassify independent contractors as employees, we may incur additional costs and taxes which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We use a significant number of independent contractors in our operations for whom we do not pay or withhold any federal, state or provincial employment tax.  There are a number of different tests used in determining whether an individual is an employee or an independent contractor and such tests generally take into account multiple factors.  There can be no assurance that legislative, judicial, or regulatory (including tax) authorities will not introduce proposals or assert interpretations of existing rules and regulations that would change, or at least challenge, the classification of our independent contractors.  Although we believe we have properly classified our independent contractors, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or other U.S. federal or state authorities or similar authorities of a foreign government may determine that we have misclassified our independent contractors for employment tax or other purposes and, as a result, seek additional taxes from us or attempt to impose fines and penalties.  If we are required to pay employer taxes or pay backup withholding with respect to prior periods with respect to or on behalf of our independent contractors, our operating costs will increase, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Increases in the cost of fuel could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
The price of fuel needed to run our vehicles and equipment is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries, regional production patterns and environmental concerns.  Most of our contracts do not allow us to adjust our pricing.  Accordingly, any increase in fuel costs could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We may incur higher costs to lease, acquire and maintain equipment necessary for our operations, and the market value of our owned equipment may decline.
 
We own a portion of the construction equipment used on our projects.  However, to the extent that we are unable to buy construction equipment necessary for our needs, either due to a lack of available funding or equipment shortages in the marketplace, we may be forced to rent equipment on a short-term basis, which could increase the costs of performing our contracts.  The equipment that we own or lease requires continuous maintenance, for which we maintain our own repair facilities.  If we are unable to continue to maintain the equipment in our fleet, we may be forced to obtain third-party repair services, which could increase our costs.  In addition, the market value of our equipment may unexpectedly decline at a faster rate than anticipated.  Accordingly, the costs associated with our equipment could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
 
Our dependence on subcontractors and suppliers could increase our costs and impair our ability to complete contracts on a timely basis or at all.
 
We rely on third-party subcontractors to perform some of the work on many of our contracts.  We also rely on third-party suppliers to provide most of the materials needed to perform our obligations under those contracts.  We generally do not bid on contracts unless we have the necessary subcontractors and suppliers committed for the anticipated scope of the contract and at prices that we have included in our bid.  Therefore, to the extent that we cannot engage subcontractors or suppliers, our ability to bid for contracts may be impaired.  In addition, if a subcontractor or third-party supplier is unable to deliver its goods or services according to the negotiated terms for any reason, we may suffer delays and be required to purchase the services from another source at a higher price.  We sometimes pay our subcontractors and suppliers before our customers pay us for the related services.  If customers fail to pay us and we choose, or are required, to pay our subcontractors for work performed or pay our suppliers for goods received, we could suffer an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all significant risk exposures.
 
  We will be exposed to liabilities that are unique to the services we provide. While we intend to maintain insurance for certain risks, the amount of our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all claims or liabilities, and we may be forced to bear substantial costs resulting from risks and uncertainties of our business. It is also not possible to obtain insurance to protect against all operational risks and liabilities. The failure to obtain adequate insurance coverage on terms favorable to us, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our operations are subject to hazards that may cause personal injury or property damage, thereby subjecting us to liabilities and possible losses, which may not be covered by insurance.
 
Our workers are subject to hazards associated with providing construction and related services on construction sites.  For example, some of the work we perform is underground.  If the field location maps supplied to us are not accurate, or if objects are present in the soil that are not indicated on the field location maps, our underground work could strike objects in the soil containing pollutants which could result in a rupture and discharge of pollutants.  In such a case, we may be liable for fines and damages.  These operating hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, damage to or destruction of property, plant and equipment and environmental damage.  Even though we believe that the insurance coverage we maintain is in amounts and against the risks that we believe are consistent with industry practice, this insurance may not be adequate to cover all losses or liabilities that we may incur in our operations.  To the extent that we experience a material increase in the frequency or severity of accidents or workers’ compensation claims, or unfavorable developments on existing claims, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
 
The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended (OSHA), establishes certain employer responsibilities, including the maintenance of a workplace free of recognized hazards likely to cause death or serious injury, compliance with standards promulgated by the Occupational Health and Safety and Health Administration and various recordkeeping, disclosure and procedural requirements.  While we have invested, and will continue to invest, substantial resources in occupational health and safety programs, serious accidents or violations of OSHA rules may subject us to substantial penalties, civil litigation or criminal prosecution, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Defects in our specialty contracting services may give rise to claims against us, increase our expenses, or harm our reputation.
 
Our specialty contracting services are complex and our final work product may contain defects.  We have not historically accrued reserves for potential claims as they have been immaterial.  The costs associated with such claims, including any legal proceedings, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
 
Risks Related to Our Industry
 
Our industry is highly competitive, with a variety of larger companies with greater resources competing with us, and our failure to compete effectively could reduce the number of new contracts awarded to us or adversely affect our market share and harm our financial performance.
 
The contracts on which we bid are generally awarded through a competitive bid process, with awards generally being made to the lowest bidder, but sometimes based on other factors, such as shorter contract schedules or prior experience with the customer.  Within our markets, we compete with many national, regional, local and international service providers including Dycom Industries, Inc., MasTec, Inc, Unisys Corporation and Goodman Networks, Inc.  Price is often the principal factor in determining which service provider is selected by our customers, especially on smaller, less complex projects.  As a result, any organization with adequate financial resources and access to technical expertise may become a competitor.  Smaller competitors are sometimes able to win bids for these projects based on price alone because of their lower costs and financial return requirements.  Additionally, our competitors may develop the expertise, experience and resources to provide services that are equal or superior in both price and quality to our services, and we may not be able to maintain or enhance our competitive position.  We also face competition from the in-house service organizations of our customers whose personnel perform some of the services that we provide.
 
Some of our competitors have already achieved greater market penetration than we have in the markets in which we compete, and some have greater financial and other resources than we do.  A number of national companies in our industry are larger than we are and, if they so desire, could establish a presence in our markets and compete with us for contracts.  As a result of this competition, we may need to accept lower contract margins in order to compete against competitors that have the ability to accept awards at lower prices or have a pre-existing relationship with a customer.  If we are unable to compete successfully in our markets, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
 
Many of the industries we serve are subject to consolidation and rapid technological and regulatory change, and our inability or failure to adjust to our customers’ changing needs could reduce demand for our services.
 
We derive, and anticipate that we will continue to derive, a substantial portion of our revenue from customers in the telecommunications and utilities industries.  The telecommunications and utilities industries are subject to rapid changes in technology and governmental regulation.  Changes in technology may reduce the demand for the services we provide.  For example, new or developing technologies could displace the wireline systems used for the transmission of voice, video and data, and improvements in existing technology may allow telecommunications providers to significantly improve their networks without physically upgrading them.  Alternatively, our customers could perform more tasks themselves, which would cause our business to suffer.  Additionally, the telecommunications and utilities industries have been characterized by a high level of consolidation that may result in the loss of one or more of our customers.  Our failure to rapidly adopt and master new technologies as they are developed in any of the industries we serve or the consolidation of one or more of our significant customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Further, many of our telecommunications customers are regulated by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), and other international regulators.  The FCC and other regulators may interpret the application of their regulations in a manner that is different than the way such regulations are currently interpreted and may impose additional regulations, either of which could reduce demand for our services and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
 
Economic downturns could cause capital expenditures in the industries we serve, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
The demand for our services has been, and will likely continue to be, cyclical in nature and vulnerable to general downturns in the United States economy.  The United States economy is still recovering from a recession, and growth in United States economic activity has remained slow.  It is uncertain when these conditions will significantly improve.  The wireless telecommunications industry and the staffing services industry are both particularly cyclical in nature and vulnerable to general downturns in the United States and international economy.  Our customers are affected by economic changes that decrease the need for or the profitability of their services.  This can result in a decrease in the demand for our services and  potentially result in the delay or cancellation of projects by our customers.  Slow-downs in real estate, fluctuations in commodity prices and decreased demand by end-customers for services could affect our customers and their capital expenditure plans.  As a result, some of our customers may opt to defer or cancel pending projects.  A downturn in overall economic conditions also affects the priorities placed on various projects funded by governmental entities and federal, state and local spending levels.
 
 
In general, economic uncertainty makes it difficult to estimate our customers’ requirements for our services and adds uncertainty to the determination of our backlog.  Our plan for growth depends on expanding our company both in the United States and internationally.  If economic factors in any of the regions in which we plan to expand are not favorable to the growth and development of the telecommunications industries in those countries, we may not be able to carry out our growth strategy, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Risks Related to Our Financial Results and Financing Plans
 
We have a history of losses and may continue to incur losses in the future, raising substantial doubts about our ability to continue as a going concern.
 
We have a history of losses and may continue to incur losses in the future, which could negatively impact the trading value of our stock.  We incurred losses from operations of $2.3 million and $6.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.  We incurred a net loss of $2.1 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and a net loss of $3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.  As of December 31, 2011, our stockholder's deficiency was $1,648,213. As of September 30, 2012, we had total stockholders’ equity of $158,816, primarily as a result of our acquisition of ADEX.  We expect to continue to incur operating losses in future periods. These losses may increase and we may never achieve profitability again for a variety of reasons, including increased competition, decreased growth in the telecommunications industry and other factors described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section.  These factors raise substantial doubt that we will be able to continue operations as a going concern, and our independent auditors included an explanatory paragraph regarding this uncertainty in their report on our financial statements for the periods ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.  Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our generating cash flow sufficient to fund operations and reducing operating expenses.
 
We may never achieve profitability, and if we do, we may not be able to sustain such profitability.  Further, we may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, due to the other risks described in this prospectus, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events.  If we cannot continue as a going concern, our stockholders may lose their entire investment.
 
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and we cannot assure you that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not occur in the future.  If our internal control over financial reporting or our disclosure controls and procedures are not effective, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in our stock price.
 
We have historically had a small internal accounting and finance staff with limited experience in public reporting.  This lack of adequate accounting resources has resulted in the identification of material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting.  A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  In connection with the review of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, and the year ended December 31, 2010, our management team identified material weaknesses relating to (i) our ability to timely file our reports and other information as required by the Securities and Exchange Commission and (ii) our internal control over financial reporting relating to proper record-keeping of invoices for services and posting of equity issuances in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  We have taken steps, including the hiring of a Chief Financial Officer, and plan to continue to take additional steps, to seek to remediate these material weaknesses for the year ending December 31, 2012 and to improve our financial reporting systems and implement new policies, procedures and controls.  If we do not successfully remediate the material weaknesses described above, or if other material weaknesses or other deficiencies arise in the future, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results on a timely basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and require restatement and result in the loss of investor confidence or delisting and cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
 
 
If our independent registered public accounting firm does not attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, we cannot timely file our annual reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which could result in a loss of investor confidence and a decline in our stock price.
 
Our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual reports filed on Form 10-K.  Even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated, or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us.  Material weaknesses may be identified during the audit process or at other times.  During the course of the evaluation, documentation, or attestation, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify weaknesses and deficiencies that we may not be able to remedy in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with Section 404.  If our independent registered public accounting firm does not attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, we would not be permitted to file our annual reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission and that delay could result in a loss of investor confidence and a decline in our stock price.
 
We have engaged several different independent auditors since 2002, and the inconsistency in auditor review of our financial statements could result in doubt about the accuracy of our historical financial statements and our ability to accurately report financial information in the future.
 
We engaged several different independent auditors since 2002. Moore & Associates, Chartered audited our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, but in October, 2009, we dismissed Moore because the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, revoked Moore’s registration, citing violations of the PCAOB’s rules and auditing standards in auditing financial statements, PCAOB rules and quality control standards and Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act) Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5. On August 25, 2010, we engaged Sherb & Co. LLP (Sherb) as our independent registered public accounting firm and Sherb continues to serve in this capacity.  Sherb noted in its audit report for the year ended December 31, 2011 that we suffered losses from operations that may raise doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.  In addition, our inconsistency in independent accountant review of our financial statements, combined with the fact that several of our auditors resigned from their respective engagements with us, could result in doubt about the accuracy of our historical financial statements and our ability to accurately report financial information in the future.
 
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our payment obligations.
 
As of September 30, 2012, we had total indebtedness of approximately $14.4 million, consisting of $491,796 of bank debt and $13.9 million of notes payable. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to our stockholders.  For example, it could:
 
  
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;
 
  
increase our vulnerability to and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business;
 
  
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;
 
 
  
limit our ability to borrow additional funds, dispose of assets, pay dividends and make certain investments; and
 
  
make us more vulnerable to a general economic downturn than a company that is less leveraged.
 
A high level of indebtedness would increase the risk that we may default on our debt obligations.  Our ability to meet our debt obligations and to reduce our level of indebtedness will depend on our future performance.  General economic conditions and financial, business and other factors affect our operations and our future performance.  Many of these factors are beyond our control.  We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to pay the interest on our debt and future working capital, borrowings or equity financing may not be available to pay or refinance such debt.  Factors that will affect our ability to raise cash through an offering of our capital stock or a refinancing of our debt include financial market conditions, the value of our assets and our performance at the time we need capital.
 
  Our term loan impose restrictions on us, which may prevent us from engaging in beneficial transactions.
 
We have a term loan pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, between the Company, Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, Tropical Communications, Inc., the lenders party thereto and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent, as amended by the First Amendment, dated November 13, 2012, which provides for a maximum borrowing of $15.0 million.  At September 30, 2012, $15.0 million was outstanding under the loan agreement.
 
The terms of our indebtedness contain covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things:
 
  
make certain payments, including the payment of dividends;
 
  
redeem or repurchase our capital stock;
 
  
incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock;
 
  
make investments or create liens;
 
  
merge or consolidate with another entity;
 
  
sell certain assets; and
 
  
enter into transactions with affiliates.
 
In addition, the loan agreement requires us to comply with a consolidated leverage ratio and a consolidated interest coverage ratio.  These covenants may prevent us from engaging in transactions that benefit us, including responding to changing business and economic conditions and securing additional financing, if needed.  The breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the notes and loan agreement, in which case, depending on the actions taken by the lenders thereunder or their successors or assignees, such lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed, together with accrued interest, to be due and payable.  If we were unable to repay such borrowings or interest, the lenders could proceed against its collateral.  Further, if the indebtedness under the loan agreement were to be accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay such indebtedness in full.
 
Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions that we use to prepare our financial statements.
 
To prepare financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions, as of the date of the financial statements, which affect the reported values of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities.  Areas requiring significant estimates by our management include: contract costs and profits and application of percentage-of-completion accounting and revenue recognition of contract change order claims; provisions for uncollectible receivables and customer claims and recoveries of costs from subcontractors, suppliers and others; valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business combinations; and accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation and insurance reserves.  At the time the estimates and assumptions are made, we believe that they are fair based on the information available.  However, our actual results could differ from, and could require adjustments to, those estimates.
 
 
We recognize revenue and profit on certain of our wireless construction contracts as the work progresses using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting.  Under this method of accounting, contracts in progress are valued at cost plus accrued profits less invoiced revenue and progress payments made on uncompleted projects.  This method relies on estimates of total expected contract revenue and costs.  Contract revenue and total cost estimates are reviewed and revised monthly by management as the work progresses, such that adjustments to profit resulting from revisions are made cumulative to the date of revision.  Adjustments are reflected for the fiscal period affected by such revisions.  If estimates of costs to complete long-term projects indicate a loss, we immediately recognize the full amount of the estimated loss.  Such adjustments and accrued losses may negatively impact our operating results.
 
Risks Related to Our Operating History and Results of Operations
 
Our limited operating history as an integrated company, recent acquisitions and the rapidly changing telecommunications market may make it difficult for investors to evaluate our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and also impairs our ability to accurately forecast our future performance.
 
Although we were incorporated in 1999, we were a development stage company with limited operations until our 2010  merger with Digital Comm.  We experienced rapid and significant expansion in the year ended December 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2012 due to a series of strategic acquisitions, and the operating histories of these acquired companies vary.  We acquired ADEX and T N S in September 2012 and we plan to use the proceeds of this offering to complete the acquisitions of Telco and IPC.
 
As a result of our recent acquisitions, our financial results are heavily influenced by the application of the acquisition method of accounting.  The acquisition method of accounting requires management to make assumptions regarding the assets purchased and liabilities assumed to determine their fair market value.  For example, the unaudited pro forma combined financial information herein covers periods during which these newly acquired businesses were not under common control or management and may not be indicative of what our operating results and financial condition would have been for the periods presented had the acquisitions taken place on the date indicated or indicative of our future financial condition or operating results.  If our assumptions are incorrect, any resulting change or modification to our financial statements could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Further, our limited operating history as an integrated company, combined with our short history operating staffing and cloud-based services, may not provide an adequate basis for investors to evaluate our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and makes accurate financial forecasting difficult for us.  Because we operate in the rapidly-evolving telecommunications markets and because our business is rapidly evolving due to a series of acquisitions, we may have difficulty in engaging in effective business and financial planning.  It may also be difficult for us to evaluate trends that may affect our business and whether our expansion may be profitable.  Thus, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market.
 
If we are unable to sustain our recent revenue growth rates, we may never achieve or sustain profitability.
 
We experienced significant growth in recent years, primarily due to our strategic acquisitions.  Our net revenue increased from $952,839 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  Our net revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 increased to $5.9 million compared to $2.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.  In order to become profitable and maintain our profitability, we will, among other things, need to continue to increase our revenues.  We may be unable to sustain our recent revenue growth, particularly if we are unable to develop and market our specialty contracting and telecommunications staffing services, increase our sales to existing customers, develop new customers or, even if our revenues continue to grow, they may not be sufficient to exceed increases in our operating expenses or to enable us to achieve or sustain profitability.
 
 
Our inability to obtain additional capital may prevent us from completing our acquisition strategy and successfully operating our business, though additional financings may subject our existing stockholders to substantial dilution.
 
As of September 30, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $247,880.  Net cash in operating activities totaled $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $1,409,064 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.  We expect our negative cash flows from operations to continue for the foreseeable future.  We expect that our current cash resources, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations through approximately March 2013.
 
Until we can generate a sufficient amount of revenue, if ever, we expect to finance future cash needs, including the cash needed to fund our anticipated strategic acquisitions (including the acquisitions of Telco and IPC) through public or private equity offerings or debt financings.  Additional funds may not be available when we need them on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all.  If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more of strategic acquisitions or business plans.  In addition, we could be forced to discontinue product development and reduce or forego attractive business opportunities.  To the extent that we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience additional significant dilution, and debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants.  We may seek to access the public or private capital markets whenever conditions are favorable, even if we do not have an immediate need for additional capital at that time.  Our access to the financial markets and the pricing and terms we receive in the financial markets, could be adversely impacted by various factors, including changes in financial markets and interest rates.
 
Our forecasts regarding our beliefs of the sufficiency of our financial resources to support our current and planned operations are forward-looking statements and involve significant risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors, including the factors discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section.  We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.  Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to the costs and timing of our future acquisitions.
 
We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Jumpstart our Businesses Startups Act of 2012 and, as a result, have elected to comply with the reduced disclosure and other reporting requirements available to us as an EGC.
 
Because we qualify as an emerging growth company, or EGC, under the Jumpstart Our Businesses Startups Act of 2012,  or JOBS Act, we have elected to comply with the reduced disclosure and other reporting requirements available to us as an EGC in connection with our initial public offering, and for a period of up to five years following our initial public offering if we remain an EGC.  For example, we have provided only two fiscal years of audited financial information, and have provided scaled-down disclosure on executive compensation, such as not including a “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in this prospectus, in connection with our initial public offering.  In addition, for as long as we remain an EGC, we are not subject to certain governance requirements such as holding a “say-on-pay” and “say-on-golden-parachute” advisory votes, and we do not need to obtain an annual attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting from a registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an EGC.  We could be an EGC for a period of up to five years after our initial public offering, although we will cease to be an EGC earlier than that if our total annual gross revenues equal or exceed $1 billion in a fiscal year, if we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt over a 3-year period or if we become a “large accelerated filer” under Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Accordingly, you are not receiving the same level of disclosure in connection with an investment decision in our initial public offering as you would be afforded in an initial public offering of a non-EGC and, following our initial public offering, our stockholders will not receive the same level of disclosure that is afforded to stockholders of a non-EGC.  It is also possible that investors will find the shares of common stock to be less attractive because we have elected to comply with the reduced disclosure and other reporting requirements available to us as an EGC, which could adversely affect the trading market for the shares of common stock and the prices at which you may be able to sell your shares of common stock.
 
 
We exercise judgment in determining our provision for taxes in the United States and internationally that are subject to tax authority audit review that could result in additional tax liability and potential penalties that would negatively affect our net income.
 
The amounts we record in intercompany transactions for services, licenses, funding, and other items affects our tax liabilities.  Our tax filings are subject to review or audit by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and state, local, and foreign taxing authorities.  We exercise judgment in determining our worldwide provision for income and other taxes and, in the ordinary course of our business, there may be transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain.  Examinations of our tax returns could result in significant proposed adjustments and assessment of additional taxes which could adversely affect our tax provision and net income in the period or periods for which that determination is made.
 
Risks Related to our Common Stock and this Offering
 
An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and the market price for our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price.
 
Our common stock has not been listed on any national securities exchange prior to this offering.  Prior to this offering, our common stock was quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, or OTCBB.  The OTCBB is an electronic quotation system that displays real-time quotes, last-sale prices, and volume information for many OTC securities that are not listed on a national securities exchange.  Trading volume for our common stock is limited and OTCBB quotations for our common stock price may not represent the true market value of our common stock.  We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active public trading market or how liquid that public market may become.  The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiation between us and the underwriter based upon several factors, and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market after this offering.  Consequently, you may be unable to sell your shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid for them, if at all.
 
Additionally, because the quoted price of our common stock is less than $5.00 per share, our common stock is considered a “penny stock,” and trading in our common stock is subject to the requirements of Rule 15g-9 under the Exchange Act.  Under this rule, broker/dealers who recommend low-priced securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors must satisfy special sales practice requirements, including making an individualized written suitability determination for the purchaser and receiving the purchaser’s written consent prior to the transaction.  Securities and Exchange Commission regulations also require additional disclosure in connection with any trades involving a “penny stock,” including the delivery, prior to any penny stock transaction, of a disclosure schedule explaining the penny stock market and its associated risks.  These requirements severely limit the liquidity of securities in the secondary market because few brokers or dealers are likely to undertake these compliance activities and this limited liquidity will make it more difficult for an investor to sell his shares of our common stock in the secondary market should the investor wish to liquidate the investment.  In addition to the applicability of the penny stock rules, other risks associated with trading in penny stocks could also be price fluctuations and the lack of a liquid market.
 
Our stock price and the stock prices of telecommunications companies have fluctuated widely in recent years, and the trading price of our common stock is likely to continue to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors and litigation.
 
In addition to changes to market prices based on our results of operations and the factors discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, the market price of and trading volume for our common stock may change for a variety of other reasons, not necessarily related to our actual operating performance.  The capital markets have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.  These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.  In addition, the average daily trading volume of the securities of small companies can be very low, which may contribute to future volatility.  Factors that could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly include:
 
  
the results of operating and financial performance and prospects of other companies in our industry;
 
  
strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;
 
 
  
announcements of innovations, increased service capabilities, new or terminated customers or new, amended or terminated contracts by our competitors;
 
  
the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements, and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission;
 
  
market conditions for providers of services to telecommunications, utilities and cloud services customers;
 
  
lack of securities analyst coverage or speculation in the press or investment community about us or market opportunities in the telecommunications services and staffing industry;
 
  
changes in government policies in the United States and other foreign countries;
 
  
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities or research analysts who track our common stock or failure of our actual results of operations to meet those expectations;
 
  
market and industry perception of our success, or lack thereof, in pursuing our growth strategy;
 
  
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
 
  
any lawsuit involving us, our services or products;
 
  
arrival and departure of key personnel;
 
  
sales of common stock by us, our investors or members of our management team; and
 
  
changes in general market, economic, and political conditions in the United States and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from natural or manmade disasters.
 
Any of these factors, as well as broader market and industry factors, may result in large and sudden changes in the trading volume of our common stock and could seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. This may prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for your shares of our common stock, if at all. In addition, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, stockholders often institute securities class action litigation against that company. Our involvement in any class action suit or other legal proceeding could divert our senior management’s attention and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of our common stock could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock after the completion of the offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through common stock offerings. Following this offering, our executive officers and directors will beneficially own, collectively,      % of our outstanding common stock, or      % if the underwriter exercises in full its option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. If one or more of them were to sell a substantial portion of the shares they hold, it could cause our stock price to decline.
 
In addition, as of September 30, 2012, there were outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 48,991,128 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.34 per share, of which warrants to purchase 32,682,540 shares at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.01 per share were exercisable as of such date. The exercise of options at prices below the market price of our common stock could adversely affect the price of shares of our common stock. Additional dilution may result from the issuance of shares of our capital stock in connection with acquisitions or in connection with other financing efforts. Any issuance of our common stock that is not made solely to then-existing stockholders proportionate to their interests, such as in the case of a stock dividend or stock split, will result in dilution to each stockholder.
 
 
In connection with this offering, we, our directors and officers, and substantially all of our stockholders and holders of options to purchase our stock, have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or enter into, any transaction that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition of any shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the written consent of the underwriter, subject to potential extension. As of the date of this prospectus, approximately 10,062,682 shares of our common stock will be subject to the contractual lock-up with the underwriter. However, the representative of the underwriters may release these securities from these restrictions at any time without notice. See “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible For Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling our securities after this offering.
 
We are controlled by a small group of our existing stockholders, whose interests may differ from other stockholders. Our executive officers and directors will significantly influence our activities, and their interests may differ from your interests as a stockholder.
 
Following this offering, our executive officers and directors will beneficially own, collectively,      % of our outstanding common stock, or      % if the underwriter exercises in full its option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.
 
Accordingly, these stockholders have had, and will continue to have, significant influence in determining the outcome of any corporate transaction or any other matter submitted for approval to our stockholders, including mergers, consolidations, and the sale of our assets, director elections, and other significant corporate actions. They will also have significant influence in preventing or causing a change in control of our company. In addition, without the consent of these stockholders, we could be prevented from entering into transactions that could be beneficial to us. The interests of these stockholders may differ from your interests as a stockholder, and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders.
 
The initial public offering price for shares of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share, so purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.
 
If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your common stock than the amount paid by existing stockholders for their common stock. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $               per share of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options to acquire common stock, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock of $               , after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock of $               (the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). In addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that our common stock is issued upon the exercise of stock options. All of the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of currently outstanding stock options will be issued at a purchase price that is less than the initial public offering price per share in this offering. See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in our common stock will be diluted upon the completion of this offering.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at or upon consummation of this offering, and Delaware corporate law as well as certain of our contracts contain provisions, which could delay or prevent a change in control even if the change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
 
Delaware law, as well as our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at or upon consummation of this offering, contains anti-takeover provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company, even if the change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions could lower the price that future investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock. These anti-takeover provisions:
 
  
authorize our board of directors to create and issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock that can be issued, increasing the number of outstanding shares and deter or prevent a takeover attempt;
 
 
  
prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;
 
  
establish a three-tiered classified board of directors requiring that not all members of the board be elected at one time;
 
  
establish a supermajority requirement to amend the amended and restated bylaws and specified provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation;
 
  
prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow less than a majority of stockholders to elect director candidates;
 
  
establish limitations on the removal of directors;
 
  
empower the board of directors to fill any vacancy on the board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise;
 
  
provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws;
 
  
provide that our directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors;
 
  
establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings;
 
  
limit the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders; and
 
  
will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action, actions asserting a breach of fiduciary duty and certain other actions against us or any directors or executive officers.
 
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the terms of our stock incentive plans, the terms of our change in control agreements with our senior executives and other contractual provisions may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. Section 203 generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for three years after the date the stockholder became an interested stockholder. Our stock incentive plans include change-in-control provisions that allow us to grant options or stock purchase rights that may become vested immediately upon a change in control. The terms of changes of control agreements with our senior executives and contractual restrictions with third parties may discourage a change in control of our company. Our board of directors also has the power to adopt a stockholder rights plan that could delay or prevent a change in control of us even if the change in control is generally beneficial to our stockholders. These plans, sometimes called “poison pills,” are oftentimes criticized by institutional investors or their advisors and could affect our rating by such investors or advisors. If our board of directors adopts such a plan, it might have the effect of reducing the price that new investors are willing to pay for shares of our common stock.
 
Together, these charter, statutory, and contractual provisions could make the removal of management and directors more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our common stock. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant common stock beneficially owned by our executive officers, key non-executive officer employees, and members of our board of directors, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.
 
We may use the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree.
 
Our management has considerable discretion in the application of our net proceeds in this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of our net proceeds of this offering. Our net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our profitability or increase our common stock price, or in investments that do not produce income or that lose value. Our failure to apply these funds effectively could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
 
We have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock.
 
We have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any earnings to finance our operations and growth. As a result, any short-term return on your investment will depend on the market price of our common stock, and only appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur, will provide a return to stockholders. The decision whether to pay dividends will be made by our board of directors in light of conditions then existing, including, but not limited to, factors such as our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business conditions, and covenants under any applicable contractual arrangements. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.
 
If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the market price of our common stock will likely decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts, over whom we have no control, publish about us and our business. We may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the market price for our stock could decline. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, the market price of our stock could decline if one or more equity analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue unfavorable commentary, even if it is inaccurate, or cease publishing reports about us or our business.
 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements of estimated and projected revenue, margins, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates, financial results and prospects are forward-looking statements. You can generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may”, “could”, “should”, “expects”, “plans”, “projects”, “intends”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “potential”, “pursue”, “target” or “continue”, or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans or intentions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our historical performance, our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs.
 
These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that we believe are reasonable, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.
 
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business, prospects, growth strategy and liquidity. If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from those indicated in these statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
 
STATISTICAL DATA AND MARKET INFORMATION
 
This prospectus contains estimates and other statistical data made by independent parties and by us relating to market size and growth and other industry data. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and other reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to risks and uncertainty due to a variety of factors, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.
 
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock will be approximately $               million, assuming an initial public offering price of $               per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $               million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to expand our current business through acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary businesses or other assets. We currently expect to use some of the net proceeds from this offering to fund a portion of the purchase price for the pending Telco and/or IPC acquisitions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information. However, we have no commitments to use the proceeds from this offering for any such acquisitions or investments at this time. Our decision as to whether to proceed with these or other acquisitions and investments will depend on a variety of factors, including general economic conditions, the rate of organic growth of our business and the ability to negotiate such acquisitions on terms that are favorable to us.
 
The amount and timing of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors including the competitive landscape, demand for our services, and the rate of growth, if any, of our business.
 
Our plans for the proceeds of this offering are subject to change due to unforeseen events and opportunities, and the amounts and timing of our actual expenditures depend on several factors, including our expansion plans and the amount of cash generated or used by our operations. Other than as described above, we cannot specify with certainty the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds we receive from our public offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds.
 
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $               per share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by approximately $               million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses.
 
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth. We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. The terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated September 17, 2012, between the Company, Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, Tropical Communications, Inc., the lenders party thereto and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent, as amended by the First Amendment, dated November 13, 2012, prohibit us from paying cash dividends except with respect to shares of our common stock. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors in light of conditions then-existing, including factors such as our results of operations, financial conditions and requirements, business conditions and covenants under any applicable contractual arrangements.
 
 
PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK
 
Our common stock is listed on the OTC Bulletin Board (OTCBB) under the symbol “GGHO.” The following table sets forth the high and low closing sales prices of our common stock as quoted by the OTCBB for the periods indicated:
 
   
High
   
Low
 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010
           
First Quarter
  $ 0.65     $ 0.24  
Second Quarter
  $ 0.31     $ 0.15  
Third Quarter
  $ 0.20     $ 0.06  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 0.22     $ 0.04  
   
High
   
Low
 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
               
First Quarter
  $ 0.15     $ 0.07  
Second Quarter
  $ 0.25     $ 0.06  
Third Quarter
  $ 0.11     $ 0.04  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 0.07     $ 0.01  
   
High
   
Low
 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012
               
First Quarter
  $ 0.03     $ 0.01  
Second Quarter
  $ 0.01     $ 0.01  
Third Quarter
  $ 0.02     $ 0.01  
Fourth Quarter (through November 29, 2012)   $ 0.04     $ 0.02  
 
As of November 29, 2012, the closing sale price of our common stock was $0.02 per share. As of November 12, 2012, there were approximately 187 stockholders of record of our common stock. The information in the above table does not give effect to the contemplated 125-to-1 reverse stock split.
 
 
 
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of November 29, 2012:
 
  
on an actual basis;
 
  
on a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of all of our outstanding  Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, which will occur prior to completion of this offering, and the cancellation or redemption of our Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock and Series H Preferred Stock; and
 
  
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the conversion referred to above and the sale of shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                   per share (the midpoint of the initial public offering price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
 
Outstanding share information in the following table does not give effect to the contemplated 125-to-1 reverse stock split.  The information below is illustrative only.  Our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at the pricing of this offering.  You should read this table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the sections entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Description of Capital Stock” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
   
As of November 29, 2012
 
   
Actual
 
Pro forma
 
Pro forma as adjusted
 
   
(unaudited)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,062,467   $     $    
                     
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations (including current portion)
    16,096,216     16,096,216        
                     
Stockholders’ deficit:
                   
Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 authorized and 2,000,000 issued and outstanding; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    200,000     0        
Series B Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 60,000,000 authorized, 365 issued and outstanding; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    384,063     0        
Series C Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,500 authorized, 1,500 issued and outstanding; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    1,500,000     0        
Series D Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000 authorized, 565.67 issued and outstanding; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    566,000     0        
Series E Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 50,000 authorized, 3,100 issued and outstanding; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    3,100,000     0        
Series F Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 60,000 authorized, 4,150 issued and outstanding; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted (1)
    4,150,000              
Series G Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 3,000 authorized, 1,500 issued and 0 outstanding; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted (2)
    0     0        
Series H Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 2,000 authorized, 1,475 issued and outstanding; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted (3)
    1,475     0        
Common stock, $.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized and 217,836,627 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 2,080,159,170 shares authorized and               shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                shares authorized and               shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    21,783     208,016        
Additional paid-in capital
    14,164,000     16,424,034        
Accumulated deficit
    (13,599,948 )   (13,599,948 )      
Total stockholders’ equity
    158,816     2,605,083        
                     
Total capitalization
  $ (12,916,072 ) $ (12,916,072 ) $    
 
(1) Pro forma and pro forma as adjusted figures exclude 4,150 shares of our Series F Preferred Stock, of which we expect to redeem approximately           shares prior to the consummation of this offering for approximately $          .
 
(2) Pro forma and pro forma as adjusted figures exclude 1,500 shares of our Series G Preferred Stock currently being held in escrow by us as collateral for our obligations under the ADEX Stock Purchase Agreement and which will be automatically cancelled if we perform our obligations under that agreement.
 
(3) Pro forma and pro forma as adjusted figures exclude 1,475 shares of our Series H Preferred Stock, which we expect to redeem after the consummation of this offering for approximately $          .
 
 
Our capitalization information presented in the foregoing table excludes:
 
  
shares of common stock subject to options outstanding;
 
  
shares of common stock issuable pursuant to outstanding warrants to purchase 11.5% of our fully diluted shares of common stock as of the date the registration statement on Form S-1 including this prospectus is initially filed;
 
  
shares of common stock available for issuance pursuant to our 2012 Performance Incentive Plan; and
 
  
shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares of common stock.
 
 
 
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of common stock you pay and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2012 was $             million, or $             per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total assets reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets and total liabilities, and dividing by the number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
 
Net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by new investors who purchase shares from us in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering. As of September 30, 2012, after giving effect to our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would have been $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering. The table below illustrates this per share dilution as of September 30, 2012:
 
Assumed initial public offering price per share                                                                                     
  $    
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2012
  $    
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
  $    
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
  $    
Dilution of pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors
  $    

If the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $             per share, representing an increase to existing holders of $             per share, and there will be an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors.
 
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             , and the dilution to new investors by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.
 
The following table sets forth, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2012, the number of shares of common stock purchased or to be purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing holders of common stock and by new investors, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.
 
 
Shares Purchased
   
Total Consideration
   
Average Price
 
 
Number
   
Percent
   
Amount
 
Percent
   
Per Share
 
           
Existing stockholders
     
%
        $ %     $    
New investors
                             
Total
     
%
        $ %     $    
 
The above table excludes shares subject to options outstanding, shares available for issuance pursuant to our 2012 Performance Incentive Plan and shares issuable upon the exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares of common stock. To the extent any of the options to purchase shares of common stock are granted or exercised, or the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares, there will be further dilution to new investors.
 
 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER DATA
 
The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for us for the periods ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012.  The selected consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.  Our selected consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 were derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.  The unaudited financial statements reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial condition and the results of operations for such periods.  Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2012.
 
The financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by, reference to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Nine months ended September 30,
 
 
 
2010
   
2011
   
2011
   
2012
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
     
Revenues
  $ 952,839     $ 2,812,210     $ 2,703,830     $ 5,874,314  
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Cost of revenues earned
    1,002,781       1,851,018       1,513,058       3,582,824  
Depreciation and amortization
    26,191       39,229       28,066       80,644  
Salaries and wages (including stock compensation of
$5,001,000 and $872,000)
    1,574,374       5,853,600       1,018,074       2,099,351  
General and administrative
    600,509       1,251,102       1,081,273       1,473,192  
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
    3,203,855       8,994,949       3,057,413       3,653,187  
                                 
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS
    (2,251,016 )     (6,182,739 )     (1,866,640 )     (1,361,697 )
                                 
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSES
                               
Unrealized (gain) loss on fair value of derivative
    (376,788 )     (458,754 )     494,557       360,738  
Loss from disposal of subsidiary
                      880,393  
Gain from disposal of capital equipment
                      (21,981
Interest Expense
    267,368       1,240,457       1,097,762       1,370,738  
Goodwill impairment
          437,000              
TOTAL OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE
    (109,420 )     1,218,703       1,592,319       2,589,888  
                                 
                                 
Loss before gain in non-controlling interest
    (2,141,596 )     (7,401,442 )     (3,458,961 )     (3,951,585 )
                                 
Non-controlling interest
                      33,111  
NET LOSS
  $ (2,141,596 )   $ (7,401,442 )   $ (3,458,961 )   $ (3,918,474 )
                                 
LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
                               
Basic and fully diluted
  $ (0.02 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.02 )
                                 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding-basic and diluted
    136,148,976       125,408,014       118,663,137       180,312,957  
 
 
   
December 31,
   
December 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
     
Assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 22,476     $ 89,285     $ 247,880  
Accounts receivable
    148,811       347,607       7,451,678  
Inventory
    13,235       10,992       58,796  
Deferred loan costs
          53,848       1,823,465  
Other current assets
          8,701       197,734  
                         
Total Current Assets
    184,522       510,433       9,779,553  
                         
Property & equipment, net
    237,935       338,759       173,657  
                         
Note receivable from related party
                125,000  
                         
Investment in Digital Comm
                83,333  
                         
Intangible assets
          636,736       15,731,611  
                         
Deposits
    7,926       304,084       284,522  
                         
Total Assets
  $ 430,383     $ 1,790,012     $ 26,177,676  
                         
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficiency
                       
                         
Current liabilities
                       
Accounts payable
  $ 294,689     $ 563,449     $ 1,250,170  
Bank debt, current portion
    64,105       114,358       347,045  
Accrued expenses
    151,497       227,854       1,157,876  
Notes payable, related parties
    348,471       5,364       3,728  
Notes payable, other, current portion
    509,268       876,522       1,464,500  
                         
Total Current Liabilities
    1,368,030       1,787,574       6,322,473  
                         
Other liabilities:
                       
Bank debt, net of current portion
    229,542       698,289       144,749  
Notes payable, related parties, net of current
            110,293       105,694  
Notes payable, other, net of current
          825,761       12,350,000  
Derivative Liability
    459,897       1,143       361,881  
                         
Total Other Liabilities
    689,439       1,635,486       12,962,324  
                         
Stockholders’ Deficiency:
                       
Common stock with $.10 put option, 0,0 and 5,000,000 shares issues and outstanding
                500,000  
Redeemable Series A, convertible preferred stock,$0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 authorized, 0, 20,000 and 2,000,000 issued and outstanding
          200,000       200,000  
Redeemable Series B, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 60,000 shares, 0,15 and 365
shares  issued and outstanding
          15,000       384,063  
Redeemable Series C, convertible preferred stock, 10% cumulative, annual dividend, $1,000 stated value, 1,500 authorized and 0,0 and 1,500 shares issued and  outstanding
                1,500,000  
Redeemable Series F, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, authorized 60,000 shares, 0,0 and  4,150 issued
                4,150,000  
Redeemable Series G, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 3,500 shares outstanding, none issued
                 
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency):
                       
                         
Series D, convertible preferred stock, 10% cumulative, annual dividend $1,000 stated value, authorized 1,000 shares, 0, 366 and 566 shares issued and outstanding
          366       566  
Series E, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 10% cumulative, annual dividend $1,000 stated value, authorized 50,000 shares, 0, 0 and 3,781 shares issued and outstanding
                4  
Common stock, $.0001 par value,  500,000,000 shares authorized; 105,973,976, 158,737,602 and 217,836,627 shares issued and outstanding
    10,597       15,873       21,783  
Additional paid-in-capital
    581,800       7,850,944       13,664,000  
Accumulated deficit
    (2,219,483 )     (9,620,926 )     (13,599,948 )
Total Genesis Holdings, Inc. stockholders' deficiency (deficiency)
    (1,627,086 )     (7,753,543 )     86,405  
Non-controlling interest
          105,522       72,411  
                         
Total Stockholders' Equity (deficiency)
    (1,627,086 )     (1,648,012 )     158,816  
                         
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' deficiency
  $ 430,383     $ 1,790,012     $ 26,177,676  
_______________
 
 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Since January 1, 2011, we have completed the following acquisitions:
 
  
ADEX Corporation .  In September 2012, we acquired ADEX Corporation, an Atlanta-based provider of engineering and installation services and staffing solutions and other services to the telecommunications industry.  ADEX’s managed solutions diversified our ability to service our customers domestically and internationally throughout the project lifecycle.
 
  
T N S, Inc.   In September 2012, we also acquired T N S, Inc., a Chicago-based structured cabling company and DAS installer that supports voice, data, video, security and multimedia systems within commercial office buildings, multi-building campus environments, high-rise buildings, data centers and other structures.  T N S extends our geographic reach to the Midwest area and our client reach to end-users such as multinational corporations, universities, school districts and other large organizations that have significant ongoing cabling needs.
 
  
Tropical Communications, Inc .  In August 2011, we acquired Tropical Communications, Inc., a Miami-based provider of structured cabling and DAS systems for commercial and governmental entities in the Southeast.
 
  
Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC and Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC .  In December 2011, we acquired a 49% stake in Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC, a certified Women Business Enterprise (WBE) cable firm based in Tuscaloosa, Alabama that performs engineering services in the Southeastern United States and internationally, and 100% of Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, an equipment provider for cable-engineering services firms.  We have an option to purchase the remaining 51% of Rives-Monteiro Engineering for a nominal sum at any time.
 
We have also entered into definitive agreements for the following acquisitions:
 
  
Telco .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire the Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing business divisions of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company.  We plan to integrate this professional services and telecommunications staffing business into our ADEX subsidiary, in order to expand our project staffing business and our access to skilled labor.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate this acquisition.
 
  
IPC .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire IPC, a New York based cloud and managed services business, with professional services and applications capabilities.  IPC serves both corporate enterprises and telecommunications service providers.  We believe that the acquisition of IPC will support our cloud and managed services aspect of our business as well as improve our systems integration and applications capabilities.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate that acquisition.
 
See note 2 to our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements for details on the purchase price allocation.
 
The following unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 presents consolidated information as if we had completed each of the above acquisitions on January 1, 2011. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2012 is not presented for the four acquisitions completed prior to September 30, 2012 because the balance sheet of those entities, including related acquisition adjustments, is included in our consolidated balance sheet as of such date. The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information has been prepared from, and should be read in conjunction with, the respective historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of the company and ADEX Corporation, T N S, Inc., Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions, and Integration Partners - NY Corporation included in this prospectus.
 
The historical profit and loss accounts of each of these entities have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (US GAAP). The pro forma acquisition adjustments described in the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information were based on available information and certain assumptions made by us and may be revised as additional information becomes available as the purchase accounting for the acquisition is finalized. The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and information available as of the date of this Registration Statement on Form S-1. Certain valuations are currently in process. Actual results may differ from the amounts reflected in the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.
 
The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information included in this prospectus is not intended to represent what our results of operations would have been if the acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2011 or to project our results of operations for any future period. Since we and each of these entities were not under common control or management for any period presented, the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial results may not be comparable to, or indicative of, future performance.
  
 
   
Genesis Group
   
Telco
Professional
   
IPC
   
Proforma
   
Proforma
     
   
Holdings, Inc.
   
Services (1)
   
Systems, Inc.
   
Adjustments
   
Adjustments
 
Consolidated
 
                     
Offering
   
Acquisitions
     
Assets
                                   
Current assets
                                   
Cash
  $ 247,880     $ -     $ 737,325     $ 35,200,000     $ (35,361,734
)(a)
  $ 823,471  
Accounts receivable
    7,451,678       3,785,467       2,673,063       -       -       13,912,208  
Inventory
    58,796       -       1,120,178       -       -       1,178,974  
Deferred loan costs
    1,823,465       -       -       -               1,823,465  
Other current assets
    197,734       -       -       -       -       197,734  
Total current assets
    9,779,553       3,785,467       4,532,566       35,200,000       (35,361,734 )     20,529,419  
                                                 
Property, plant & equipment, net
    173,657       -       37,656       -       -       211,313  
Investments
    83,333       -                       -       83,333  
Notes receivable-related party
    125,000       -                       -       125,000  
Goodwill and other intangibles assets, net
    15,731,611       -                       35,519,216
(c)
    51,250,827  
Other assets
    284,522       -       8,700       -       -       293,222  
Total assets
  $ 26,177,676     $ 3,785,467     $ 4,578,922     $ 35,200,000     $ 157,482     $ 69,899,547  
                                                 
Liabilities and stockholders deficit
                                               
Current liabilities
                                               
Accounts payable
  $ 1,250,170     $ -     $ 2,554,726     $ -     $ -     $ 3,804,896  
Bank debt, current portion
    347,045                       -       -       347,045  
Accrued expenses
    1,157,876       567,825       396,531       -       -       2,122,232  
Due to related party                     1,107,071                          
Notes payable, related parties, current portion
    3,728                               -       3,728  
Notes payable, acquisition
    2,099,154                               2,590,592
(d)
    4,689,746  
Notes payable, other current portion
    1,464,500                       -       -       1,464,500  
Capital lease obligations, current portion
                            -                  
Convertible notes payable
    -                       -       -       -  
Total current liabilities
    6,322,473       567,825       4,655,007       -       2,590,592      
14,135,957
 
                                                 
Other liabilities
                                               
Bank debt, net of current portion
    144,749                                       144,749  
Notes payable, related parties, net of current portion
    105,694                                       105,694  
Notes payable, other, net of current portion
    12,350,000                       -       -       12,350,000  
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
                            -               -  
Derivative liability
    361,881                                       361,881  
                                                 
Total other liabilities
    12,962,324       -       -       -       -       12,962,324  
                                                 
Common stock with $0.10 put option, 5,000,000 shares issued and outstanding
    500,000                                       500,000  
Redeemable Series A Preferred Stock
    200,000                                       200,000  
Redeemable Series B Preferred Stock
    384,063       -       -       -       -       384,063  
Redeemable Series C Preferred Stock
    1,500,000                                       1,500,000  
Redeemable Series F Preferred Stock
    4,150,000                                       4,150,000  
Redeemable Series G Preferred Stock
    -                               -       -  
      6,734,063                                       6,734,063  
                                                 
Stockholders deficit
                                               
Series D Preferred Stock
    566                                       566  
Series E Preferred Stock
    4                                       4  
Common stock
    21,783       -       20       800        
(e)
    22,603  
Additional paid in capital
    13,664,000       -       -       35,199,200       2,143,894
(f)
    51,007,094  
Divisional net assets
            3,217,642               -       (3,217,642
)(b)
    -  
Retained earnings
    (13,599,948 )            
(76,165
)     -       (1,359,362
)(b)
    ( 15,035,475 )
                                                 
Total stockholders deficit
    86,405       3,217,642      
(76,145
)     35,200,000       (2,433,110 )    
35,994,792
 
Non-controlling interest
    72,411                               -       72,411  
Total stockholders deficiency
    158,816       3,217,642      
(76,145
)     35,200,000       (2,433,110 )    
36,067,203
 
Total liabilities and stockholders deficit
  $ 26,177,676     $ 3,785,467     $
4,578,922
    $ 35,200,000     $ 157,482     $
69,899,547
 
 
(1)
Telco Professional Services, or Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing, is a division of Tekmark
 
   
Telco Professional
    IPC          
Proforma adjustments acquisitions:
 
 Services (1)
   
 Systems, Inc.
   
Total
 
(a) Represents the cash paid at closing of the acquisition net of the cash balances not acquired
  $ 19,957,790     $ 15,403,944     $ 35,361,734  
(b) Represents elimination of the assets, liabilities, and equity that were not acquired in the transaction
  $ 3,217,642     $ 1,359,362     $ 4,577,004  
(c) To reflect the estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets and goodwill acquired in the acquisition
  $ 19,549,141     $ 15,970,075     $ 35,519,216  
(d) To reflect the issuance of acquisition notes to sellers
  $ 813,214     $ 1,777,378     $ 2,590,592  
(e) To reflect the stock issued as consideration in the acquisition
                    -  
    $ 1,995,779       148,115       2,143,894  
 
Proforma adjustments offering:
 
To reflect the issuance of 8,000,000 shares of common stock generating net proceeds of $35,200,000.
 
 
                                       
Telco
Professional
               
Proforma
   
Proforma
 
   
Genesis
   
Digital
   
Tropical
   
RME
   
RML
   
Adex
   
Services (1)
   
IPC
   
TNS
   
Adjustments
   
Combined
 
Revenue
    2,812,210       (2,443,441 )     785,181       2,565,801       49,986       37,160,836       16,833,939       17,158,112       4,097,049       -       79,019,673  
                                                                                         
Cost of Revenues
    1,851,018       (1,776,685 )     398,719       1,516,627       2,400       30,268,026       11,691,936       11,485,896       2,493,261       -       57,931,198  
                                                                                         
Gross margin
    961,192       (666,756 )     386,462       1,049,174       47,586       6,892,810       5,142,003       5,672,216       1,603,788       -       21,088,475  
                                                              0.67                          
Operating expenses
                                                                                       
Depreciation
    39,229       (26,000 )     5,624       -       -       -       -       -       -       10,341,594
(g)
    10,360,447  
Salaries and wages
    852,600       (524,531 )     336,964       241,156       -       -       1,103,613       3,404,930       1,187,654       (2,523,931
)(k)
    4,078,455  
Stock compensation
    5,001,000       -                       -       -       -       -               -       5,001,000  
General and administrative
    1,251,102       (572,100 )     134,647       606,145       27,473       5,339,264       133,474       792,594       135,286       (19,000
)(h)
    7,828,885  
                                                                                         
Total operating expenses
    7,143,931       (1,122,631 )     477,235       847,301       27,473       5,339,264       1,237,087       4,197,524       1,322,940       7,798,663       27,268,787  
                                                                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (6,182,739 )     455,875       (90,773 )     201,873       20,113       1,553,546       3,904,916       1,474,692       280,848       (7,798,663 )     (6,180,312 )
                                                                                         
Other income (expenses)
                                                                                       
unrealized gain (loss) on fair value of derivative
    458,754                               -       -       -       -       -       -       458,754  
Interest expense
    (1,240,457 )     157,383       (21,215 )     (91,779 )     -       -       -       -       -       (24,058
)(i)
    (1,220,126 )
Interest income
                            184               -               -       -               184  
Other income (expenses)
                    707       -       (1,528 )     (92,690 )             212,412       -               118,901  
Goodwill impairment
    (437,000 )                             -       -       -       -       -       -       (437,000 )
Gain  (loss) from disposal of capital equipment
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
                                                                                         
Total other income (expense)
    (1,218,703 )     157,383       (20,508 )     (91,595 )     (1,528 )     (92,690 )     -       212,412       -       (24,058 )     (1,079,287 )
                                                                                         
Gain in non-controlling interest
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
                                                                                         
Net income (loss from conntinuing operations
    (7,401,442 )     613,258       (111,281 )     110,278       18,585       1,460,856       3,904,916       1,687,104       280,848       (7,822,721 )     (7,259,599 )
                                                                                         
Loss from discontinued operations
    -       -                                                                       -  
                                                                                         
NET  LOSS
    (7,401,442 )     613,258       (111,281 )     110,278       18,585       1,460,856       3,904,916       1,687,104       280,848       (7,822,721 )     (7,259,599 )
                                                                                         
Basic and fully diluted
    (5.13 )                                                                             (3.53 )
                                                                                         
Weighted average number of common shares (A)
    1,442,504               126,420       60,000               -       399,156       29,623       -       -       2,057,703  
outstanding-basic and diluted
         
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
 
                                                                                         
EBITDA
                                                                                    9,181,135  
 
Proforma adjustments:  
Tropical
   
RME
   
RML
   
ADEX, Corp.
   
Telco
Professional
Services (1)
   
IPC
Systems, Inc.
   
TNS, Inc.
   
Total
 
                                                   
(g) 
Represents the amortization expense related to the fair value of identifiable finite-life intangible assets acquired in the transactions, as if they had been completed on January 1, 2011
  $ -     $ 127,347     $ -     $ 2,056,829     $ 3,909,828     $ 3,301,544     $ 946,046       10,341,594  
(h) 
To eliminate transactions expenses
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 19,000       19,000  
(i) 
Represents the interest expenses associated with the acquisition notes payable,  as if they had been issued on January 1, 2011
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 24,058     $ -     $ -     $ -       24,058  
(j) 
To reflect the issuance of common stock on the date of the acquisitions
    126,420       60,000               -       399,156       29,623       -       615,199  
(k) 
To reflect lower salaries for former owners
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 1,027,763     $ -     $ 450,000     $ 1,046,168       2,523,931  
 
(A)
Adjusted for the proposed 125-to-1 reverse stock split.
 
 
                      Telco                          
                      Professional                
Proforma
   
Proforma
 
   
Genesis
   
Digital
   
Adex
   
Services (1)
   
IPC
   
TNS
   
Adjustments
   
Combined
 
Revenue
    5,874,314       (1,691,956 )     22,365,754       13,233,630       17,158,112       1,876,731       -       58,816,585  
                                                                 
Cost of Revenues
    3,582,824       (1,561,287 )     18,321,021       9,637,135       11,485,896       1,108,590       -       42,574,179  
                                                                 
Gross margin
    2,291,490       (130,669 )     4,044,733       3,596,495       5,672,216       768,141       -       16,242,406  
                                      0.67                          
Operating expenses
                                                               
Depreciation
    80,644       (52,525 )     -       -       -       1,327       7,660,685 (g)     7,690,131  
Salaries and wages
    1,495,353       (226,766 )             672,665       1,171,131       312,736       (1,896,354 )(k)     1,528,765  
Stock compensation
    603,998               -       -       -               -       603,998  
General and administrative
    1,473,192       (345,922 )     4,777,323       88,334       291,156       92,795       (613,090 )(h)     5,763,788  
                                                                 
Total operating expenses
    3,653,187       (625,213 )     4,777,323       760,999       1,462,287       406,858       5,151,241       15,586,682  
                                                                 
Income (loss) from operations
    (1,361,697 )     494,544       (732,590 )     2,835,496       4,209,929       361,283       (5,151,241 )     655,724  
                                                                 
Other income (expenses)
                                                               
unrealized gain (loss) on fair value of derivative
    (360,738 )             -       -       -       -       -       (360,738 )
Interest expense
    (1,370,738 )     256,758               -       -       -       24,058
(i)
    (1,089,922 )
Interest income
                                    -                       -  
Other income (expenses)
                    (40,431 )             211,732                       171,301  
Loss from disposal of subsidiary
    (880,393 )             -       -       -       -       -       (880,393 )
Gain  (loss) from disposal of capital equipment
    21,981       4,204       -       -       -       -       -       26,185  
                                                                 
Total other income (expense)
    (2,589,888 )     260,962       (40,431 )     -       211,732       -       24,058       (2,133,567 )
                                                                 
Gain in non-controlling interest
    33,111       -       -       -       -       -       -       33,111  
                                                                 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    (3,918,474 )     755,506       (773,021 )     2,835,496       4,421,661       361,283       (5,127,183 )     (1,444,732 )
                                                                 
Loss from discontinued operations
    -       -                                               -  
                                                                 
NET  LOSS
  $ (3,918,474 )   $ 755,506     $ (773,021 )   $ 2,835,496     $ 4,421,661     $ 361,283     $ (5,127,183 )   $ (1,444,732 )
                                                                 
LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
                                                               
                                                                 
Basic and fully diluted
  $ (2.72 )                                                   $ (0.08 )
                                                                 
Weighted average number of common shares (A)
    1,442,504               -       399,156       29,623                       18,889,573  
           outstanding-basic and diluted
         
(j)
   
(j)
   
(j)
   
(j)
   
(j)
   
(j)
         
                                                                 
EBITDA
                                                            8,949,853  
 
                 
Telco Professional
   
IPC
       
Proforma adjustments:  
TNS, Inc.
   
ADEX, Corp.
   
Services (1)
   
Systems, Inc.
   
Total
 
                                 
(g) 
Represents the amortization expense related to the fair value of identifiable
                             
 
finite-life intangible assets acquired in the transactions, as if they had been completed
  $ 709,535     $ 1,542,622     $ 2,932,371     $ 2,476,158       7,660,685  
 
on January 1, 2011
                                       
(h)
To eliminate transactions expenses
  $ 39,765     $ 573,325     $ -     $ -       613,090  
(i) 
Represents the interest expenses associated with the acquisition notes payable, as if they had been issued on January 1, 2011
  $ -     $ 24,058     $ -     $ -       24,058  
(j) 
To reflect the issuance of common stock on the date of the acquisitions
    -       -       399,156       29,623       428,779  
(k) 
To eliminate salaries for former owners and related company
  $ 541,143     $ 1,017,711     $ -     $ 337,500       1,896,354  
 
(A)
Adjusted for the proposed 125-to-1 reverse stock split.
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations contains certain statements that are forward-looking in nature relating to our business, future events or our future financial performance.  Prospective investors are cautioned that such statements involve risks and uncertainties and that actual events or results may differ materially from the statements made in such forward-looking statements.  In evaluating such statements, prospective investors should specifically consider the various factors identified in this prospectus, including the matters set forth under the caption “Risk Factors,” which could cause actual results to differ from those indicated by such forward-looking statements.
 
Overview
 
We were incorporated in 1999, but functioned as a development stage company with limited activities through December 2009.  In January 2010, we acquired Digital Comm, Inc. (Digital Comm), a provider of specialty contracting services primarily in the installation of fiber optic telephone cable.  Until September 2012, substantially all of our revenue came from our specialty contracting services.  In the year ending December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of acquisition of ADEX Corporation (ADEX), we expect that approximately 49% of our revenue will come from specialty contracting services, with the remaining 51% coming from our telecommunications staffing services.
 
We operate in one reportable segment as a specialty contractor and staffing service, providing engineering, construction, maintenance, and installation services to telecommunications providers, underground facility locating services, as well as related staffing services to various utilities, including telecommunications providers, and other construction and maintenance services to electric and gas utilities and others.  All of our operating divisions have been aggregated into one reporting segment due to their similar economic characteristics, products, production methods, and distribution methods.
 
Our revenue increased from $952,839 for the year ending December 31, 2010 to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, and increased from $2.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $5.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.  Our net loss increased from $2.1 million for the year ending December 31, 2010 to $7.4 million for the year ending December 31, 2011.  Our net loss of $3.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 increased to $3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.  As of September 30, 2012, our accumulated deficit was $13.6 million.  A significant portion of our services are performed under master service agreements and other arrangements with customers that extend for periods of one or more years.  We are currently party to numerous master service agreements, generally having multiple agreements with each of our customers.  Master service agreements generally contain customer-specified service requirements, such as discrete pricing for individual tasks.  To the extent that such contracts specify exclusivity, there are often a number of exceptions, including the ability of the customer to issue work orders valued above a specified dollar amount to other service providers, perform work with the customer’s own employees and use other service providers when jointly placing facilities with another utility.  In most cases, a customer may terminate an agreement for convenience with written notice.  The remainder of our services are provided pursuant to contracts for specific projects.  Long-term contracts relate to specific projects with terms in excess of one year from the contract date.  Short-term contracts for specific projects are generally of three to four months in duration.
 
We recognize revenues under the percentage of completion method of accounting using the cost-to-cost measures.  Revenues from contracts using the cost-to-cost measures of completion are recognized based on the ratio of contract costs incurred to date to total estimated contract costs.  Revenues from services provided under time- and materials-based contracts are recognized as the services are performed.
 
 
The following table summarizes our revenues from multi-year master service agreements and other long-term contracts, as a percentage of contract revenues:
 
   
Nine months ended
September 30,
   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
Multi-year master service agreements
    60 %     59 %     0 %
Other long-term contracts
    0       0       0  
Total long-term contracts
    60 %     59 %     0 %

The percentage of revenue from long-term contracts varies between periods, depending on the mix of work performed under our contracts.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, a higher percentage of revenue was earned for services performed under short-term contracts than in the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
A significant portion of our revenue comes from several large customers.  The following table reflects the percentage of total revenue from those customers who contributed at least 10% to our total revenue in the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012:
 
   
Nine months ended
September 30,
   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
Verizon Communications
    13.7 %     59 %     0 %
Ericsson
    10.1 %     0 %     0 %
Southern Technology Solutions
    0 %     0 %     47 %
InfraSource
    0 %     0 %     19 %
Danella Construction
    19 %     18 %     19 %
ABSS
    28.8 %     0 %     0 %
AT&T
    0 %     0 %     10 %

Telecommunications providers and enterprise customers continue to seek and outsource solutions in order to reduce their investment in capital equipment, provide flexibility in workforce sizing and expand product offerings without large increases in incremental hiring. As a result, we believe there is significant opportunity to expand both our United States and international telecommunications solutions services and staffing services capabilities. As we continue to expand our United States and international presence, we will target those customers going through new network deployments and wireless service upgrades.
 
We expect to continue to increase our profit margins on our specialty contracting services by leveraging our single-source end-to-end network to efficiently provide a full spectrum of telecommunications contracting and staffing services to our customers. This will alleviate some of the inefficiencies typically present in our industry, which result, in part, from the highly fragmented nature of the telecommunications industry, limited access to skilled labor and the difficulty of managing multiple specialty service providers to address our customers’ needs. As a result, we believe that we can provide superior service to our customers and eliminate certain redundancies and costs for them. We believe that our ability to address a wide range of end-to-end solutions network, infrastructure and project staffing service needs for our telecommunications industry clients is a key competitive advantage. Our ability to offer diverse technical capabilities (including design, engineering, construction, deployment, installation and integration services) allows customers to turn to a single source for these specific specialty services as well as to entrust us with the execution of entire turn-key solutions.
 
As a result of our recent acquisitions, we have become a multi-faceted company with an international platform. We believe that this platform will allow us to leverage our corporate and other fixed costs and capture gross margin benefits. Our platform is highly scalable. We typically hire workers to staff projects on a project-by-project basis and our other operating expenses are primarily fixed. Accordingly, we are generally able to deploy personnel to infrastructure projects in the United States and beyond with incremental increases in operating costs. We believe this business model enables us to staff our business efficiently to meet changes in demand.
 
Finally, given the worldwide popularity of telecommunications and wireless products and services, we will selectively pursue international expansion, which we believe represents a compelling opportunity for additional long-term growth. As a result of our acquisitions and current business model, we intend to achieve profitability in the year ending December 31, 2012.
 
 
Our planned expansion will place increased demands on our operational, managerial, administrative and other resources. Managing our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance our operations management system, financial and management controls and information systems and to hire, train and retain skilled telecommunications personnel. The timing and amount of investments in our expansion could affect the comparability of our results of operations in future periods.
 
Our recent acquisitions and planned acquisitions have been timed with the additions to our management team of skilled professionals with deep industry knowledge and a strong track record of execution. Our senior management team brings an average of over 25 years of individual experience across a broad range of disciplines. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and is well-positioned to execute our strategy.
 
Factors Affecting Our Performance
 
Changes in Demand for Data Capacity and Reliability.
 
The telecommunications industry has undergone and continues to undergo significant changes due to advances in technology and increased competition as telephone and cable companies converge, growing consumer demand for enhanced and bundled services and governmental broadband stimulus funding. As a result of these factors, the networks of our customers increasingly face demands for more capacity and greater reliability. Telecommunications providers continue to outsource a significant portion of their engineering, construction and maintenance requirements in order to reduce their investment in capital equipment, provide flexibility in workforce sizing, expand product offerings without large increases in incremental hiring and focus on those competencies they consider core to their business success. These factors drive customer demand for our services.
 
Telecommunications network operators are increasingly relying on the deployment of fiber optic cable technology deeper into their networks and closer to consumers in order to respond to demands for capacity, reliability and product bundles of voice, video and high speed data services. Fiber deployments have enabled an increasing number of cable companies to offer voice services in addition to their traditional video and data services. These voice services require the installation of customer premise equipment and, at times, the upgrade of in-home wiring. Additionally, fiber deployments are also facilitating the provisioning of video services by local telephone companies in addition to their traditional voice and high speed data services. Several large telephone companies have pursued fiber-to-the-premise and fiber-to-the-node initiatives to compete actively with cable operators. These long-term initiatives and the likelihood that other telephone companies pursue similar strategies present opportunities for us.
 
Cable companies are continuing to target the provision of data and voice services to residential customers and have expanded their service offerings to business customers. Often times, these services are provided over fiber optic cables using “metro Ethernet” technology. The commercial geographies that cable companies are targeting for network deployments generally require incremental fiber optic cable deployment and, as a result, require the type of engineering and construction services that we provide.
 
The proliferation of smart phones and other wireless data devices has driven demand for mobile broadband. This demand and other advances in technology have prompted wireless carriers to upgrade their networks. Wireless carriers are actively increasing spending on their networks to respond to the explosion in wireless data traffic, upgrade network technologies to improve performance and efficiency and consolidate disparate technology platforms. These customer initiatives present long-term opportunities for us for the wireless services we provide. Further, the demand for mobile broadband has increased bandwidth requirements on the wired networks of our customers. As the demand for mobile broadband grows, the amount of cellular traffic that must be “backhauled” over customers’ fiber and coaxial networks increases and, as a result, carriers are accelerating the deployment of fiber optic cables to cellular sites. These trends are increasing the demand for the types of services we provide.
 
Our Ability to Recruit, Manage and Retain High Quality Telecommunications Personnel.
 
The shortage of skilled labor in the telecommunications industry and difficulty recruiting and retaining skilled personnel can frequently limit the ability of specialty contractors to bid for and complete certain contracts. In September 2012, we acquired ADEX, a telecommunications staffing firm. Through ADEX, we own and manage a proprietary database of more than 70,000 telecom personnel, which we use to locate and deploy skilled workers for projects. We believe that our access to a skilled labor pool gives us a competitive edge over our competitors as we continue to expand, however, our ability to continue to take advantage of this labor pool will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully integrate ADEX into our business.
 
 
Our Ability to Integrate Our Acquired Businesses and Expand Internationally.
 
We completed four acquisitions since August 2011 and plan to consummate additional acquisitions in the near term. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully integrate these businesses into our global telecommunications platform. In addition, we believe international expansion represents a compelling opportunity for additional growth over the long-term because of the worldwide need for telecommunications infrastructure. As of September 30, 2012, our operations outside the United States generated $139,000 in revenue. We plan to expand our global presence either through expanding our current operations or by acquiring subsidiaries with international platforms.
 
Our Ability to Expand and Diversify Our Customer Base.
 
Our customers for specialty contracting services consist of leading telephone, wireless, cable television and data companies. Ericsson is our main telecommunications staffing services customer. Historically, our revenue has been significantly concentrated in a small number of customers. Although we still operate at a net loss, our revenue in recent years has increased as we have acquired additional subsidiaries and diversified our customer base and revenue streams. The percentage of our revenue attributable to our top 10 customers, as well as key customers that constitute at least 10% of our revenue in at least one of the periods specified in the following table, were as follows:
 
Customer:
 
Year ended December 31,
   
Nine months ended
September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
Top 10 customers, aggregate
    100 %     97 %     79 %
Customer:
                       
Verizon Communications, Inc
    0 %     59 %     13.7 %
Danella Construction
    19 %     18 %     19 %
InfraSource
    19 %     0 %     0 %
AT&T
    10 %     0 %     0 %
ABSS
    0 %     0 %     28.8 %
Ericsson, Inc
    0 %           10.1 %
Southern Technology Solutions
    47 %     0 %     0 %
 
Business Unit Transitions.
 
In the year ended December 31, 2011, 100% of our revenue came from our specialty contracting services. In the year ended December 31, 2012, we expect that approximately 49% of our revenue will come from specialty contracting services, with the remaining 51% coming from our telecommunications staffing services. This change in focus is mainly attributable to our acquisition of ADEX. Due to the shift of our business focus from exclusively providing specialty contracting services to also providing substantial staffing services, we have expanded our customer base.
 
In addition, we have acquired four other companies since August 2011, and each of these acquisitions has either enhanced certain of our existing business units or allowed us to gain market share in new lines of business. For example, our acquisition of T N S in September 2012 extended the geographic reach of our structured cabling and antenna system services. Our intended acquisition of IPC will allow us to improve our systems integration capabilities. Our proposed acquisition of Telco will further expand our project staffing business and our access to skilled labor.
 
We expect these acquisitions to facilitate geographic diversification that protects against regional cyclicality. We believe our diverse platform of services, capabilities, customers and geographies will enable us to grow as the market continues to evolve.
 
The table below summarizes the revenues for each of these product lines for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the unaudited nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012.
 
 
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Nine months ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2011
   
2012
 
Revenue from:
     
Specialty contracting services
  $ 952,839     $ 2,812,210     $ 2,703,830     $ 4,482,892  
Telecommunications staffing services
                      1,391,422  
Other
                       
As a percentage of total revenue:
                               
Specialty contracting services
    100 %     0 %     100 %     76 %
Telecommunications staffing services
    0 %     0 %     0 %     24 %
Other
    0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %
 
With the acquisition of ADEX in September 2012, the revenue generated from telecommunications staffing services will continue to increase as a percentage of our overall revenue.
 
Impact of Pending and Recently Completed Acquisitions
 
We have grown significantly and expanded our service offerings and geographic reach through a series of strategic acquisitions.
 
Since January 1, 2011, we have completed the following acquisitions:
 
  
ADEX Corporation .  In September 2012, we acquired ADEX Corporation, an Atlanta-based provider of staffing solutions and other services to the telecommunications industry.  ADEX’s project staffing solutions diversified our ability to service our customers domestically and internationally throughout the project lifecycle.
 
  
T N S, Inc.   In September 2012, we also acquired T N S, Inc., a Chicago-based structured cabling company and DAS installer that supports voice, data, video, security and multimedia systems within commercial office buildings, multi-building campus environments, high-rise buildings, data centers and other structures.  T N S extends our geographic reach to the Midwest area and our client reach to end-users such as multinational corporations, universities, school districts and other large organizations that have significant ongoing cabling needs.
 
  
Tropical Communications, Inc .  In August 2011, we acquired Tropical Communications, Inc., a Miami-based provider of services to construct, install, optimize and maintain structured cabling for commercial and governmental entities in the Southeast.
 
  
Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC and Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC .  In December 2011, we acquired a 49% stake in Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC, a certified Women Business Enterprise (WBE) cable firm based in Tuscaloosa, Alabama that performs engineering services in the Southeastern United States and internationally, and 100% of Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC (RME), an equipment provider for cable-engineering services firms.  We have an option to purchase the remaining 51% of Rives-Monteiro Engineering for a nominal sum at any time.
 
We have also entered into definitive agreements for the following acquisitions:
 
  
Telco .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire the Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing business division of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company.  We plan to integrate this professional service and telecommunications staffing business with our ADEX subsidiary in order to expand our project staffing business and our access to skilled labor.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate this acquisition.
 
  
IPC .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire IPC, a full-service voice and data network engineering firm based in New York.  IPC serves both corporate enterprises and telecommunications service providers.  We believe that the acquisition of IPC will support our cloud and managed services aspect of our business as well as improve our systems integration and applications capabilities.
 
We regularly review opportunities and periodically engage in discussions regarding possible acquisitions. Our ability to sustain our growth and maintain our competitive position may be affected by our ability to identify, acquire and successfully integrate companies.
 
We have entered into definitive agreements to acquire Telco and IPC, which will close concurrently with or prior to the consummation of this offering. We intend to operate all of the acquired companies in a decentralized model in which the management of the companies will remain responsible for daily operations while our senior management will utilize their deep industry expertise and strategic contacts to develop and implement growth strategies and leverage top-line and operating synergies among the companies as well as provide overall general and administrative functions.
 
 
In November 2012, we executed definitive agreements to acquire Telco and IPC. After the completion of the Telco and IPC acquisitions and reflecting the consolidation of these entities in our results of operations, we expect our revenues, cost of revenues and operating expenses will increase substantially. Accordingly, our future results of operations may differ significantly from those described in this prospectus. The impact of the pending acquisitions is not reflected in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and the impact of completed acquisition is only included from the period commencing on the  acquisition date. The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information included in this prospectus is not intended to represent what our results of operations would have been if the acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2011 or to project our results of operations for any future period. Since we and each of these entities were not under common control or management for any period presented, the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial results may not be comparable to, or indicative of, future performance.
 
General Economic Conditions.
 
Within the context of a slowly growing economy and the current volatility in the credit and equity markets, we believe the latest trends and developments support our steady industry outlook. We will continue to closely monitor the effects that changes in economic and market conditions may have on our customers and our business and we will continue to manage those areas of the business we can control.
 
Components of Results of Operations
 
Revenue.
 
In the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, we derived virtually all of our revenue from our specialty contracting services. In the nine months ended September 30, 2012 we derived approximately 76% of our revenue from our specialty contracting services and approximately 24% of our revenue from our telecommunications staffing and training services.
 
Cost of Revenues.
 
Cost of revenues in the year ended December 31, 2011 was 66% of revenues as compared to 105% in the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to increased efficiency in the year ended December 31, 2011 and our focus on improving margins. Cost of revenues includes all direct costs of providing services under our contracts, including costs for direct labor provided by employees, services by independent subcontractors, operation of capital equipment (excluding depreciation and amortization), direct materials, insurance claims and other direct costs. For a majority of the contract services we perform, our customers provide all necessary materials and we provide the personnel, tools and equipment necessary.
 
We retain the risk of loss, up to certain limits, for claims related to automobile liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, employee group health and location damages. We are sometimes subject to claims for damages resulting from property and other damages arising in connection with our specialty contracting services. A change in claims experience or actuarial assumptions related to these risks could materially affect our results of operations. For a majority of the contract services we perform, our customers provide all required materials while we provide the necessary personnel, tools and equipment. Materials supplied by our customers, for which the customer retains financial and performance risk, are not included in our revenue or costs of sales. We expect cost of revenue to continue to increase if we succeed in continuing to grow our revenue.
 
General and Administrative Costs.
 
General and administrative costs include all of our corporate costs, as well as costs of our subsidiaries’ management personnel and administrative overhead. These costs primarily consist of employee compensation and related expenses, including legal, consulting and professional fees, information technology and development costs, provision for or recoveries of bad debt expense and other costs that are not directly related to performance of our services under customer contracts. Our senior management, including the senior managers of our subsidiaries, perform substantially all of our sales and marketing functions as part of their management responsibilities and, accordingly, we have not incurred material sales and marketing expenses. Information technology and development costs included in general and administrative expenses are primarily incurred to support and to enhance our operating efficiency. We expect these expenses to continue to generally increase as we expand our operations, but expect that such expenses as a percentage of revenue will decrease if we succeed in increasing revenue. Between January 1, 2012 and November 16, 2012, we increased our workforce by 346 employees, primarily as a result of the acquisitions of ADEX and T N S, which will increase ongoing headcount related expenses.
 
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets.
 
We perform our annual impairment review of goodwill and certain intangible assets with indefinite lives during the fourth quarter of each year at the reporting unit level. The assets of each of our acquired businesses and the related goodwill are assigned to the applicable reporting unit at the date of acquisition. We identify our reporting units by assessing whether businesses holding purchased assets, including goodwill, and related assumed liabilities have discrete financial information available. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit and compare the fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the value of the reporting units’ goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangibles may be impaired and written down. Our goodwill resides in multiple reporting units. The profitability of individual reporting units may suffer periodically from downturns in customer demand and other factors resulting from the cyclical nature of our business, the high level of competition existing within our industry, the concentration of our revenues within a limited number of customers and the level of overall economic activity. During times of economic slowdown, our customers may reduce their capital expenditures and defer or cancel pending projects. Individual reporting units may be relatively more impacted by these factors than the company as a whole. As a result, demand for the services of one or more of our reporting units could decline, resulting in an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets.
 
We review finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever an event occurs or circumstances change which indicates that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. Recoverability is determined based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of an asset and its eventual disposition. An impairment loss is measured by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying value. If we determine the fair value of an asset is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is incurred. Impairment losses, if any, are reflected in operating income or loss in the consolidated statements of operations during the period incurred.
 
In the year ended December 31, 2011 we recognized an impairment for the goodwill of $437,000 from the acquisition of Tropical Communications, Inc. (Tropical). We performed our required annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2011.
 
Fair Value of Embedded Derivatives.
 
We analyzed the Note and Purchase Warrant Agreement with MidMarket Capital based on the provisions of Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) 815-15 and determined that the conversion of the loan agreement qualifies it as an embedded derivative. The fair value upon inception of the embedded derivatives are calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and recorded as embedded derivative liabilities. The embedded derivatives are revalued at the end of each reporting period and any resulting gain or loss is recognized as a current period charge to the statement of operations.
 
We account for the embedded conversion features included in its warrants as derivative liabilities. The aggregate fair value of derivative liabilities as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, amounted to $361,881 and $1,143 respectively.
 
Income Taxes.
 
No provisions for income taxes have been made because we have a current year loss and have sustained cumulative losses since the commencement of operations. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) of $2.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively, which will be available to reduce future taxable income and expense through 2030, subject to limitations pursuant to IRC Section 382 in the event of a more than fifty percent change of ownership.
 
 
Credit Risk.
 
We are subject to concentrations of credit risk relating primarily to our cash and equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivables and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings. Cash and equivalents primarily include balances on deposit in banks. We maintain substantially all of our cash and equivalents at financial institutions we believe to be of high credit quality. To date we have not experienced any loss or lack of access to cash in our operating accounts.
 
We grant credit under normal payment terms, generally without collateral, to our customers. These customers primarily consist of telephone companies, cable broadband MSOs and electric and gas utilities. With respect to a portion of the services provided to these customers, we have certain statutory lien rights which may, in certain circumstances, enhance our collection efforts. Adverse changes in overall business and economic factors may impact our customers and increase potential credit risks. These risks may be heightened as a result of economic uncertainty and market volatility. In the past, some of our customers have experienced significant financial difficulties and, likewise, some may experience financial difficulties in the future. These difficulties expose us to increased risks related to the collectability of amounts due for services performed. We believe that none of our significant customers were experiencing financial difficulties that would materially impact the collectability of our trade accounts receivable and costs in excess of billings as of September 30, 2012.
 
Insurance .
 
As part of our insurance program, we retain the risk of loss, up to certain limits, for claims related to automobile liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, employee group health and location damages, and we have established reserves that we believe to be adequate based on current evaluations and our experience with these types of claims. For these claims, the effect on our financial statements is generally limited to the amount needed to satisfy our insurance deductibles or retentions. From time to time, we and our subsidiaries are parties to various other claims and legal proceedings. It is the opinion of our management, based on information available at this time, that such other pending claims or proceedings will not have a material effect on our financial statements.
 
Contingent Consideration.
 
We recognize the acquisition-date fair value of contingent consideration as part of the consideration transferred in exchange for the acquiree or assets of the acquiree in a business combination. The contingent consideration is classified as either a liability or equity in accordance with ASC 480-10 (“ Accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity ”). If classified as a liability, the liability is remeasured to fair value at each subsequent reporting date until the contingency is resolved. Increases in fair value are recorded as losses on the statement of operations, while decreases are recorded as gains. If classified as equity, contingent consideration is not remeasured and subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity Litigation and Contingencies.
 
Litigation and contingencies are reflected in our consolidated financial statements based on management’s assessment of the expected outcome of such litigation or expected resolution of such contingency. An accrual is made when the loss of such contingency is probable and reasonably estimable. If the final outcome of such litigation and contingencies differs significantly from our current expectations, such outcome could result in a charge to earnings.
 
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table shows our results of operations in dollars. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative off the results that may be expected for any future period.
 
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Nine months ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2011
   
2012
 
Revenue
  $ 952,839     $ 2,812,210     $ 2,703,830     $ 5,874,314  
                                 
Cost of revenues earned
    1,002,781       1,851,018       1,513,058       3,582,824  
Operating expenses
                               
Depreciation and amortization
    26,191       39,229       28,066       80,644  
Salaries and wages
    702,374       852,600       1,018,073       1,495,353  
Stock compensation
    872,000       5,001,000       930,000       603,998  
General and administrative
    600,509       1,251,102       1,081,273       1,473,192  
Total operating expenses
    3,203,855       8,994,949       3,057,413       3,653,187  
                                 
Loss from operations
    (2,251,016 )     (6,182,739 )     (1,866,640 )     (1,361,697 )
                                 
Total other income (expense)
    109,420       (1,218,703 )     (1,592,319 )     (2,589,888 )
                                 
Net loss
  $ (2,141,596 )   $ (7,401,442 )   $ (3,458,961 )   $ (3,918,474 )
 
 
Nine months ended September 30, 2012, compared to nine months ended September 30, 2011.
 
Revenue.
 
   
Nine months ended September 30,
   
Change
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
Specialty contracting
  $ 2,703,830     $ 4,482,892     $ 1,779,062       66 %
Telecommunication staffing services
          1,391,422       1,391,422       100 %
Total
  $ 2,703,830     $ 5,874,314     $ 3,170,484       117 %

Total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $5.9 million, which represented an increase of $3.2 million, or 117%, compared to total revenue of $2.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.  The increase in total revenue during this period was primarily attributed to revenue generated by our acquired companies.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, substantially all of our revenue was derived from our specialty contracting services, while for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, 76% of our revenue was derived from our specialty contracting services and 24% of our revenue was derived from our telecommunications staffing services.  This change is primarily a result of our acquisition of ADEX.
 
Cost of revenue and gross profit.
 
   
Nine months ended September 30,
   
Change
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
Cost of  Revenue
  $ 1,513,058     $ 3,582,824     $ 2,069,766       137 %
Gross Profit
  $ 1,190,772     $ 2,291,490     $ 1,100,718       92 %

Our cost of revenue increased $2.1 million from $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $3.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.  This increase was primarily due to the acquisitions completed in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.  For the nine months ending September 30, 2011, all of our operations were in the specialty contracting services division.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we had a revenue mix of 76% specialty contracting services as compared to telecommunications staffing services of 24%, primarily as a result of our acquisition of ADEX.
 
Gross profit dollars from our specialty contracting services business increased primarily due to increased revenue.  Specialty contracting services accounted for 76% of our revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 over the prior year period.  Specialty contracting services accounted for 100% of our revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and accounted for 76% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.  The change was a result of the acquisition of ADEX in September 2012.
 
General and Administrative.
 
   
Nine months ended September 30,
   
Change
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
General and administrative
  $ 1,081,273     $ 1,473,192     $ 391,919       36 %
Percentage of revenue
    40 %     25 %                

Our general and administrative expenses increased $391,919 from $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.  The increases were primarily as a result of the acquisitions completed in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.
 
 
Changes in Fair Value of Embedded Derivatives.
 
The conversion option provided in the August 2010 Note and Purchase Warrant Agreement, qualifies as an embedded derivative.  The fair value upon inception of the embedded derivative was determined to be $836,685 and was recorded as an embedded derivative liability.  The embedded derivative is revalued at the end of each reporting period and any resulting gain or loss is recognized as a current period charge to the statement of operations.  Upon issuance, the fair value was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following factors, assumptions and methodologies:
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Fair value of Company’s common stock
  $ 0.0197     $ 0.072  
Volatility (closing prices of 3-4 comparable public companies)
    57 %     57 %
Exercise price
  $ .01     $ .15  
Estimated life
 
5 years
   
5 years
 
Risk free interest rate (based on 1-year treasury rate)
    1 %     15 %

We account for the embedded conversion features included in our common stock as well as the related warrants as derivative liabilities.  The aggregate fair value of derivative liabilities as of September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2011 amounted to $361,881 and $954,454, respectively.
 
Interest Expense and Other Income, Net.
 
   
Nine months ended September 30,
   
Change
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
Interest expense
  $ 1,097,762     $ 1,370,738     $ 272,976       25 %
Other loss, net
    (494,557 )     (1,219,150 )     (724,593 )     (147 %)

Interest expense increased $272,976 from $1.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $1.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, primarily due to increases in our outstanding debt obligations.  Other loss, net increased $724,593 from $494,557 in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, primarily due to the loss on disposal of our Digital Comm subsidiary.
 
Net Loss.
 
Net loss was $3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, as compared to $3.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.
 
Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010
 
Revenue.
 
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Change
 
   
2010
   
% of Revenue
   
2011
   
% of Revenue
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
Revenue
  $ 952,839       100 %   $ 2,812,210       100 %   $ 1,859,371       195 %
                                                 
Total
  $ 952,839             $ 2,812,210             $ 1,859,371       195 %

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $2.8 million, which represented an increase of $1.9 million, or 195%, compared to total revenue of $952,839 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The increase in revenue during this period was primarily attributed to the acquisition of Tropical in August 2011 combined with increases in revenue from Verizon.  Revenue from our specialty contracting services increased $1.9 million from $952,839 in the year ended December 31, 2010 to $2.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily driven by the acquisition of Tropical and increased revenue from Verizon.
 
 
Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit.
 
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Change
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
Revenue
  $ 952,839     $ 2,812,210     $ 1,859,371       195 %
Cost of revenue
  $ 1,002,781     $ 1,851,018     $ 848,237       85 %
Cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue
    105 %     66 %           (39 )%
Gross profit
  $ (49,942 )   $ 961,192     $ 1,011,134        
 
Our cost of revenue increased $848,237 from $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Cost of revenue, as a percentage of revenue, decreased 39% in the year ended December 31, 2011 from 105% in the year ended December 31, 2010 to 66% in the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in cost of revenue primarily related to increased revenue and cost containment. Specialty contracting services accounted for substantially all of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2011 and the year ending December 31, 2010.
 
Cost of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 primarily consisted of direct labor provided by employees, services provided by subcontractors, direct material and other related costs. For a majority of the contract services we perform, our customers provide all necessary materials and we provide the personnel, tools and equipment necessary to perform installation and maintenance services. We also sell equipment to certain customers.
 
Gross profit dollars from our specialty contracting services business increased primarily due to increased revenue.
 
General and Administrative.
 
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Change
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
General and administrative
  $ 600,509     $ 1,251,102     $ 650,593       108 %
Percentage of Revenue
    63 %     44 %                

General and administrative expenses include all of our corporate costs, as well as costs of our subsidiaries management personnel and administrative overhead. These costs consist of office rental, legal, consulting and professional fees, travel costs and other costs that are not directly related to performance of our services under customer contracts.
 
Our general and administrative expenses increased $650,593 from $600,509 in the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily driven by increased compensation expense. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily related to our growth, the need to support a larger customer base and the need to build the necessary infrastructure required of a growing company.
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2011, salaries and wages increased $4.3 million, or 272%, to $5.9 million from $1.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in stock compensation expense of $5.0 million from $872,000 in the year ended December 31, 2010. Salaries paid to support the increased revenue accounted for the additional increase. As revenue continues to increase, we expect that salaries and wages will also increase, but at a slower rate than revenue.
 
Other Expenses.
 
Interest expense increased by $973,089, or 364%, to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $267,368 for the year ending December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily a result of the increased borrowings by the Company.
 
The unrealized gains on the change in fair value of the derivative increased to $458,754 in the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $376,788 in the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
The loss from discontinued operations decreased to $.61 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $.77 million in the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Changes in Fair Value of Embedded Derivatives.
 
The conversion option provided in the August 2010 Note and Purchase Warrant Agreement qualifies as an embedded derivative. The fair value upon inception of the embedded derivative was determined to be $836,685 and was recorded as an embedded derivative liability. The embedded derivative is revalued at the end of each reporting period and any resulting gain or loss is recognized as a current period charge to the statement of operations. Upon issuance the fair value was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following factors, assumptions, and methodologies:
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Fair value of Company’s common stock
  $ 0.0055     $ 0.10  
Volatility (closing prices of 3-4 comparable public companies)
    56.78 %     60.20 %
Exercise price
  $ 0.15     $ 0.15  
Estimated life
 
5 years
   
5 years
 
Risk free interest rate (based on 1-year treasury rate)
    .15 %     .15 %

We account for the embedded conversion features included in our common stock as well as the related warrants as derivative liabilities.  The aggregate fair value of derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $1,143 and $459,897, respectively.
 
Interest Expense and Other Income, Net.
 
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Change
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
Interest expense
  $ 267,368     $ 1,240,457     $ 973,089       364 %
Other income, net
  $ (367,788 )   $
(21,754
)   $ (355,034 )     (94 )%
 
Interest expense increased $973,089 from $267,368 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to increases in our outstanding debt obligations. Other income, net decreased $346,034 from 376,778 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $21,754 for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to the write off of the goodwill associated with the Tropical subsidiary.
 
Provision for Income Taxes.
 
No provisions for income taxes have been made because we have a current year loss and have sustained cumulative losses since the commencement of operations. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had NOLs of $2.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively, which will be available to reduce future taxable income and expense through 2030, subject to limitations pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382 in the event of a more than fifty percent change of ownership.
 
At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, a full valuation allowance has been provided as realization of the deferred tax benefit is not likely. The valuation allowance increased approximately $835,000 in the year ended December 31, 2011 and $433,000 in the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Unaudited quarterly results of operations
 
The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for each of the seven quarters for the period ended September 30, 2012. This unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. You should read the table in conjunction with our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations for historical periods not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for any future period.
 
 
Three months ended
 
 
Mar 31,
2011
   
June 30,
2011
   
Sep 30,
2011
   
Dec 31,
2011
   
Mar 31,
2012
   
June 30,
2012
   
Sep 30,
2012
 
Total revenue
  $ 368,023     $ 820,804     $ 651,299     $ 972,084     $ 1,520,035     $ 1,403,551     $ 2,950,728  
Cost of revenues
    355,868       445,789       330,569       718,792       864,680       988,461       1,729,683  
Gross profit
    12,155       375,015       320,730       253,292       655,355       415,090       1,221,045  
Operating expenses
                                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    6,500       6,650       14,916       11,163       14,208       25,002       41,434  
Salaries and wages
    104,335       276,722       607,591       136,048       423,829       330,652       740,872  
Stock compensation
    390,000       780,000             3,831,000       180,000       200,000       223,998  
General and administrative
    160,174       149,721       138,431       530,680       454,208       326,808       692,175  
Total operating expenses
    661,009       1,213,093       760,938       4,508,891       1,072,245       882,462       1,698,479  
Other expenses
                                                       
Unrealized (loss) gain on fair value of derivative
    (805,549 )     (1,847,145 )     2,158,137       953,311       (780 )     910       (360,868 )
Loss from disposal of subsidiary
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (880,393 )
Undistributed earnings from non-controlled subsidiary
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Gain from disposal of capital equipment
    -       -       -       -       23,378       (1,397 )     -  
Goodwill impairment
    -       -       -       (437,000 )     -       -       -  
Interest expense
    (196,163 )     (566,901 )     (320,705 )     (156,688 )     (306,945 )     (287,120 )     (776,674 )
Total other (income) expense
    (1,001,712 )     (2,414,046 )     1,837,432       359,623       (284,347 )     (287,607 )     (2,017,935 )
Gain in non-controlling interest
    -       -       -       -       5,051       11,897       16,163  
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,650,566 )   $ (3,252,124 )   $ 1,397,224     $ (3,895,976 )   $ (696,186 )   $ (743,082 )   $ (2,479,206 )
 

Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations.
 
Our revenues are affected by seasonality as a significant portion of the work we perform is outdoors.  Consequently, our operations are impacted by extended periods of inclement weather.  Generally, inclement weather is more likely to occur during the winter season which falls during our second and third fiscal quarters.  Also, a disproportionate percentage of total paid holidays fall within our second quarter, which decreases the number of available workdays.  Additionally, our customer premise equipment installation activities for cable providers historically decrease around calendar year-end holidays as their customers generally require less activity during this period.  As a result, we may experience reduced revenue in the second or third quarters of our fiscal year.
 
In addition, we have experienced and expect to continue to experience quarterly variations in revenues and net income as a result of other factors, including:
 
  
the timing and volume of customers’ construction and maintenance projects, including possible delays as a result of material procurement;
 
  
seasonal budgetary spending patterns of customers and the timing of their budget approvals;
 
  
the commencement or termination of master service agreements and other long-term agreements with customers;
 
  
costs incurred to support growth internally or through acquisitions;
 
  
fluctuations in results of operations caused by acquisitions;
 
  
fluctuations in the employer portion of payroll taxes as a result of reaching the limitation on payroll withholdings obligations;
 
  
changes in mix of customers, contracts and business activities;
 
  
fluctuations in insurance expense due to changes in claims experience and actuarial assumptions;
 
  
fluctuations in stock-based compensation expense as a result of performance criteria in performance-based share awards, as well as the timing and vesting period of all stock-based awards;
 
  
fluctuations in incentive pay as a result of operating results;
 
  
fluctuations in interest expense due to levels of debt and related borrowing costs;
 
  
fluctuations in other income as a result of the timing and levels of capital assets sold during the period; and
 
  
fluctuations in income tax expense due to levels of taxable earnings, the impact of non-deductible items and tax credits and the impact of disqualifying dispositions of incentive stock option expenses.
 
Accordingly, operating results for any fiscal period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be achieved for any subsequent fiscal period.
 
Cost of Revenue.
 
Cost of revenue has generally increased in line with revenue increases or decreases. As a percentage of revenue, it has decreased from 2010 to 2011.
 
 
Change in Fair Value of Embedded Derivatives.
 
Because the change in carrying value of our embedded derivative in the conversion option provided in the August 2010 Note and Purchase Warrant Agreement, along with the conversion option of the September 2012 Warrant Purchase Agreements, are adjusted to fair value at each quarterly reporting date, change in the estimated fair value have fluctuated from quarter to quarter depending on numerous factors.
 
For additional information on matters that may affect our quarterly results, see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business”.
 
Going Concern
 
We suffered losses from operations that may raise doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As of December 31, 2011, we had both negative working capital and continued net losses. We may raise capital through the sale of equity securities, through debt securities, or through borrowings from principals and/or financial institutions. Our management believes that actions presently being taken to obtain additional funding provide the opportunity for us to continue as a going concern, however, there can be no assurance that additional financing which is necessary for us to continue our business will be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.
 
Liquidity, Capital Resources and Cash Flows
 
We have satisfied our capital and liquidity needs primarily through private sales of equity securities and bank borrowings. As of September 30, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents of $247,880, which were exclusively denominated in U.S. dollars and consisted of bank deposits. As of September 30, 2012, $27,700 of cash was held by foreign subsidiaries. We believe these amounts can be repatriated without significant tax consequences.
 
We have incurred net losses of $2.1 million and $7.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and net losses of $3.5 million and $3.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively. Our accumulated deficit as of September 30, 2012 was $(13.6) million, of which $361,881 was attributable to the embedded derivative in our warrants.
 
As of September 30, 2012, we had total assets of $26.2 million which included cash and cash equivalents of $247,880, which were predominately denominated in U.S. dollars and consisted of bank deposits. As of September 30, 2012, $220,180 of cash was held by our U.S. subsidiaries and $27,700 of cash was held by our non-U.S. subsidiaries.
 
Indebtedness.
 
MidMarket Loan . On September 17, 2012, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with the lenders referred to therein (Lenders), MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent for the Lenders (Agent), and certain subsidiaries of Genesis as guarantors (Loan Agreement). Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Lenders provided us with senior secured first lien term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $13,000,000 (Closing Date Loans). We used a portion of the proceeds of the Closing Date Loans to finance recent acquisitions, to repay certain outstanding indebtedness and to pay related fees, costs and expenses. We may use the remainder of the proceeds of the Closing Date Loans to finance certain other acquisitions (Potential Acquisitions) and for working capital and long-term financing needs.
 
On November 13, 2012, we entered into a First Amendment with the Lenders, the Agent and certain subsidiaries of Genesis as guarantors (First Amendment). Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Lenders provided us with additional senior secured first lien term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,0000 (First Amendment Loans and, together with the Closing Date Loans, the MidMarket Loans) and made certain other amendments to the Loan Agreement (as so amended, the Amended Loan Agreement). We may use the proceeds of the First Amendment Loans to pay the fees and expenses relating to the First Amendment and for working capital and long-term financing needs.
 
The MidMarket Loans mature September 17, 2017, provided that if we fail to raise at least $30,000,000 in connection with a public offering of voting equity securities of the Company by March 17, 2014, the MidMarket Loans shall mature on accelerated basis and will come due June 17, 2014. We are required to repay up to $750,000 of the MidMarket Loans to the extent not applied to the cash portion of any Potential Acquisition within 90 days of September 17, 2012. Interest on the MidMarket Loans accrues at a rate per annum equal to 12.0%.
 
 
Subject to certain exceptions, all our obligations under the MidMarket Loans are unconditionally guaranteed by each of our existing direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (Guarantors) pursuant to the terms of a Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, by Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC and Tropical Communications, Inc. in favor of the Agent (Guaranty), as supplemented by an Assumption and Joinder Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, by and among us, ADEX, T N S and the Agent (Joinder). Pursuant to the terms of the Amended Loan Agreement, the Guaranty (as supplemented by the Joinder), and a Pledge Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, by us in favor of the Agent, our obligations and the Guarantors’ obligations in respect of the MidMarket Loans are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets and the Guarantors’ assets, subject to certain customary exceptions.
 
We believe that we are in compliance with all material financial terms of the Amended Loan Agreement. We have not received any notices of default to date, and have been working with and are in frequent communication with the Agent.
 
The MidMarket Loans are subject to certain representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and conditions. The Amended Loan Agreement also contains events of default including, but not limited to, the failure to make payments of interest or premium, if any, on, or principal under the MidMarket Loans, the failure to comply with the covenants and agreements specified in the Loan Agreement and other loan documents entered into in connection therewith, the acceleration of certain other indebtedness resulting from the failure to pay principal on such other indebtedness, certain events of insolvency and the occurrence of any event, development or condition which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. If any event of default occurs, the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding amounts under the MidMarket Loans may become due and payable immediately.
 
Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, we issued warrants to the Lenders (Warrants). The Warrants were amended in connection with the First Amendment (as so amended, the Amended Warrants). The Amended Warrants entitle the Lenders to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 11.5% of the fully diluted shares of our common stock on the date on which the Warrants first become exercisable, which is the earlier of December 16, 2012 and the date we file a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to our common stock. The Warrants have an exercise price equal to $.01 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Warrants, and will expire on March 16, 2013.
 
Wellington Promissory Note . On September 17, 2012, we entered into a promissory note with Wellington Shields & Co. LLC (Wellington Note) as evidence of the fees we owed to Wellington for services rendered relating to the Loan Agreement. The Wellington Note is for a term of thirty-five (35) days with interest in arrears from September 17, 2012 at the lowest applicable federal rate of interest. As of November 13, 2012, $265,000 remained outstanding on the note.
 
Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement with UTA Capital LLC . On August 6, 2010, we secured a working capital loan from UTA Capital LLC, with Digital Comm as the borrower. The loan is evidenced by a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement between the Company, Digital Comm and UTA Capital, LLC, dated August 6, 2010. Additionally, the Company issued to UTA Capital, LLC warrants initially to purchase 20,952,381 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $0.15 per share. The warrants were exchanged into common stock on August 29, 2012. On or about February 14, 2011 we entered into a Loan Extension and Modification Agreement with UTA Capital, extending the maturity date to September 30, 2011. We paid down the outstanding amount on the note in September 2012.
 
Proceeds from Equity Issuances.
 
We raised $0 and $70,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, respectively, through private sales of equity securities. We have raised $4,800,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. We seek to raise additional proceeds from equity issuances from this offering.
 
 
Working Capital.
 
At December 31, 2011, we had a working capital deficit of approximately $1.3 million, as compared to a working capital deficit of approximately $1.2 million at December 31, 2010. At September 30, 2012, we had net working capital of approximately $3.5 million, as compared to a working capital deficit of approximately $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The increase in working capital of $5 million was primarily the result of the acquisitions of ADEX and T N S in September 2012, the disposal of the Digital Comm subsidiary, repayment of debt and the raising of equity. At December 31, 2011, we had accounts receivable of $347,607, as compared to accounts receivable of $148,811 at December 31, 2010. At September 30, 2012, we had accounts receivable of $7.5 million, as compared to accounts receivable of approximately $392,328 at September 30, 2011. The increase in accounts receivable of $7.1 million was primarily the result of the acquisitions of ADEX and T N S in September 2012.
 
Cash Flows
 
The following summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated has been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus:
 
Summary of Cash Flows
                       
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Nine months ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2011
   
2012
 
Net cash used in operations
  $ (1,142,543 )   $ (1,172,416 )   $ (897,185 )   $ (1,409,064 )
Net cash used in investing activities
    (181,312 )     (116,753 )     (63,102 )     (13,481,279 )
Net cash provided by financing activies
    1,343,918       1,355,978       1,029,988       15,048,938  
Net change in cash
    20,063       66,809       69,701       158,595  
                                 
Cash, beginning of period
    2,413       22,476       22,476       89,285  
Cash, end of period
  $ 22,476     $ 89,285     $ 92,177     $ 247,880  
 
Cash flows used in operating activities. We have historically experienced cash deficits from operations as we continue to expand our business and seek to establish economies of scale. Our largest uses of cash for operating activities are for general and administrative expenses. Our primary source of cash flow from operating activities is cash receipts from customers. Our cash flow from operations will continue to be affected principally by the extent to which we grow our revenues and increase our headcount.
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 of $1.4 million was primarily attributable to a net loss of $1.0 million excluding non-cash charges, an increase in accounts receivable of $1.7 million primarily due to revenue growth for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and offset by an increase in accounts payable of $1.3 million.
 
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $1.2 million was primarily attributable to a net loss of $1.2 million excluding non-cash charges, an increase in accounts receivable of $54,502 primarily due to revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2011 and offset by an increase in accounts payable of $49,386.
 
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $1.1 million was primarily attributable to a net loss of $1.4 million excluding non-cash charges, an increase in accounts receivable of $66,203 primarily due to revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2010 and an increase in accounts payable of $375,207.
 
Net cash used in investing activities . Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 was $181,312, $116,753, $63,102 and $13,481,279, respectively, in each case consisting primarily of purchases of capital equipment in all periods except the nine months ended September 30, 2012, when it consisted primarily of cash used for acquisitions.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities . Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011, was $1,355,978, which resulted primarily from the loans from Tekmark and Munro Capital. Net cash from financing activities in year ended December 31, 2010 was $1,343,918, which resulted primarily from third party and bank borrowings coupled with loans from stockholders. Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $15,048,938, compared to $1,029,988 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This change was primarily the result of the proceeds from the MidMarket Capital Loans.
 
Rental Obligations.
 
In July 2010, we entered into an operating lease covering our primary office facility, in Boca Raton, Florida that has an original non-cancelable term of five years with a provision for early termination after three years. The lease contains renewal provisions and generally requires us to pay insurance, maintenance, and other operating expenses. The future minimum obligation during each year through fiscal 2014 and thereafter under the leases with non-cancelable terms in excess of one year is as follows:
 
   
Future
Minimum
Lease
Payments
 
2012
  $ 23,386  
2013
    24,088  
2014
    24,810  
2015
    14,723  
Total
  $ 87,007  

Future Capital and Liquidity Requirements.
 
We require access to capital to fund our operations, including general working capital for operating expenses, purchases of property and equipment for our operation and other needs. A substantial portion of our working capital and liquidity requirements are for payroll expenses for our professional services business. We believe that our existing liquidity sources, proceeds from the sale of our discontinued operations and anticipated positive cash flows from operations, will satisfy our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. We anticipate that our capital spending for the remainder of the year ending December 31, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2013 will be reasonably consistent with our capital spending for the year ended December 31, 2011. However, if we are not able to generate positive cash flows from operations or raise new debt, we may need to consider alternative financing sources and seek additional funds through public or private equity financings or from other sources to support our working capital requirements or for other purposes. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available to us or that, if available, such financing will be available on terms favorable to us.
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
We had capital expenditures of $181,312 and $74,519 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and $63,102 and $61,459 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively. We expect our capital expenditures for the year ending December 31, 2012 to be approximately $100,000. These capital expenditures will be primarily utilized for equipment needed to generate revenue. along with office equipment.
 
Off-balance sheet arrangements
 
During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
 
Contingencies
 
We are involved in claims and legal proceedings arising from the ordinary course of our business. For further description of material legal proceedings, see “Business—Legal proceedings.” We record a provision for a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred, and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If these estimates and assumptions change or prove to be incorrect, it could have a material impact on our financial statements.
 
Critical accounting policies and estimates
 
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported therein and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates and assumptions, including those related to recognition of revenue for costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, the fair value of reporting units for goodwill impairment analysis, the assessment of impairment of intangibles and other long-lived assets, income taxes, accrued insurance claims, asset lives used in computing depreciation and amortization, allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation expense for performance-based stock awards and accruals for contingencies, including legal matters. These estimates and assumptions require the use of judgment as to the likelihood of various future outcomes and as a result, actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
 
We have identified the accounting policies below as critical to the accounting for our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations because they involve making significant judgments and estimates that are used in the preparation of our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements. The impact of these policies affects our reported and expected financial results and are discussed in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. We have discussed the development, selection and application of our critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, and the Audit Committee has reviewed the disclosure relating to our critical accounting policies in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
Other significant accounting policies, primarily those with lower levels of uncertainty than those discussed below, are also important to understanding our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements. The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this prospectus contain additional information related to our accounting policies, including the critical accounting policies described herein, and should be read in conjunction with this discussion.
 
Emerging Growth Company.
 
As an emerging growth company, we are electing to “opt-in” to compliance with GAAP accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies. This election is irrevocable.
 
 
Revenue Recognition.
 
We recognize revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
Our revenues related to specialty contracting services are generated from contracted services to design, installation and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems to small and mid-size commercial and governmental entities. Prior to commencement of services and depending on the length of the services to be provided, we secure the client’s acceptance of a written proposal. Generally, the services are provided over a period ranging between 2 to 14 days. If the Company anticipates that the services span over a month, we usually require a down payment from the customer, which help pay for the cabling and accessories and we will provide monthly progress billing, based on services rendered, or upon completion of the contracted services.
 
Our revenues related to telecommunications staffing services are generated from contracted services to provide technical engineering and management solutions to large voice and data communications providers, as specified by the clients. The contracts provide payment to us for our services may be based on either 1) direct labor hours at fixed hourly rates or 2) fixed-price contracts. Our services provided under the contracts are generally provided within a month. Occasionally, the services may be provided over a period of up to 4 months. If we anticipate that the services span over a month and depending on the contract terms, we provide either progress billing at least once a month or upon completion of the clients’ specifications. We recognize revenues of contracts based on direct labor hours and fixed-price contracts that do not overlap a calendar month based on services provided. We recognize revenues based on fixed-price contracts that overlap a calendar month using the percentage of completion method.
 
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts.
 
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the failure of our customers to make required payments. Management analyzes the collectability of accounts receivable balances each period. This analysis considers the aging of account balances, historical bad debt experience, changes in customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, customer payment activity and other relevant factors. Should any of these factors change, the estimate made by management may also change, which could affect the level of our future provision for doubtful accounts. We recognize an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts when it is probable that a receivable is not collectable and the loss can be reasonably estimated. Any increase in the allowance account has a corresponding negative effect on our results of operations. We believe that none of our significant customers were experiencing financial difficulties that would materially impact our trade accounts receivable or allowance for doubtful accounts as of November 16, 2012.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets.
 
As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, we had $0 and $636,736 of goodwill, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2011 we recognized an impairment for the goodwill of $437,000 in connection with the acquisition of Tropical. We did not recognize any goodwill impairment during the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
We account for goodwill in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) ASC Topic 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350). Our reporting units and related indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually during the fourth fiscal quarter of each year in accordance with ASC Topic 350 in order to determine whether their carrying value exceeds their fair value. In addition, they are tested on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce their fair value below carrying value. If we determine the fair value of goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than their carrying value as a result of the tests, an impairment loss is recognized. Impairment losses, if any, are reflected in operating income or loss in the consolidated statements of operations during the period incurred.
 
In accordance with ASC Topic 360, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , we review finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever an event occurs or circumstances change which indicates that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. Recoverability is determined based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of an asset and its eventual disposition. An impairment loss is measured by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying value. If we determine the fair value of an asset is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is incurred. Impairment losses, if any, are reflected in operating income or loss in the consolidated statements of operations during the period incurred.
 
We use judgment in assessing if goodwill and intangible assets are impaired. Estimates of fair value are based on our projection of revenues, operating costs, and cash flows taking into consideration historical and anticipated future results, general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business or operational strategies. To measure fair value, we employ a combination of present value techniques which reflect market factors. Changes in our judgments and projections could result in significantly different estimates of fair value potentially resulting in additional impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets.
 
 
Our goodwill resides in multiple reporting units. The profitability of individual reporting units may suffer periodically from downturns in customer demand and other factors resulting from the cyclical nature of our business, the high level of competition existing within our industry, the concentration of our revenues from a limited number of customers, and the level of overall economic activity. During times of slowing economic conditions, our customers may reduce capital expenditures and defer or cancel pending projects. Individual reporting units may be relatively more impacted by these factors than us as a whole. As a result, demand for the services of one or more of our reporting units could decline resulting in an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets.
 
We performed our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of each of years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The key valuation assumptions contributing to the fair value estimates of our reporting units were (a) a discount rate based on our best estimate of the weighted average cost of capital adjusted for risks associated with the reporting units; (b) terminal value based on terminal growth rates; and (c) seven expected years of cash flow before the terminal value for each annual test.
 
The discount rate reflects risks inherent within each reporting unit operating individually, which is greater than the risks inherent in us as a whole. The discount rate used in the analysis for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased compared to the rate used in the year ended December 31, 2010 analysis as a result of reduced risk relative to industry conditions. We believe the assumptions used in the impairment analysis each year are reflective of the risks inherent in the business models of our reporting units and within our industry.
 
For years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 none of the reporting units incurred operating losses which would impact our financial position in a material manner. Current operating results, including any losses, are evaluated by us in the assessment of goodwill and other intangible assets. The estimates and assumptions used in assessing the fair value of the reporting units and the valuation of the underlying assets and liabilities are inherently subject to significant uncertainties. Changes in judgments and estimates could result in a significantly different estimate of the fair value of the reporting units and could result in impairments of goodwill or intangible assets at additional reporting units. Additionally, adverse conditions in the economy and future volatility in the equity and credit markets could impact the valuation of our reporting units. We can provide no assurances that, if such conditions occur, they will not trigger impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets in future periods.
 
As a result of the year ended December 31, 2011 annual impairment analysis, we recognized an impairment for the goodwill of $437,000 in connection with the acquisition of Tropical. Certain of our business units also have other intangible assets including customer relationships, trade names, and non-compete intangibles. As of September 30, 2012, we believe that the carrying amounts of these intangible assets are recoverable. However, if adverse events were to occur or circumstances were to change indicating that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable, the assets would be reviewed for impairment and the assets could be impaired.
 
Stock-Based Compensation.
 
Our stock based award programs are intended to attract, retain and reward employees, officers, directors and consultants, and to align stockholder and employee interests. We have granted stock based awards to individuals. Our policy going forward will be to issue awards under our new 2012 Employee Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
Compensation expense for stock-based awards is based on the fair value at the measurement date and is included in operating expenses. The fair value of stock option grants is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on certain assumptions including: expected volatility based on the historical price of our stock over the expected life of the option, the risk free rate of return based on the United States treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant for the expected term of the option, the expected life based on the period of time the options are expected to be outstanding using historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination; and dividend yield based on history and expectation of dividend payments. Stock options generally vest ratably over a three year period and are exercisable over a period up to ten years.
 
The fair value of restricted stock is estimated on the date of grant and is generally equal to the closing stock price on that date. Restricted stock vests ratably over a period of three years.
 
 
The total amount of stock based compensation expense ultimately is based on the number of awards that actually vest and fluctuates as a result of performance criteria, as well as the vesting period of all stock based awards. Accordingly, the amount of compensation expense recognized during any fiscal year may not be representative of future stock based compensation expense. In accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation (ASC Topic 718), compensation costs for performance based awards are recognized over the requisite service period if it is probable that the performance goal will be satisfied. We use our best judgment to determine probability of achieving the performance goals in each reporting period and recognize compensation costs based on the number of shares that are expected to vest.
 
Income Taxes.
 
We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. This approach requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (ASC Topic 740), prescribes a two-step process for the financial statement recognition and measurement of income tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. The first step evaluates an income tax position in order to determine whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the position. The second step measures the benefit to be recognized in the financial statements for those income tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, recognition and classification of interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Under ASC Topic 740, companies may recognize a previously unrecognized tax benefit if the tax position is effectively (as opposed to “ultimately”) settled through examination, negotiation or litigation.
 
Contingencies and Litigation.
 
In the ordinary course of our business, we are involved in certain legal proceedings. ASC Topic 450, Contingencies (ASC Topic 450), requires that an estimated loss from a loss contingency should be accrued by a charge to income if it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. In determining whether a loss should be accrued, we evaluate, among other factors, the probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss. If only a range of probable loss can be determined, we accrue for our best estimate within the range for the contingency. In those cases where none of the estimates within the range is better than another, we accrue for the amount representing the low end of the range in accordance with ASC Topic 450. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to our pending contingencies and litigation and revise our estimates. Revisions of our estimates of the potential liability could materially impact our results of operations. Additionally, if the final outcome of such litigation and contingencies differs adversely from that currently expected, it would result in a charge to earnings when determined.
 
Recently issued and adopted accounting standards
 
In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU), No. 2011-05, “ Presentation of Comprehensive Income .” This update requires companies to present reclassification adjustments included in other comprehensive income on the face of the consolidated financial statements and allows companies to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. It also eliminates the option for companies to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. This guidance is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with earlier adoption permitted. We retrospectively adopted this guidance to present the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
ASC Topic 855, Subsequent Events (ASC Topic 855), establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the date the financial statements are issued or available to be issued. ASC Topic 855 requires companies to reflect in their financial statements the effects of subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions at the balance sheet date. In February 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-09 – Subsequent Events (Topic 855) — Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements (ASU 2010-09). ASU 2010-09 provides amendments which clarify that Securities and Exchange Commission filers are not required to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
 
In April 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Accounting for Certain Tax Effects of the 2010 Health Care Reform Acts (ASU 2010-12). ASU 2010-12 addresses changes in accounting for income taxes resulting from the recently issued Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805) (ASU 2010-29). ASU 2010-29 is intended to address diversity in practice regarding pro forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. ASU 2010-29 specifies that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The amendments also expand the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, non-recurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The amendments affect any public entity as defined by ASU 2010-29 that enters into business combinations that are material on an individual or aggregate basis. ASU 2010-29 is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-28, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts (ASU 2010-28). ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist. The amendments in ASU 2010-28 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on our condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-09, Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Multiemployer Plans (Subtopic 715-80): Disclosures about an Employer’s Participation in a Multiemployer Plan. This update requires enhanced disclosures in the annual financial statements of employers that participate in multiemployer plans. Under the new guidance, employers are required to explain the general nature of multiemployer pension plans and their participation in the plans, including how the plans are different from single-employer plans. In addition, certain disclosures are required in tabular format for each multiemployer plan that is individually significant to an employer’s financial statements. The guidance also requires a description of the nature and effect of any significant changes affecting comparability of the employer’s total contributions from period to period. The ASU was adopted by us in December 2011 and retrospectively applied. There was no impact to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows as the changes related only to additional disclosures.
 
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. Th is update was intended to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is “more-likely-than-not” that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described in ASC 350. The “more-likely-than-not” threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50%. ASU 2011-08 was effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not expect the adoption of the provisions of ASU 2011-08 in 2012 to have an effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities . The update requires entities to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements of financial instruments and derivative instruments. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. We currently believe there will be no significant impact of adopting this standard on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements upon adoption.
 
 
 
Overview
 
We are a leading end-to-end solution provider of cloud and managed service based platforms, professional services, applications and infrastructure to both the telecommunications industry and corporate enterprises. Our cloud-based and managed services, and engineering, design, construction, project staffing, installation, maintenance and project staffing services support the build-out, maintenance, upgrade and operation of some of the most advanced fiber optic, Ethernet, copper, wireless and satellite networks.
 
We provide the following categories of offerings to our customers:
 
  
Cloud and Managed Services .  Our cloud and managed services, which include both hardware solutions and professional services, enable corporate enterprises to integrate their applications and migrate various services into a web-hosted environment, as well as extend the ability of telecommunications and broadband service providers to provide cloud-based services.
 
  
Applications and Infrastructure .  We provide an array of applications and services including unified communications, interactive voice response (IVR), call centers, as well as structured cabling and other field installations throughout North America and internationally.  We design, engineer, install and maintain various types of WiFi and wide-area networks, distributed antenna systems (DAS), and small cell distribution networks for incumbent local exchange carriers (ILECs), telecommunications original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), cable broadband multiple system operators (MSOs) and large end-users. Our services and applications support the deployment of new networks and technologies, as well as expand and maintain existing networks.  We also sell hardware for the leading OEMs that support voice, data and optical networks.
 
  
Professional Services .  We provide staffing solutions to the service provider and enterprise market in support of all facets of the business including project management, implementation installation, network upgrades, rebuilds, maintenance and consulting services.  We leverage our industry-leading and proprietary international recruiting database, which includes more than 70,000 telecom professionals for the rapid deployment of our professional services.  On a weekly basis, we deploy hundreds of telecommunications professionals in support of network infrastructure deployments worldwide.  Our skilled recruiters assist telecommunications companies, cable broadband MSOs and enterprise clients throughout the project lifecycle of a network deployment.
 
Our Recent and Pending Acquisitions
 
We have grown significantly and expanded our service offerings and geographic reach through a series of strategic acquisitions.
 
Since January 1, 2011, we have completed the following acquisitions:
 
  
ADEX Corporation .  In September 2012, we acquired ADEX Corporation, an Atlanta-based provider of engineering and installation services and staffing solutions and other services to the telecommunications industry.  ADEX’s managed solutions diversified our ability to service our customers domestically and internationally throughout the project lifecycle.
 
  
T N S, Inc.   In September 2012, we also acquired T N S, Inc., a Chicago-based structured cabling company and DAS installer that supports voice, data, video, security and multimedia systems within commercial office buildings, multi-building campus environments, high-rise buildings, data centers and other structures.  T N S extends our geographic reach to the Midwest area and our client reach to end-users such as multinational corporations, universities, school districts and other large organizations that have significant ongoing cabling needs.
 
 
  
Tropical Communications, Inc .  In August 2011, we acquired Tropical Communications, Inc., a Miami-based provider of structured cabling and DAS systems for commercial and governmental entities in the Southeast.
 
  
Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC and Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC .  In December 2011, we acquired a 49% stake in Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC, a certified Women Business Enterprise (WBE) cable firm based in Tuscaloosa, Alabama that performs engineering services in the Southeastern United States and internationally, and 100% of Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, an equipment provider for cable-engineering services firms.  We have an option to purchase the remaining 51% of Rives-Monteiro Engineering for a nominal sum at any time.
 
We have also entered into definitive agreements for the following acquisitions:
 
  
Telco .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire the Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing business divisions of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company.  We plan to integrate this professional services and telecommunications staffing business into our ADEX subsidiary, in order to expand our project staffing business and our access to skilled labor.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate this acquisition.
 
  
IPC .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire IPC, a New York based cloud and managed services business, with professional services and applications capabilities.  IPC serves both corporate enterprises and telecommunications service providers.  We believe that the acquisition of IPC will support our cloud and managed services aspect of our business as well as improve our systems integration and applications capabilities.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate that acquisition.
 
Our Corporate History
 
We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in November 1999 under the name i-realtyauction.com, Inc. We changed our name to Genesis Realty Group, Inc. in August 2001 and began to focus on the acquisition, development and management of real property. We changed our name to Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. in August 2008. We were a development stage company with limited activities until our January 2010 acquisition of Digital Comm, a provider of specialty contracting services including engineering, construction, maintenance and installation services to telecommunications providers and others. As a result of the acquisition, the sole stockholder of Digital Comm became our largest stockholder at that time. We sold 60% of Digital Comm in September 2012 and retain a 40% interest in Digital Comm. We began filing periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission in November 2000, but this is our initial public offering and we have not previously listed our shares on any national securities exchange. Our shares have been quoted on the OTCBB since March 2011. Our stockholders approved the change to our current name, InterCloud Systems, Inc., in November 2012.
 
Our Industry
 
Global internet traffic is expected to continue to grow rapidly, driven by factors such as the proliferation of mobile telecommunications devices and the increased adoption of cloud-based services. Corporate enterprises are increasingly adopting cloud-based services, which enable enterprises and other end users to store, access and manage data remotely and to take advantage of shared services.
 
Global internet traffic is expected to quadruple from 2011 to 2016 according to a 2012 white paper prepared by Cisco Systems, Inc. (Cisco). Global data traffic (including as a result of the use of smartphones, tables, laptops and other mobile telecommunications devices) is expected to increase 18 times from 2011 to 2016, according to the same report. Subscriptions to either free or paid cloud services are expected to continue to increase from 500 million consumers worldwide in 2012, to an estimated 625 million in 2013, and then double over the course of four years to reach 1.3 billion by 2017, according to the IHS iSuppli Mobile & Wireless Communications service report.
 
 
Source: IHS iSuppli Research, October 2012
 
Corporate enterprises are increasingly adopting cloud-based services to integrate applications, decrease capital and operational expense and create business agility by taking advantage of accelerated time to market dynamics. Spending on U.S. information technology-based cloud computing is expected to increase by more than 23 percent in 2012, according to the Telecommunications Industry Association 2012 ICT Market Review. Demand for cloud based services creates demand for both providing solutions to end-user corporate enterprises as well as augmenting the offerings of telecommunications service providers.
 
The rapid increase in data traffic, usage of wireless networks and evolution of services and technology are also driving telecommunications providers to undertake a number of initiatives to increase coverage, capacity and performance of their existing networks, including adding and upgrading cell sites nationwide.
 
To remain competitive and meet the rapidly growing demand for state-of-the-art mobile data services, telecommunications and cable companies rely on outsourcing to provide a wide range of network and infrastructure services, as well as project staffing services, to help build out and maintain their networks. OEMs supplying equipment to those telecommunications and cable service providers also frequently rely on outsourced solutions for project management and network deployment. Demand for these services is expected to grow rapidly. According to the Telecommunications Industry Association 2012 ICT Market Review, the wireless telecommunications and network infrastructure outsourcing market has grown 9.5% per year since 2004 and is expected to continue to grow at a 5.9% rate through 2014, becoming a $21.6 billion market in 2014.
 
Technological convergence of voice, video and data as well as competitive pressures are driving consolidation in the telecommunications industry and cable broadband marketplace. Because of the immense integration challenges, merging entities rely in part on specialty solutions providers to efficiently integrate different technologies and networks into a single network.
 
In building out and managing telecommunications networks, service providers and enterprise customers face many challenges, including difficulty locating, recruiting, hiring and retaining skilled labor, significant capital investment requirements and competitive pressures on operating margins. In response to these ongoing challenges, telecommunications providers and enterprise customers continue to seek and outsource solutions in order to reduce their investment in capital equipment, provide flexibility in workforce sizing and expand product offerings without large increases in incremental hiring. Outsourcing professional services allows telecommunications providers and enterprise customers to focus on those competencies they consider core to their business success.
 
Our Solution
 
We seek to become the single-source provider of choice of end-to-end outsourced cloud and managed services, network infrastructure and project staffing solutions, to corporate enterprises and telecommunications and broadband service providers. We believe that the strengths described below will enable us to continue to compete effectively and to take advantage of anticipated growth in our target markets.
 
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
Single-Source Provider of End-to-End Network Infrastructure, Cloud and Managed Services and Project Staffing Needs, Applications and Infrastructure to Enterprise and Service Providers. We believe that our ability to address a wide range of end-to-end network solutions, infrastructure and project staffing needs for our clients is a key competitive advantage. Our ability to offer diverse technical capabilities (including design, engineering, construction, deployment, installation and integration services) allows customers to turn to a single source for these specific specialty services as well as to entrust us with the execution of entire turn-key solutions.
 
Established Customer Relationships With Leading Infrastructure Providers. We have established relationships with many leading wireless and wireline telecommunications providers, cable broadband MSOs, OEMs and others. We have over 30 master service agreements with service providers and OEMs. Our current customers include Ericsson Inc., Verizon Communications Inc., Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., Century Link, Inc., AT&T Inc. and Hotwire Communications. Our relationships with our customers and existing master service agreements position us to continue to capture existing and emerging opportunities, both domestically and internationally. We believe the barriers are extremely high for new entrants to obtain master service agreements with service providers and OEMs unless there are established relationships and a proven ability to execute.
 
Proven Ability to Recruit, Manage and Retain High Quality Telecommunications Personnel. Our ability to recruit, manage and retain skilled labor is a critical advantage in an industry where a shortage of skilled labor is often a key limitation for our customers and competitors alike. We own and operate a proprietary, actively maintained database of more than 70,000 telecom personnel. We also employ highly skilled recruiters and utilize an electronic hiring process that we believe expedites deployment of personnel and reduces costs. Our staffing capabilities allow us to efficiently locate and engage skilled personnel for projects, helping ensure that we do not miss out on opportunities due to a lack of skilled labor. We believe that this access to a skilled labor pool gives us a competitive edge over our competitors as we continue to expand.
 
Strong Senior Management Team with Proven Ability to Execute . Our highly experienced management team has deep industry knowledge and a strong track record of successful execution in major corporations as well as startup ventures. Our senior management team brings an average of over 25 years of individual experience across a broad range of disciplines. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and is well-positioned to execute our strategy.
 
Scalable and Capital Efficient Business Model . We typically hire workers to staff projects on a project-by-project basis and we believe this business model enables us to staff our business efficiently to meet changes in demand. Our operating expenses other than staffing are primarily fixed; we are generally able to deploy personnel to infrastructure projects in the United States and beyond with incremental increases in operating costs.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
Under the leadership of our senior management team we intend to build out sales, marketing and operations groups to support our rapid growth while focusing on increasing operating margins. While organic growth will be a main focus in driving our business forward, acquisitions will play a strategic role in augmenting existing product and service lines and cross selling opportunities. We are pursuing several strategies, including:
 
Grow Revenues and Market Share through Selective Acquisitions. We plan to continue to acquire private companies that enhance our earnings and offer complementary services or expand our geographic reach. We believe this will help enable us accelerate growth in revenues, leverage our existing strengths, capture and retain more work in-house as a prime contractor for our clients, thereby contributing to our profitability. We also believe that increased scale will enable us to bid and take on larger contracts. We believe there are many potential acquisition candidates in the high growth and cloud computing space, the fragmented professional services markets, and applications and infrastructure arena.
 
 
Deepen Our Relationships With Our Existing Customer Base. Our customers include many leading wireless and wireline telecommunications providers, cable broadband MSOs, OEMs and enterprise customers. As we have expanded the breadth of our service offerings through both organic growth and selective acquisitions, we believe we have opportunities to expand revenues with our existing clients by marketing additional service offerings to them as well as by extending services to existing customers in new geographies.
 
Expand Our Relationships with New Service Providers. We plan to expand new relationships with smaller cable broadband providers, competitive local exchange carriers (CLECs), integrated communication providers (IC’s), competitive access providers (CAPs), network access point providers (NAPs) and integrated communications providers (ICPs). We believe that the business model for the expansion of these relationships, leveraging our core strength and array of service solutions, will support our business model for organic growth.
 
Increase Operating Margins by Leveraging Operating Efficiencies . We believe that by centralizing administrative functions, consolidating insurance coverages and eliminating redundancies across our newly acquired businesses, we will be positioned to offer more integrated end-to-end solutions and improve operating margins.
 
Our Services
 
We provide cloud and managed service based platforms, professional services, applications and infrastructure to both the telecommunications industry and corporate enterprises. Our cloud-based and managed services, and engineering, design, construction, installation, maintenance and project staffing services support the build-out, maintenance, upgrade and operation of some of the most advanced fiber optic, Ethernet, copper, wireless and satellite networks. Our breadth of services enables our customers to selectively augment existing services or to outsource entire projects or operational functions. We divide our service offerings into the following categories of services:
 
  
Cloud and Managed Services.   We provide integrated cloud-based solutions that allow organizations around the globe to integrate their applications on various services into a web-hosted environment.  We combine engineering expertise with service and support to maintain and support telecommunications networks.  We provide hardware solutions and applications, as well as professional services, that work as a seamless extension of a telecommunications service provider or enterprise end user.
 
  
Applications and Infrastructure.   We provide an array of applications and services including unified communications, voice recognition and call centers, as well as structured cabling, field installations and other infrastructure solutions.  Our design, engineering, installation and maintenance of various types of local and wide-area networks, DAS systems, and other broadband installation and maintenance services augment ILECs, telecommunications OEMs, cable broadband MSOs and large end-users.  Our services and applications support the deployment of new networks and technologies, as well as expand and maintain existing networks.  We also sell hardware and applications for the leading OEMs that support voice, data and optical networks.
 
  
Applications .  We apply our expertise in networking, converged communications, security, data center solutions, and other technologies, utilizing our skills in consulting, integration and managed services to create customized solutions for our enterprise customers.  We provide applications  for managed data, converged services (single and multiple site); voice recognition, session initiation protocol (SIP trunking-Voice Over IP, streaming media, UC) collocation services and others.
 
  
Wireless and wireline installation, commission, and integration.   We provide a full-range of solutions to OEMs, wireless carriers and enterprise customers throughout the United States including structured cabling, wiring and field installation of various types of local and wide-area networks and DAS systems and outside plant work.  Our technicians construct, install, maintain and integrate wireless communications and data networks for some of the largest cellular broadband and digital providers in the United States.  Our projects include services to Verizon and Ericsson in connection with 4G/LTE network deployments throughout the United States.
 
 
  
Unified communications.   Our unified communications service addresses the growing demand for broadband-based unified communications and structured cabling.  Our services include switch conditioning, switch re-grooming, cable splicing and grounding audits.  Our premise wiring services include design, engineering, installation, integration, maintenance and repair of telecommunications networks for voice, video and data inside various corporate enterprises, as well as state and local government properties.  Additionally, we provide maintenance and installation of electric utility grids and water and sewer utilities.  We provide outside plant telecommunications services primarily under hourly and per unit basis contracts to local telephone companies.  We also provide these services to U.S. corporations, long distance telephone companies, electric utility companies, local municipalities and cable broadband MSOs.
 
  
Disaster Recovery .  Our disaster recovery services provide emergency network restoration services and environmental remediation services to leading telecommunications carriers throughout the United States, including projects for Hurricane Sandy relief, Hurricane Katrina relief, Alabama Tornado relief and Southern California flood assistance.  Customers include AT&T, Verizon Wireless and Century Link/Quest.
 
  
Professional Services.   As a result of our acquisition of ADEX, we have a proprietary international recruiting database of more than 70,000 telecom professionals, the majority of which are well-qualified engineering professionals and experienced project managers.  We believe that our skilled recruiters, combined with an entirely electronic staffing process, reduce our overall expenses for any project because of our efficient recruiting and deployment techniques.  On a weekly basis, we deploy hundreds of telecommunications professionals in support of network infrastructure deployments worldwide.
 
Customers
 
Our customers include many leading corporate enterprises, wireless and wireline telecommunications providers, cable broadband MSOs and OEMs and small independent phone companies. Our enterprise solutions are provided to small businesses and Fortune 500 companies. Our current service provider and OEM customers include leading telecommunications companies such as Ericsson, Verizon, Sprint Nextel Corporation, and AT&T.
 
Our top five customers, Southern Technology Solutions, Inc., Danella Construction, Infrasource Inc., and AT&T, accounted for approximately 94% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2010. Our top two customers, Verizon Communications and Donella Construction, accounted for approximately 77% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2011. Our top four customers, ABSS, Donella Construction, Verizon Communications and Ericsson, accounted for approximately 71% of our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Ericsson, as an OEM provider for seven different carrier projects, represented approximately 10% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.
 
The substantial portion of our revenue is derived from work performed under multi-year master service agreements and multi-year service contracts. We are currently a party to over 30 Master Service Agreements (MSAs), generally having multiple agreements with each of our customers. MSAs are awarded primarily through a competitive bidding process based on the depth of our service offerings, experience and capacity. MSAs generally contain customer-specified service requirements, such as discrete pricing for individual tasks. To the extent that such contracts specify exclusivity, there are often a number of exceptions, including the ability of the customer to issue work orders valued above a specified dollar amount to other service providers, perform work with the customer’s own employees, and use other service providers. Our cloud-managed service offerings have multi-year agreements and provide the customers with service level commitments. This is one of the fastest growing portions of our business.
 
Suppliers and Vendors
 
We have agreements with major telecommunications vendors such as Ericsson. For a majority of the contract services we perform, our customers supply the necessary materials. We expect to continue to further develop these relationships and broaden our scope of work with each of our partners. In many cases we have had relationships with many of our partners for over a decade. This is a tribute to our commitment to excellence. It is our objective to selectively expand our partnerships moving forward in order to expand our service offerings.
 
 
Backlog
 
Our backlog consists of the uncompleted portion of services to be performed under job-specific contracts and the estimated value of future services that we expect to provide under MSAs and other long-term requirements contracts. Many of our contracts are multi-year agreements, and we include in our backlog the amount of services projected to be performed over the terms of the contracts based on our historical experience with customers and, more generally our experience in procurements of this type. Our customers are not contractually committed to procure specific volumes of services under a contract. Our estimates of a customer’s requirements during a particular future period may not prove to be accurate.
 
Our backlog totaled approximately $20 million at September 30, 2012. We expect to realize approximately 25% of the backlog in the quarter ending December 31, 2012 and the balance in the year ending December 31, 2013. A majority of our backlog was comprised of services to be performed under existing MSAs and long-term contracts, with the remainder based on the historical trends of our customers under various agreements and contracts.
 
Competition
 
The business of providing infrastructure and managed services to telecommunications companies and enterprise clients is highly fragmented and the business is characterized by a large number of participants, including several large companies as well as a significant number of small, privately held, local competitors.
 
Our current and potential larger competitors include Arrow Electronics, Inc., Black Box Corporation Dimension Data, Dycom Industries, Inc., Goodman Networks, Inc., MasTec, Inc., TeleTech Holdings, Inc., Unisys Corporation, Unitek Global Services, Inc. and Volt Information Sciences, Inc. A significant portion of our services revenue is currently derived from master service agreements and price is often an important factor in awarding such agreements. Accordingly, our competitors may underbid us if they elect to price their services aggressively to procure such business. Our competitors may also develop the expertise, experience and resources to provide services that are equal or superior in both price and quality to our services, and we may not be able to maintain or enhance our competitive position. The principal competitive factors for our services include geographic presence, breadth of service offerings, worker and general public safety, price, quality of service, and industry reputation. We believe that we compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors.
 
Safety and Risk Management
 
We require our employees to participate in internal training and service programs from time to time relevant to their employment and to complete any training programs required by law. We review accidents and claims from our operations, examine trends and implement changes in procedures to address safety issues. Claims arising in our business generally include workers’ compensation claims, various general liability and damage claims, and claims related to vehicle accidents, including personal injury and property damage. We insure against the risk of loss arising from our operations up to certain deductible limits in substantially all of the states in which we operate. In addition, we retain risk of loss, up to certain limits, under our employee group health plan. We evaluate our insurance requirements on an ongoing basis to help ensure we maintain adequate levels of coverage.
 
We carefully monitor claims and actively participate with our insurers in determining claims estimates and adjustments. The estimated costs of claims are accrued as liabilities, and include estimates for claims incurred but not reported. Due to fluctuations in our loss experience from year to year, insurance accruals have varied and can affect the consistency of our operating margins. If we experience insurance claims in excess of our umbrella coverage limit, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2011, we had 59 full-time employees and one part-time employee. At that date, all of our employees were part of our specialty contracting services business. As of September 30, 2012, we had 405 full-time employees and one part-time employee. The substantial changes in our head count were primarily the result of our recent acquisitions.
 
 
In general, the number of our employees varies according to the level of our work in progress. We maintain a core of technical and managerial personnel to supervise all projects and add employees as needed to complete specific projects. Because we also provide project staffing, we are well-positioned to respond to changes in our staffing needs.
 
Properties
 
Our principal executive offices are located in Boca Raton, Florida. We have a five-year lease on our office premises, which commenced in August 2010. Our executive offices occupy approximately 1,000 square feet at 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431. We paid an annual base rent of $21,155 for the first year of our lease, and the rent escalates to $23,810 in the fifth year, together with additional annual rent of approximately $13,000. We also have offices in Houston, Texas; Los Angeles, California; Chicago, Illinois; Tampa, Florida; Tuscaloosa, Alabama; Alpharetta, Georgia; and Redbank, New Jersey.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are, and may from time to time become, a party to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.
 
In May 2012, a former employee filed suit in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida alleging entitlement for relief under the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. §201 et. seq. We have asserted that the employee was an exempt managerial employee and not entitled to any relief under the Fair Labor Standards Act, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in this assertion.
 
Environmental Matters
 
A portion of the work we perform is associated with the underground networks of our customers. As a result, we are potentially subject to material liabilities related to encountering underground objects which may cause the release of hazardous materials or substances. We are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including those regarding the removal and remediation of hazardous substances and waste. These laws and regulations can impose significant fines and criminal sanctions for violations. Costs associated with the discharge of hazardous substances may include clean-up costs and related damages or liabilities. These costs could be significant and could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.
 
Regulation
 
Our operations are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws and regulations, including licensing, permitting and inspection requirements applicable to electricians and engineers; building codes; permitting and inspection requirements applicable to construction projects; regulations relating to worker safety and environmental protection; telecommunication regulations affecting our fiber optic licensing business; labor and employment laws; and laws governing advertising.
 
We believe that we have all the licenses required to conduct our operations. Our failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in substantial fines or revocation of our operating licenses.
 
 
 
  Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following sets forth information about our executive officers and directors as of November 19, 2012.
 
Name
 
Position
 
Age
 
           
Mark Munro
 
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
    50  
Mark F. Durfee
 
Director
    56  
Charles K. Miller
 
Director
    51  
Neal L. Oristano
 
Director
    56  
Daniel J. Sullivan
 
Chief Financial Officer
    54  
Lawrence M. Sands
 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Secretary
    53  
Roger M. Ponder
 
Chief Operating Officer
    60  
Frank Jadevaia
 
President*
    53  
 
*          Mr. Jadevaia is expected to serve as our President upon the completion of this offering and the acquisition of IPC.
(1)        Member of Audit Committee, upon completion of this offering.
(2)        Member of Compensation Committee, upon completion of this offering.
(3)        Member of the Governance & Nominating Committee, upon completion of this offering.
 
The following is information about the experience and attributes of the members of our board of directors and senior executive officers as of the date of this prospectus. Together, the experience and attributes discussed below provide the reasons that these individuals were selected for board membership, as well as why they continue to serve in such positions.
 
Mark Munro, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
 
Mr. Munro has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as the Chairman of the Board since December 2011. Mr. Munro is also the Founder and President of Munro Capital Inc., a private equity investment firm, since 2005. Mr. Munro has been the Chief Executive Officer and owner of 1112 Third Ave Corp. since October 2000. He has also been an investor in private companies for the last seven years, including Vaultlogix, LLC and Environmental Remediation & Financial Services. Prior to forming Munro Capital, Mr. Munro founded, built and sold Eastern Telcom Inc., a telecommunication company, from 1990 to 1996. Mr. Munro has been directly involved in over 150 million dollars of private and public transactions as both an investor and entrepreneur. Mr. Munro has been a board member of Environmental Remediation & Financial Services since 2004 and sat on the board of Vaultlogix, LLC from March 2004 to February 2008. Mr. Munro also has experience as a former Chairman of the Board of BiznessOnline, a NASDAQ-listed company, from May 1999 to August 2002. Mr. Munro received his B.A. in economics from Connecticut College. Mr. Munro brings extensive business experience, including years as a successful entrepreneur and investor, to our Board of Directors and executive management team.
 
Mark F. Durfee, Director
 
Mr. Durfee has been a member of our Board of Directors since December 2012. Mr. Durfee has been a principal at Auerbach Acquisition Associates, II. L.P. since August 2007. Mr. Durfee also worked for Kinderhook Capital as a partner from January 1999 to December 2005 investing in over 40 middle market companies. He has been a director of Home Sweet Home Holdings, Inc. since January 2012. Mr. Durfee received his B.S. from the University of Wyoming in finance. Mr. Durfee brings over 25 years of experience as a private equity investor to our Board of Directors.
 
Charles K. Miller , Director
 
Mr. Miller has been a member of our Board of Directors since November 2012. He has been the Chief Financial Officer of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC since September 1997. Mr. Miller received his B.S. in accounting and his M.B.A. from Rider University and is a Certified Public Accountant in New jersey. Mr. Miller brings over 30 years’ of financial experience to our Board of Directors.
 
 
Neal L. Oristano , Director
 
Mr. Oristano has been a member of our Board of Directors since December 2012. Mr. Oristano has been the Vice President - Service Provider Sales Segment at Cisco Systems since August 2011. Prior to that, he was the Senior Vice President - Service Provider Sales at Juniper Networks, Inc. from July 2004 to July 2011. Mr. Oristano received his B.S. from St. Johns University in marketing. Mr. Oristano brings 33 years of technology experience, including enterprise and service provider leadership, to our Board of Directors.
 
Daniel J. Sullivan, Chief Financial Officer
 
Mr. Sullivan has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2011 and as a member of our Board of Directors from 2011 to November 2012. Mr. Sullivan has been the Chief Financial Officer for Munro Capital Inc. since August 2010. Prior to that, he served as Chief Financial Officer for Vaultlogix LLC, an Internet vaulting company, from January 2003 to July 2010. Mr. Sullivan received his B.S. in accounting from the University of Massachusetts and his M.B.A. from Southern New Hampshire University (formerly New Hampshire College). Mr. Sullivan brings extensive experience in finance for both publicly traded and private companies to our executive management team.
 
Lawrence M. Sands, Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary
 
Mr. Sands has served as our Senior Vice President since January 2010 and was appointed our Corporate Secretary in August 2010. From January 2009 to September 2010, Mr. Sands was a finance manager at Vista BMW in Coconut Creek, Florida. From March 2010 until September 2010, he was Vice President, Secretary and a director of Omni Ventures, Inc., a development stage company that planned to provide equity funding for commercial and recreational projects in the Mid-west and Western areas of the United States. Mr. Sands provided strategic merger and acquisition consulting services to Digital Comm, Inc. from June 2008 to January 2010. From January 2008 until December 2008, he was Chief Executive Officer of Paivis Corp., a public company engaged in long distance telecommunications. From September 2003 until April 2008, Mr. Sands was a finance manager at JM Lexus in Margate, Florida. Mr. Sands received a B.S. in technology and industrial arts from New York University and a J.D. from Whittier College, School of Law. Mr. Sands brings business and finance experience to our executive management team. Mr. Sands filed a personal bankruptcy petition in 2004 that was discharged in 2005.
 
Roger M. Ponder, Chief Operating Officer
 
Mr. Ponder has served as our Chief Operating Officer since November 2012. Mr. Ponder has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Summit Broadband Holdings, LLC since August 2009. From January 2005 to August 2009 he was the President - Midwest/Kansas City Division of Time Warner Cable. Mr. Ponder was a member of the United Way Board of Trustees’ - Kansas City from January 2006 to January 2011. Mr. Ponder received his B.S. from Rollins College in Business Administration and Economics. Mr. Ponder brings extensive business development, strategic planning and operational experience to our executive management team.
 
Frank Jadevaia, President
 
Mr. Jadevaia is expected to serve as our President upon the completion of this offering and the acquisition of IPC. Mr. Jadevaia has been a Managing Partner at Integration Partners-NY Corporation since November 2005. Prior to that, he was Vice President of Sales for Nortel Networks Corporation from September 2001 to November 2006. Mr. Jadevaia received his B.S. from Bloomfield College in business. Mr. Jadevaia brings enterprise and service provider experience to our executive management team.
 
Board composition
 
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of four members. We expect that our board of directors will determine that all of the members of our board of directors, except our chief executive officer, Mr. Munro, are “independent directors” as defined in applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the NYSE MKT and NASDAQ. All directors will hold office until their successors have been elected. Officers are appointed and serve at the discretion of the board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
 
 
Staggered board
 
Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes following the completion of this offering. The members of each class will serve for a staggered, three-year term. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, a director in that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. The classes will be composed as follows:
 
  
will be a Class I director, whose term will expire at the fiscal  annual meeting of stockholders for the year ending December 31, 2013;
 
  
will be a Class II director, whose term will expire at the fiscal annual meeting of stockholders for the year ending December 31, 2014; and
 
  
Mark Munro and Charles K. Miller will be Class III directors, whose terms will expire at the fiscal annual meeting of stockholders for the year ending December 31, 2015.
 
Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.
 
Board committees
 
Our board of directors has established the committees described below and may establish others from time to time. The charters for each of our committees will be available on our website once our company is public.
 
Audit committee
 
Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will be comprised of Charles K. Miller, and . Charles K. Miller is the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee is “independent” for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the NYSE MKT and NASDAQ. Our board of directors has designated Charles K. Miller as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The audit committee’s responsibilities will include:
 
  
appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  
pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  
reviewing annually a report by the independent registered public accounting firm regarding the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality control procedures and various issues relating thereto;
 
  
reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;
 
  
coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting with both management and the independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  
establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns, including a confidential, anonymous mechanism for the submission of concerns by employees;
 
  
periodically reviewing legal compliance matters, including any securities trading policies, periodically reviewing significant accounting and other financial risks or exposures to our company, reviewing and, if appropriate, approving all transactions between our company or its subsidiaries and any related party (as described in Item 404 of Regulation S-K);
 
 
  
establishing policies for the hiring of employees and former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm; and
 
  
reviewing the audit committee report required by Securities and Exchange Commission rules to be included in our annual proxy statement.
 
The audit committee will also have the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties. It will also have the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.
 
Compensation committee
 
Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will be comprised of Neal Oristano and . Neal Oristano is the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is an independent director for compensation committee purposes as that term is defined in the applicable rules of the NYSE MKT and NASDAQ, is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(d)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. The compensation committee’s responsibilities will include, among other things:
 
  
annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;
 
  
annually evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer;
 
  
annually reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;
 
  
annually reviewing our compensation, welfare, benefit and pension plans, and similar plans;
 
  
reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to director compensation; and
 
  
reviewing for inclusion in our proxy statement the report of the compensation committee required by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
The compensation committee will also have the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties. It will also have the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.
 
Governance and Nominating Committee
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have a Governance and Nominating Committee, or nominating committee, comprised of and Mark Durfee, who will be the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the committee members is an independent director for nominating committee purposes as that term is defined in the applicable rules of the NYSE MKT and NASDAQ. The nominating committee’s responsibilities will include, among other things:
 
  
developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board of directors and committee membership;
 
  
identifying individuals qualified to become board of directors members;
 
  
recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board of directors’ committees;
 
  
annually reviewing our corporate governance guidelines; and
 
 
  
monitoring and evaluating the performance of the board of directors and leading the board in an annual self-assessment of its practices and effectiveness.
 
The Governance and Nominating Committee will also have the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties. It will also have the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.
 
Director Compensation for Fiscal 2011
 
From January 2011 through December 2011, Mr. Gideon Taylor served as the sole member of our board of directors. Messrs. Billy Caudill, Munro and Sullivan were appointed to our board of directors in December 2011. None of our directors received any compensation for their services as directors during 2011. Messrs. Taylor, Caudill and Munro were each employed by us in the year ended December 31, 2011 and their compensation for that year is described below under “Executive Compensation.”
 
In November 2012, our board of directors approved a new compensation policy for members of the board who are not employed by us or any of our subsidiaries (“non-employee directors”). The policy will be effective January 1, 2013. The policy is described below under “Director Compensation.”
 
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
 
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we intend to adopt provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect at the completion of this offering that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:
 
  
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  
any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or
 
  
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the U.S. federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.
 
In addition, our bylaws provide that:
 
  
we will indemnify our directors, officers and, at the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; and
 
  
we will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings, subject to limited exceptions.
 
In connection with this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to obtain general liability insurance that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act). Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
 
The above provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. The provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.
 
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceedings that might result in a claim for such indemnification.
 
Code of Ethical Conduct
 
We have adopted a Financial Code of Ethics applicable to our chief executive officer, who is our principal executive officer, and our chief financial officer, who is our principal financial and accounting officer. We will provide a copy, without charge, to any person desiring a copy of the Financial Code of Ethics, by written request to, 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431. Before the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers, and directors.
 
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
This section describes the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to Mark Munro, our Chief Executive Officer, Billy B. Caudill, our former President, Lawrence M. Sands, our Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary, and Gideon Taylor, our former Chief Executive Officer.  These individuals are referred to as the “named executive officers” in this prospectus.  The following table provides a summary of compensation paid for the year ended December 31, 2011 to the named executive officers:
 
Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal 2011
 
Name
and
Principal
Position
 
Fiscal Year
 
Base Salary
($)
   
Bonus
($)
   
Stock
Awards
($)(1)
   
Option
Awards
($)
   
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compen-sation
($)
   
All
Other
Compen-sation
($)
   
Total
($)
 
Mark Munro
Chief Executive Officer(2)
 
2011
                                         
Billy B. Caudill
Former President(3)
 
2011
    200,000             800,000                         1,000,000  
Lawrence M. Sands
Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary(4)
 
2011
    120,000             400,000                   12,000       532,000  
Gideon Taylor
Former Chief Executive Officer(5)
 
2011
    200,000             800,000                         1,000,000  
________________

(1)
The amounts reported in this column reflect the grant date fair value of awards of our Series A preferred stock in June 2011 to each of Messrs. Caudill, Sands and Taylor.

(2)
Mr. Munro was appointed our Chief Executive Officer effective December 30, 2011.

(3)
Mr. Caudill commenced employment with us in January 2010 and was appointed our President in December  2011. His employment with us terminated in September 2012.  Mr. Caudill’s annual salary for fiscal 2011 totaling $200,000 was paid in the form of approximately $30,000 in cash and the remainder in fully vested shares of our Series D preferred stock.

(4)
The amount reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column for Mr. Sands represents his car allowance for 2011.

(5)
Mr. Taylor served as our Chief Executive Officer from July 2009 until his resignation in December 2011.  Mr. Taylor received his annual salary totaling $200,000 for 2011 in the form of fully vested shares of our Series D preferred stock in lieu of cash.

Employment and Severance Agreements
 
In January 2010, we entered into a three-year employment agreement with Mr. Sands to serve as our Vice President. Unless earlier terminated, at the end of the initial term the agreement automatically renews for additional one year terms. Under the terms of the agreement, he is entitled to annual base compensation of $120,000 payable in cash; if we do not have sufficient cash flow to pay the compensation he is entitled to receive equity in lieu of the cash. He is also entitled to receive a bonus at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a $1,000 per month car allowance and to participate in any equity incentive plan we may adopt and to participate in employee benefits. As an incentive to commence employment with us, we issued him 4,000,000 shares of our common stock.
 
 
In September 2009, we entered into a five-year employment agreement with Mr. Taylor to serve as our Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Taylor was entitled to annual compensation of $200,000 payable in cash; if we do not have sufficient cash flow to pay the compensation he is entitled to receive equity in lieu of the cash. He was also entitled to receive a bonus at the discretion of the Board of Directors. As an incentive to commence employment with us, we issued him 25,500,000 shares of our common stock. As noted above, Mr. Taylor’s employment with us terminated in December 2011.
 
In January 2010, we entered into a five-year employment agreement with Mr. Caudill to serve as our Chief Operating Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Caudill was entitled to annual compensation of $200,000 payable in cash; if we do not have sufficient cash flow to pay the compensation he is entitled to receive equity in lieu of the cash. He was also entitled to receive an annual bonus equal to five percent of our EBITDA for the applicable fiscal year, such bonus to be paid in cash or stock at the discretion of the Board of Directors and a $1,000 per month car allowance. As an incentive to commence employment with us, we issued him 25,000,000 shares of our common stock. As noted above, Mr. Caudill’s employment with us terminated in September 2012.
 
Under each of these employment agreements, the executive would be entitled to severance if his employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in the agreement) or by the executive following a material and substantial reduction in his authorities and responsibilities (and such resignation is approved by our board). The severance amount would be three months base salary if the termination occurred in the first year after the executive’s date of hire, one year’s base salary (or six months base salary in the case of Mr. Sands) if the termination occurred in the second year after the executive’s date of hire, and two year’s base salary (or one year’s base salary in the case of Mr. Sands) if the termination occurred more than two years after the executive’s date of hire.
 
In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into new employment agreements with each of our executive officers, including Messrs. Munro and Sands, in 2012.
 
We do not maintain any retirement plans, tax-qualified or nonqualified, for our executives or other employees.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2011
 
None of our named executive officers held any outstanding option awards or any unvested stock awards as of December 31, 2011.
 
Director Compensation
 
From January 2011 through December 2011, Mr. Taylor served as the sole member of our board of directors. Messrs. Caudill, Munro and Daniel Sullivan, our Chief Financial Officer, were appointed to our board of directors in December 2011. None of our directors received any compensation for their services as directors during 2011. Messrs. Taylor, Caudill and Munro were each employed by us in the year ended December 31, 2011. Their compensation for that year is described above under “Executive Compensation.”
 
In November 2012, our board of directors approved a new compensation policy for members of the board who are not employed by us or any of our subsidiaries (“non-employee directors”). The policy will be effective January 1, 2013. Under the policy, each non-employee director continuing in office after an annual meeting of our stockholders will receive an award of restricted stock units, with the number of units to be determined by dividing $30,000 by the per-share closing price of our common stock on the grant date. A non-employee director who is appointed to the board after the date of the first annual meeting that follows January 1, 2013 (other than in connection with an annual meeting and who has not been employed by us or one of our subsidiaries in the preceding six months) will receive a grant of restricted stock units, with the number of units to be determined by dividing $30,000 by the per-share closing price of our common stock on the grant date and prorating that number based on the period of time that has elapsed since the last annual meeting. Each of these grants will vest on a quarterly basis through the date of the next annual meeting (or, if earlier, the first anniversary of the date of grant). A non-employee director who is appointed to the board prior to the date of the first annual meeting that occurs after January 1, 2013 will be eligible to receive an equity award as determined by the board of directors in its discretion.
 
 
In addition, our director compensation policy provides that a non-employee director who serves as Chairman of the Board will receive an annual cash retainer of $35,000. A non-employee director who serves on our Audit Committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $20,000, a non-employee director who serves on our Compensation Committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $10,000, and a non-employee director who serves on our Governance and Nominating Committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $10,000. Non-employee directors are also entitled to receive a fee of $1,500 for each meeting of the board or a board committee that they attend in person (with the director being entitled to one meeting fee if meetings of the board and a board committee are held on the same day). We also reimburse our non-employee directors for their reasonable travel expenses incident to attending meetings of the board or board committees.
 
Equity incentive plans
 
2012 Performance Incentive Plan
 
As of                         , 2012, our employees and directors held outstanding stock options for the purchase of up to shares of our common stock. Those options were granted under our 2012 Performance Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”). As of , 2012, those options had vested as to shares and the balance of the options were not vested. The exercise prices of those options ranged from $ per share to $ per share and each of those options had a maximum term of 10 years from the applicable date of grant.
 
The following summary of the 2012 Plan and the shares available under that plan is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the relevant plan document, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Form S-1 Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part and is available through the Securities and Exchange Commission’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
We adopted the 2012 Plan on November 16, 2012 to provide an additional means through the grant of awards to attract, motivate, retain and reward selected employees and other eligible persons. Our stockholders approved the plan effective December      , 2012. Employees, officers, directors and consultants that provide services to us or one of our subsidiaries may be selected to receive awards under the 2012 Plan.
 
Our board of directors, or one or more committees appointed by the board or another committee (within delegated authority) to administer the 2012 Plan. The administrator of the plan has broad authority to:
 
  
select participants and determine the types of awards that they are to receive;
 
  
determine the number of shares that are to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, including the price (if any) to be paid for the shares or the award and establish the vesting conditions (if applicable) of such shares or awards;
 
  
cancel, modify or waive our rights with respect to, or modify, discontinue, suspend or terminate any or all outstanding awards, subject to any required consents;
 
  
construe and interpret the terms of the 2012 Plan and any agreements relating to the Plan;
 
  
accelerate or extend the vesting or exercisability or extend the term of any or all outstanding awards subject to any required consent;
 
  
subject to the other provisions of the 2012 Plan, make certain adjustments to an outstanding award and authorize the termination, conversion, substitution or succession of an award; and
 
  
allow the purchase price of an award or shares of our common stock to be paid in the form of cash, check or electronic funds transfer, by the delivery of previously-owned shares of our common stock or by a reduction of the number of shares deliverable pursuant to the award, by services rendered by the recipient of the award, by notice and third party payment or cashless exercise on such terms as the administrator may authorize or any other form permitted by law.
 
 
A total of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock will be authorized for issuance with respect to awards granted under the 2012 Plan. The share limit will automatically increase on the first trading day in January of each year (commencing with January 2014) by an amount equal to lesser of (1) 4% of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock on the last trading day in December in the prior year, (2) 2,000,000 shares, or (3) such lesser number as determined by our board of directors. Any shares subject to awards that are not paid, delivered or exercised before they expire or are canceled or terminated, fail to vest, as well as shares used to pay the purchase or exercise price of awards or related tax withholding obligations, will become available for other award grants under the 2012 Plan. As of the date of this prospectus, no awards have been granted under the 2012 Plan, and the full number of shares authorized under the 2012 Plan is available for award purposes.
 
Awards under the 2012 Plan may be in the form of incentive or nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock bonuses, restricted stock, stock units and other forms of awards including cash awards. The administrator may also grant awards under the plan that are intended to be performance-based awards within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Awards under the plan generally will not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except that the plan administrator may authorize certain transfers.
 
Nonqualified and incentive stock options may not be granted at prices below the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Incentive stock options must have an exercise price that is at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock, or 110% of fair market value of our common stock or incentive stock option grants to any 10% owner of our common stock, on the date of grant. These and other awards may also be issued solely or in part for services. Awards are generally paid in cash or shares of our common stock. The plan administrator may provide for the deferred payment of awards and may determine the terms applicable to deferrals.
 
As is customary in incentive plans of this nature, the number and type of shares available under the 2012 Plan and any outstanding awards, as well as the exercise or purchase prices of awards, will be subject to adjustment in the event of certain reorganizations, mergers, combinations, recapitalizations, stock splits, stock dividends or other similar events that change the number or kind of shares outstanding, and extraordinary dividends or distributions of property to the stockholders. In no case (except due to an adjustment referred to above or any repricing that may be approved by our stockholders) will any adjustment be made to a stock option or stock appreciation right award under the 2012 Plan (by amendment, cancellation and regrant, exchange or other means) that would constitute a repricing of the per-share exercise or base price of the award.
 
Generally, and subject to limited exceptions set forth in the 2012 Plan, if we dissolve or undergo certain corporate transactions such as a merger, business combination or other reorganization, or a sale of all or substantially all of its assets, all awards then-outstanding under the 2012 Plan will become fully vested or paid, as applicable, and will terminate or be terminated in such circumstances, unless the plan administrator provides for the assumption, substitution or other continuation of the award. The plan administrator also has the discretion to establish other change in control provisions with respect to awards granted under the 2012 Plan. For example, the administrator could provide for the acceleration of vesting or payment of an award in connection with a corporate event that is not described above and provide that any such acceleration shall be automatic upon the occurrence of any such event.
 
Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2012 Plan at any time, but no such action will affect any outstanding award in any manner materially adverse to a participant without the consent of the participant. Plan amendments will be submitted to stockholders for their approval as required by applicable law or any applicable listing agency. The 2012 Plan is not exclusive – our board of directors and compensation committee may grant stock and performance incentives or other compensation, in stock or cash, under other plans or authority.
 
The plan will terminate on November 16, 2022. However, the plan administrator will retain its authority until all outstanding awards are exercised or terminated. The maximum term of options, stock appreciation rights and other rights to acquire common stock under the plan is ten years after the initial date of the award.
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
We adopted the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Purchase Plan, on November 16, 2012 to provide an additional means to attract, motivate, retain and reward employees and other eligible persons by allowing them to purchase additional shares of our common stock. Our stockholders approved the plan effective December , 2012. The below summary of the Purchase Plan is what we expect the terms of offerings under the plan to be. However, our board of directors or a committee appointed by the board may provide, in advance of a particular offering and subject to the provisions of the plan and applicable law, different terms for that offering than those described below.
 
 
The Purchase Plan is designed to allow our eligible employees and the eligible employees of our participating subsidiaries to purchase shares of our common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions.
 
Share Reserve . A total of 500,000 shares of our common stock will initially be available for issuance under the Purchase Plan. The share limit will automatically increase on the first trading day in January of each year (commencing with January 2014) by an amount equal to lesser of (1) 1% of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock on the last trading day in December in the prior year, (2) 500,000 shares, or (3) such lesser number as determined by our board of directors.
 
Offering Periods . The Purchase Plan will operate as a series of offering periods. Offering periods will be of six months’ duration unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator, but in no event less than three months or longer than 27 months. The timing of the initial offering period under the plan will be established by the plan administrator.
 
Eligible Employees . Individuals scheduled to work more than 20 hours per week for more than five calendar months per year may join an offering period on the start date of that period. Employees may participate in only one offering period at a time.
 
Payroll Deductions; Purchase Price . A participant may contribute up to 15% of his or her cash earnings through payroll deductions, and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each semi-annual purchase date. Unless otherwise provided in advance by the administrator, the purchase price per share will be equal to 85% of the fair market value per share on the start date of the offering period or, if lower, 85% of the fair market value per share on the semi-annual purchase date. The number of shares a participant may purchase under the Purchase Plan is subject to certain limits imposed by the plan and applicable tax laws.
 
Change in Control . If we are acquired by merger or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or more than 50% of our voting securities, then all outstanding purchase rights will automatically be exercised on or prior to the effective date of the acquisition, unless the plan administrator provides for the rights to be settled in cash or exchanged or substituted on the transaction. Unless otherwise provided in advance by the plan administrator, the purchase price will be equal to 85% of the market value per share on the start date of the offering period in which the acquisition occurs or, if lower, 85% of the fair market value per share on the purchase date.
 
Other Plan Provisions . No new offering periods will commence on or after , 2032. The board of directors may at any time amend, suspend or discontinue the Purchase Plan. However, certain amendments may require stockholder approval.
 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions
 
A “related party transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, and which involves an amount exceeding $120,000, and in which any related party had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “related party” includes any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers or one of our directors; any person who beneficially owns more than 5% of our common stock; any immediate family member of any of the foregoing; or any entity in which any of the foregoing is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors plans to adopt a written related party transactions policy. Pursuant to this policy, our directors and Governance and Nominating Committee will review all material facts of all related party transactions and either approve or disapprove entry into the related party transaction, subject to certain limited exceptions. In determining whether to approve or disapprove entry into a related party transaction, our directors and corporate governance committee shall take into account, among other factors, the following: (i) whether the related party transaction is on terms no less favorable to us than terms generally available from an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances, (ii) the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction and (iii) whether the transaction would impair the independence of a non-employee director.
 
Related Party Transactions
 
The following transactions were entered into prior to our establishment of an audit committee or the adoption of the approval procedures described above.
 
Loans
 
On September 13, 2012, we entered into a loan agreement with Billy Caudill, who was a director and our president at the time. The terms of this loan agreement require Mr. Caudill to pay us $125,000 one year from the date of the September 2012 issuance of the loan. The loan is secured by 60% of the stock of Digital Comm Inc., which is owned by Billy Caudill pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement entered into by the Company and Billy Caudill on July 30, 2012.
On July 5, 2011, we entered into a definitive master funding agreement with Tekmark® Global Solutions, LLC and Munro Capital Inc. Pursuant to the agreement, we receive financing in the original principal amount of up to $2,000,000 from Tekmark and a line of credit in the original principal amount of up to $1,000,000 from Munro Capital.
 
In connection with the financing, we issued MMD Genesis LLC Series B Preferred Stock in the Company. Mark Munro is a principal in MMD Genesis LLC. The Preferred Series B will convert in the aggregate, at the option of the holders, to 20% of our issued and outstanding Common stock. Tekmark funding is secured by our accounts receivable. Funding by Tekmark has been in the form of payroll funding support for specific and approved customers of Digital Comm, Inc.
 
Series B Preferred Stock Financing
 
Between July, 2011 and September, 2012, we sold an aggregate of 365 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock at $1,000 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $365,000 to Forward Investment LLC, Mark Munro 1996 Charitable Remainder Trust and certain of our existing stockholders that qualified as “accredited investors” within the meaning of the Securities Act. Immediately prior to the consummation of the initial public offering of our common stock, the 365 shares of Series B Preferred Stock converted into 4,680,352 shares of common stock.
 
Certain of our affiliates participated in the Series B Preferred Stock financing. Forward Investment LLC, which owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, purchased 130 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $130,000. Mark Munro 1996 Charitable Remainder Trust which owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, purchased 100,000 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000. Additionally, our Chief Executive Officer, Mark Munro, purchased 5 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000 and Mark Durfee, a director, purchased 130 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $130,000.
 
 
Series C Preferred Stock Financing
 
Between January, 2012 and July, 2012, we sold an aggregate of 1,500 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock at $1,000 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,500,000. These sales were made to “accredited investors” within the meaning of the Securities Act. Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, the 1,500 shares of Series C Preferred Stock converted into 4,387,830 shares of common stock.
 
Certain of our executive officers and directors participated in the Series C Preferred Stock financing. Our Chief Executive Officer, Mark Munro, purchased 100 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000, our President, Frank Jadevaia, purchased 100 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000 and Neal Oristano, a director, purchased 50 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000.
 
Series E Preferred Stock Financing
 
Between September, 2011 and November, 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,100 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock at $1,000 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $3,100,000. These sales were made to “accredited investors” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
Certain of our affiliates participated in the Series E Preferred Stock financing. Forward Investment LLC, which owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, purchased 375 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $375,000. Additionally, our President, Frank Jadevaia, purchased 200 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $200,000, Mark Durfee, a director, purchased 375 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $375,000 and Charles K. Miller, a director, purchased 50 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000.
 
Series H Preferred Stock Financing
 
On November 23, 2012, we sold an aggregate of 1,475 shares of our Series H Preferred Stock at $1,000 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,475,000. These sales were made to “accredited investors” within the meaning of the Securities Act. Frank Jadevaia, who will become our President upon the consummation of this offering, purchased 250 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000.
 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of November 15, 2012 by:
 
  
each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our outstanding common stock;
 
  
each of our directors;
 
  
each of our named executive officers; and
 
  
all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
The amounts and percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission , a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days after, November 15, 2012. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed a beneficial owner of securities as to which he has no economic interest. Except as indicated by footnote, to our knowledge the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.
 
In the table below, percentage of ownership of our common stock prior to the offering is based on 16,641,273 shares of common stock outstanding as of November 15, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock and after giving effect to a 125-to-1 reverse stock split. The number of shares outstanding excludes shares of common stock subject to options outstanding, shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to our Performance Incentive Plan and shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The number of shares outstanding also excludes shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series H Preferred Stock. Our Series H Preferred Stock is outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, but was not outstanding as of November 15, 2012. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering also assumes the sale of all shares in this offering without giving effect to the underwriter's option to purchase additional shares.
 
Unless otherwise noted below, the address of the persons listed on the table is c/o Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431.
 
    Common Stock Beneficially Owned
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
Number Prior to this Offering
   
Percentage Prior to this Offering
 
 
Number After this Offering
 
Percentage After this Offering
Executive Officers and Directors
                 
Mark Munro 1
    3,194,133       9.9 %      
Mark F. Durfee 2
    4,596,667       14.3 %      
Charles K. Miller 3
    201,004       *        
Neal Oristano 4
    275,035       *        
Daniel J. Sullivan
                 
Lawrence B. Sands 5
    73,600       *        
Roger Ponder
                 
Frank Jadevaia 6
    685,332       2.1 %      
                       
All named executive officers and directors as a group
    9,025,781       28.0 %      
5% or More Stockholders
                     
Forward Investment LLC 7
    4,596,677       14.3 %      
Mark Munro 1996 Charitable Remainder Trust 8
    1,885,169       5.9 %      
MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC 9
    3,703,629       11.5 %      
___________
 
 
*  Less than 1.0%.
 
 
(1)
Includes voting rights from 3,194,133 shares of common stock shares attributable to conversion of 393 shares of Series B preferred stock held by Mr. Munro. Does not include shares attributable to shares held by the Mark Munro 1996 Charitable Remainder Trust separately set forth herein because Mark Munro does not have shared or sole voting or dispositive power over this irrevocable trust.
 
(2)
Includes voting rights from 4,596,677 shares of common stock shares attributable to conversion of 505 shares of Series B preferred stock held by Mr. Durfee.
 
(3)
Includes voting rights from 22,544 shares of common stock shares attributable to conversion of 50 shares of Series E preferred stock and voting rights from 11,272 common stock shares attributable to a Series E warrant and voting rights from 167,188 shares of common stock attributable to conversion of 25 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Mr. Miller.
 
(4)
Includes voting rights from 207,403 common stock shares attributable to conversion of 50 shares of Series C preferred stock and voting rights from 45,088 shares of common stock attributable to conversion of 50 shares of Series E Preferred Stock and 22,544 shares of common stock attributable to a warrant held by Mr. Oristano.
 
(5)
Includes voting rights from 40,000 shares of common stock attributable to conversion of 4,000 shares of Series A preferred stock held by Mr. Sands.
 
(6)
Includes voting rights from 14,806 common stock shares attributable to conversion of 100 shares of Series C preferred stock, voting rights from 180,351 common stock shares attributable to conversion of 200 shares of Series E preferred stock and voting rights from 90,175 common stock shares attributable to a Series E warrant held by Mr. Jadevaia.
 
(7)
Includes voting rights from 4,586,677 shares of  common stock shares attributable to conversion of 505 shares of Series B preferred stock held by Forward Investment LLC.
 
(8)
Includes voting rights from 1,885,169 common stock shares attributable to conversion of 100 shares of Series B preferred stock held by Mark Munro 1996 Charitable Remainder Trust.
 
(9)
Includes voting rights from 3,703,629 common stock shares attributable a warrant held by MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC .
 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
General
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated. All of our existing stock is, and the shares of common stock being offered by us in this offering will be, upon payment therefore, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
As of November 29, 2012, we had issued and outstanding:
 
  
2,000,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock held by approximately three holders;
 
  
365 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock held by approximately five holders;
 
  
1,500 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock held by approximately 27 holders;
 
  
565.67 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock held by approximately two holders;
 
  
3,100 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock held by approximately 18 holders;
 
  
3,100 shares of our Series F Preferred Stock held by approximately two holders;
 
  
1,500 shares of our Series G Preferred Stock currently being held in escrow by us as collateral for our obligations under the ADEX Stock Purchase Agreement and which will be automatically cancelled if we perform our obligations under that agreement;
 
  
1,475 shares of our Series H Preferred Stock held by approximately eight holders; and
 
  
warrants to purchase 11.5% of our fully diluted shares of common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.01 per share in connection with the Midmarket loan. The warrants are exercisable upon the earlier of December 16, 2012 and the date the Company files a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to our common stock.
 
Upon the closing of this offering and based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of November 29, 2012, shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock into an aggregate of shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering , (2) no exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of November 29, 2012, and (3) no exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The following information reflects the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of all of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock, which will occur prior to completion of this offering. The following information excludes shares of our Series G Preferred Stock currently being held in escrow by us as collateral for our obligations under the ADEX Stock Purchase Agreement and which will be automatically cancelled if we perform our obligations under that agreement.
 
The discussion below describes the most important terms of our capital stock, amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and to the applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (DGCL).
 
Common Stock
 
The holders of our common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. Holders of our common stock are entitled, among other things, (i) to share ratably in dividends if, when and as declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefore and (ii) in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the company, to share ratably in the distribution of assets legally available therefore, after payment of debts and expenses. Holders of our common stock have no subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for additional shares of our capital stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to the terms of any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future. A vote of the holders of a majority of our common stock is generally required to take action under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.
 
 
Preferred Stock
 
Our board of directors has the authority, within the limitations and restrictions stated in our certificate of incorporation, to authorize the issuance of preferred stock, in one or more classes or series, and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, preemptive rights and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series. As of November 29, 2012, we have 4,150,000 shares of our Series F Preferred Stock and 1,475 shares of our Series H Preferred Stock outstanding .
 
Holders of our Series F Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 12% of the liquidation preference price per share of Series F Preferred Stock. For a twelve-month period beginning on the fourth day after the effective date of our Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed the Securities and Exchange Commission, each holder of our Series F Preferred Stock has the right to covert such shares into shares of our common stock. Each share of our Series F Preferred Stock is convertible into the number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing $1,000 by the conversion price (as determined above, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization and the like). The shares of our Series F Preferred Stock are redeemable by the at the option of the holders or us. Except as otherwise provided by law, the holders of our Series F Preferred Stock are not entitled to any voting rights, except that without the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our Series F Preferred Stock, we cannot (i) authorize or create any shares of Series F Preferred Stock or authorize or create any class or series of stock ranking senior to the Series F as to liquidation rights; (ii) amend, alter or repeal our Certificate of Incorporation if such amendment, alteration or repeal would adversely change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series F Preferred Stock; or (ii) voluntarily impose any restriction on the Series F Preferred Stock other than as required by applicable law. Holders of shares of our common stock issued upon conversion of our Series F Preferred Stock may be entitled to demand that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act, as amended, covering the resale of all or any part of such holders’ shares or may also be entitled to require us to include such shares in any registration statement (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8) under the Securities Act.
 
Holders of our Series H Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 10% per month to a maximum of 150% of the stated value per share of the Series H Preferred Stock. For a one-year period beginning 90 days after issuance, each holder of our Series H Preferred Stock has the right to covert such shares into shares of our common stock. Each share of our Series H Preferred Stock is convertible into the number of shares of our common stock equal to 4.49% of our company at the time of conversion on a fully diluted basis (i.e. after giving effect to all securities and assuming conversion and exercise of all securities). Subject to certain conditions, shares of our Series H Preferred Stock are redeemable by the at the option of the holders beginning on the 181st day following the issuance of the Series H Preferred Stock. Subject to certain conditions, we may extend such a redemption date. Each share of our Series H Preferred Stock entitles the holder to one vote for each share of our common stock into which their shares of Series H Preferred Stock could be converted. Shares of our Series H Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, together as a single class with holders of our common stock and any other series of preferred stock then outstanding, with respect to any question or matter upon which holders of shares of our common stock have the right to vote. Shares of our Series H Preferred Stock shall also be entitled to vote as a separate class with respect to certain matters.
 
We expect to partially redeem certain shares of our outstanding shares of our Series F Preferred Stock prior to the consummation of this offering. We expect to redeem all of the outstanding shares of our Series H Preferred Stock after the consummation of this offering.
 
Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might harm the market price of our common stock.
 
Election of directors
 
Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors. In plurality voting, the nominees for available directorships who receive the highest number of affirmative votes cast are elected irrespective of how small the number of affirmative votes is in comparison to the total number of shares voted. It will not be necessary for a nominee to receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes cast for and against such nominee in the election to be elected as a director.
 
 
Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware anti-takeover law
 
We are governed by the DGCL. Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could make the acquisition of the company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise more difficult.
 
Classified board
 
Our board of directors has approved an amendment to our certificate of incorporation to provide for a classified board of directors, pursuant to which the board of directors will be divided into three classes whose members will serve three-year staggered terms. Our certificate of incorporation also will prohibit cumulative voting by stockholders in connection with the election of directors, which would otherwise allow less than a majority of the shares held by our stockholders to elect director candidates.
 
No written consent of stockholders
 
Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
 
Advance notice procedures
 
Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our chief executive officer, chairperson of the board of directors or a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.
 
Our amended and restated bylaws will also establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors, or bring other business before an annual or special meeting of the stockholders. This notice procedure will provide that only persons who are nominated by, or at the direction of our board of directors or by a stockholder who has given timely written notice to the secretary of our company prior to the meeting at which directors are to be elected, will be eligible for election as directors. The procedure also requires that, in order to raise matters at an annual or special meeting, those matters must be raised before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting the company delivers or by, or at the direction of, our board of directors or by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given timely written notice to the secretary of the company of his, her or its intention to raise those matters at the annual meeting. If our chairperson or other officer presiding at a meeting determines that a person was not nominated, or other business was not brought before the meeting, in accordance with the notice procedure, that person will not be eligible for election as a director, or that business will not be conducted at the meeting.
 
Blank check preferred stock
 
Our certificate of incorporation currently provides for 50,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interest of us and our stockholders, our board of directors could cause preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued preferred stock. The issuance of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.
 
 
Authorized but Unissued Shares
 
Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. We may use these additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
 
Limitation of officer and director liability and indemnification arrangements
 
Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will limit the liability of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
 
  
any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
 
  
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
 
  
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will have no effect on any non-monetary remedies that may be available to us or our stockholders, nor will it relieve us or our officers or directors from compliance with federal or state securities laws.  The amended and restated bylaws also will generally provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was our director or officer, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity, against expenses incurred by him or her in connection with such proceeding.  An officer or director will not be entitled to indemnification by us if:
 
  
the officer or director did not act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests; or
 
  
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the officer or director had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
In addition to the indemnification to be provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our executive officers and all of our directors. Each indemnification agreement provides that we will indemnify such executive officer or director to the fullest extent permitted by law for claims arising in his or her capacity as our director or officer provided that he or she acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. In the event that we do not assume the defense of a claim against an executive officer or a director, we will be required to advance his or her expenses in connection with his or her defense, provided that he or she undertakes to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by us.
 
The overall effect of the foregoing provisions and indemnification agreements may be to deter a future offer to buy our company. Stockholders might view such an offer to be in their best interest should the offer include a substantial premium over the market price of our common stock at that time. In addition, these provisions may have the effect of assisting our management to retain its position and place it in a better position to resist changes that the stockholders may want to make if dissatisfied with the conduct of our business. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission is that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
 
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:
 
  
before the stockholder became interested, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or
 
  
at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
Choice of Forum
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Corporate Stock Transfer.
 
Listing
 
We intend to apply to have our common stock quoted on the NYSE MKT or NASDAQ under the symbol “ICLD.”
 
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been a limited public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial numbers of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of options, in the public market after this offering, or the anticipation of those sales, could adversely affect market prices of our common stock prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have          outstanding shares of common stock.
 
All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering will be deemed “restricted securities,” as that term is defined under Rule 144, and will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period, which may be extended in specified circumstances described below. Within 180 days of the date of this prospectus, all of these shares will qualify for resale under Rule 144, excluding any shares held by affiliates.
 
Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they have been registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.
 
A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through the NYSE MKT or NASDAQ, as the case may be, during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
 
Rule 701
 
In general and subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, most of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement are eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period or certain other restrictions contained in Rule 144.
 
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
We, our directors and executive officers, and certain of our stockholders and holders of options to purchase our stock, have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part without the prior written consent of                                                               . This consent may be given at any time without public notice. We have entered into a similar agreement with the representative of the underwriters, except that we may be permitted to issue shares of our common stock for acquisition purposes. There are currently no agreements between the representative and any of our stockholders or affiliates releasing them from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day period.
 
Equity Plans
 
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding awards or reserved for issuance under our 2012 Performance Incentive Plan and shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, sales of shares registered on Form S-8 that are held by our affiliates will be subject to volume limitations, manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and all sales of shares registered on Form S-8 will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.
 
 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR
 
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
 
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of our common stock by non-U.S. holders (as defined below) who purchase our common stock in this offering and hold such common stock as capital assets (generally for investment).  This discussion is based on currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and rulings and pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or subject to different interpretation.  This discussion does not address all the tax consequences that may be relevant to specific holders in light of their particular circumstances or to holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income or estate tax laws (such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, retirement plans, partnerships or entities treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes and their partners, dealers in securities, brokers, certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents or persons who have acquired our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment).  This discussion does not address the state, local or foreign tax or U.S. federal non-income or estate tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of our common stock.  You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign tax laws.
 
As used in this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” refers to a beneficial owner of our common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not:
 
  
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  
corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia or otherwise treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
 
  
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of the source thereof; or
 
  
a trust (a) with respect to which a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all its substantial decisions or (b) that has in effect a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
An individual may be treated as a resident of the United States, among other ways, if present in the United States on at least 31 days in a calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the three-year period ending in that calendar year (counting for such purposes all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year).
 
If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, we urge you to consult your own tax advisor.
 
Dividends
 
We do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend policy.” If we make a distribution of cash or property, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce a non-U.S. holder’s basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.
 
 
Dividends paid by us to a non-U.S. holder, to the extent treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes, generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, unless (i) an applicable income tax treaty reduces or eliminates such tax, and a non-U.S. holder provides us with an IRS Form W 8BEN (or successor form) properly certifying its entitlement to the benefit of such treaty or (ii) the dividends are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, where a tax treaty so provides, the dividends are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder, and the non-U.S. holder provides us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form). In the latter case, a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such dividends in the same manner as a U.S. person, unless otherwise provided in an applicable income tax treaty. Additionally, a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax on its after-tax effectively connected dividend income at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty). If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, such non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund of any excess amount withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
 
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition
 
Generally, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless (i) such non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other disposition and certain other conditions are met, (ii) the gain is effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, where a tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder or (iii) we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock and either (a) our common stock has ceased to be traded on an “established securities market” prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale, exchange or other disposition occurs or (b) the non-U.S. holder owns (actually or constructively) more than five percent of our common stock. We believe that we are not a U.S. real property holding corporation, and we do not anticipate becoming a U.S. real property holding corporation.
 
A non-U.S. holder described in (i) above will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses. A non-U.S. holder described in (ii) above will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in (ii) may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
Federal Estate Tax
 
Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder at the time of his or her death generally will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
Information reporting and backup withholding (at the then applicable rate) may apply to certain payments made to a non-U.S. holder on or with respect to our common stock, unless the non-U.S. holder certifies as to its status as a non-U.S. holder under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption and certain other conditions are satisfied. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may also make these information reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will generally be allowed as a refund or a credit against such non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS and other applicable requirements are satisfied
 
 
Recently Enacted Legislation Affecting Taxation of our Common Stock Held by or Through Foreign Entities
 
Legislation enacted in 2010 generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under administrative guidance and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations, the obligation to withhold would apply to dividends paid on our common stock on or after January 1, 2014, and to the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.
 
The preceding discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable law.
 
 
 
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                                , 2013, we have agreed to sell to the underwriter named below (the “underwriter ) and the underwriter has agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the numbers of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
 
Underwriter
 
Number
of Shares
 
   
Total
   

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriter to purchase the common stock offered by this prospectus is subject to certain conditions. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriter is obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares of common stock described below. The obligations of the underwriter may also be terminated upon the occurrence of certain stated events.
 
We have granted to the underwriter a 30-day option to purchase from us up to additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriter exercises all or part of this option, the underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above.
 
The underwriter has advised us that it proposes to offer the common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $ per share. After the initial public offering, the underwriter may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers. Sales of shares of common stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriter.
 
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we will pay:
 
   
Per Share
   
Total
 
   
Without
exercise of option to purchase additional shares
   
With
exercise of option to purchase additional shares
   
Without
exercise of option to purchase additional shares
   
With
exercise of option to purchase additional shares
 
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
  $       $       $       $    
Expenses                                                
  $       $       $       $    

The underwriter has informed us that it does not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriter has discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares being offered.  The underwriter will not confirm sales to any accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority without first receiving a written consent from those accounts.
 
We   have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of                                                        for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
 
Subject to certain exceptions, our officers, directors and certain existing stockholders have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our shares of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of                                                      for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
 
 
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriter may be required to make in that respect.
 
This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus may be made available in electronic format on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriter or by its affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. Other than this prospectus, the information on the underwriter’s website or our website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter or by us is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as an underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.
 
Until the distribution of our shares of common stock offered hereby is completed, Securities and Exchange Commission rules may limit the underwriter from bidding for and purchasing our shares of common stock.
 
In connection with the offering the underwriter may engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
 
  
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
  
Overallotment involves sales by the underwriter of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriter is obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares overallotted by the underwriter is not greater than the number of shares that it may purchase in the overallotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the overallotment option. The underwriter may close out any covered short position by either exercising its overallotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
  
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which it may purchase shares through the overallotment option. A naked short position occurs if the underwriter sells more shares than could be covered by the overallotment option. This position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market.  A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  
Penalty bids permit the underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.
 
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be discontinued at any time.
 
Neither we nor the underwriter make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our shares of common stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriter make any representation that the underwriter will engage in these transactions or that any transaction, if commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
 
                                                          or its affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, various investment banking and other financial services for us for which services it has received and, may in the future receive, customary fees. No underwriter has provided any investment banking or other financial services during the 180-day period preceding the date of this prospectus supplement and we do not expect to retain any underwriter to perform any investment banking or other financial services for at least 90 days after the date of this prospectus.
 
Prior to this offering, our common stock traded on the over-the-counter market.  The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriter.  In determining the initial public offering price, we and the underwriter expect to consider a number of factors including:
 
  
the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representative;
 
  
our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
 
  
an assessment of our management;
 
  
our prospects for future earnings;
 
  
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
 
  
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and
 
  
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriter and us.
 
Neither we nor the underwriter can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
 
We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT or NASDAQ under the symbol “ICLD”, subject to satisfaction of applicable listing requirements.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:
 
A.  
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
 
B.  
to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative; or
 
C.  
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Subscribers has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representative has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
 
 
The Company, the representative and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.
 
This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or the underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriter have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriter to publish a prospectus for such offer.
 
For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
 
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
 
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
 
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
 
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed on for us by our counsel, O’Melveny & Myers LLP, San Francisco, California.  Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriter by                                               .
 
 
The historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2011 are included herein and in the registration statement in reliance on the report of Sherb & Co., LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the registration of the common stock offered for sale with this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. For further information about us, the common stock we are offering by this prospectus and related matters, you should review the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F. Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission upon payment of the prescribed fee. Information on the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. You may also request copies of these filings, at no cost, by telephone at (561) 988-1988 or by mail to: Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431, Attention: Lawrence Sands; www.genesisgroupholdingsinc.com.
 
We are become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with such requirements, file periodic reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These periodic reports and other information are available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities and website of the Securities and Exchange Commission referred to above. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered accounting firm.
 
 
106

 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
PAGE
 
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-7
F-8
   
F-27
F-28
F-29
F-30
 
ADEX Corporation and subdsidiary and it's affiliated company
 
F-40
F-41
F-42
F-43
F-44
F-45
   
F-51
F-52
F-53
F-54
 
T N S, Inc.
 
F-59
F-60
F-61
F-62
F-63
F-64
   
F-70
F-71
F-72
F-73
 
Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions
 
Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm  
F-79
F-80
F-81
Divisional statement of change in net assests
F-82
F-83
F-84
   
F-89
F-90
F-91
F-92
 
Integration Partners - NY Corporation
 
F-97
F-98
F-99
F-100
F-101
F-102
   
F-108
F-109
F-110
F-111
 
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. Pro Forma Financial Information
 
 
 
  7900 Glades Road, Suite 540
Boca Raton., FT, 33434
Tel: 561.886.4200
Fax: 561.886.3330
infoesherbcpa.cona
Offices in New York and Florida
Certified Public Accountants  
 
 
To the Board of Directors
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' deficit and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statements presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and the results of their operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered losses from operations, and has an accumulated deficit and net cash used in operations of $1,172,416 for the year ended December 31, 2011. This raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regards to these matters are described in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
     
  /s/ Sherb & Co., LLP  
 
Boca Raton, FL
April 10, 2012
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
             
    DECEMBER 31,  
   
2011
   
2010
 
Assets
           
             
Current Assets
           
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
89,285
   
$
22,476
 
Accounts receivable
   
347,607
     
148,811
 
Inventory
   
10,992
     
13,235
 
Deferred loan costs
   
53,848
     
-
 
Other current assets
   
8,701
     
-
 
Total Current Assets
   
510,433
     
184,522
 
                 
Property & equipment, net
   
338,759
     
237,935
 
                 
Intangible assets
   
636,736
     
-
 
                 
Deposits
   
304,084
     
7,926
 
                 
Total Assets
 
$
1,790,012
   
$
430,383
 
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficiency
               
                 
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable
 
$
563,449
   
$
294,689
 
Bank debt, current portion
   
114,358
     
64,105
 
Accrued expenses
   
227,854
     
151,497
 
Notes payable, related parties
   
5,364
     
348,471
 
Notes payable, other, current portion
   
876,522
     
509,268
 
Total Current Liabilities
   
1,787,547
     
1,368,030
 
                 
Other Liabilities:
               
Bank debt, net of current portion
   
698,289
     
229,542
 
Notes payable, related parties, net of current
   
110,293
      -  
Notes payable, other, net of current portion
   
825,761
     
-
 
Derivative liability
   
1,143
     
459,897
 
Total Other Liabilities
   
1,635,486
     
689,439
 
                 
Redeemable Series B, convertible preferred stock,
               
      $0.0001 par value, authorized 60,000 shares, 15 shares issued
   
15,000
     
-
 
                 
Stockholders' Deficiency:
               
Preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 50,000,000 authorized;
               
     Series A, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value,
               
          authorized 20,000,000 shares, 2,000,000 issued and outstanding
   
200
     
-
 
     Series C, convertible preferred stock, 10% cumulative,
               
          annual dividend $1,000 stated value, authorized
               
          1,500 shares, no shares issued and outstanding
   
-
     
-
 
     Series D, convertible preferred stock, 10% cumulative,
               
          annual dividend $1,000 stated value, authorized
               
          1,000 shares, 366 shares issued and outstanding
   
366
     
-
 
Common stock, $.0001 par value,  500,000,000 shares
               
      authorized; 158,737,602 and 105,973,976 shares issued and
   
15,873
     
10,597
 
      outstanding
               
Additional paid-in-capital
   
7,850,944
     
581,800
 
Accumulated deficit
   
(9,620,926
)
   
(2,219,483
)
Total Genesis Holdings, Inc. stockholders' deficiency
   
(1,753,543
)
   
(1,627,086
)
Non-controlling interest
   
105,522
     
-
 
Total Stockholders' Deficiency
   
(1,648,021
)
   
(1,627,086
)
                 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficiency
 
$
1,790,012
   
$
430,383
 
                 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
   
             
   
FOR THE YEARS ENDED
 
   
DECEMBER 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Revenues
  $ 2,812,210     $ 952,839  
                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
               
Cost of revenues earned
    1,851,018       1,002,781  
Depreciation and amortization
    39,229       26,191  
Salaries and wages (including stock compensation of $5,001,000
               
     and $872,000)
    5,853,600       1,574,374  
General and administrative
    1,251,102       600,509  
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
    8,994,949       3,203,855  
                 
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS
    (6,182,739 )     (2,251,016 )
                 
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSES
               
Unrealized gain on fair value of derivative
    (458,754 )     (376,788 )
Interest expense
    1,240,457       267,368  
Goodwill impairment
    437,000       -  
TOTAL OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE
    1,218,703       (109,420 )
                 
NET  LOSS
  $ (7,401,442 )   $ (2,141,596 )
                 
LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
               
Basic and fully diluted
  $ (0.06 )   $ (0.02 )
                 
Weighted average number of common shares
               
           outstanding-basic and diluted
    125,408,014       136,148,976  
                 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2011
 
   
 
         
Preferred Stock
             
 
       
 
Common Stock
 
Series A Convertible
 
Series B Convertible
 
Series C Convertible
 
Series D Convertible
 
Additional
Paid-in
   
Accumulated
   
Stock
Subscription
 
Non-Controlling
   
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Capital
   
Deficit
   
Receivable
 
Interest
Total
 
                                                               
Balance December31, 2009
  159,591,438   $ 15,959     -   $ -     -   $ -     -   $ -     -   $ -   $ 4,811,041     $ (77,887 )   $ (4,800,000   $ - $ (50,887 )
                                                                                             
Recapitalization from acquisition of Digital Comm, Inc.
  1,499,062     150                                                     (325,608 )                       (325,458 )
                                                                                             
Issuance of shares to former management and debt holders
  3,183,476     318     -     -                                         (318 )     -       -         -  
                                                                                             
Issuance of shares to officer pursuant to employment contract
  4,000,000     400                                                     799,600                         800,000  
                                                                                             
Issuance of shares to officer in settlement of unpaid salary
  1,200,000     120                                                     71,880                         72,000  
                                                                                             
Cancellation of shares relating to
                                                                                           
proposed acquisition of STS
  (60,000,000 )   (6,000 )                                                   (4,794,000 )             4,800,000         -  
                                                                                             
Cancellation of shares
  (3,500,000 )   (350 )                                                   350                         -  
                                                                                             
Computed debt discount on warrant issuance to UTA
                                                              455,540                         455,540  
                                                                                             
Derivative liability from warrant issuance
                                                              (836,685 )                       (836,685 )
                                                                                             
Contributed capital by officers from
                                                                                           
waiver of salaries
                                                              400,000                         400,000  
                                                                                             
Net loss
                                                                      (2,141,596 )               (2,141,596 )
                                                                                             
Balance December 31, 2010
  105,973,976   $ 10,597     -   $ -     -   $ -     -   $ -     -   $ -   $ 581,800     $ (2,219,483 )   $ -   $ - $ (1,627,086 )
                                                                                             
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2011
 
   
 
         
Preferred Stock
 
 
     
 
         
 
Common Stock
 
Series A Convertible
 
Series B Convertible
 
Series C Convertible
 
Series D Convertible
 
Additional
Paid-in
 
Accumulated
 
Stock
Subscription
 
Non-Controlling
     
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Capital
 
Deficit
 
Receivable
 
Interest
 
Total
 
                                                             
Issuance of shares to UTA pursuant to loan modifications (792,439 shares unissued)
  2,074,523   $ 207     -   $ -   -   $ -     -   $ -     -   $ -   $ 242,495   $ -   $ -   $ -   $ 242,701  
                                                                                         
Computed debt discount on warrant issuance to UTA from 2nd modification
                                                            301,876                       301,876  
                                                                                         
Issuances from sale of shares
  3,408,888     341     -     -                                       54,659     -     -           55,000  
                                                                                         
Issuance of shares for consulting services
  3,000,000     300     -     -                                       349,700     -     -           350,000  
                                                                                         
Issuances of shares pursuant to loans
  6,000,000     600     -     -                                       372,826     -     -           373,426  
                                                                                         
Issuance of shares to employees
  2,000,000     200     -     -                                       255,800     -     -           256,000  
                                                                                         
Issuance of shares to officers
  8,500,000     850     2,000,000     200                                       3,503,950     -     -           3,505,000  
                                                                                         
Recognition of officers stock compensation
                                                                                       
from 2010 issuance
  -     -     -     -                                       800,000     -     -           800,000  
                                                                                         
Issuances of shares from conversion of notes payable
  14,673,215     1,467     -     -                                       122,531     -     -           123,998  
                                                                                         
Issuance of shares for pending acquisition
  2,107,000     211     -     -                                       290,555     -                 290,766  
                                                                                         
Issuance of shares for Tropical  acquisition
  1,000,000     100     -     -                                       116,175     -     -           116,275  
                                                                                         
Issuance of shares for Rives Monteiro acquisition
  7,500,000     750     -     -                                       28,321     -     -     105,522     134,593  
                                                                                         
Issuances of shares in settlement of note payable
  2,500,000     250     -     -                                       24,750     -     -           25,000  
                                                                                         
Issuance of shares from conversion of note payable to officer
                                                366     366     405,506                       405,872  
                                                                                         
Contributed capital by officers from
                                                            400,000                       400,000  
waiver of salaries
                                                                                       
                                                                                         
Net income (loss)
                                                                  (7,401,442 )               (7,401,442 )
                                                                                         
Balance December 31, 2011
  158,737,602   $ 15,873     2,000,000   $ 200   -   $ -     -   $ -     366   $ 366   $ 7,850,944   $
(9,620,926
) $ -   $ 105,522   $ (1,648,021 )
                                                                                         
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
 
   
             
   
FOR THE YEARS ENDED
 
   
DECEMBER 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
           
             
Net loss
  $ (7,401,442 )   $ (2,141,596 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
               
used in operations:
               
Depreciation
    39,229       26,191  
Amortization of debt discount
    319,408       189,808  
Amortization of loan costs
    592,008       -  
Stock compensation for services
    5,311,000       872,000  
Decrease in fair value of derivative liability
    (458,754 )     (376,788 )
Goodwill impairment
    437,000       -  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
               
Increase in accounts receivable
    (54,502 )     (66,203 )
Decrease in inventory and other
    (5,749 )     (21,162 )
Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses
    49,386       375,207  
Total adjustments
    6,229,026       999,053  
                 
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    (1,172,416 )     (1,142,543 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
               
Purchases of equipment
    (74,519 )     (181,312 )
Cash received in acquisition
    57,766       -  
Purchase of non-controlling interest
    (100,000 )     -  
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    (116,753 )     (181,312 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
               
Proceeds from sale of common stock
    55,000       -  
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock
    15,000       -  
Repayments of notes and loans payable
    (341,150 )     -  
Proceeds from bank loans
    136,168       293,647  
Proceeds from third party borrowings
    1,445,010       775,000  
Proceeds from related party borrowings
    45,950       275,271  
NET CASH PROVIDED BY  FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    1,355,978       1,343,918  
                 
NET INCREASE IN CASH
    66,809       20,063  
                 
CASH - beginning of year
    22,476       2,413  
                 
CASH - end of year
  $ 89,285     $ 22,476  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
               
                 
Cash paid during the year for interest
  $ 348,925     $ 97,293  
Taxes paid
  $ -     $ -  
                 
Noncash investing and financing activities:
               
                 
Common stock issued for loan modification
  $ 242,702     $ -  
Common stock issued for consulting services
  $ 350,000     $ -  
Common stock issued on debt conversion
  $ 522,424     $ -  
Preferred stock issued on debt conversion
  $ 405,872     $ -  
Recognition of derivative liability from warrant issuance
  $ -     $ 836,685  
Contribution of capital from waiver of officer salaries
  $ 400,000     $ 400,000  
Shares Issued (cancelled/consummated) for pending acquisitions
  $ -     $ (4,800,000 )
Shares issued/(cancelled) for services relating to pending acquisition
  $ -     $ (350 )
                 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Genesis Realty Group, Inc.) (“Genesis” or “the Company”) was incorporated on November 22, 1999 under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Prior to December 31, 2009 the Company was a development stage company and had limited activity. The Company’s initial activities were been devoted to developing a business plan, structuring and positioning itself to take advantage of available opportunities and raising capital for future operations and administrative functions.
 
On August 1, 2008 the Company authorized and approved a 1-for-20 reverse share split of the common stock of the Corporation.  The Company also authorized an increase in the number of shares of stock to 500,000,000 shares of common stock and created a new class of stock entitled blank check preferred stock at par value of $.0001 for 50,000,000 authorized shares.

The 1-for-20 reverse stock split has been applied to the financial statements retroactively.

On January 14, 2010, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (“Genesis” and “the Company”) acquired all the outstanding shares of Digital Comm, Inc. (“Digital”), a Florida Corporation, in exchange for 50,000,000 shares of Genesis. Digital was originally formed on September 13, 2006 and, on January 14, 2010 was reorganized as a wholly owned subsidiary of Genesis. Digital is a provider of specialty contracting services, primarily in the installation of fiber optic telephone cable. These services are provided throughout the United States and include engineering, construction, maintenance and installation services to telecommunications providers, underground facility locating services to various utilities including telecommunications providers, and other construction and maintenance services to electric and gas utilities and others.
 
For financial accounting purposes, the Merger was treated as a recapitalization of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. with the former stockholders of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. retaining approximately 20% of the outstanding stock. This transaction has been accounted for as a reverse acquisition and accordingly the transaction has been treated as a recapitalization of Digital Comm, Inc., with Digital Comm, Inc. as the accounting acquirer. The historical financial statements are a continuation of the financial statements of the accounting acquirer, and any difference of the capital structure of the merged entity as compared to the accounting acquirer’s historical capital structure is due to the recapitalization of the acquired entity.
 
On August 22, 2011, the Company acquired 100% interest in Tropical Communications, Inc. (“Tropical”), a Florida corporation, based in Miami, Florida. Tropical is a State licensed Low Voltage and Underground contractor and provides services to construct, install, optimize and maintain structured cabling for commercial and governmental entities in the South Florida area. The purchase price for Tropical was1,000,000 shares of common stock in the Company valued at $.09  per share, an earn-out provision for additional shares of stock in the Company based on a formula tied to future earnings of Tropical,  and an employment agreement.
 
On December 29, 2011, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement the Company acquired a 49% interest in Rives Monteiro Engineering LLC (“RM Engineering”), an engineering firm and certified Women’s Business Enterprise with offices in Houston, Texas and Tuscaloosa, Alabama. The Company also acquired 100% of Rives Monteiro Leasing LLC (“RM Leasing”) an equipment provider for the cable engineering services. RM Engineering and RM Leasing have been in business since 1998, performing cable engineering services in the Southeastern United States with additional services performed internationally.

The total purchase price for the RM Engineering and RM Leasing companies was $337,500 paid with $100,000 in cash, a six month promissory note in the amount of $200,000 and, 7,500,000 shares of common stock in the Company valued at $.005 per share. As a result of the acquisition of RM Leasing, the Company acquired, subject to existing bank liens, certain vehicles, machinery and equipment as well as existing business opportunities.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. 
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS (continued)

Additional compensation will be paid in form of an earn-out as well as cashless exercise warrants with an exercise price of $0.30 per share for up to 500,000 additional shares, for each $500,000 in net income generated by the Company during the twenty-four months following closing.
 
2. 
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In the opinion of management, all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals considered necessary in order to prepare the financial statements have been included.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND ACCOUNTING FOR INVESTMENT IN  AFFILIATE COMPANY

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Genesis and its wholly owned subsidiaries Digital, Tropical, RM Leasing, and RM Engineering, an entity under common control which is consolidated in accordance with FASB guidance related to variable interest entities. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company has an option to purchase the remaining ownership of RM Engineering for a de minimus amount.
 
We consolidate all variable-interest entities (VIEs) where we are the primary beneficiary. For VIEs, we assess whether we are the primary beneficiary as prescribed by the accounting guidance on the consolidation of VIEs. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the performance of the entity and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the entity. We consolidated RM Engineering because of our option to purchase the remaining 51% ownership of RM Engineering for a de minimus amount.
   
USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and reporting period.  Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
For purposes of reporting cash flows, the company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND GOODWILL

The Company accounts for business combinations under the provisions of ASC 805-10, Business Combinations (ASC 805-10), which requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations. ASC 805-10 also specifies criteria intangible assets acquired in a purchase method business combination must meet to be recognized and reported apart from goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of the tangible net assets and intangible assets acquired in a business combination.

 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
2. 
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES –(continued)

REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company recognizes revenues under the percentage of completion method of accounting using the cost-to-cost measures. Revenues from contracts using the cost-to-cost measures of completion are recognized based on the ratio of contract costs incurred to date to total estimated contract costs.
 
Application of the percentage of completion method of accounting requires the use of estimates of costs to be incurred for the performance of the contract. This estimation process is based upon the knowledge and experience of the Company’s project managers and financial personnel. Factors that the Company considers in estimating the work to be completed and ultimate contract recovery include the availability and productivity of labor, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, the effect of change orders, the availability of materials, the effect of any delays in performance and the recoverability of any claims. Changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. At the time a loss on a contract becomes known, the amount of the estimated loss expected to be incurred is accrued.
 
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Estimates of uncollectible amounts are reviewed each period, and changes are recorded in the period they become known. Management analyzes the collectability of accounts receivable balances each period. This review considers the aging of account balances, historical bad debt experience, and changes in customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, customer payment activity and other relevant factors. Should any of these factors change, the estimate made by management may also change, which could affect the level of the Company’s provision for doubtful accounts. Allowance for doubtful accounts was $1,444 and $0 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
 
ADVERTISING

The Company’s policy for reporting advertising expenditures is to expense them as they are incurred. Advertising expense has not been material to date.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Useful lives are: 3-7 years for vehicles; 5–7 years for equipment and machinery; 5 years for small tools: and 5 years for furniture, fixtures, computer equipment. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred and major improvements are capitalized. When assets are sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is included in other income.
 
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS

The Company accounts for the issuance of common stock purchase warrants issued in connection with capital financing transactions in accordance with professional standards for "Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company's Own Stock".
 
The Company assessed the classification of its derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, which consist of common stock purchase warrants, and determined that such derivatives are accounted for in accordance with professional standards.
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
2. 
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES- (continued)

INCOME TAXES
   
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. This approach requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. In June 2006, the FASB issued ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC Topic 740”)   (formerly FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ), which prescribes a two-step process for the financial statement recognition and measurement of income tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. The first step evaluates an income tax position in order to determine whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the position. The second step measures the benefit to be recognized in the financial statements for those income tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, recognition and classification of interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. In May 2007, the FASB issued an amendment of ASC Topic 740 to provide guidance that a Company may recognize a previously unrecognized tax benefit if the tax position is effectively (as opposed to “ultimately”) settled through examination, negotiation, or litigation.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company grants stock options, and time-based and performance-based restricted share units to certain employees and officers. The fair value of stock option grants is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on certain assumptions. The fair value of restricted share units is estimated on the date of grant and is generally equal to the closing stock price on the date of grant. In accordance with ASC Topic 718 .   Stock Compensation, compensation costs for performance-based awards are recognized by the Company over the requisite service period if it is probable that the performance goal will be satisfied. The Company uses its best judgment to determine probability of achieving the performance goals at each reporting period and recognizes compensation costs based on the estimate of the shares that are expected to vest.
 
NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
Basic loss per common share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share is computed in a manner similar to the basic loss per share, except that the weighted-average number of shares outstanding is increased to include all common shares, including those with the potential to be issued by virtue of warrants, options, convertible debt and other such convertible instruments. Diluted earnings per share contemplates a complete conversion to common shares of all convertible instruments only if they are dilutive in nature with regards to earnings per share.  Since the Company has incurred net losses for all periods,  basic loss per share and diluted loss per share are the same. ASC Topic 260, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities (“ASC Topic 260”), addresses whether unvested share-based payment awards with rights to receive dividends or dividend equivalents should be considered as participating securities for the purposes of applying the two-class method of calculating earnings (loss) per share.  Unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to receive non-forfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents are participating securities, and thus, should be included in the two-class method of computing earnings (loss) per share.  The Company adopted this standard in the first quarter of the year ended December 31, 2010 and the adoption did not change the Company’s earnings (loss) per share calculation for any prior period presented.
 
We excluded 25,515,250 and 20,952,381 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants and 152,764,354 and -0- shares attributable to convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as their effect was anti-dilutive.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
2. 
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES- (continued)

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC Topic 820”), defines fair value, establishes a measurement framework and expands disclosure requirements. The Company adopted ASC Topic 820 for financial assets and liabilities on the first day of the year ended December 31, 2009 and adopted non-recurring measurements for non-financial assets and liabilities on the first day of the year ended December 31, 2010. The adoption of ASC Topic 820 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.  ASC Topic 820 requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value will be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories: (1) Level 1 - Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; (2) Level 2 - Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and (3) Level 3 - Unobservable inputs not corroborated by market data which require the reporting entity’s own assumptions. The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, income taxes receivable and payable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of these instruments approximate their fair value due to the short maturity of these items.
 
The fair value of our financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

   
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
 
   
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
December 31, 2010:
                 
Warrant Derivatives
  $     $     $ 459,897  
                         
December 31, 2011:
                       
Warrant Derivatives
  $     $     $ 1,143  
 
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
    
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06 to ASC 820 which required new disclosures and clarified existing disclosures about fair value measurement. Specifically, this update amends ASC 820 to now require: (a) a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers; and (b) in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements. In addition, this update clarifies the requirements of the following existing disclosures: (a) for purposes of reporting fair value measurement for each class of assets and liabilities, a reporting entity needs to use judgment in determining the appropriate classes of assets and liabilities; and (b) a reporting entity should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements. This update became effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which became effective for interim and reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this standard modification did not have an impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, and there were no material impacts to the Company's financial statement disclosures.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
2. 
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES- (continued)

ASC Topic 855, Subsequent Events (“ASC Topic 855”), establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the date the financial statements are issued or available to be issued. ASC Topic 855 requires companies to reflect in their financial statements the effects of subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions at the balance sheet date. In February 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-09 – Subsequent Events (Topic 855) — Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements (“ASU 2010-09”). ASU 2010-09 provides amendments which clarify that SEC filers are not required to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
 In April 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Accounting for Certain Tax Effects of the 2010 Health Care Reform Acts (“ASU 2010-12”). ASU 2010-12 addresses changes in accounting for income taxes resulting from the recently issued Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805) (“ASU 2010-29”).  ASU 2010-29 is intended to address diversity in practice regarding pro-forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations.  ASU 2010-29 specifies that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only.  The amendments also expand the supplemental pro-forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, non-recurring pro-forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro-forma revenue and earnings.  The amendments affect any public entity as defined by ASU 2010-29 that enters into business combinations that are material on an individual or aggregate basis.  ASU 2010-29 is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period after December 15, 2010.  The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-09, Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Multiemployer Plans (Subtopic 715-80): Disclosures about an Employer's Participation in a Multiemployer Plan   “ASC 2011-09”.   This update requires enhanced disclosures in the annual financial statements of employers that participate in multiemployer plans. Under the new guidance, employers are required to explain the general nature of multiemployer pension plans and their participation in the plans, including how the plans are different from single-employer plans. In addition, certain disclosures are required in tabular format for each multiemployer plan that is individually significant to an employer's financial statements. The guidance also requires a description of the nature and effect of any significant changes affecting comparability of the employer's total contributions from period to period. The ASU was adopted by the Company in December 2011 and retrospectively applied. There was no impact to the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows as the changes related only to additional disclosures.
 
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairmen t “ASU No. 2011-08 . This update was intended to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is "more-likely-than-not" that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described in ASC 350. The "more-likely-than-not" threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50%. ASU 2011-08 was effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not expect the adoption of the provisions of ASU 2011-08 in 2012 to have an effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
2. 
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES- (continued)
 
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities “ASU No. 2011-11”. The update requires entities to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements of financial instruments and derivative instruments. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company currently believes there will be no significant impact of adopting this standard on its consolidated financial statements.
 
3. 
ACQUISITIONS

Acquisition of Tropical Communications, Inc.
 
On August 22, 2011, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Tropical Communications, Inc. (“Tropical”), a company that is a State licensed Low Voltage and Underground contractor providing services to construct, install, optimize and maintain structured cabling for commercial and governmental entities in the South Florida area for a total purchase price of 1,000,000 shares of common stock valued at $0.09 per share, or $90,000. The acquisition expands the Company’s cable installation presence in the southeastern United States. The results of Tropical were included in the consolidated results of the Company effective August 1, 2011. During 2011, Tropical contributed revenue of approximately $450,000 and an operating loss of approximately $191,000 including depreciation and amortization. The allocation of the acquisition cost for Tropical resulted in a loss from impairment of goodwill of $437,000 reflected in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
Acquisition of Rives Monteiro Engineering LLC

On December 29, 2011, the Company acquired a 49% stake in Rives Monteiro Engineering LLC. (“RME”), an engineering firm and certified woman owned business with offices in Houston, Texas and Tuscaloosa, Alabama for a total purchase price valued at approximately $324,000.The Company has an option to purchase the remaining 51% of RME for a de minimis sum of money. Accordingly, RME is an entity under common control which is consolidated in accordance with FASB guidance related to variable interest entities.
 
Acquisition of Rives Monteiro Leasing LLC

On December 29, 2011, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Rives Monteiro Leasing LLC (“RM Leasing”) an equipment provider for the cable-engineering services of RM Engineering for a total purchase price of approximately $13,000.
 
The final purchase prices for the above 2011 acquisitions were calculated as follows:
 
   
Tropical
   
RM Engineering
   
RM Leasing
 
Cash
  $ -0-     $ 86,807     $ 13,193  
Promissory Notes
    -0-       200,000       -0-  
Common Stock
    90,000       37,500       -0-  
Total Purchase Price
  $ 90,000     $ 324,307     $ 13,193  
 
The final purchase prices were allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:
 
   
Tropical
   
RM Engineering
   
RM Leasing
 
Intangible asset
 
$
-0-
   
$
636,736
   
$
-0-
 
 
Unaudited pro forma results of operations data as if the Company, Tropical, RME and RML had occurred as of January 1, 2010 are as follows:
(in thousands, except per share information)
 
Year Ended De cember 31, 2010:
   
Genesis
   
Tropical
   
RME
   
RML
   
Total
 
Revenue
  $ 953,000     $ 1,128,000     $ 2,576,000     $ 50,000     $ 4,707,000  
Income (Loss) from Operations
  $ (2,211,000 )   $ (32,000 )   $ 77,000     $ (5,000 )   $
(2,171,000
)
Net Income (Loss)
  $ (2,128,000 )   $ (55,000 )   $ 75,000     $ (7,000 )  
(2,115,000
)
Income (Loss) per share basic and diluted
  $ (0.02 )   $ (0.00 )   $ 0.00     $ (0.00 )   $ (0.01 )

Year Ended De cember 31, 2011:
   
Genesis
   
Tropical
   
RME
   
RML
   
Total
 
Revenue
  $
2,443,000
    $ 1,296,000     $ 2,576,000     $ 50,000     $ 6,365,000  
Income (Loss) from Operations
  $ (6,869,000 )   $ (57,000 )   $ 77,000     $ (5,000 )   $
(6,854,000
)
Net Income (Loss)
  $
(7,260,000
)   $ (85,000 )   $ 75,000     $ (7,000 )   $ (7,277,000 )
Income (Loss) per share basic and diluted
  $ (0,06 )   $ (0.00 )   $ 0.00     $ (0.00 )   $ (0.05 )
 
Pro forma data does not purport to be indicative of the results that would have been obtained had these events actually occurred at January 1, 2010 and is not intended to be a projection of future results.   
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
   
December 31,
 
    2011     2010  
Vehicles
 
$
605,247
   
$
95,568
 
Computers and Office Equipment
   
91,098
     
24,367
 
Equipment
   
440,241
     
146,253
 
Small Tools
   
20,504
     
14,183
 
Total
   
1,157,090
     
280,371
 
Less accumulated depreciation
   
(818,331
)
   
(42,436
)
                 
Property and equipment, net
 
$
338,759
   
$
237,935
 
 
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $39,229 and $26,191, respectively.
 
4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

In connection with the acquisition of Rives-Monteiro Engineering, the Company evaluated the purchase price paid and assets and liabilities assumed.  Based on the purchase price paid and assets and liabilities assumed, the Company recognized $531,214 of intangible assets.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company has determined that there is no impairment of the intangible asset.
 
5.
BANK DEBT

Bank debt consists of the following:
 
   
December 31,
 
    2011     2010  
Two installment notes, payable monthly principle and interest of $621.24 and $533.25, interest 9.05% and 0% secured by vehicles, maturing June 2015 and July 2016
 
$
51,569
   
$
 27,396
 
                 
Three Lines of credit, payable monthly principle and interest, interest ranging from 5.5% to 8.05%, guaranteed personally by principal shareholders, maturing July 2012, June 2015 and February 2020
   
761,078
     
266,251
 
     
812,647
     
293,647
 
Less: Current portion of debt
   
(114,358
   
(64,105
)
                 
Long term portion of bank debt  
 
$
698,289
   
$
 229,542
 
 
Future maturities of long-term bank debt are as follows:
 
Year ending December 31,
     
2012
 
$
114,358
 
2013
   
211,842
 
2014
   
57,272
 
2015
   
56,857
 
Thereafter
   
372,318
 
Total
 
$
812,647
 
 
6. 
NOTES PAYABLE – OTHER
 
Notes payable, other consist of the following:
 
   
December 31,
 
    2011     2010  
Note payable, UTA refer to Note 7 
  $ 516,522     $  509,268  
                 
Promissory notes, 6% interest, maturing two years unsecured (described further  below) 
    825,761       -0-  
                 
8% convertible promissory notes, unsecured, maturing November 2011 (paid January 2012)
    112,500       -0-  
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
6. 
NOTES PAYABLE – OTHER –(continued)
 
Promissory note, due on demand, non interest due June 2011, with 1,000,000 common shares equity component
    8,000       -0-  
                 
Promissory note, unsecured, non-interest due July 2011, with 2,000,000  common shares equity component
     39,500       -0-  
                 
Acquisition promissory note to former shareholders of RM Engineering & Leasing, unsecured, non-interest, due March 2012 and June 2012
    200,000       -0-  
      1,702,283      
509,268
 
Less: Current portion of debt     (876,522    
(509,268
                 
Long term  portion of notes payable, other   $ 825,761     $  220,000  
 
Future annual payments are as follows:
     
Year ending December 31,      
2012
  $ 876,522  
2013
    825,761  
2014
    -0-  
2015
    -0-  
Thereafter
    -0-  
Total
  $ 1,702,283  
 
On July 5, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive master funding agreement (“Master Agreement”) with Tekmark® Global Solutions, LLC (“Tekmark”) and Munro Capital Inc. (“Munro Capital”). Pursuant to the parties’ Master Agreement, the Company is receiving financing in the original principal amount of up to $2,000,000 from Tekmark and a line of credit in the original principal amount of up to $1,000,000 from Munro Capital.  Both financings covered are pursuant to Promissory Notes with two year terms, interest at 1% per month. Tekmark funding is secured by the Company’s accounts receivable. Funding by Tekmark will be in the form of payroll funding support for specific and approved customers of Digital. As of December 31, 2011 the balances owed to Tekmark and Munro Capital was $497,381 and $328,380, respectively, or $825,761 in total.
 
7.
NOTE PAYABLE - UTA

On August 6, 2010, UTA Capital LLC provided a working capital loan to Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., the parent company of Digital, with Digital also as an additional borrower. The loan is evidenced by a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement between Digital and Genesis and UTA Capital, LLC dated August 6, 2010. The Agreement calls for two senior bridge notes in the amount of $1 million each, for an aggregate principal amount of $2 million. The notes are each one year amortized term notes bearing interest at 10% per annum.  The Company received an initial draw from the first $1 million note of $960,000 net of fees on August 6, 2010, which was recorded as an investment contribution by the Company in Digital.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
7.
NOTE PAYABLE – UTA-(continued)

Additionally, the parent company issued to UTA Capital, LLC warrants to purchase up to 20,952,381 shares of common stock of the Company exercisable at $0.15 per share which provide for a cashless exercise. Pursuant to generally accepted accounting standards, the relative fair value of the warrant was calculated using the Black-Scholes Option Valuation Model. This amount, totaling approximately $455,540, has been recorded as a debt discount and charged to interest expense over the life of the promissory note.
 
On February 14, 2011, the Company and lender UTA Capital LLC, entered into First Loan Extension and Modification Agreements in connection with their existing note payable with a balance of $775,000 at December 31, 2010. The Modification Agreement provided for an extension of the original maturity date of the note from August 6, 2011 to September 30, 2011. In exchange for consenting to the 1st Modification Agreement the lender was granted 1,282,084 shares of the Company’s common stock. Additionally as additional consideration for the Company’s failure to satisfy a certain 1 st amendment covenant, the lender was granted 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2011 these two additional grants of shares have not been issued however, reflected on the accompanying financial statements as if issued.

On June 25, 2011, the Company and lender UTA Capital LLC, entered into Second Loan Extension and Modification Agreements (“Modification Agreement”). The Modification Agreement provided for:
 
a)
An extension of the original maturity date of the note from August 6, 2011 to July 30, 2012,
b)
A continuation in interest rate of 10% per annum for the remainder of the loan,
c)
After the Initial Period, all monthly cash receipts from purchase orders financed pursuant to the Master Agreement entered on June 30, 2011 between the Company and Tekmark  beginning August 2011, after reduction for payroll expenses and fees paid to Tekmark relating to the Tekmark financing, will be distributed at the end of each month in the following order of priority:
i.    
On August 31, 2011 and September 30, 2011, first $50,000 to the Company and $35,000 to UTA as a reduction of principal, and of any remaining balance 40% to the Company and 60% to UTA as a reduction of principal.
ii.    
On October 31, 2011 and November 30, 2011, and on the last day of each following month, first $50,000 to the Company and $50,000 to UTA as a reduction of principal, and of any remaining balance 50% to the Company and 50% to UTA as a reduction of principal.
 
As of October 3, 2011, the Company has not achieved in excess of $50,000 in monthly profit and therefore, has not been obligated to pay down any principal to UTA as described above, other than interest payments.
 
d)
Commencing in January 2012, at each month end in which the Company has consolidated gross revenues of $500,000 or more, the Company shall pay UTA as a reduction of principal, the greater of $50,000 or 10% of the gross consolidated revenues.
 
The 2 nd Modification Agreement also provided for certain repayments of the loan in the event the Company secures additional equity and/or financing.  In exchange for consenting to the 2 nd Modification Agreement, the lender was issued 292,439 shares of the Company’s common stock; and a continuing provision of additional shares to be issued to the lender to maintain ownership of 1% of the Company’s total outstanding shares until the loan is repaid. The additional shares of common stock have not been issued as of  December 31, 2011 however, they were recorded and valued at the fair market price on their date of  the loan modification as deferred loan cost and will be charged to loan cost expense over the remaining period of the loan.
 

GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
7.
NOTE PAYABLE – UTA-(continued)

The 2 nd Modification Agreement also provided for certain repayments of the loan in the event the Company secures additional equity and/or financing. Additionally, in exchange for consenting to the Modification Agreement, the lender was issued 1,282,094 shares of the Company’s common stock; and a continuing provision of additional shares to be issued to the lender to maintain ownership of 1% of the Company’s total outstanding shares until the loan is repaid. The additional shares of common stock were recorded and valued at the fair market price on their date of issue as deferred loan cost and will be charged to loan cost expense over the remaining period of the loan.
 
In January 2012, the Company and lender UTA Capital LLC, entered into Third Loan Extension and Modification Agreements (“Modification Agreement”) in connection with their existing note payable with a balance of $775,000 at December 31, 2011. The Modification Agreement provided for:
 
a)
An extension of the original maturity date of the note from August 6, 2011 to January 31, 2013,
b)
A continuation in interest rate of 10% per annum for the remainder of the loan,
c)
Commencing in January 2012, at each month end in which the Company has consolidated gross revenues of $800,000 or more, the Company shall pay UTA as a reduction of principal 5% of the gross consolidated revenues of the Company.
d)
A termination of the loan repayment requirements resulting from the Tekmark financing pursuant to the Second Loan Extension, as described above, as it pertains to Tekmark financing on business with Verizon Wireless or Verizon Communications.

The 3rd Modification Agreement also provided for certain repayments of the loan in the event the Company secures additional equity and/or financing. In exchange for consenting to the 3rd Modification Agreement the lender was issued 292,439 shares of the Company’s common stock, a $25,000 principal payment and, an increase in the original warrant purchasing 20,952,381 to 25,515,250 shares of common stock in the Company exercisable at $0.15 per share.

8. 
DUE TO RELATED PARTY
   
This account is comprised of the following loans from related parties:
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Principal shareholders of the Company, unsecured, non-interest
           
   bearing, due on demand
  $ 1,635     $ 348,471  
                 
3 rd Party promissory note with company under common ownership
               
    by officer and former owner of Tropical, 9.75% interest, monthly
               
    payments of interest only of $1,007, unsecured and
               
    personally guaranteed by officer, due November 2016
    110,294       -0-  
                 
Officer and former owners of RM Leasing, unsecured,
               
       non-interest bearing, due on demand
    3,728       -0-  
      115,657       348,471  
Less: current portion of debt
    (5,364 )     (348,471 )
                 
Long term portion of notes payable, related parties
    110,293     $ -0-  
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
9. 
DERIVATIVE LIABILITY
 
The Company analyzed the Note and Purchase Warrant Agreement referred to in Note 6 based on the provisions of ASC 815-15 and determined that the conversion option of the loan agreement qualifies as an embedded derivative.
 
The fair value upon inception of the embedded derivative was determined to be $836,685 and was recorded as an embedded derivative liability. The embedded derivative is revalued at the end of each reporting period and any resulting gain or loss is recognized as a current period charge to the statement of operations. Upon issuance, the fair value was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following factors, assumptions, and methodologies:
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Fair value of Company’s common stock
 
$
0.0055
 
$
0.10
Volatility (closing prices of 3-4 comparable public companies)
    56.78 %    
60.20
%
Exercise price
 
$
0.15
 
$
0.15
Estimated life
 
5 years
 
5 years
Risk free interest rate (based on 1-year treasury rate)
    .15 %     .15 %
 
The Company accounts for the embedded conversion features included in its common stock as well as the related warrants as derivative liabilities. The aggregate fair value of derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 amounted to $1,143 and $459,897, respectively. The decrease of $458,754 in the fair value of the derivative liability between their respective date of issuance and December 31, 2010 is included in other income.

10.
INCOME TAXES
 
We account for income taxes under ASC 740, “Expenses – Income Taxes ”. ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax losses and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires the establishment of a valuation allowance to reflect the likelihood of realization of deferred tax assets.

The table below summarizes the reconciliation of our income tax provision (benefit) computed at the statutory U.S. Federal rate and the actual tax provision:

   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Income tax benefit at Federal statutory rate
    (34 %)     (34 %)
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit
    (4.6 %)     (4.6 %)
Permanent differences
    27.6 %     8.9 %
Benefit of loss not realized
    11 %     29.7 %
     Tax provision
    -     -

We have a net operating loss (“NOL”) carry forward for U.S. income tax purposes at December 31, 2011 expiring through the year 2031. Management estimates the NOL as of December 31, 2011 to be approximately $3,827,000. The utilization of our NOL’s may be limited because of a possible change in ownership as defined under Section 382 of Internal Revenue Code.
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Included in the deferred tax asset is the aforementioned NOL. The realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent on future taxable income. As such, we do not believe the benefit is more likely than not to be realized and we recognize a full valuation allowance for those deferred tax assets. Our deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
10.
INCOME TAXES –(continued)
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Deferred tax assets from NOL carry forwards
  $ 1,301,000     $ 466,000  
Total deferred tax asset
    1,301,000       466,000  
Valuation allowance
    (1,301,000 )     (466,000 )
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance
  $ -0     $ -0  
 
No provisions for income taxes have been made because the Company has a current year loss and has sustained cumulative losses since the commencement of operations. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards (“NOL’s”) of $2,948,0 00 and $1,219,000, respectively, which will be available to reduce future taxable income and expense through 2030, subject to limitations pursuant to IRC Section 382 in the event of a more than fifty percent change of ownership.
 
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, a full valuation allowance has been provided as realization of the deferred tax benefit is not likely. The valuation allowance increased approximately $835,000 in 2011 and $433,000 in 2010.
  
11.
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk relating primarily to its cash and equivalents due to deposits in financial institutions which exceed the amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and trade accounts receivable. The Company grants credit under normal payment terms, generally without collateral, to its customers. These customers primarily consist of telephone companies, cable television multiple system operators and electric and gas utilities. With respect to a portion of the services provided to these customers, the Company has certain statutory lien rights which may in certain circumstances enhance the Company’s collection efforts. Adverse changes in overall business and economic factors may impact the Company’s customers and increase credit risks. These risks may be heightened as a result of the current economic developments and market volatility. In the past, some of the Company’s customers have experienced significant financial difficulties and likewise, some may experience financial difficulties in the future. These difficulties expose the Company to inc reased risks related to the collectability of amounts due for services performed. The Company believes that none of its significant customers were experiencing financial difficulties that would impact the collectability of the Company’s trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, concentrations of significant customers were as follows:
 
   
Accounts Receivable
   
Revenues
 
2011
           
Danella Construction Corp. of FL, Inc.
    4 %     17 %
Alpha Technologies Services
    8 %     1 %
Verizon
    48 %     56 %
Hotwire Communications
    5 %     4 %
Miami-Dade County ETSD
    1 %     5 %
Miami Dade County Public Schools
    28 %     4 %
 
2010
           
Danella Construction Corp. of FL, Inc.
    24 %     19 %
AT&T
    33 %     10 %
Advanced Communications USA, LLC
    15 %     2 %
Michel's Corporation
    13 %     2 %
Southern Technologies, Inc.
    10 %     47 %
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
12. 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Rental

In July 2010, the Company entered into a rental operating lease covering its primary office facility, including corporate, in Boca Raton, Florida that has an original non-cancelable term of 5 years with a provision for early termination after 3 years. The lease contains renewal provisions and generally requires the Company to pay insurance, maintenance, and other operating expenses. The future minimum obligation during each year through the year ending December 31, 2015 and thereafter under the leases with non-cancelable terms in excess of one year is as follows:
 
   
Future Minimum
Lease Payments
 
2012
  $ 23,386  
2013
    24,088  
2014
    24,810  
2015
    14,723  
Total
  $ 87,007  
 
Employment Agreement
 
In September 2009, the Company entered into a five year employment agreement with Mr. Gideon Taylor to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and a member of its Board of Directors.  The terms of the agreement provides for automatic one year renewals after the initial term and annual compensation of $200,000 payable in cash; or if the Company does not have sufficient cash flow to pay the compensation he is entitled to receive equity in lieu of the cash.   For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 Mr. Taylor was not paid his annual salary totaling $200,000 and instead chose to waive receiving it. The company recorded this forgiveness as contributed capital and is reflected in the accompanying financial statements as additional paid-in capital.
 
In January 2010, the Company entered into a five year employment agreement with Mr. Billy D. Caudill to serve as the Digital Comm Inc. President/Chief Operating Officer. The terms of the agreement provides for automatic one year renewals after the initial term and annual compensation of $200,000 payable in cash; or if the Company does not have sufficient cash flow to pay the compensation he is entitled to receive equity in lieu of the cash. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 Mr. Caudill was not paid his annual salary totaling $200,000 and instead chose to waive receiving it. The Company has reimbursed Mr. Caudill for his expenses incurred during 2011. 
 
In January 2010, the Company entered into a three year employment agreement with Mr. Lawrence Sands to serve as its Vice President. The terms of the agreement provides for automatic one year renewals after the initial term and annual compensation of $120,000 payable in cash.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
12. 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES-(continued)
 
In August 2010, Mr. Sands became our Corporate Secretary and was issued 5,200,000 shares of the Company's common stock that had been due to Mr. Sands, as compensation, both pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement and accrued salary. This issuance included 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at fair market value of the per share price totaling $800,000 as an incentive bonus at the time he entered into the agreement and an additional 1,200,000 shares of common stock issued in satisfaction of accrued but unpaid compensation totaling $72,000 due Mr. Sands under the terms of the agreement from the date of the agreement through August 2010. In connection with the incentive bonus shares, $1,600,000 was deferred and will be charged as stock compensation expense over the remaining term of the employment contract.
 
13. 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock:

On August 30, 2010, Mr. Sands was issued 5,200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock that had been due to Mr. Sands, as compensation, both pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement and accrued salary. This issuance included 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at fair market value of the per share price totaling $800,000 as an incentive bonus at the time he entered into the agreement and an additional 1,200,000 shares of common stock issued in satisfaction of $72,000 of accrued but unpaid compensation due Mr. Sands under the terms of the agreement from the date of the agreement through August 2010.
 
On February 14, 2011, in exchange for consenting to the Modification Agreement the lender, UTA Capital LLC, the Company issued 1,282,094 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at the fair market price of $0.12 per share and recorded as deferred loan cost and amortized as interest expense over the remaining term of the loan.

On February 22, 2011, the Company issued 2,000,000 to consultant Birbragher Ins Trust in exchange for consulting services relating to corporate matters valued at the fair market price of $0.12 per share reflected in the accompanying financial statements as stock compensation expense.

On February 28, 2011, the Company sold 138,888 shares of common stock to a third party for $25,000. The shares were issued on June 20, 2011.

On May 16, 2011, and June 20, 2011 the Company issued 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at the fair market price of $0.06 per share in connection with loan provisions of a third party borrowing, recorded as loan cost expense.

On June 3, 2011, the Company authorized the issuance of 2,000,000 shares and 8,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at the fair market price of $0.13 per share to 42 wireless division employees and three of the Company’s principal officers, respectively, as bonus compensation shares and recorded in the accompanying financial statements as stock compensation expense.

On June 3, 2011, the Company issued 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at the fair market price of $0.06 per share in connection with loan provisions of a third party borrowing, recorded as loan cost expense.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
13. 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (continued)

On July 5, 2011, the Company sold 3,270,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to lender Tekmark for $30,000 as an equity investment.
 
On July 26, 2011, the Company issued 1,000,000 to Interactive Business Alliance in exchange for consulting services relating to public relations valued at the fair market price of $0.11 per share.
 
On August 11 and August 25, 2011, the Company issued 683,116 shares of common stock for $32,500 in debt conversion to a third party lender.

On August 12, 2011, the Company issued a total of 2,107,000 shares of common stock to three stockholders/ owners of Premier Cable Designs, Inc., an engineering company that the Company proposes to acquire. The shares are held in deposit and valued at the fair market price of $0.06 per share.

On September 30, 2011, in connection with the acquisition of Tropical Communications, Inc, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares to the former owner valued at the fair market price of $0.09 per share.
 
On December 21, 2011, in connection with the acquisition of Rives Monteiro Engineering and Leasing, the Company issued 7,500,000 shares to two former owners valued at the fair market price of $0.005 per share.
 
On December 30, 2011, the Company issued 2,500,000 shares of common stock for $25,000 in debt conversion to a third party lender.

On various dates in November and December 2011, the Company issued an aggregate of 13,990,099 shares of common stock for $67,500 in debt conversion to a third party lender.
 
Preferred Stock:

On June 1, 2011, the Company designated 20,000,000 of its 50,000,000 authorized preferred shares as Series A, stated at its par value of $0.0001 per share. The stock has no dividend rights and is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at a conversion ratio of ten shares of common for every one share of preferred. The stock is non-redeemable and entitles the holder to voting rights at a ratio of ten votes for every one share of preferred. On November 1, 2011 the company’s Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 20,000,000 shares of the Series A preferred to three of the Company’s principal officers valued at the fair market value of $0.01 per share and recorded in the accompanying financials statements as stock compensation expense.
 
On June 28, 2011, the Company designated 60,000 of its 50,000,000 authorized preferred shares as Series B, stated at its par value of $0.0001per share. The stock has no dividend rights and is convertible into such number of shares of common stock of the Company equal to 0.00134% of the Company’s total common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis. The stock is non-redeemable, except at the holder option at a specified liquidation price of $1.00 per share; and entitles the holder to one vote for each common to be received on an as if converted basis. In June  2011, the Company sold and received subscriptions for the sale of 15,000 shares of Series B preferred stock at $1.00 per share to three individuals and a trust. One of the individuals and the trust is a related party as the current chief executive officer of the Company. As a result of the stock redemption at the holder’s option, the 15,000 shares issued are reflected as a liability in the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2011.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
13. 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (continued)

On December 23, 2011, the Company designated 1,500 shares of the authorized preferred stock as Series C Preferred Stock. The Certificate of Incorporation was amended and a Certificate of Designation, Preferences Rights and Other Rights of Series C Preferred Stock of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. was filed with the State of Delaware on January 6, 2012.  Series C Preferred shares have a stated value of $1,000.00 per share, and receive cumulative dividends at a rate of 10% per annum paid quarterly. Series C Preferred shareholders have a two year option to convert their Series C shares to Common Stock at a rate of 0.025% per share of the issued and outstanding Common Stock at the time of the conversion. On January 6, 2012, the Company raised $500,000 in capital from the sale of Series C Preferred Stock to several investors.
 
On December 31, 2011, the Company designated 1,000 shares of its authorized preferred shares as Series D with a stated value of $1,000 per share. The stock entitles holders to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 10% of the stated value per share, payable in cash or stock quarterly beginning March 31, 2012. The stock is non-voting, non-redeemable and is convertible at any time the market capitalization of the Company's Common Stock exceeds $15 million or the shares of Common Stock are trading at a per share price in excess of $.35 a share for a 10-day trading period. The number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated by dividing the face value of the Series D shares by the closing price of the Common Stock on the last business date preceding written notice by the Company to the holders of its Series D shares of the Company's decision to convert. On December 31, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 366 shares of Series D preferred stock to one of the Company’s former principal officers in settlement of a note payable due the officer aggregating $405,872 including unpaid interest.
 
14.
GOING CONCERN

The Company has suffered losses from operations that may raise doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has both negative working capital and continued net losses. The Company may raise capital through the sale of its equity securities, through debt securities, or through borrowings from principals and/or financial institutions. Management believes that actions presently being taken to obtain additional funding provide the opportunity for the Company to continue as a going concern. There can be no assurance that additional financing which is necessary for the Company to continue its business will be available to the Company on acceptable terms, or at all. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. 
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 11, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were issued, and has concluded that no such events or transactions took place which would require disclosure herein, except for the following disclosures: 
 
Equity
 
On January 6, 2012, the Company raised $500,000 in capital from the sale of 1,500 shares of Series C preferred stock to several investors. The proceeds of the Series C were used in part to retire certain outstanding convertible debt held by Asher Enterprises, Inc. as well as general working capital for the Company and its operating subsidiaries.
 
In January 2012, the Company issued 5,000,000 shares of common stock as compensation to an officer of the Company.
 
In January 2012, the Company issued 5,000,000 shares of common stock in debt conversion to a third party lender.
 
 
F-25

 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2012
 
 
 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
September 30,
2012
   
December 31,
2011
 
   
(unaudited)
       
Assets
 
Current Assets
           
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
247,880
   
$
89,285
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $104,852 and $4,852
   
7,451,678
     
347,607
 
Inventory
   
58,796
     
10,992
 
Deferred loan costs
   
1,823,465
     
53,848
 
Other current assets
   
197,734
     
8,701
 
Total Current Assets
   
9,779,553
     
510,433
 
                 
Property & equipment, net
   
173,657
     
338,759
 
                 
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net
   
15,731,611
     
636,736
 
                 
Note receivable from related party
   
125,000
     
-
 
                 
Investment in Digital Comm
   
83,333
     
-
 
                 
Deposits
   
284,522
     
304,084
 
                 
Total Assets
 
$
26,177,676
   
$
1,790,012
 
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency)
 
                 
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable
 
$
1,250,170
   
$
563,449
 
Bank debt, current portion
   
347,045
     
114,358
 
Accrued expenses
   
1,157,876
     
227,855
 
Notes payable, related parties
   
3,728
     
5,364
 
Notes payable, acquisition
   
2,099,154
     
-
 
Notes payable, other, current portion
   
1,464,500
     
876,522
 
Total Current Liabilities
   
6,322,473
     
1,787,548
 
                 
Other Liabilities:
               
Bank debt, net of current portion
   
144,749
     
698,289
 
Notes payable, related parties, net of current
   
105,694
     
110,293
 
Notes payable, other, net of current portion
   
12,350,000
     
825,761
 
Derivative liability
   
361,881
     
1,143
 
Total Other Liabilities
   
12,962,324
     
1,635,486
 
                 
Common stock with $.10 put option, 5,000,000 and none shares issued and outstanding
   
500,000
     
-
 
                 
Redeemable Series A, convertible preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 20,000,000 authorized,
2,000,000 and   2,000,000 issued and outstanding
   
200,000
     
200,000
 
Redeemable Series B, convertible preferred stock,
               
$0.0001 par value, authorized 60,000 shares, 365 and 15 shares issued and outstanding
   
384,063
     
15,000
 
Redeemable Series C, convertible preferred stock,
10% cumulative annual dividend, $1,000 stated value, authorized 1,500 shares
1,500 and -0- shares issued and outstanding
   
1,500,000
     
 
Redeemable Series F, convertible preferred stock,
               
$0.0001 par value, authorized 60,000 shares, 4,150 and -0- shares issued and outstanding
   
4,150,000
     
-
 
Redeemable Series G, convertible preferred stock,
               
$0.0001 par value, 3,500 and -0- shares issued and outstanding
   
-
     
-
 
     
6,734,063  
     
215,000 
 
Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency):
               
Preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 50,000,000 authorized;
               
     Series D, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value ,10% cumulative,
               
          annual dividend$1,000 stated value, authorized
               
          1,000 shares, 565.67 and 365.67 shares issued and outstanding,
   
566
     
366
 
     Series E, convertible preferred stock,,$0.0001 par value, 10% cumulative,
               
          annual dividend$1,000 stated value, authorized
               
          50,000 shares, 3,781 and -0- shares issued and outstanding
   
4
     
-
 
Common stock, $.0001 par value,  500,000,000 shares
               
      authorized; 217,836,627 and 158,737,602 shares issued and
               
      outstanding (792,439 shares unissued at 9-30-2012 and 12-31-2011)
   
21,783
     
15,873
 
Additional paid-in-capital
   
13,664,000
     
7,651,143
 
Accumulated deficit
   
(13,599,948
)
   
(9,620,926
)
Total Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. stockholders equity (deficiency)
   
86,405
     
(1,953,544
)
Non-controlling interest
   
72,411
     
105,522
 
Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency)
   
158,816
     
(1,848,022
)
                 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency)
 
$
26,177,676
   
$
1,790,012
 
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(unaudited)
 
   
For the three months ended
   
For the nine months ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
 
                         
Revenues
 
$
2,950,728
   
$
651,299
   
$
5,874,314
   
$
2,703,830
 
Cost of revenues earned
   
1,729,683
     
330,569
     
3,582,824
     
1,513,058
 
Gross profit
   
1,221,045
     
320,730
     
2,291,490
     
1,190,772
 
                                 
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Depreciation and amortization
   
41,434
     
14,916
     
80,644
     
28,066
 
Salaries and wages
   
740,872
     
607,591
     
1,495,353
     
1,018,073
 
Stock compensation
   
223,998
     
-
     
603,998
     
930,000
 
General and administrative
   
692,175
     
138,431
     
1,473,192
     
1,081,274
 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
   
1 ,698,479
     
760,938
     
3,653,187
     
3,057,412
 
                                 
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS
   
(477,434
)
   
(440,208
)
   
(1,361,697
)
   
(1,866,642
)
                                 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
                               
Unrealized gain (loss) on fair value of derivative
   
(360,868
)
   
2,158,137
     
(360,738
)
   
(494,557
)
Loss from disposal of subsidiary
   
(880,393
   
-
     
(880,393)
     
-
 
Gain from disposal of capital equipment
   
-
     
-
     
21,981
     
-
 
Interest expense
   
(776,674
)
   
(320,705
)
   
(1,370,738
)
   
(1,097,762
)
TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
   
(2,017,975
)
   
1,837,432
     
(2,589,888
)
   
(1,592,319
)
                                 
Income (loss) before gain in non-controlling interest
   
(2,495,409
)
   
1,397,224
     
(3,951,585
)
   
(3,458,961
)
                                 
Non-controlling interest
   
16,163
     
-
     
33,111
     
-
 
                                 
NET INCOME ( LOSS)
 
$
(2,479,246
)
 
$
1,397,224
   
$
(3,918,474
)
 
$
(3,458,961
)
                                 
INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
                               
Basic and fully diluted
 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
0.01
   
$
(0.02
)
 
$
(0.03
)
Weighted average number of common shares
                               
           outstanding-basic and diluted
   
196,429,934
     
132,358,358
     
180,312,957
     
118,663,137
 
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
(unaudited)
 
   
For the nine months ended
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 
September 30
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Net loss
 
$
(3,918,474
)
 
$
(3,458,961
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
               
used in operations:
               
Depreciation and amortization
   
80,644
     
28,066
 
Amortization of debt discount
   
273,801
     
537,591
 
Amortization of loan costs
   
63,848
     
568,931
 
Stock compensation for services
   
603,998
     
930,000
 
Change in fair value of derivative liability
   
360,738
     
494,557
 
Sale of equipment
   
20,981
     
-
 
Write off of prior subsidiary
   
1,587,919
       -  
Undistributed earnings from non-controlled subsidiary
   
(33,111
)
   
-
 
Changes in assets and liabilities:
               
Increase in accounts receivable
   
(1,731,076
)
   
(243,517
)
Increase in inventory and other
   
(15,288
)
   
(106,605
)
Increase in deposits
   
(31,473
)
   
-
 
Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
1,328,429
     
352,753
 
Total adjustments
   
2,509,410
     
2,561,776
 
NET CASH  USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   
(1,409,064
)
   
(897,185
)
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
               
Purchases of equipment
   
(61,459
)
   
(63,102
)
Cash received in acquisition
   
99,774
       -  
Cash paid for acquisitions
   
(13,519,594
)
   
-
 
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   
(13,481,279
)
   
(63,102
)
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
               
Proceeds from sale of common stock
   
-
     
283,496
 
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock
   
4,800,000
     
-
 
Costs of issuance of preferred stock
   
(129,121
)
   
-
 
Increase in deferred loan costs
   
(10,000
)
   
-
 
Increase in prepaid loan costs
   
(1,838,788
)
    -  
Proceeds from bank borrowings
   
150,000
     
123,000
 
Repayments of notes and loans payable
   
(1,619,741
)
   
(96,628
)
Proceeds from third party borrowings
   
14,161,649
     
697,703
 
Increase in related party receivable
   
(125,000
)
    -  
Repayments of acquisition note payable
   
(279,514
)
    -  
Proceeds from related party borrowings
   
 -
     
22,417
 
Distribution to subsidiary member
   
(60,547
)
   
-
 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY  FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   
15,048,938
     
1,029,988
 
NET INCREASE IN CASH
   
158,595
     
69,701
 
                 
CASH - beginning of period
   
89,285
     
22,476
 
                 
CASH - end of period
 
$
247,880
   
$
92,177
 
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
               
                 
Cash paid during the period for interest
 
$
581,229
   
$
108,938
 
Taxes paid
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
                 
Noncash investing and financing activities:
               
                 
Common stock issued for loan modification
 
$
-
   
$
153,722
 
Common stock issued on debt conversion
 
$
84,829
   
$
-
 
Common stock issued for acquisition
 
$
77,500
   
$
   
Redeemable preferred stock issued for acquisition
 
$
4,150,000
   
$
    -
 
Promissory notes issued for acquisition
 
$
2,378,668
   
$
 -
 
Preferred stock issued on debt conversion
 
$
781,140
   
$
   
 
Assets and liabilities acquired
           
Accounts receivable
  $ 5,969,040     $ -  
Other current assets
  $ 224,069     $ -  
Property & equipment, net
  $ 90,072     $ -  
Deposits
  $ (45,472 )   $ -  
Accounts payable
  $ 464,610     $ -  
Accrued expenses
  $ 761,925     $ -  
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

1.  ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Basis of Presentation

Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., (formerly known as Genesis Realty Group, Inc.) and i-RealtyAuction.com, Inc.) (“we”, “us”, “our”, “Genesis” or “the Company”, which, unless the context otherwise indicates, includes the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries) was incorporated on November 22, 1999 under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Company is a provider of specialty contracting services, primarily in the installation of fiber optic telephone cable. These services are provided throughout the United States and include engineering, construction, maintenance and installation services to telecommunications providers, underground facility locating services to various utilities including telecommunications providers, and other construction and maintenance services to electric and gas utilities and others.
 
On September 17, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of TNS, Inc. (“TNS”), an Illinois corporations based in Des Plaines, Illinois.  TNS is a provider of structured cabling and distributed antenna systems primarily in the Chicago, Illinois area.  The purchase price for TNS was $4,927,500 paid with $700,000 in cash, 5,000,000 shares of common stock and 4,150 shares of Series F Preferred Stock.  The Company granted the TNS sellers the right to put the shares of common stock to the Company for $0.10 per share beginning March 17, 2014, and continuing for sixty days thereafter.  Additional consideration will also be paid in the event certain operating results are achieved by TNS.  The holders of the Series F Preferred Stock can demand that an aggregate of 3,000 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on November 27, 2012, with the redemption to occur within twenty days of such request. The holders may also request an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2013 and an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2014.  In the event that certain operating results are achieved or not achieved by TNS, additional shares of Series F Preferred Stock may be issued or issued shares of Series F Preferred Stock may be cancelled based on an agreed upon formula.
 
On September 17, 2012, the Company  acquired all the outstanding capital stock of ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation, and ADEXCOMM Corporation, a New York Corporation (“ADEXCOMM”) and all outstanding membership interests of ADEX Puerto Rico LLC, a Puerto Rican limited liability company (“ADX Puerto RICO”), and together with ADEX and ADEXCOMM, collectively,  the ADEX Entities. The ADEX Entities are collectively an international service organization that provides turnkey services and project staffing solutions exclusively to the telecommunication industry.  ADEX assists telecommunications companies throughout the project life cycle of any network deployment.  The purchase price for the ADEX Entities was $15,198,262, which was paid with $12,819,594 in cash, a note in the amount of $1,046,000, and an amount of cash equal to the net working capital of the ADEX Entities as of the closing date, $1,332,668.  This payment was secured by the issuance of 1,500 shares of Series G Preferred Stock.  As additional consideration the Company agreed to pay the ADEX sellers an amount of cash equal to the product of 0.75 (the “Multiplier”) multiplied by the adjusted EBITDA of the ADEX Entities for the twelve months beginning October 1, 2012, (the “Forward EBITDA”).  If the Forward EBITDA is less than $2,731,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 0.50, and if the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,431,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 1.0.  The Company also agreed to pay the ADEX sellers an amount of cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,081,243.  In connection with these obligations, the Company issued 2,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, which are held in escrow.  These shares are redeemable in the event the company defaults on its obligation to make the required payments.  These shares of Series G Preferred are automatically cancelled if payments are made in cash by the Company.
 
On September 13, 2012, Genesis sold 60% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of Digital Comm Inc., to Billy Caudill, a former director of the company,  in exchange for the issuance to Genesis by Billy Caudill of a non-recourse promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $125,000 dated September 13, 2012 pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement dated July 30, 2012.  The note is secured by the purchased shares.  Digital Comm Inc. was a wholly owned subsidiary which was acquired on January 14, 2010.
 
Principles of Consolidation and Accounting for Investments in Affiliate Company

The consolidated financial statements include the results of Genesis and its wholly owned subsidiaries, and RM Engineering, an entity under common control, which was acquired on December 29, 2011, which is consolidated in accordance with FASB guidance related to variable interest entities.  All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  The Company has the option to purchase the remaining ownership of RM Engineering for a de minimis amount.
 
We consolidate all variable interest entities (“VIEs”) where we are the primary beneficiary.  For VIEs, we assess whether we are the primary beneficiary as prescribed by the accounting guidance on the consolidation of VIEs. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the performance of the entity and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the entity.  We consolidated RM Engineering because of our option to purchase the remaining 51% ownership of RM Engineering for a de minimis amount.

The financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring accruals which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of such statements. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). However, the financial statements do not include all of the financial information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. Additionally, the results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in the Company’s 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on April 16, 2012.
 
Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and reporting period.  Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
Segment Information

The Company operates in one reportable segment as a specialty contractor, providing engineering, construction, maintenance and installation services to telecommunications providers, underground facility locating services to various utilities including telecommunications providers, and other construction and maintenance services to electric and gas utilities and others. All of the Company’s operating segments have been aggregated into one reporting segment due to their similar economic characteristics, products and production methods, and distribution methods.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the amount paid to acquire subsidiaries over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired.  Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are subject to an annual impairment test.  The company will test goodwill and non-amortized intangibles using a two-step process. Under the first test, the Company determines the fair value of ech reporting unit to which goodwill has been assigned and then compares the fair value to the unit’s carrying value, including goodwill.  If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss is recognized.  If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the goodwill of the reporting unit is considered potentially impaired and the second step is performed to measure the impairment loss. Under the second step, the company calculates the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible net assets, including any unrecognized intangible assets, of the reporting unit from the fair value of the unit as determined in the first step.    The company then compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of goodwill.  If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, the company recognizes an impairment loss equal to the difference.
 
The Company is in the process of having a valuation performed of the goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in order to determine the proper allocation between goodwill and recognized intangible assets.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services to design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems to small and mid-size commercial and governmental entities .   Prior to commencement of services and depending on the length of the services to be provided, the Company secures the client’s acceptance of a written proposal.  Generally, the services are provided over a period ranging between 2 days to 14 days.  If the Company anticipates that the services span over a month, the Company usually requires a down payment from the customer, which help pay for the cabling and accessories and it will provide a monthly progress billing, based on services rendered, or upon completion of the contracted services.

Fair Value

The Company applies a three-level valuation hierarchy for valuation hierarchy for fair value measurements.  The categorization of assets and liabilities within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement of fair value.  Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology utilize unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.  Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology are other observable inputs, including quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical and similar assets and liabilities in the markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.  Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable inputs based upon management’s best estimate of the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date, including assumptions about risk.  The company utilizes fair value measurements in determining the carrying value of its investment and derivative liabilities.
 
For purposed of determining the carrying value of its investments, the Company used a Level 3 input. For purposes of determining the derivative liability, the company used Level 3 inputs
 
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance on testing goodwill for impairment. The new guidance provides an entity the option to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity determines that this is the case, it is required to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized for that reporting unit (if any). If an entity determines that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required.
 
The amendments are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012
 
2. ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS
 
Disposal of Digital Comm, Inc. Subsidiary
 
On September 13, 2012, the Company sold 60% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of Digital Comm Inc., to Billy Caudill, a former director of the company,  in exchange for the issuance to the company by Billy Caudill of a non-recourse promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $125,000 dated September 13, 2012 pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement dated July 30, 2012.  The note is secured by the purchased shares.
 
Acquisition of TNS, Inc.
 
On September 17, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of TNS, Inc. (“TNS”), an Illinois corporations based in Des Plaines, Illinois.  TNS is a provider of structured cabling and distributed antenna systems primarily in the Chicago, Illinois area.  The purchase price for TNS was $4,927,500 paid with $700,000 in cash, 5,000,000 shares of common stock and 4,150 shares of Series F Preferred Stock.  The Company granted the TNS sellers the right to put the shares of common stock to the Company for $0.10 per share beginning March 17, 2014, and continuing for sixty days thereafter.  Additional consideration will also be paid in the event certain operating results are achieved by TNS.  The holders of the Series F Preferred Stock can demand that an aggregate of 3,000 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on November 27, 2012, with the redemption to occur within twenty days of such request. The holders may also request an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2013 and an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2014.  In the event that certain operating results are achieved or not achieved by TNS, additional shares of Series F Preferred Stock may be issued or issued shares of Series F Preferred Stock may be cancelled based on an agreed upon formula.
 
 
F-31

 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
 
Acquisition of ADEX Entities
 
On September 17, 2012, the Company acquired all the outstanding capital stock of ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation, and ADEXCOMM Corporation, a New York Corporation (“ADEXCOMM”) and all outstanding membership interests of ADEX Puerto Rico LLC, a Puerto Rican limited liability company (“ADX Puerto RICO”), and together with ADEX and ADEXCOMM, collectively, the ADEX Entities. The ADEX Entities are collectively an international service organization that provides turnkey services and project staffing solutions exclusively to the telecommunication industry. ADEX assists telecommunications companies throughout the project life cycle of any network deployment. The purchase price for the ADEX Entities was $15,198,262, which was paid with $12,819,594 in cash, a note in the amount of $1,046,000, and an amount of cash equal to the net working capital of the ADEX Entities as of the closing date, $1,332,668. This payment was secured by the issuance of 1,500 shares of Series G Preferred Stock. As additional consideration the Company agreed to pay the ADEX sellers an amount of cash equal to the product of 0.75 (the “Multiplier”) multiplied by the adjusted EBITDA of the ADEX Entities for the twelve months beginning October 1, 2012, (the “Forward EBITDA”). If the Forward EBITDA is less than $2,731,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 0.50, and if the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,431,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 1.0. The company also agreed to pay the ADEX sellers an amount of cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,081,243. In connection with these obligations, the Company issued 2,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, which are held in escrow. These shares are redeemable in the event the Company defaults on its obligation to make the required payments. These shares of Series G Preferred are automatically cancelled if payments are made in cash by the Company.
 
The final purchase prices for the above acquisitions were calculated as follows:
 
   
TNS
   
ADEX
 
Cash
 
$
700,000
   
$
12,819,594
 
Promissory Notes
   
-
     
2,378,668
 
Common Stock
   
77,500
     
-
 
Redeemable Preferred Stock
   
4,150,000
     
-
 
                 
Total Purchase Price
 
$
4,927,500
   
$
15,198,262
 
 
The final purchase prices were allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:
 
             
   
TNS
   
ADEX
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets, primarily customer list
 
$
4,730,231
   
$
10,284,144
 
 
Goodwill and other intangibles of Unaudited profroma results of operations as if the Company had acquired TNS and ADEX as of January 1, 2011 and had disposed of Digital as of January 1, 2011 are as follows:
                               
Quarter Ended September 30, 2011
                             
   
Genesis
   
TNS
   
ADEX
   
Digital
   
Total
 
Revenue
 
$
651,299
   
$
937,401
   
$
10,525,019
   
$
(402,870
)
 
$
11,710,849
 
Income (loss) from operations
 
$
(440,208
)
 
$
(137,377
)
 
$
597,374
   
$
170,739
   
$
190,528
 
Net income (loss)
 
$
1,397,244
   
$
(137,377
)
 
$
550,762
   
$
204,450
   
$
2,015,079
 
Income (loss) per share basic and diluted
 
$
0.010
   
$
(0.001
)
 
$
0.004
   
$
0.001
   
$
0.014
 
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
 
Quarter Ended September 30, 2012
                             
   
Genesis
   
TNS
   
ADEX
   
Digital
   
Total
 
Revenue
 
$
1,477,097
   
$
518,628
   
$
8,456,661
   
$
(555,998
)
 
$
9,910,240
 
Income (loss) from operations
 
$
(666,920
)
 
$
(142,349
)
 
$
(875,991
)
 
$
223,850
   
$
(1,05,010
)
Net income (loss)
 
$
(1,788,299
)
 
$
(142,349
)
 
$
(954,857
)
 
$
288,983
   
$
(2,596,522
)
Income (loss) per share basic and diluted
 
$
(0.008
)
 
$
(0.001
)
 
$
(0.004
)
 
$
0.001
   
$
(0.012
)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011
                             
   
Genesis
   
TNS
   
ADEX
   
Digital
   
Total
 
Revenue
 
$
2,703,830
   
$
2,965,518
   
$
26,251,950
   
$
(1,691,956
)
 
$
30,229,342
 
Income (loss) from operations
 
$
(1,866,641
)
 
$
171,477
   
$
864,997
   
$
487,294
   
$
(337,573
)
Net income (loss)
 
$
(3,458,960
)
 
$
171,477
   
$
851,544
   
$
748,256
   
$
(1,687,683
)
Income (loss) per share basic and diluted
 
$
(0.028
)
 
$
0.001
   
$
0.007
   
$
0.006
   
$
(0.013
)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
                             
   
Genesis
   
TNS
   
ADEX
   
Digital
   
Total
 
Revenue
 
$
4,400,863
   
$
1,958,941
   
$
23,755,587
   
$
(1,691,956
)
 
$
28,436,217
 
Income (loss) from operations
 
$
(1,551,183
)
 
$
(137,377)
   
$
(596,488
)
 
$
487,294
   
$
(1,709,801
)
Net income (loss)
 
$
(3,227,567
)
 
$
(137,377)
   
$
(579,219
)
 
$
748,256
   
$
(3,213,943
)
Income (loss) per share basic and diluted
 
$
(0.017
)
 
$
-
   
$
(0.003
)
 
$
0.004
   
$
(0.016
)
 
3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Vehicles
 
$
506,038
   
$
605,247
 
Computers and Office Equipment
   
322,397
     
91,098
 
Equipment
   
794,972
     
440,241
 
Small Tools
   
-
     
20,504
 
Total
   
1,623,407
     
1,157,090
 
                 
Less accumulated depreciation
   
(1,449,750
)
   
(818,331
)
                 
Property and equipment, net
 
$
173,657
   
$
338,759
 
 
Depreciation expense for the three months ended September 30, 2012 was $41,434, as compared to $14,916 in the same period of 2011. Depreciation for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $80,644 as compared to $28,066 for the same period in 2011 .
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

4. BANK DEBT

Bank debt consists of the following:
 
   
September 30,
2012
   
December 31, 2011
 
Two installment notes payable, payable monthly principal and interest  of $621.24 and $533.24, interest at 9.05% and 0% secured by vehicle, maturing June 2015 and July 2016
  $ 25,063     $ 51,569  
Three Lines of credit, payable monthly principal and interest, with  interest ranging 5.5% to 8.05%, guaranteed personally by principal shareholders, maturing July 2012, June 2015 and February 2020
    466,731       761,078  
      491,794       812,647  
Less: Current portion of debt
     (347,045     (114,358
Long term portion of bank debt
  $ 144,749     $ 698,289  

5.  NOTES PAYABLE – OTHER
 
Notes payable, other consist of the following:
 
 
September 30,
2012
   
December 31, 2011
 
Note payable, UTA refer to Note 6
 
$
-
   
$
516,522
 
Note payable, Mid-Market Capital, refer to Note 6
 
13,000,000
         
Promissory note, 6% interest, due June 2013 unsecured  (described further  below)
   
-
     
825,761
 
8% convertible promissory notes, unsecured, maturing November 2011, paid January 2012 through May 2012
   
-0-
     
112,500
 
Convertible promissory notes, unsecured, maturing in December 2012
   
50,000
     
-
 
Acquisition promissory note to former shareholders of RM Engineering & Leasing, unsecured, non-interest, matured in March 2012 and June 2012
   
200,000
     
200,000
 
Convertible promissory notes, unsecured, maturing in December 2012 
   
25,000
     
-
 
Promissory notes, unsecured, maturing in October 2012 
   
530,000
     
-
 
Promissory notes due on demand, due June 2011
         
 non- interest bearing with 1,000,000 share equity component
   
-0-
     
8,000
 
Promissory note, unsecured, non-interest bearing due July 2011,
         
with 2,000,000  common shares equity component
   
9,500
     
39,500
 
                 
     
13,814,500
     
1,702,283
 
                 
Less: Current portion of debt
   
(1,464,500
)
   
(876,522
)
                 
Long term portion of notes payable, other
 
$
12,350,000
   
$
825,761
 
 
On July 5, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive master funding agreement (“Master Agreement”) with Tekmark® Global Solutions, LLC (“Tekmark”) and MMD Genesis LLC. (“MMD Genesis”). Pursuant to the parties’ Master Agreement, the Company received financing in the original principal amount of up to $2,000,000 from Tekmark and a line of credit in the original principal amount of up to $1,000,000 from MMD Genesis.  Both financings were effected pursuant to Promissory Notes with two year terms, interest at 1% per month. Tekmark funding is secured by the Company’s accounts receivable. Funding by Tekmark was in the form of payroll funding support for specific and approved customers of the Company. On September 30, 2012, the remaining balance of $658,380 due to MMD Genesis, along with accrued interest of $122,760 was converted into 781 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock.  As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the balances owed Tekmark and MMD Genesis was $0 and $497,381, and $0 and $328,380 respectively. 
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

5.
NOTE PAYABLE - UTA

On August 6, 2010, UTA Capital LLC provided a working capital loan to the Company with Digital also as an additional borrower. The loan was evidenced by a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement between Digital and Genesis and UTA Capital, LLC dated August 6, 2010. The Agreement called for two senior bridge notes in the amount of $1 million each, for an aggregate principal amount of $2 million.  The Company received an initial draw from the first $1 million note of $960,000 net of fees.
 
Additionally, the Company issued to UTA Capital, LLC warrants to purchase 20,952,381 shares of common stock at a price of $0.15 per share which allow for cashless exercise. Pursuant to generally accepted accounting standards, the relative fair value of the warrant was calculated using the Black-Scholes Option Valuation Model. This amount, totaling approximately $455,540, had been recorded as a debt discount and charged to interest expense over the life of the promissory note.
 
On September 17, 2012 the Company repaid remaining principal of $750,000 plus accrued interest to UTA Capital.  On September 16, 2012 the Company also entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with UTA whereby the Company issued to UTA 24,940,263 shares of Genesis common stock on September 17, 2012 as consideration for UTA to retire and cancel a warrant dated August 6, 2010. In connection with the Stock Purchase Agreement, if it is subsequently determined that the shares issued to UTA did not represent 11.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis as of September 17, 2012, the Company agrees to issue to UTA such additional shares of Genesis common stock required for the sum of the shares issued to UTA to equal 11.1% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis as of September 17, 2012.

5.  NOTE PAYABLE – MIDMARKET CAPITAL

On September 17, 2012, Genesis entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with the lender referred to therein, (“the “Lenders”) MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC as agent for the Lenders (the “Agent”) and certain subsidiaries of Genesis as Guarantors (the “Loan Agreement”). Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Lenders provided Genesis with senior secured first lien term loans in an aggregate amount of $13,000,000 (the “Term Loans”).  A portion of the proceeds of the Term Loans were used to finance the acquisitions of ADEX, ADEX Puerto Rico, ADEXCOMM and TNS, to repay certain outstanding indebtedness, (including all indebtedness owed to  UTA Capital, LLC) and to pay fees, costs and other expenses related thereto.  The remainder of the Term Loan may be used by Genesis to finance certain other acquisitions (“Potential Acquisitions”) and for working capital and long-term financing needs.
 
The Term Loans mature September 17, 2017, provided that if the Company fails to raise by March 14, 2014, at least $30,000,000 in connection with a public offering of voting equity securities of Genesis, the Term Loans shall mature on June 17, 2014. If no Potential Acquisition is completed within ninety days of September 17, 2012, the Company is required to repay $750,000 of the Term Loan.
 
Interest on the Term Loan accrues at a rate of 12% per annum.
 
Subject to certain exceptions, all obligations of Genesis under the Term Loans are unconditionally guaranteed by each of Genesis’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) pursuant to the terms of a Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement dated as of September 17, 2012, by Rives-Monterio Leasing, LLC and Tropical Communications, Inc., both wholly owned subsidiaries of Genesis,  in favor of the Agent (the “Guaranty”), as supplemented by an Assumption and Joinder Agreement date as of September 17, 2012 by and among Genesis, ADEX, TNS and the Agent (the “Joinder”). Pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, the Guaranty (as supplemented by the Joinder) and a Pledge Agreement dated as of September 17, 2012 by Genesis in favor of the Agent, the obligation of Genesis and the Guarantors in respect of the Term Loans are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Genesis and the Guarantors, subject to certain customary exception.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
 
The Term Loans are subject to certain representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and conditions. The Term Loans also contain events of default including, but not limited to, the failure to make payments of interest or premium, if any, on, or principal under the Term Loans, the failure to comply with certain covenants and agreements specified in the Loan Agreement and other loan documents entered into in connection therewith for a period of time after notice has been provided, the acceleration of certain other indebtedness resulting from the failure to pay principal on such other indebtedness, certain events of insolvency and the occurrence of any event, development or condition which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.  If any event a default occurs, the principal premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding amounts under the Term Loans may become due and payable immediately.

Pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, Genesis issued warrants to the Lenders (the “Warrants”), which entitle the Lenders to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the fully diluted shares of Genesis common stock on the date on which the Warrants first become exercisable, which is the earlier of December 16, 2012 and the date Genesis files a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to its common stock. The Warrants have an exercise price of $.01 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Warrants, and will expire on March 16, 2013.
 
6.  NOTE PAYABLE - RELATED PARTY
 
This account is comprised of the following loans from related parties:
 
   
September 30,
2012
   
December 31, 2011
 
Principal shareholders of the Company, unsecured
           
Non-interest bearing, due on demand
 
$
-
   
$
1,635
 
                 
3rd Party promissory note with company under common
               
Ownership by officer and former owner of Tropical.
               
6.75% interest, monthly payments of interest only of
               
$1,007, unsecured and personally guaranteed by
               
Officer, due November 2016
   
105,694
     
110,294
 
                 
Officer and former owner of RM Leasing, unsecured
               
Non-interest bearing, due on demand
   
3,728
     
3,728
 
                 
     
109,422
     
115,657
 
                 
Less: Current portion of debt
   
(3,728
)
   
(5,364
)
                 
Long term portion of notes payable, other
 
$
105,694
   
$
110,293
 
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

7.  DERIVATIVE LIABILITY
 
The Company analyzed the Note and Purchase Warrant Agreement referred to in Note 6  based on the provisions of ASC 815-15 and determined that the conversion option of the loan agreement qualifies as an embedded derivative.
 
The fair value upon inception of the embedded derivatives are calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and recorded as embedded derivative liabilities. The embedded derivatives are revalued at the end of each reporting period and any resulting gain or loss is recognized as a current period charge to the statement of operations.
 
The Company accounts for the embedded conversion features included in its warrants as derivative liabilities. The aggregate fair value of derivative liabilities as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 amounted to $361,881 and $1,143, respectively. The increase of $360,738 in the fair value of the derivative liability between the respective periods is included in other expense. The Company used a common stock price of $.0197, with a risk free interest rate of 1%, and using comparables, a 57% common stock volatility to determine the fair value of the derivative liability as of September 30, 2012.
 
8.  INCOME TAXES

No provisions for income taxes have been made because the Company has sustained cumulative losses since the commencement of operations.  As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 the Company had net operating loss carry forwards (“NOL’s”) of approximately $6,734,000 and $3,827,000, which will be available to reduce future taxable income and expense through 2031, subject to limitations pursuant to IRC Section 382 in the event of a more than fifty percent change of ownership .

9. COMMON STOCK

On August 8, 2012, the Company issued 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for consulting services relating to public relations valued at the fair market price of $0.012 per share for a value of $24,000.
 
On August 29, 2012, the Company issued 24,940,263 shares of the Company’s common stock to UTA Capital in exchange for UTA Capital exercising common stock warrants with a cashless exercise.  The common stock was valued at the fair market price of $0.016 per share. The total value of the shares issued was $399,044.
 
On September 17, 2012, the Company issued 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with a fair market price of $0.0155 per share in connection with the acquisition of TNS, Inc.  The common stock was issued to the principals of TNS, Inc. The total value of the stock issued was $77,500 .

10.  PREFERRED STOCK
 
In July 2012, the Company issued to various investors 350 shares of Series C Preferred Stock in exchange for $350,000.
 
In August 2012, the Company issued to various investors 50 shares of Series B Redeemable Preferred Stock in Exchange for $50,000.

In September 2012, the Company issued to various investors 3,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock in exchange for $3,000,000. The Series E Preferred Stock was issued with warrants to purchase 4.99% of the fully diluted issued and outstanding common stock.

In September 2012, the Company issued to various investors 781 shares of Series E Preferred Stock in exchange for certain lenders converting principal and accrued interest on notes payable of $781,140.
 
As of September 30, 2012, the accrued preferred dividend was $71,034.  As of September 30, 2011 the accrued dividend was $0 .
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
 
11.  STOCK COMPENSATION

For the three month period ending September 30, 2012, the Company incurred $223,998 in stock compensation expense compared to $0 in 2011 from the issuance of 5,200,000 in shares of its common stock in 2010 that had been due to one of the Company’s officers, as compensation, both pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement and accrued salary plus the issuance of 10,500,000 bonus compensation shares to employees and officers and the issuance of 5,000,000 shares of common stock to one of the Company’s officers as compensation pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, along with the issuance of 2,000,000 shares of common stock to a consultant in the third quarter of 2012. For the nine month period ended September 30 2012, the Company incurred $603,998 in stock compensation expense as compared to $930,000 in the same period of 2011.
 
12.  RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The Company is subject to risk and uncertainty common to start-up companies including, but not limited to, successful development, promotion, and sale of services, and expansion of market coverage.
 
As reflected in the accompanying financial statements, the Company has incurred significant losses from operations and negative operating cash flows, which have been financed primarily by proceeds from stock and debt issuance. As a result the Company had accumulated deficits of $13,599,948 and $9,620,926 at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 respectively.
 
Management plans to continue raising additional working capital and funds for the continued development of its contracts for services through public sale of the Company's common stock, debt securities or borrowing from financial institutions.  Management is also attempting to expand the number of job contracts which could increase cash flow during early stages of sales growth. No assurance can be given that the Company will successfully expand its number of third party jobs or that sufficient capital can be raised to support those contracts.
 
13.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
During October 2012, the Company agreed to issue 1,175 shares of Series H Preferred Stock to various investors in exchange for $1,175,000.
 
 
ADEX CORPORATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
 
 
Independent Auditor's Report

 
To the Stockholders’ of
Adex Corporation and subsidiary and its affiliated company

We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheets of Adex Corporation and subsidiary and its affiliated company (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2011, and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Institution's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


/s/Sherb & Co., LLP
Sherb & Co., LLP
Certified Public Accountants
 
Boca Raton, FL
December 4, 2012
 
 
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010
 
   
December 31,
 
ASSETS
 
2011
   
2010
 
Current Assets:
           
Cash
  $ 64,004     $ 171,782  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
    7,861,650       5,581,274  
Due from related party
    3,715,445       3,652,373  
Loan receivable - stockholders
    201,561       140,062  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    339,197       29,499  
     Total current assets
    12,181,857       9,574,990  
                 
  Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
    50,859       62,697  
                 
Other assets
    74,060       76,010  
                 
     Total assets
  $ 12,306,776     $ 9,713,697  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
                 
Current Liabilities:
               
Note payable - Bank
  $ 6,685,000     $ 5,650,000  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    994,261       921,818  
Income tax payable
    42,600       19,456  
Deferred income taxes
    57,700       36,700  
    Total current liabilities
    7,779,561       6,575,491  
                 
Stockholders' Equity
               
Common stock
    2,000       11,608  
Additional paid in capital
    778,869       778,869  
Retained earnings
    3,746,346       2,295,246  
                 
Total stockholders' equity
    4,527,215       3,085,723  
                 
                 
     Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 12,306,776     $ 9,713,697  
                 
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.
 
 
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010
             
   
For the Years Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Revenues
  $ 37,160,836     $ 25,184,126  
                 
Cost of revenues:
               
Direct labor
    26,784,592       17,911,631  
Payroll taxes
    1,460,927       1,098,803  
Vehicle & tools
    1,970,024       1,358,278  
      30,215,543       20,368,712  
                 
Gross Profit
    6,945,293       4,815,414  
                 
Selling, general and adminstrative expenses
    5,339,264       4,651,286  
                 
Income before taxes and other
    1,606,029       164,128  
                 
Other expenses
    92,690       72,067  
                 
Income before taxes
    1,513,339       92,061  
                 
Income taxes
    71,847       15,885  
                 
Net income
  $ 1,441,492     $ 76,176  
                 
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.
 
 
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010
 
                           
Total
 
   
Common Stock
   
Additional
   
Retained
   
Stockholders'
 
   
Shares
     
Amount
   
Paid in capital
   
Earnings
   
Equity
 
                                 
Balance, January 1, 2010
    11,608     $ 11,608     $ 778,869     $ 3,728,136     $ 4,518,613  
 Additional paid in capital
    -       -       -       -       -  
 Distributions to stockholders
    -       -       -       (1,509,066 )     (1,509,066 )
 Net income
    -       -       -       76,176       76,176  
Balance, December 31, 2010
    11,608       11,608       778,869       2,295,246       3,085,723  
                                         
 Dissolution of Integrated Telecom Ltd.
    (9,608 )     (9,608 )     -       9,608       -  
 Net income
    -       -       -       1,441,492       1,441,492  
Balance, December 31, 2011
    2,000     $ 2,000     $ 778,869     $ 3,746,346     $ 4,527,215  
                                         
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.
 
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010
 
   
For the Years ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net income
  $ 1,441,492     $ 76,176  
Adjustments to reconcile net income from operations to net cash  used in operating activities:
               
  Depreciation
    27,250       31,231  
  Bad debt recovery
    -       (23,546 )
  Deferred taxes
    21,000       (2,000 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
  Accounts receivable
    (2,280,378 )     (1,646,086 )
  Prepaid expenses & other current assets
    (309,698 )     189,215  
  Other assets
    1,950       -  
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    72,445       (106,555 )
  Income tax payable
    23,144       (32,969 )
Net cash used in operating activities
    (1,002,795 )     (1,514,534 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchase of property and equipment
    (15,412 )     (4,455 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
  Increase (decrease) in due from related party
    (63,072 )     (36,659 )
  Proceeds from notes payable
    1,035,000       3,000,000  
 Increase (decrease)  in loans receivable - stockholders
    (61,499 )     16,454  
  Distributions to stockholders
    -       (1,509,066 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
    910,429       1,470,729  
                 
 Net decrease in cash
    (107,778 )     (48,260 )
                 
Cash, beginning of year
    171,782       220,042  
                 
Cash, end of year
  $ 64,004     $ 171,782  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
  Cash paid for interest
  $ 116,310     $ 85,471  
  Cash paid for income taxes
  $ 27,703     $ 50,854  
                 
See notes to consolidated and combined  financial statements.
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010
 
NOTE A -               SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

ADEX Corporation and Subsidiary and its Affiliated Company (collectively, the "Company") provide temporary employment services of technical employees to the telecommunications industry worldwide. The majority of the Company's customers are Fortune 500 companies.

Principles of Consolidation and Combination

The consolidated and combined financial statements include the accounts of ADEX Corporation (“ADEX”), a New York corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, ADEX LLC (“ADEX LLC”) a Georgia limited liability company, and its affiliated company ADEX Puerto Rico, LLC (“ADEX P.R.”) a Puerto Rican limited liability company, which is related by common ownership.  All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated and combined financial statements.  Collectively, and hereafter, ADEX, ADEX LLC and ADEX P.R. are referred to as the “Company” or “ADEX Corporation”, unless specific reference is made to an individual entity. Related to the Company are other entities that are related through mutual and common ownership and have conducted business transactions with the Company. Such an entity is ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC (“ADEX Medical”). The natures of transactions between related entities are that of business nature for the benefit of the Company or the related entity.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company holds no instruments that would qualify as cash equivalents under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) 230, in the statement of cash flows.

Concentration of Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash in financial institutions.  At December 31, 2011, substantially all of the Company’s cash was in one bank subject to FDIC’s insurance of $250,000 per depositor per insured bank.  From December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2012, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are fully insured, regardless of the balances of the account and the ownership capacity of the funds under the Dodd-Frank Act.

 
NOTE A -               SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 
Concentration of Risks (Continued)
 
At December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any interest-bearing accounts. The Company provides services to customers throughout the United States and abroad. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral.  The Company conducts a major portion of its business with three customers, each of whom accounts for more than 10 percent of total revenue.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, revenue from six major customers amounted to 83% of net revenue.  For the year ended December 31, 2010 revenue from four customers represented 77% of net revenue.

Total accounts receivable from four customers at December 31, 2011 amounted to 80% of the accounts receivable balance.   At December 31, 2010, accounts receivable from four customers amounted to 77% of the accounts receivable balance.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts that reflects management’s best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected based on a review of delinquent accounts receivable, as well as historical collection experience. Management periodically reviews and may adjust its assumptions for factors expected to affect collectability.  Based on management’s assumptions, the Company provides for estimated uncollectible amounts through a charge to earnings and a credit to the allowance for doubtful accounts.  Balances that remain outstanding after the Company has used reasonable collection efforts are written off through a charge to the allowance for doubtful accounts and a credit to accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the company had an allowance for doubtful accounts of $100,000.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred.  Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from five to seven years. Total depreciation expense amounted to $27,250 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $31,231 for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
 
December,31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
Equipment
  $ 430,572     $ 415,160  
Furniture and Fixtures
    277,223       277,223  
Total
    707,795       692,383  
Less: accumulated depreciation
    (656,936 )     (629,686 )
Property and equipment, net
  $ 50,859     $ 62,697  
.
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets include amounts paid by the Company with a useful life of less than a year and are then amortized over the life of the payment.  These amounts are primarily prepaid insurance which is paid for a year and then the amount is amortized over the period.  Prepaid expenses and other current assets were $339,197 and $29,499 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Advertising and Promotion Costs

All costs associated with advertising and promotion are expensed in the period incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Total advertising and promotion costs amounted to $14,254 and $1,485 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.


NOTE A -               SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Income Taxes

ADEX has elected to be taxed as Subchapter S corporations under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and for state tax purposes.  Under those provisions, the corporation generally does not pay corporate income taxes on its taxable income.  Instead, the stockholders report their proportionate share of the corporation’s taxable income or loss on their personal income tax returns.

ADEX LLC is a single member limited liability company for tax purposes and files its tax return on a combined basis with ADEX.

Effective January 2011, ADEX P.R. is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements only provide for income taxes imposed by individual states and local governments that do not recognize the S corporation election.

Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services to provide technical engineering and management solutions to large voice and data communications providers, as specified by their clients. The contracts provide payment to the Company for its services may be based on either 1) direct labor hours at fixed hourly rates or 2) fixed-price contracts. The services provided by the Company under the contracts are generally provided within a month. Occasionally, the services may be provided over a period of up to 4 months. If the Company anticipates that the services span over a month and depending on the contract terms, the Company provides either progress billing at least once a month or upon completion of the clients’ specifications.
 
The Company recognizes revenues of contracts based on direct labor hours and fixed-price contracts that do not overlap a calendar month based on services provided. The Company recognizes revenues based on fixed-price contracts that overlap a calendar month using the percentage of completion method. The aggregate amount of unbilled work-in-progress recognized by the Company as revenues is insignificant at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
 
The Company does not provide refunds to its customers.
   
Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated and combined financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated and combined financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

The Company’s accounts payables and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist primarily of trade payables and accrued compensation.

NOTE B -                LOANS RECEIVABLE – STOCKHOLDERS

This amount represents an advance to the stockholders of ADEX.  The amounts are due on demand and accrue interest at a per annum rate of 4%.
 

NOTE C -                NOTE PAYABLE - BANK

The Company has a $7,000,000 revolving credit line with a bank that is shared with a related entity, ADEX Medical.  The line is collateralized by a perfected first lien position on all of the assets of both the company and ADEX Medical, and is personally guaranteed by the owners of ADEX and ADEX Medical.  Outstanding borrowings bear interest at the bank’s only reference rate plus 0.25%.  At December 31, 2011, the interest rate was 3.5%.  As of December 31, 2011, the total outstanding line of credit amounted to $6,685,000.
 
The line matured on May 1, 2012 and the maturity date was extended to July 1, 2012.  As of November 25, 2012, the line had been repaid in full.

NOTE D -                INCOME TAXES

Income taxes include state and city current and deferred income taxes. Deferred taxes arise primarily from accounts receivable timing differences, and result principally from the tax returns of ADEX using the cash basis, while the accompanying balance sheet is presented on the accrual basis.

The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2011 consisted of the following:

Current taxes
  $ 50,847  
Deferred taxes
    21,000  
 
       
Total
  $ 71,847  

NOTE E -                LEASE COMMITMENTS

ADEX leases various office spaces under cancelable operating leases which expire over various periods through 2014.  Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $154,654 and $190,519, respectively.

The lease for the Company’s Georgia location has a thirty-six month term that expires on April 30, 2014. The total minimum rent for the noncancelable portion (ten months) of the lease amounts to $84,420. Pursuant to the lease agreement, ADEX has an option to cancel the lease during its lease term.  The option to cancel may be exercised on April 30, 2013 and would require a cancellation fee amounting to four months of the then due base rent, $35,836.

The lease for the Company’s Florida location has a twenty-five month term that expired on April 30, 2012. This lease was not renewed and the company relocated to a facility leased by a related party, ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC.

The lease for the Company’s Illinois location has a twenty-six month term that expires on July 31, 2012. The total minimum rent for the remaining noncancelable portion (one month) of the lease amounts to $989. The lease was renewed through July 31, 2014.

 
NOTE E -                LEASE COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)

The Company advanced $3,715,445 and $3,652,373 as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 respectively to ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC which is owned by two stockholders of the Company.  This amount is due on demand, is unsecured and bears no interest.

NOTE F -                RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company advanced $3,715,445 and $3,652,373 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 respectively to ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC which is owned by two stockholders of the Company.  This amount is due on demand, is unsecured and bears no interest.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company incurred $39,804 of legal and professional services provided by an entity that is owned by a stockholder of the Company.
 
NOTE G -                SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated the impact of subsequent events in its accompanying financial statements and related disclosure through November 19, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

On September 17, 2012, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (“Genesis”) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ADEX Agreement”) and Genesis acquired all the outstanding capital stock of the Company. The ADEX Agreement was made and entered into by and among Genesis, the Company, and the Company’s shareholders.

Under the terms of the ADEX Agreement, Genesis acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company in exchange for the following consideration paid or issued by Genesis at the closing: (i) cash of $12,819,594, (ii) a note in the amount of $1,046,000 and (iii) a note equal to the net working capital of the Company at the closing date of $1,332,668. The notes are due within sixty days of September 17, 2012.This note is secured by the issuance of 1,500 shares of Genesis Redeemable Series G Preferred Stock with a stated value of $1,500,000.

As additional consideration Genesis  agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount of cash equal to the product of 0.75 (the “Multiplier”) multiplied by the adjusted EBITDA of the Company for the twelve months beginning October 1, 2012, (the “Forward EBITDA”). If the Forward EBITDA is less than $2,731,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 0.50, and if the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,431,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 1.0. Genesis also agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount of cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,081,243. In connection with these obligations, Genesis issued 2,000 shares of Redeemable Series G Preferred Stock, which are held in escrow. These shares are redeemable in the event Genesis defaults on its obligation to make the required payments. These shares of Series G Preferred are automatically cancelled if payments are made in cash by Genesis.

 
ADEX CORPORATION

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the nine-months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011
 
 
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)
       
   
September 30,
 
ASSETS
 
2012
 
       
Current Assets:
     
Cash
  $ 84,020  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
    6,259,838  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    157,041  
    Total current assets
    6,500,899  
         
  Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
    57,864  
         
Other Assets
    51,286  
         
     Total assets
  $ 6,610,049  
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
       
         
Current Liabilities:
       
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 1,042,236  
Due to genesis corporation
    2,063,488  
Income tax payable
    3,785  
    Total current liabilities
    3,109,509  
         
Stockholders' Equity:
       
Coomon stock
    2,000  
Additional paid in capital
    778,869  
Retained earnings
    2,719,671  
Total stockholders' equity
    3,500,540  
         
     Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 6,610,049  
         
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
 
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
             
   
For the Nine Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
             
Revenues
  $ 23,755,587     $ 26,251,950  
                 
Cost of revenues:
               
Direct labor
    15,231,768       17,935,228  
Payroll taxes
    1,122,244       1,023,767  
Vehicle & tools
    3,059,722       2,506,170  
      19,413,734       21,465,165  
                 
Gross Profit
    4,341,853       4,786,785  
                 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    4,938,341       3,921,788  
                 
Income (loss)  before taxes and other expenses
    (596,488 )     864,997  
                 
Other (expense) and income
    (40,431 )     2,297  
                 
(Loss) income before taxes
    (636,919 )     867,294  
                 
Income taxes
    (57,700 )     15,750  
                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (579,219 )   $ 851,544  
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
 
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
 
   
For the Nine Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net (loss) income
  $ (579,219 )   $ 851,544  
Adjustments to reconcile net income from operations to net cash
               
 provided by operating activities:
               
  Depreciation
    17,985       20,438  
  Deferred taxes
    (57,700 )     15,750  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
  Accounts receivable
    1,601,812       (1,162,976 )
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    182,156       (149,926 )
  Other assets
    22,774       69,884  
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    47,975       (11,519 )
  Income tax payable
    (38,815 )     -  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    1,196,968       (366,805 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchase of property and equipment
    (24,990 )     (50,412 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
  Decrease (increase) in due from affiliates
    3,715,445       230,837  
  Proceeds  from notes payable
    -       185,000  
  Repayment of notes payable
    (6,685,000 )     -  
  Proceeds Genesis Corporation
    2,063,488       -  
  Decrease (increase) in loans receivable - stockholders
    201,561       (53,775 )
  Liquidation of ADEX LLC to stockholders
    (2,942 )     -  
  Distributions to stockholders
    (444,514 )     -  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (1,151,962 )     362,062  
                 
 Net increase (decrease) in cash
    20,016       (55,155 )
                 
Cash, beginning of period
    64,004       171,782  
                 
Cash, end of period
  $ 84,020     $ 116,627  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
  Cash paid for interest
  $ 48,223     $ 80,385  
  Cash paid for income taxes
  $ -     $ -  
                 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
 
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
 

ADEX Corporation and Subsidiary and its Affiliated Company (collectively, the "Company") provide temporary employment services of technical employees to the telecommunications industry worldwide.

On September 17, 2012, the Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (“Genesis”) acquired all the outstanding capital stock of the Company,  (the “ADEX Acquisition”) along with all the outstanding membership interests of ADEX Puerto Rico LLC in exchange for the following consideration paid or issued by Genesis at the closing; $12,819,594 in cash, a note in the amount of $1,046,000, and an amount of cash equal to the net working capital of the Company entities as of the closing date, of $1,332,668.  This payment was secured by the issuance of 1,500 shares of Series G Preferred Stock. The notes were due within sixty days of September 17, 2012 and were paid in full.
  
As additional consideration Genesis agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount of cash equal to the product of 0.75 (the “Multiplier”) multiplied by the adjusted EBITDA of the Company  for the twelve months beginning October 1, 2012, (the “Forward EBITDA”).  If the Forward EBITDA is less than $2,731,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 0.50, and if the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,431,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 1.0.  Genesis also agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount of cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,081,243.  In connection with these obligations, Genesis issued 2,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, which are held in escrow.  These shares are redeemable in the event Genesis defaults on its obligation to make the required payments.  These shares of Series G Preferred are automatically cancelled if payments are made in cash by Genesis.

Principles of Consolidation and Combination

The consolidated and combined financial statements include the accounts of ADEX Corporation (“ADEX”), a New York corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, ADEX LLC (“ADEX LLC”) a Georgia limited liability company, and its affiliated company ADEX Puerto Rico, LLC (“ADEX P.R.”) a Puerto Rican limited liability company, which is related by common ownership.  All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated and combined financial statements.  Collectively, and hereafter, ADEX, ADEX  LLC and ADEX P.R. are referred to as the “Company” or “ADEX Corporation”, unless specific reference is made to an individual entity. Related to the Company are other entities that are related through mutual and common ownership and have conducted business transactions with the Company. Such an entity is ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC (“ADEX Medical”). The natures of transactions between related entities are that of business nature for the benefit of the Company or  the related entity.
 
The unaudited financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, have been omitted pursuant to those rules and regulations, but management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The financial statements and notes included herein should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements and notes for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 included in this accompanying report.  In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring adjustments and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of these interim statements have been included. The results of operations for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the year ending December 31, 2012, or that have been achieved for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively.
 
NOTE 2 -        SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reporting amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results will differ from those estimates. Included in these estimates are estimates of the useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment and the collectability of its accounts receivable.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.

 
Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable are due primarily from customers located in the United States. Collateral is generally not required. The accounts receivable may be secured by mechanic’s lien.  The Company did not have to ascertain its rights under mechanic’s liens during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. The Company also maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make payments. The Company periodically reviews these estimated allowances, including an analysis of the customer’s payment history and credit worthiness, the age of the receivable balances, and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to make payments. Based on the review, the Company specifically reserves for those accounts deemed uncollectible. When receivables are determined to be uncollectible, principal amounts of such receivables outstanding are deducted from the allowance. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts of $100,000 at September 30, 2012 is adequate.

Concentration of Credit Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash in financial institutions.  At September 30, 2012, substantially all of the Company’s cash was in one bank subject to FDIC’s insurance of $250,000 per depositor per insured bank.  From December 31, 2011 through September 30, 2012, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are fully insured, regardless of the balances of the account and the ownership capacity of the funds under the Dodd-Frank Act.

At September 30, 2012, the Company did not have any interest-bearing accounts.

Total accounts receivable from five customers at September 30, 2012 represented 82% of the accounts receivable balance.

Four of the Company’s customers accounted for 71% of its revenues during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012 and six of the Company’s customers accounted for 83% of its revenues for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred.  Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from five to seven years.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets include amounts paid by the Company with a useful life of less than a year and are then amortized over the life of the payment.  These amounts are primarily prepaid insurance which is paid for a year and then the amount is amortized over the period.  Prepaid expenses and other current assets were $157,041 as of September 30, 2012.

Advertising and Promotion Costs

All costs associated with advertising and promotion are expensed in the period incurred. Total advertising and promotion costs amounted to $13,062 and $7,151 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be taxed as Subchapter S corporations under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and for state tax purposes.  Under those provisions, the corporation generally does not pay corporate income taxes on its taxable income.  Instead, the stockholders report their proportionate share of the corporation’s taxable income or loss on their personal income tax returns.

 
ADEX LLC is a single member limited liability company for tax purposes and files its tax return on a combined basis with ADEX.

Effective January 2011, ADEX P.R. is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements only provide for income taxes imposed by individual states and local governments that do not recognize the S corporation election.

The Company’s election to be taxed under section 1362 m of the Internal Revenue Code was automatically revoked upon the acquisition of all of the Company’s outstanding shares by Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a (C) Corporation, on September 17, 2012.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services to provide technical engineering and management solutions to large voice and data communications providers, as specified by their clients. The contracts provide payment to the Company for its services may be based on either 1) direct labor hours at fixed hourly rates or 2) fixed-price contracts. The services provided by the Company under the contracts are generally provided within a month. Occasionally, the services may be provided over a period of up to 4 months. If the Company anticipates that the services span over a month and depending on the contract terms, the Company provides either progress billing at least once a month or upon completion of the clients’ specifications.
 
The Company recognizes revenues of contracts based on direct labor hours and fixed-price contracts that do not overlap a calendar month based on services provided. The Company recognizes revenues based on fixed-price contracts that overlap a calendar month using the percentage of completion method. The aggregate amount of unbilled work-in-progress recognized by the Company as revenues is insignificant at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
 
The Company does not provide refunds to its customers.
 
Geographic Concentration

The Company provides the services throughout the continental United States and Latin America.
 
NOTE 3 -       PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and Equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.

The carrying values of property and equipment and accumulated depreciation and their estimated useful lives consist of the following at:

   
September 30,
 
   
2012
 
Equipment
  $ 455,562  
Furniture and Fixtures
    277,223  
Total
    732,785  
Less: accumulated depreciation
    (674,921  
Property and equipment, net
  $ 57,864  
 
 
Total depreciation expense was $17,985 and $20,438 for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

NOTE 4 -       ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of September 30, 2012 consist of trade payables and accrued compensation.

NOTE 5 -      RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

At December 31, 2011, the Company advanced $3,715,445 to ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC which is owned by two stockholders of the Company.  This amount is due on demand and bears no interest. As of September 30, 2012, this amount had been repaid.

NOTE 6 -       SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated, for potential recognition and disclosure, events subsequent to the date of the consolidated and combined balance sheet through November 19, 2012, the date the consolidated and combined financial statements were available to be issued.
 
On September 17, 2012, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (“Genesis”) entered into a stock purchase agreement (the “ADEX Agreement”) and Genesis acquired all the outstanding capital stock of the Company. The ADEX Agreement was made and entered into by and among Genesis, the Company, and the Company’s shareholders.

Under the terms of ADEX Agreement, Genesis acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company in exchange for the following consideration paid or issued by Genesis at the closing: (i) cash of $12,819,594, (ii) a note in the amount of $1,046,000 and (iii) a note equal to the net working capital of the Company at the closing date of $1,332,668. The notes are due within sixty days of September 17, 2012. This note is secured by the issuance of 1,500 shares of Genesis Redeemable Series G Preferred Stock with a stated value of $1,500,000.

As additional consideration Genesis agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount of cash equal to the product of 0.75 (the “Multiplier”) multiplied by the adjusted EBITDA of the Company for twelve months beginning October 1, 2012, (the “Forward EBITDA”). If the Forward EBITDA is less than $2,731,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 0.50, and if the Forward EBITDA is greater than #3,431,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 1.0. Genesis also agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount of cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,081,243. In connection with these obligations Genesis issued 2,000 share of Redeemable Series G Preferred Stock, which are held in escrow. These shares are redeemable in the event Genesis defaults on its obligation to make the required payments. These shares of Series G Preferred are automatically cancelled if payments are made in cash by Genesis.
 
 
TNS, INC .

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
For the year ended December 31, 2011
 
 
805 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Tel: 212-838-5100
Fax: 212-838-2676
www.sherbcpa.com
 
Offices in New York and Florida
Certified Public Accountants
 
 
 
To the Members of TNS, Inc.
Des Plaines, Illinois
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of TNS, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TNS, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
   
Certified Public Accountants
New York, New York
 
November 14, 2012
   
 
 
BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
December 31,
 
ASSETS
 
2011
   
2010
 
Current Assets:
           
  Cash
  $ 2,020     $ -  
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
    701,610       731,501  
    Total current assets
    703,630       731,501  
                 
  Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
    21,517       29,740  
     Total assets
  $ 725,147     $ 761,241  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
                 
Current Liabilities:
               
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 366,824     $ 251,727  
  Accrued compensation
    27,155       26,994  
    Total current liabilities
    393,979       278,721  
                 
Stockholders' equity
               
  Common stock, no par value, 5,000 shares authorized, 1,000 issued and outstanding
    1,000       1,000  
  Retained earnings
    330,168       481,520  
     Total stockholders’ equity
    331,168       482,520  
                 
     Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 725,147     $ 761,241  
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
 
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
For the Years Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Revenues
  $ 4,097,049     $ 4,622,641  
Cost of revenues
    2,493,261       2,695,600  
Gross Profit
    1,603,788       1,927,041  
                 
Operating expenses:
               
  Salaries and wages
    1,187,654       1,238,285  
  General and administrative
    135,286       128,154  
      1,322,940       1,366,439  
                 
Net income
  $ 280,848     $ 560,602  
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
 
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
From January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011
 
                     
Total
 
   
Common Stock
   
Retained
   
Stockholders'
 
   
Shares
    Amount    
Earnings
   
Equity
 
                         
 Balance, January 1, 2010
    1,000     $ 1,000     $ 408,634     $ 409,634  
                                 
 Distributions to stockholders
    -       -       (487,716 )     (487,716 )
 Net income
    -       -       560,602       560,602  
 Balance, December 31, 2010
    1,000       1,000       481,520       482,520  
                                 
 Distributions to stockholders
    -       -       (432,200 )     (432,200 )
 Net income
    -       -       280,848       280,848  
 Balance, December 31, 2011
    1,000     $ 1,000     $ 330,168     $ 331,168  
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
For the Years ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net income
  $ 280,848     $ 560,602  
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
  Depreciation
    8,222       8,499  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
  Accounts receivable
    29,890       90,425  
  Accrued compensation
    161       (30,283 )
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    127,071       (110,960 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    446,192       518,283  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchase of property and equipment
    -       (31,033 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
  Distributions to stockholders
    (432,200 )     (487,716 )
  Overdraft liability
    (11,972 )     466  
Net cash used in financing activities
    (444,172 )     (487,250 )
                 
 Net increase in cash
    2,020       -  
                 
Cash, beginning of year
    -       -  
                 
Cash, end of year
  $ 2,020     $ -  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
  Cash paid for interest
  $ -     $ -  
  Cash paid for income taxes
  $ -     $ -  
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

TNS, Inc. , ( or the "Company") was incorporated in July 2002 in Illinois. The Company was an (S) Corporation through September 17, 2012, which is the date of acquisition of all its outstanding shares by Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a (C) Corporation.  After September 17, 2012, the Company is a (C) Corporation.

The Company provides design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems to small and mid-size commercial and governmental entities. The Company provides the services throughout the continental United States, primarily in the greater Chicago area.

NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reporting amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results will differ from those estimates. Included in these estimates are estimates of the useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment and the collectability of its accounts receivable.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable are due primarily from customers located in the United States. Collateral is generally not required. The accounts receivable may be secured by mechanic’s lien.  The Company did not have to ascertain its rights under mechanic’s liens during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company also maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make payments. The Company periodically reviews these estimated allowances, including an analysis of the customer’s payment history and credit worthiness, the age of the receivable balances, and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to make payments. Based on the review, the Company specifically reserves for those accounts deemed uncollectible. When receivables are determined to be uncollectible, principal amounts of such receivables outstanding are deducted from the allowance. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts is not necessary at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk primarily from cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents accounts are held at financial institutions and are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, up to $250,000. To reduce its risk associated with the failure of such financial institutions, the Company periodically evaluates the credit quality of the financial institutions in which it holds deposits.

The Company's accounts receivable are due from small and mid-size United States commercial and governmental entities.  One of the Company’s customers accounted for 47% of its accounts receivables at December 31, 2011.  Two of the Company’s customers collectively accounted for 58% of its accounts receivable at December 31, 2010.
 

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services to design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems to small and mid-size commercial and governmental entities .   Prior to commencement of services and depending on the length of the services to be provided, the Company secures the client’s acceptance of a written proposal.  Generally, the services are provided over a period ranging between 2 days to 14 days.  If the Company anticipates that the services span over a month, the Company usually requires a down payment from the customer, which help pay for the cabling and accessories and it will provide a monthly progress billing, based on services rendered, or upon completion of the contracted services.
 
The Company does not provide refunds to its customers.

The Company does not provide separately-priced extended warranties on its products and services.

Warranty Costs

The Company provides product warranties for specific material and labor.  At each measurement date, the Company determines the accrual for estimated future warranty costs in the period in which the associated revenue is recognized based on historical experience, expectation of future conditions, and the extent of backup concurrent supplier warranties in place.

The Company warrants that its products will be free from certain defects in material and workmanship at the time of delivery and typically for a period of one to three years, depending upon the specific product or services or the customer proposal.  The Company obtains back-up concurrent warranties for major components parts from its suppliers.

Management believes that a reserve for warranty is not necessary at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Product Concentration

The Company generates its revenues from the design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems.

Geographic Concentration

The Company provides the services throughout the continental United States, primarily in the greater Chicago area.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company accounts, for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, or ASC 820. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements.
 
 
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:
 
Level 1:    
Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:    
Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3:    
Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.
 
Additional Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and overdraft liability approximate their fair value due to the short maturity of these items.

Customer Concentration

One of the Company’s customers accounted for 54% of its revenues during 2011. Two of the Company’s customers collectively accounted for 59% and 11%, respectively, of its revenues during 2010.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The Company did not incur advertising expenses during 2011 and 2010.

Income Taxes

The Company, with the consent of its stockholders, has elected at inception to have its income taxed under section 1362m of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides that, in lieu of corporation income taxes, the stockholders are taxed on the Company’s taxable income.  Therefore, no provision or liability for federal and state income taxes is included in the accompanying financial statements.  The Company’s election to be taxed under section 1362m of the Internal Revenue Code was automatically revoked upon the acquisition of all of the Company’s outstanding shares by Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a (C) Corporation, on September 17, 2012.

Segment Reporting

The Company generates revenues from one source, design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems. The Company's chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of the Company based upon revenues and expenses by functional areas as disclosed in the Company's statements of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements have been issued but deemed by management to be outside the scope of relevance to the Company.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.
 

NOTE 3: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.
 
The carrying values of property and equipment and accumulated depreciation and their estimated useful lives consist of the following at :
 
   
December 31,
 
Estimated
   
2011
   
2010
 
Useful Lives
Automotive Equipment
  $ 72,313     $ 72,313  
5 years
Computer Equipment
    1,033       1,033  
3 years
    
    73,346       73,346    
Accumulated depreciation
    (51,829 )     (43,606 )    
Property and Equimpement, net
  $ 21,517     $ 29,740    
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Depreciation expense
 
$
8,222
   
$
8,499
 

NOTE 4: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, consist of trade payables.

NOTE 5:  STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company paid dividends to its stockholders amounting to $432,200 and $487,716 during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

NOTE 6: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated the impact of subsequent events in its accompanying financial statements and related disclosure through November 14, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

On September 17, 2012, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (“Genesis”) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “TNS Agreement”) and acquired all the outstanding capital stock of the Company. The TNS Agreement was made and entered into by and among Genesis, the Company, and the Company’s shareholders.

Under the terms of the TNS Agreement, Genesis acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company in exchange for the following consideration paid or issued by Genesis at the closing: (i) cash of $700,000, (ii) 4,150 shares of Genesis’ Series F Preferred Stock and (iii) 5,000,000 shares of Genesis’ common stock.

The terms of the Series F Preferred Stock are as follows:

On a liquidation or deemed liquidation of Genesis, the Series F Preferred is entitled, after payment to any shares of capital stock with liquidation rights senior to the Series F Preferred, to receive a payment of $1,000 per share (the “Series F Preference Amount”), prior to any payment to common stock or other securities ranking junior to the Series F Preferred and on a pari passu basis with any capital stock that is pari passu with the Series F Preferred as to liquidation preference. The Series F Preferred is entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 12% of the Series F Preference Amount per annum, accruing quarterly in arrears beginning September 30, 2012.
 
 
The shares of Series F Preferred may be redeemed at any time by Genesis by giving notice to the holders. In addition, the holders thereof may demand that an aggregate of 3,000 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on November 27, 2012, which the redemption to occur within 20 days after a request. The holders, may also request that an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2013 and an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2014. All shares of Series F are redeemable at a price per share equal to the Series F Preference Amount.

Except with respect to (i) the creation of classes of stock with senior liquidation rights or the Series F Preferred, (ii) amendments to the terms of the Series F Preferred or restrictions imposed on the Series F Preferred or (iii) as otherwise required by law, the Series F Preferred does not have voting rights. Shares of Series F Preferred are convertible into shares of common stock following the effectiveness of a registration statement by Genesis on Form S-1 with respect to its common stock. Each share of Series F Preferred would be convertible into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Series F Preference Amount by the trading price of the common stock at the time of conversion.

The Company’s shareholders have the right to cash-settle the shares of common stock of Genesis issued at the closing for $0.10 per share, beginning 18 months after the closing and continuing for 60 days thereafter.

 In the event that the adjusted Earnings before income tax, depreciation, and amortization (‘EBITDA”) of the Company for the 12 month period ending September 30, 2013 is greater or less than $1,250,000, Genesis agreed to issue, or cancel, as appropriate, shares of Series F Preferred Stock based on an agreed-upon formula.

In addition, Genesis agreed that, if its completes an underwritten public offering on Form S-1, it will issue to the Company’s shareholders an aggregate number of shares of its common stock equal to (i) $200,000 divided by (ii) the offering price per share of its common stock in this underwritten public offering.

Finally, as additional consideration, Genesis agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount equal to 20% of the Company’s adjusted EBITDA in excess of $1,275,000 for each of the three 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.
 
 
TNS, INC .

UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011
 

BALANCE SHEET
(Unaudited)
 
   
September 30,
 
ASSETS
 
2012
 
       
Current Assets:
     
  Cash
  $ 5,679  
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
    452,294  
    Total current assets
    457,973  
         
  Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
    16,759  
     Total assets
  $ 474,732  
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
       
         
Current Liabilities:
       
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 219,588  
  Accrued compensation
    12,206  
    Total current liabilities
    231,794  
         
Stockholders' equity
       
  Common stock, no par value, 5,000 shares authorized, 1,000 issued and outstanding
    1,000  
  Retained earnings
    241,938  
     Total stockholders’ equity
    242,938  
         
     Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 474,732  
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
 
   
For the Nine Month Period Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Revenues
  $ 1,958,941     $ 2,965,518  
Cost of revenues
    1,120,676     $ 1,773,335  
Gross Profit
    838,265       1,192,183  
                 
Operating expenses:
               
  Salaries and wages
    619,603       943,159  
  General and administrative
    126,392       77,547  
      745,995       1,020,706  
Net income
  $ 92,270     $ 171,477  
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
 
   
For the Nine Month Period Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net income
  $ 92,270     $ 171,477  
Adjustments to reconcile net income from operations to net cash  provided by operating activities:
               
  Depreciation
    4,758       6,421  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
  Accounts receivable
    249,316       1,652  
  Accrued compensation
    (14,949 )     7,078  
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    (147,236 )     191,768  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    184,159       378,396  
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
  Distributions to stockholders
    (180,500 )     (312,200 )
  Proceeds from advance from stockholder
    50,000       -  
  Repayment of advance from stockholder
    (50,000 )     -  
  Overdraft liability
    -       (11,972 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (180,500 )     (324,172 )
                 
 Net increase in cash
    3,659       54,224  
Cash, beginning of period
    2,020       -  
                 
Cash, end of period
  $ 5,679     $ 54,224  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
  Cash paid for interest
  $ -     $ -  
  Cash paid for income taxes
  $ -     $ -  
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

TNS, Inc. ,  or   the Company was incorporated in July 2002 in Illinois.  The Company was an (S) Corporation through September 17, 2012, which is the date of acquisition of all its outstanding shares by Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a (C) Corporation.  After September 17, 2012, The Company is a (C) Corporation.

The Company provides design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems to small and mid-size commercial and governmental entities. The Company provides the services throughout the continental United States, primarily in the greater Chicago area.

On September 17, 2012, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (“Genesis”) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “TNS Agreement”) to acquire all the outstanding capital stock of the Company. The TNS Agreement was made and entered into by and among Genesis, the Company, and the Company’s shareholders.

Under the terms of the TNS Agreement, Genesis acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company in exchange for the following consideration paid or issued by Genesis at the closing: (i) cash of $700,000, (ii) 4,150 shares of Genesis’ Series F Preferred Stock and (iii) 5,000,000 shares of Genesis’ common stock.

The terms of the Series F Preferred Stock are as follows:

On a liquidation or deemed liquidation of Genesis, the Series F Preferred is entitled, after payment to any shares of capital stock with liquidation rights senior to the Series F Preferred, to receive a payment of $1,000 per share (the “Series F Preference Amount”), prior to any payment to common stock or other securities ranking junior to the Series F Preferred and on a pari passu basis with any capital stock that is pari passu with the Series F Preferred as to liquidation preference. The Series F Preferred is entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 12% of the Series F Preference Amount per annum, accruing quarterly in arrears beginning September 30, 2012.

The shares of Series F Preferred may be redeemed at any time by Genesis by giving notice to the holders. In addition, the holders thereof may demand that an aggregate of 3,000 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on November 27, 2012, which the redemption to occur within 20 days after a request. The holders, may also request that an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2013 and an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2014. All shares of Series F are redeemable at a price per share equal to the Series F Preference Amount.

Except with respect to (i) the creation of classes of stock with senior liquidation rights or the Series F Preferred, (ii) amendments to the terms of the Series F Preferred or restrictions imposed on the Series F Preferred or (iii) as otherwise required by law, the Series F Preferred does not have voting rights. Shares of Series F Preferred are convertible into shares of common stock following the effectiveness of a registration statement by Genesis on Form S-1 with respect to its common stock. Each share of Series F Preferred would be convertible into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Series F Preference Amount by the trading price of the common stock at the time of conversion.

The Company’s shareholders have the right to cash-settle the shares of common stock of Genesis issued at the closing for $0.10 per share, beginning 18 months after the closing and continuing for 60 days thereafter.

In the event that the adjusted Earnings before income tax, depreciation, and amortization ("EBITDA”) of the Company for the 12 month period ending September 30, 2013 is greater or less than $1,250,000, Genesis agreed to issue, or cancel, as appropriate, shares of Series F Preferred Stock based on an agreed-upon formula.
 

In addition, Genesis agreed that, if its completes an underwritten public offering on Form S-1, it will issue to the Company’s shareholders an aggregate number of shares of its common stock equal to (i) $200,000 divided by (ii) the offering price per share of its common stock in this underwritten public offering.

Finally, as additional consideration, Genesis agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount equal to 20% of the Company’s adjusted EBITDA in excess of $1,275,000 for each of the three 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.

The unaudited financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, have been omitted pursuant to those rules and regulations, but management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The financial statements and notes included herein should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements and notes for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 included in this accompanying report.  In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring adjustments and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of these interim statements have been included. The results of operations for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the year ending December 31, 2012, or that have been achieved for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively.

NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reporting amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results will differ from those estimates. Included in these estimates are estimates of the useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment and the collectability of its accounts receivable.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable are due primarily from customers located in the United States. Collateral is generally not required. The accounts receivable may be secured by mechanic’s lien.  The Company did not have to ascertain its rights under mechanic’s liens during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. The Company also maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make payments. The Company periodically reviews these estimated allowances, including an analysis of the customer’s payment history and credit worthiness, the age of the receivable balances, and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to make payments. Based on the review, the Company specifically reserves for those accounts deemed uncollectible. When receivables are determined to be uncollectible, principal amounts of such receivables outstanding are deducted from the allowance. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts is not necessary at September 30, 2012.
 

Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk primarily from cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents accounts are held at financial institutions and are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, up to $250,000. To reduce its risk associated with the failure of such financial institutions, the Company periodically evaluates the credit quality of the financial institutions in which it holds deposits.

The Company's accounts receivable are due from small and mid-size United States commercial and governmental entities.  Four of the Company’s customers accounted for 68% of its accounts receivables at September 30, 2012.  
 
Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services to design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems to small and mid-size commercial and governmental entities .   Prior to commencement of services and depending on the length of the services to be provided, the Company secures the client’s acceptance of a written proposal.  Generally, the services are provided over a period ranging between 2 days to 14 days.  If the Company anticipates that the services span over a month, the Company usually requires a down payment from the customer, which help pay for the cabling and accessories and it will provide a monthly progress billing, based on services rendered, or upon completion of the contracted services.
 
The Company does not provide refunds to its customers.

The Company does not provide separately-priced extended warranties on its products and services.

Warranty Costs

The Company provides product warranties for specific material and labor.  At each measurement date, the Company determines the accrual for estimated future warranty costs in the period in which the associated revenue is recognized based on historical experience, expectation of future conditions, and the extent of backup concurrent supplier warranties in place.

The Company warrants that its products will be free from certain defects in material and workmanship at the time of delivery and typically for a period of one to three years, depending upon the specific product or services or the customer proposal.  The Company obtains back-up concurrent warranties for major components parts from its suppliers.

Management believes that a reserve for warranty is not necessary at September 30, 2012.
 
Product Concentration

The Company generates its revenues from the design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems.

Geographic Concentration

The Company provides the services throughout the continental United States, primarily in the greater Chicago area.
 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company accounts, for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,  ("ASC 820"). ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements.
 
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:
 
Level 1:    
Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:    
Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3:    
Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.
 
Additional Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and overdraft liability approximate their fair value due to the short maturity of these items.

Customer Concentration

Four of the Company’s customers accounted for 72% of its revenues during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012. Two of the Company’s customers accounted for 55% of its revenues during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The Company did not incur advertising expenses during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Income Taxes

The Company, with the consent of its stockholders, has elected at inception to have its income taxed under section 1362 m of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides that, in lieu of corporation income taxes, the stockholders are taxed on the Company’s taxable income.  Therefore, no provision or liability for federal and state income taxes is included in the accompanying financial statements.  The Company’s election to be taxed under section 1362 m of the Internal Revenue Code was automatically revoked upon the acquisition of all of the Company’s outstanding shares by Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a (C) Corporation, on September 17, 2012.

Segment Reporting

The Company generates revenues from one source, design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems. The Company's chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of the Company based upon revenues and expenses by functional areas as disclosed in the Company's statements of operations.
 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements have been issued but deemed by management to be outside the scope of relevance to the Company.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.

NOTE 3: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.
 
The carrying values of property and equipment and accumulated depreciation and their estimated useful lives consist of the following at:
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
Estimated
   
2012
   
2011
 
Useful Lives
Automotive Equipment
  $ 72,313     $ 72,313  
5 years
Computer Equipment
    1,033       1,033  
3 years
      73,346       73,346    
Accumulated depreciation
    (56,587 )     (51,829 )  
Property and Equimpement, net
  $ 16,759     $ 21,517    
 
The Company recorded a depreciation expense associated with its property and equipment of $4,758 and $6,421 during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

NOTE 4: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, consist of trade payables.

NOTE 5:  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012, one of the Company’s stockholders advanced $50,000 to the Company.  The advance did no bear interest, was unsecured and was payable on demand.  The Company repaid the advance of $50,000 during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012.

NOTE 6:  STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company paid dividends to its stockholders amounting to $180,500 and $312,200 during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

NOTE 7: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated the impact of subsequent events in its accompanying financial statements and related disclosure through November 14, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 
TELCO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AND HANDSET TESTING
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
 
 
Independent Auditor's Report

 
To the Stockholders’ of
Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions

We have audited the accompanying divisional balance sheets of Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions (the “Divisions”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2011, and the related divisional statements of operations, changes in divisional net assets, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these divisional financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the divisional financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Institution's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the divisional financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall divisional financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the divisional financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Divisions as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


/s/Sherb & Co., LLP
Sherb & Co., LLP
Certified Public Accountants
 
Boca Raton, FL
November 26, 2012
 
 
DIVISIONAL BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
December 31,
 
DIVISIONAL ASSETS
 
2011
   
2010
 
Current Divisional Assets:
           
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
  $ 4,366,229     $ 4,046,218  
Total current divisional assets
    4,366,229       4,046,218  
                 
Total divisional assets
  $ 4,366,229     $ 4,046,218  
                 
DIVISIONAL LIABILITIES AND DIVISIONAL NET ASSETS
               
                 
Current Divisional Liabilities:
               
Accrued compensation
  $ 295,947     $ 372,849  
Total current divisional liabilities
    295,947       372,849  
                 
Divisional Net Assets
    4,070,282     $ 3,673,369  
                 
Total divisional liabilities and divisional net assets
  $ 4,366,229     $ 4,046,218  
 
See notes to divisional financial statements.
 
 
 
   
For the Years Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Revenues
  $ 16,833,939     $ 14,176,709  
Cost of revenues
    11,691,936       9,083,565  
Gross profit
    5,142,003       5,093,144  
                 
Operating expenses:
               
Salaries and wages
    1,103,613       1,032,683  
General and administrative
    133,474       237,223  
      1,237,087       1,269,906  
                 
Net income
  $ 3,904,916     $ 3,823,238  
 
See notes to divisional financial statements.
 
 
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN DIVISIONAL NET ASSETS
 
Balance, January 1, 2010
  $ 2,782,748  
         
Net divisional transfers
    (2,932,617 )
Net income
    3,823,238  
Balance, December 31, 2010
    3,673,369  
         
Net divisional transfers
    (3,508,003 )
Net income
    3,904,916  
Balance, December 31, 2011
  $ 4,070,282  
 
See notes to divisional financial statements.
 
 
DIVISIONAL STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
For the Years ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net income
  $ 3,904,916     $ 3,823,238  
Adjustments to reconcile net income from continuing operations to net cash  provided by operating activities:
               
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    (320,011 )     (813,537 )
Accrued compensation
    (76,902 )     (77,084 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    3,508,003       2,932,617  
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Net divisional transfers
    (3,508,003 )     (2,932,617 )
                 
Net increase in cash
    -       -  
                 
Cash, beginning of year
    -       -  
                 
Cash, end of year
  $ -     $ -  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid for interest
  $ -     $ -  
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ -     $ -  
 
See notes to divisional financial statements.
 
 
TELCO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AND HANDSET TESTING  
NOTES TO DIVISIONAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note A - Nature Of Business
 
Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing ( the “Divisions”) are divisions of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC (“Tekmark”).  The Divisions are located in Edison, New Jersey and commenced operation in 2000.  The Divisions provide a complete array of technical skills across all platforms and development areas in the form of information technology and telephony-related consulting services.  The Divisions provide personnel to telecommunications service providers and original equipment manufacturers to perform these technical skills.  The Divisions primary focus is in developing and integrating information systems, protecting client networks, improving technology and business processes and assisting their customers in evolving to the next generation of communications technology.
 
Note B - Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Divisions are not separate legal entities from Tekmark and do not maintain separate financial records.  The Divisions do not maintain separate bank accounts because cash management is centralized at the Tekmark level.  Additionally, Tekmark may incur certain expenses on behalf of the Divisions.  Included in the accompanying divisional statements of operations are those expenses incurred by Tekmark which are directly traceable to the Divisions and are essential to the Divisions’ revenue producing activities. Tekmark allocates to the Divisions certain of their overhead, selling, general and administrative expenses and services. Divisions' management is unable to determine the market value of the overhead, selling, general and administrative expenses and services. Furthermore, the Divisions' management is unable to determine what the value, or cost, of these required operational expenses and services would have been for years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, had the divisions operated as a standalone entity.
 
Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Included in these estimates are estimates of the collectability of its accounts receivable.

Revenue recognition

The Divisions recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed and determinable, services have been performed by its workforce and when collectability is reasonably assured.  The majority of the Divisions service arrangements are recognized based upon hours worked multiplied by contractual hourly billing rates.

For certain customers, the Divisions provide services over a specified period, for which revenues are recognized ratably over the service period.

Concentration of credit risk

The Divisions' accounts receivable are primarily due from large telecommunications service providers and original equipment manufacturers.  Three of the Divisions’ customers accounted for 87% of its accounts receivables at December 31, 2011.  Two of the Divisions’ customers accounted for 46% of its accounts receivable at December 31, 2010.
 
 
Two of the Divisions’ customers accounted for 76% of its revenues during 2011. Two of the Divisions’ customers accounted for 64% of its revenues during 2010.

Product Concentration

The Divisions generate its revenues providing information technology and telephony-related consulting services and personnel .

Geographic Concentration

The Divisions provide their services throughout the continental United States.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Divisions account, for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, if any, in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ("ASC 820"). ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements.
 
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:
 
Level 1:    
Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:    
Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3:    
Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.
 
The Divisions do not have Level 1, 2, or 3 financial assets or liabilities.

Additional Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of accounts receivable and accrued compensation approximate their fair value due to the short maturity of these items.

Segment Reporting

The Divisions generate revenues from one source, revenues providing information technology and telephony-related consulting services and personnel . The Divisions’ chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of the Divisions based upon revenues and expenses by functional areas as disclosed in the Divisions’ statements of operations.
 
 
Income taxes

Tekmark was formed as a limited liability company, and as such, U.S. federal and domestic state income taxes are the direct responsibility of Tekmark’s members.  The Divisions are not separate taxable legal entities for income tax purposes.  Therefore, no provision or liability for federal and state income taxes is included in the accompanying financial statements.

Accrued Compensation

Accrued compensation include amounts due to employees and consultants of the Divisions for compensation. The amount of accrued compensation was $295,947 and $372,849 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements have been issued but deemed by management to be outside the scope of relevance to the Divisions.

NOTE C-ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable primarily represents invoices that are due in the ordinary course of providing a service, net of an allowance for bad debt. Included in accounts receivable are accruals for unbilled receivables representing services performed and revenues recognized but not yet billed by the Divisions to the customer. Unbilled receivables, included in accounts receivable as of December 31, 2011 were insignificant.

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and are non-interest bearing. At each reporting period the Divisions evaluate, on a specific basis, the economic condition of its customers and their ability and intent to pay their debt. If such evaluation shows that it is probable that a customer will not settle its full obligation, a reserve against accounts receivable is recorded for the non-recoverable amount. The Divisions also maintain a general bad debt reserve based on the aging of its customers’ receivables and historical trends. Management believes that an allowance for bad debt is not necessary at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
 
NOTE D - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Tekmark has a retirement savings plan for its employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.  Employees who are eligible, as defined, are able to contribute up to 15% of their earnings to the plan up to the maximum amount permitted by law. Tekmark is not required to, nor does it provide matching contributions on behalf of the Divisions’ employees.

NOTE E - DIVISIONAL NET ASSETS

Net divisional transfers between the Divisions and Tekmark amounted to approximately $3.5 million and $2.9 million during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

NOTE F - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Divisions have evaluated the impact of subsequent events in its accompanying financial statements and related disclosure through November 26, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

On November 13, 2012, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (“Genesis”) entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “TPS Agreement”) and acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Divisions. The TPS Agreement was made and entered into by and among Genesis, the Divisions, and Tekmark member owners.
 
 
Under the terms of the TPS Agreement, Genesis acquired all certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Divisions in exchange for the following consideration to be paid or issued by Genesis at the closing: (i) cash of five times trailing twelve months EBITDA, (ii) .5 times Trailing Twelve Months EBITDA to be paid in of Genesis’ Common Stock and (iii) Genesis and Tekmark shall within sixty days of Closing adjust the initial closing payment such that it equals the true Trailing Twelve Months EBITDA after accounting for any additional liabilities or adjustments.

Genesis also agreed to pay 1 times the forward EBITDA calculated as the twelve month period commencing on the day of the first calendar month after the closing date.

In addition, the Purchase Price shall also be increased by the Excess Net Working Capital at Closing. In summary, this shall be defined as: Current Assets (less cash) and including Accounts Receivable, minus Current Liabilities, minus the total payroll expenses plus applicable fringe benefits, and fixed operating costs for the 60 days prior to Closing.

At Tekmark’s discretion, some of the original cash payment can be taken as Genesis stock with a put provision to Genesis for the original cash value of same.

Finally, as additional consideration, Genesis agreed to pay Tekmark an amount equal to 2 times growth of the of the Divisions’ adjusted EBITDA in excess of the calculation used for the initial cash payment  for each of the two 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.
 
 
TELCO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AND HANDSET TESTING
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the nine-months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011
 
 
 
   
September 30,
 
DIVISIONAL ASSETS
 
2012
 
       
Current Divisional Assets:
     
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
  $ 3,785,467  
Total current divisional assets
    3,785,467  
         
Total divisional assets
  $ 3,785,467  
         
DIVISIONAL LIABILITIES AND DIVISIONAL NET ASSETS
       
         
Current Divisional Liabilities:
       
Accrued compensation
  $ 567,825  
Total current divisional liabilities
    567,825  
         
Divisional Net Assets
    3,217,642  
         
Total divisional liabilities and divisional net assets
  $ 3,785,467  
 
See notes to unaudited divisional financial statements.
 
 
DIVISIONAL STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
 
   
For the nine months ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Revenues
  $ 13,233,630     $ 12,178,335  
Cost of revenues
    9,637,135       8,494,435  
Gross profit
    3,596,495       3,683,900  
                 
Operating expenses:
               
Salaries and wages
    672,665       833,721  
General and administrative
    88,334       91,515  
      760,999       925,236  
                 
Net income
  $ 2,835,496     $ 2,758,664  
 
See notes to unaudited divisional financial statements.
 
 
DIVISIONAL STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
 
   
For the nine months ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net income
  $ 2,835,496     $ 2,758,664  
Adjustments to reconcile net income from continuing operations to net cash  provided by operating activities:
               
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    580,762       110,971  
Accrued compensation
    271,878       225,694  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    3,688,136       3,095,329  
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Net divisional transfers
    (3,688,136 )     (3,095,329 )
                 
 Net increase in cash
    -       -  
Cash, beginning of period
    -       -  
                 
Cash, end of period
  $ -     $ -  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid for interest
  $ -     $ -  
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ -     $ -  
 
See notes to unaudited divisional financial statements.
 
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED DIVISIONAL  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note A - Nature Of Business
 
Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing (the “Divisions”) are divisions of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC (“Tekmark”). The Divisions are located in Edison, New Jersey and commenced operation in 2000.  The Divisions provide a complete array of technical skills across all platforms and development areas in the form of information technology and telephony-related consulting services. The Divisions provide personnel to telecommunications service providers and original equipment manufacturers to perform these technical skills.  The Divisions primary focus is in developing and integrating information systems, protecting client networks, improving technology and business processes and assisting their customers in evolving to the next generation of communications technology.
 
The unaudited divisional financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). However, the financial statements do not include all of the financial information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements Additionally, the results of operation for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjuction with the Divisions' audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.
 
Note B - Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Divisions are not separate legal entities from Tekmark and do not maintain separate financial records.  The Divisions do not maintain separate bank accounts because cash management is centralized at the Tekmark level.  Additionally, Tekmark may incur certain expenses on behalf of the Divisions.  Included in the accompanying divisional statement of operations are those expenses incurred by Tekmark which are directly traceable to the Divisions and are essential to the Divisions’ revenue producing activities. Tekmark allocates to the Divisions certain of their overhead, selling, general and administrative expenses and services. Divisions management is unable to determine the market value of the overhead, selling, general and administrative expenses and services. Furthermore, Divisions management is unable to determine what the value, or cost, of these required operational expenses and services would have been for nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, had the Divisions operated as a standalone entity.
 
The unaudited financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, have been omitted pursuant to those rules and regulations, but management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The financial statements and notes included herein should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements and notes for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 included in this accompanying report.  In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring adjustments and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of these interim statements have been included. The results of operations for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the year ending December 31, 2012, or that have been achieved for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively.
 
Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Included in these estimates are estimates of the collectability of its accounts receivable.

Revenue recognition

The Divisions recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed and determinable, services have been performed by its workforce and when collectability is reasonably assured.  The majority of the Divisions’ service arrangements are recognized based upon hours worked multiplied by contractual hourly billing rates.
 
 
For certain customers, the Divisions provide services over a specified period, for which revenues are recognized ratably over the service period.

Concentration of credit risk

The Divisions' accounts receivable are primarily due from large telecommunications service providers and original equipment manufacturers.  Three of the Divisions’ customers accounted for 74% of its accounts receivables at September 30, 2012.  
 
Two of the Divisions’ customers accounted for 69% of its revenues during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012. Two of the Divisions’ customers accounted for 74% of its revenues during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011.

Product Concentration

The Divisions generate its revenues providing information technology and telephony-related consulting services and personnel .

Geographic Concentration

The Divisions provide their services throughout the continental United States.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Divisions account, for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, if any, in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, or ASC 820. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements.
 
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:
 
Level 1:    
Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:    
Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3:    
Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.
 
The Divisions do not have Level 1, 2, or 3 financial assets or liabilities.

Additional Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of accounts receivable and accrued compensation approximate their fair value due to the short maturity of these items.
 
 
Segment Reporting

The Divisions generate revenues from one source, revenues providing information technology and telephony-related consulting services and personnel . The Divisions’ chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of the Divisions based upon revenues and expenses by functional areas as disclosed in the Divisions’ statements of operations.

Income taxes

Tekmark was formed as a limited liability company, and as such, U.S. federal and domestic state income taxes are the direct responsibility of the Tekmark members.  The Divisions are not separate taxable legal entities for income tax purposes.  Therefore, no provision or liability for federal and state income taxes is included in the accompanying financial statements.

Accrued Compensation

Accrued compensation includes amount due to employees and consultants of the Divisions’ for compensation due to employees.  The amount of accrued compensation was $567,825 as of September 30, 2012.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements have been issued but deemed by management to be outside the scope of relevance to the Divisions.

NOTE C-ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE:

Accounts receivable primarily represents invoices that are due in the ordinary course of providing a service, net of an allowance for bad debt. Included in accounts receivable are accruals for unbilled receivables representing services performed and revenues recognized but not yet billed by the Divisions’ to their customer. Unbilled receivables, included in accounts receivable as of September 30, 2012 were insignificant.

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and are non-interest bearing. At each reporting period the Divisions evaluates, on a specific basis, the economic condition of its customers and their ability and intent to pay their debt. If such evaluation shows that it is probable that a customer will not settle its full obligation, a reserve against aaccounts receivable is recorded for the non-recoverable amount. The Divisions also maintains a general bad debt reserve based on the aging of its customers’ receivables and historical trends. Management believes that an allowance for bad debt is not necessary at September 30, 2012.
 
NOTE D - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
Tekmark has a retirement savings plan for its employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.  Employees who are eligible, as defined, are able to contribute up to 15% of their earnings to the plan up to the maximum amount permitted by law. Tekmark is not required to, nor does it provide matching contributions on behalf of the Divisions’ employees.

NOTE E - DIVISIONAL NET ASSETS

Net divisional transfers between the Divisions and the Company amounted to approximately $3.7 million and $3.1 million during the nine-month ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
 
NOTE F - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Divisions have evaluated the impact of subsequent events in its accompanying financial statements and related disclosure through November 26, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

On November 13, 2012, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (“Genesis”) entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “TPS Agreement”) and acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Divisions. The TPS Agreement was made and entered into by and among Genesis, the Divisions, and Tekmark member owners.

Under the terms of the TPS Agreement, Genesis acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Divisions in exchange for the following consideration to be paid or issued by Genesis at the closing: (i) cash of five times trailing twelve months EBITDA, (ii) .5 times Trailing Twelve Months EBITDA to be paid in of Genesis’ Common Stock and (iii) Genesis and Tekmark shall within sixty days of Closing adjust the initial closing payment such that it equals the true Trailing Twelve Months EBITDA after accounting for any additional liabilities or adjustments.
 
Genesis also agreed to pay 1 times the forward EBITDA calculated as the twelve month period commencing on the day of the first calendar month after the closing date.

In addition, the Purchase Price shall also be increased by the Excess Net Working Capital at Closing. In summary, this shall be defined as: Current Assets (less cash) and including Accounts Receivable, minus Current Liabilities, minus the total payroll expenses plus applicable fringe benefits, and fixed operating costs for the 60 days prior to Closing.

At Tekmark’s discretion, some of the original cash payment can be taken as Genesis stock with a put provision to Genesis for the original cash value of same.

Finally, as additional consideration, Genesis agreed to pay Tekmark an amount equal to 2 times growth of the of the Divisions’ adjusted EBITDA in excess of the calculation used for the initial cash payment  for each of the two 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.
 
 
F-95

 
INTEGRATION PARTNERS-NY CORPORATION

Integration Partners Corporation – New York

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
 
 
Independent Auditor's Report

To the Stockholders’ of
Integration Partners – NY Corporation

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Integration Partners – NY Corporation (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2011, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Institution's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


/s/Sherb & Co., LLP
Sherb & Co., LLP
Certified Public Accountants
 
Boca Raton, FL
November 30, 2012
 
BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
December 31,
 
ASSETS
 
2011
   
2010
 
Current Assets:
           
  Cash
 
$
795,725
   
$
62,220
 
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
   
5,973,809
     
1,038,242
 
  Other receivable - related party
   
169,341
     
182,597
 
  Inventory
   
277,079
     
202,682
 
    Total current assets
   
7,215,954
     
1,485,741
 
                 
  Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
   
9,345
     
14,201
 
   Other assets    
8,700
     
8,700
 
     Total assets
 
$
7,233,999
   
$
1,508,642
 
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
                 
Current Liabilities:
               
 Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
$
5,388,285
   
$
928,053
 
 Accrued compensation
   
396,531
     
126,570
 
 Deferred revenue
   
462,785
     
384,392
 
    Total liabilities
   
6,247,601
     
1,439,015
 
                 
Stockholders' Equity
               
  Common stock; $0.0001 par value; 200,000 shares authorized; 200,000 shares issued and outstanding
   
20
     
20
 
  Retained earnings
   
986,378
     
69,607
 
     Total stockholders’ equity
   
986,398
     
69,627
 
                 
     Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
7,233,999
   
$
1,508,642
 
 
See notes to financial statements.
 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
For the Years Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Revenues
  $ 23,831,299     $ 8,203,759  
Cost of revenues
    18,310,438       6,322,628  
Gross profit
    5,520,861       1,881,130  
                 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    3,456,130       1,697,518  
                 
Interest income
    149       201  
                 
Net income
  $ 2,064,880     $ 183,814  
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
From January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011
 
                     
Total
 
   
Common Stock
   
Retained
   
Stockholders'
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Earnings
   
Equity
 
                         
 Balance, January 1, 2010
    200,000     $ 20     $ 759,430     $ 759,450  
                                 
 Distributions to stockholders
    -       -       (873,637 )     (873,637 )
 Net income
    -       -       183,814       183,814  
 Balance, December 31, 2010
    200,000       20       69,607       69,627  
                                 
 Distributions to stockholders
    -       -       (1,148,109 )     (1,148,109 )
 Net loss
    -       -       2,064,880       2,064,880  
 Balance, December 31, 2011
    200,000     $ 20     $ 986,378     $ 986,398  
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
For the Years ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net income
 
$
2,064,880
   
$
183,814
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
  Depreciation
   
8,216
     
29,262
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
  Accounts receivable
   
(4,935,567
)
   
(38,447
)
  Other receivable - related party
   
13,256
     
(97,241
)
  Inventory
   
(74,397
)    
(202,682
)
  Other assets
   
-
     
4,300
 
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
4,460,232
     
191,842
 
  Accrued compensation
   
269,961
     
126,570
 
  Deferred revenue
   
78,393
     
325,317
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
1,884,974
     
522,735
 
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
  Purchase of property and equipment
   
(3,360
)
   
(43,463
)
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
  Distributions to stockholders
   
(1,148,109
)
   
(873,637
)
                 
 Net increase (decrease)  in cash
   
733,505
     
(394,365
)
                 
Cash, beginning of year
   
62,220
     
456,585
 
                 
Cash, end of year
 
$
795,725
   
$
62,220
 
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
  Cash paid for interest
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
  Cash paid for income taxes
 
$
6,370
   
$
1,643
 
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

NOTE 1: ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Integration Partners Corporation – NY, or   the Company, was incorporated in January 2009 in New Jersey.
 
The Company specializes in the design, installation, and maintenance of voice, video, and data networking infrastructure in the commercial, higher education, and governmental markets.

NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reporting amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results will differ from those estimates. Included in these estimates are estimates of the useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment and the collectability of its accounts receivable.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The Company has no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.
 
Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily represents invoices that are due in the ordinary course of providing a service, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Included in accounts receivable are accruals for unbilled receivables representing equipment delivered or installed at customer locations, services performed and revenues recognized but not yet billed by the Company to the customer.
 
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and are non-interest bearing. At each reporting period the Divisions evaluate, on a specific basis, the economic condition of its customers and their ability and intent to pay their debt. If such evaluation shows that it is probable that a customer will not settle its full obligation, a reserve against accounts receivable is recorded for the non-recoverable amount. The Company also maintains a general bad debt reserve based on the aging of its customers’ receivables and historical trends. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts is not necessary at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk primarily from cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents accounts are held at financial institutions and are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, up to $250,000 as of December 31, 2011. To reduce its risk associated with the failure of such financial institutions, the Company periodically evaluates the credit quality of the financial institutions in which it holds deposits.
 
One of the Company’s customers accounted for 43% of its accounts receivable at December 31, 2011 and four of the Company’s customers accounted for 76% of its accounts receivable at December 31, 2010.
 
 

Customer Concentration

Two of the Company’s customers accounted for 28% of its revenues during the year ended December 31, 2011. Three of the Company’s customers accounted for 55% of its revenues during the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue (“ASC605-10-S99”), is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services for design, implementation, and maintenance services of for voice, video, and data networking infrastructure to higher education organizations, governmental agencies, and commercial customers .

Prior to commencement of services, and depending on the length of the services to be provided, the Company obtains a written agreement or executed proposal. Generally, the services are provided over a period ranging between 2 days to 14 days.

Revenues related to the resale of hardware and software are recognized upon delivery to the customers.

Revenues related to maintenance and customer support are recognized over the relative terms of the service agreements. For all service revenues, the Company determines whether it is acting as principal or agent, in accordance with ASC topic 605-45, “Revenue Recognition—Principal Agent Considerations." (”ASC 605-45") For the sale of third-party maintenance and customer support in which the Company is acting as agent, the revenue is recognized on a net basis and deferred over the relative terms of the service agreements.

The Company does not provide refunds to its customers.

The Company provides separately-priced maintenance agreements on its products and services.

Warranty Costs

The Company provides product warranties for specific products and services.  At each measurement date, the Company determines the accrual for estimated future warranty costs in the period in which the associated revenue is recognized based on historical experience, expectation of future conditions, and the extent of backup concurrent supplier warranties in place.

The Company warrants that its products will be free from certain defects in material and workmanship at the time of delivery and typically for a period of one to three years, depending upon the specific product or services or the customer proposal.  The Company obtains back-up concurrent warranties for major components parts from its suppliers.

Management believes that a reserve for warranty is not necessary at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Inventory

The Company purchases inventory for immediate resale to customers and records it at actual cost until sold. Inventory as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $277,079 and $202,682 respectively. Inventory consisted of networking equipment.

Product Concentration

The Company generates its revenues from design, implementation, and maintenance services for voice, video, and data networking infrastructure.
 

Geographic Concentration

The Company provides its services throughout the continental United States, primarily in the Northeastern area.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company accounts, for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, or ASC 820. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements.
 
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:
 
Level 1:    
Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:    
Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3:    
Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.
 
Additional Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and accrued compensation approximate their fair value due to the short maturity of these items.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense amounted to $6,000 and $16,631 during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company, with the consent of its stockholders, has elected at inception to have its income taxed under section 1362m of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides that, in lieu of corporation income taxes, the stockholders are taxed on the Company’s taxable income.  Therefore, no provision or liability for federal and state income taxes is included in the accompanying financial statements.   
 
Segment Reporting

The Company generates revenues from one source, from design, installation, and maintenance services for voice, video, and data networking infrastructure . The Company's chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of the Company based upon revenues and expenses by functional areas as disclosed in the Company's statements of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements have been issued but deemed by management to be outside the scope of relevance to the Company.
 
 
Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.

Property and equipment consist of the following at:

   
December 31,
   
Estimated
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
Useful Lives
 
Computer equipment
  $ 46,823     $ 43,463    
3-5 years
 
Accumulated depreciation
    (37,478 )     (29,262 )      
    $ 9,345     $ 14,201        
 

   
Years ended December 31,
       
   
2011
   
2010
       
Depreciation expense
  $ 8,216     $ 29,262        
 
NOTE 3: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, primarily consist of trade payables. Included in accounts payable and accrued expenses is sales tax payable of $28,951 and $39,780 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Management believes they are appropriately collecting sales tax in the jurisdictions that require such collection for the goods and services the Company provides.

NOTE 4: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

The Company has 200,000 shares of $0.0001 par value Common Stock authorized. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, there were 200,000 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding.
 
The Company paid distributions to its shareholders of $1,148,109 and $873,637 during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

NOTE 5: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had advanced $169,341 and $182,597, respectively, to a related party by means of common ownership with the Company.  These advances are due on demand and bear no interest.
 
The same related party has provided general and administrative supporting services to the Company. There is no contractual obligation between the related party and the Company for these services or any related compensation. During the 2011 and 2010 the Company recorded selling, general, and administrative expenses of $118,418 and $0, respectively, relating to these services.
 

NOTE 6: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On November 20, 2012, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (“Genesis”) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “IPC Agreement”) to acquire all the outstanding stock of the Company. The IPC Agreement was made and entered into by and among Genesis, the Company, and the Company’s shareholders.
 
Under the terms of the IPC Agreement, Genesis acquired all the capital stock of the Company in exchange for the following consideration to be paid or issued by Genesis at the closing: (i) cash of five and two tenths (5.2X) times trailing twelve months EBITDA, and (ii) two tenths of one percent (.2X) times Trailing Twelve Months EBITDA to be paid in Genesis Common Stock.
 
Genesis also agreed to pay six tenths of one percent (.6X) times the forward EBITDA calculated as the twelve month period commencing on the first day of the first calendar month after the closing date.

As additional consideration, Genesis agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount equal to two (2X)  times growth of the of the Company’s adjusted EBITDA in excess of the calculation used for the initial cash payment  for each of the two 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.

The Genesis common stock issued to the shareholders will be priced according to the offering price of the Company's common stock offered in the Company's registered public offering pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Any of the Company’s shareholders can elect to take Genesis stock instead of cash at closing.  The amount can be up to one (1X) EBITDA.

Also, seven percent (7%) of the total consideration shall be placed in escrow for nine months to account for any contingent liabilities, bad debts or breaches of any representations and warranties and covenants in the IPC Agreement.
 
Subsequent to the closing of the IPC Agreement, the Company’s status as a company taxed under Section 1362m of the Internal Revenue Code is expected to cease.
 
 
Integration Partners Corporation – New York

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011
 
 
BALANCE SHEETS
(unaudited)
 
   
September 30,
 
ASSETS
 
2012
 
Current Assets:
     
  Cash
 
$
737,325
 
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
   
2,675,063
 
  Inventory
   
1,120,178
 
    Total current assets
   
4,532,566
 
         
  Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
   
37,656
 
         
  Other assets
   
8,700
 
         
     Total assets
 
$
4,578,922
 
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
       
         
Current Liabilities:
       
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
$
2,554,726
 
  Accrued compensation
   
396,531
 
  Deferred revenue
   
599,739
 
  Due to related party
   
1,104,071
 
Total current liabilities
   
4,655,067
 
         
Stockholders' Equity
       
  Common stock; no par value; 200,000 shares authorized; 150 shares issued and outstanding
   
20
 
  Retained earnings
   
(76,165
)
     Total stockholders’ equity
   
(76,145
)
         
     Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
4,578,922
 
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
 
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(unaudited)
 
   
Nine Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Revenues
 
$
17,021,158
   
$
15,878,948
 
Cost of revenues
   
13,151,831
     
12,086,287
 
Gross profit
   
3,869,327
     
3,792,681
 
                 
Selling, general and administrative expense
   
2,729,284
     
2,246,565
 
                 
Interest income
   
-
     
42,955
 
Net income
 
$
1,140,043
   
$
1,589,071
 
 
See notes to unaudited  financial statements.
 
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited)
 
   
Nine Months ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net income
 
$
1,140,043
   
$
1,589,071
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
  Depreciation
   
11,609
 
   
6,162
 
  Gain on disposition of equipment
               
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
  Accounts receivable
   
3,298,747
     
(2,836,700
)
  Inventory
   
(843,099
)
   
202,682
 
  Other receivable - related party
   
169,341
     
152,208
 
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
(2,833,560
)
   
1,046,464
 
  Deferred revenue
   
136,954
     
131,668
 
  Due to related party
   
1,104,071
     
569,449
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
2,184,106
     
861,004
 
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
  Purchase of property and equipment
   
(39,920
)
   
(8,666
)
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
  Distributions to stockholders
   
(2,202,586
)
   
(802,934
)
                 
 Net (decrease) increase  in cash
   
(58,400
)
   
49,404
 
                 
Cash, beginning of period
   
795,725
     
62,220
 
                 
Cash, end of period
 
$
737,325
   
$
111,624
 
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
  Cash paid for interest
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
  Cash paid for income taxes
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2012
(unaudited)

NOTE 1: ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Integration Partners corporation - NY  or   the Company, was incorporated in January 2009 in New Jersey.
 
The Company specializes in the design, installation, and maintenance of voice, video, and data networking infrastructure in the commercial, higher education, and governmental markets.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The unaudited financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, have been omitted pursuant to those rules and regulations, but management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The financial statements and notes included herein should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements and notes for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 included in this accompanying report.  In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring adjustments and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of these interim statements have been included. The results of operations for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results expexted for the year ending December 31, 2012, or that have been achieved for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively.
 
NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reporting amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results will differ from those estimates. Included in these estimates are estimates of the useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment and the collectability of its accounts receivable.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable are due primarily from customers located in the United States. Collateral is generally not required. The Company also maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make payments. The Company periodically reviews these estimated allowances, including an analysis of the customer’s payment history and credit worthiness, the age of the receivable balances, and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to make payments. Based on this review, the Company specifically reserves for those accounts deemed uncollectible. When receivables are determined to be uncollectible, principal amounts of such receivables outstanding are deducted from the allowance. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts is not necessary at September 30, 2012.
 
Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk primarily from cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents accounts are held at financial institutions and are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, up to $250,000, as of September 30, 2012. To reduce its risk associated with the failure of such financial institutions, the Company periodically evaluates the credit quality of the financial institutions in which it holds deposits.
 
The Company's accounts receivable are due from customers, generally located within the United States.  One of the Company’s customers accounted for 14% of its accounts receivable at September 30, 2012.
 

Customer Concentration

Three of the Company’s customers accounted for 31% of its revenues during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012. Two of the Company’s customers accounted for 30% of its revenues during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011.
 
Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services for design, implementation, and maintenance services of for voice, video, and data networking infrastructure to higher education organizations, governmental agencies, and commercial customers .

Prior to commencement of services, and depending on the length of the services to be provided, the Company obtains a written agreement or executed proposal. Generally, the services are provided over a period ranging between 2 days to 14 days.

Revenues related to the resale of hardware and software are recognized upon delivery to the customers.

Revenues related to maintenance and customer support are recognized over the relative terms of the service agreements. For all service revenues, the Company determines whether it is acting as principal or agent, in accordance with ASC topic 605-45, “Revenue Recognition—Principal Agent Considerations.” (“ASC 605-45”) For the sale of third-party maintenance and customer support in which the Company is acting as agent, the revenue is recognized on a net basis and deferred over the relative terms of the service agreements.
 
The Company does not provide refunds to its customers.

The Company provides separately-priced maintenance agreements on its products and services.

Warranty Costs

The Company provides product warranties for specific products and services.  At each measurement date, the Company determines the accrual for estimated future warranty costs in the period in which the associated revenue is recognized based on historical experience, expectation of future conditions, and the extent of backup concurrent supplier warranties in place.

The Company warrants that its products will be free from certain defects in material and workmanship at the time of delivery and typically for a period of one to three years, depending upon the specific product or services or the customer proposal.  The Company obtains back-up concurrent warranties for major components parts from its suppliers.

Management believes that a reserve for warranty is not necessary at September 30, 2012.
 
Inventory

The Company purchases inventory for immediate resale to customers and records it at actual cost until sold. Inventory as of September 30, 2012 totaled $1,120,178. Inventory consisted of networking equipment.
 

Product Concentration

The Company generates its revenues from design, implementation, and maintenance services for voice, video, and data networking infrastructure.

Geographic Concentration

The Company provides its services throughout the continental United States, primarily in the Northeastern area.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company accounts, for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, or ASC 820. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements.
 
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:
 
Level 1:    
Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:    
Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3:    
Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.
 
Additional Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and accrued compensation approximate their fair value due to the short maturity of these items.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense amounted to $6,000 during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company, with the consent of its stockholders, has elected at inception to have its income taxed under section 1362m of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides that, in lieu of corporation income taxes, the stockholders are taxed on the Company’s taxable income.  Therefore, no provision or liability for federal and state income taxes is included in the accompanying financial statements.
 
Segment Reporting

The Company generates revenues from one source, from design, installation, and maintenance services for voice, video, and data networking infrastructure . The Company's chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of the Company based upon revenues and expenses by functional areas as disclosed in the Company's statements of operations.
 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements have been issued but deemed by management to be outside the scope of relevance to the Company.
 
Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.

Property and equipment consist of the following at:
 
 
September 30,
 
Estimated
 
 
2012
 
Useful Lives
 
Computer equipment
  $ 86,745       3-5 years  
Accumulated depreciation
    (49,087 )        
      37,656          
 
   
Nine-month periods ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Depreciation expense
  $ 11,609     $ 6,162  
 
NOTE 3: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, primarily consist of trade payables. Included in accounts payable and accrued expenses is sales tax payable of 31,899 and $28,951 as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Management believes they are appropriately collecting sales tax in the jurisdictions that require such collection for the goods and services the Company provides.

NOTE 4: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

The Company has 200,000 shares of $0.0001 par value Common Stock authorized. As of September 30, 2012, there were 200,000 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding.
 
The Company paid distributions to its shareholders of $2,202,586 and $802,934 during the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

NOTE 5: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As of September 30, 2012, the Company had an obligation to repay advances to a related party by means of common ownership with the Company of $1,104,071.
 

NOTE 6: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On November 20, 2012, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (“Genesis”) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “IPC Agreement”) to acquire all the outstanding stock of the Company. The IPC Agreement was made and entered into by and among Genesis, the Company, and the Company’s shareholders.
 
Under the terms of the IPC Agreement, Genesis acquired all the capital stock of the Company in exchange for the following consideration to be paid or issued by Genesis at the closing: (i) cash of five and two tenths (5.2X) times trailing twelve months EBITDA, and (ii) two tenths of one percent (.2X) times Trailing Twelve Months EBITDA to be paid in Genesis Common Stock.
.
Genesis also agreed to pay six tenths of one percent (.6X) times the forward EBITDA calculated as the twelve month period commencing on the first day of the first calendar month after the closing date.

As additional consideration, Genesis agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount equal to two (2X)  times growth of the of the Company’s adjusted EBITDA in excess of the calculation used for the initial cash payment  for each of the two 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.

The Genesis common stock issued to the shareholders will be priced according to Genesis S-1 Registration or public offering.

Any of the Company’s shareholders can elect to take Genesis stock instead of cash at closing.  The amount can be up to one (1X) EBITDA.

Also, seven percent (7%) of the total consideration shall be placed in escrow for nine months to account for any contingent liabilities, bad debts or breaches of any representations and warranties and covenants in the IPC Agreement.
 
Subsequent to the closing of the IPC Agreement, the Company’s status as a company taxed under Section 1362m of the Internal Revenue Code is expected to cease.
 
 
F-115

 
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements
 
The following unaudited pro forma combined financial information is provided for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is based on and should be read in conjunction with the (i) historical consolidated financial statements of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.( the “Company”) included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 and included in this filing; (ii) the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 included in its Form 10-Q and included in this filing; (iii) the audited financial statements of ADEX Corporation ("ADEX"), TNS, Inc. (“TNS”), Integrated Partners Corporation – New York (“IPC”) and Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Division (“TPS”) as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which are included in Exhibit 99.2 to this Form S-1; and (iv) the unaudited interim financial statements of ADEX, TNS, IPC and TPS for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 which are also included in Exhibit 99.2 to this Form S-1.
 
The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2012, and the unaudited pro forma conolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 and nine-months ended September 30, 2012, are presented herein. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet gives effect to the transactions completed after September 30, 2012 as if they had been completed on September 30, 2012, and consolidates the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the assets and liabilities acquired from all the entities. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 and nine months ended September 30, 2012 give effect to the acquisitions and disposals as if they had occurred on January 1, 2011.
 
The historical financial information has been adjusted to give effect to pro forma events that are directly attributable to the acquisitions, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact on the consolidated results. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements, and is not necessarily indicative of the consolidated results of operations or financial condition had the acquisition been completed as of the dates indicated. In addition, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to project the future results of operations or financial position of the consolidated company. The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and information available as of the date of this Form S-1. Actual results may differ from the amounts reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements, and the differences may be material.
 
 
Unaudited Proforma Consolidated Balance Sheet
September 30, 2012
 
         
Telco
Professional
                       
     
Genesis Group
   
Services
and
Hanset Testing
     
IPC
     
Proforma
Adjustments
     
Proforma
Adjustments
     
   
Holdings, Inc.
   
Divisions (1)
   
Systems, Inc.
   
Offering
   
Acquisitions
 
Consolidated
 
                           
 
     
Assets
                                   
Current assets
                                   
Cash
  $ 247,880     $ -     $ 737,325     $ 35,200,000     $ (35,361,734
)(a)
  $ 823,471  
Accounts receivable
    7,451,678       3,785,467       2,673,063       -       -       13,912,208  
Inventory
    58,796       -       1,120,178       -       -       1,178,974  
Deferred loan costs
    1,823,465       -       -       -       -       1,823,465  
Other current assets
    197,734       -       -       -       -       197,734  
Total current assets
    9,779,553       3,785,467       4,532,566       35,200,000       (35,361,734 )     20,529,419  
                                                 
Property, plant & equipment, net
    173,657       -       37,656       -       -       211,313  
Investments
    83,333       -      
-
      -       -       83,333  
Notes receivable-related party
    125,000       -       -       -       -       125,000  
Goodwill and other intangibles assets, net
    15,731,611       -       -       -       35,519,216
(c)
    51,250,827  
Other assets
    284,522       -       8,700       -       -       293,222  
Total assets
  $ 26,177,676     $ 3,785,467     $ 4,578,922     $ 35,200,000     $ 157,482     $ 69,899,547  
                                                 
Liabilities and stockholders deficit
                                               
Current liabilities
                                               
Accounts payable
  $ 1,250,170     $ -     $ 2,554,726     $ -     $ -     $ 3,804,876  
Bank debt, current portion
    347,045       -       -       -       -       347,045  
Accrued expenses
    1,157,876       567,825       396,531       -       -       2,122,212  
Deferred Revenue     -       -       599,739       -       -       599,739  
Due to related party
                    1,107,071                          
Notes payable, related parties, current portion
    3,728       -       -       -       -       3,728  
Notes payable, acquisition
    2,099,154       -       -       -       2,590,592
(d)
    4,689,746  
Notes payable, other current portion
    1,464,500       -       -       -       -       1,464,500  
Total current liabilities
    6,322,473       567,825       4,655,007       -       2,590,592       14,135,957  
                                                 
Other liabilities
                                               
Bank debt, net of current portion
    144,749       -       -       -       -       144,749  
Notes payable, related parties, net of current portion
    105,694       -       -       -       -       105,694  
Notes payable, other, net of current portion
    12,350,000       -       -       -       -       12,350,000  
Derivative liability
    361,881       -       -                       361,881  
Total other liabilities
    12,962,324       -       -       -       -       12,962,324  
                                                 
Common stock with $0.10 put option, 5,000,000 shares issued and outstanding
    500,000       -       -       -       -       500,000  
Redeemable Series A Preferred Stock
    200,000       -       -       -       -       200,000  
Redeemable Series B Preferred Stock
    384,063       -       -       -       -       384,063  
Redeemable Series C Preferred Stock
    1,500,000       -       -       -       -       1,500,000  
Redeemable Series F Preferred Stock
    4,150,000       -       -       -       -       4,150,000  
      6,734,063       -       -       -       -       6,734,063  
                                                 
Stockholders deficit
                                               
Series D Preferred Stock
    566       -       -       -       -       566  
Series E Preferred Stock
    4       -       -               -       4  
Common stock
    21,783       -       20       800        
(e)
    22,603  
Additional paid in capital
    13,664,000       -       -       35,199,200       2,143,894
(f)
    51,007,094  
Divisional net assets
            3,217,642       -       -       (3,217,642
)(b)
    -  
Retained earnings
    (13,599,948 )             (76,165     -       (1,359,362
)(b)
    (15,035,475 )
Total stockholders deficit
    86,405       3,217,642       (76,145 )     35,200,000       (2,433,110 )     35,994,792  
Non-controlling interest
    72,411       -       -       -       -       72,411  
Total stockholders deficiency
    158,816       3,217,642       (76,145 )     35,200,000       (2,433,110 )     36,067,203  
Total liabilities and stockholders deficit
  $ 26,177,676     $ 3,785,467     $ 4,578,922     $ 35,200,000     $ 157,482     $ 69,899,547  
 
(1) Telco Professional Services, or Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing, is a division of Telemark.
 
   
Telco Professional
    IPC          
Proforma adjustments acquisitions:
 
 Services
   
 Systems, Inc.
   
Total
 
(a) Represents the cash paid at closing of the acquisition net of the cash balances not acquired
  $ 19,957,790     $ 15,403,944     $ 35,361,734  
(b) Represents elimination of the assets, liabilities, and equity that were not acquired in the transaction
  $ 3,217,642     $ 1,359,362     $ 4,577,004  
(c) To reflect the estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets and goodwill acquired in the acquisition
  $ 19,549,141     $ 15,970,075     $ 35,519,216  
(d) To reflect the issuance of acquisition notes to sellers
  $ 813,214     $ 1,777,378     $ 2,590,592  
(e) To reflect the stock issued as consideration in the acquisition
                    -  
    $ 1,995,779       148,115       2,143,894  
 
Proforma adjustments offering:
 
To reflect the issuance of 8,000,000 shares of common stock generating net proceeds of $35,200,000
 
 
Unaudited Proforma Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the year ended December 31, 2011
 
                                       
Telco
Professional
               
Proforma
   
Proforma
 
   
Genesis
   
Digital
   
Tropical
   
RME
   
RML
   
Adex
   
Services (1)
   
IPC
   
TNS
   
Adjustments
   
Combined
 
Revenue
    2,812,210       (2,443,441 )     785,181       2,565,801       49,986       37,160,836       16,833,939       28,831,299       4,097,049       -       85,692,860  
                                                                                         
Cost of Revenues
    1,851,018       (1,776,685 )     398,719       1,516,627       2,400       30,215,543       11,691,936       18,310,438       2,493,261       -       64,703,257  
                                                                                         
Gross margin
    961,192       (666,756 )     386,462       1,049,174       47,586       6,945,293       5,142,003       5,520,861       1,603,788       -       20,989,603  
                                                                                         
Operating expenses
                                                                                       
Depreciation
    39,229       (26,000 )     5,624       -       -       -       -       -       -       10,341,594
(g)
    10,360,447  
Salaries and wages
    852,600       (524,531 )     336,964       241,156       -       -       1,103,613       2,423,383       1,187,654       (2,523,931
)(k)
    3,096,908  
Stock compensation
    5,001,000       -                       -       -       -       -               -       5,001,000  
General and administrative
    1,251,102       (572,100 )     134,647       606,145       27,473       5,339,264       133,474       1,032,747       135,286       (19,000
)(h)
    8,069,038  
                                                                                         
Total operating expenses
    7,143,931       (1,122,631 )     477,235       847,301       27,473       5,339,264       1,237,087       3,456,130       1,322,940       7,798,663       26,529,393  
                                                                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (6,182,739 )     455,875       (90,773 )     201,873       20,113       1,606,029       3,904,916       2,064,731       280,848       (7,798,663 )     (5,537,790 )
                                                                                         
Other income (expenses)
                                                                                       
unrealized gain (loss) on fair value of derivative
    458,754                               -       -       -       -       -       -       458,754  
Interest expense
    (1,240,457 )     157,383       (21,215 )     (91,779 )     -       -       -       -       -       (24,058
)(i)
    (1,220,126 )
Interest income
                            184               -               149       -               33  
Other income (expenses)
                    707       -       (1,528 )     (92,690 )                     -               (93,511
Goodwill impairment
    (437,000 )                             -       -       -       -       -       -       (437,000 )
Gain  (loss) from disposal of capital equipment
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
                                                                                         
Total other income (expense)
    (1,218,703 )     157,383       (20,508 )     (91,595 )     (1,528 )     (92,690 )     -       149       -       (24,058 )     (1,291,550 )
                                                                                         
Gain in non-controlling interest
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
                                                                                         
Net income (loss from conntinuing operations
    (7,401,442 )     613,258       (111,281 )     110,278       18,585       1,513,339       3,904,916       2,064,880       280,848       (7,822,721 )     (6,829,340 )
                                                                                         
Loss from discontinued operations
    -       -                                                                       -  
                                                                                         
Income Tax                                             71,847                                       71,847  
                                                                                         
NET  LOSS
    (7,401,442 )     613,258       (111,281 )     110,278       18,585       1,441,492       3,904,916       2,064,880       280,848       (7,822,721 )     (6,901,187 )
                                                                                         
Basic and fully diluted
    (5.13 )                                                                             (3.35 )
                                                                                         
Weighted average number of common shares (A)
    1,442,504               126,420       60,000               -       399,156       29,623       -       -       2,057,703  
outstanding-basic and diluted
         
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
   
(i)
 
                                                                                         
EBITDA
                                                                                    9,823,657  
 
Proforma adjustments:  
Tropical
   
RME
   
RML
   
ADEX, Corp.
   
Telco
Professional
Services (1)
   
IPC
Systems, Inc.
   
TNS, Inc.
   
Total
 
                                                   
(g) 
Represents the amortization expense related to the fair value of identifiable finite-life intangible assets acquired in the transactions, as if they had been completed on January 1, 2011
  $ -     $ 127,347     $ -     $ 2,056,829     $ 3,909,828     $ 3,301,544     $ 946,046       10,341,594  
(h) 
To eliminate transactions expenses
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 19,000       19,000  
(i) 
Represents the interest expenses associated with the acquisition notes payable,  as if they had been issued on January 1, 2011
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 24,058     $ -     $ -     $ -       24,058  
(j) 
To reflect the issuance of common stock on the date of the acquisitions
    126,420       60,000               -       399,156       29,623       -       615,199  
(k) 
To reflect lower salaries for former owners
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 1,027,763     $ -     $ 450,000     $ 1,046,168       2,523,931  
 
(A)
Adjusted for the proposed 125-to-1 reverse stock split.
 
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
Unaudited Proforma Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the nine month period ended September 30, 2012
 
                      Telco                          
                      Professional                
Proforma
   
Proforma
 
   
Genesis
   
Digital
   
Adex
   
Services (1)
   
IPC
   
TNS
   
Adjustments
   
Combined
 
Revenue
    5,874,314       (1,691,956 )     22,365,754       13,233,630       17,158,112       1,876,731       -       58,816,585  
                                                                 
Cost of Revenues
    3,582,824       (1,561,287 )     18,321,021       9,637,135       11,485,896       1,108,590       -       42,574,179  
                                                                 
Gross margin
    2,291,490       (130,669 )     4,044,733       3,596,495       5,672,216       768,141       -       16,242,406  
                                      0.67                          
Operating expenses
                                                               
Depreciation
    80,644       (52,525 )     -       -       -       1,327       7,660,685 (g)     7,690,131  
Salaries and wages
    1,495,353       (226,766 )             672,665       1,171,131       312,736       (1,896,354 )(k)     1,528,765  
Stock compensation
    603,998               -       -       -               -       603,998  
General and administrative
    1,473,192       (345,922 )     4,777,323       88,334       291,156       92,795       (613,090 )(h)     5,763,788  
                                                                 
Total operating expenses
    3,653,187       (625,213 )     4,777,323       760,999       1,462,287       406,858       5,151,241       15,586,682  
                                                                 
Income (loss) from operations
    (1,361,697 )     494,544       (732,590 )     2,835,496       4,209,929       361,283       (5,151,241 )     655,724  
                                                                 
Other income (expenses)
                                                               
unrealized gain (loss) on fair value of derivative
    (360,738 )             -       -       -       -       -       (360,738 )
Interest expense
    (1,370,738 )     256,758               -       -       -       24,058
(i)
    (1,089,922 )
Interest income
                                    -                       -  
Other income (expenses)
                    (40,431 )             211,732                       171,301  
Loss from disposal of subsidiary
    (880,393 )             -       -       -       -       -       (880,393 )
Gain  (loss) from disposal of capital equipment
    21,981       4,204       -       -       -       -       -       26,185  
                                                                 
Total other income (expense)
    (2,589,888 )     260,962       (40,431 )     -       211,732       -       24,058       (2,133,567 )
                                                                 
Gain in non-controlling interest
    33,111       -       -       -       -       -       -       33,111  
                                                                 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    (3,918,474 )     755,506       (773,021 )     2,835,496       4,421,661       361,283       (5,127,183 )     (1,444,732 )
                                                                 
Loss from discontinued operations
    -       -                                               -  
                                                                 
NET  LOSS
  $ (3,918,474 )   $ 755,506     $ (773,021 )   $ 2,835,496     $ 4,421,661     $ 361,283     $ (5,127,183 )   $ (1,444,732 )
                                                                 
LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
                                                               
                                                                 
Basic and fully diluted
  $ (2.72 )                                                   $ (0.08 )
                                                                 
Weighted average number of common shares (A)
    1,442,504               -       399,156       29,623                       18,889,573  
           outstanding-basic and diluted
         
(j)
   
(j)
   
(j)
   
(j)
   
(j)
   
(j)
         
                                                                 
EBITDA
                                                            8,949,853  
 
                 
Telco Professional
   
IPC
       
Proforma adjustments:  
TNS, Inc.
   
ADEX, Corp.
   
Services (1)
   
Systems, Inc.
   
Total
 
                                 
(g) 
Represents the amortization expense related to the fair value of identifiable
                             
 
finite-life intangible assets acquired in the transactions, as if they had been completed
  $ 709,535     $ 1,542,622     $ 2,932,371     $ 2,476,158       7,660,685  
 
on January 1, 2011
                                       
(h)
To eliminate transactions expenses
  $ 39,765     $ 573,325     $ -     $ -       613,090  
(i) 
Represents the interest expenses associated with the acquisition notes payable, as if they had been issued on January 1, 2011
  $ -     $ 24,058     $ -     $ -       24,058  
(j) 
To reflect the issuance of common stock on the date of the acquisitions
    -       -       399,156       29,623       428,779  
(k) 
To eliminate salaries for former owners and related company
  $ 541,143     $ 1,017,711     $ -     $ 337,500       1,896,354  
 
(A)
Adjusted for the proposed 125-to-1 reverse stock split.
 
 
 
Note 1 - Basis of Presentation
 
The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2012, and the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 and nine months ended September 30, 2012, are presented herein. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet at September 30, 2012 includes the pro forma information of all of the Company’s transactions after September 30, 2012, as if they had occurred on September 30, 2012.The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes the pro forma information of all of the Company’s transactions between January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011, as if the transactions had occurred on January 1, 2011.  The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012 includes the pro forma information of all of the Company’s transactions between January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012 as if they had occurred January 1, 2012.
 
The unaudited pro forma combined financial information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the unaudited combined financial statements, and is not necessarily indicative of the combined results of operations or financial condition had the acquisitions been completed as of the dates indicated. In addition, the unaudited pro forma combined financial information does not reflect any cost savings or integration costs. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information does not purport to project the future results of operations or financial position of the combined company. The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and information available as of the date of this Registration Statement on Form S-1. Certain valuations are currently in process. Actual results may differ from the amounts reflected in the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.
 
 
Note 2 - Transactions and Purchase Consideration
 
2011 Transactions

Acquisition of Tropical Communications, Inc.
 
On August 22, 2011, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Tropical Communications, Inc. (“Tropical”), a company that is a State licensed Low Voltage and Underground contractor providing services to construct, install, optimize and maintain structured cabling for commercial and governmental entities in the South Florida area for a total purchase price of 1,000,000 shares valued at $0.09 per share. The acquisition expands the Company’s cable installation presence in the southeastern United States. The results of Tropical were included in the consolidated results of the Company effective August 1, 2011. The allocation of the acquisition cost for Tropical resulted in a loss from impairment of goodwill of $437,000 reflected in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Acquisition of Rives Monteiro Engineering LLC

On December 29, 2011, the Company acquired a 49% stake in Rives Monteiro Engineering LLC. (“RME”), an engineering firm and certified woman owned business with offices in Houston, Texas and Tuscaloosa, Alabama for a total purchase price valued at approximately $324,000.The Company has an option to purchase the remaining 51% of RME for a de minimis sum of money. Accordingly, RME is an entity under common control which is consolidated in accordance with FASB guidance related to variable interest entities

Acquisition of Rives Monteiro Leasing LLC

On December 29, 2011, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Rives Monteiro Leasing LLC (“RM Leasing”) an equipment provider for the cable-engineering services of RM Engineering for a total purchase price of approximately $13,000.

The final purchase prices for the above 2011 acquisitions were calculated as follows:
 
   
Tropical
   
RM Engineering
   
RM Leasing
 
Cash
 
$
-0-
   
$
86,807
   
$
13,193
 
Promissory Notes
   
-0-
     
200,000
     
-0-
 
Common Stock
   
90,000
     
37,500
     
-0-
 
Total Purchase Price
 
$
90,000
   
$
324,307
   
$
13,193
 
 
The final purchase prices were allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:
 
   
Tropical
   
RM Engineering
   
RM Leasing
 
Intangible asset
 
$
-0-
   
$
636,736
   
$
-0-
 
 
 
Transactions during the quarter ended September 2012

Disposal of Digital Comm, Inc. Subsidiary

On September 13, 2012, the company sold 60% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of Digital Comm Inc., to Billy Caudill, a former director of the company, in exchange for the issuance to the company by Billy Caudill of a non-recourse promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $125,000 dated September 13, 2012 pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement dated July 30, 2012. The note is secured by the purchased shares.

Acquisition of TNS, Inc.

On September 17, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of TNS, Inc. (“TNS”), an Illinois corporations based in Des Plaines, Illinois. TNS is a provider of structured cabling and distributed antenna systems primarily in the Chicago, Illinois area. The purchase price for TNS was $4,927,500 paid with $700,000 in cash, 5,000,000 shares of common stock and 4,150 shares of Series F Preferred Stock. The Company granted the TNS sellers the right to put the shares of common stock to the Company for $.10 per share beginning March 17, 2014, and continuing for sixty days thereafter. Additional consideration will also be paid in the event certain operating results are achieved by TNS. The holders of the Series F Preferred Stock can demand that an aggregate of 3,000 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on November 27, 2012, with the redemption to occur within twenty days of such request. The holders may also request an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2013 and an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2014. In the event that certain operating results are achieved or not achieved by TNS, additional shares of Series F Preferred Stock may be issued or issued shares of Series F Preferred Stock may be cancelled based on an agreed upon formula.

Acquisition of ADEX Entities
 
On September 17, 2012, the Company acquired all the outstanding capital stock of ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation, and ADEXCOMM Corporation, a New York Corporation (“ADEXCOMM”) and all outstanding membership interests of ADEX Puerto Rico LLC, a Puerto Rican limited liability company (“ADX Puerto RICO”), and together with ADEX and ADEXCOMM, the ADEX Entities. The ADEX Entities are an international service organization that provides turnkey services and project staffing solutions exclusively to the telecommunication industry. ADEX assists telecommunications companies throughout the project life cycle of any network deployment. The purchase price for the ADEX Entities was approximately $15,198,262, which was paid with $12,819,594 in cash, a note in the amount of $1,046,000, and an amount of cash equal to the net working capital of the ADEX Entities as of the closing date, $1,332,668. This payment was secured by the issuance of 1,500 shares of Series G Preferred Stock. As additional consideration the Company agreed to pay the ADEX sellers an amount of cash equal to the product of 0.75 (the “Multiplier”) multiplied by the adjusted EBITDA of the ADEX Entities for the twelve months beginning October 1, 2012, (the “Forward EBITDA”). If the Forward EBITDA is less than $2,731,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 0.50, and if the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,431,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 1.0. The company also agreed to pay the ADEX sellers an amount of cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,081,243. In connection with these obligations, the Company issued 2,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, which are held in escrow. These shares are redeemable in the event the Company defaults on its obligation to make the required payments. These shares of Series G Preferred are automatically cancelled if payments are made in cash by the Company.

The final purchase prices for the above acquisitions were calculated as follows:
 
   
TNS
   
ADEX
 
Cash
 
$
700,000
   
$
12,819,594
 
Promissory Notes
   
-
     
2,378,668
 
Common Stock
   
77,500
     
-
 
Redeemable Preferred Stock
   
4,150,000
     
-
 
Total Purchase Price
 
$
4,927,500
   
$
15,198,262
 
 
The final purchase prices were allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:

   
TNS
   
ADEX
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets, primarily customer list
 
$
4,730,231
   
$
10,284,144
 
 
 
Transactions after September 30, 2012
 
Acquisition of Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing
 
On November 19, 2012, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “TPS Agreement”) and acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing, (the “Divisions”), divisions of Tekmark LLC (“Tekmark”). The TPS Agreement was made and entered into by and among the Company, the Divisions, and Tekmark member owners.
 
Under the terms of the TPS Agreement, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Divisions in exchange for the following consideration to be paid or issued by the Company at the closing: (i) cash of five times trailing twelve months EBITDA, (ii) 0.5 times Trailing Twelve Months EBITDA to be paid in of the Company’s Common Stock and (iii) the Company and Tekmark shall within sixty days of Closing adjust the initial closing payment such that it equals the true Trailing Twelve Months EBITDA after accounting for any additional liabilities or adjustments.
 
The Company also agreed to pay 1 times the forward EBITDA calculated as the twelve month period commencing on the day of the first calendar month after the closing date.
 
In addition, the Purchase Price shall also be increased by the Excess Net Working Capital at Closing. In summary, this shall be defined as: Current Assets (less cash) and including Accounts Receivable, minus Current Liabilities, minus the total payroll expenses plus applicable fringe benefits, and fixed operating costs for the 60 days prior to Closing.
 
At Tekmark’s discretion, some of the original cash payment can be taken in common stock of the Company,  with a put provision to the Company for the original cash value of same.
 
Finally, as additional consideration, the Company agreed to pay Tekmark an amount equal to 2 times growth of the of the Division’s adjusted EBITDA in excess of the calculation used for the initial cash payment  for each of the two 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.
 
Acquisition of Integrated Partners Corporation – New York
 
On November 19, 2012, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “IPC Agreement”) with Integrated Partners Corporation – New York (“IPC”) and acquired all the outstanding stock of the Company. The IPC Agreement was made and entered into by and among the Company, IPC, and the IPC’s shareholders.
 
Under the terms of the IPC Agreement, the Company acquired all the capital stock of the IPC in exchange for the following consideration to be paid or issued by the Company at the closing: (i) cash of five and two tenths (5.2X) times trailing twelve months EBITDA, and (ii) two tenths of one percent (0.2) times Trailing Twelve Months EBITDA to be paid in of the Company’s Common Stock.
 
The Company also agreed to pay six tenths of one percent (0.6) times the forward EBITDA calculated as the twelve month period commencing on the first day of the first calendar month after the closing date.
 
 
As additional consideration, the Company agreed to pay the IPC’s shareholders an amount equal to two times growth of IPC’s adjusted EBITDA in excess of the calculation used for the initial cash payment  for each of the two 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.
 
The Company’s common stock issued to the IPC shareholders will be priced according to the Company’s S-1 Registration or public offering.
 
Any of the IPC shareholders can elect to take common stock of the Company instead of cash at closing.  The amount can be up to one times EBITDA.
 
Also, seven percent (7%) of the total consideration shall be placed in escrow for nine months to account for any contingent liabilities, bad debts or breaches of any representations and warranties and covenants in the IPC Agreement.
 
The acquisitions have been accounted for as business combinations and the Company valued all assets and liabilities acquired at their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities were recorded at their estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition.
 
   
IPC
   
TPS
 
Cash
  $ 15,403,944     $ 19,957,790  
Promissory Notes
    1,777,378       813,214  
Common Stock
    148,115       1,995,779  
                 
Total Purchase Price
  $ 17,329,437     $ 22,766,783  
                 
The final purchase prices were allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:
                 
   
IPC
   
TPS
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets, primarily customer list
  $ 15,970,075     $ 19,549,141  
 
 


Shares
 
 
 
 
InterCloud Systems, Inc.
 
Common Stock
 

 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
 

 
, 2013
 
Until                                   , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
 
PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13. 
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with our initial public offering.  All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the FINRA filing fee:
 
   
Amount Paid or to be Paid
 
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
  $ 5,456  
FINRA filing fee
    6,500  
Initial NYSE MKT or NASDAQ listing fee
    *  
Printing and engraving expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous expenses (including road show)
    *  
Total
  $ *  
________
 
 
* To be provided by amendment.
 
Item 14. 
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
InterCloud Systems, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the adjudicating court shall deem proper.
 
 
Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.
 
We expect that the certificate of incorporation adopted by us prior to the consummation of this offering (the “Charter”) will provide that no director of our company shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) in respect of unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases or other distributions pursuant to Section 172 of the DGCL, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, our Charter will provide that if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of our company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
 
We also expect our Charter will further provide that any repeal or modification of such article by our stockholders or an amendment to the DGCL will not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or modification of a director serving at the time of such repeal or modification.
 
We expect that our amended and restated bylaws adopted by us prior to the consummation of this offering (the “Bylaws”) will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers, certain employees and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same may be amended (except that in the case of an amendment, only to the extent that the amendment permits us to provide broader indemnification rights than the DGCL permitted us to provide prior to such the amendment) against any and all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by the director, officer or such employee or on the director’s, officer’s or employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party because he or she is or was serving as a director, officer or employee of our company, or at our request as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of our company and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. We expect the Bylaws will further provide for the advancement of expenses to each of our directors and, in the discretion of the board of directors, to certain officers and employees.
 
In addition, we expect the Bylaws will provide that the right of each of our directors and officers to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be a contract right and shall not be exclusive of any other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any statute, provision of the Charter or Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. Furthermore, our Bylaws will authorizes us to provide insurance for our directors, officers and employees, against any liability, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the Bylaws.
 
In connection with the sale of the common stock being registered hereby, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and the Charter and Bylaws.
 
We also maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.
 
 
In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act against certain liabilities.
 
Item 15. 
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
During the past three years, we have issued securities in the following transactions, each of which was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. All of the below-referenced securities were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.
 
On July 2, 2009, we sold 25,500,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Gideon Taylor in exchange for $100 in a private sale.
 
On August 7, 2009, we issued 50,000,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Billy Caudill in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding stock of Digital Comm in a reverse merger which closed in January 2010.
 
On August 7, 2009, we also issued an aggregate of 60,000,000 shares of our common stock to three individuals in anticipation of the closing of a transaction which never occurred. These shares were cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of our common stock in July 2010.
 
On September 3, 2009, we issued an aggregate of 8,500,000 shares of our common stock valued at $680,000 to two entities as a finder’s fee under the terms of the stock purchase agreement with Mr. Taylor. We are presently in the process of cancelling 3,500,000 of these shares which were issued to one entity. The remaining 5,000,000 shares were valued at $400,000.
 
On August 30, 2010, we issued 5,200,000 shares of our common stock that had been due to Lawrence Sands an executive officer, as compensation, both pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement dated as of January, 2010 and accrued salary. This issuance included 4,000,000 shares of our common stock valued at $2,400,000 which were issued as an incentive for entering into an employment agreement with us and 1,200,000 shares issued in satisfaction of accrued but unpaid 2010 salary.
 
On February 14, 2011, in exchange for the lender, UTA Capital LLC, consenting to the Modification Agreement, the Company issued 1,282,084 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at the fair market price of $0.12 per share.
 
On February 22, 2011, the Company issued 2,000,000 shares of common stock to consultant Birbragher Ins Trust in exchange for consulting services relating to corporate matters valued at the fair market price of $0.12 per share.
 
On February 28, 2011, the Company sold 138,888 shares of common stock to a third party for $25,000. The shares were issued on June 20, 2011.
 
On May 16, 2011, and June 20, 2011, the Company issued 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at the fair market price of $0.06 per share to a third party lender in connection with loan provisions of a third party borrowing.
 
On June 3, 2011 the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 2,000,000 restricted shares and 8,500,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock valued at the fair market price of $0.06 per share to 42 wireless division employees and three of the company’s principal officers, respectively, as bonus compensation shares.
 
On June 3, 2011, the Company issued 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at the fair market price of $0.06 per share to a third party lender in connection with loan provisions of a third party borrowing.
 
On July 5, 2011, the Company sold 3,270,000 shares of the company’s common stock to lender Tekmark for $30,000 as an equity investment.
 
 
On July 26, 2011, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to Interactive Business Alliance in exchange for consulting services relating to public relations valued at the fair market price of $0.11 per share.
 
On August 11, 2011, and August 25, 2011, the Company issued 683,116 shares of common stock for $32,500 in debt conversion to a third party lender.
 
On August 12, 2011, the Company issued 2,107,000 shares of common stock valued at the fair market value price of $0.06 per share to three principals in connection with the pending acquisition of Premier Cable Designs, Inc. The shares were issued as an advance payment pending the closing and recorded as a deposit in the accompanying financial statements.
 
On September 30, 2011, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock valued at the fair market value price of $0.09 per share to one principal in connection with the acquisition of Tropical Communications, Inc.
 
On January 6, 2012, in exchange for consenting to forgive his salary for 2011, the Company issued 5,000,000 shares at a fair market price of $.006 to a director of the Company. The shares were recorded as stock compensation in the year ending December 31, 2011.
 
On January 17, 2012, the Company issued 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at the fair market price of $0.00369 per share in connection with loan provisions of a third party borrowing, recorded as loan cost expense.
 
On January 12, 2012, the Company issued to a director of the Company, 200 shares of Series D Preferred Stock in exchange for the director foregoing his 2011 compensation. The amount was recorded as compensation expense in the year ending December 31, 2011.
 
From January 3, 2012, to January 14, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 450 shares of Series C Preferred Stock in exchange for $450,000.
 
On January 10, 2012, the Company issued to an executive of the Company 100 shares of Series B Preferred Stock in exchange for $100,000.
 
From February 17, 2012, to February 28, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 250 shares of Series C Preferred Stock in exchange for $250,000.
 
From March 2, 2012, to March 19, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 100 shares of Series C Preferred Stock in exchange for $100,000.
 
From March 12, 2012, to March 14, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 200 shares of Series B Preferred Stock in exchange for $200,000.
 
On April 27, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 250 shares of Series C Preferred Stock in exchange for $250,000.
 
On April 17, 2012, the Company issued 3,571,429 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at the fair market price of $0.0045 per share in connection with loan provisions of a third party borrowing, recorded as loan cost expense.
 
On May 8, 2012, the Company issued 6,818,102 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at the fair market price of $0.0044 per share in connection with loan provisions of a third party borrowing, recorded as loan cost expense.
 
From May 23, 2012, to June 19, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 100 shares of Series C Preferred Stock in exchange for $100,000.
 
 
On June 14, 2012, the Company issued 6,769,231 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at the fair market price of $0.003 per share in connection with the loan provisions of a third party borrowing, recorded as loan cost expense.
 
From July 19, 2012, to July 31, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 350 shares of Series C Preferred Stock in exchange for $350,000.
 
On August 8, 2012, the Company issued 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for consulting services relating to public relations valued at the fair market price of $0.012 per share.
 
On August 29, 2012, the Company issued 24,940,263 shares of the Company’s common stock to UTA Capital in exchange for UTA Capital exercising common stock warrants with an exercise price of $0.15. The common stock was valued at the fair market price of $0.016 per share.
 
On August 31, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 50 shares of Series B Preferred Stock in exchange for $50,000.
 
On September 17, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 3,500 shares of Series G Preferred Stock in exchange for $2,225,000.
 
On September 17, 2012, the Company issued 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with a fair market price of $0.0155 per share in connection with the acquisition of T N S, Inc. The common stock was issued to the principals of T N S, Inc.
 
On September 17, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 3,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock in exchange for $3,000.000.
 
From September 17, 2012, to September 30, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 781 shares of Series E Preferred Stock in exchange for certain lenders converting principal and accrued interest on notes payable of $781,139.
 
On September 17, 2012, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of our common stock in connection with the Midmarket loan. As amended on November 13, 2012, these warrants give the holder the right to acquire 11.5% of our fully diluted shares of common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrants are exercisable upon the earlier of December 16, 2012 and the date the Company files a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to our common stock.
 
On September 18, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 2,225 shares of Series E Preferred Stock in exchange for $2,225,000.
 
On October 5, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 4,150 shares of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of a stock purchase agreement between the Company and T N S, Inc.
 
On November 23, 2012, the Company issued to various investors 1,475 shares of Series H Preferred Stock in exchange for $1,475,000.
 
There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions described in this Item 15.
 
Item 16. 
Exhibits.
 
(a)           See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
 
(b)           No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
 
Item 17. 
Undertakings.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Boca Raton, State of Florida on  December 3, 2012 .
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Mark Munro
 
 
Name:
Mark Munro
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer and
 
   
Chairman of the Board
 
 
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
We, the undersigned directors and officers of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby severally constitute and appoint Mark Munro and Lawrence Sands, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys, with full power to them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below, the registration statement on Form S-1 filed herewith, and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of equity securities of the Company, and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, and each of them, or their substitute or substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.  This Power of Attorney does not revoke any power of attorney previously granted by the undersigned, or any of them.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the date indicated:
 
Signature
   
Date
       
/s/ Mark Munro     
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
December 3, 2012
Mark Munro
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
       
/s/ Daniel Sullivan   
Chief Financial Officer
December 3, 2012
Daniel Sullivan
 
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
       
/s/ Mark Durfee  
Director
December 3, 2012
Mark Durfee
     
       
/s/ Charles K. Miller  
Director
December 3, 2012
Charles K. Miller
     
       
/s/ Neal L. Oristano    
Director
December 3, 2012
Neal L. Oristano      
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Document
1.1*
 
Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1***
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2010, between Digital Comm, Inc. and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
2.2***†
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2011, between Margarida Monteiro, Carlos Monteiro and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
2.3***
 
Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2011, between Margarida Monteiro, Carlos Monteiro and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
2.4***†
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2011, between William DeVierno and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
2.5***†
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, between T N S, Inc., Joel Raven and Michael Roeske and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
2.6***†
 
Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, between ADEX Corporation, ADEXCOMM Corporation, ADEX Puerto Rico, LLC, Peter Leibowitz, Gary McGuire, Marc Freedman and Justin Leibowitz and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
2.7***†
 
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2012, between Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
2.8***†
 
Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of November 20, 2012, by and among Integration Partners-NY Corporation, Bart Graf, David Nahabedian, and Frank Jadevaia and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
3.1***
 
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended by the Certificate of Amendment dated August 16, 2001 and the Certificate of Amendment dated September 4, 2008,  filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 3, 2008, as currently in effect
3.2***
 
Series A Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on July 11, 2011
3.3***
 
Series B Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on June 28, 2011
3.4***
 
Series C Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on January 10, 2012
3.5***
 
Series D Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on March 5, 2012
3.6***
 
Series E Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 18, 2012
3.7***
 
Series F Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 17, 2012
3.8***
 
Series G Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 17, 2012
3.9***
 
Amendment No. 1 to Series B Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on October 23, 2012
3.10***
 
Series H Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on November 16, 2012
3.11*
 
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering
3.12***
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., dated as of November 16, 2012, as currently in effect
4.1*
 
Specimen Stock Certificate
4.2***
 
Promissory Note, dated September 17, 2012, between Wellington Shields & Co. LLP and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
5.1*
 
Opinion of O’Melveny & Myers LLP
 
 
 
10.1*
 
2012 Performance Incentive Plan
10.2*
 
Form of Option Agreement and Grant Notices under the 2012 Performance Incentive Plan
10.3***
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement with Executive Officers and Directors
10.4***
 
Director Compensation Policy
10.5*
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.6***
 
Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2009, between Gideon Taylor and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
10.7***
 
Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2010, between Billy Caudill and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
10.8***
 
Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2010, between Lawrence Sands and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
10.9***
 
Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated November 29, 2010, between Billy Caudill and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
10.10***
 
Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated November 29, 2010, between Gideon Taylor and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
10.11***
 
Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2012, between Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. and Billy Caudill
10.12***
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2012,  between Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. and UTA Capital, LLC
10.13***
 
Promissory Note, dated as of September 13, 2012, issued by Billy Caudill to Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
10.14***
 
Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, between Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, Tropical Communications, Inc., the lenders party thereto and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent
10.15***
 
Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, between Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC and Tropical Communications, Inc. in favor of MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent
10.16***
 
Assumption and Joinder Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, between Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., ADEX Corporation, T N S, Inc. and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent
10.17***
 
Pledge Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, by Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. in favor of MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent
10.18***
 
Form of Warrant, dated September 17, 2012
10.19***
 
Promissory Note, dated as of September 17, 2012, issued by Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. in connection with the acquisition of ADEX Corporation
10.20***
 
Form of Subscription Agreement for Series E Preferred Stock
10.21***
 
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant
10.22***
 
Letter Agreement with Gideon Taylor dated November 1, 2012
10.23***
 
Letter Agreement with Billy Caudill dated November 6, 2012
10.24***†
 
First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2012, between Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, Tropical Communications, Inc., the lenders party thereto and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent
10.25***
 
First Amendment to Form of Warrant, dated November 13, 2012
10.26***
 
Form of Subscription Agreement for Series H Preferred Stock
21.1***
 
List of Subsidiaries
23.1***
 
Consent of Sherb & Co., LLP
23.2*
 
Consent of O’Melveny & Myers LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1***
 
Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
_____________
*
To be filed by amendment.
 
***
Filed herewith.
 
Certain schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant undertakes to furnish supplemental copies of any of the omitted schedules upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
 
115

Exhibit 2.1
 
Stock Purchase Agreement
 
THIS Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of January 14 1 2010, is entered into by and among Genesis Group Holdings Inc. (the "Company") and Digital Comm, Inc. ( Seller ) .
 
WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell, transfer and assign to the Company and the Company desires to purchase from Seller, certain outstanding stock issued by the Seller, as more fully described and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and to enter into the other transactions as described herein; and
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties expressly contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto have reached the following understanding:
 
ARTICLE I
PURCHASE OF SHARES
 
1.      Agreements to Sell and Purchase. Subject to the express terms and conditions of this Agreement and any subsequent Stock Purchase Agreement, and provided Seller and the Company are not in default of any other agreements, or any prior closing thereof, and in exchange for the purchase price to be paid as provided herein, at the Closing the Seller shall sell, assign, convey, transfer and deliver to the Company, free and clear of all liens, and the Company shall purchase, acquire and take assignment and delivery of, One Hundred Percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding stock of Digital Comm, Inc.
 
a.   Purchase Price. The Company shall issue to Sellers in full payment of the obligations hereunder, Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of the Company's Common Stock, the allocation of which is set forth below
 
b.   Closing.
 
(i) Subject to the terms of a Stock Purcttase Agreement to be executed, the closing (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Corp.       , at 10:00 A.M. on 1/14/10 . The Closing, and all transactions to occur at the Closing, shall be deemed to have taken place at, and shall be effective as of, 12:01 A.M. on the date of the Closing.
 
 
1

 
 
ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE COMPANY AND SELLER
 
The Company makes to the Seller the following representations and warranties:
 
2..1  Organization and Standing of the Company. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida, and is entitled to own or lease its properties and to carry on its business as and in the places where such properties are now owned, leased or operated. The Company has full corporate power and other authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
2.2  Capitalization. At Closing there shall be Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock authorized with none outstanding. There shall be Five Hundred Million (500,000,000) shares of Common Stock of the Company at $.0001 par value per share, of which there shall be approximately Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) issued and outstanding. The Company has not granted, issued or agreed to grant, issue or make any warrants, options, subscription rights or any other commitments of any character relating to the issued or unissued shares of capital stock of the Company except as previously discussed in the Company's reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In the event of a forward split by the Company or issuance of additional shares, the numbers stated herein shall be reflective of the forward split of issuance of additional shares.
 
2.3  Disclosure and Liabilities. Except with respect to the liabilities and obligations disclosed in such periodic reports, the Company has no material liabilities, obligations or commitments of any nature, whether liquidated or unliquidated, absolute or contingent.
 
2.4  Delivery of Periodic Reports; Compliance with 1934 Act. The Company has or
will have provided the Seller with access to all of its periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission since January 1, 2008. The Company has filed all required periodic reports and is in compliance with its reporting obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a result of having been registered under Section 12(g) of that Act. All reports filed pursuant to such Act are complete and correct in all material respects.
 
2.5  Full Disclosure. No representation or warranty by the Company in this
Agreement or in any exhibit or document to be delivered pursuant hereto contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make any statement herein or therein not material misleading or necessary to a complete and correct presentation of all material aspects of the business of the Company which would materially adversely affect the business of the Company and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
ARTICLE III
SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION
 
3.1  Survival of Representations and Warranties. Notwithstanding any right of the Seller fully to investigate the affairs of the Company, the parties shall have the right to rely fully upon the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement or in any future document delivered to the Seller by the Company or any of its representatives, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. All such representations, warranties, covenants and agreements shall survive the execution and delivery
 
 
2

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
 
Genesis Group Holdings Inc.
 
By :   /s/ Billy Caudill                                                                          
As authorized signatory for Genesis Group Holdings Inc.
 
 
Dated:   1/12/10                      
 
Digital Comm, Inc.
 
By : /s/ Billy Caudill                                                                           
As authorized signatory
 
Dated: 1/15/10    
 
 
 
3

Exhibit 2.2
 
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
THIS  STOCK  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) date  this  15 day of November, 2011 by and among Genesis  Group Holdings  Inc ., maintaining their principle place of business at 2500  N. Military Trail, Boca Raton, Florida 33431 (“ Purchaser ”), and Margarida Monteiro (“ MM ”) and Carlos  Monteiro (“ CM ”) maintaining their principal place of business at 2736 Southside Dr. Tuscaloosa, AI. 35401 (hereinafter collectively the “Seller”) respecting the membership  interests or shares of Rives Monteiro Engineering LLC and all related entities including, inter alia, Rives Monteiro Leasing LLC (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Company ”).
 
WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell, transfer and assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to purchase from Seller, the membership interests (the “ Purchased Shares ”) of the Company, as more fully described and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and to enter into the other transactions as described herein;
 
NOW;  THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties expressly contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
PURCHASE OF SHARES
 
1.            Agreements to Sell and Purchase .  Subject to the express terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing the Seller shall sell, assign, convey, transfer and deliver to Purchaser, and  Purchaser shall purchase, acquire and take assignment and delivery of, the Shares, the “ Shares ” shall mean that amount of membership shares which shall equal 100% of the membership shares issued by the Company, on a fully-diluted basis.
 
2.             Closing .
 
(i)           The closing (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of the Purchaser, at 20:00 A.M. on December 15, 2011 or such other date as is mutually agreed upon by the parties, not later than December 31, 2011.  The Closing, and all transactions to occur at the Closing, shall be deemed to have taken place at, and shall be effective as of, 12:01 A.M. on the date of the Closing.
 
(ii)            Purchase Price; Payment of Consideration . The purchase price for the Purchased Shares (the “ Purchase Price ”) shall be Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00) cash money plus the following additional consideration;
 
a.            
5,000,000 shares of common stock in Purchaser.
 
 
1

 
 
b.            
The assumption of certain debt associated with any lines of credit used to support the business of the Company. The assumed debt shall be listed on a schedule A hereto.
 
c.            
50% of the net income realized by the Company during the Eighteen months following Closing shall be paid in cash or additional shares of common stock of Purchaser to Seller. The amount due to Seller herein shall be calculated on the last day of the 19th month following Closing.
 
d.            
Based on the current capitalization of Purchaser (and subject to proportionate increase or decrease, based on forward or reverse splits or registrations in the common stock of the Purchaser); Cashless Warrants to purchase up to an additional 500,000 shares of common stock priced at .30 per share (based on the Purchaser's current capitalization) for each $500,000 in EBITDA, computed and vested on a semi-annual basis over the twenty-four month period following Closing. In the event that the trading price of the stock is less than•.40 per share, the strike price of the Warrants shall be reduced to that price which is a discount of 25% to the market price.
 
e.            
Seller shall continue to operate the Company after closing, in accordance with an employment agreement executed contemporaneously herewith, as an independent operating entity of Purchaser; subject only to Board of Directors oversight.
 
ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE COMPANY AND SELLER
 
The Company makes to the Purchaser the following representations and warranties:
 
2.1            Organization and Standing of the Company . The Company is a Limited Liability corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Alabama, and is entitled to own or lease its properties and to carry on its business as and in the places where such properties are now owned, leased or operated. The Company and Seller each has full corporate power and other authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.   The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and is the valid and binding obligation of the Company  and Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Neither the execution nor the consummation  of this Agreement will conflict with or result in a breach or default under, or result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Units and the underlying securities, or any of the properties or assets of the Company as a result of the terms, conditions or provisions of any contract, note, mortgage or any other agreement, instrument or obligation to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its properties or assets may be bound.
 
 
2

 
 
2.2            Capitalization .  The Company has not granted, issued or agreed to grant, issue or make any  warrants, options, subscription rights or any other commitments of any character relating to the issued or unissued shares of the Company. MM and CM are holders of 100% of the membership shares in Rives Monteiro Engineering LLC. MM is the holder of 100% of the membership shares in Rives Monteiro Leasing, LLC.
 
2.3            Properties . The Company has good and unencumbered title to and the right to the use of all of its properties and assets. The property and assets of the Company are listed on Schedule B hereto.
 
2.4            Disclosure and Liabilities .  Except with respect to the liabilities and obligations disclosed in such periodic reports disclosed to the Purchaser, the Company has no material liabilities, obligations or  commitments of  any  nature, whether liquidated or  unliquidated, absolute or contingent.
 
2.5            Delivery of Periodic Reports .  The Company has or will have provided the Purchaser with access to all of its accounting reports.
 
2.6            Full Disclosure . No representation or warranty by the Company or Seller in this Agreement or in any exhibit or document to be delivered pursuant hereto contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make any statement herein or therein not material misleading or necessary to a complete and correct presentation of  all material aspects of the  business of  the Company which would materially adversely affect the business of the Company and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
ARTICLE III
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE PURCHASER

The  Purchaser makes the following representations and warranties:
 
3.1            Organization and Standing of the Company . The Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is entitled to own or lease its properties and to carry on its business as and in the places where such properties are now owned, leased or operated. The Purchaser has full corporate power and other authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution  and  delivery of  this  Agreement and the consummation of  the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Purchaser and is the valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser enforceable in accordance with its terms. Neither the execution nor the consummation of this Agreement will conflict with or result in a breach or default under, or result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Units and the underlying securities, or any of the properties or assets of the Purchaser as a result of the terms, conditions or provisions of any contract, note, mortgage or any other agreement, instrument or obligation to which the Purchaser is a party or by which the Purchaser or any of its properties or assets may be bound.
 
 
3

 
 
3.2            Capitalization .  There are Five Hundred Million (500,000,000) shares of common stock authorized  by Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. with  less than One Hundred Fifty Million . (200,000,000) outstanding.   The Purchaser has not granted, issued or agreed to grant, issue or • make any  warrants,  options,  subscription  rights or  any other commitments of  any  character relating to the issued or unissued shares of capital stock of the Purchaser except as previously discussed in the Purchaser's reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise disclosed to the Seller.
 
3.3            Properties .  The Purchaser has good and unencumbered title to and the right to the use of all of its properties and assets.
 
3.4            Disclosure and Liabilities .   Except with respect to the liabilities and obligations disclosed in such periodic reports, the Purchaser has no material liabilities; obligations or commitments of any nature, whether liquidated or unliquidated, absolute or contingent.
 
3.5            Delivery of Periodic Reports .  The Purchaser has or will have provided the Seller with access to all of its S.E.C. reports as well as all periodic reports through September 2011.
 
3.6            Full Disclosure .    No representation or  warranty in  this Agreement  or  in any exhibit or document to be delivered pursuant hereto contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material filet or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make any statement herein or therein not material misleading or necessary to a complete and correct presentation of all material aspects of the business of the Purchaser which would materially adversely affect the business of the Purchaser and the transactions and issuance of stock contemplated hereby.
 
ARTICLE  IV
 
SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION
 
4.1            Survival of Representations and Warranties .  Notwithstanding any right of the Purchaser fully to investigate the affairs of the Company, the Company shall have the right to rely fully upon the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered to the Purchaser by the Company or any of its representatives, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. All such representations, warranties, covenants and agreements shall survive the execution and delivery hereof for twelve (12) months following the date hereof.
 
4.2            Obligation  of the  Company  to Indemnify .    Subject to. the  limitations  on  the survival  of  representations  and  warranties contained herein, the Company  hereby  agrees  to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser from and against any losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, costs or expenses (including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys, fees and disbursements) based upon, arising out of or otherwise due to any inaccuracy in or any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement or in any document or other writing delivered pursuant to this Agreement.
 
 
4

 
 
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
 
5.1            Entire Agreement .   This Agreement (including the Recitals and any Exhibits hereto) contains the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the purchase of the Units and related transactions and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.
 
5.2            Waivers and Amendments .   This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.   No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.  The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which any party may otherwise have at law or in equity.  The rights and remedies of any party based upon, arising out of or otherwise in respect of any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement shall in no way be limited by  the fact that the act, omission, occurrence or other state of facts upon which the claim of any inaccuracy or breach is based may also be the subject matter of any other representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement (or in any other agreement between the parties) as to which there is no inaccuracy or breach.
 
5.3            Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.
 
5.4            No Assignment , this Agreement is not assignable except by operation of law.
 
5.5            Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
 
5.6            Severability of Provisions . The invalidity or unenforceability of any term, phrase, clause, paragraph, restriction, covenant, agreement or other provision of this Agreement shall in no way affect the validity or enforcement of any other provision or any part thereof.
 
5.7            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall constitute an original copy hereof, but all of which together shall be considered but one and the same documents.
 
- SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW -
 
 
5

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
 
 
Rives Montiero Engineering LLC.
       
             
  By:     Dated    
 
 
Rives Montiero Leasing, LLC
       
             
  By:     Dated    
 
 
Margarida  Monteiro
       
             
  By:     Dated    
 
 
Carlos Monteiro
       
             
  By: /s/ Carlos Monteiro   Dated 11-15-11  
 
 
Genesis Group Holdings Inc.
       
       
  By:    
 
  Dated:          
 
 
 6

Exhibit 2.3
 
AMENDMENT TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 14, 2011 by and among Genesis Group Holdings Inc., maintaining its principle place of business at 2500 N. Military Trail Boca Raton, Florida 33431(hereinafter “Purchaser”) and Margarida Monteiro  (“MM”) and Carlos Monteiro (“CM”) maintaining their principle place of business at 2735 Southside Dr., Tuscaloosa, AL. 35401 (hereinafter the “Sellers”) respecting the membership interests or shares of Rives Monteiro Engineering LLC. (“RME”) and all related entities including, inter alia, Rives Monteiro Leasing LLC. (“RML”).
 
Whereas, the  parties have previously agreed by written Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 15, 2011 to sell 100% of the membership interests and shares in RME and RML to Purchaser, pursuant to the terms  and conditions set forth therein,
 
Whereas, the parties to the Stock Purchase wish to amend the Stock Purchase Agreement as set forth below to reflect their additional understandings.
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration  of the premises and for other  good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:
 
Paragraph 1, Agreements to Sell and Purchase, shall be amended as follows:
 
a.
Purchaser shall acquire only 49% of RME and 100% of RML. Purchaser shall have the option for $1.00 and other valuable consideration, to acquire the remaining 51% of RME.
b.
Purchaser shall create  a new entity entitled Rives-Monteiro Engineering Services, Inc. (“RMES”). RMES shall be owned by Purchaser but operated and managed by MM and her staff. All non-WBE type business shall flow directly through RMES.
c.
All WBE business shall continue to flow through RME. RME shall have a management and support agreement with RMES, such that the cash flow from RME activities shall flow to RMES and RMES shall cover both companies' expenses and capital needs.
 
Paragraph 2 (ii) Purchase Price; Payment of Consideration, shall be amended as follows:
 
a.
The Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) cash consideration shall be paid as follows:
 
i.
One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) cash at closing;
 
ii.
A promissory note for One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) due within 90 days of Closing;
 
iii.
A promissory note for One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) due within 180 days of Closing.
 
iv.
The Notes shall have no pre-payment penalty. The notes shall be accelerated in the event that the Company secures equity financing in excess of $2 million dollars during the calendar year 2012.
 
b.
Paragraph (ii) a shall be amended to change 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock to 7,500,000.
c.
Paragraph c shall be amended so that the term “Company” shall include RME and RMES.
 
The agreement of the parties shall remain in all other respects.

 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first written above.
 
Rives Monteiro Engineering, LLC
By   Margarita Monteiro
 
Rives Monteiro Leasing. LLC
By   Margarita Monteiro
 
Margarida  Monteiro
By   /s/ Carlos Monteiro
 
Carlos Monteiro
By  _____________________________
 
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
By /s/ Lawrence Sands
Exhibit 2.4
 
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") date this 15 th     day of August, 2011 by and among Genesis Group Holdings Inc., maintaining their principle place of business at 2500 N. Military Trail, Boca Raton, Florida 33431 ("Purchaser"), and William DeVierno maintaining his principle place of business at 6937 NW 82nd Ave, Miami, Florida 3316 (hereinafter the "Seller") respecting the Common Stock of Tropical Communications Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the "Company").
 
WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell, transfer and assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to purchase from Company, common stock (the "Purchased Shares") of the Company, as more fully described   and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and to enter into the other transactions as described herein;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties expressly contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
PURCHASE OF SHARES
 
1.   Agreements to Sell and Purchase. Subject to the express terms and conditions of this A greement, at the Closing the Seller shall sell, assign, convey, transfer and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall purchase, acquire and take assignment and delivery of; the Shares, the "Shares" shall mean that amount of stock which shall equal 100% of the Common Stock issued by the Company, on a fully-diluted basis.
 
2.   Closing.
 
(i)   The clop 4 (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of the Purchaser, at 10:00 A.M. on T.B.D. . . The Closing, and all transactions to occur at the Closing, shall
be deemed to have taken place at, and shall be effective as of, 12:01 A.M. on the date of the Closing.
 
( ii ) Purchase Price; Payment of Consideration. The purchase price for the Purchased Shares (the "Purchase Price") shall be the following consideration:
 
a.  
1,000,000 shares of common stock in Purchaser, priced at .10 per share, or that amount or that amount of common stock of Purchaser which will equal 2 1/2 times the Seller's average taxable income as reported to the IRS over the last three years, (whichever is greater) delivered at Closing in exchange for 100% of the Shares of common stock in the Company.
 
b.  
The assumption of certain debt associated with any lines of credit used to support the business of the Company. The assumed debt shall be listed on a schedule A hereto.

 
1

 
 
c.  
50% of the net income ( as shown on the Company's financial statements and reported with through the Purchaser's S.E.C. qualified auditors) realized by the Company during the Eighteen months following Closing shall be paid in cash or additional shares of common stock of Purchaser to Seller. The amount due to Seller herein shall be calculated on the last day of the 19th month following Closing.
 
d.  
Cashless Warrants to purchase an additional 500,000 shares of common stock priced at .30 per share (based on the Purchaser's current capitalization) for each $500,000 in EBITDA, computed and vested on a semi-annual basis over the twenty-four month following Closing. In the event that the trading price of the stock is less than .40 per share, the strike price of the Warrants shall be reduced to that price which is a discount of 25% to the market price.
 
e.  
Seller shall continue to operate the Company after closing, in accordance with an employment agreement executed contemporaneously herewith, as an independent operating entity of Purchaser; subject only to Board of Directors oversight.
 
ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE COMPANY
 
The Company makes to the Purchaser the following representations and warranties:
 
2.1  Organization and Standing of the Company. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida, and is entitled to own or lease its properties and to carry on its business as and in the places where such properties are now owned, leased or operated. The Company has full corporate power and other authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and is the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms. Neither the execution nor the consummation of this Agreement will conflict with or result in a breach or default under, or result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Units and the underlying securities, or any of the properties or assets of the Company as a result of the terms, conditions or provisions of any contract, note, mortgage or any other agreement, instrument or obligation to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its properties or assets may be bound.
 
2.2  Capitalization. There are two hundred (200) shares of common stock authorized with one hundred (100) shares outstanding. The Company has not granted, issued or agreed to grant, issue or make any warrants, options, subscription rights or any other commitments of any character relating to the issued or unissued shares of capital stock of the Company except as prev i ously discussed in the Company's reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or of otherwise disclosed to the Purchaser.
 
 
2

 
 
2.3  Properties. The Company has good and unencumbered title to and the right to the use of all of its properties and assets. The property and assets of the Company are listed on Schedule B hereto.
 
2.4  Disclosure and Liabilities. Except with respect to the liabilities and obligations disclosed in such periodic reports, the Company has no material liabilities, obligations or commitments of any nature, whether liquidated or unliquidated, absolute or contingent.
 
2.5  Delivery of Periodic Reports. The Company has or will have provided the P urchaser with access to all of its accounting reports.
 
2.6  Full Disclosure. No representation or warranty by the Company in this Agreement or in any exhibit or document to be delivered pursuant hereto contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make any statement herein or therein not material misleading or necessary to a complete and correct presentation of all material aspects of the business of the Company which would materially adversely affect the business of the Company and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE PURCHASER
 
The Purchaser makes the following representations and warranties:
 
3.1  Organization and Standing of the Company. The Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is entitled to own or lease its properties and to carry on its business as and in the places where such properties are now owned, leased or operated. The Purchaser has full corporate power and other authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Purchaser and is the valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser enforceable in accordance with its terms. Neither the execution nor the consummation of this Agreement will conflict with or result in a breach or default under, or result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Units and the underlying securities, or any of the properties or assets of the Purchaser as a result of the terms, conditions or provisions of any contact, note, mortgage or any other agreement, instrument or obligation to which the Purchaser is a party or by which the Purchaser or any of its properties or assets may be bound.
 
3.2  Capitalization. There are Five Hundred Million (500,000,000) shares of common stock authorized by Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. with less than One Hundred Fifty Million (150,000,000) outstanding. The Purchaser has not granted, issued or agreed to grant, issue or make any warrants, options, subscription rights or any other commitments of any character relating to the issued or unissued shares of capital stock of the Purchaser except as previously discussed in the Purchaser's reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise disclosed to the Seller.
 
3.3  Properties. The Purchaser has good and unencumbered title to and the right to the use of all of its properties and assets.
 
 
3

 
 
3.4  Disclosure and Liabilities. Except with respect to the liabilities and obligations disclosed in such periodic reports, the Purchaser has no material liabilities, obligations or commitments of any nature, whether liquidated or unliquidated, absolute or contingent.
 
3.5  Delivery of Periodic Reports. The Purchaser has or will have provided the Seller with access to all of its S.E.C. reports as well as all periodic reports through June 2011.
 
3.6  Full Disclosure. No representation or warranty in this Agreement or in any exhibit or document to be delivered pursuant hereto contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make any statement herein or therein not material misleading or necessary to a complete and correct presentation of all material aspects of the business of the Purchaser which would materially adversely affect the business of the Purchaser and the transactions and issuance of stock contemplated hereby.
 
ARTICLE IV
SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION
 
4.1  Survival of Representations and Warranties. Notwithstanding any right of the Purchaser fully to investigate the affairs of the Company, the Company shall have the right to rely fully upon the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered to the Purchaser by the Company or any of its representatives, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. All such representations, warranties, covenants and agreements shall survive the execution and delivery hereof for twelve (12) months following the date hereof.
 
4.2  Obligation of the Company to Indemnify. Subject to the limitations on the suryival of representations and warranties contained herein, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser from and against any losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, costs or expenses (including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys, fees and disbursements) based upon, arising out of or otherwise due to any inaccuracy in or any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement or in any document or other writing delivered pursuant to this Agreement.
 
4.3 Obligation of the Purchaser to Indemnify. Subject to the limitations on the survival of representations and warranties contained herein, the Purchaser hereby agrees to indemn ify, defend and hold harmless the Company from and against any losses, liabilities, dam a ges, deficiencies, costs or expenses (including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys, fees an d disbursements) based upon, arising out of or otherwise due to any inaccuracy in or any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Purchaser contained in this Agreement or in any document or other writing delivered pursuant to this Agreement.
 
 
4

 
 
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
 
5.1  Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Recitals and any Exhibits hereto) contains the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the purchase of the Units and related transactions and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.
 
5.2  Waivers and Amendments. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which any party may otherwise have at la or in equity. The rights and remedies of any party based upon, arising out of or otherwise in respect of any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement shall in no way be limited by the fact that the act, omission, occurrence or other state of facts upon which the claim of any inaccuracy or breach is based may also fie the subject matter of any other representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement (or in any other agreement between the parties) as to which there is no inaccuracy or breach.
 
5.3  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.
 
5.4  No Assignment, this Agreement is not assignable except by operation of law.
 
5.5  Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
 
5.6  Severability of Provisions. The invalidity or unenforceability of any term, phrase, clause, paragraph, restriction, covenant, agreement or other provision of this Agreement shall in no way affect the validity or enforcement of any other provision or any part thereof.
 
5.7  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall constitute an original copy hereof, but all of which together shall be considered but one and the same documents.
 
- SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW -
 
 
5

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed delivered as of the date first above written.
 

 
 

 
 
 
6

 
 
Schedule "A"
 
Assumed Debt
 
VENDOR
 
CREDIT LIMIT / ORG.
LOAN AMT
   
BALANCE 8/15/11
 
CREDIT CARDS
           
BANK OF AMERICA
  $ 11,400.00     $ 8,434.76  
WELLS FARGO CREDIT
    15,000.00     $ 13,156.77  
AMERICAN EXPRESS BUSINESS
          $ 5334.06  
BUSINESS CARD SERVICES (WS)
    20,750.00     $ 5,083.26  
HOME DEPOT
  $ 11,200.00     $ 2,142.58  
                 
                 
LEASE
               
GRAYBAR FINANCIAL
  $ 16,225.00     $ 10,333.00  
 
               
CREDIT LINES
               
WELLS FARGO LINE
    50,000.00     $ 47,928.43  
    $ 200,000.00     $ 176,013.23  
BANK OF AMERICA
               
SHAREHOLDER LOAN
               
WILLIAM F DEVIERNO
  $ 2,061.36       2,061.36  
MRD COMMUNICATIONS INC
  $ 112,995.62     $ 112,995.62  
                 
TAXES / LIABILITIES
               
IRS - PENALTIES
          $ 8,437.67  
IRS -JULY/ AUGUST 2011
          $ 16,298.45  

 
7

EXHIBIT 2.5
 
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of September 17, 2012, is entered into by and among GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ”), T N S, Inc., an Illinois corporation (the “ Company ”), Joel Raven, individually (“ Raven ”), and Michael Roeske, individually (“ Roeske ”) (with Raven and Roeske referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Sellers ”).
 
WHEREAS, Sellers desires to sell, transfer and assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to purchase from Seller, all of the outstanding stock issued by the Company, as more fully described and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and to enter into the other transactions as described herein; and
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties expressly contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
 
1.1            Definitions .  The following terms shall have the following meanings for the purposes of this Agreement:
 
“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any other Person which, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, is under common ownership or control with, or is owned or controlled by, such specified Person, (b) any other Person which is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class or series of equity securities of the specified Person or a Person described in clause (a) of this paragraph, or (c) another Person of which the specified Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of equity securities.  For purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
 
“Agreement” shall mean this Stock Purchase Agreement, including all exhibits and schedules hereto, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
“Balance Sheet” shall mean the balance sheet of Company dated June 30, 2012, a copy of which is set forth in Schedule 1.1 .
 
“Business” means conducting the business of a structured cabling contractor.
 
Business Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(b) .
 
“Business Day” shall mean any day other than (a) any Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which banks located in Miami, Florida generally are closed for business.
 
 
1

 
 
Change in Control ” shall have occurred if (a) any person or group of persons not an owner of the Company or the Purchaser, as the case may be (as measured immediately after the Closing), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” of more than fifty percent (50%) of all of the voting interest of the Company or the Purchaser, as the case may be; or (b) the sale or transfer of substantially all of the assets of the Company to any third party; or (c) the Company or the Purchaser, as applicable, combines with another person or entity, that is not an owner of the Company or the Purchaser, as applicable (as measured immediately after the Closing), whether through a merger, asset sale, reorganization or otherwise, and any such person or group of persons holds at any time such combination of voting interests equal to or greater than fifty percent (50%).
 
“Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .
 
Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .
 
“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code, as amended.
 
“Company” shall mean T N S, Inc., an Illinois corporation.
 
“Company’s Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(a) .
 
“Contract” shall mean any contract, lease, commitment, understanding, task order, sales order, purchase order, delivery order, teaming agreement, joint venture agreement, other agreement, indenture, mortgage, note, bond, right, warrant, instrument, plan, permit or license, whether written or oral, which is intended or purports to be binding and enforceable.
 
EBITDA ” shall mean the Company’s earnings plus interest expense, tax expense, depreciation expense, and amortization expense; provided , however , that for purposes of the foregoing calculation, (i) the costs and benefits of expenditures that are both (x) not consistent with the Company’s historical practices in any material respect, and (y) incurred at the direction of the Company’s Board of Directors or Purchaser’s Board of Directors or any officer of the Company without the written consent of Sellers, shall be excluded; (ii) all gains or losses resulting from any unusual or infrequent, non-recurring events shall be excluded; (iii) revenues and expenses related to any additional businesses acquired by or operated by the Company or Purchaser during such period shall be excluded; (iv) gains or losses resulting from the sale or other disposition of assets not in the ordinary course shall be excluded; (v) gains or losses attributable to adjustments relating to prior periods shall be excluded; and (vi) any corporate overhead charged to the Company by Purchaser or any other Affiliate of the Company or of the Purchaser, with respect to any product or service, subject to allowance for any general increase in the costs of such product or service, provided by Purchaser or any Affiliate of Purchaser or of the Company, in excess of the amount of expense (if any) historically incurred by the Company in connection with such type of product or service shall be excluded ( e.g. , Purchaser or an Affiliate of Purchaser or of the Company may purchase insurance for all operating subsidiaries and allocate a portion of the cost thereof to the Company, provided that such allocation does not exceed the Company’s historic insurance expense, subject to allowance for any general increase in the cost of insurance).
 
 
2

 
 
Environmental Law or Order ” shall mean any Law which relates to or otherwise imposes liability or standards of conduct concerning discharges, emissions, releases or threatened releases of noises, pathogens, odors, pollutants, or contaminants or hazardous or toxic wastes, substances or materials, whether as matter or energy, into air (whether indoors or out), water (whether surface or underground) or land (including any subsurface strata), or otherwise relating to their manufacture, processing, generation, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, cleanup, transport or handling, including the following Laws:  Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, as amended, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, the Clean Water Act of 1977, as amended, the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, and any state provision analogous to any of the foregoing.
 
Environmental Liability ” means, without limitation, all damages, losses and liabilities (including investigation, cleanup, compliance, enforcement, response and toxic tort liabilities) (whether absolute, contingent, matured, liquidated, accrued, known, or unknown), including fines, penalties, capital expenditures, fees and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever, and whether arising out of loss of life, personal injuries, liens or other claims against property or improvements thereon or other obligations of any kind or character, in each case that relate in any way to, or arise under, an Environmental Law or Order or any Hazardous Substance.
 
Environmental Permit ” shall mean any Permit required by or pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law or Order.
 
“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
“Financial Statements” shall mean, collectively, (a) the unaudited Balance Sheet and the unaudited statement of income of Company for the 12-month period ended December 31, 2011, and (b) the unaudited financial statements of Company for the six (6) months ending July 31, 2012.
 
Government Bid ” means a bid, tender or proposal which, if accepted, would result in a Government Contract.
 
Government Contract ” means any Contract between Company and any Governmental Authority, as well as any subcontract or other arrangement by which (i) Company has agreed to provide goods or services to a prime contractor, to the Governmental Authority, or to a higher-tier subcontractor or (ii) a subcontractor or vendor has agreed to provide goods or services to Company, where, in either event, such goods or services ultimately will benefit or be used by a Governmental Authority.
 
“Governmental Authority” shall mean the government of the United States or any foreign country, any state or political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.
 
 
3

 
 
Hazardous Substance ” shall mean any material, substance, form of energy or pathogen which (i) constitutes a “hazardous substance”, “toxic substance” or “pollutant”, “contaminant”, “hazardous material”, “hazardous chemical”, “regulated substance”, or “hazardous waste” (as such terms are defined by or pursuant to any Environmental Law or Order) or (ii) is otherwise regulated or controlled by, or can give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law or Order.
 
“Intellectual Property” shall mean all tradenames, trade dress, corporate names and logos, trademarks, service marks, patents, copyrights, Internet domain names, IP Addresses (and any registrations with any Governmental Authority of, and applications for registration pending with respect to, any of the foregoing), trade secrets, mask works, technology, inventions, processes, designs, know-how, computer software and data, formulas, goodwill, any licenses related to any of the foregoing, and all other intangible intellectual property assets related to the operation of the Business, including all rights to sue and recover for past infringement or misappropriation thereof and to receive all income, royalties, damages and payments for past and future infringements thereof.
 
“Law” shall mean any law, statute, regulation, ordinance, rule, order, decree, judgment, consent decree, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted by, promulgated by, entered into by, agreed to or imposed by any Governmental Authority.
 
“Leased Real Property” means the real property located at 1225 Rand Road, Des Plaines, Illinois 60016.
 
“Lien” shall mean any mortgage, lien, charge, restriction, pledge, security interest, option, claim, easement, encroachment or encumbrance.
 
“Loss” or “Losses” shall mean all liabilities, losses, costs, claims, damages, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and expenses and reasonable investigation and litigation costs incurred in relation to the matter or in enforcing such matter), but shall not include any special, non-compensatory, consequential, indirect, incidental, statutory or punitive damages of any kind, including, without limitation, lost profits and lost revenues.
 
“Material Adverse Change” means a change in the business, operations, assets, liabilities, results of operations, cash flows, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Company, which in terms of monetary items shall mean a $75,000 or greater in the aggregate change in the financial position of the Company; provided, however, that “Material Adverse Change” shall not include any adverse change, event, development, or effect arising from or relating to (a) general business or economic conditions, including such conditions related to the business of the Company, (b) national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon the United States, or any of its territories, possessions, or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment or personnel of the United States, (c) financial, banking, or securities markets (including any disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or any market index), (d) changes in laws, rules, regulations, orders, or other binding directives issued by any Governmental Authority or (e) the taking of any action contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements described herein.
 
 
4

 
 
“Material Contracts” shall mean all of the Contracts which are listed, described or required to be listed or described in Section 3.11 of this Agreement or any schedule thereto.
 
“Permits” shall mean the permits and other items described, or required to be described, in Section 3.12 .
 
“Permitted Exceptions” shall mean Liens set forth on Schedule 3.6 .
 
“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, proprietorship, firm, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust, association, Governmental Authority or other entity.
 
“Purchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 .
 
“Real Property Lease” shall mean that certain Rand Center Lease, dated February 2, 2006, as variously amended and extended, most recently by that certain Lease Amendment/Extension, dated May 8, 2008, as amended by the Lease Amendment/Extension dated as of September 4, 2012.
 
“Receivables” shall mean accounts receivable, notes receivables and other receivables of the Company arising from the operation of the Business.
 
“Sellers’ knowledge” or “ to the knowledge of the Sellers ” or variants thereof shall mean the actual knowledge of Roeske and Raven.
 
“Shares” shall mean all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Company.
 
“Subordination Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(i) .
 
“Tax Return” shall mean any report, return or other information required to be supplied to a Governmental Authority in connection with any Taxes.
 
“Taxes” shall mean all taxes, charges, fees, duties (including customs duties), levies or other assessments, including income, gross receipts, net proceeds, ad valorem, turnover, real and personal property (tangible and intangible), sales, use, franchise, excise, value added, stamp, leasing, lease, user, transfer, fuel, excess profits, occupational, interest equalization, windfall profits, severance, license, payroll, environmental, capital stock, disability, employee’s income withholding, other withholding, unemployment and Social Security taxes, which are imposed by any Governmental Authority, and such term shall include any interest, penalties or additions to tax attributable thereto.
 
“Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(d) hereof.
 
 
5

 
 
ARTICLE II
SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES
 
2.1            Agreements to Sell and Purchase .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and in exchange for the Purchase Price to be paid as provided herein, at the Closing the Sellers shall sell, assign, convey, transfer and deliver to Purchaser, free and clear of all Liens, and Purchaser shall purchase, acquire and take assignment and delivery of, the Shares.
 
2.2            Closing .  The closing of the transactions described herein (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at 10:00 A.M. (Florida time) on or before the Termination Date (which date of Closing shall be referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”), and shall occur at the offices of the Purchaser or in such other location or in such other manner as the parties may agree.  The Closing, and all transactions to occur at the Closing, shall be deemed to have taken place at, and shall be effective as of, 12:01 A.M. on the Closing Date.
 
2.3            Purchase Price; Payment of Consideration .  Purchaser shall pay the following purchase price for the Shares (the “ Purchase Price ”):
 
(a)            The Purchase Price, and all cash payments and issuances of stock as components thereof pursuant to the subclauses of this Section 2.3(a) , shall be paid or issued to the Sellers on a pro rata basis based on the number of Shares held by each Seller as of the date of this Agreement. The components of the Purchase Price shall be paid and issued  in the following manner:
 
(i)            SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($700,000.00) (“ Cash Purchase Price ”) paid to Sellers at Closing in the form of a wire transfer.
 
(ii)           At the Closing, Sellers shall receive an aggregate of Four Thousand One Hundred Fifty (4,150) shares of Series F Preferred Stock of Purchaser (the “ Preferred Stock ”), with terms and conditions as set forth in a Certificate of Designation substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Certificate of Designation ”).
 
(iii)          Upon the Closing of the Purchaser’s IPO (as defined below), Sellers shall receive a number of shares of the common stock of Purchaser (the “ Common Stock ”) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) $200,000 by (B) the offering price per share of Common Stock in the IPO (and rounding such quotient down such that no fractional shares will be issued).
 
 
6

 
 
(iv)          At the Closing, the Sellers shall receive FIVE MILLION (5,000,000) shares of Common Stock (and together with the Preferred Stock, the “ Purchaser Shares ”).  Subject to the Subordination Agreement, the Sellers are receiving the right, at their sole option, whether acting individually or jointly, to put (the “ Put Right ”) all or any portion of the Common Stock to Purchaser, for Purchaser to purchase at a price equal to ten cents ($0.10) per share of Common Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like), upon such date which is eighteen (18) months after Closing (the “ Exercise Date ”); provided, however, for clarification purposes, the Put Right is exercisable at the sole option of either or both Sellers, is based upon current capitalization associated with the Purchaser Shares, and shall not be deemed to set a fixed valuation for the Common Stock except as specifically provided for in this Section 2.3(a)(iv) with respect to exercise of the Put Right within the Exercise Period (as hereinafter defined).  The Put Right shall remain exercisable for a sixty (60) day period after the Exercise Date (the “ Exercise Period ”) and then shall expire and be of no further force and effect; provided, however, that such expiration shall not affect Sellers’ right, whether collectively or individually, to sell the Common Stock on the exchange on which the Common Stock are traded at any time.  In addition, for purposes of clarification, there shall be no restriction on sale of the Purchaser Shares except for (A) such restrictions as may be imposed by law or regulation and (B) any transferee of Purchaser Sales shall become a counterparty and be subject to the Subordination Agreement.
 
(b)            As additional Purchase Price, during each of the three (3) consecutive twelve (12) month periods beginning on the Closing Date (with each twelve (12) month period referred to as an “ Earn Out Period ”), Purchaser agrees to pay to or at direction of Sellers, on a pro-rata basis in accordance with their ownership of the Company as of the Closing Date, a sum (the “ Earn Out ”) equal to twenty percent (20%) of the Company’s EBITDA (as hereinafter defined) that exceeds ONE MILLION TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY-FIVE THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($1,275,000.00) (the “ Target EBITDA ”) for a given Earn Out Period.  Except as set forth below, all components of EBITDA would be determined in accordance with accounting principles consistent with the Company’s historical practice.  The Earn Out shall be calculated and paid to the Sellers no later than sixty (60) days after the end of a given Earn Out Period and shall be paid by wire transfer to or at the direction of Sellers.  Purchaser agrees to operate and direct the Company in the ordinary course and good faith, with a commercially reasonable objective to maximize the Earn Out to be paid to Sellers.  Upon any Change of Control, the entire amount of the Earn Out shall be due and owing immediately upon the consummation of such Change of Control.
 
2.4            Additional Closing and Purchase Price Provisions .  The parties agree that (a) prior to the Closing, Sellers shall be entitled to remove any and all cash or otherwise immediately available funds from the Company’s accounts with the exception of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000), representing that amount of cash necessary to cover reasonable operating expenses (based upon the Company’s prior operating history) for the sixty (60) days following closing (the “ Retained Cash ”); and (b) the Retained Cash shall be substituted with Receivables received by the Company during the ninety (90) days after Closing, such that as monies are received by the Company based upon collections of Receivables after Closing, the Retained Cash shall be paid to Sellers by the Company (with Purchaser obligated hereunder to ensure such payment is made by the Company).
 
 
7

 
 
2.5            Redemption Rights; Cancellation or Issuance of Preferred Stock .
 
(a)           The shares of Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this Agreement shall be redeemable by the Sellers in the manner set forth in this Section 2.5 and in the Certificate of Designation.  The redemption rights set forth in this Section 2.5 are subject to the limitations set forth in the Subordination Agreement. All redemptions of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be effected among both Sellers on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by each Seller as of such redemption.  All shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be redeemed at a price of $1,000.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like).  The shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemable as follows:
 
(i)           Beginning on November 27, 2012, either Seller (so long as such Seller continues to hold shares of Preferred Stock) may submit a written request that Purchaser redeem up to 3,000 shares of Preferred Stock in the aggregate (or the total number of shares of Preferred Stock then held by the Sellers, if less) (such shares of Preferred Stock, the “ First Tranche Shares ”);
 
(ii)           Beginning on the date that is one year after the Closing Date, either Seller (so long as such Seller continues to hold shares of Preferred Stock) may submit a written request that Purchaser redeem up to 575 shares of Preferred Stock in the aggregate (or the total number of shares of Preferred Stock then held by the Sellers, if less) (such shares of Preferred Stock, the “ Second Tranche Shares ”); and
 
(iii)           Beginning on the date that is two years after the Closing Date, either Seller (so long as such Seller continues to hold shares of Preferred Stock) may submit a written request that Purchaser redeem up to 575 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.5(b ) or 2.5(c) , as applicable) in the aggregate (or the total number of shares of Preferred Stock then held by the Sellers, if less) (such shares of Preferred Stock, the “ Third Tranche Shares ”).
 
Any written request received pursuant to clauses (i) - (iii) above is referred to herein as a “ Seller Redemption Notice .”
 
(b)           In the event that EBITDA for the twelve-month period beginning on October 1, 2012 and ending on September 30, 2013 (the “ Forward EBITDA ”) is less than One Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000) (the “ Forward Target EBITDA ”) (with such difference between the Forward EBITDA and the Forward Target EBITDA referred to herein as the “ Negative Forward EBITDA Difference ”), then a number of shares of Preferred Stock equal to the product of (a) the Negative Forward EBITDA Difference multiplied by (b) 0.00325 shall be automatically cancelled without further action. In the event of any such cancellation, Sellers agree to promptly return any certificate(s) representing shares of Preferred Stock to be marked as “cancelled” (and if less than all Third Tranche Shares were cancelled, reissuance for the balance of the Third Tranche Shares that remain outstanding).  The shares of Preferred Stock cancelled pursuant to this section shall be cancelled on a pro rata basis among the Sellers and shall all consist of Third Tranche Shares.
 
 
8

 
 
(c)           In the event that Forward EBITDA is greater than the Forward Target EBITDA (with such difference between the Forward EBITDA and the Forward Target EBITDA referred to herein as the “ Positive Forward EBITDA Difference ”), Purchaser shall promptly issue to the Sellers an aggregate number of shares of Preferred Stock equal to the product of (a) the Positive Forward EBITDA Difference multiplied by (b) 0.00325. The shares of Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this section shall be issued on a pro rata basis among the Sellers and shall be deemed to be Third Tranche Shares.  Purchaser agrees that it will not issue any shares of Preferred Stock except to the Sellers pursuant to this subsection.
 
(d)           Purchaser and Sellers shall calculate the Forward EBITDA no later than November 30, 2013, and, if applicable, shall effect any cancellation or issuance of Third Tranche Shares on December 1, 2013.
 
(e)           In the event of a conflict between this Section 2.5 and the Certificate of Designation, this Section 2.5 shall control.  Promptly after the Closing Date, and concurrently with its efforts to effect the IPO (as described in Section 5.10 hereof), Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect a private placement in the amount of at least $5,000,000, in order to effect the payments described in this Section 2.5 .  Purchaser shall keep Sellers reasonably apprised of the status of such private placement from and after the Closing Date.
 
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE SELLERS
 
The Sellers, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Purchaser as of the date of this Agreement, and as of the Closing Date, as follows:
 
3.1            Due Incorporation .  Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and possesses all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being owned, leased, operated and conducted.  Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the nature of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the business conducted by it requires such licensing or qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.  The Company does not own, control, or hold any equity interest in, directly or indirectly, any corporation, trust, joint venture, limited liability company or other Person and, in furtherance of the foregoing, owns no subsidiaries.
 
3.2            Authorization; Investment Intent; Ownership of Shares; Capitalization .
 
(a)           Each of the Sellers has the capacity to enter into this Agreement, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Company has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each Seller is experienced in investments and business matters and has such knowledge and experience in financial, tax and other business matters as to enable him to utilize the information made available by Purchaser to evaluate the merits and risks of and to make an informed investment decision with respect to this Agreement and the Purchaser Shares, which represents a speculative investment.  Each Seller is able to bear the risk of such investment for an indefinite period and to afford a complete loss thereof.
 
 
9

 
 
(b)           Each Seller understands that the Purchaser Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and that the Purchaser Shares may not be sold, assigned, pledged, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless the Purchaser Shares are registered under the Act or an exemption from registration is available.  Each Seller represents and warrants that (i) he is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D and (ii) he is acquiring the Purchaser Shares for his own account, for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution of the Purchaser Shares except in compliance with the Act.  Each Seller is an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Purchaser Shares.  Each Seller believes it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Purchaser Shares.  Each Seller further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Purchaser regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Purchaser Shares.  Each certificate representing the Purchaser Shares will have the following or substantially similar legend thereon:
 
The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) or any state securities laws.  The shares have been acquired for investment and may not be sold or transferred in the absence of an effective Registration Statement for the shares under the Act unless, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, registration is not required under the Act or any applicable state securities laws.”
 
(c)           Each Seller is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Shares, all of which Shares are owned free and clear of all rights, claims, liens and encumbrances, and have not been sold, pledged, assigned or otherwise transferred except pursuant to this Agreement.  There are no outstanding subscriptions, rights, options, warrants or other agreements obligating any Seller to sell or transfer to any third person any or all of the Shares owned by such Seller, or any interest therein.
 
(d)           The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of Five Thousand (5,000) of common stock, of which there are presently issued and outstanding the number of shares of common stock set forth on Schedule 3.2(d) , all of which are owned by the Sellers.  The Company has not granted, issued or agreed to grant, issue or make available any warrants, options, subscription rights or any other commitments of any character relating to the unissued shares of capital stock of the Company.  All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and was issued in compliance with applicable securities laws.
 
 
10

 
 
3.3            Consents and Approvals .  No consent, authorization or approval of, filing or registration with, or cooperation from, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company or Sellers and the consummation by the parties of the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution, delivery and performance under this Agreement by the Company or Sellers, does not and will not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a breach or termination of, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of, any Contract, (ii) result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the Shares, or (iii) violate or conflict with any provision of the charter of the Company.
 
3.4            Financial Statements .  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.4 , the Financial Statements present fairly the financial position, assets and liabilities of the Company as of the dates thereof and the revenues, expenses, results of operations and cash flows of the Company, for the periods covered thereby.  The Financial Statements are in accordance in all material respects with the books and records of the Company, and do not reflect any transactions which are not bona fide transactions.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.4 or in the Financial Statements, the Company does not have any liabilities, debts, claims or obligations, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, whether due or to become due, other than trade payables to third parties and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the dates of the Financial Statements.   Schedule 3.4 includes true and complete copies of the Financial Statements.
 
3.5            No Adverse Changes .  To the knowledge of Sellers, except as listed on Schedule 3.5 , since December 31, 2011, the Company has not (a) suffered any damage or destruction to, or loss of, any of its assets or properties (whether or not covered by insurance) individually or in the aggregate in excess of $5,000; (b) permitted the imposition of a Lien (other than Permitted Exceptions) on, or disposed of, any of its assets; (c) terminated or entered into any Material Contract; (d) cancelled, waived, released or otherwise compromised any trade debt, receivable or claim exceeding $5,000 individually or in the aggregate; (e) made or committed (in a binding manner) to make any capital expenditures or capital additions or betterments in excess of $5,000 individually or in the aggregate; (f) entered into, adopted, amended (except as may be required by Law and except for immaterial amendments) or terminated any bonus, profit sharing, compensation, termination, stock option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, performance unit, pension, retirement, deferred compensation, employment, severance or other employee benefit agreements, trusts, plans, funds or other arrangements for the benefit or welfare of any director, officer or employee, or increased in any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of any director, officer or employee or paid any benefit not required by any existing plan and arrangement (except for normal salary increases consistent with past practice) or entered into any contract, agreement, commitment or arrangement to do any of the foregoing; (g) disposed of or permitted the lapse in registration of any Intellectual Property; (h) experienced any Material Adverse Change in the Receivables or its accounts payable; (i) changed its accounting methods, systems, policies, principles or practices; (j) incurred indebtedness (other than trade payables in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice); or (k) experienced a Material Adverse Change.
 
 
11

 
 
3.6            Title to Assets .  Sellers have good and marketable title to, and are the lawful owners of, the Shares, and the Shares constitute all of the issued and outstanding securities of the Company.  Other than the Shares, there are no securities, options, warrants, rights or other instruments or agreements pursuant to which additional equity of the Company would be required to be issued.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.6 (“ Permitted Exceptions ”), the Company has good and marketable title to, and is the lawful owner of, the assets used in the Business.  No Person other than Company owns any material assets, properties or rights relating to or used in the Business.  To the knowledge of Sellers, the Stock Assignments to be delivered at the Closing by Sellers to Purchaser are sufficient to transfer to Purchaser the entire right, title and interest, legal and beneficial, in the Shares, free and clear of all Liens.
 
3.7            Real Property .
 
(a)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7 , the Company operates the Business at the Leased Real Property, and at no other locations, other than client sites.  Except for the Leased Real Property, the Company is not a party to any lease of any real property, whether as lessor or as lessee, and has no ownership of or other interest in any real property.
 
(b)           The Real Property Lease is in full force and effect and Company holds a valid and existing leasehold interest under such lease.  Company is not in material default, and, to the knowledge of Sellers, no circumstances exist which would result in such default (including upon the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both), under such lease, and no other party to such lease has the right to terminate or accelerate performance under or otherwise modify any of such lease.
 
3.8            Personal Property .  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.8 , to the knowledge of Sellers, all of the tangible assets (whether owned or leased) used in connection with the Business, (a) are suitable for the purposes for which such assets are presently used, and (b) have been maintained and are in good operating condition and repair (normal wear and tear excepted).
 
3.9            No Third Party Options .  There are no agreements, options, commitments or rights with, of or to any Person (other than Purchaser) to acquire any of the Company’s assets, properties, rights, shares or other equity interests.
 
3.10          Intellectual Property .  To the knowledge of Sellers, Schedule 3.10 includes a true and complete list of all of the Intellectual Property of the Company.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.10 and except for consumer off-the-shelf software, to the knowledge of Sellers, all of the Intellectual Property is owned by Company, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Exceptions), is valid and enforceable, and is not subject to any license, royalty or other agreement, and Company has not granted any license or agreed to pay or receive any royalty in respect of any of such Intellectual Property.  All registration and maintenance fees that have become due and payable to any Governmental Authority with respect to any Intellectual Property have been paid, and no act or omission has occurred to cancel, impair, dedicate to the public or entitle any Governmental Authority to cancel, modify, forfeit or hold abandoned any such Intellectual Property.  To the knowledge of Sellers, Company owns or possesses adequate rights to all Intellectual Property necessary to conduct the Business as presently conducted.
 
 
12

 
 
3.11           Contracts .
 
(a)           All of the Material Contracts are in full force and effect and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Company and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, the other parties thereto.  All of the Material Contracts are enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.  No termination notice has been delivered by the Company to any other party or, to the knowledge of Sellers, by any other party to the Company, with respect to any Material Contract.  Company has delivered to Purchaser true and complete copies of each written Material Contract and a complete and accurate written description of any Material Contract not reduced to writing.
 
(b)            Schedule 3.11 lists all the Material Contracts and arrangements of the following types to which the Company is a party, by which it is bound, or to which any of its assets or properties is subject:
 
(i)            any Contract or arrangement of any kind with any employee, officer, director, shareholder or other equity interest holder;
 
(ii)           other than with respect to Corporate Finance Associates, any Contract or arrangement with a broker, advertising agency, placement agent or other Person engaged in sales, marketing, distributing or promotional activities, or any Contract to act as one of the foregoing on behalf of any Person (other than purchase and sales orders and other Contracts of a type listed at (iii) below);
 
(iii)          any Contract or arrangement of any nature having an aggregate value in excess of $5,000 or not terminable on notice of thirty (30) days or less;
 
(iv)          any indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement, note, mortgage, security agreement, letter of credit, loan commitment, guaranty, repurchase agreement or other Contract or arrangement relating to the borrowing of funds, an extension of credit or financing, pledging of assets or guarantying the obligations of any Person;
 
(v)           any Contract or arrangement involving Company as a participant in a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, strategic alliance, or other cooperative undertaking;
 
(vi)          any Contract or arrangement involving any restrictions on Company with respect to the geographical area of operations or scope or type of business;
 
(vii)         any Contract granting to any Person a right at such Person’s option to purchase or acquire any asset or property of Company (or interest therein);
 
(viii)        any Contract for capital improvements or expenditures in excess of $5,000 individually or $10,000 in the aggregate;
 
(ix)           any Contract for which the full performance thereof may extend beyond sixty (60) days from the date of this Agreement;
 
 
13

 
 
(x)           any Contract not made in the ordinary course of business which is to be performed in whole or in part at or after the date of this Agreement;
 
(xi)          any Contract or arrangement relating to management support, facilities support or similar arrangement;
 
(xii)         any Contract whereby any Person agrees (A) not to compete with Company or to solicit employees, clients or customers, or (B) to maintain the confidentiality of any information of Company; and
 
(xiii)        any Contract for the provision of consulting services of any type or nature and any arrangement for the payment of commissions, in each case, whether by or for the Company.
 
(c)           Since December 31, 2011, the Company has not entered into any Contract other than in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice.
 
(d)          Without limiting the above portions of this Section 3.11 , Schedule 3.11 lists (under a separate subheading) all Government Contracts and Government Bids, and also, for all active Government Contracts, includes the name and number of the applicable solicitation name and number for the Government Bid; the name of the other contracting party; the name of the Governmental Authority that is the customer (if different from the contracting party); for task orders and delivery orders, the name and number of the Government Contract (including any blanket purchase agreement) under which the Government Bid was submitted; the date the Government Contract was awarded; and the scheduled end date of the Government Contract.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.11 , the Company has not entered into any Government Contract or submitted any outstanding Government Bid.  True, accurate and complete copies of all Government Contracts and outstanding Government Bids have been made available for inspection by Purchaser prior to the date hereof.  All Government Contracts constitute valid and binding obligations of Company and of the other party or parties thereto, and are fully enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.
 
3.12          Permits .   Schedule 3.12 is a true and accurate list as of the date hereof of all Permits held by the Company used in the Business.  Except for such Permits, there are no permits, licenses, consents or authorizations, whether federal, state, local or foreign, which are necessary for the lawful operation of the Business.  Company is in compliance in all material respects with all requirements and limitations under such Permits.  No employee, officer, director, equity holder, or manager of the Company owns or has any interest in any such Permit.
 
3.13          Insurance .   Schedule 3.13 contains an accurate and complete list as of the date hereof of all policies of fire, liability, errors and omissions, workmen’s compensation, public and product liability, title and other forms of insurance owned or held by the Company, and a claims history for the past three years.  All such policies are in full force and effect and all applicable premiums have been paid.  No notice of cancellation or termination has been received with respect to any such policy.  No insurer has cancelled or refused to renew any insurance applicable to the Company nor has any insurer applied any additional material restrictions to any existing insurance policy during the term of the policy or upon renewal.
 
 
14

 
 
3.14          Employee Benefit Plans and Employment Agreements .
 
(a)            Schedule 3.14 is a list as of the date of this Agreement of all material employment contracts, and employee benefit plans, programs, policies and arrangements (including all collective bargaining, stock purchase, stock option, compensation, deferred compensation, pension, retirement, severance, termination, separation, vacation, sickness, health insurance, welfare and bonus plans, arrangements, and agreements) for the benefit of continuing employees or former employees of Company and under or with respect to which Company has any obligation or liability (collectively, the “Company’s Plans” ).
 
(b)           Company has provided or made available to Purchaser true and correct copies of each of Company’s Plans and all contracts relating thereto, or to the funding thereof, including all trust agreements, insurance contracts, administration contracts, investment management agreements, subscription and participation agreements, and recordkeeping agreements, each as in effect on the date hereof, to the extent such Company’s Plans are in written form.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14 , Company’s Plans that are material are in written form.  To the extent applicable, a true and correct copy of the most recent annual report, actuarial report, summary plan description, and Internal Revenue Service determination letter with respect to each of Company’s Plans has been supplied or made available to Purchaser by Company.
 
(c)           With respect to each of Company’s Plans that is an “employee pension benefit plan” (within the meaning of section 3(2) of ERISA) and except as set forth on Schedule 3.14 :
 
(i)           no such Company’s Plan is a multiemployer plan  (as defined in section 3(37) of ERISA) or is subject to title IV of ERISA; and
 
(ii)          each such Company’s Plan which is intended to be tax qualified under sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code, complies and has been administered in form and in operation in all material respects with all applicable requirements of Law, including, sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code; and no event has occurred which would cause any such Company’s Plan to fail to so comply with such requirements.
 
(d)           there are no material actions, suits or claims (other than routine claims for benefits) pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers, threatened involving any such Company’s Plan or the assets thereof (other than routine claims for benefits).
 
3.15          Employees .   Schedule 3.15 contains a true, complete and accurate list of the names, titles, annual compensation and all bonuses and similar payments made or owed for the current and preceding year for each director, officer, manager and employee of the Company.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.15 , there is no, and during the past two years there has been no, labor strike, picketing, dispute, slow-down, work stoppage, union organization effort, grievance filing or proceeding, or other labor difficulty actually pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers,  threatened against or involving Company.  The Company is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.15 , neither the Company, nor the Sellers, has received written notice that any of the Company’s current employees intends to terminate his employment with Company or would not be willing to work for the Company or once it is owned by Purchaser.
 
 
15

 
 
3.16          Taxes .  Except for current Taxes not due and payable through Closing (such Taxes to be paid when due by Seller), Company has paid to, and where necessary collected or withheld and remitted to, the proper Governmental Authority, all Taxes related to taxable periods or portions thereof ending on the Closing (including governmental charges, assessments and required contributions of Company) that may result in the filing of a Lien on any assets of the Company or that would result in the imposition of transferee or other liability on Purchaser or the Company for the payment of such Taxes.
 
3.17          No Defaults or Violations .  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.17 :
 
(a)           To the knowledge of Sellers, the Company is not in breach or default under the terms of any Material Contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound, no event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach or default by the Company under any such Material Contract, and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, no other party to any such Material Contract is in breach or default under any such Material Contract.
 
(b)           Except for environmental matters (which are covered by Section 3.18 ), to the knowledge of Sellers, the Company is in material compliance with, and no violation exists under, any Laws applicable to Company or the operation of the Business.
 
(c)           No notice from any Governmental Authority has been received within the past two years claiming any violation of any Law or requiring any work, construction (other than pursuant to sales contracts with Governmental Authorities), or expenditure, or asserting any Tax, assessment or penalty, with respect to the Company.
 
3.18          Environmental Matters .
 
(a)           To the knowledge of Sellers, the Company is complying in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and Orders, which compliance includes the possession and maintenance of all Environmental Permits that are necessary for the operation of the Business.
 
(b)           The Company is not a party or otherwise subject to any action, litigation, claim, suit, mediation, arbitration, inquiry, government or other investigation or proceeding of any nature nor, to Sellers’ knowledge, is any of the foregoing threatened, against the Company that relates to any Environmental Laws or Orders or any Hazardous Substance.
 
(c)           To the knowledge of Sellers, there are no Environmental Liabilities of the Company.
 
3.19          Litigation .  Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.19 , there are no actions, litigation, claims, suits, mediations, arbitrations, inquiries, government or other investigations or proceedings of any nature pending or, to the Sellers’ knowledge, threatened against the Company or, with respect to the operation of the Business, any of its officers, directors, or shareholders.
 
 
16

 
 
3.20          Related Parties .  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.20 , Sellers have no direct or indirect interest in any other Person which conducts a business similar to the Business.
 
3.21          Receivables .  All Receivables have arisen from bona fide transactions in the ordinary course of business.
 
3.22          Brokers . Except for Corporate Finance Associates, neither the Company, nor Sellers, have used any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
3.23          Non-Representation/Due Diligence .  Except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth herein in writing, Purchaser has not made any express or implied warranties, representations, guaranties, assurances, statements, promises or covenants to Sellers, including, without limitation, as to the condition of any of the assets or intangible or real property of the Purchaser or the financial condition of the Purchaser.  Sellers acknowledge and agree that Purchaser makes no representation or warranty with respect to any projections or forecasts made available to Sellers and there are no assurances that any projected or forecasted results will be achieved, the future profitability of the Purchaser or the viability of the Purchaser in the future.  Sellers have had the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Purchaser concerning all aspects of the Purchaser, including without limitation its capitalization, finances and business plans and is making its decision based solely upon its independent review and inspection of the books, contracts, records and assets of the Purchaser, and that all records Sellers requested to review were provided to Sellers in order for Sellers to make in its sole discretion the determination to enter into and close on the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
3.24          Accuracy of Statements .  Neither this Article III nor any schedule or exhibit hereto contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.
 
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER
 
Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company and Sellers, as of the date of this Agreement, and as of the Closing Date, as follows:
 
4.1            Due Incorporation .  Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization with all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as they are now being owned, leased, operated and conducted.
 
4.2            Due Authorization .  Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement have been duly and validly approved by all necessary corporate action.  Purchaser has duly and validly executed and delivered this Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws in effect which affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or (b) equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.
 
 
17

 
 
4.3            Shares .
 
(a)           The Purchaser Shares to be issued to the Sellers have been, or on or prior to the Closing will have been, duly authorized by all necessary corporate and shareholder actions and, when so issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not be issued in violation of the pre-emptive or similar rights of any person.
 
(b)           The authorized capital stock of Purchaser consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, of which there are 168,737,602 shares currently issued and outstanding and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, of which (i) 20,000,000 shares have been designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, 2,000,000 shares of which are currently issued and outstanding, (ii) 60,000,000 shares have been designated as Series B Redeemable Preferred Stock, 315 shares of which are currently issued and outstanding, (iii) 1,500 shares have been designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, 1,500 shares of which are currently issued and outstanding, and (iv) 1,500 shares have been designated as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, 565.67 shares of which are currently issued and outstanding. Purchaser has not granted, issued or agreed to grant, issue or make available any warrants, options, subscription rights or any other commitments of any character relating to the unissued shares of capital stock of Purchaser.  All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Purchaser has been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and was issued in compliance with applicable securities laws.
 
4.4            Consents and Approvals .  No consent, authorization or approval of, filing or registration with, or cooperation from, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, other than the items required to be described in Section 3.3 and Schedule 3.3 .  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement do not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a breach or termination of, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of any contract that is material to Purchaser to which Purchaser is a party or to which any of its assets is subject, or (ii) violate or conflict with any provision of Purchaser’s charter.
 
4.5            Consents.  No consents, approvals or other authorizations or notices, other than those which have been obtained and are in full force and effect, are required by any state or federal regulatory authority or other Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of any obligations contemplated hereunder.
 
4.6            Legal Proceedings .  There are no legal, administrative, arbitral or other actions, claims, suits or proceedings or investigations instituted or pending or threatened against Purchaser, or any subsidiary or parent company of Purchaser, or against any property, asset, or rights or interest of Purchaser, in or to any stock owned by Purchaser.
 
 
18

 
 
4.7            Other Matters .  Purchaser has not taken nor agreed to take any action, or has any knowledge of any fact or circumstances, that would materially impede or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
4.8            Non-Registration/Investments .  Purchaser understands and agrees that the Shares are not registered under the Act or applicable state or federal securities law or any stock exchange, are not freely transferable or resalable and are not registered with the Securities Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) of the United States.
 
4.9            Non-Representation/Due Diligence .  Except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth herein in writing, Sellers have not made any express or implied warranties, representations, guaranties, assurances, statements, promises or covenants to Purchaser, including, without limitation, as to the condition of any of the assets or intangible or real property of the Company or the past profitability of the Company.  Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that Sellers make no representations or warranties with respect to any projections or forecasts made available to Purchaser and there are no assurances that any projected or forecasted results will be achieved, the future profitability of the Company or the viability of the Company in the future.  Purchaser is entering into, executing and closing on the purchase of the Shares based solely upon its independent review and inspection of the books, contracts, records and assets of the Company, and that all records Purchaser requested to review were provided Purchaser to make in its sole discretion the determination to enter into and close on the purchase of the Shares.
 
4.10          Disclosure .  The representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in this Agreement and in any agreement, certificate, affidavit, statutory declaration or other document delivered or given pursuant to this Agreement are true and correct and do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in such representations and warranties not misleading to the Sellers.
 
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS
 
5.1            Preservation of Business .  Prior to the Closing Date, each Seller shall cause Company to operate only in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with past practice and (a) use all commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organization and personnel, (b) maintain its assets in good working order and condition and not sell or otherwise dispose of any assets without Purchaser’s prior written consent, except in the ordinary course of business, (c) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the goodwill and advantageous relationships with customers, clients, vendors, suppliers, independent contractors, employees and other Persons material to the operation of the Business, (d) use commercially reasonable efforts to not permit any action or omission which would cause any of the representations or warranties of Company contained herein to become inaccurate, or any of the covenants of Company to be breached, (e) not terminate, modify or amend any Material Contract, other than in the ordinary course of business, and (f) not enter into or become otherwise bound with respect to any license or royalty agreement for any of the Intellectual Property.
 
 
19

 
 
5.2            Supplemental Information .  From time to time prior to the Closing, Sellers shall immediately disclose in writing to Purchaser any matter occurring after the date hereof which, if existing, occurring or known on the date hereof, would have been required to be disclosed to Purchaser in a Schedule to this Agreement or which would render inaccurate any of the representations, warranties or statements set forth in Article III hereof (each such disclosure referred to herein as a “ Supplement ”).  No Supplement provided pursuant to this Section, however, shall be deemed to cure any prior existing breach of any representation, warranty or covenant in this Agreement; provided , however , in the event that the Closing occurs after the date of such Supplement, any matter specifically disclosed by such Supplement shall be deemed to have been accepted by Purchaser, and in such case all references to such Schedule in this Agreement shall be deemed to give effect to such Supplement.
 
5.3            Exclusivity .  From the date hereof until the Closing or Termination Date, whichever shall occur first, Paragraph E (pertaining to exclusivity) of that certain Letter of Intent dated February 15, 2012 (the “ LOI ”), by and between Purchaser and Sellers, shall continue in full force and effect.
 
5.4            Confidentiality and Noncompetition .
 
(a)           From and after the Closing, Sellers, severally, and not jointly and severally, shall not use for their own benefit or divulge or convey to any third party, any Business Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined).  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Business Confidential Information ” consists of all information, knowledge or data related to the operation of the Business or the Company that is not in the public domain or otherwise publicly available which has been treated as confidential by the Company.  Information that enters the public domain or is or becomes publicly available loses its confidential status hereunder so long as Sellers, directly or indirectly, do not improperly cause such information to enter the public domain.
 
(b)           Provided Purchaser is not in default hereof, each Seller, severally, and not jointly and severally, agrees as follows:
 
(i)            Each Seller acknowledges that (A) he holds certain competitive advantages in the marketplace which are valuable to Purchaser, (B) the Business is geographically diverse in scope, in that the Company has served clients located in various areas of the United States (C) each Seller’s agreement to the provisions of this Section 5.4(b) is a condition to Purchaser entering into this Agreement.
 
(ii)           For a period of 48 months after the Closing, other than as an employee of the Company, neither Seller shall engage in the Business, or manage, operate, join, advise, be employed by, consult for, control, or work for a Competitor of Purchaser or of the Company; provided, however, nothing herein shall limit or restrict any Seller from acquiring not more than three percent (3%) of the capital stock of a Competitor whose stock is publicly traded on a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market or over-the-counter.  As used in this Section 5.4 , “Competitor” means any Person or business unit or group of any Person whose business includes business operations substantially similar to the Business, located anywhere in the United States.
 
 
20

 
 
(iii)          For a period of 48 months after the Closing, neither Seller shall (A) other than as an employee of the Company, solicit the trade or business of, or trade with or perform services for, any Person who is or was, at any time from 12 months before the Closing, a client or customer of the Company, either personally or on behalf of a Competitor, in any such case for purposes of engaging in the Business, (B) solicit or induce any person who is then an employee of Purchaser or the Company to leave the employ of such entity for any reason whatsoever, or (C) hire any employee of Purchaser or the Company; provided, however, that (I) Sellers may hire an employee of Purchaser or the Company who was terminated by Purchaser or the Company or resigned from employment with Purchaser or the Company so long as such Seller did not directly or indirectly influence such termination or resignation, and (II) for purposes of clarification, with respect to Subsection (C) of this Section 5.4(b)(iii) , the restrictions and prohibitions described herein shall not extend to prohibiting any Seller’s general advertising to the public (e.g., phone book advertising, mailings, flyers etc.), so long as any such mailer/flyer (or any similar mass advertising) is generally circulated and not merely targeted to the employees of the Company or the Purchaser.
 
(iv)          Upon Purchaser’s breach of (A) the obligations (including any payment obligations) of Purchaser set forth in Section 2.3 or Section 2.5 hereof (including related obligations set forth in any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, the Certificate of Designation), or (B) either of the Employment Agreements, of even date herewith, by and between the Company and Sellers (separately), the covenants in this Section 5.4 and in Section 5.6 hereof shall be null and void and of no further force and effect (the “ Covenant Nullification ”), and that, in addition to and not in limitation of the effect of the Covenant Nullification, Sellers shall be permitted to pursue any other remedies available at law or in equity arising out of such breach.  Purchaser acknowledges that any breach by Purchaser of the obligations set forth in subclauses (A) and (B) above, including due to limitations imposed by law as set forth in the Section 3 of the Certificate of Designation, shall trigger the Covenant Nullification.
 
5.5            Public Announcement .  Except for public announcements or press releases that are required by SEC disclosure laws concerning the proposed purchase and sale transactions herein contemplated, no public announcement or press release concerning such transactions will be made without the joint written consent of Purchaser and Sellers. Purchaser and Seller shall cooperate on the form, content, timing and manner of any press release or releases issued in respect of this Agreement or such transactions.
 
5.6            Use of Name .  From and after the Closing, Sellers will not directly or indirectly use in any manner any name, trade name, trademark, service mark or logo used by the Company or any word or logo that is similar in appearance.
 
5.7            Access .  Company and Sellers will permit representatives of Purchaser from and after the date hereof up and through Closing to have full access at all reasonable times to the books, accounts, records, properties, operations, facilities, clients and personnel pertaining to the Company and will furnish Purchaser with such financial and operating data concerning Company as Purchaser shall from time to time reasonably request.
 
 
21

 
 
5.8            Transition and Cooperation .  From and after the Closing, (a) Sellers shall fully cooperate to transfer to Purchaser the control and enjoyment of the Business and the Company; and (b) Sellers shall promptly deliver to Purchaser all correspondence, papers, documents and other items and materials received by Sellers or found to be in the possession of Sellers or any third-party which pertain to the Company or the assets of the Company.
 
5.9            Purchaser Shares .  If the holders of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the Purchaser propose to transfer a majority of the Purchaser’s outstanding shares of stock to an unaffiliated third party (or enter into any other transaction, or series of transactions that would cause a Change in Control of the Purchaser or a disposition or liquidation of the Purchaser’s assets) (in any such case, a “ Control Transaction ”), then the Sellers shall be permitted, at their option, to participate in such Control Transaction and sell their shares to such third party on a pro-rata basis (based upon the total percentage of shares of Purchaser being purchased by such third party).
 
5.10          Subordination Agreement; Market Stand-Off Agreement .  Each Seller agrees that it is subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement.  Each Seller hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by Purchaser and an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of Purchaser, following the effective date of a registration statement of Purchaser filed under the Act in connection with Purchaser’s underwritten public offering of securities on Form S-1 pursuant to the Act (an “ IPO ”), he shall not, to the extent requested by Purchaser and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of Purchaser held by him at any time during such period except Common Stock included in such registration; provided, however, that (i) all then executive officers and directors of Purchaser and all shareholders of the Company holding more than five percent (5%) of Purchaser’s outstanding voting securities enter into similar agreements, and such market stand-off time period shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, subject to extension for no more than an additional 34 days as requested by the underwriters to ensure compliance with applicable FINRA rules related to the publishing of research reports.  To enforce the foregoing covenant, Purchaser may include an appropriate legend on any securities of Purchaser held by the Sellers and may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to any securities of Purchaser (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period
 
 
22

 
 
5.11          Voting Agreement .
 
(a)           Each Seller agrees, at every meeting of the stockholders the Company, and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the stockholders of the Company, to (i) vote all shares of capital stock of Purchaser that he then holds or for which it otherwise then has voting power (or deliver a written consent with respect to the same) in favor of approval of any matter recommended by Purchaser’s Board of Directors for which a separate series vote of the Preferred Stock would be required under applicable law, (ii) approve any Drag-Along Event and any matter that could reasonably be expected to facilitate a Drag-Along Event, (iii) raise no objections to Drag-Along Event or the process pursuant to which the Drag-Along Event was arranged, (iv) refrain from exercising any dissenters’ rights or rights of appraisal under applicable law at any time with respect to a Drag-Along Event to which such rights would be available, and (v) enter into non-discriminatory agreements so that a Drag-Along Event can be effected on non-discriminatory terms, including without limitation instruments of conveyance and transfer, and any purchase agreement, merger agreement, indemnity agreement, escrow agreement, consent, waiver, governmental filing, share certificates duly endorsed for transfer (free and clear of impermissible liens, claims and encumbrances) and any similar or related documents, provided that such agreements do not impose indemnification obligations on such Seller in excess of the proceeds received by such Seller in the Drag-Along Event and provided that such Seller is not responsible for making any representations or warranties to any third party outside of fundamental (as opposed to operational) representations related to such Seller’s ownership of the ownership interest.  Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, neither of the Sellers shall deposit any Purchaser Shares beneficially owned by them in a voting trust or subject any such shares to any arrangement or agreement with respect to their voting.
 
(b)           For purposes hereof, “ Drag-Along Event ” shall mean any of the following, to the extent approved by the Board of Directors of Purchaser: (A) the acquisition of Purchaser by another person or entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any stock purchase, reorganization, merger or consolidation) (an “ Acquisition ”), (B) a sale, lease, assignment, transfer, exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of Purchaser, or (C) an issuance of equity securities by Purchaser (to the extent that a separate series vote of the Preferred Stock is required), including any amendments to Purchaser’s certificate of incorporation and financing documents in connection with the same.
 
(c)           Each Seller hereby constitutes and appoints the Secretary and the Chief Executive Officer of Purchaser, and each of them, with full power of substitution, as the proxies of the Sellers with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 5.11 , and hereby authorizes each of them to represent and to vote, if and only if such Seller (i) fails to vote (or provide a written consent with respect to) all of such Seller’s shares of capital stock of Purchaser, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in accordance with, or fails to take any actions required to be taken pursuant to this Section 5.11 or (ii) attempts to vote (whether by proxy, in person or by written consent), in a manner which is inconsistent with the terms of this Section 5.11 .  The proxy granted pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Sellers and Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, as such, is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable.
 
(d)           In the event that Purchaser proposes to consummate an Acquisition, the Sellers shall, to the extent they then hold capital stock of Purchaser, be entitled to participate in such Acquisition in their capacity as stockholders.
 
 
23

 
 
ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF PURCHASER
 
The obligations of Purchaser under Article II of this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or before the Closing, unless waived by Purchaser in its sole discretion:
 
6.1            Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of the Sellers contained herein shall have been accurate, true and correct in all material respects (except in the case of any representation or warranty which itself is qualified by materiality, which representation and warranty must be accurate, true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of this Agreement, and, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically speak as of an earlier date, shall also be accurate, true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date.
 
6.2            Compliance with Covenants .  Sellers shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of their respective covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement to be performed by them on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
6.3            Consents; Approvals .  Purchaser shall have received written evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of Purchaser that all consents and approvals of any Governmental Authorities required for Purchaser’s consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, ownership of the Company and operation of the Business have been obtained by Company.
 
6.4            No Action .  No order of any court or Governmental Authority shall have been entered that enjoins, restrains or prohibits this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental action shall be pending or threatened that seeks to enjoin, restrain, prohibit or obtain damages with respect to this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental investigation shall be pending or threatened that might result in any such order, suit, action or proceeding.
 
6.5            Financing .  The Purchaser Buyer shall have obtained third party financing for the Purchase Price on terms acceptable to it in its sole discretion.
 
6.6            Closing Deliveries .  Purchaser shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, such agreements, documents, instruments and certificates as shall be reasonably requested by Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby to and convey to Purchaser all of the Shares as contemplated herein, including the following duly executed instruments:
 
(a)           all consents listed on Schedule 3.3 , except for the Regulatory Approvals;
 
(b)           a good standing certificate for Company;
 
(c)           Stock Assignments (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser) relating to the Shares;
 
(d)           Stock Certificates relating to the Shares;
 
(e)           an employment agreement with Raven, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (“ Raven Employment Agreement ”);
 
(f)           an employment agreement with Roeske, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (“ Roeske Employment Agreement ”);
 
 
24

 
 
(g)           a Secretary’s Certificate of the Company, certifying as to resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company approving the transactions described herein; and
 
(h)           a subordination agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C executed by each Seller (the “ Subordination Agreement ”).
 
ARTICLE VII
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS
 
The obligations of Sellers under Article II of this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or before the Closing, unless waived by each of the Sellers in their sole discretion:
 
7.1            Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of Purchaser contained herein shall have been accurate, true and correct in all material respects (except in the case of any representation or warranty which itself is qualified by materiality, which representation and warranty must be accurate, true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of this Agreement, and shall also be accurate, true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as though made by Purchaser on and as of the Closing Date, except that with respect to accuracy as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties in Section 4.3(b) shall be modified in that Purchaser may take the following actions prior to Closing: (i) issuance of up to 400 additional shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) designation of up to 3,500 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, and issuance of up to 3,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock and (iii) designation of 4,800 shares of Series F Preferred Stock, and of which actions, if taken, shall be deemed to modify the representations in Section 4.3(b) for purposes of satisfying this closing condition.
 
7.2            Compliance with Agreements and Covenants .  Purchaser shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of its covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement to be performed and complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
7.3            No Action .  No court or governmental order shall have been entered in any action or proceeding instituted by any party which enjoins, restrains or prohibits this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions as contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental action shall be pending or threatened that seeks to enjoin, restrain, prohibit or obtain damages with respect to this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental investigation shall be pending or threatened that might result in any such order, suit, action or proceeding.
 
7.4            Closing Deliveries .  Sellers shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Sellers, such agreements, documents, instruments and certificates as shall be reasonably requested by Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including the following duly executed instruments:
 
(a)           Payment of the Cash Purchase Price;
 
(b)           Raven Employment Agreement;
 
 
25

 
 
(c)           Roeske Employment Agreement;
 
(d)           a good standing certificate for the Purchaser; and
 
(e)           a Secretary’s Certificate of Purchaser, certifying as to resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Purchaser approving the transactions described herein.
 
7.5            Default .  There shall be no prior default by Purchaser of its obligations herein.
 
ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION
 
8.1            Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated at any time on or prior to the Closing:
 
(a)           By the written consent of Sellers and Purchaser;
 
(b)           By written notice of Sellers or Purchaser, to the other, if any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated hereby and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable;
 
(c)           By written notice of Purchaser or Sellers, to the other, if there shall have been a material breach of any covenant, representation or warranty by the other party (Sellers on the one hand, and Purchaser, on the other hand) hereunder, and such breach shall not have been remedied within seven (7) Business Days after receipt of a notice in writing from the non-breaching party specifying the breach and requesting such be remedied (provided, such notice shall not result in an extension beyond the Termination Date); or
 
(d)           By written notice of Purchaser, on the one hand, or Sellers, on the other hand, to the other, if the Closing does not occur on or before September 19, 2012 (the “ Termination Date ”).
 
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION
 
9.1            Survival .  The representations and warranties of the parties in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the Closing until twelve (12) months after the Closing Date, provided , however , that such time limitation shall not apply to the representations and warranties set forth at (a) Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.6, 3.14 , and 3.18 (such representations and warranties to survive until the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing Date), (b) Section 3.16 (such representations and warranties to survive until the expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to the Taxes in question).  After the end of the relevant survival period specified above, the parties’ obligations under Article IX with respect to such representations and warranties shall expire and terminate unless a claim is made hereunder prior to the expiration of the relevant survival period (but only to the extent of such claim).  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties’ covenants and agreements under this Agreement are not affected by the survival periods specified above.
 
 
26

 
 
9.2            Indemnification by Sellers .  Sellers, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the Purchaser and its Affiliates, and each of their officers, directors, employees and agents, and their heirs and successors, against any Losses relating to or arising out of:
 
(a)           any breach of any representation or warranty made by Sellers in this Agreement or in any document delivered to Purchaser at or, in the case of deliveries after the Closing by Sellers after the Closing in each case pursuant to this Agreement;
 
(b)           any breach of any covenant made by Sellers in this Agreement or in any document delivered to Purchaser at or, in the case of deliveries after Closing by Sellers, after the Closing in each case pursuant to this Agreement (provided, however, that the covenants contained in Article V hereof shall be several and not joint and several obligations of Sellers); and
 
(c)           any Taxes of the Company, as determined in accordance with Section 10.1 .
 
9.3            Indemnification by Purchaser .  Purchaser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sellers and each of their respective Affiliates, and their heirs and successors, against any Losses relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation or warranty or covenant made by Purchaser in this Agreement.
 
9.4            Procedures for Making Claims .  If and when a person entitled to indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnitee ”) desires to assert a claim for Losses against any person obligated to provide indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnitor ”), the Indemnitee shall deliver to the Indemnitor a certificate signed by its president or authorized agent, as the case may be (the “ Notice of Claim ”):  (i) stating that the Indemnitee has paid or accrued (or intends to pay or accrue) Losses to which it is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article IX and the amount thereof (to the extent then known); and (ii) specifying to the extent possible (A) the individual items of loss, damage, liability, cost, expense or deficiency included in the amount so stated, (B) the date each such item was or will be paid or accrued, and (C) the basis upon which Losses are claimed.  Such Notice of Claim shall be delivered within fifteen (15) days after the Indemnitee receives reasonable notice of such claim; provided, however, that a delay in giving notice shall only relieve the Indemnitor of liability to the extent the Indemnitor suffers actual prejudice because of the delay.  If the Indemnitor shall object to such Notice of Claim, the Indemnitor shall deliver written notice of objection (the “ Notice of Objection ”) to the Indemnitee within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Notice of Claim.  The Notice of Objection shall set forth the grounds upon which the objection is based and state whether the Indemnitor objects to all or only a portion of the matter described in the Notice of Claim.  If the Notice of Objection shall not have been so delivered within such fifteen (15) day period, the Indemnitor shall be conclusively deemed to have acknowledged the correctness of the claim or claims specified in the Notice of Claim for the full amount thereof.  The Losses set forth in the Notice of Claim shall be payable to the Indemnitee within twenty (20) days of the expiration of such fifteen (15) day period without the necessity of further action.
 
 
27

 
 
9.5            Defense Procedure for Third Party Claims .  With respect to a claim by a third party (“ Third Party Claim ”), which, if successful, might result in an obligation of the Indemnitor to pay Losses, the Indemnitee shall give written notice together with a statement of any available information (other than privileged information) regarding such claim to the Indemnitor within fifteen (15) days after Indemnitee receives reasonable notice of such claim; provided, however, that a delay in giving notice shall only relieve the Indemnitor of liability to the extent the Indemnitor suffers actual prejudice because of the delay.  If the Indemnitor notifies Indemnitee that Indemnitor acknowledges its indemnification obligation with respect to such claim, the Indemnitor shall have the right, upon written notice to the Indemnitee (the “ Defense Notice ”) within fifteen (15) days after receipt from the Indemnitee of notice of such Third Party Claim, which notice by the Indemnitor shall specify the counsel it will appoint to defend such claim (“ Defense Counsel ”), to conduct at its expense the defense against such claim in its own name, or if necessary in the name of the Indemnitee.
 
(a)           In the event that the Indemnitor shall not object to the Third Party Claim and shall also fail to give the Defense Notice, then it shall be deemed to have elected not to conduct the defense of the subject claim, and in such event the Indemnitee shall have the right to conduct the defense in good faith and to compromise and settle the claim in good faith without prior consent of the Indemnitor and the Indemnitor will be liable for all costs, expenses, settlement amounts or other losses paid or incurred in connection therewith.

(b)           In the event that the Indemnitor does deliver a Defense Notice and thereby elects to conduct the defense of the subject claim, the Indemnitor shall conduct such defense at its sole cost and expense.  The Indemnitee will cooperate with and make available to the Indemnitor such assistance and materials as it may reasonably request, all at the expense of the Indemnitor, and the Indemnitee shall have the right at its expense to participate in the defense assisted by counsel of its own choosing; provided, however, that the Indemnitee shall have the right to compromise and settle such claim only with the prior written consent of the Indemnitor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(c)           Without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, the Indemnitor will not enter into any settlement of any Third Party Claim or cease to defend against such claim, if pursuant to or as a result of such settlement or cessation in the reasonable judgment of Indemnitee, injunctive relief or specific performance would be imposed against the Indemnitee.

(d)           The Indemnitor shall not be entitled to control, and the Indemnitee shall be entitled to have sole control over, the defense or settlement or any Third Party Claim to the extent that, in the reasonable opinion of the Indemnitee, such Third Party Claim seeks a temporary restraining order, a preliminary or permanent injunction or specific performance against the Indemnitee which, if successful, could materially interfere with the business, operations, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) of the Indemnitee (and the cost of such defense shall constitute an amount for which the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder).

(e)           If a firm decision is made to settle a Third Party Claim, which Third Party Claim the Indemnitor is permitted to settle under Section 9.5(c) , and the Indemnitor desires to accept and agree to such settlement, the Indemnitor will give written notice to the Indemnitee to that effect.  If the Indemnitee fails to consent to such settlement within fifteen (15) calendar days after its receipt of such notice, the Indemnitee may continue to contest or defend such Third Party Claim and, in such event, the maximum liability of the Indemnitor as to such Third Party Claim will not exceed the amount of such settlement offer.
 
 
28

 
 
(f)           Indemnifications payable with respect to Third Party Claims shall be paid by the Indemnitor upon (i) the entry of a judgment against the Indemnitee and/or Indemnitor and the expiration of any applicable appeal period; (ii) the entry of an unappealable judgment or final appellate decision against the Indemnitee and/or Indemnitor; or (iii) a settlement with the consent of the Indemnitee, subject to conditions described in this Section 9.5 .

9.6            Right of Setoff .  The parties agree that if any Seller elects to dispute (a “ Dispute ”) a claim for Losses by Purchaser (with the amount in question, the “ Disputed Amount ”), Purchaser shall not be obligated to make payments to Sellers pursuant to the Earn Out in an amount equal to the Disputed Amount (with any excess amount to be paid by Purchaser to Sellers as provided for pursuant to the terms of the Earn Out) until such time as the Dispute has been resolved pursuant to this Agreement.  The parties agree that any Disputed Amount shall be deposited with an independent third party escrowee mutually agreeable to the parties in an interest-bearing account and Purchaser shall not be deemed to be in breach or default of any obligation under this Agreement relating to such Disputed Amount so long as the Dispute remains unresolved and the Disputed Amount remains in escrow as provided in this Section 9.6.  Interest accrued on the amounts held in escrow shall be apportioned and paid to the parties in a manner consistent with the award of such court of competent jurisdiction.  In addition, if Purchase has made a claim for Losses that is not disputed by Sellers, in lieu of making payments otherwise owed under the Earn Out to the Sellers and then collecting such Losses from the Sellers, the Sellers and the Purchaser agree that they may forfeit a portion of the Earn Out equal to such Losses . This set off right shall apply only to the Earn Out and not to any other amount due by Purchaser hereunder or with respect to the Purchaser Shares.
 
9.7            Indemnification Limitations .
 
(a)           The amount of any claim for Losses by Purchaser shall not be payable hereunder until such time as the aggregate amount of all Losses of Purchaser under this Agreement exceed Sixty Thousand Dollars ($60,000) (the “ Threshold Amount ”); and thereafter only for Losses of Purchaser in excess of the Threshold Amount.  In no event shall the aggregate amount of liability of Sellers for Losses exceed an amount equal the sum of (x) $700,000 plus (y) the lesser of (A) $300,000 and (B) any amounts actually paid to Sellers after the Closing or due and owing but not actually paid to Sellers after the Closing.
 
(b)           If any event shall occur or circumstance shall exist which would otherwise entitle an Indemnitee to indemnification under this Article IX , no Losses shall be deemed to have been incurred or sustained by such Indemnitee to the extent of: (a) any tax benefit actually received by the Indemnitee or any Affiliate thereof (including the Company, following the Closing) resulting from matters underlying such breach; or (b) any insurance proceeds actually received by the Indemnitee in respect of the Losses (net of any deductible amounts).  An Indemnitee shall be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate, to the fullest extent practicable, the amount of any Losses for which a claim for indemnification is made under this Article IX and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article IX , the Indemnitor shall not be required hereunder to provide indemnification with respect to any Losses resulting from failure of any Indemnified Party to do so.
 
 
29

 
 
(c)           Upon making any payment for Losses of an Indemnitee under this Article IX , the Indemnitor will, to the extent of such payment, be subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any third party with respect to the Losses for which the payment relates.  In addition to any other obligation under this Agreement, the Indemnitee agrees to duly execute and deliver, upon request of the Indemnitor, all instruments reasonably necessary to evidence and perfect the subrogation and subordination rights granted pursuant to this Section 9.7(c) .
 
(d)            The sole and exclusive liability and responsibility of the parties hereunder in connection with the transactions described herein (including for any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty or for any breach of any covenant or obligation or for any other reason), shall be as set forth in this Article IX ; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 9.7(d) shall prohibit any party from obtaining specific performance or injunctive relief in respect of any covenant or obligation.
 
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
 
10.1          Expenses .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each party hereto shall bear its own expenses with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
10.2          Hidden Income/Liability for Taxes .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Sellers shall be liable for all Taxes imposed on the Company for any taxable year or period that ends on or before the Closing Date.  In furtherance of the foregoing, Purchaser and Sellers agree that Section 1377(a)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), shall be applicable in determining each Seller’s pro rata share of items for the current taxable year of the Company (i.e., Section 1377(a)(1) of the Code shall be applied to the Sellers as if the current taxable year of the Company consisted of two taxable years, the first of which ends as of the end of the day immediately prior to the Closing Date.  To the extent relevant and permissible, any state and local income tax returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent with this Section 10.2.  The Company shall timely make a terminating election as provided for in Treas. Reg. § 1.1377-1(b)(5), and each Seller hereby consents to the filing of such election and agrees to such reasonable actions as may be necessary or appropriate to facilitate the effectiveness of such election.
 
10.3          Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of all of the parties hereto.
 
10.4          Notices .  Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given, (a) when received if given in person or by personal-delivery or express courier service, (b) on the date of transmission if sent by facsimile or other electronic transmission with electronic confirmation of successful transmission, or (c) three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid:
 
 
30

 
 
(a)           If to Purchaser, addressed as follows:
 
Genesis Group Holdings Inc.
Attention:  Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
Facsimile No.:  561-988-2307
lsands@digitalcomminc.com

(b)           If to Sellers, addressed as follows:
 
Joel Raven
1211 Stratford Place
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

and

Michael Roeske
6057 N. Olympia
Chicago, Illinois 60631

(c)           with a copy to:

Meltzer, Purtill & Stelle LLC
1515 E. Woodfield Road, Suite 250
Schaumburg, Illinois 60173-5431
Attention:  Raymond J. Horn III
Facsimile:  847-330-1231
rhorn@mpslaw.com

or to such other individual or address as a party hereto may designate for itself by notice given as herein provided.
 
10.5          Effect of Investigation .  Any due diligence review, audit or other investigation or inquiry undertaken or performed by or on behalf of Purchaser shall not limit, qualify, modify or amend the representations, warranties or covenants of, or indemnities by Sellers made pursuant to this Agreement, irrespective of the knowledge and information received (or which should have been received) therefrom by Purchaser.
 
10.6          Waivers .  The failure of a party to require performance of any provision shall not affect its right at a later time to enforce the same.  No waiver by a party of any condition or of any breach of any term, covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.
 
10.7          Counterparts; Facsimile or Electronic Signature .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signature of a party transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail shall constitute an original for all purposes.
 
 
31

 
 
10.8          Interpretation .  The headings preceding the text of Articles and Sections included in this Agreement and the headings to Schedules attached to this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part of this Agreement or be given effect in interpreting this Agreement.
 
10.9          Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Florida without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.
 
10.10        No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and no provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to confer rights upon any other Person.
 
10.11       [Intentionally omitted.]
 
10.12        Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the other provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.
 
10.13        Remedies Cumulative .  The remedies provided in this Agreement shall be cumulative and shall not preclude the assertion or exercise of any other rights or remedies available by law, in equity or otherwise.
 
10.14        Jurisdiction, Service of Process .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent or to address breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement, without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting bond, and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any Federal Court of located in the Southern District of Florida, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity pursuant to, and as limited by, the terms of this Agreement.  In addition, each of the Parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction in the Federal District Court of Florida in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby in any court other than the Federal District Court for the Southern District of Florida, and (d) waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any action related to or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.   EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.
 
 
32

 
 
10.15        Attorney Fees and Costs.  The prevailing party in any litigation, arbitration proceeding or other action shall be awarded all of its or their costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney fees against the non-prevailing Party.  This provision shall apply to such expenses incurred at the trial and all appellate levels, without respect to who is the initiating party and shall apply to an action for declaratory relief if the party instituting it asserts specific contentions concerning this Agreement which is ruled upon by the court or arbitration.  Such reasonable attorney's fees shall include, but not be limited to, fees for attorneys, paralegals, legal assistants and expenses incurred in any and all judicial, bankruptcy, reorganization, administrative receivership, or other proceedings affecting creditors' rights and involving a claim under this Agreement, even if such proceedings arise before or after entry of a final judgment
 
10.16        Waivers of Inducement . The Parties hereto waive any right to assert or claim that they were induced to enter into this Agreement by any representation, promise, statement, or warranty made by any Party or any Party's agent which is not expressly set forth in this Agreement in writing.
 
10.17         Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  No party hereto may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement, including by operation of law or pursuant to a Change of Control, without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, provided that the Sellers may assign their redemption rights set forth in Section 2.5 in connection with a sale or transfer of their Preferred Stock upon notice to Purchaser, provided further, that   Purchaser may assign any or all of its rights, powers and privileges arising under or related to this Agreement and any other document, agreement or instrument executed in connection herewith to Midmarket Capital Partners, LLC without any prior written consent.  In the event of any permitted assignment, the assignor shall be responsible for all obligations of the assignee and shall continue to be bound in all respects by the provisions hereof.
 
10.18         Entire Understanding .  This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings among the parties, except as expressly provided for herein with respect to the LOI; but, provided that, upon the Closing, the LOI shall be deemed to have been superseded and shall be of no further force and effect.
 
 
33

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Mark E. Munro  
    Marc Munro, Chief Executive Officer  
 
[Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement]
 
 
34

 
 
 
T N S, INC.,
an Illinois corporation
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Joel Raven  
    Joel Raven, President
     
    /s/ Michael Roeske
    MICHAEL ROESKE, individually
     
    /s/ Joel Raven
    JOEL RAVEN, individually
     
[Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement]
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2.6
 
EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
This EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of September 17 , 2012, is entered into by and among GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ”), ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation (the “ Company ”), ADEXCOMM Corporation, a New York corporation (“ ADEXCOMM ”), ADEX Puerto Rico LLC, a Puerto Rican limited liability company (“ ADEX Puerto Rico ,” and together with the Company and ADEXCOMM, the “ Company Entities ”), Peter Leibowitz, an individual (“ P. Leibowitz ”), Gary McGuire, an individual (“ McGuire ”), Marc Freedman, an individual (“ Freedman ”) and Justin Leibowitz, an individual (“ J. Leibowitz ,” and together with P. Leibowitz, McGuire and Freedman referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Sellers ”).
 
WHEREAS, Sellers desires to sell, transfer and assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to purchase from Sellers, all of the outstanding stock issued by the Company, all of the outstanding stock issued by ADEXCOMM and all outstanding membership interests of ADEX Puerto Rico, as more fully described and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and to enter into the other transactions as described herein; and
 
WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to purchase the Securities (as defined below) from the Sellers;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties expressly contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Definitions .  The following terms shall have the following meanings for the purposes of this Agreement:
 
401(k) Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.17 .
 
Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
Active Shareholder ” means each of McGuire and P. Leibowitz, who are the Sellers who are actively engaged in the management and operation of the Company Entities.
 
Actual Current Closing Liabilities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c) .
 
ADEX Medical   shall mean ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC, a California limited liability company whose Members are P. Leibowitz and McGuire and which is engaged in the nurse, medical technician and medical personnel staffing business. For the avoidance of doubt, Purchaser is not buying any interest in ADEX Medical, and ADEX Medical is not a Company Entity.
 
 
1

 
 
ADEX Puerto Rico ” shall have the same meaning as in the introductory paragraph.
 
ADEXCOMM ” shall have the same meaning as in the introductory paragraph.
 
ADEXCOMM Shares ” shall mean all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of ADEXCOMM.
 
Adjusted EBITDA ” means for the period prior to the Closing, EBITDA plus the positive adjustments equal to the dollar amount of each of the following: (a) principal life insurance expense on McGuire and Leibowitz; (b) 100% of salaries, benefits and bonuses for Peter Leibowitz, Carlotta Estiller (Leibowitz’s NY-based clerical assistant), Scott Kelly (Credit and Collections for ADEX Medical), Ryan McGuire (Account Manager for ADEX Medical) and Jim Miskell (Recruitment Manager for ADEX Medical); (c) 50% of salaries, benefits and 100% of the bonus for McGuire; (d) all transaction expenses of the Sellers and the Company Parties incurred prior to the Closing; (e) all computers and network equipment purchases that are expensed rather than capitalized; and (f) Jim Miskell’s auto allowance payments, McGuire’s auto allowance payments, Leibowitz’s auto lease and office rent payments made by the Company for ADEX Medical.   Annex A hereto provides, for informational purposes only, an estimate of the computation of such adjustments for the 12 months ended July 31, 2012, and such amounts set forth on Annex A shall not be binding on the parties hereto with respect to the period covered by Annex A .

Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any other Person which, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, is under common ownership or control with, or is owned or controlled by, such specified Person, (b) any other Person which is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class or series of equity securities of the specified Person or a Person described in clause (a) of this paragraph, or (c) another Person of which the specified Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of equity securities of the Person described in clause (a) above.  For purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Passive Shareholders, ADEX Medical, ADEX Telecom, Inc. and ADEX LLC are not Affiliates for the purpose of this Agreement.
 
Agreement shall mean this Equity Purchase Agreement, including all exhibits and schedules hereto, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
Balance Sheet shall mean the consolidated balance sheet of the Company Entities dated June 30, 2012, a copy of which is set forth in Schedule 1.1 .
 
 
2

 
 
Business means conducting the business of providing the following services in the telecommunications industry within the United States and Puerto Rico by any Company Entity: engineering, technical consulting, project management, facilities/site development, construction management, equipment installation and construction, network integration and network support.
 
Business Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.3 .
 
Business Day shall mean any day other than (a) any Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which banks located in New York, NY generally are closed for business.
 
Closing has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .
 
Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .
 
Closing Payoff Debt shall mean any Debt of the Company Entities that is not repaid in full prior to the Closing.
 
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Company ” shall have the same meaning as in the introductory paragraph.
 
Company Entities ” shall have the same meaning as in the introductory paragraph.
 
Company Plans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(a) .
 
Company IP Rights   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b) .
 
Company Registered IP   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a) .
 
Competitor   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.5 .
 
Contract shall mean any contract, lease, commitment, understanding, task order, sales order, purchase order, delivery order, teaming agreement, joint venture agreement, other agreement, indenture, mortgage, note, bond, right, warrant, instrument, plan, permit or license, whether written or oral, which is intended or purports to be binding and enforceable.
 
Current Closing Assets shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c) .
 
Debt shall mean any and all (a) obligations of any Company Entity for borrowed money, whether current or unfunded, secured or unsecured (including any accrued but unpaid interest thereon and any premiums, penalties, termination fees, expenses or breakage costs due upon prepayment of such indebtedness or payable as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby) and whether or not evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, mortgages or other debt instruments, debt securities or other similar instruments, (b) obligations of any Company Entity to reimburse any other Person for amounts drawn upon or funded under a letter of credit or similar arrangement, but which have not been repaid, (c) obligations of any Company Entity arising out of overdrafts, acceptance credit or similar facilities and (d) guarantees by any Company Entity of obligations of a type described in clauses (a) - (c).
 
 
3

 
 
Defense Notice   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.5 .
 
Defense Notice   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.5 .
 
Disagreement Notice   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c) .
 
Dispute   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.6 .
 
Disputed Amount   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.6 .
 
Drag-Along Event   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(b) .
 
Earnout   Disagreement Notice   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) .
 
Earnout Payment   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) .
 
Earnout Period ” means the 12 month period commencing on October 1, 2012 and ending on September 30, 2013.
 
EBITDA ” means, for any period, the aggregate earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of the Company Entities; provided , however , for purposes of computing EBITDA solely with respect to post-Closing periods, the following principles shall apply: (a) general and administrative expenses and similar corporate overhead expenses of the Company Entities shall not be increased from those contained the Financial Statements with respect to the period immediately prior to the Closing, without the prior written consent of McGuire; (b) the business of the Company Entities shall be operated in the ordinary course consistent with past practice; (c) the Purchaser shall fund the Company Entities with sufficient working capital to make payroll and otherwise necessary to operate their business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice without regard to Net Working Capital Amounts; (d) there shall be no deductions for any one-time or recurring charges to income in respect of integration costs or transaction costs of the Purchaser and Sellers; (e) any non-recurring and extraordinary charges shall be excluded from the calculation of EBITDA (other than as described in clause (d) above); (f) the cost or allocation of any other acquisitions or mergers and integration of or by the Purchaser or Affiliate during the Earnout Period shall be excluded from the calculation of EBITDA; and (g) there shall be no costs for corporate management, administration or associated fees or costs, or for regulatory compliance related to Purchaser being a public company. For the avoidance of doubt, the principles set forth in this definition shall apply to the usage of this defined term in Section 2 .

Effective Date shall mean the Friday preceding the Closing Date (or the Closing Date, if the Closing Date occurs on a Friday).
 
Employee Adjustment shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c) .
 
 
4

 
 
Environmental Law or Order ” shall mean any Law which relates to or otherwise imposes liability or standards of conduct concerning discharges, emissions, releases or threatened releases of noises, pathogens, odors, pollutants, or contaminants or hazardous or toxic wastes, substances or materials, whether as matter or energy, into air (whether indoors or out), water (whether surface or underground) or land (including any subsurface strata), or otherwise relating to their manufacture, processing, generation, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, cleanup, transport or handling, including the following Laws:  Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, as amended, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, the Clean Water Act of 1977, as amended, the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, and any state provision analogous to any of the foregoing.
 
Environmental Liability ” means, without limitation, all damages, losses and liabilities (including investigation, cleanup, compliance, enforcement, response and toxic tort liabilities) (whether absolute, contingent, matured, liquidated, accrued, known, or unknown), including fines, penalties, capital expenditures, fees and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever, and whether arising out of loss of life, personal injuries, liens or other claims against property or improvements thereon or other obligations of any kind or character, in each case that relate in any way to, or arise under, an Environmental Law or Order or any Hazardous Substance.
 
Environmental Permit ” shall mean any Permit required by or pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law or Order.
 
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
ERISA Affiliate   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(c) .
 
Financial Statements shall mean, collectively, (a) the consolidated audited Balance Sheet and the consolidated audited Statement of Income of the Company Entities for the 12-month period ended December 31, 2011, and (b) the consolidated unaudited financial statements of the Company Entities for the period ending June 30, 2012.
 
Foreign Benefit Plan   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(g) .
 
Forward EBITDA ” means the EBITDA of the Company Entities for the Earnout Period.
 
GAAP   means United States generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Government Bid ” means a bid, tender or proposal which, if accepted, would result in a Government Contract.
 
Government Contract ” means any Contract between a Company Entity and any Governmental Authority, as well as any subcontract or other arrangement by which (i) such Company Entity has agreed to provide goods or services to a prime contractor, to the Governmental Authority, or to a higher-tier subcontractor or (ii) a subcontractor or vendor has agreed to provide goods or services to a Company Entity, where, in either event, such goods or services ultimately will benefit or be used by a Governmental Authority.
 
 
5

 
 
Governmental Authority shall mean the government of the United States or any foreign country, any state or political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.
 
Hazardous Substance ” shall mean any material, substance, form of energy or pathogen which (i) constitutes a “hazardous substance”, “toxic substance” or “pollutant”, “contaminant”, “hazardous material”, “hazardous chemical”, “regulated substance”, or “hazardous waste” (as such terms are defined by or pursuant to any Environmental Law or Order) or (ii) is otherwise regulated or controlled by, or can give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law or Order.
 
Indemnitee   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4 .
 
Indemnitor   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4 .
 
Initial Cash Payment   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .
 
Intellectual Property shall mean, throughout the world, all trade names, trade dress, corporate names and logos, trademarks, service marks, patents, copyrights, industrial designs, Internet domain names, IP Addresses (and any registrations with any Governmental Authority of, and applications for registration pending with respect to, any of the foregoing), Internet domain names, IP Addresses and registrations thereof, works of authorship, trade secrets, proprietary information, mask works, technology, inventions, processes, designs, know-how, computer software and data, databases and data collections, formulas, goodwill, any licenses related to any of the foregoing, and all other intangible intellectual property assets related to the operation of the Business, including all rights to sue and recover for past and future infringement or misappropriation thereof and to receive all income, royalties, damages and payments for past and future infringements thereof and all other intangible intellectual property assets and similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.
 
IT Systems   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(g) .
 
Law shall mean any law, statute, regulation, ordinance, rule, order, decree, judgment, consent decree, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted by, promulgated by, entered into by, agreed to or imposed by any Governmental Authority.
 
Leased Real Property ” means the real property located at 1035 Windward Ridge Parkway, Alpharetta, GA 30005; and all other satellite offices of the Company Entities as set forth in Schedule 3.7 .
 
Lien shall mean any mortgage, lien, charge, restriction, pledge, security interest, option, claim, easement, encroachment or encumbrance.
 
Loss or Losses shall mean all liabilities, losses, costs, claims, damages, lost profits, lost revenues, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and expenses and reasonable investigation and litigation costs incurred in relation to the matter or in enforcing such matter), whether or not special, non-compensatory, consequential, indirect, incidental, statutory or punitive.
 
 
6

 
 
Material Adverse Change or “ Material Adverse Effect ” means an adverse change, event, development or effect on or in the business, operations, assets, liabilities, results of operations, cash flows, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of Company Entities; provided , however , that Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Effect shall not include any adverse change, event, development, or effect arising from or relating to (a) general business or economic conditions, including such conditions related to the business of the Company Entities (provided the impact is not disproportionate on the Company Entities as compared to their industries), (b) national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon the United States, or any of its territories, possessions, or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment or personnel of the United States, (c) financial, banking, or securities markets (including any disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or any market index), (d) changes in laws, rules, regulations, orders, or other binding directives issued by any Governmental Authority or (e) the taking of any action contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements described herein.
 
Material Contracts shall mean all of the Contracts which are listed or described, or required to be listed or described, in Section 3.11 or any schedule thereto.
 
Multiplier   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) .
 
Net Working Capital Amount   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c) .
 
Notice of Claim   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4 .
 
Ongoing Business ” shall mean the continuation of the Business after the Closing during the Earnout Period in substantially the same manner as the Business was conducted prior to the Closing, subject to changing business necessity and conditions as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Active Shareholders.
 
Parachute Payment Waiver   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.15 .
 
Passive Shareholders ” means each of J. Leibowitz and Freedman, none of whom   are actively involved in the management or operation of the Company Entities.
 
Permits shall mean the permits and other items described, or required to be described, in Section 3.12 or any schedule thereto.
 
Permitted Exceptions shall mean Liens set forth on Schedule 3.6 .
 
Person shall mean any individual, corporation, proprietorship, firm, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust, association, Governmental Authority or other entity.
 
 
7

 
 
Pre-Closing Receivables ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c) .
 
Pre-Closing Taxes ” means (i) any Taxes of the Company Entities or any of their Affiliates with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, (ii) any Taxes of the Sellers or their respective Affiliates for which the Company Entities or Purchaser is liable, whether by reason of any requirement to withhold or otherwise, in connection with this Agreement, and (iii) any Taxes for which the any Company Entity is held liable under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law) by reason of such entity being included in any consolidated, affiliated, combined or unitary group in any Pre-Closing Tax Period.  The amount of any Tax based on or measured by income or receipts of the Company Entities that is allocable to the portion of a Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date shall be determined based on an interim closing of the books as of the close of business on the Closing Date (and for such purpose, the Tax period of any partnership or other pass-through entity in which the Company holds a beneficial interest shall be deemed to terminate at such time) and the amount of any other Tax of the Company that is allocable to the portion of a Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date shall be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the portion of the Straddle Period that is deemed to end on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the entire Straddle Period.
 
Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, including the portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date.
 
Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .
 
Public Offering   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.12 .
 
Purchase Price shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .
 
Purchaser ” shall have the same meaning as in the introductory paragraph.
 
Purchaser Indemnitees shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.7(a) .
 
Receivables shall mean accounts receivable billed and unbilled, notes receivables and other receivables of the Company Entities arising from the operation of the Business.
 
SEC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.8 .
 
Securities ” shall mean collectively, the Shares, the ADEXCOMM Shares and the Units.
 
Seller Indemnitees shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.7(b) .
 
Sellers’ knowledge,   to the knowledge of the Sellers ” or “ to the knowledge of the Active Shareholders ” or variants thereof shall mean with respect to any matter in question that the Active Shareholders and Brad Kelly has actual knowledge of such matter or would have knowledge of such matter after reasonable inquiry and investigation, including inquiry of any employees of any Company Entity that have responsibility for such matter.  For purposes of this definition, any applicable person shall be deemed to have knowledge of information in documents that are or have been in his/her possession (including in electronic format).
 
 
8

 
 
Shares ” shall mean all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Company.
 
Straddle Period ” means any taxable period that begins on or before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date.
 
Subordination Agreement   ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(h) .
 
Supplement shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 .
 
Tax Return shall mean any report, return or other information required to be and actually supplied to a Governmental Authority in connection with any Taxes.
 
Taxes shall mean all taxes, charges, fees, duties (including customs duties), levies or other assessments, including income, gross receipts, net proceeds, ad valorem, turnover, real and personal property (tangible and intangible), sales, use, franchise, excise, value added, stamp, leasing, lease, user, transfer, fuel, excess profits, occupational, interest equalization, windfall profits, severance, license, payroll, environmental, capital stock, disability, employee’s income withholding, other withholding, unemployment and Social Security taxes, which are imposed by any Governmental Authority, and such term shall include any interest, penalties or additions to tax attributable thereto.
 
Third Party Claim shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.5 .
 
Threshold Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.7(a) .
 
Transaction Documents shall means the McGuire Employment Agreement and the Subordination Agreement.
 
Treasury Regulations ” shall mean the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code by the U.S. Treasury Department.
 
TTM Adjusted EBITDA ” means $3,081,243.
 
Units ” shall mean all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of ADEX Puerto Rico.
 
WARN Act shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.15 .
 
 
9

 
 
ARTICLE II
 
SALE AND PURCHASE OF SECURITIES
 
  2.1            Agreements to Sell and Purchase .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and in exchange for the Purchase Price to be paid as provided herein, at the Closing the Sellers shall sell, assign, convey, transfer and deliver to Purchaser, free and clear of all Liens, and Purchaser shall purchase, acquire and take assignment of, the Securities.
 
  2.2           Closing .  The closing of the transactions described herein (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at 10:00 A.M. (Florida time) on or before the Termination Date (which date of Closing shall be referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”), and shall occur at the offices of the Purchaser or in such other location or in such other manner as the parties may agree.  The Closing, and all transactions to occur at the Closing, shall be deemed to have taken place at, and shall be effective as of, 12:01 A.M. on the Closing Date.
 
  2.3            Purchase Price; Payment of Consideration .  Purchaser shall pay the aggregate purchase price set forth in this Section 2.3 for the Securities (the “ Purchase Price ”).  The aggregate Purchase Price payable pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be allocated and paid among the various Sellers in the manner set forth on Schedule 2.3 (which schedule may include, without limitation, a direction for payment owed to the Sellers hereunder to instead be made to one or more entities on behalf of the Sellers, which shall be deemed for purposes hereof to be payment to the Sellers).
 
(a)      Initial Purchase Price . The initial payment payable at Closing shall consist of:

(i)
subject to clause (iii) below, an amount of cash equal to the difference between (x) $13,865,594 less (y) $1,046,000 (i.e. $12,819,594.00) (the “ Initial Cash Payment ”);
 
(ii)
a promissory note in the aggregate amount of $1,046,000 issued to the Sellers in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Note ”); and
 
(iii)
repayment in full by Sellers or Purchaser of the Closing Payoff Debt in accordance with Section 2.3(d) , with the amount of any portion of such payment made by Purchaser reducing the amount that would otherwise be paid as the Initial Cash Payment.

(b)      Additional Purchase Price . Purchaser shall pay to the Sellers an additional amount determined as follows:
 
(i)     Purchaser shall pay the Sellers in cash an aggregate amount (collectively, the “ Earnout Payment ”) equal to (i) the product of (x) 0.75 (the “ Multiplier ”) multiplied by (y) the Forward EBITDA plus (ii) the positive difference, if any, resulting from (x) the Forward EBITDA minus (y) the TTM Adjusted EBITDA, provided that if the Forward EBITDA is less than the TTM Adjusted EBITDA by $350,000 or more, the Multiplier shall be reduced from 0.75 to 0.5 and provided , further , if the Forward EBITDA exceeds the TTM Adjusted EBITDA by more than $350,000, then the Multiplier shall be increased from 0.75 to 1.0.  No later than 45 days after the end of the Earnout Period, the Purchaser shall provide the Sellers with a detailed written calculation together with all supporting documentation that the Sellers may reasonably request, including but not limited to billing invoices, employee time records and salary records and Purchase Orders, of the Forward EBITDA for the Earnout Period (“ Purchaser’s Earnout Calculation ”).
 
 
10

 
 
(ii)     The Purchaser’ Earnout Calculation shall be prepared in consultation with the Purchaser’s independent auditors. Subject to Section 11.6 , Purchaser shall pay to Sellers an aggregate amount of cash equal to the Earnout Payment set forth on Purchaser’s Earnout Calculation within the later of (A) 60 days of the delivery of Purchaser’s Earnout Calculation or (B) the resolution of any dispute related thereto pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) .
 
(iii)     If either Active Shareholder objects to Purchaser’s Earnout Calculation, he shall deliver a written notice to Purchaser to such effect no later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the tenth (10 th ) day following delivery of Purchaser’s Earnout Calculation (such notice, an “ Earnout Disagreement Notice ”) accompanied by (A) supporting documents, work papers, and other data setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for such Active Shareholder’s disagreement with Purchaser’s Earnout Calculation and (B) a certificate signed by such Active Shareholder certifying that the Earnout Disagreement Notice was delivered in accordance with this Section 2.3(b) .  Failure of the Active Shareholders to deliver a Disagreement Notice by such date and time shall be deemed to constitute final and conclusive acceptance of all parties hereto of the Earnout Payment set forth in Purchaser’s Earnout Calculation for purposes of this Agreement
 
(iv)     If an Active Shareholder timely provides an Earnout Disagreement Notice, the Purchaser and Active Shareholders shall attempt to resolve such disagreement in good faith through discussions and negotiations for a period of at least thirty (30) days.  Following the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, either Purchaser or either Active Shareholder may submit the matter to a mutually-agreeable accounting firm as designated arbitrator, for final resolution.  The amount of the Earnout Payment determined by such arbitrator shall be final and binding on all parties hereto.
 
(v)     In connection with the Earnout Payment, at the Closing, Purchaser shall issue an aggregate of 2,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock of Purchaser (the “ Preferred Stock ”) with terms and conditions as set forth in a Certificate of Designation (the “ Certificate of Designation ”) substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (such shares of Preferred Stock, the “ Earnout Shares ”).  Sellers agree that that, as and when Purchaser makes any payment required by this Section 2.3(b) , a number of Earnout Shares equal to (A) the amount of such payment divided by (B) $1,000 (with any resulting fractional shares calculated to the nearest three decimal places) shall be automatically cancelled without further action.  In the event of any such cancellation, Sellers agree to promptly return any certificate(s) representing Earnout Shares to be marked as “cancelled” (and if less than all Earnout Shares were cancelled, reissuance for the balance of the Earnout Shares that remain outstanding).  If the Earnout Payment, as finally determined, is less than $2,000,000, any outstanding Working Capital Shares shall be cancelled upon such final determination.  In the event of any redemption of Earnout Shares, the amount of the Earnout Payment owed by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced by the amount of such redemption.  In the event of any conversion of Earnout Shares into shares of Purchaser’s Common Stock, the amount of the Earnout Payment owed by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced by the fair market value of the shares into which such Earnout Shares were converted (with the fair market value deemed to be as the lowest closing trading price for the thirty days following conversion).
 
 
11

 
 
(c)     Working Capital Adjustment .  The Purchase Price shall be adjusted in accordance with this Section 2.3(c) as follows:
 
(i)     Within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, the Active Shareholders shall deliver to Purchaser a proposed final Net Working Capital Amount as of the Closing Date (the “ Net Working Capital Proposal ”).  The Net Working Capital Proposal shall be calculated using the same methods and assumptions as were used in preparing the Financial Statements and in accordance with GAAP and this Section 2.3(c) , and shall be accompanied by supporting documents, work papers, and other data setting forth in reasonable detail the Active Shareholders’ calculation of the Net Working Capital Amount.
 
(ii)     If Purchaser objects to the Net Working Capital Proposal, it shall deliver a written notice to the Active Shareholders to such effect no later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the fifth (5 th ) day following delivery of the Net Working Capital Proposal (such notice, a “ Disagreement Notice ”) accompanied by (A) supporting documents, work papers, and other data setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for such Purchaser’s disagreement with the Net Working Capital Proposal and (B) a certificate signed by Purchaser certifying that the Disagreement Notice was delivered in accordance with this Section 2.3(c) .  Failure of Purchaser to deliver a Disagreement Notice by such date and time shall be deemed to constitute final and conclusive acceptance of all parties hereto of the Net Working Capital Amount set forth in the Net Working Capital Proposal as the Net Working Capital Amount for purposes of this Agreement.
 
(iii)           If Purchaser timely provides a Disagreement Notice, the Purchaser and Active Shareholders shall attempt to resolve such disagreement in good faith through discussions and negotiations for a period of at least five (5) days. Following the expiration of such five (5) day period, either Purchaser or either Active Shareholder may submit the matter to a mutually-agreeable accounting firm as designated arbitrator, for final resolution on an expedited basis. The amount of the Net Working Capital Amount determined by such arbitrator shall be final and binding on all parties hereto.
 
 
12

 
 
(iv)     Following the Closing, Purchaser agrees to cause the Company Entities, on a weekly basis, to transfer to one or more accounts designated by the Active Shareholders, an amount of cash specified below of the amount of any Receivables that are related to pre-Closing activities of the Company Entities (“ Pre-Closing Receivables ”) that are actually collected by the Company Entities during such weekly period, provided that the maximum aggregate amount of cash the Company Entities shall be obligated to pay to the Sellers pursuant to this Section 2.3(c)(viii) shall equal the Net Working Capital Amount and the $1,046,000 part of the Initial Purchase Price referenced in Section 2.3(a)(ii) and evidenced by the Note (together the “ Initial Purchase Payment ”).  During the first five weeks immediately after Closing, on the Wednesday of each week, the Sellers shall be paid from said amounts collected, 50% of the Pre-Closing Receivable collected that week.  At the end of the five week period the parties shall determine the balance of the Initial Purchase Payment.  The balance of the Initial Purchase Payment shall then be divided by three and the quotient thereof shall be paid in three (3) equal installments during weeks six (6) through eight (8).  In the event that cash in excess of the Initial Purchase Payment is transferred to such account(s) pursuant to this Section 2.3(c)(viii) , the Sellers agree, on a joint and several basis, to promptly refund such overage to Purchaser.  If the amount paid is insufficient to pay the entire Initial Purchase Payment within the eight (8) week period then the remaining balance shall be paid at the rate of 100% of the amounts collected until the entire Initial Purchase Payment is paid.  To facilitate the transfer contemplated by this subsection: (A) each of Gary McGuire and Brad Kelly, together with Lawrence Sands or Dan Sullivan shall have signatory authority on the bank accounts of the Company Entities for so long as they are employed by Purchaser or a Company Entity; (B) the current bank accounts of the Company Entities with Bank Leumi and Hapolim Bank will be maintained for the purpose of collecting and paying the Parties their respective shares of Pre-Closing Receivables; (C) in the event Pre Closing Receivables are paid to another account, 50% of said funds shall promptly be paid to the Sellers by Purchaser; (D) Purchaser shall not advise or instruct Company customers to pay Pre Closing Receivables into a different account; (E) Purchaser shall not utilize the Bank Leumi and Hapolim Bank accounts for any purpose other than those set forth in this Section; (F) any wire, instructions, checks, negotiable instruments or any other means of transferring or withdrawing funds from  the Bank Leumi and Hapolim Bank or other accounts, if any, containing all or part of the Pre-Closing Receivables, in excess of $10,000 in a series of transactions or a single transaction must have two signatures from among Gary McGuire, Brad Kelly and either Lawrence Sands or Dan Sullivan; (G) any amounts paid by ADEX customers after the Closing shall be attributable to Pre-Closing Receivables up to the amounts of those Receivables attributable to that customer, provided that for purposes of clauses (A) and (F), Gary McGuire and Brad Kelly may act jointly (but not individually) without the consent of Lawrence Sands or Dan Sullivan, provided further that   for purposes of clauses (A) and (F),that   neither Lawrence Sands nor Dan Sullivan may act without the consent of either Gary McGuire or Brad Kelly.  The limitations and restrictions contained in clauses  (A) through (G) shall only survive until the Initial Purchase Payment has been paid in full, and shall terminate upon such payment.  Any portion of the Initial Purchase Payment that is attributable to the amounts owed pursuant to Section 2.3(a)(ii) shall, when paid, shall be deemed to be repayment of the Note, and shall reduce the principal amount of the Note (on a pro rata basis) on a dollar-for-dollar basis.
 
(v)     Subject to Section 11.6 , following the final determination of the Net Working Capital Amount pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(ii) or 2.3(c)(iii) , as applicable, Purchaser shall pay to Sellers an aggregate amount of cash equal to the difference, if any, between (A) such Net Working Capital Amount less (B) the aggregate amount of cash payments made pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(viii) , with such payment to occur not later than sixty (60) days following such final determination.
 
(vi)           For purposes of this Agreement:
 
(A)     Net Working Capital Amount ” means the positive difference, if any, between the Current Closing Assets less the Current Closing Liabilities less the Employee Adjustment.

 
13

 
 
(B)     Current Closing Assets ” means the sum, as determined in accordance consistent with the preparation of the Company Entities’ historical financial statements on a consolidated basis, as of the Effective Date, of the Company Entities’:  (1) Work in Progress or Receivables earned but not yet billed by the Company Entities to their customers, (2) accounts receivable, (3) any other items on the Company Entities’ balance sheet that under GAAP would be characterized as current assets (other than cash or cash equivalents), (4) inventory (net of any related reserves), (5) prepaid expenses, (6) receivables from insurance claims, and (7) Taxes receivable for overpayment credits.  For purposes of clarification, the term “Current Closing Assets” shall not include any and all cash or cash equivalents including but not limited to the cash and cash equivalents which may be distributed by the Company Entities to the Sellers at Closing or used to repay Debt prior to the Closing (in each case, subject to Section 6.18 ).  Current Closing Assets shall not include any amounts due from Affiliates or Subsidiaries.
 
(C)     Actual Current Closing Liabilities ” means the sum, as determined consistent with the preparation of the Company Entities’ historical financial statements, as of the Effective Date, of: (1) the Company Entities’ accounts payable; (2) the Company Entities’ accrued expenses (excluding accrued expenses for contract labor costs referenced in Section 2.3(c)(B) (4) below for the preceding week before Closing); (3) the Company Entities’ other current liabilities that under GAAP would be characterized as short term liabilities. Without limiting the foregoing, (x) to the extent any Transaction Expense has not been paid prior to the Closing, it shall be considered and treated as an Actual Current Closing Liability for purposes of this Section 2.3(c)(viii)(B) , and (y) the current portion of Debt (including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon) that constitutes Closing Payoff Debt shall not be considered or treated as a Current Closing Liability for purposes of this Section 2.3(c)(viii)(B) and shall instead be repaid as provided in Section 2.3(d) . For the purpose of clarity each party shall bear its own transaction costs and expenses and the Purchaser may not charge any such costs of Purchaser to the Company which would have the effect of reducing the Purchase Price.
 
(D)     Employee Adjustment ” means the sum, without duplication, of (1) amount of the contract labor W-2 wages, headquarter employee salaries (other than those headquarter employees set forth on Schedule 2.3(c) ), the employer portion of statutory fringes consisting of FICA, FUTA, Medicare, SUI and SDI, wire and other payroll expenses for foreign nation contract labor, and related direct fringe benefits for the employees, of the Company for the eight (8) weeks prior to the Closing Date, and (2) any severance or similar payments, including payments of accrued vacation, payable to employees of Company Entities that will not continue as employees following the Closing.  For the avoidance of doubt per diem payments shall not be considered wages, direct fringe benefits, statutory fringes or otherwise part of the Employee Adjustment.
 
 
14

 
 
(vii)          In connection with the payment of the Net Working Capital Amount, at the Closing, Purchaser shall issue an aggregate of 1,500 shares of Preferred Stock (such shares of Preferred Stock, the “ Working Capital Shares ”).  Sellers agree that that, as and when Purchaser makes any payment required by this Section 2.3(c) or Sellers transfer any Pre-Closing Receivable pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(iv) , a number of Working Capital Shares equal to (A) the amount of such payment or the Pre-Closing Receivables transferred divided by (B) $1,000 (with any resulting fractional shares calculated to the nearest three decimal places) shall be automatically cancelled without further action.  In the event of any such cancellation, Sellers agree to promptly return any certificate(s) representing Working Capital Shares to be marked as “cancelled” (and if less than all Working Capital Shares were cancelled, reissuance for the balance of the Working Capital Shares that remain outstanding).  If the Net Working Capital Amount, as finally determined, is less than $1,500,000, any outstanding Working Capital Shares shall be cancelled upon such final determination.  In the event of any redemption of Working Capital Shares, the amount of the Net Working Capital Amount owed by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced by the amount of such redemption.  In the event of any conversion of Working Capital Shares into shares of Purchaser’s Common Stock, the amount of the Net Working Capital Amount owed by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced by the fair market value of the shares into which such Working Capital Shares were converted (with the fair market value deemed to be as the lowest closing trading price for the thirty days following conversion).
 
(d)            Closing Payoff Debt .  At the Closing, Purchaser or the Sellers shall repay the Closing Payoff Debt in the amounts and to the lender(s) indicated on the Payoff Letters.

  2.4             Purchase Price Allocation .  Purchaser and Sellers agree to the allocation of the Purchase Price (including as appropriate any assumed liabilities) between the Company Entities and further among the assets of ADEX Puerto Rico as set forth on Schedule 2.4 hereof, which is prepared in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (and any similar provision of state, local or foreign Legal Requirements, as appropriate).  The parties shall report for all Tax purposes and file all Tax Returns (including but not limited to IRS Form 8594) in a manner consistent with such allocation and shall take no Tax position inconsistent or contrary thereto.
 
  2.5            Withholding .  Purchaser (or any other Person responsible for withholding any amount with respect to any payment made under this Agreement) shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as is required to be deducted and withheld with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax law.  To the extent that amounts are so deducted and withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.
 
ARTICLE III
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE ACTIVE SHAREHOLDERS
 
Each Active Shareholder represents and warrants to Purchaser as of the date of this Agreement, and as of the Closing Date, as follows:
 
3.1            Due Incorporation .  Except as referenced in Schedule 3.1 , each Company Entity is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and possesses all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being owned, leased, operated and conducted.  Each Company Entity is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the nature of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the business conducted by it requires such licensing or qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company Entity.  No Company Entity owns, controls, or holds any equity interest in, directly or indirectly, any corporation, trust, joint venture, limited liability company or other Person and, in furtherance of the foregoing, owns no subsidiaries except as listed in Schedule 3.1 .
 
 
15

 
 
  3.2            Authorization; Investment Intent; Ownership of Shares .
 
  (a)           Each Company Entity has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement and each Transaction Document constitutes, or upon execution will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company Entities and each Seller, enforceable against the Company Entities and each such Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a court of law, a court of equity or otherwise.
 
  (b)            Schedule 3.2(b) hereof sets forth all outstanding Shares of the Company, Units of ADEX Puerto Rico and ADEXCOMM Shares of ADEXCOMM, in case, listing the record and beneficial holder thereof.  Each Seller is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Shares, ADEXCOMM Shares and/or Units set forth opposite its name on Schedule 3.2(b) , all of which Shares, ADEXCOMM Shares and Units are owned free and clear of all rights, claims, liens and encumbrances, and have not been sold, pledged, assigned or otherwise transferred except pursuant to this Agreement.  There are no outstanding subscriptions, rights, options, warrants or other agreements obligating any Seller to sell or transfer to any third person any or all of the Securities owned by such Seller, or any interest therein.
 
  (c)           The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 200 Shares, of which there are presently issued and outstanding 100 Shares, all of which are owned by the Sellers as and in the amounts set forth on Schedule 3.2(b) .  The Company has not granted, issued or agreed to grant, issue or make available any warrants, options, subscription rights or any other commitments of any character relating to the unissued shares of capital stock of the Company.  All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and was issued in compliance with applicable securities laws and are not subject to any right of rescission, right of first refusal or preemptive right.  No shares of capital stock of the Company are subject to vesting or repurchase rights.
 
  (d)           The authorized membership and equity interests in ADEX Puerto Rico consists of 200 Units, of which there are presently issued and outstanding 100 Units, all of which are owned by the Sellers as and in the amounts set forth on Schedule 3.2(b) .  ADEX Puerto Rico has not granted, issued or agreed to grant, issue or make available any warrants, options, subscription rights or any other commitments of any character relating to the unissued membership or equity interests of ADEX Puerto Rico.  All of the issued and outstanding Units of ADEX Puerto Rico have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and were issued in compliance with applicable securities laws and are not subject to any right of rescission, right of first refusal or preemptive right.  No membership or equity interests of ADEX Puerto Rico are subject to vesting or repurchase rights.
 
 
16

 
 
  (e)           The authorized capital stock of the ADEXCOMM consists of 200 shares of common stock, of which there are presently issued and outstanding 100 shares, all of which are owned by the Sellers as and in the amounts set forth on Schedule 3.2(b) .  ADEXCOMM has not granted, issued or agreed to grant, issue or make available any warrants, options, subscription rights or any other commitments of any character relating to the unissued shares of capital stock of ADEXCOMM.  All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of ADEXCOMM has been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and was issued in compliance with applicable securities laws and are not subject to any right of rescission, right of first refusal or preemptive right.  No shares of capital stock of ADEXCOMM are subject to vesting or repurchase rights.
 
  3.3            Consents and Approvals .  No consent, authorization or approval of, filing or registration with, or cooperation from, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company Entities or Sellers and the consummation by the parties of the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution, delivery and performance under this Agreement by the Company Entities or Sellers, does not and will not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a breach or termination of, result in any loss of rights or benefits under, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of, any Contract, (ii) result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the Securities, or (iii) violate or conflict with any provision of the charter of a Company Entity.
 
  3.4             Financial Statements .  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.4 , the Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly the financial position, assets and liabilities of the Company Entities as of the dates thereof and the revenues, expenses, results of operations and cash flows of the Company Entities, for the periods covered thereby.  The Financial Statements are in accordance in all material respects with the books and records of the Company Entities, and do not reflect any transactions which are not bona fide transactions.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.4 or in the Financial Statements, the Company Entities do not have any material liabilities, debts, claims or obligations, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, whether due or to become due, other than trade payables to third parties and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the dates of the Financial Statements.   Schedule 3.4 includes true and complete copies of the Financial Statements.
 
  3.5             No Changes .  Except as listed on Schedule 3.5 , since December 31, 2011, no Company Entity has (a) suffered any damage or destruction to, or loss of, any of its assets or properties (whether or not covered by insurance) individually or in the aggregate in excess of $10,000; (b) permitted the imposition of a Lien (other than Permitted Exceptions) on, or disposed of, any of its assets; (c) terminated or entered into any Material Contract; (d) cancelled, waived, released or otherwise compromised any trade debt, receivable or claim exceeding $10,000 individually or in the aggregate; (e) made or committed (in a binding manner) to make any capital expenditures or capital additions or betterments in excess of $10,000 individually or in the aggregate; (f) entered into, adopted, amended (except as may be required by Law and except for immaterial amendments) or terminated any bonus, profit sharing, compensation, termination, stock option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, performance unit, pension, retirement, deferred compensation, employment, severance or other employee benefit agreements, trusts, plans, funds or other arrangements for the benefit or welfare of any director, officer or employee, or increased in any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of any director, officer or employee or paid any benefit not required by any existing plan and arrangement (except for normal salary increases consistent with past practice) or entered into any contract, agreement, commitment or arrangement to do any of the foregoing; (g) disposed of or permitted the lapse in registration of any Intellectual Property; (h) experienced any material adverse change in its Receivables or its accounts payable; (i) changed its accounting methods, systems, policies, principles or practices; (j) incurred indebtedness (other than trade payables in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice); or (k) experienced a Material Adverse Change.
 
 
17

 
 
  3.6             Title to Assets .  Sellers have good and marketable title to, and are the lawful owners of, the Shares, and the Shares constitute all of the issued and outstanding securities of the Company.  Other than the Shares, there are no securities, options, warrants, rights or other instruments or agreements pursuant to which additional equity of the Company would be required to be issued.  Sellers have good and marketable title to, and are the lawful owners of, the Units, and the Units constitute all of the issued and outstanding securities of ADEX Puerto Rico.  Other than the Units, there are no securities, options, warrants, rights or other instruments or agreements pursuant to which additional equity of ADEX Puerto Rico would be required to be issued.  The Sellers have good and marketable title to, and is the lawful owners of, all ADEXCOMM Shares, and such ADEXCOMM Shares constitute all of the issued and outstanding securities of ADEXCOMM.  Other than such ADEXCOMM Shares owned by the Sellers, there are no securities, options, warrants, rights or other instruments or agreements pursuant to which additional equity of ADEXCOMM would be required to be issued.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.6 (“ Permitted Exceptions ”), the Company Entities have good and marketable title to, and are the lawful owners of, the assets used in the Business.  No Person other than a Company Entity owns any material assets, properties or rights relating to or used in the Business.  This Agreement, together with any stock assignments and unit assignments delivered at the Closing by Sellers to Purchaser, are sufficient to transfer to Purchaser the entire right, title and interest, legal and beneficial, in the Securities, free and clear of all Liens.
 
  3.7            Real Property .
 
Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7 , the Company Entities operate the Business at the Leased Real Property, and at no other locations, other than client sites.  Except for the Leased Real Property, no Company Entity is a party to any lease of any real property, whether as lessor or as lessee, and has no ownership of or other interest in any real property.
 
The Leased Real Property leases are in full force and effect and the Company Entities hold a valid and existing leasehold interest under such leases.  No Company Entity is in material default, and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, no circumstances exist which would result in such default (including upon the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both), under such lease, and no other party to such lease has the right to terminate or accelerate performance under or otherwise modify any of such lease.
 
 
18

 
 
3.8              Personal Property .  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.8 , to the knowledge of the Sellers, all of the tangible assets (whether owned or leased) used in connection with the Business, (a) are suitable for the purposes for which such assets are presently used, and (b) have been maintained and are in good working order.
 
3.9             No Third Party Options .  There are no agreements, options, commitments or rights with, of or to any Person (other than Purchaser) to acquire any of the assets, properties, rights, shares or other equity interests of any Company Entity.
 
  3.10          Intellectual Property .
 
  (a)            Schedule 3.10(a) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Intellectual Property owned by the Company Entities as of the date hereof that are registered, recorded or filed in the name of any Company Entity with a Governmental Authority and all applications therefor, and all material unregistered Trademarks used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the operation of the Business (“ Company Registered IP ”).  Each item of Company Registered IP is (i) in compliance with all applicable legal requirements and is current with its registration and maintenance requirements, and (ii) to the knowledge of Active Shareholders, the Company Registered IP is valid and enforceable.
 
  (b)           Except to the extent set forth on Schedule 3.10(b) , the Company Entities either exclusively own, free and clear of all Liens, or has permission to use pursuant to a valid written agreement or other valid rights to use, all Intellectual Property material to, and used or held for use in the ordinary course of, the operation of its Business as presently conducted and presently proposed to be conducted (collectively, “ Company IP Rights ”).  The Company IP Rights comprise all of the Intellectual Property that is used in or necessary for the operation of the Business as currently conducted and presently proposed to be conducted.
 
  (c)           The operation of the Business of the Company has not, and does not, to the knowledge of the Active Shareholders, infringe or misappropriate any Intellectual Property of any Person, and to the knowledge of the Active Shareholders, no Person has infringed or misappropriated or is infringing or misappropriating any Company IP Rights.
 
  (d)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(d) , following the Closing, the Company Entities will be permitted to exercise all of the material rights under the Company IP Rights to the same extent the Company Entities would have been able to had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(d) , all material Company Owned IP is, and immediately after the Closing Date, will be, fully transferable, alienable or licensable by the Company Entities without restriction and without payment of any kind to any Person, except as a result of any independent agreements or obligations of Purchaser.  No Company Entity has granted any exclusive licenses or rights of any kind in the Company IP Rights to any Person or holds rights to Company IP Rights jointly with any third Person.
 
  (e)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(e) , no Company Entity has entered into any agreement to settle or resolve any action, claim or dispute with respect to any Intellectual Property that is material to any Company Entity.  No Company IP Right is subject to any proceeding or outstanding decree, order, judgment, agreement or stipulation that restricts in any manner the use, transfer or licensing thereof by any Company Entity.
 
 
19

 
 
  (f)           The Company Entities have taken actions reasonably necessary to maintain and protect all of the material Company IP Rights, including all confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets pertaining thereto.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(f) , all agents, employees and independent consultants of the Company Entities employed or engaged in the five (5) years prior to the date hereof who have participated in or contributed to the development of any material Intellectual Property for any Company Entity have executed and delivered to the Company Entities a written assignment agreement that vests in a Company Entity exclusive ownership of all right, title and interest in and to any such Intellectual Property.
 
  (g)           The information technology systems used in connection with the operation of the Business (“ IT Systems ”) as a whole, are adequate and sufficient in all material respects for the conduct of the Business as currently conducted.  The Company Entities have taken commercially reasonable steps consistent with industry practice to protect the IT Systems from unauthorized access, use and damage.  The IT Systems have not suffered any material failures or defects and have functioned consistently and accurately in all material respects.
 
  (h)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(h)(i) , no software owned by the Company Entities incorporates any Public Software.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Public Software ” means any software that contains, or is derived in any manner from, in whole or in part, any software that is distributed as freeware, shareware, open source software (e.g., Linux) or similar licensing or distribution models that (1) requires the licensing or distribution of source code to licensees, (2) prohibits or limits the receipt of consideration in connection with sublicensing or distributing any software, (3) except as specifically required to be permitted by applicable law, allows any Person to decompile, disassemble or otherwise reverse-engineer any software, or (4) requires the licensing of any Software to any other Person for the purpose of making derivative works.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(h)(ii) , no software owned by the Company Entities has been provided or disclosed in source code form to any Person (including without limitation, any escrow agents, employees and officers of the Company Entities).  To the extent any Company Entity has provided or disclosed any such source code, such provision or disclosure has been pursuant to a written confidentiality agreement adequate to protect the proprietary and confidential nature of such source code.
 
  3.11          Contracts .
 
  All of the Material Contracts are in full force and effect and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of a Company Entity and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, the other parties thereto.  All of the Material Contracts are enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.  No termination notice has been delivered by a Company Entity to any other party or, to the knowledge of Sellers, by any other party to a Company Entity , with respect to any Material Contract.  The Company has delivered to Purchaser true and complete copies of each written Material Contract and an accurate written description of any Material Contract not reduced to writing sufficient to identify the scope of service and material terms and conditions of said Material Contracts.
 
 
20

 
 
  Schedule 3.11 lists all the Contracts and arrangements of the following types to which a Company Entity is a party, by which it is bound, or to which any of its assets or properties is subject (including in each case which subsection(s) of this Section 3.11 to which such Material Contract is responsive):
 
  (a)           any Contract or arrangement of any kind with any employee, officer, director, shareholder or other equity interest holder;
 
  (b)           any Contract or arrangement with a broker, advertising agency, placement agent or other Person engaged in sales, marketing, distributing or promotional activities, or any Contract to act as one of the foregoing on behalf of any Person;
 
  (c)           any Contract or arrangement of any nature (i) having an aggregate value in excess of $10,000 or (ii) of any value that is not terminable on notice of thirty (30) days or less;
 
  (d)          any indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement, note, mortgage, security agreement, letter of credit, loan commitment, guaranty, repurchase agreement or other Contract or arrangement relating to the borrowing of funds, an extension of credit or financing, pledging of assets or guarantying the obligations of any Person;
 
  (e)          any Contract or arrangement involving a Company Entity as a participant in a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, strategic alliance, or other cooperative undertaking;
 
  (f)           any Contract or arrangement involving any restrictions on a Company Entity with respect to the geographical area of operations or scope or type of business;
 
  (g)          any Contract granting to any Person a right at such Person’s option to purchase or acquire any asset or property of a Company Entity (or interest therein);
 
  (h)          any Contract for capital improvements or expenditures in excess of $5,000 individually or $20,000 in the aggregate;
 
  (i)           any Contract for which the full performance thereof may extend beyond ninety (90) days from the date of this Agreement;
 
  (j)           any Contract not made in the ordinary course of business which is to be performed in whole or in part at or after the date of this Agreement;
 
  (k)           any Contract or arrangement relating to management support, facilities support or similar arrangement which, if breached, would have a Material Adverse Change on the Business;
 
 
21

 
 
  (l)            any Contract whereby any Person agrees (A) not to compete with a Company Entity or to solicit employees, clients or customers, or (B) to maintain the confidentiality of any information of a Company Entity;
 
  (m)          any Contract for the provision of consulting services of any type or nature and any arrangement for the payment of commissions, in each case, whether by or for a Company Entity;
 
  (n)           any Contract (a) under which the Company is granted a right or license to use the Intellectual Property of any Person (other than for generally commercially available software with a cost of not more than U.S. $15,000 per title) and (b) pursuant to which the Company has granted any right or license to any Person in respect of Company IP Rights; and
 
  (o)           any Government Bid or Government Contract.
 
  3.12           Permits .   Schedule 3.12 is a true and accurate list as of the date hereof of all Permits held by the Company Entities used in the Business.  Except for such Permits, there are no permits, licenses, consents or authorizations, whether federal, state, local or foreign, which are necessary for the lawful operation of the Business.  T o the knowledge of the Active Shareholders, e ach Company Entity is in compliance in all material respects with all requirements and limitations under such Permits.  No employee, officer, director, equity holder, or manager of a Company Entity owns or has any interest in any such Permit; except as listed in Schedule 3.12 .
 
  3.13           Insurance .   Schedule 3.13 contains an accurate and complete list as of the date hereof of all policies of fire, liability, errors and omissions, workmen’s compensation, public and product liability, title and other forms of insurance owned or held by the Company Entities, and a claims history for the past three years.  All such policies are in full force and effect and all applicable premiums, which are due and owing as of the Closing Date, have been paid.  No notice of cancellation or termination has been received with respect to any such policy.  No insurer has cancelled or refused to renew any insurance applicable to the Company Entities nor has any insurer applied any additional material restrictions to any existing insurance policy during the term of the policy or upon renewal.
 
  3.14          Employee Benefit Plans and Employment Agreements .
 
  (a)            Schedule 3.14(a) is a list as of the date of this Agreement of each “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and all other material employment contracts, and employee benefit plans, programs, policies and arrangements (including all collective bargaining, stock purchase, stock option, compensation, deferred compensation, pension, retirement, severance, termination, separation, vacation, sickness, health insurance, welfare and bonus plans, arrangements, and agreements) entered into, maintained or contributed to by a Company Entity for the benefit of continuing employees or other service-providers (or former employees or service-providers) of any Company Entity or with respect to which any Company Entity has any obligation or liability (collectively, the “ Company Plans ”).
 
 
22

 
 
  (b)           The Company has provided or made available to Purchaser true and correct copies of each of the Company Plans (including all amendments thereto) and all contracts relating thereto, or to the funding thereof, including all trust agreements, insurance contracts, administration contracts, investment management agreements, subscription and participation agreements, and recordkeeping agreements, each as in effect on the date hereof, to the extent such Company Plans are in written form (and, as to any Company Plan that is not in writing, a description of the material terms of such plan).  To the extent applicable, a true and correct copy of the most recent annual report, actuarial report, summary plan description, and Internal Revenue Service determination letter with respect to each of the Company Plans has been supplied or made available to Purchaser by the Company.
 
  (c)           With respect to each of the Company Plans that is an “employee pension benefit plan” (within the meaning of section 3(2) of ERISA):
 
  (i)           no Company Plan (and no other plan currently or ever in the past maintained, sponsored, contributed to or required to be contributed to by a Company Entity or any current or former ERISA Affiliate of a Company Entity ) is or ever in the past was a multiemployer plan (as defined in section 3(37) of ERISA), a plan subject to title IV of ERISA, or a plan subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA.  As used herein, the term “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any Person that, together with the Company Entities, would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code; and
 
  (ii)           each such Company Plan which is intended to be tax qualified under section 401(a) of the Code (and each related trust which is intended to be tax qualified under section 501(a) of the Code), is so qualified and has obtained a currently effective favorable determination and/or opinion letter, as applicable, as to its qualified status (or the qualified status of the master or prototype form on which it is established) from the IRS covering the amendments to the Code effected by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and all subsequent legislation for which the IRS will currently issue such a letter; and no event has occurred which would cause any such Company Plan to fail to so comply with such requirements.
 
  (d)           There are no actions, suits or claims pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers, threatened involving any Company Plan or the assets thereof (other than routine claims for benefits), and no audits, inquiries or proceedings pending or threatened by the IRS or other Governmental Authority with respect to any Company Plan.  Each Company Plan has been maintained and administered in all respects in compliance with its terms and with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, orders, rules and regulations (foreign and domestic), including (without limitation) ERISA and the Code, which are applicable to such Company Plan.  All contributions, reserves or premium payments required to be made or accrued as of the date hereof to the Company Plans have in all material respects been timely made or accrued.  No “Prohibited Transaction,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA and not otherwise exempt under Section 408 of ERISA, has occurred with respect to any Company Plan.  No Company Plan provides, or reflects or represents any liability to provide, health or welfare benefits with respect to any former or current employee, or any spouse or dependent of any such employee, beyond the employee’s retirement or other termination of employment with a Company Entity (other than coverage mandated by Part 6 of Title I of ERISA or Section 4980B of the Code).
 
 
23

 
 
(e)           There is no contract, plan or arrangement covering any employee or former employee of a Company Entity that, individually or collectively, could give rise to the payment as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of any amount that would not be deductible by a Company Entity by reason of Section 280G of the Code.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the term “payment” shall include (without limitation) any payment, acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits.  The execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (alone or together with any other event which, standing alone, would not by itself trigger such entitlement or acceleration) will not (1) entitle any Person to any payment, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, or increase in benefits under or with respect to any Company Plan, (2) otherwise trigger any acceleration (of vesting or payment of benefits or otherwise) under or with respect to any Company Plan, or (3) trigger any obligation to fund any Company Plan.
 
(f)           With respect to each Company Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as defined for purposes of Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code), (1) such plan has been operated since January 1, 2005 in compliance with Section 409A of the Code and all applicable IRS guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent such plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code and so as to avoid any tax, interest or penalty thereunder; (2) the document or documents that evidence each such plan have conformed to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations under Section 409A of the Code since December 31, 2008; and (3) as to any such plan in existence prior to January 1, 2005 and not subject to Section 409A of the Code, has not been “materially modified” (within the meaning of IRS Notice 2005-1) at any time after October 3, 2004.  No stock option covering securities of any Company Entity (whether currently outstanding or previously exercised) is, has been or would be, as applicable, subject to any tax, penalty or interest under Section 409A of the Code.
 
(g)           Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14(g) , no Company Plan is maintained outside the jurisdiction of the United States, or covers any employee residing or working outside the United States (any such Company Plan, a “ Foreign Benefit Plan ”).  With respect to any Foreign Benefit Plans, (A) all Foreign Benefit Plans have been established, maintained and administered in compliance in all material respects with their terms and all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, orders, decrees, judgments, writs, and regulations of any controlling Governmental Authority, (B) all Foreign Benefit Plans that are required to be funded are fully funded, and with respect to all other Foreign Benefit Plans, adequate reserves therefor have been established on the Financial Statements, and (C) no material liability or obligation of the Company exists with respect to such Foreign Benefit Plans that has not been disclosed on Schedule 3.14(g) .
 
3.15            Employees .   Schedule 3.15(a) contains a true, complete and accurate list of the names, titles, annual compensation, all bonuses and similar payments (including any equity compensation) made or owed for the current and preceding year, accrued vacation as of the date hereof, and employer for each director, officer, manager and employee of the Company Entities, excluding any contract employees who are employed for unfixed or indefinite durations.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.15(b) , there is no, and during the past two years there has been no, labor strike, picketing, dispute, slow-down, work stoppage, union organization effort, grievance filing or proceeding, or other labor difficulty actually pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers,  threatened against or involving any Company Entity.  No Company Entity is a party to any collective bargaining agreement, there are no labor unions or other organizations representing any employee of a Company Entity, and to the knowledge of Sellers, no labor union or organization is engaged in any organizing activity with respect to any employee of a Company Entity.  In the three years prior to the Closing Date, no Company Entity has effectuated a “plant closing” as defined in the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (the “ WARN Act ”) (or any similar state, local or foreign law) or a “mass layoff” as defined in the WARN Act (or any similar state, local or foreign law) affecting any site of employment or facility of a Company Entity.  Neither any Company Entity, nor the Sellers, has received written notice that any of the Company’s current key employees (including, without limitation, any division manager or individual listed on the management presentation delivered to Purchaser in March 2012 by the Company) intends to terminate his employment with a Company Entity or would not be willing to work for Purchaser or a Company Entity or once it is owned by Purchaser. Each Company Entity has complied, and is presently in compliance in all material respects with all Laws relating to employment.
 
 
24

 
 
3.16            Taxes .
 
(a)           Except for current Taxes not due and payable through Closing (such Taxes to be paid when due by Sellers), each of the Company Entities has paid to, and where necessary collected or withheld and remitted to, the proper Governmental Authority, all Taxes related to taxable periods or portions thereof ending on or prior to the Closing (including governmental charges, assessments and required contributions of Company).
 
(b)             The Company Entities have filed all Tax Returns which are required to be filed and all such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects.  All unpaid Taxes of any of the Company Entities for periods through the Date of the Financial Statements are reflected on the balance sheets of the Company Entities.  None of the Company Entities has any liability for Taxes accruing after the Financial Statements other than Taxes accrued in the ordinary course of business and which are not yet due.
 
(c)           There is no, and there has never been any, action, suit, investigation, audit, claim, collection or assessment pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, proposed or threatened, with respect to any Tax Return or Taxes of any Company Entity.  No claim has ever been made by a Taxing authority in a jurisdiction where any of the Company Entities is not paying Taxes or filing Tax Returns asserting that any of the Company Entities is or may be subject to Taxes assessed by such jurisdiction.  There are no Liens for Taxes upon the assets of any of the Company Entities except Liens relating to current Taxes not yet due.
 
(d)           No Company Entity is (or has ever been) a party to any tax sharing agreement, tax indemnity agreement or tax allocation agreement, or has assumed the Tax liability of any other Person under contract.

(e)           No transaction contemplated by this Agreement is subject to withholding under Section 1445 of the Code (relating to “ FIRPTA ”).
 
 
25

 
 
(f)           ADEX Puerto Rico is and has always been treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income Tax purposes.

(g)           None of the Company Entities has been the “distributing corporation” or the “controlled corporation” (in each case, within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1) of the Code) with respect to a transaction described in Section 355 of the Code (i) within the three (3)-year period ending as of the date of this Agreement, or (ii) in a distribution that could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) that includes the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(h)           None of the Company Entities has ever been a member of an affiliated group filing consolidated Tax Returns.  None of the Company Entities has any actual or potential Liability under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any comparable or similar provision of federal, state, local or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, pursuant to any contractual obligation, or otherwise for any Taxes of any Person.

(i)           There are no adjustments under Section 481 of the Code (or any similar adjustments under any provision of the Code or the corresponding foreign, state or local Tax laws) that are required to be taken into account by any of the Company Entities in any period ending after the Closing Date by reason of a change in method of accounting in any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date.

(j)            None of the Company Entities will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any period (or any portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any: (i) installment sale or other open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date; (ii) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date; (iii) closing agreement entered into with a taxing authority; (iv) election under Code Section 108(i); or (v) any intercompany transaction under the Treasury Regulations or similar state, local or foreign law.

(k)           There are no outstanding waivers or agreements extending the statute of limitations for any period with respect to any Tax to which the Company Entities may be subject.

(l)             None of the Company Entities has engaged in a “reportable transaction,” as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b), or any transaction that is the same as or substantially similar to one of the types of transactions that the Internal Revenue Service has determined to be a tax avoidance transaction and identified by notice, regulation, or other form of published guidance as a “listed transaction,” as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).

(m)           The Company Entities are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any Tax exemptions, or order of a foreign government and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not have any adverse effect on the continued validity and effectiveness of any such Tax exemptions or orders.
 
 
26

 
 
(n)      There is no limitation on the utilization by any Company Entity of its net operating losses, built-in losses, Tax credits, or similar items under Sections 382, 383, or 384 of the Code or comparable provisions of foreign state or local law (other than any such limitation arising as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

(o)      No Seller holds equity in the Company Entities that is non-transferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code with respect to which a valid election under Section 83(b) of the Code has not been made, and no payment to any Seller of any portion of the consideration payable pursuant to this Agreement will result in compensation or other income to such Seller with respect to which the Purchaser or the Company Entities would be required to deduct or withhold any Taxes.

(p)           For purposes of this Section 3.16 , any reference to the Company Entities shall apply equally to any subsidiary of such Company Entities.

3.17          No Defaults or Violations .  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.17 :
 
(a)          To the knowledge of Sellers, no Company Entity is in breach or default under the terms of any Material Contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound, no event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a material breach or default by a Company Entity under any such Material Contract, and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, no other party to any such Material Contract is in breach or default under any such Material Contract.
 
(b)            Except for environmental matters (which are covered by Section 3.18 ), to the knowledge of Sellers , the Company Entities are in material compliance with, and no violation exists under, any material Laws applicable to the Company Entities or the operation of the Business.
 
(c)          No notice from any Governmental Authority has been received within the past two years claiming any violation of any Law or requiring any work, construction (other than pursuant to sales contracts with Governmental Authorities), or expenditure, or asserting any Tax, assessment or penalty, with respect to a Company Entity.
 
3.18           Environmental Matters .
 
(a)          To the knowledge of Sellers, each Company Entity is complying in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and Orders, which compliance includes the possession and maintenance of all material Environmental Permits that are necessary for the operation of the Business.
 
(b)          No Company Entity is a party or otherwise subject to any action, litigation, claim, suit, mediation, arbitration, inquiry, government or other investigation or proceeding of any nature nor, to Sellers’ knowledge, is any of the foregoing threatened, against a Company Entity that relates to any Environmental Laws or Orders or any Hazardous Substance.
 
 
27

 
 
(c)           To the knowledge of Sellers, there are no material Environmental Liabilities of the Company Entities.
 
  3.19             Litigation .  Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.19 , there are no actions, litigation, claims, suits, mediations, arbitrations, inquiries, government or other investigations or proceedings of any nature pending or, to the Sellers’ knowledge, threatened against any Company Entity or, with respect to the operation of the Business, any of their officers, directors, or shareholders.
 
  3.20             Related Parties .  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.20 , no Seller has any direct or indirect interest in any other Person which conducts a business similar to the Business, or in any customer or supplier of a Company Entity.
 
  3.21            Receivables .  All Receivables have arisen from bona fide transactions in the ordinary course of business.
 
  3.22            Brokers . Except for Q Advisors, neither the Company, nor Sellers, have used any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  3.23            Business Practices . No Company Entity, nor, to the knowledge of the Sellers, any of their directors, officers, agents or employees has, for or on behalf of a Company Entity (i) used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made, authorized, promised or offered to make any unlawful payments of money or other things of value to foreign government officials or employees or related parties, or to foreign political parties or campaigns or violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (iii) knowingly made any other payments in violation of applicable Law.
 
  3.24            Export Controls .  The Company Entities have at all times conducted their export and related transactions in all material respects in accordance with (i) all applicable U.S. export, re-export, and anti-boycott laws and regulations, including the Export Administration Regulations, the Arms Export Control Act and International Traffic in Arms Regulations, and U.S. economic sanctions laws and regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and (ii) all other applicable import and export controls in the other countries in which the Company conducts business.
 
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS

Each Seller, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to Purchaser as of the date of this Agreement, and as of the Closing Date, as follows:
 
 
28

 
 
  4.1            Authorization; Investment Intent; Ownership of Shares .
 
  (a)           Such Seller has the capacity to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement and each Transaction Document constitutes, or upon execution will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of such Seller, enforceable against such Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a court of law, a court of equity or otherwise.  If such Seller is married and the Securities held by such Seller constitute community property under applicable Laws, this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of, such Seller’s spouse.
 
  (b)           Such Seller is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Shares, ADEXCOMM Shares and/or Units set forth opposite his name on Schedule 3.2(b) , all of which Shares, ADEXCOMM Shares and Units are owned free and clear of all rights, claims, liens and encumbrances, and have not been sold, pledged, assigned or otherwise transferred except pursuant to this Agreement.  There are no outstanding subscriptions, rights, options, warrants or other agreements obligating such Seller to sell or transfer to any third person any or all of the Securities owned by such Seller, or any interest therein.
 
  (c)            Such Seller understands that the shares of Preferred Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof) have not been registered under the Act, and that such shares may not be sold, assigned, pledged, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless the such shares are registered under the Act or an exemption from registration is available.  Such Seller represents and warrants that (i) he is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D and (ii) he is acquiring the shares of Preferred Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof) for his own account, for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution of such shares except in compliance with the Act.  Such Seller is an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Preferred Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof).  Such Seller believes it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Preferred Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof).  Such Seller further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Purchaser regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Preferred Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof).  Each certificate representing the Preferred Stock (and any shares of common stock issued upon conversion thereof) will have the following or substantially similar legend thereon:
 
  The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) or any state securities laws.  The shares have been acquired for investment and may not be sold or transferred in the absence of an effective Registration Statement for the shares under the Act unless, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, registration is not required under the Act or any applicable state securities laws.”
 
  4.2            Consents and Approvals .  No consent, authorization or approval of, filing or registration with, or cooperation from, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Seller and the consummation by the parties of the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution, delivery and performance under this Agreement by such Seller , does not and will not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a breach or termination of, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of, any Contract, (ii) result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the Securities, or (iii) violate or conflict with any provision of the charter of a Company Entity.
 
 
29

 
 
  4.3            Brokers . Except for Q Advisors, such Seller, has used not used any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

 Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company and Sellers, as of the date of this Agreement, and as of the Closing Date, as follows:
 
  5.1            Due Incorporation .  Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware with all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as they are now being owned, leased, operated and conducted.
 
  5.2            Due Authorization .  Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby without the necessity of any third party approval or for which all necessary third party approvals have been duly obtained.  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement have been duly and validly approved by all necessary corporate action and no further corporate action is necessary.  Purchaser has duly and validly executed and delivered this Agreement.  This Agreement and the Transaction Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws in effect which affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or (b) equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.
 
  5.3            Consents and Approvals .  No consent, authorization or approval of, filing or registration with, or cooperation from, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, other than the items required to be described in Schedule 5.3 .  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement do not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a breach or termination of, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of any material Contract to which Purchaser is a party or to which any of its assets is subject, (ii) violate or conflict with any provision of Purchaser’s charter, (iii) result in any breach or termination of, or constitute a default under, or constitute an event which notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default under, or result in the creation of any lien upon any asset of the Purchaser under, or create any rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration in any Person or entity under any material Contract or violate any order, writ, injunction or decree, to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser or its assets, business or operations receive benefits, or result in the loss or adverse modification of any material license, franchise, permit or other authorization granted to or otherwise held by Purchaser that is material or otherwise held by Purchaser that is material to the business or financial condition of Purchaser.
 
 
30

 
 
  5.4            Legal Proceedings .  There are no legal, administrative, arbitral or other actions, claims, suits or proceedings or investigations instituted or pending or threatened against Purchaser, or any subsidiary or parent company of Purchaser, or against any property, asset, or rights or interest of Purchaser, in or to any stock owned by Purchaser, in each case that would materially affect Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  5.5            Other Matters .  Purchaser has not taken nor agreed to take any action, or has any knowledge of any fact or circumstances, that Purchaser believes would materially impede or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  5.6            Compliance with Laws . Purchaser represents that it is in compliance with all Laws including all laws regulating the purchase, issuance, registration sales of securities thereunder, in each case where the lack of compliance would materially affect Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
 5.8            Investment Banking; Brokerage .  There are no claims for investment banking fees, brokerage commissions, broker’s or finder’s fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby payable by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or based on any arrangement or Contract made by or on behalf of the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates.
 
 5.9            Capitalization .
 
(a)           The Preferred Stock to be issued to the Sellers has been, or on or prior to the Closing will have been, duly authorized by all necessary corporate and shareholder actions and, when so issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not be issued in violation of the pre-emptive or similar rights of any person. Purchaser understands and agrees that the Preferred Stock is not registered under the Act or applicable state or federal securities law or any stock exchange, are not freely transferable or resalable and are not registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”).
 
(b)           The authorized capital stock of Purchaser consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, of which there are 168,737,602 shares currently issued and outstanding and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, of which (i) 20,000,000 shares have been designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, 2,000,000 shares of which are currently issued and outstanding, (ii) 60,000,000 shares have been designated as Series B Redeemable Preferred Stock, 315 shares of which are currently issued and outstanding, (iii) 1,500 shares have been designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, 1,500 shares of which are currently issued and outstanding, and (iv) 1,500 shares have been designated as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, 565.67 shares of which are currently issued and outstanding. Purchaser has not granted, issued or agreed to grant, issue or make available any warrants, options, subscription rights or any other commitments of any character relating to the unissued shares of capital stock of Purchaser that is not disclosed in the Purchaser’s public filings with the SEC or set forth on Schedule 5.9(b) .  All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Purchaser has been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and was issued in compliance with applicable securities laws.
 
 
31

 
 
ARTICLE VI
 
COVENANTS
 
  6.1            Preservation of Business .  Prior to the Closing Date, the  Active Shareholders shall cause each Company Entity to, and each Company Entity shall, operate only in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with past practice and: (a) use all commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organization and personnel; (b) maintain its assets in working order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and condition and not sell or otherwise dispose of any assets without Purchaser’s prior written consent, except in the ordinary course of business; (c) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the goodwill and advantageous relationships with customers, clients, vendors, suppliers, independent contractors, employees and other Persons material to the operation of the Business; (d) use commercially reasonable efforts to not permit any action or omission which would cause any of the representations or warranties of the Active Shareholders contained herein to become inaccurate, or any of the covenants of Company Entities or the Sellers to be breached; (e) not terminate, modify or amend any Material Contract or any Company Plan or adopt or enter into any new Material Contract, other than in the ordinary course of business, or Company Plan, and not grant any new compensation or benefit to, or increase the level of compensation or benefits provided to, any employee or other service-provider of the Company; and (f) not enter into or become otherwise bound with respect to any license or royalty agreement for any of the Intellectual Property.
 
  6.2             Supplemental Information .  From time to time prior to the Closing, each Party shall promptly (and in any event within 24 hours) disclose in writing to the other any matter occurring after the date hereof which, if existing and known on the date hereof, would have been required to be disclosed to the other in a Schedule to this Agreement or which would render inaccurate any of the representations, warranties or statements set forth in Article III , Article IV or Article V hereof (each such disclosure referred to herein as a “ Supplement ”).  No Supplement provided pursuant to this Section, however, shall be deemed to cure any prior existing breach of any representation, warranty or covenant in this Agreement
 
  6.3            Confidentiality and Noncompetition .
 
  From and after the Closing, Sellers, severally, and not jointly and severally, shall not use for their own benefit or divulge or convey to any third party, any Business Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined).  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Business Confidential Information ” consists of all information, knowledge or data related to the operation of the Business or the Company that is not in the public domain or otherwise publicly available which has been treated as confidential by the Company.  Information that enters the public domain or is or becomes publicly available loses its confidential status hereunder so long as Sellers, directly or indirectly, do not improperly cause such information to enter the public domain.
 
 
32

 
 
  6.4           Each Active Shareholder acknowledges that (A) they hold certain competitive advantages in the marketplace which are valuable to Purchaser, (B) the Business is geographically diverse in scope, in that the Company has served clients located in various areas of the United States and (C) each Active Shareholder’s agreement to the provisions of Sections 6.4 , 6.5 and 6.6 is a condition to Purchaser entering into this Agreement.
 
  6.5           For a period of 36 months after the Closing, other than as an employee of a Company Entity or Purchaser, no Active Shareholder shall, directly or indirectly, engage in the Business, or manage, operate, join, advise, be employed by, consult for, control, or work for a Competitor of Purchaser or of a Company Entity; provided , however , nothing herein shall limit or restrict any Active Shareholder from acquiring not more than three percent (3%) of the capital stock of a Competitor whose stock is publicly traded on a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market or over-the-counter.  As used in this Section 6.5 , “ Competitor ” means any Person or business unit or group of any Person whose business operations substantially similar to the Business or any material portion thereof, located anywhere in the United States (including Puerto Rico).
 
  6.6           For a period of 36 months after the Closing, no Active Shareholder shall (a) other than as an employee of a Company Entity or Purchaser, solicit the trade or business of, or trade with or perform services for, any Person who is or was, at any time from 12 months before the Closing, a client or customer of a Company Entity, either personally or on behalf of a Competitor, in any such case for purposes of engaging in the Business, (b) solicit or induce any person who is then an employee of Purchaser or a Company Entity or any other subsidiary of Purchaser to leave the employ of such entity for any reason whatsoever, or (c) hire any employee of Purchaser or a Company Entity or any other subsidiary of Purchaser; provided , however , that (i) Active Shareholders may hire an employee of Purchaser or a Company Entity or any other subsidiary of Purchaser who was terminated by Purchaser or a Company Entity or any other subsidiary of Purchaser or resigned from employment with Purchaser or such Company Entity or any other subsidiary of Purchaser so long as such Active Shareholder did not directly or indirectly influence such termination or resignation, and (ii) for purposes of clarification, with respect to Subsection (c) of this Section 6.6(c) , the restrictions and prohibitions described herein shall not extend to prohibiting any Active Shareholder’s general advertising to the public (e.g., internet postings, phone book advertising, mailings, flyers, etc.), so long as any such mailer/flyer (or any similar mass advertising) is generally circulated and not merely targeted to the employees of the Company Entities or the Purchaser or any other subsidiary of Purchaser.
 
  6.7           If Purchaser defaults on a payment obligation to Sellers under this Agreement (whether or not such default is a result of the Subordination Agreement), and such default is not cured within the applicable cure period for payment, the obligations under the covenants in Sections 6.3 , 6.4 , 6.5 and 6.6 hereof and, at McGuire’s option, McGuire’s Employment Agreement shall be terminated in their entirety if such payment is not made within the existing default provisions.  If Purchaser materially breaches the other provisions of this Agreement (other than the payment obligations), and such material breach has not been cured within 30 days of notice to Purchaser of such material breach, the obligations under the covenants in Sections 6.3 , 6.4 , 6.5 and 6.6 hereof shall be terminated and, at McGuire’s option, McGuire’s Employment Agreement shall be terminated in its entirety.
 
 
33

 
 
  6.8             Public Announcement .  Except for public announcements or press releases that are required by disclosure laws of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission concerning the proposed purchase and sale transactions herein contemplated, no public announcement or press release announcing such transactions will be made without the joint written consent of Purchaser and the Sellers, with the consent of the Active Shareholders not to be unreasonably withheld.  Purchaser and the Active Shareholders shall cooperate on the form, content, timing and manner of any press release or releases issued in respect of this Agreement or such transactions.
 
  6.9             Use of Name .  From and after the Closing, Sellers will not directly or indirectly use in any manner any name, trade name, trademark, service mark or logo used by the Company Entities or any word or logo that is similar in appearance except for (i) use by ADEX Medical with regard to “AMS,” (ii) ADEX Medical may use the name “ADEX” in connection with its medical operations for up to two years following the Closing, provided that it has begun to transition to a different name within one year following the Closing, (iii) ADEX Medical may indicated that it was formerly known as “ADEX Medical,” (iv) ADEX Medical may use the name “ADEXElite” (as a single word) and (v) ADEX Medical shall not be required to update ongoing immigration-related applications that use the name “ADEX” in them.
 
  6.10           Access .  Company and Sellers will permit representatives of Purchaser from and after the date hereof up and through Closing to have full access at all reasonable times to the books, accounts, records, properties, operations, facilities, those clients and personnel pertaining to the Company and will furnish Purchaser with such financial and operating data concerning Company as Purchaser shall from time to time reasonably request.
 
  6.11           Transition and Cooperation .  From and after the Closing, (a) the Active Shareholders shall provide reasonable cooperation to transition to Purchaser the control and enjoyment of the Business and the Company Entities; and (b) Sellers shall promptly deliver to Purchaser all correspondence, papers, documents and other items and materials received by Sellers or found to be in the possession of Sellers or any third-party which pertain to the Company Entities or the assets of the Company Entities.
 
6.12            Parachute Payment Waivers .  The applicable Company Entity shall obtain prior to the initiation of the requisite shareholder approval procedure under Section 6.16 below, a waiver of the right to receive payments that could constitute “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder (a “ Parachute Payment Waiver ”), in a form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, from each Person whom the Company and/or Purchaser reasonably believes is, with respect to such Company Entity, a “disqualified individual” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder), as determined immediately prior to the initiation of the requisite shareholder approval procedure under Section 6.13 , and whom the Company and/or Purchaser believes might otherwise receive, have received, or have the right or entitlement to receive any parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, and the Company shall have delivered each such Parachute Payment Waiver to Purchaser on or before the Closing Date.
 
 
34

 
 
 6.13            280G Stockholder Approval .  The applicable Company Entity shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the approval by such number of shareholders of such Company Entity as is required by the terms of Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code so as to render the parachute payment provisions of Section 280G of the Code inapplicable to any and all payments and/or benefits provided pursuant to contracts or arrangements that, in the absence of the executed Parachute Payment Waivers by the affected Persons under Section 6.12 above, might otherwise result, separately or in the aggregate, in the payment of any amount and/or the provision of any benefit that would not be deductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code, with such stockholder approval to be obtained in a manner which satisfies all applicable requirements of such Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, including Q-7 of Section 1.280G-1 of such Treasury Regulations.
 
  6.15            Restriction on Transfer .  Each Seller agrees, prior to the effectiveness of a public offering of Purchaser’s securities pursuant to the Act on Form S-1 (a “ Public Offering ”), not to transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise make the subject of disposition any Preferred Stock except as provided herein, without the prior written consent of Purchaser.
 
  6.16            Subordination Agreement; Market Stand-Off Agreement .  Each Seller agrees that it is subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement.  Notwithstanding the existence of the Subordination Agreement, the failure to make any payments due hereunder based on the Subordination Agreement will not serve to cure a default for the failure to pay on a timely basis. Each Seller hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by Purchaser and an underwriter of common stock or other securities of Purchaser, following the effective date of a registration statement of Purchaser filed under the Act in connection with Purchaser’s Public Offering, he shall not, to the extent requested by Purchaser and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of Purchaser held by him at any time during such period; provided, however, that (i) all then executive officers and directors of Purchaser enter into similar agreements, and such market stand-off time period shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, subject to extension for no more than an additional 34 days as requested by the underwriters to ensure compliance with applicable FINRA rules related to the publishing of research reports.  To enforce the foregoing covenant, Purchaser may include an appropriate legend on any securities of Purchaser held by the Sellers and may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the securities of Purchaser (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.
 
  6.17            Employee Compensation . The Active Shareholders shall provide a true, complete and accurate list of the names, titles, annual compensation, all bonuses and similar payments (including any equity compensation) made or owed for the current and preceding year, accrued vacation as of the date hereof, and employer for each director, officer, manager and employee of the Company Entities, excluding any contract employees who are employed for unfixed or indefinite durations within thirty days from the date of Closing. Purchaser shall give Brad Kelly, Gary McGuire or any designee then employed by the Company access to all necessary and appropriate records in order to meet the requirements of this Section 6.17 .
 
 
35

 
 
ARTICLE VII

POST CLOSING OPERATIONS
 
  7.1     During the Earnout Period, Purchaser shall:
 
  (a)           Retain the Ongoing Business in existence in full force and effect and maintain each Company Entity in good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of the Ongoing Business requires the Company Entities to be qualified to do business;
 
  (b)           Cause the Company Entities to: carry on and maintain the Ongoing Business in the ordinary course of business and in substantially the same form, style and manner as heretofore operated by the Company Entities; perform, in all material respects all of the material agreements, leases and documents of the Company Entities in the ordinary course of business subsequent to the Closing; use their best efforts to preserve, intact, the relationships with their customers, employees and others having business relations with the Ongoing Business; and conform principles set forth in the definition of “EBITDA”;
 
  (c)           Cause the Company Entities, each fiscal quarter, to set aside an amount equal to the estimated Earnout payment for that quarterly period into a separate account that is noted as being available for payment to the Sellers, and not use such funds for any purpose other than satisfaction of Purchaser’s obligation to pay the Earnout Payment.
 
  7.2     Without limiting the generality of Section 7.1 and in furtherance and not in limitation thereof, the Purchaser shall, during the Earnout Period:

  (a)           Cause the Company Entities only to engage in the Ongoing Business engaged in by the Company Entities prior to the Closing and such other and further business lines to which any Active Shareholder may consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;
 
  (b)           Promptly advise the Active Shareholders of any event, condition or occurrence which inhibits or limits or is likely to prevent, inhibit or limit Purchaser from satisfying, in full and on a timely basis, any material covenant, term or condition herein contained;

  (c)           Use its best efforts to obtain and/or maintain all licenses, consents or approvals (from every governmental or regulatory body, or other person) required to be obtained and/or held by Purchaser for or with respect to the Ongoing Business;
 
  (e)           Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary,  maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP;

(i) within 30 days following the close of each fiscal quarter distribute to the Active Shareholders copies of the financial statements of the Ongoing Business as at the end of such fiscal quarter and for the 3 month period then ending; and
 
 
36

 
 
(ii) within 30 days following the close of the Earnout Period distribute to the Active Shareholders copies of the financial statements of the Ongoing Business at the end of such fiscal year and for the 12 month period then ending;

(f)           Obtain and maintain, or cause the Company Entities to obtain and maintain, adequate liability and other insurance to at least the same extent as maintained by the Company Entities prior to Closing; and

(g)           Maintain adequate working capital for the Company Entities, provided that any EBITDA set aside pursuant to Section 7.1(c) shall be deemed to be working capital available to the Company Entities for purposes of satisfying this covenant but said set aside sums may not actually be used as working capital once set aside.

  7.3      Without limiting the generality of Section 7.1 and in furtherance and not in limitation thereof, Purchaser shall not, during the Earnout Period (without the prior written consent of any Active Shareholder in each instance, which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of the Active Shareholders):
 
  (a)           Dispose of, discontinue or terminate, any line of business of the Ongoing Business that is profitable;
 
  (b)           Take or perform any action which would or might cause any representation or warranty made by Purchaser herein to be rendered inaccurate, in whole or in part, or which would prevent, inhibit or preclude the satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any covenant required to be performed or satisfied by Purchaser;
 
  (c)           Change the manner of managing or conducting the Ongoing Business and operations if such changes, if any, have a material adverse effect on the Ongoing Business;

  (d)           (i) engage effective as of the Closing any individuals within the Ongoing Business other than those approved by an Active Shareholder and at the respective compensation levels in effect as of the date of the Closing; (ii) engage, as an employee, consultant and/or independent contractor any person or entity to operate or manage the Ongoing Business (other than those persons currently managing the Ongoing Business); and (iii) other than to the Active Shareholders, permit any increase in the salary or other compensation payable or to become payable to any of Ongoing Business employees, or the declaration, payment or commitment or obligation of any kind, nature or description for the payment to any of them of a bonus or other additional salary or compensation to any person engaged in the Ongoing Business, provided that the restrictions in this subclause (d) shall only apply so long as each Active Shareholder remains in their current roles with respect to the Ongoing Business;
 
  (e)           Waive or release any right or claim of the Ongoing Business;

  (f)           Sell, lease, abandon, assign, transfer, license or otherwise dispose (including any agreement and/or option for or with respect to any of the foregoing) of any real property or tangible or intangible assets, property or rights or interest therein of the Ongoing Business;
 
 
37

 
 
  (g)           Amend, terminate or modify any material agreement or license of the Ongoing Business; or

  (h)           Except with McGuire while McGuire is employed by Purchaser or Company Entity, enter into any management agreement with any person or entity for the Ongoing Business to perform or supersede the job functions of McGuire as set forth in McGuire’s Employment Agreement.

  7.4      The Company Entities, Sellers and Purchasers acknowledge that there are pending applications for foreign nurses pending with the USCIS as listed in Schedule 7.4 under the name and sponsorship of the Company.  The Company through McGuire or his designees employed by the Company after the Closing agrees to take all actions necessary or proper to facilitate those applications until such time as ADEX Medical requests the Company to issue a letter of transfer to ADEX Medical or ADEX Medical’s designee. ADEX Medical shall reimburse Company for all costs and expenses, with the exception of Company employee wages incurred by the Company to comply with this Section.
 
  7.5      Offering.  Purchaser shall, within sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, (i) file an S-1 Registration Statement with the Securities Exchange Commission for an underwritten public offering and may also (ii) seek to enter into a PIPE or other equity financing transaction that would provide funds sufficient to redeem all Earnout Shares, and set aside such proceeds in amount equal to the redemption price of all Earnout Shares for the purpose of paying the Earnout when due.
 
  7.6      ADEXCOMM.  Sellers, the Company and Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause ADEXCOMM to be reinstated such that it is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation as soon as possible, and in any event within 8 weeks of the Closing.  At such time as ADEXCOMM is validly existing and in good standing, it shall re-execute and affirm its representations and obligations under this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF PURCHASER

The obligations of Purchaser under Article II of this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or before the Closing, unless waived in writing by Purchaser in its sole discretion:
 
  8.1            Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of the Active Shareholders contained herein shall have been accurate, true and correct in all material respects (except in the case of any representation or warranty which itself is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect or Change, which representation and warranty must be accurate, true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of this Agreement, and, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically speak as of an earlier date, shall also be accurate, true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, and the representations and warranties of the Sellers in Article IV shall have been accurate, true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Agreement and on and as of the Closing Date.
 
 
38

 
 
  8.2            Compliance with Covenants .  The Company Entities and Sellers shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of their respective covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement to be performed by them on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
  8.3            Consents; Approvals .  Purchaser shall have received written evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of Purchaser that all consents and approvals of any Governmental Authorities required, if any, for Purchaser’s consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, ownership of the Company and operation of the Business have been obtained by Company.
 
  8.4            No Action .  No order of any court or Governmental Authority shall have been entered that enjoins, restrains or prohibits this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental action shall be pending or threatened that seeks to enjoin, restrain, prohibit or obtain damages with respect to this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental investigation shall be pending or threatened that might result in any such order, suit, action or proceeding.
 
  8.5            Closing Deliveries .  Purchaser shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, such agreements, documents, instruments and certificates as shall be reasonably requested by Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby to and convey to Purchaser all of the Shares as contemplated herein, including the following duly executed instruments:
 
  (a)             all consents listed on Schedule 3.3 , except for the Regulatory Approvals , if any;
 
  (b)           a good standing certificate for each Company Entity, dated within 5 days of the Closing Date;
 
  (c)           Stock Certificates relating to the Shares and the ADEXCOMM Shares and Unit Certificates relating to the Units;
 
  (d)           a Secretary’s Certificate of each Company Entity, certifying as to resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of such Company Entity approving the transactions described herein;
 
  (e)           an employment agreement between McGuire and the Company on terms satisfactory to Purchaser, including, but not limited to, the following terms and conditions:
 
 
39

 
 
  (i)           one year from Closing Date term;
 
  (ii)          $225,000 in salary;
 
  (iii)         10% bonus tied to an increase in EBITDA over a threshold amount (“ McGuire’s Employment Agreement ”);
 
  (f)           a payoff letter or similar documentation, in form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, with respect to all Closing Payoff Debt, which letters (each a “ Payoff Letter ”) provide for the full satisfaction of all obligations related to the Closing Payoff Debt, and with respect to any secured Closing Payoff Debt, the release of all Liens relating to such Closing Payoff Debt, in each case following satisfaction of the terms contained in such Payoff Letters; together with executed UCC-2 or UCC-3 termination statements (or any other applicable termination statement) executed by each Person holding Closing Payoff Debt that provides for a security interest in any assets of a Company Entity;
 
  (g)           a confidentiality agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, executed by ADEX Medical, ADEX Telecom, Inc. and ADEX LLC; and
 
  (h)           a subordination agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C executed by each Seller (the “ Subordination Agreement ”).
 
ARTICLE IX
 
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS

The obligations of Sellers under Article II of this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or before the Closing, unless waived by either Active Shareholder in their sole discretion:
 
  9.1            Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of Purchaser contained herein shall have been accurate, true and correct in all material respects (except in the case of any representation or warranty which itself is qualified by materiality, which representation and warranty must be accurate, true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of this Agreement, and except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically speak as of an earlier date, shall also be accurate, true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as though made by Purchaser on and as of the Closing Date, except that with respect to accuracy as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties in Section 5.9(b) shall be modified in that Purchaser may take the following actions prior to Closing: (i) issuance of up to 400 additional shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) designation of up to 3,500 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, and issuance of up to 3,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, (iii) designation and issuance of up to 4,800 shares of Series F Preferred Stock, and (iv) designation of 3,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock, and which actions, if taken, shall be deemed to modify the representations in Section 5.9(b) for purposes of satisfying this closing condition.
 
 
40

 
 
9.2            Compliance with Agreements and Covenants .  Purchaser shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of its covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement to be performed and complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
  9.3            No Action .  No court or governmental order shall have been entered in any action or proceeding instituted by any party which enjoins, restrains or prohibits this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions as contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental action shall be pending or threatened that seeks to enjoin, restrain, prohibit or obtain damages with respect to this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental investigation shall be pending or threatened that might result in any such order, suit, action or proceeding.
 
  9.4            Closing Deliveries .  The Company shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, such agreements, documents, instruments and certificates as shall be reasonably requested by Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including the following duly executed instruments:
 
  (a)           Payment of the Cash Purchase Price;
 
(b)            a good standing certificate for the Purchaser, dated within 5 days of the Closing Date;
 
  (c)           a Secretary’s Certificate of Purchaser, certifying as to resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Purchaser approving the transactions described herein;
 
  (d)           McGuire Employment Agreement;
 
  (e)           An unconditional guarantee of payment of $1,046,000 and the Note from MMD Genesis LLC in the form annexed as Exhibit 9.4(e) ; and
 
  (f) The Note referred to in Section 2.3 (a)(ii) in the form annexed as Exhibit 9.4(f) .
 
  9.5            Litigation .  At the Closing Date, there shall not be pending or threatened any litigation in any court or any proceeding before any governmental authority or arbitrator in which it is sought to restrain, invalidate, set aside or obtain damages in respect of the consummation of the purchase and sale of the Acquired Assets or the other transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  9.6            No Bankruptcy .  Purchaser shall not have entered, or have entered against it, an order of relief under the Bankruptcy Code.
 
 
41

 
 
ARTICLE X
 
TERMINATION
 
  10.1          Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated at any time on or prior to the Closing:
 
  (a)           By the written consent of either Active Shareholder and Purchaser;
 
  (b)           By written notice of either Active Shareholder or Purchaser, to the other, if any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated hereby and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable;
 
  (c)           By written notice of Purchaser or either Active Shareholder, to the other, if there shall have been a material breach of any covenant, representation or warranty by the other party (Sellers on the one hand, and Purchaser, on the other hand) hereunder, and such breach shall not have been remedied within five (5) Business Days after receipt of a notice in writing from the non-breaching party specifying the breach and requesting such be remedied.
 
  (d)           By written notice of Purchaser, on the one hand, or either Active Shareholder, on the other hand, to the other, if the Closing does not occur on or before September 20, 2012 (the “ Termination Date ”).  Any extensions of the Closing Date shall require the mutual written consent of either Active Shareholder and the Purchaser.
 
ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION
 
  11.1             Survival .  The representations and warranties of the parties in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the Closing until twelve (12) months after the date of the Closing, provided , however , that such time limitation shall not apply to the representations and warranties set forth at (a) Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.3 , 3.6 , 3.14 , 3.18 , 3.22 , 4.1 , 4.2 and 4.3 (such representations and warranties to survive until the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing), (b) Section 3.16 (such representations and warranties to survive until sixty (60) days following the expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to the Taxes in question).  After the end of the relevant survival period specified above, the parties’ obligations under Article XI with respect to such representations and warranties shall expire, terminate and shall be of no further force and effect unless a claim is made hereunder prior to the expiration of the relevant survival period and Sellers notified thereof during said period (but only to the extent of such claim).  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties’ covenants and agreements (but not representations) under this Agreement are not affected by the survival periods specified above.
 
  11.2            Indemnification by Sellers .  Subject to the limitations and conditions for indemnification contained in Section 11.7 , the Active Shareholders, severally (based on the pro rata share of the Purchase Price each such Seller receives pursuant to this Agreement) and not jointly, agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the Purchaser and its Affiliates, and each of their officers, directors, employees and agents, and their heirs and successors, against any Losses, relating to or arising out of:
 
 
42

 
 
  (a)  any breach of any representation or warranty made by a Company Entity or the Active Shareholders in this Agreement (including the representations and warranties in Article III ) or in any document delivered to Purchaser in connection with this Agreement by a Company Entity or an Active Shareholder;
 
  (b)  any breach of any representation or warranty made by such Seller in Article IV of this Agreement or in any document delivered to Purchaser in connection with this Agreement by such Seller;
 
  (c)  (i) any breach of any agreement, duty, obligation or covenant made by any Company Entity or by such Seller in this Agreement or in any document delivered to Purchaser in connection with this Agreement, (ii) compliance with, or resulting from, the actions contemplated by Section 7.4 , or (iii) the failure of ADEXCOMM to be duly organized, validly existing or in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, including any penalties or costs associated with remedying the same;
 
  (d)  any Pre-Closing Taxes of the Company Entities; and
 
  (e)  any Debt that is not repaid as Closing Payoff Debt in the manner provided by Section 2.3(d) hereof.
 
The Passive Shareholders shall, subject to the limitations of Section 11.7 below, indemnify the Purchaser severally (based on the pro rata share of the Purchase Price each such Seller receives pursuant to this Agreement) and not jointly, agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the Purchaser and its Affiliates, and each of their officers, directors, employees and agents, and their heirs and successors, against any Losses, relating to or arising out of the breach of any representation or warranty made by them pursuant to this Agreement or any Debt that is not repaid as Closing Payoff Debt in the manner provided by Section 2.3(d) hereof.
 
  11.3          Indemnification by Purchaser .  Purchaser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sellers and each of their respective Affiliates, and their heirs and successors, against any Losses relating to or arising out of any breach of any representation or warranty or agreement, duty, obligation or covenant made by Purchaser in this Agreement, the Transaction Documents and any documents delivered after the Closing or any other breach of this agreement including but not limited to the failure to operate the Ongoing Business in accordance with Article VII , provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Purchaser shall have no indemnification obligation related to any decline in the value or price of Purchaser’s securities, and any such decline in value shall be excluded from the definition of Losses pursuant to this Agreement.
 
 
43

 
 
  11.4          Procedures for Making Claims .  If and when a person entitled to indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnitee ”) desires to assert a claim for Losses against any person obligated to provide indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnitor ”), the Indemnitee shall deliver to the Indemnitor a certificate signed by its president or authorized agent, as the case may be (the “ Notice of Claim ”):  (i) stating that the Indemnitee has paid or accrued (or intends to pay or accrue) Losses to which it is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article XI and the amount thereof (to the extent then known); and (ii) specifying to the extent possible (A) the individual items of loss, damage, liability, cost, expense or deficiency included in the amount so stated, (B) the date each such item was or will be paid or accrued, and (C) the basis upon which Losses are claimed.  Such Notice of Claim shall be delivered within fifteen (15) days after the Indemnitee receives reasonable notice of such claim; provided , however , that a delay in giving notice shall only relieve the Indemnitor of liability to the extent the Indemnitor suffers actual prejudice because of the delay.  If the Indemnitor shall object to such Notice of Claim, the Indemnitor shall deliver written notice of objection (the “ Notice of Objection ”) to the Indemnitee within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Notice of Claim.  The Notice of Objection shall set forth the grounds upon which the objection is based and state whether the Indemnitor objects to all or only a portion of the matter described in the Notice of Claim.  The Losses set forth in the Notice of Claim shall be payable to the Indemnitee within twenty (20) days of the expiration of such fifteen (15) day period without the necessity of further action.
 
11.5           Defense Procedure for Third Party Claims .  With respect to a claim by a third party (“ Third Party Claim ”), which, if successful, might result in an obligation of the Indemnitor to pay Losses, the Indemnitee shall give written notice together with a statement of any available information (other than privileged information) regarding such claim to the Indemnitor within fifteen (15) days after Indemnitee receives reasonable notice of such claim; provided, however, that a delay in giving notice shall only relieve the Indemnitor of liability to the extent the Indemnitor suffers actual prejudice because of the delay.  If the Indemnitor notifies Indemnitee that Indemnitor acknowledges its indemnification obligation with respect to such claim, the Indemnitor shall have the right, upon written notice to the Indemnitee (the “ Defense Notice ”) within fifteen (15) days after receipt from the Indemnitee of notice of such Third Party Claim, which notice by the Indemnitor shall specify the counsel it will appoint to defend such claim (“ Defense Counsel ”), to conduct at its expense the defense against such claim in its own name, or if necessary in the name of the Indemnitee.

(a)           In the event that the Indemnitor shall not object to the Third Party Claim and shall also fail to give the Defense Notice, then it shall be deemed to have elected not to conduct the defense of the subject claim, and in such event the Indemnitee shall have the right to conduct the defense in good faith and to compromise and settle the claim in good faith without prior consent of the Indemnitor and the Indemnitor except for any provision not solely related to the payment of money will be liable for all costs, expenses, settlement amounts or other losses paid or incurred in connection therewith.

(b)           In the event that the Indemnitor does deliver a Defense Notice and thereby elects to conduct the defense of the subject claim, the Indemnitor shall conduct such defense at its sole cost and expense.  The Indemnitee will cooperate with and make available to the Indemnitor such assistance and materials as it may reasonably request, all at the expense of the Indemnitor, and the Indemnitee shall have the right at its expense to participate in the defense assisted by counsel of its own choosing; provided , however , that the Indemnitee shall have the right to compromise and settle such claim only with the prior written consent of the Indemnitor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(c)           Without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, the Indemnitor will not enter into any settlement of any Third Party Claim or cease to defend against such claim, if pursuant to or as a result of such settlement or cessation in the reasonable judgment of Indemnitee, injunctive relief or specific performance would be imposed against the Indemnitee.
 
 
44

 
 
(d)           The Indemnitor shall not be entitled to control, and the Indemnitee shall be entitled to have sole control over, the defense or settlement or any Third Party Claim to the extent that, in the reasonable opinion of the Indemnitee, such Third Party Claim seeks a temporary restraining order, a preliminary or permanent injunction or specific performance against the Indemnitee which, if successful, could materially interfere with the business, operations, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) of the Indemnitee (and the cost of such defense shall constitute an amount for which the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder).
(e)           If a firm decision is made to settle a Third Party Claim, which Third Party Claim the Indemnitor is permitted to settle under Section 11.5(c) , and the Indemnitor desires to accept and agree to such settlement, the Indemnitor will give written notice to the Indemnitee to that effect.  If the Indemnitee fails to consent to such settlement within fifteen (15) calendar days after its receipt of such notice, the Indemnitee may continue to contest or defend such Third Party Claim and, in such event, the maximum liability of the Indemnitor as to such Third Party Claim will not exceed the amount of such settlement offer.

(f)           Indemnifications payable with respect to Third Party Claims shall be paid by the Indemnitor upon (i) the entry of a judgment against the Indemnitee and/or Indemnitor and the expiration of any applicable appeal period; (ii) the entry of an unappealable judgment or final appellate decision against the Indemnitee and/or Indemnitor; or (iii) a settlement with the consent of the Indemnitee, subject to conditions described in this Section 11.5 .

11.6           Right of Setoff .  The parties agree that if any Seller elects to dispute (a “ Dispute ”) a claim for Losses by Purchaser (with the amount in question, the “ Disputed Amount ”), Purchaser shall not be obligated to make payments to Sellers pursuant to any Earnout Payment in an amount equal to the Disputed Amount (with any excess amount to be paid by Purchaser to Sellers as provided for pursuant to the terms of the Earnout Payment) until such time as the Dispute has been resolved pursuant to this Agreement.  The parties agree that any Disputed Amount shall be deposited with an independent third party escrowee mutually agreeable to the parties in an interest-bearing account and Purchaser shall not be deemed to be in breach or default of any obligation under this Agreement relating to such Disputed Amount so long as the Dispute remains unresolved and the Disputed Amount remains in escrow as provided in this Section 11.6 .  Interest accrued on the amounts held in escrow shall be apportioned and paid to the parties in a manner consistent with the award of such court of competent jurisdiction.  In addition, if Purchaser has made a claim for Losses that is not disputed by Sellers, in lieu of making payments otherwise owed under the Earnout Payment provision to the Sellers and then collecting such Losses from the Sellers, the Sellers and the Purchaser agree that they may forfeit a portion of the Earnout Payment equal to such Losses.  Except as provided in this Section 11.6 , Purchaser shall not have the right to setoff against any other payment due to Sellers pursuant to this Agreement.
 
11.7           Indemnification Limitations .
 
(a)           The amount of any claim for Losses by Purchaser and the other Indemnitees associated with Purchaser (“ Purchaser Indemnitees ”) for indemnification claims pursuant to Section 11.2(a) or 11.2(c) shall not be payable hereunder until such time as the aggregate amount of all Losses of Purchaser Indemnitees under this Agreement exceeds Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) (the “ Threshold Amount ”); and thereafter only for Losses of Purchaser Indemnitees in excess of the Threshold Amount.  In no event shall the aggregate amount of liability of Sellers for Losses for indemnification claims pursuant to Section 11.2(a) or 11.2(c) exceed the sum of an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the portion of the Purchase Price actually received by Sellers.  The limitations provided in this Section 11.7(a) shall not apply to any indemnification claim pursuant to Section 11.2(b) , (d) or (e) .
 
 
45

 
 
(b)           The amount of any claim for Losses by any Seller and the other Indemnitees associated with the Sellers (“ Seller Indemnitees ”) shall not be payable hereunder until such time as the aggregate amount of all Losses of Seller Indemnitees under this Agreement exceeds the Threshold Amount; and thereafter only for Losses of Seller Indemnitees in excess of the Threshold Amount.  In no event shall the aggregate amount of liability of Purchaser for Losses exceed seventy-five percent (75%) of the Purchase Price.
 
(c)           If any event shall occur or circumstance shall exist which would otherwise entitle an Indemnitee to indemnification under this Article XI , no Losses shall be deemed to have been incurred or sustained by such Indemnitee to the extent of any insurance proceeds actually received by the Indemnitee or to which they are entitled in respect of the Losses (net of any deductible amounts).
 
(d)           Upon making any payment for Losses of an Indemnitee under this Article XI , the Indemnitor will, to the extent of such payment, be subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any third party with respect to the Losses for which the payment relates.  In addition to any other obligation under this Agreement, the Indemnitee agrees to duly execute and deliver, upon request of the Indemnitor, all instruments reasonably necessary to evidence and perfect the subrogation and subordination rights granted pursuant to this Section 11.7(d) .
 
(e)           The sole and exclusive liability and responsibility of the parties hereunder in connection with the transactions described herein (including for any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty or for any breach of any covenant or obligation or for any other reason), shall be as set forth in this Article XI ; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 11.7(e) shall prohibit any party from obtaining specific performance or injunctive relief in respect of any covenant or obligation.

11.8           Treatment of Indemnity Payments .  Any payments made pursuant to this Article XI shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for all income Tax purposes and none of the parties shall take a contrary position with respect to any Tax Return, audit or other proceeding.
 
 
46

 
 
ARTICLE XII
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
  12.1          Expenses .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each party hereto shall bear its own expenses with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  12.2          [Intentionally Deleted]
 
  12.3          Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Purchaser and either Active Shareholder, provided that any amendment, modification or supplement that would uniquely and adversely affect any Seller shall also require the written agreement of such Seller.
 
  12.4          Notices .  Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given, (a) when received if given in person or by personal-delivery, (b) on the date of transmission if sent by facsimile or other electronic transmission including email with electronic confirmation of successful transmission, (c) three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or (d) on the date of scheduled delivery if delivered by nationally recognized express mail or courier service:
 
  If to Purchaser, addressed as follows:
 
Genesis Group Holdings Inc.
Att:  Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, Florida 33431Facsimile No.:  561-988-2307
lsands@digitalcomminc.com
 
  If to Sellers or Active Shareholders, addressed as follows:
 
Peter A. Leibowitz
Fashion Resources Corporation
32 West 39th Street, 7th Floor
New York, NY  10018
Email:   pleibowitz@adextelecom.com

Gary P. McGuire
12447 Lake Jovita Boulevard
Dade City, FL 33525
Email:   mcguireg@adextelecom.com

Justin C. Leibowitz
66 Stonewall Circle
W. Harrison, NY  10604-1117
Email:   jleibo@yahoo.com

with a copy to:
 
Marc D. Freedman, Esq.
Law Offices of Marc D. Freedman LLC
777 Terrace Avenue, Suite 508
Hasbrouck Heights, NJ 07604
Email:   mfreedman@mdflaw.com

 
47

 
 
or to such other individual or address as a party hereto may designate for itself by notice given as herein provided.
 
  12.5            Waivers .  The failure of a party to require performance of any provision shall not affect its right at a later time to enforce the same.  No waiver by a party of any condition or of any breach of any term, covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.  Either Active Shareholder may waive any term hereof on behalf of all Sellers.
 
  12.6            Counterparts; Facsimile or Electronic Signature .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  A signature of a party transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail shall constitute an original for all purposes.
 
  12.7            Interpretation .  The headings preceding the text of Articles and Sections included in this Agreement and the headings to Schedules attached to this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part of this Agreement or be given effect in interpreting this Agreement.
 
  12.8            Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.
 
  12.9            No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and no provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to confer rights upon any other Person.
 
12.10           Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the other provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.
 
12.11           Remedies Cumulative .  The remedies provided in this Agreement shall be cumulative and shall not preclude the assertion or exercise of any other rights or remedies available by law, in equity or otherwise, except as limited in Section 11.7(e) .
 
12.12           Jurisdiction, Service of Process .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent or to address breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement, without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting bond, and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any Federal Court of located in the Southern District of New York, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity pursuant to, and as limited by, the terms of this Agreement.  In addition, each of the Parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction in the Federal District Court of New York in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby in any court other than the Federal District Court for the Southern District of Florida, and (d) waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any action related to or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.   EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.
 
 
48

 
 
12.13            Attorney Fees and Costs.   The prevailing party in any litigation, arbitration proceeding or other action shall be awarded all of its or their costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney fees against the non-prevailing Party.  This provision shall apply to such expenses incurred at the trial and all appellate levels, without respect to who is the initiating party and shall apply to an action for declaratory relief if the party instituting it asserts specific contentions concerning this Agreement which is ruled upon by the court or arbitration.  Such reasonable attorney s fees shall include, but not be limited to, fees for attorneys, paralegals, legal assistants and expenses incurred in any and all judicial, bankruptcy, reorganization, administrative receivership, or other proceedings affecting creditors' rights and involving a claim under this Agreement, even if such proceedings arise before or after entry of a final judgment
 
12.14            Waivers of Inducement . The Parties hereto waive any right to assert or claim that they were induced to enter into this Agreement by any representation, promise, statement, or warranty made by any Party or any Party's agent which is not expressly set forth in this Agreement in writing.
 
12.15            Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  No party hereto may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement, including by operation of law or pursuant to a Change of Control, without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, provided, however , that Purchaser may assign any or all of its rights, powers and privileges arising under or related to this Agreement and any other document, agreement or instrument executed in connection herewith to Midmarket Capital Partners, LLC without any prior written consent.  In the event of any permitted assignment, the assignor shall be responsible for all obligations of the assignee and shall continue to be bound in all respects by the provisions hereof.
 
12.16            Headings .  The headings of the paragraphs and subparagraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.
 
12.17            Use of Certain Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph or other subdivision.
 
12.18            Reformation and Severability .  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, it shall, to the extent possible, be modified in such manner as to be valid, legal and enforceable but so as to most nearly retain the intent of the parties, and if such modification is not possible, such provision shall be severed from this Agreement, and in either case the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
12.19            Entire Understanding .  This Agreement and the Transaction Documents sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings among the parties.
 
{Signature page to follow}
 
 
49

 
 
  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
 
  GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.  
       
 
By:
/s/ Mark E. Munro  
    Mark E. Munro, Chief Executive Officer  
 
[Signature Page to Equity Purchase Agreement]
 
 
50

 
 
  ADEX Corporation  
       
       
 
By:
/s/ Peter A. Leibowitz
 
   
Peter A. Leibowitz, CEO
 
       
  ADEX Puerto Rico LLC  
       
 
By:
/s/ Marc D. Freedman
 
   
Marc D. Freedman
 
       
   
/s/ Gary P. McGuire
 
   
Gary P. McGuire, Individually
 
       
   
/s/ Peter A. Leibowitz
 
   
Peter A. Leibowitz, Individually
 
       
   
/s/ Marc D. Freedman
 
   
Marc D. Freedman, Individually
 
       
   
/s/ Justin C. Leibowitz
 
   
Justin C. Leibowitz, Individually
 

[Signature Page to Equity Purchase Agreement]
 
 
 

Exhibit 2.7
 
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
This ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 19 , 2012, is entered into by and between GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”) and TEKMARK GLOBAL SOLUTIONS, LLC a New Jersey Limited Liability Company (“ Seller ”).  Seller, Parent and Purchaser (as defined below) may be referred to from time to time in this Agreement, individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”
 
WHEREAS, Seller is the sole owner of Seller’s Telco Professional Services and Motorola Handset Testing business division (the “ Telco Professional Services Division ”); and
 
WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell, transfer and assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to purchase from Seller, the property, assets and business of the Telco Professional Services Division upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and to enter into the other transactions as described herein;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties expressly contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
1.1            Definitions .  The following terms shall have the following meanings for the purposes of this Agreement:
 
Acquired Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .
 
Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 .
 
Affiliate ” of a Person means a Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the first Person, including, but not limited to, a subsidiary of the first Person, a Person of which the first Person is a subsidiary, or another subsidiary of a Person of which the first Person is also a subsidiary.
 
Agreement means this Asset Purchase Agreement, including all exhibits and schedules hereto, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
Allocation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9 .
 
Assumed Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 .
 
 
1

 
 
Balance Sheet means the internally prepared balance sheet of the Business dated as of September 30, 2012, a copy of which is set forth in Schedule 1.1 .
 
Balance Sheet Date ” means September 30, 2012.
 
Bill of Sale means a bill of sale in a form mutually agreeable to the Seller and Purchaser .
 
Business ” means the business and operations of the Telco Professional Services Division of Seller which provides telecom engineering site development, telecom construction management, telecom equipment installation, integration, commissioning and maintenance, telecom network engineering and operations and telecom mobile hand set device testing for telecom service providers and telecom equipment manufacturers.
 
Business Confidential Information ” means all information, knowledge or data related to the operation of the Business or the Acquired Assets that is not in the public domain or otherwise publicly available, other than as a result of any action or inaction by Seller, or that has been treated as confidential by Seller.  Business Confidential Information does not include any information, knowledge or data which is used by Seller in any of Seller’s other business operations.
 
Business Day means any day other than (a) any Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which banks located in New York, New York are required or permitted to be closed.
 
Business Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a) .
 
Closing has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 .
 
Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 .
 
Closing Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b) .
 
Closing Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a) .
 
Closing TTM EBITDA ” means the EBITDA for the twelve (12) month period ending on the last day of the month prior to the Closing Date.
 
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Common Stock Price ” shall mean the per share price to the public of Parent’s Common Stock in the IPO as set forth on the final prospectus for such offering; provided that, prior to the closing of the IPO, the Common Stock Price shall be $0.03 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, recapitalizations and the like).
 
Competitor ” means any Person or business unit or group of any Person whose business operations are substantially similar to the Business or any material portion thereof, located anywhere in the United States or its territories.
 
 
2

 
 
Contract means any contract, lease, commitment, understanding, task order, sales order, purchase order, delivery order, teaming agreement, joint venture agreement, other agreement, indenture, mortgage, note, bond, right, warrant, instrument, plan, permit or license, whether written or oral, which is intended or purports to be binding and enforceable.
 
Customer Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) .
 
Debt ” means, any and all (a) obligations for borrowed money, whether current or unfunded, secured or unsecured (including any accrued but unpaid interest thereon and any premiums, penalties, termination fees, expenses or breakage costs due upon prepayment of such indebtedness or payable as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby) and whether or not evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, mortgages or other debt instruments, debt securities or other similar instruments, (b) obligations to reimburse any Person for amounts drawn upon or funded under a letter of credit or similar arrangement, but which have not been repaid, (c) obligations arising out of overdrafts, acceptance credit or similar facilities and (d) guarantees of obligations of a type described in clauses (a) - (c).
 
Determined Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6 .
 
Earnout Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8 .
 
Earnout Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8 .
 
Earnout Payment ” includes the Initial Earnout Payment, the First Supplemental Earnout Payment and the Second Supplemental Earnout Payment.
 
EBITDA ” means, for any period, the aggregate earnings before interest expense,  Taxes, depreciation and amortization of the Business plus any extraordinary or non-recurring expenses of the Business; provided , however , for purposes of computing EBITDA of the Business solely with respect to post-Closing periods general and administrative expenses and similar corporate overhead expenses used in determining EBITDA shall not be materially increased from those contained in the Financial Statements with respect to the period of the same duration immediately prior to the Closing without the consent of Seller.
 
Equipment ” means machinery, equipment, tools, furniture, office equipment, computer hardware, supplies, materials, vehicles and other items of tangible personal property accounted for as equipment.
 
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
ERISA Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(c) .
 
Estimated Closing TTM EBITDA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a) .
 
Estimated Tax Amount ” shall mean $4, 200,000.
 
Excluded Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .
 
 
3

 
 
Excluded Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 .
 
Final Closing Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b) .
 
Financial Statements means, collectively, (a) the internally prepared unaudited balance sheet of the Telco Professional Services Division as of December 31, 2011 and the internally prepared unaudited statements of income and   cash flows of the Telco Professional Services Division for the 12-month period ended December 31, 2011, and (b) the internally prepared unaudited Balance Sheet of the Telco Professional Services Division as of September 30, 2012 and internally prepared unaudited statements of income and cash flows of the Telco Professional Services Division for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012.  The Financial Statements shall include a calculation of EBITDA for the relevant periods covered.
 
First Supplemental Earnout Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) .
 
First Supplemental Earnout Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) .
 
Forward EBITDA ” means the EBITDA of the Business for the Initial Earnout Period.
 
Fraudulent Conveyance Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.24 .
 
GAAP   means United States generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Governmental Authority means the government of the United States or any foreign country, any state or political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.
 
Guaranty ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.15 .
 
Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4 .
 
Indemnitor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4 .
 
Independent Accounting Firm ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b) .
 
Initial Cash Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i) .
 
Initial Closing Payment ” means the Initial Cash Payment and the Initial Share Issuance.
 
Initial   Earnout Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(b) .
 
Initial Earnout Period ” means the twelve (12)-month period commencing on the first day of the first calendar month commencing after the Closing Date (e.g. if the Closing Date is December 15, 2012, the Earnout Period would begin on January 1, 2013 and end on December 31, 2013).
 
 
4

 
 
Initial Share Issuance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a)(ii) .
 
IPO ” shall mean the first registered, underwritten public offering of Parent’s Common Stock on Form S-1 after the date hereof .
 
Key Employee ” means each of Leonard Semon, Gary Del Grande and Guy Del Grande.
 
Key Employee Employment Agreement ” means the employment agreements by and between Purchaser and each of Leonard Semon and Gary Del Grande effective as of the Closing Date.
 
Law means any constitution or provision thereof, law, statute, regulation, ordinance, rule, Order, consent decree, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted by, promulgated by, entered into by, agreed to or imposed by any Governmental Authority.
 
Leased Real Property ” means all real property utilized by Seller in the Business.
 
Liability ” means any liability, debt or obligation (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, whether due or to become due, and whether or not required to be reported under GAAP), including any liability for Taxes.
 
Lien ” means any claim, charge, easement, encumbrance, lease, covenant, security interest, lien, option, pledge, rights of others, or restriction (whether on sale, transfer, diposition or otherwise), whether imposed by agreement, understanding, Law or otherwise.
 
Loss or Losses means all Liabilities, losses, costs, claims, damages, lost profits, lost revenues, penalties and expenses, whether or not special, non-compensatory, consequential, indirect, incidental, statutory or punitive.
 
Material Adverse Change or “ Material Adverse Effect ” means an adverse change, event, development or effect on or in the business, operations, assets, Liabilities, results of operations, cash flows, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Telco Professional Services Division, the Acquired Assets or the Business taken as a whole; provided , however , that Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Effect shall not include any adverse change, event, development, or effect to the extent arising from or relating to: (a) general business or economic conditions, including such conditions related to the Business (provided the impact on the Business or the Business is not disproportionate to the impact on similar companies in the same industry); (b) national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon the United States, or any of its territories, possessions, or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment or personnel of the United States; (c) financial, banking, or securities markets (including any disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or any market index); (d) changes in Laws; or (e) the taking of any action required by this Agreement.
 
Material Contract has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b) .
 
 
5

 
 
Notice of Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4 .
 
Notice of Objection ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4 .
 
Order ” means any decree, injunction, judgment, order, ruling, assessment or writ.
 
Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory statements of this Agreement.
 
Parent Common Stock ” means shares of Parent common stock.
 
Parent’s Appraisal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9 .
 
Party ” or “ Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.
 
Payoff Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(e).
 
Permit means any license, permit, franchise, certificate of authority, or Order, or any waiver of the foregoing, required to be issued by any Governmental Authority.
 
Permitted Liens means (a) Liens created by Law for current taxes not yet due and payable and (b) Liens on Equipment securing leases or purchase money indebtedness or financing of such Equipment.
 
Person means any individual or any corporation, proprietorship, firm, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust, association, Governmental Authority or other entity.
 
Post-Closing Taxes ” means (i) any taxes of the Business with respect to any Post-Closing Tax Period, and (ii) any taxes of Purchaser or its respective Affiliates for which Purchaser or any of its Affiliates is liable, whether in connection with this Agreement or otherwise.
 
Post-Closing Tax Period ” means any taxable period ending after the Closing Date, including the portion of any straddle period ending after the Closing Date.
 
Pre-Closing Taxes ” means (i) any Taxes of Seller or any of its Affiliates with respect to the Business for any Pre-Closing Tax Period, (ii) any Taxes of Seller or  any of its Affiliates for which Seller or any of its Affiliates is liable, whether in connection with this Agreement or otherwise, and (iii) any Taxes of any other Person for which Seller or any of its Affiliates is liable by law, contract or otherwise.
 
Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, including the portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date.
 
Purchase Price has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6 .
 
Purchaser ” shall mean Parent or a subsidiary of Parent created or designated pursuant to Section 2.12 .
 
 
6

 
 
Purchaser Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.7(a) .
 
Resolved Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4 .
 
Retained Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) .
 
Schedule of Exceptions ” has the meaning set forth in Article III .
 
SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor Governmental Authority.
 
Second Supplemental Earnout Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).
 
Second Supplemental Earnout Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) .
 
Seller ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.
 
Seller’s Charter Documents ” means the Certificate of Formation and the Operating Agreement of Seller, and all amendments to either such document.
 
Seller Contracts ” means all Contracts to which Seller is a party relating to the Business or binding upon or affecting the Acquired Assets, except the Retained Contracts.
 
Seller Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.7(b) .
 
Seller’s knowledge ” or   to the knowledge of Seller or variants thereof mean with respect to any matter in question that any Key Employee or any other officer of Seller has actual knowledge of such matter or would have knowledge of such matter after reasonable inquiry and investigation, including inquiry of any employee of Seller that has responsibility for such matter.  For purposes of this definition, any applicable person shall be deemed to have knowledge of information in documents that are or have been in his or her possession (including in electronic format).
 
Straddle Period ” means any Tax period which commences before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date.
 
Supplement has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 .
 
Tax Return means any report, return or other information required to be and actually supplied to a Governmental Authority in connection with any Taxes.
 
Taxes means all taxes, charges, fees, duties (including customs duties), levies or other assessments, including income, gross receipts, net proceeds, ad valorem, turnover, real and personal property (tangible and intangible), sales, use, franchise, excise, value added, stamp, leasing, lease, user, transfer, fuel, excess profits, occupational, interest equalization, windfall profits, severance, license, payroll, environmental, capital stock, disability, employee’s income withholding, other withholding, unemployment and Social Security taxes, which are imposed by any Governmental Authority, and such term shall include any interest, penalties or additions to tax attributable thereto.
 
 
7

 
 
Telco Professional Services Division ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory statements of this Agreement.
 
Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(f) .
 
Trademark License Agreement ” means a trademark license agreement in a form mutually agreeable to the Seller and Purchaser.
 
Transaction Documents ” means the Bill of Sale, the Trademark License Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement.
 
Transfer Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10 .
 
Transition Services Agreement ” means a transition services agreement for no additional consideration in a form mutually agreeable to the Seller and Purchaser.
 
Threshold Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.7(a) .
 
Treasury Regulations ” means the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code by the U.S. Treasury Department.
 
ARTICLE II
 
SALE AND PURCHASE
 
  2.1            Agreements to Sell and Purchase .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and in exchange for the Purchase Price to be paid as provided herein, at the Closing Seller shall sell, assign, convey, transfer, assign and deliver to Purchaser, free and clear of all Liens except Permitted Liens, and Purchaser shall purchase, acquire and take assignment of, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Business and all of the assets properties, rights, privileges, claims and Contracts of every kind and nature, real and personal, tangible and intangible, absolute or contingent, wherever located, owned or used by Seller exclusively in connection with the Business other than the Excluded Assets (the “ Acquired Assets ”), including, without limitation the following Acquired Assets:
 
  (a)          all items of tangible personal property, including the items listed on Schedule 2.1(a) ;
 
  (b)          all customer Contracts and purchase orders, including those identified on Schedule 2.1(b) (collectively, the “ Customer Contracts ”);
 
  (c)          all Permits and all pending applications for Permits used or held for use in the Business, including those identified on Schedule 2.1(c) ;
 
 
8

 
 
  (d)          all of Seller’s intellectual property used in the Business, including customer lists, trade secrets, know-how, proprietary information and processes, and the goodwill associated therewith, excluding the intellectual property covered by the Trademark License Agreement;
 
  (e)          all Seller Contracts, including those listed on Schedule 2.1(e) ; and
 
  (f)           all Business Confidential Information.
 
  2.2            Excluded Assets .  Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.1 to the contrary, Purchaser expressly understands and agrees that the following assets and properties of Seller (the “ Excluded Assets ”) are not being purchased by Purchaser and do not constitute Acquired Assets:
 
  (a)           all Contracts to which Seller is a party relating to the Business or binding upon or affecting the Acquired Assets that are set forth in Schedule 2.2(a) (the “ Retained Contracts ”), including all leases of Leased Real Property ;
 
  (b)          cash;
 
  (c)          accounts receivable of Seller (whether or not pertaining to the Business or the Telco Professional Services Division);
 
  (d)          any assets of Seller used or held for use in businesses other than the Business; and
 
  (e)          any assets listed on Schedule 2.2(e) .
 
  2.3            Assumed Liabilities .  At the Closing, Purchaser shall, subject to the terms and obligations of the Transition Services Agreement, assume obligations under Seller Contracts, including, without limitation, Customer Contracts, constituting Acquired Assets that arise in connection with the operation of the Business after the Closing (the “ Assumed Liabilities ”).
 
  2.4            Excluded Liabilities .  Except for the Assumed Liabilities, Purchaser shall not assume by virtue of this Agreement or any other transaction contemplated hereby, and shall have no liability for, any of Seller’s Liabilities (collectively, the “ Excluded Liabilities ”), including:
 
  (a)          any Liability for Taxes attributable to or imposed upon Seller or its Affiliates or attributable to or imposed upon the Business or the Acquired Assets for periods ending on or prior to the Closing, including any Transfer Taxes;
 
  (b)          any Liability for employee wages, salaries or benefits or for consultant fees;
 
  (c)          any Liability for accounts payable of Seller (whether or not related to the Business or the Telco Professional Services Division);
 
  (d)          any Debt of Seller;
 
 
9

 
 
  (e)           any Liabilities under any Seller Contract arising prior to the Closing, including with respect to any breach or default under any Seller Contract occurring prior to the Closing; and
 
  (f)           any Liabilities under any Retained Contract.
 
  2.5            Closing .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the purchase and sale of the Business and the Acquired Assets as provided for herein (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at 10:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the date that is no later than the second Business Day after all the conditions thereto have been satisfied or waived or at such other date and time as Purchaser and Seller shall mutually agree (which date of Closing shall be referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”).  The Closing shall be deemed to occur at the offices of Purchaser or in such other location as Purchaser and Seller mutually agree.  The Closing, and all transactions to occur at the Closing, shall be deemed to have taken place at, and shall be effective as of, 12:01 A.M. on the Closing Date.
 
  2.6             Purchase Price; Payment of Consideration .  Purchaser shall pay the aggregate purchase price set forth in this Section 2.6 for the Business and the Acquired Assets (the “ Purchase Price ”) as follows:
 
  (a)           At the Closing:
 
(i)           Purchaser shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the difference between (a) the product of 5.0 multiplied by Estimated Closing TTM EBITDA minus (b) two million six hundred thousand dollars ($2,600,000) (the “ Initial Cash Payment ”), payable in cash in immediately available funds by wire transfer;
 
(ii)          Parent shall issue to Seller the number of shares of Parent Common Stock equal to Estimated Closing TTM EBITDA divided by the Common Stock Price, rounded to the nearest whole shares (the “ Initial Share Issuance ”); and
 
(iii)         Parent shall deposit the Estimated Tax Amount into escrow pursuant to Section 5.11 .
 
(b)           An additional Purchase Price payment (the “ Initial Earnout Payment ”) equal to the Forward EBITDA shall be paid by Purchaser to Seller in cash in immediately available funds by wire transfer pursuant to Section 2.8 of this Agreement.
 
(c)            Supplemental Earnout Payments .  Additional Earnout Payments shall be paid by Purchaser to Seller in cash in immediately available funds by wire transfer pursuant to Section 2.8 of this Agreement for (i) the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the thirteenth calendar month commencing after the Closing Date (the “ First Supplemental Earnout Period”) and (ii) the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the twenty-fifth calendar month commencing after the Closing Date (the “ Second Supplemental Earnout Period ”).  The Earnout Payment for the First Supplemental Earnout Period shall be an amount equal to the product of 2.0 multiplied by the positive difference, if any, between (A) the EBITDA for the Business for the First Supplemental Earnout Period minus (B) the Closing TTM EBITDA (the “ First Supplemental Earnout Payment ”).  The Earnout Payment for the Second Supplemental Earnout Period shall be an amount equal to the product of 2.0 multiplied by the positive difference, if any, between (Y) the EBITDA for the Business for the Second Supplemental Earnout Period minus (Z) the Closing TTM EBITDA (the “ Second Supplemental Earnout Payment ”).  In connection with each Earnout Payment (other than the Initial Earnout Payment), Parent’s independent auditors shall determine and calculate the EBITDA for the Business for the First Supplemental Earnout Period or the Second Supplemental Earnout Period, as applicable, as well as the resulting First Supplemental Earnout Payment or Second Supplemental Earnout Payment, as applicable.
 
 
10

 
 
  2.7            Calculation of Initial Closing Payment; Post-Closing Adjustment .
 
(a)           Seller shall prepare, in good faith, and deliver to Purchaser no later than the close of business on the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, a notice (the “ Closing Notice ”), certified by Seller’s chief financial officer and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, setting forth (i) Seller’s good faith estimate of the Closing TTM EBITDA (the “ Estimated Closing TTM EBITDA ”) and (ii) the resulting Initial Closing Payment (as well as the separate amounts of the Initial Cash Payment and the Initial Share Issuance).  The Estimated Closing TTM EBITDA shall be calculated using the same accounting principles and methodologies as used in the preparation of the Financial Statements.  The Closing Notice shall be accompanied by sufficient documentation to support the calculations set forth therein as reasonably determined by Parent.
 
(b)           As promptly as practicable, but not later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare in good faith, and shall deliver to Purchaser a notice (the “ Final Closing Notice ”) setting forth (i) Seller’s good faith calculation of the Closing TTM EBITDA, including a summary of any difference between such calculation and the Estimated Closing TTM EBITDA and (ii) the resulting Initial Closing Payment (as well as the separate amounts of the Initial Cash Payment and the Initial Share Issuance).  The Final Closing Notice shall be accompanied by sufficient documentation to support the calculations set forth therein as reasonably determined by Parent.  Seller and its accountants will make available to Parent and its accountants all records and work papers used in preparing the calculations for the Final Closing Notice.  If Parent disagrees with any of these calculations, Parent may, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Final Closing Notice, deliver a notice of objection (a “ Closing Objection Notice ”) to Seller setting forth Parent’s calculations.  If Parent does not deliver a Closing Objection Notice within such 30-day period, then the Final Closing Notice shall be deemed to be accepted by Parent and Purchaser.  Seller, Parent and Purchaser will use reasonable efforts to resolve any disagreements as to the calculations included in the Final Closing Notice but if they do not agree to a final resolution with respect to any disagreement within thirty (30) days after Seller has received the Closing Objection Notice, Seller, Parent and Purchaser will jointly retain an independent accounting firm of recognized national standing (the “ Independent Accounting Firm ”) to resolve any remaining disagreements.  Parent, Purchaser and Seller will direct the Independent Accounting Firm to render a determination within sixty (60) days of its retention, and Parent, Purchaser, Seller, and their respective agents will cooperate with the Independent Accounting Firm during its engagement.  The Independent Accounting Firm will consider only those items and amounts in the Final Closing Notice which Parent, Purchaser and Seller are unable to resolve.  Parent, Purchaser and Seller shall each make written submissions to the Independent Accounting Firm promptly (and in any event within twenty (20) days after the Independent Accounting Firm’s engagement), which submissions shall contain such Party’s information, arguments, and support for such Party’s position.  The Independent Accounting Firm shall review and base its determination solely upon such submissions.  In resolving any disputed item, the Independent Accounting Firm may not assign a higher value to the Closing TTM EBITDA or to the Initial Closing Payment (including the Initial Cash Payment and the Initial Share Issuance) than that contained in the Final Closing Notice, or a lower value to the Closing TTM EBITDA or to the Initial Closing Payment (including the Initial Cash Payment and the Initial Share Issuance) that that contained in the Closing Objection Notice.  The costs and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be borne by Parent, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand, based upon the percentage which the portion of the contested amount not awarded to Parent and Purchaser, on the one hand, or to Seller, on the other hand, bears to the amount actually contested by the Parties.  For example, if Seller claims the Initial Closing Payment amount is $1,000 more than the amount determined by Parent, and if the Independent Accounting Firm ultimately resolves the dispute by awarding Seller $700 of the $1,000 contested, then the costs and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm will be allocated 70% (i.e., 700 ÷ 1,000) to Parent and 30% (i.e., 300 ÷ 1,000) to Seller.
 
 
11

 
 
(c)           If the Initial Closing Payment in the Final Closing Notice, as agreed upon by the Parties or as determined by the Independent Accounting Firm, is greater than the Initial Closing Payment in the Closing Notice, Purchaser shall owe and pay to Seller an additional amount of cash under the Initial Cash Payment and Parent shall owe and deliver to Seller an additional number of shares of Parent Common Stock, based on the formulas set forth in Sections 2.6(a)(i) and (ii) herein.  If the Initial Closing Payment in the Final Closing Notice, as agreed upon by the Parties or as determined by the Independent Accounting Firm, is less than the Initial Closing Payment in the Closing Notice, then Seller shall owe and remit to Purchaser an amount of cash under the Initial Cash Payment and to Parent a number of shares of Parent Common Stock, based on the formulas set forth in Sections 2.6(a)(i) and (ii) herein.  Such payments, deliveries and remittances relating to an increase of or a reduction in the Initial Closing Payment shall be made by Purchaser and Parent to Seller or by Seller to Purchaser and Parent within five (5) Business Days after the end of the 30-day period if no Closing Objection Notice is delivered or within five (5) Business Days after a mutual resolution by Seller, Parent and Purchaser or the determination by the Independent Accounting Firm of all disputed items set forth in an Closing Objection Notice.
 
2.8            Calculations and Payment of Earnout Payments .  The calculation of (i) Forward EBITDA, (ii) EBITDA for the Business for the First Supplemental Earnout Period and Second Supplemental Earnout Period, (iii) the Initial Earnout Payment, (iv) the First Supplemental Earnout Payment, and (v) the Second Supplemental Earnout Payment shall be made by Purchaser’s independent public accountants (or other appropriate third party mutually agreed upon by Purchaser and Seller) and delivered to Seller within 45 days of the end of the applicable earnout period (each, an “ Earnout Notice ”).  Purchaser and its accountants will make available to Seller and its accountants all records and work papers used in preparing the calculations contained in such Earnout Notice.  If Seller disagrees with any of these calculations, Seller may, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Earnout Notice, deliver a notice of objection (an “ Earnout Objection Notice ”) to Purchaser setting forth Seller’s calculations.  If Seller does not deliver an Earnout Objection Notice within such 30-day period, then the Earnout Notice shall be deemed to be accepted by Seller and the respective Earnout Payment shall be paid by Purchaser to Seller within ten (10) Business Days of the end of the 30-day period.  Seller and Purchaser will use reasonable efforts to resolve any disagreements as to the calculations included in the Earnout Notice but if they do not agree to a final resolution with respect to any disagreement within thirty (30) days after Purchaser has received the Earnout Objection Notice, Seller, Parent and Purchaser will jointly retain an Independent Accounting Firm to resolve any remaining disagreements.  Parent, Purchaser and Seller will direct the Independent Accounting Firm to render a determination within sixty (60) days of its retention, and Parent, Purchaser, Seller, and their respective agents will cooperate with the Independent Accounting Firm during its engagement.  The Independent Accounting Firm will consider only those items and amounts in the Earnout Notice which Parent, Purchaser and Seller are unable to resolve.  Parent, Purchaser and Seller shall each make written submissions to the Independent Accounting Firm promptly (and in any event within twenty (20) days after the Independent Accounting Firm’s engagement), which submissions shall contain such Party’s information, arguments, and support for such Party’s position.  The Independent Accounting Firm shall review and base its determination solely upon such submissions.  In resolving any disputed item, the Independent Accounting Firm may not assign a higher value to any item greater than the value for such item claimed by either Party or less than the lowest value for such item claimed by either Party.  The Earount Payment determined by the Independent Accounting Firm shall be paid by Purchaser to the Seller within ten (10) Business Days.  The costs and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be borne by Parent and Purchaser, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand, based upon the percentage which the portion of the contested amount not awarded to Parent and Purchaser, on the one hand, or to Seller, on the other hand, bears to the amount actually contested by the Parties.  For example, if Seller claims the Earnout Payment amount is $1,000 more than the amount determined by Parent and Purchaser, and if the Independent Accounting Firm ultimately resolves the dispute by awarding Seller $700 of the $1,000 contested, then the costs and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm will be allocated 70% (i.e., 700 ÷ 1,000) to Parent and 30% (i.e., 300 ÷ 1,000) to Seller.
 
 
12

 
 
2.9            Allocation of Purchase Price .  The allocation of the Purchase Price among the Acquired Assets (any such agreed upon allocation being the “Allocation”) in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and the Treasury Resolutions thereunder is set forth in Schedule 2.9 to this Agreement.   Such Allocation shall be subject to adjustment as mutually agreed upon in the event of any adjustment to the initial closing payment.  Parent, Purchaser and Seller further agree to act in accordance with the Allocation, if any, in any Tax Returns or similar filings.  In the event that any Tax authority disputes the Allocation, if any, the applicable Party shall promptly notify the other Parties of the existence and nature of such dispute.
 
2.10          Payment of Sales and Related Taxes .  Seller shall pay all sales, use, value-added, excise, registration, stamp, duty, transfer and other similar taxes and governmental fees (collectively, “ Transfer Taxes ”) imposed or levied directly as a result of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Parties shall cooperate with each other to the extent reasonably requested and legally permitted to minimize any such Transfer Taxes.
 
2.11          Insurance Proceeds .  If any of the Acquired Assets are destroyed or damaged or taken in condemnation, the insurance proceeds or condemnation award with respect thereto shall be an Acquired Asset.  At the Closing, Seller shall pay or credit to Purchaser any such insurance proceeds or condemnation awards received by it on or prior to the Closing and shall assign to Purchaser or assert for the benefit of Purchaser all of its rights against any insurance companies, Governmental Authority and others with respect to such damage, destruction or condemnation.  The provisions of this Section 2.11 shall not affect any right of Parent and Purchaser not to consummate the purchase of the Acquired Assets and the Business if any condition to such obligation set forth in Article VII has not been satisfied.
 
 
13

 
 
2.12          Parent Subsidiary .  Prior to Closing, Parent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to create or designate a subsidiary of Parent to serve as the “Purchaser” pursuant to this Agreement and transactions contemplated hereby. If Parent exercises its right under this Section 2.12 , it shall promptly notify Seller and cause such subsidiary to execute a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, after which time all references to Purchaser shall refer to such subsidiary. Until Parent complies with the foregoing, Parent shall be deemed to be the Purchaser for purposes of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE III
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER
 
Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser that, except as set forth on the schedule of exceptions attached hereto as Exhibit A hereto (the “ Schedule of Exceptions ”), which exceptions or disclosures shall be deemed to be part of the representations and warranties made hereunder, the following representations in this Article III are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof.  The Schedule of Exceptions shall be arranged in sections and subsections corresponding to the numbered and lettered sections and subsections of this Article III , and the disclosures in any section or subsection of the Schedule of Exceptions shall only qualify each section and subsection of this Article III to which it corresponds and each other section and subsection of this Article III to the extent it is reasonably apparent from a reading of the text of the disclosure without reference to any underlying document that such disclosure is applicable to such other section or subsection.
 
3.1            Due Organization .  Seller is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, and possesses all requisite limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business, including the Business.  Section 3.1 of the Schedule of Exceptions lists each jurisdiction in which Seller is qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign Person.  Seller is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign Person in all jurisdictions in which the character or the location of the Acquired Assets or Seller’s conduct of the Business requires qualification or licensing and is in good standing in each such jurisdiction, except in each case where the failure to be so qualified could not have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
3.2            Authorization; Investment Intent .
 
(a)           Seller has all necessary right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by Seller and the performance by Seller of its obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action of Seller in accordance with applicable Law and Seller’s Charter Documents.  This Agreement constitutes and the Transaction Documents, when executed and delivered by Seller, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of Seller enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a court of law, a court of equity or otherwise.  The Acquired Assets do not constitute all or substantially all of the assets of Seller, and in any event no vote of Seller’s members is required in connection with Seller’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any Transaction Document.
 
 
14

 
 
(b)             Seller understands that the shares of Parent Common Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof) have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and that such shares may not be sold, assigned, pledged, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless the such shares are registered under the Act or an exemption from registration is available.  Such Seller represents and warrants that (i) Seller is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D and (ii) Seller is acquiring the shares of Parent Common Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof) for its own account, for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution of such shares except in compliance with the Act.   Seller is an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Parent Common Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof).   Seller believes it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Parent Common Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof).   Seller further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Parent regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Parent Common Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof).  Each certificate representing the Parent Common Stock (and any shares of common stock issued upon conversion thereof) will have the following or substantially similar legend thereon:
 
  The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) or any state securities laws.  The shares have been acquired for investment and may not be sold or transferred in the absence of an effective Registration Statement for the shares under the Act unless, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, registration is not required under the Act or any applicable state securities laws.”
 
3.3            Consents and Approvals .  Except as set forth in Section 3.3 of the Schedule of Exceptions, no consent, license, authorization or approval of, filing, registration or declaration with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.   The execution, delivery and performance under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents , the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by Seller does not and will not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a breach or termination of, result in any loss or forfeiture of rights or benefits under, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of, or require any notice or consent under any Seller Contract or any Law applicable to Seller, the Business or any of the Acquired Assets, (ii) result in the creation of, or require the creation of any Lien upon any of the Acquired Assets, or (iii) violate or conflict with any provision of Seller’s Charter Documents.
 
 
15

 
 
3.4            Financial Statements .  The Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior periods and present fairly the financial position, assets and Liabilities of the Telco Professional Services Division as of the dates thereof and the revenues, expenses, results of operations and cash flows of the Business for the periods covered thereby.  The Financial Statements are in accordance with the books and records of Seller maintained in connection with the Business, and do not reflect any transactions which are not bona fide transactions.  Except as set forth in the Balance Sheet, there are not any Liabilities of the Telco Professional Services Division, other than trade payables to third parties and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Balance Sheet Date.  A true and complete copy of the Financial Statements is attached as Exhibit A to the Schedule of Exceptions.
 
3.5            No Changes .  Since the Balance Sheet Date, the Business has been conducted in the ordinary course and in a manner consistent with past practice, and there has not been (a) any Material Adverse Change or event or change (whether alone or with any other event or change) that has had or could have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) any agreement, condition, action or omission that would be proscribed by (or require consent under) Section 5.1 had it existed, occurred or arisen after the date of this Agreement; (c) any strike or other labor dispute related to the Business; or (d) any casualty, loss, damage or destruction (whether or not covered by insurance) of any of the Acquired Assets (or assets that would have been Acquired Assets had this Agreement been entered into on the Balance Sheet Date).
 
3.6             Title to Assets .  Seller has good and marketable title to all of the Acquired Assets, free of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.  The Acquired Assets constitute all of the properties, interests in properties and assets necessary for the conduct of the Business by Purchaser after the Closing as presently conducted by Seller, other than the Excluded Assets.   Except as set forth in Section 3.6 of the Schedule of Exceptions, no Person (including any Affiliate of Seller) other than Seller owns any material assets, properties or rights relating to or used or held for use in the Business, other than leased property, and no portion of the Business is or has ever been operated in a subsidiary or other Affiliate of Seller.
 
3.7            Real Property .  Seller operates the Business at the Leased Real Property, and at no other locations, other than client sites.  Except as set forth in Section 3.7 of the Schedule of Exceptions, no Leased Real Property or other real property is an Acquired Asset. All Leased Real Property is leased, and not owned, by Seller.  Section 3.7 of the Schedule of Exceptions lists the addresses and the leases relating to each Leased Real Property.  All leases of Leased Real Property are Retained Contracts.
 
3.8            Personal Property .  All of the tangible assets (whether owned or leased) constituting Acquired Assets (a) are suitable for the purposes for which such assets are presently used and are suitable for the continuing conduct of the Business after the Closing, and (b) have been maintained and are in good operating condition and repair (normal wear and tear excepted).
 
 
 
16

 
 
3.9            No Third Party Options .  There are no agreements, options, commitments or rights with, of or to any Person (other than Parent and Purchaser) to acquire any of the assets, properties, rights, shares or other equity interests of Seller related to the Telco Professional Services Division or the Business, and Seller is not a party to any agreement to merge into (or have another entity merge into it) or consolidate with another entity.
 
3.10            Contracts .
 
  (a)           All of the Material Contracts are in writing and are in full force and effect and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller and, to the knowledge of Seller, the other parties thereto.  All of the Material Contracts are enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.  No termination notice has been delivered by Seller to any other party or by any other party to Seller, with respect to any Material Contract.  As to each Material Contract, there does not exist thereunder any breach, violation or default on the part of Seller or, to the knowledge of Seller, any other party to such Material Contract, and there does not exist any event, occurrence or condition, including the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby, which (with or without notice, passage of time, or both) would constitute a breach, violation or default thereunder on the part of Seller, which breach, violation or default has had, or could have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.  No waiver has been granted by Seller or any of the other parties thereto under any of the Material Contracts.  Seller has made available to Parent and Purchaser true and complete copies of each Material Contract.
 
  (b)           Section 3.10(b) of the Schedule of Exceptions sets forth a true and complete list of all Contracts of the following types to which Seller is a party or otherwise bound with respect to the Business, or to which any of the Acquired Assets is subject (including in each case which subsection(s) of this Section 3.10 to which such Material Contract is responsive) (each such Contract, whether or not so listed, is referred to as a “ Material Contract ”):
 
  (i)           any Contract or arrangement of any kind with any employee, officer, director, shareholder or other equity interest holder or other Persons with whom the Seller is not dealing at arm’s-length;
 
  (ii)          any Contract or arrangement with a broker, advertising agency, placement agent or other Person engaged in sales, marketing, distributing or promotional activities, or any Contract to act as one of the foregoing on behalf of any Person;
 
  (iii)         any Contract or arrangement of any nature (A) having an aggregate value in excess of $10,000, (B) of any value that is not terminable by Seller at any time on notice of thirty (30) days or less or (C) is otherwise material to the Business;
 
  (iv)         any indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement, note, mortgage, security agreement, letter of credit, loan commitment, guaranty, repurchase agreement or other Contract or arrangement relating to the borrowing of funds, an extension of credit or financing, pledging of assets or guarantying the obligations of any Person;
 
 
17

 
 
  (v)          any Contract involving Seller as a participant in or an owner of a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, strategic alliance, or other cooperative undertaking;
 
  (vi)         any Contract or arrangement involving any restrictions on the Seller or any employee of Seller with respect to the geographical area of operations where such Person may conduct business, or scope or type of business that such Person may conduct or the solicitation of any individual or class of individuals for employment;
 
  (vii)        any Contract granting to any Person a right at such Person’s option to purchase or acquire any asset or property (or interest therein);
 
  (viii)       any Contract for capital improvements or expenditures in excess of $5,000 individually or $20,000 in the aggregate;
 
  (ix)          any Contract for which the full performance thereof may extend beyond ninety (90) days from the date of this Agreement;
 
  (x)           any Contract not made in the ordinary course of business which is to be performed in whole or in part at or after the date of this Agreement;
 
  (xi)          any Contract or arrangement relating to management support, facilities support or similar arrangement which, if breached, could have a Material Adverse Effect;
 
  (xii)         any Contract whereby any Person agrees (A) not to compete with Seller or to solicit employees or clients or customers of Seller, or (B) to maintain the confidentiality of any Business Confidential Information;
 
  (xiii)        any Contract for the provision of consulting services of any type or nature and any arrangement for the payment of commissions;
 
  (xiv)        the real property leases of all Leased Real Property;
 
  (xv)        any Contract that obligates Seller to make contingent payments of any type; and
 
  (xvi)       any Contract relating to any litigation or claim at any time during the last five (5) years or under with there are ongoing responsibilities;
 
3.11            Permits .  Section 3.11 of the Schedule of Exceptions contains a true and complete list as of the date hereof of all Permits used or held for use by Seller with respect to the Business.  Except for such Permits, there are no Permits that are necessary for the lawful operation of the Business.  The Business is in compliance with all requirements and limitations under such Permits.  All such Permits are valid and in full force and effect.  To the knowledge of Seller, no suspension, cancellation or termination of any such Permit is threatened or imminent.  No employee, officer, director, shareholder, consultant, advisor or manager of Seller owns or has any interest in any such Permit.
 
 
18

 
 
3.12           Insurance .  Section 3.12 of the Schedule of Exceptions contains a true and complete list as of the date hereof of all policies of fire, liability, errors and omissions, workmen’s compensation, public and product liability, title and other forms of insurance which cover the Acquired Assets or the Business, which insurance is comprised of the types and in the amounts customarily carried by businesses of similar size in the same industry, and a claims history for the past three years with respect to the Business.  All such policies are in full force and effect and all applicable premiums, which are due and owing as of the Closing Date, have been paid.  No notice of cancellation or termination or increase in premiums (except for general increases in rates to which similarly situated companies are subject) has been received with respect to any such policy.  No insurer has cancelled or refused to renew any insurance applicable to any Acquired Asset or the Business nor has any insurer applied any additional material restrictions to any such existing insurance policy during the term of such policy or upon renewal thereof.  Seller has timely filed all claims for which it is seeking payment or other coverage under any of its insurance policies with respect to the Business or any assets of the Telco Professional Services Division, including the Acquired Assets.  Seller has not made any claim with respect to the Business or the assets used by the Telco Professional Services Division against an insurance policy as to which the insurer is denying coverage or defending the claim under a reservation of rights.  Seller is not in default in any material respect under any insurance policy maintained by it which covers the Business or any assets of the Telco Professional Services Division, including the Acquired Assets.
 
3.13           Employee Benefit Plans and Employment Agreements .
 
  (a)           Section 3.13(a) of the Schedule of Exceptions contains a list as of the date of this Agreement of each “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and all other material employment contracts, and employee benefit plans, programs, policies and arrangements (including all collective bargaining, stock purchase, stock option, compensation, deferred compensation, pension, retirement, severance, termination, separation, vacation, sickness, health insurance, welfare and bonus plans, arrangements, and agreements) entered into, maintained or contributed to by Seller for the benefit of continuing employees or other service-providers (or former employees or service-providers) of the Telco Professional Services Division or in which any such employees or other service-providers participate (collectively, the “ Business Plans ”).
 
  (b)           Seller has made available to Purchaser true and correct copies of each of the Business Plans (including all amendments thereto) and all Contracts relating thereto, or to the funding thereof, including all trust agreements, insurance Contracts, administration Contracts, investment management Contracts, subscription and participation Contracts, and recordkeeping Contracts, each as in effect on the date hereof, to the extent such Business Plans are in written form (and, as to any Business Plan that is not in writing, a description of the material terms of such plan).  To the extent applicable, a true and correct copy of the most recent annual report, actuarial report, summary plan description, and Internal Revenue Service determination letter with respect to each of the Business Plans has been made available to Purchaser by Seller.
 
 
19

 
 
  (c)           There are no actions, suits or claims pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened involving any Business Plan or the assets thereof (other than routine claims for benefits), and no audits, inquiries or proceedings pending or threatened by the IRS or other Governmental Authority with respect to any Business Plan.  Each Business Plan has been maintained and administered in all material respects in compliance with its terms and with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, Orders, rules and regulations (foreign and domestic), including (without limitation) ERISA and the Code, which are applicable to such Business Plan.
 
  (d)           There is no Contract, plan or arrangement covering any employee or former employee of Seller involved in the Business that, individually or collectively, could give rise to the payment as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of any amount that would not be deductible by Seller by reason of Section 280G of the Code.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the term “payment” shall include (without limitation) any payment, acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits.  The execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (alone or together with any other event which, standing alone, would not by itself trigger such entitlement or acceleration) will not (1) entitle any Person to any payment, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, or increase in benefits under or with respect to any Business Plan, (2) otherwise trigger any acceleration (of vesting or payment of benefits or otherwise) under or with respect to any Business Plan, or (3) trigger any obligation to fund any Business Plan.
 
  (e)           No Business Plan is maintained outside the jurisdiction of the United States, or covers any employee residing or working outside the United States.
 
3.14            Employees .  Section 3.14 of the Schedule of Exceptions contains a true and complete list of the names, titles, annual compensation, all bonuses and similar payments (including any equity compensation) made or owed for the current and preceding year, accrued vacation as of the date hereof, for each employee of Seller who works in the Business.
 
3.15            Taxes .
 
  (a)           Seller has paid to, and where necessary collected or withheld and remitted to, the proper Governmental Authority, all Taxes of Seller that are due and payable.
 
  (b)             Seller has filed all Tax Returns which are required to be filed and all such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects.  All unpaid Taxes with respect to the Business or the Acquired Assets for periods through the Balance Sheet Date are reflected on the Balance Sheet.  Seller does not have any Liability for Taxes with respect to the Business or any of the Acquired Assets accruing after the Balance Sheet Date other than Taxes accrued in the ordinary course of business and which are not yet due.
 
  (c)           There is no, and there has never been any, action, suit, investigation, audit, claim, collection or assessment pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, proposed or threatened, with respect to any Tax Return or Taxes relating to the Business or any of the Acquired Assets.  There is no claim by a Taxing authority relating to the Business or any of the Acquired Assets in a jurisdiction where Seller is not paying Taxes or filing Tax Returns asserting that Seller is or may be subject to Taxes assessed by such jurisdiction as a result of the operations of the Business or the location or use of Acquired Assets in such jurisdiction.  There are no Liens for Taxes upon any of the Acquired Assets except Liens relating to current Taxes not yet due.
 
 
20

 
 
  (d)           Seller is not (and has never been) a party to any tax sharing agreement, tax indemnity agreement or tax allocation agreement, or has assumed the Tax liability of any other Person under contract.
 
  (e)           Seller has not been the “distributing corporation” or the “controlled corporation” (in each case, within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1) of the Code) with respect to a transaction described in Section 355 of the Code (i) within the three (3)-year period ending as of the date of this Agreement, or (ii) in a distribution that could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) that includes the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
  (f)           Seller has never been a member of an affiliated group filing consolidated Tax Returns.  Seller does not have any actual or potential Liability under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any comparable or similar provision of federal, state, local or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, pursuant to any contractual obligation, or otherwise for any Taxes of any Person.
 
  (g)           There are no adjustments under Section 481 of the Code (or any similar adjustments under any provision of the Code or the corresponding foreign, state or local Tax laws) that are required to be taken into account by Seller in any period ending after the Closing Date by reason of a change in method of accounting in any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date.
 
  (h)           Seller has treated itself as the owner of each of the Acquired Assets for Tax purposes.  None of the Acquired Assets is the subject of a “safe harbor lease” within the meaning of former Section 168(f)(8) of the Code, as in effect prior to amendment by the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.  None of the Acquired Assets directly or indirectly secures any debt the interest on which is tax exempt under Section 103(a) of the Code.  None of the Acquired Assets is “tax-exempt property” within the meaning of Section 168(h) of the Code.
 
  (i)           There are no outstanding waivers or agreements extending the statute of limitations for any period with respect to any Tax to which Seller may be subject with respect to the Business or any of the Acquired Assets.
 
  (j)           Seller has not engaged in a “reportable transaction,” as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b), or any transaction that is the same as or substantially similar to one of the types of transactions that the Internal Revenue Service has determined to be a tax avoidance transaction and identified by notice, regulation, or other form of published guidance as a “listed transaction,” as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).
 
  (k)           Seller is in compliance with all terms and conditions of all Tax exemptions and Orders of any foreign government and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not have any adverse effect on the continued validity and effectiveness of any such Tax exemptions or Orders.
 
 
21

 
 
  (l)           Seller is and has always been treated as a partnership for all income tax purposes.
 
3.16           No Defaults or Violations .
 
  (a)           Seller is not in breach of or default under any Material Contract, no event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach of or default under any Material Contract, and, to the knowledge of Seller, no other party to any Material Contract is in breach of or default under any such Material Contract.
 
 (b)          Seller is in material compliance with all, and no material violation exists under any, Laws applicable to the Business or any of the Acquired Assets.
 
 (c)          No notice from any Governmental Authority has been received within the past two (2) years claiming any violation of any Law or requiring any work, construction (other than pursuant to sales contracts with Governmental Authorities), or expenditure by Seller in connection with the Business or any of the Acquired Assets.
 
3.17            Litigation .  There are no actions, litigation, claims, suits, mediations, arbitrations, inquiries, government or other investigations or proceedings of any nature pending or, to Seller’s knowledge, threatened, involving Seller with respect to the Business, involving any of the Acquired Assets or, with respect to the Business, any of employees, consultants or advisors who work in the Business, before any Governmental Authority, or any such actions, litigation, claims, suits, mediations, arbitrations, inquiries, government or other investigations or proceedings that have been settled, dismissed or resolved since January 1, 2007.  Seller is not subject to any Order with respect to the Business or any of the Acquired Assets.
 
3.18            Related Parties .  Neither Seller nor any Key Employee has any direct or indirect interest in any other Person which conducts a business similar to the Business, or in any customer or supplier of the Business.
 
3.19            Accounts Receivable .  All accounts receivable of Seller reflected in the Balance Sheet represent bona fide, current and valid obligations arising from sales actually made or services actually performed in the ordinary course of business.  Seller has not received written notice from any obligor of any Receivable that such obligor is refusing to pay or contesting payment of amounts in excess of $5,000 in any individual case, or $20,000 in the aggregate, which has not been resolved prior to the date hereof, other than returns in the ordinary course of business under and in accordance with any Contract with any obligor of any such accounts receivable.
 
3.20            Brokers . Neither Seller nor any of Seller’s directors, officers, employees, consultants, advisors or agents, has employed or incurred any Liability to any broker, finder or agent with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
 
22

 
 
3.21            Compliance with Laws .  With respect to the Business and the Acquired Assets, Seller is not in violation of in any material respect, and, to the knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) would constitute or result in a violation in any material respect by Seller of, or failure on the part of Seller to comply with in any material respect, any Law.
 
3.22            Business Practices .  To the knowledge of Seller, none of its directors, officers, consultants, advisors, agents or employees has, in connection with the Business or with respect to any of the Acquired Assets (i) used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made, authorized, promised or offered to make any unlawful payments of money or other things of value to foreign government officials or employees or related parties, or to foreign political parties or campaigns or violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (iii) knowingly made any other payments in violation of applicable Law.
 
3.23            Product or Service Warranties .  Each product or service sold or performed by Seller in connection with the Business has been in conformity with all applicable Contracts and all express and implied warranties, in all material respects.  Seller has no Liability, and to Seller’s knowledge there is no current reasonable basis for any action or claim giving rise to any Liability, for replacement or repair or other damages in connection with any product or service sold or performed by Seller in connection with the Business.  No product or service sold or performed by Seller in connection with the Business is subject to any guaranty, lease or warranty beyond that implied or imposed by Law or included in Seller’s standard terms and conditions of sale, a copy of which has been delivered to Parent and Purchaser prior to the date hereof.
 
3.24            No Fraudulent Conveyance .  The Purchase Price paid by Parent and Purchaser constitutes reasonably equivalent value and fair consideration, as those terms are used under 11 U.S.C. Section 548, and other similar laws (collectively, “ Fraudulent Conveyance Laws ”), for the Business and the Acquired Assets.  This Agreement is an arm’s length sale transaction.  Seller is not now, nor will the transactions contemplated under this Agreement render Seller, “insolvent” as that term is used in the Fraudulent Conveyance Laws.  Seller is not engaged in any business or transaction for which property remaining with Seller constitutes “unreasonably small capital” as that term is used in the Fraudulent Conveyance Laws.  Seller does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay as such debts mature.  Seller is not entering into this Agreement with the intent to hinder, defraud or delay its creditors and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance or any act with similar consequences or potential consequences under the Fraudulent Conveyance Laws, or otherwise give rise to any right of any creditor of Seller whatsoever to lodge any claim against any of the Acquired Assets in the hands of Purchaser after the Closing, avoid the transactions hereunder, or lodge any claim against Purchaser or Parent.  Seller has no current plans to file and prosecute a petition for relief under Chapter 11 or 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.
 
3.25            Disclosure .  None of the representations or warranties made by Seller herein (including the Schedule of Exceptions) nor any statement of Seller in any certificate or other document provided to Parent or Purchaser in connection with the Closing, when all such documents are read together in their entirety, contains or will contain on the date hereof and on the Closing Date any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits or will omit on the date hereof and on the Closing Date to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in the light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.
 
 
23

 
 
ARTICLE IV
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND PURCHASER

Parent and Purchaser jointly and severally (if applicable) represent and warrant to Seller as follows:
 
4.1             Due Incorporation .  Each of Parent and Purchaser is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware with all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business.  Each of Parent and Purchaser is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the nature of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the business conducted by it requires such licensing or qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on Parent and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
 
4.2             Due Authorization .  Each of Parent and Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution, delivery and performance by each of Parent and Purchaser of this Agreement have been duly and validly approved by all necessary corporate action and no further corporate action is necessary.  Each of Parent and Purchaser has duly and validly executed and delivered this Agreement to Seller.  This Agreement constitutes and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, when executed and delivered by such Party, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Parent and Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity, which such enforceability is considered in a court of law, a court of equity or otherwise.
 
4.3             Consents and Approvals .  No consent, license, authorization or approval of, filing, registration or declaration with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Parent or Purchaser of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and the consummation by Parent or Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except as have been obtained or will be obtained prior to the Closing.  The execution, delivery and performance by Parent and Purchaser of this Agreement do not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a breach or termination of, result in any loss or forfeiture of rights or benefits under, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of any material Contract to which Parent or Purchaser, as applicable, is a party or to which any of its assets is subject, (ii) violate or conflict with any provision of Parent’s or Purchaser’s, as applicable, certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (iii) violate any Law applicable to Parent or Purchaser or any of their respective properties, assets, operations or business, (iv) result in any breach or termination of, or constitute a default under, or constitute an event which notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any asset of Parent or Purchaser under, or create any rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration in any Person or entity under any material Contract or violate any Order to which Parent or Purchaser is a party or by which Parent or Purchaser or their respective assets, business or operations receive benefits, or result in the loss or adverse modification of any material license, franchise, permit or other authorization granted to or otherwise held by Purchaser that is material to the business or financial condition of Purchaser, in any such case as would have a material adverse effect on Purchaser or as would be reasonably likely to prevent Purchaser from completing the transactions contemplated hereunder.
 
 
24

 
 
4.5            Legal Proceedings .  There are no legal, administrative, arbitral or other actions, claims, suits or proceedings or investigations instituted or pending or, to the knowledge of either Parent or Purchaser, threatened against either Parent or Purchaser, or any subsidiary of Parent, or against any property, asset, or rights or interest of Parent or Purchaser, in each case that would be reasonably likely to prevent Parent and Purchaser from completing the transactions contemplated hereunder or which would otherwise have a material adverse effect on Parent and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.
 
4.6            Capital Structure .  The shares of Parent Common Stock to be issued to Seller as part of the Purchase Price hereunder will, when issued in accordance with this Agreement, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
 
4.7             Brokers .  Neither Parent or Purchaser nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, consultants, advisors or agents has employed or incurred any Liability to any broker, finder or agent with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
4.8            Disclosure .  None of the representations or warranties made by Parent or Purchaser herein nor any statement of Purchaser in any certificate or other document provided to Seller in connection with the Closing, when all such documents are read together in their entirety, contains or will contain on the date hereof and on the Closing Date any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits or will omit on the date hereof and on the Closing Date to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in the light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.
 
ARTICLE V
 
COVENANTS
 
5.1              Preservation of Business .   During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and the Closing, Seller agrees (in each case except to the extent expressly contemplated by this Agreement or as consented to in writing by Purchaser, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to carry on the Business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted, to pay its debts and Taxes when due, to pay or perform other obligations when due, and to use all reasonable efforts consistent with past practice and policies to preserve intact its present business organization of the Telco Professional Services Division, keep available the services of its present employees and preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others having business dealings with it to the end that the goodwill of the Business shall be unimpaired at the Closing Date.  Without limiting the foregoing, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or as consented to in writing by Purchaser, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, during the period from the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and the Closing, Seller shall not cause or permit any of the following with respect to the Business or the Acquired Assets:
 
 
25

 
 
(a)            Material Contracts; Other Activities .  Enter into any Seller Contract not in the ordinary course of business or any Material Contract (including any Contract that would have been a Material Contract if in existence on the date hereof) constituting a Seller Contract, or violate, amend or otherwise modify or waive any of the terms of any Seller Contract or otherwise engage in any activities or transactions other than in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past practice;
 
(b)            Dispositions .  Sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of or encumber any Acquired Assets;
 
(c)            Leases .  Enter into any lease constituting a Seller Contract with aggregate payment obligations in excess of $10,000;
 
(d)            Insurance .  Reduce the amount of any insurance coverage provided by existing insurance policies covering the Business or any of the Acquired Assets;
 
(e)            Termination or Waiver .  Terminate or waive any right of substantial value that would otherwise constitute an Acquired Asset;
 
(f)             Pay Increases .  Increase the salaries or wage rates of any Key Employee, including target bonus or other form of compensation, including perquisites;
 
(g)            Severance Arrangements .  Grant any severance or termination pay to any employee who works in the Business;
 
(h)            Lawsuits .  Commence a lawsuit related to or involving the Business or any of the Acquired Assets other than (i) for the routine collection of receivables, or (ii) in such cases where Seller in good faith determines that failure to commence suit would result in the material impairment of a valuable asset or aspect of the Business, provided that it consults with Purchaser prior to the filing of such a suit or (iii) for breach of this Agreement;
 
(i)             Acquisitions .  Acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any Person or division or business thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Business and that would constitute Acquired Assets hereunder;
 
(j)             Taxes .  Make or change any material election in respect of Taxes, adopt or change any accounting method in respect of Taxes, file any material Tax Return or any amendment to a material Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement, settle any material claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any material claim or assessment in respect of Taxes;
 
 
26

 
 
(k)            Notices .  Fail to give all notices and other information required to be given, if any, to the employees who work in the Business, including pursuant to any collective bargaining agreement, the WARN Act, the National Labor Relations Act, the Code, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act and other applicable Law in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise;
 
(l)             Revaluation .  Revalue any of the Acquired Assets, including writing down the value of inventory, other than in the ordinary course of business; or
 
(m)            Other .  Take or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the actions described in (a)-(l) above, or any action that would cause a breach of Seller’s representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or prevent Seller from performing or cause Seller not to perform its covenants hereunder or result in the failure of any closing condition hereunder.
 
5.2            Supplemental Information . No Party hereto shall take any action or fail to take any commercially reasonable action which, from the date hereof through the Closing, would cause or constitute a breach of any of the representations, warranties, agreements or covenants of such Party set forth in this Agreement or cause such representations, warranties, agreements or covenants to be inaccurate at the Closing.  From time to time prior to the Closing, each Party shall promptly (and in any event within 24 hours) disclose in writing to the other Parties any matter occurring after the date hereof, or which such Party becomes aware of after the date hereof, which, if existing and known on the date hereof, would have been required to be disclosed on the Schedule of Exceptions or which would render inaccurate any of the representations and warranties set forth hereof (each such disclosure referred to herein as a “ Supplement ”).  However, no Supplement provided pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be deemed to cure any prior existing breach of any representation, warranty or covenant in this Agreement nor shall such Supplement be deemed to amend the Schedule of Exceptions without the written consent of the other Party.
 
5.3            Investigation .  No information or knowledge obtained by Parent or Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, whether conducted prior to or after the date hereof, shall affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warrant of Seller contained herein or the right of Parent and Purchaser to rely thereon, Parent’s and Purchaser’s rights under Article X , or the conditions to the obligations of Parent and Purchaser to effect the Closing.
 
5.4            Confidentiality; Noncompetition; Non-solicitation .
 
(a)           From and after the Closing, Seller shall not use for Seller’s own benefit or the benefit of any Person other than Parent and its Affiliates, or divulge or convey to any Person (other than Parent and its Affiliates), any Business Confidential Information.
 
(b)           Seller agrees and acknowledges that (i) Seller holds certain competitive advantages in the marketplace which are valuable to Parent and Purchaser, (ii) the Business is geographically diverse in scope, in that the Business has served clients located in various areas of the United States and abroad, (iii) the provisions of this Section 5.4 are reasonable in scope and duration and are reasonably designed to protect the goodwill and value of the Business and (iv) Seller’s agreement to this Section 5.4 is a condition to Parent and Purchaser entering into this Agreement and agreeing to complete the transactions contemplated herein.
 
 
27

 
 
(c)           For a period of 36 months after the Closing, Seller shall not use Business Confidential Information or otherwise, directly or indirectly, on such Seller’s own behalf or on behalf or for the benefit of any other Person, (i) with respect to or for purposes of engaging in a business competitive with the Business, solicit the trade or business of, or trade with or perform services for, any Person who is, or was at any time from 12 months before the Closing until the Closing, a client or customer of the Business, (ii) solicit or induce any person who is then an employee of Parent or any subsidiary of Parent to leave the employ of such entity for any reason whatsoever, or (iii) hire any employee of Parent or any subsidiary of Parent; provided , however , that (1) Seller may hire an employee of Parent or a subsidiary of Parent who was terminated by Parent or any such subsidiary or resigned from employment with Parent or such subsidiary so long as Seller did not directly or indirectly influence such termination or resignation, and (2) for purposes of clarification, with respect to clause (iii) above, the restrictions and prohibitions described herein shall not extend to prohibiting any Seller’s general advertising to the public (e.g., internet postings, phone book advertising, mailings, flyers, etc.), so long as any such mailer/flyer (or any similar mass advertising) is generally circulated and not merely targeted to the employees of Parent or any subsidiary of Parent.  For purposes of the avoidance of doubt, if a client or customer of Seller or of Essential Solutions LLC, an Affiliate of Seller, is a client or customer not only of the Business but also a client or customer of any other business operation of Seller or of Essential Solutions LLC, then from and after the Closing, Seller may continue to solicit the trade or business of, or trade with or perform services for any such client or customer; provided that such trade or service is not with respect to or for purposes of engaging in a business competitive with the Business.
 
(d)           For a period of 36 months after the Closing, Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in a business competitive with the Business or manage, operate, join, advise, finance any business competitive with the Business or any Person that is a Competitor, or otherwise be or become a Competitor, in any case anywhere in the United States and its territories.  For purposes of the avoidance of doubt, none of the Seller’s other business operations as currently conducted are competitive with the Business.  Seller’s ownership interest in and other business activities with respect to its Affiliate, Essential Solutions LLC, shall not be deemed to be a violation or breach of or noncompliance with the covenants set forth in this Section 5.4(d) of the Agreement; provided that Seller shall use its best efforts to cause Essential Solutions LLC to comply with the Seller’s covenants under this Section 5.4 of the Agreement.
 
5.5            Suspension of Confidentiality; Noncompetition; Non-solicitation .  If Purchaser materially breaches any payment obligation under this Agreement, and such material breach has not been cured within 30 days of notice thereof to Purchaser from Seller, the obligations under the covenants in Sections 5.4(b) , (c) and (d) hereof shall be suspended during the period beginning 30 days after such notice of such material breach and continuing so long as such material breach is continuing.
 
 
28

 
 
5.6            Public Announcement .  Except for public announcements required by SEC disclosure Laws concerning the proposed purchase and sale transactions herein contemplated and any related press releases, no public announcement or press release announcing such transactions will be made without the joint written consent of Purchaser and Seller.  Purchaser and Seller shall cooperate on the form, content, timing and manner of any such announcement (other than those related to SEC disclosure Laws).
 
5.7            Access .  Seller will permit representatives of Purchaser from and after the date hereof up and through Closing to have full access at all reasonable times and upon prior written notice to the books, accounts, records, properties, operations, facilities, clients, creditors, suppliers and personnel pertaining to the Business or the Acquired Assets, and will furnish Purchaser with such financial and operating data concerning the Business or the Acquired Assets as Purchaser shall from time to time reasonably request.  Purchaser must receive prior written consent from Seller for access to and contact with Seller’s customers, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
5.8            Transition and Cooperation .  From and after the Closing, (a) Seller shall provide reasonable cooperation to transition to Purchaser the control and enjoyment of the Business and the Acquired Assets; and (b) Seller shall promptly deliver to Purchaser all correspondence, papers, documents and other items and materials received by Seller or found to be in the possession of Seller which pertain to the Business or the Acquired Assets.
 
5.9            Employees .  Seller shall cooperate with Purchaser to assist Purchaser in retaining the Key Employees and such other employees working in the Business that Purchaser desires to retain after the Closing.
 
5.10           Market Stand-Off Agreement .  Seller hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by Parent and an underwriter of the Parent’s Common Stock or other securities of Parent, following the effective date of a registration statement of Parent filed under the Act in connection with Parent’s underwritten public offering of securities on Form S-1 pursuant to the Act (an “ IPO ”), it shall not, to the extent requested by Parent and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of Parent held by it at any time during such period except Common Stock of the Parent included in such registration; provided, however, that (i) all then executive officers and directors of Parent and all shareholders of the Parent holding more than five percent (5%) of Parent’s outstanding voting securities enter into similar agreements, and such market stand-off time period shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, subject to extension for no more than an additional 34 days as requested by the underwriters to ensure compliance with applicable FINRA rules related to the publishing of research reports.  To enforce the foregoing covenant, Parent may include an appropriate legend on any securities of Parent held by the Seller and may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to any securities of Parent (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.
 
5.11           Indemnification for Tax Liability .  If the Closing Date occurs in calendar year 2013, Parent shall indemnify Seller and/or Seller’s members for any increase in income tax liability to such Seller or member solely as a result of changes in income tax rates applicable to a closing in calendar year 2013 as compared to a closing in calendar year 2012. Seller shall provide a detailed calculation (with supporting documentation) of any such increase to Parent by the later of thirty (30) days following the Closing and April 15, 2013. Such calculation shall be promptly reviewed by Parent, and any mutually agreed upon amounts shall be promptly remitted from the Estimated Tax Amount escrowed at Closing pursuant to Section  2.6(a)(iii) , with any remaining Estimated Tax Amount returned to Parent.
 
 
29

 
 
5.12            Parent Funding .   Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the closing of one of the transactions described in Section 7.8 prior to the Termination Date.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
POST CLOSING OPERATIONS
 
6.1            Purchaser Obligations .  During the period from the Closing until the end of the Second Supplemental Earnout Period, Purchaser will manage the Business in good faith with a view to maximizing the long-term value of Parent and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. Parent’s or Purchaser’s consideration of and decisions made in light of normal business consideration factors, such as profit margins, costs of marketing and sales activities, commercial feasibility, market and technology developments, market acceptance, business opportunities, business resources, competition and competitive advantages and disadvantages, and economic conditions, shall constitute management of the Business by Purchaser in good faith.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF PARENT AND PURCHASER
 
The obligations of Parent and Purchaser under Article II of this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or before the Closing, unless waived in writing by Parent and Purchaser in their sole discretion:
 
7.1            Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of Seller contained herein shall have been true and correct in all respects on and as of the date of this Agreement; and, the representations and warranties of the Business and Seller contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing (except in the case of any representation or warranty which itself is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect or Material Adverse Change, which representation and warranty must be true and correct in all respects).
 
7.2            Compliance with Covenants .  Seller shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of their respective covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement to be performed by them on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
7.3            Consents; Approvals .  Purchaser shall have received written evidence to the satisfaction of Purchaser that all consents and approvals of any Governmental Authorities or any other Persons required, if any, for Seller’s consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been obtained by Seller.
 
 
30

 
 
7.4            No Action .  No Order of any Governmental Authority shall have been entered that enjoins, restrains or prohibits this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental action shall be pending or threatened that seeks to enjoin, restrain, prohibit or obtain damages with respect to this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental investigation shall be pending or threatened that might result in any such Order, suit, action or proceeding.
 
7.5            Closing Deliveries .  Purchaser shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, such agreements, documents, instruments and certificates as shall be reasonably requested by Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby to and convey to Purchaser the Business and the Acquired Assets as contemplated herein, including the following duly executed instruments:
 
(a)           all consents listed in Section 3.3 of the Schedule of Exceptions;
 
(b)           a certificate of Seller’s Secretary certifying as to resolutions adopted by Seller’s Sole Manager approving the transactions described herein;
 
(c)           a good standing certificate for Seller from the State of New Jersey;
 
(d)           the Key Employee Employment Agreements duly executed and delivered by each of Leonard Semon and Gary Del Grande;
 
(e)           the Bill of Sale;
 
(f)            the Trademark License Agreement;
 
(g)           the Transition Services Agreement; and
 
(h)           a payoff letter or similar documentation, in form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, terminating any Liens on any of the Acquired Assets, together with executed UCC-2 or UCC-3 termination statements (or any other applicable termination statement) executed by each Person holding Liens on any Acquired Asset.
 
7.6             No Bankruptcy; Material Adverse Effect .  Seller shall not have entered, or have entered against it, an Order of relief under the Bankruptcy Code, and there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect or Material Adver se Change.
 
7.7            Key Employees .  The Key Employee Employment Agreements shall be in full force and effect and no Key Employee shall have given notice or other indication that such Key Employee intends to terminate his employment with Purchaser following the Closing.
 
7.8            Parent Funding . Parent shall have closed either (a) the IPO or (b) a private financing, in either case resulting in sufficient available funds to pay the Initial Cash Payment.
 
 
31

 
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE SELLER
 
The obligations of Seller under Article II of this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or before the Closing, unless waived by Seller:
 
8.1            Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of Parent and Purchaser contained herein shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of this Agreement; and, the representations and warranties of Parent and Purchaser contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing (except in the case of any representation or warranty which itself is qualified by materiality or material adverse effect or material adverse change, which representation and warranty must be true and correct in all respects).
 
8.2            Compliance with Covenants .  Parent and Purchaser shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of their respective covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement to be performed by such Party on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
8.3            No Action .  No Order of any Governmental Authority shall have been entered that enjoins, restrains or prohibits this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental action shall be pending or threatened that seeks to enjoin, restrain, prohibit or obtain damages with respect to this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental investigation shall be pending or threatened that might result in any such Order, suit, action or proceeding.
 
8.4            Closing Deliveries .  Seller shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller, such payments, agreements, documents, instruments and certificates as shall be reasonably requested by Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including the following duly executed instruments:
 
(a)           the Initial Cash payment;
 
(b)           a Parent Common Stock certificate for the number of shares of Parent Common Stock representing the Initial Share Issuance;
 
(c)           a good standing certificate for each of Parent and Purchaser (if applicable) from the State of Delaware;
 
(d)           a certificate of Parent’s Secretary and a certificate of Purchaser’s Secretary (if applicable) certifying as to resolutions adopted by each such Party’s Board of Directors approving the transactions described herein;
 
(e)            the Key Employee Employment Agreements duly executed and delivered by Purchaser;
 
 
32

 
 
(f)            the Trademark License Agreement; and
 
(g)           the Transition Services Agreement.
 
8.5            No Bankruptcy .   Purchaser shall not have entered, or have entered against it, an Order of relief under the Bankruptcy Code.
 
8.6            Consents; Approvals .  Seller shall have obtained the written consents and approvals of PNC Bank, Tekmark Computer Services, Inc. and Tekmark Computer Services of Pennsylvania, Inc. for the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
TERMINATION
 
9.1            Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated at any time on or prior to the Closing:
 
(a)           By the written consent of Seller and Purchaser;
 
(b)           By Purchaser by written notice to Seller if any event occurs or condition exists that would render impossible the satisfaction of one or more conditions to the obligations of Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as set forth in Article VII and that, if capable of cure, has not been cured within 10 Business Days of receipt by Seller of notice thereof from Purchaser;
 
(c)           By Seller by written notice to Purchaser if any event occurs or condition exists that would render impossible the satisfaction of one or more conditions to the obligation of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as set forth in Article VIII and that, if capable of cure, has not been cured within 10 Business Days of receipt by Purchaser of notice thereof from Seller;
 
(d)           By Purchaser by written notice to Seller if there has been a material misrepresentation or other material breach by Seller of the representations, warranties or covenants of Seller set forth herein that, if capable of cure, has not been cured within 10 Business Days of receipt by Seller of notice thereof from Purchaser; or by Seller if there has been a material misrepresentation or other material breach by Purchaser of the representations, warranties and covenants of Purchaser set forth herein that, if capable of cure, has not been cured within 10 Business Days of receipt by Purchaser of notice thereof from Seller;
 
(e)           By written notice of Seller or Purchaser, to the other Parties, if any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority shall have issued an Order or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated hereby and such Order or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; or
 
(f)            By written notice of Purchaser, on the one hand, or Seller, on the other hand, to the other Parties hereto, if the Closing has not occurred on or before does not occur on or before March 1, 2013 (the “ Termination Date ”).  Any extensions of the Closing Date shall require the mutual written consent of Seller and Purchaser.
 
 
33

 
 
9.2            Effect of Termination .  In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 9.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of any Party hereto or their respective officers, directors, stockholders or Affiliates, except to the extent that such termination results from a breach by a party hereto of any of its representations, warranties or covenants contained herein; provided that, the provisions of this Article IX and Article XI shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE X
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
10.1          Survival .  The representations and warranties of the Parties in this Agreement shall survive the Closing until the one (1) year anniversary of the Closing Date or such other later date as set forth herein; provided that, the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in Section 3.15 shall survive until the applicable statute of limitation with respect thereto.
 
10.2          Indemnification by Seller .  Subject to the limitations and conditions for indemnification contained in this Article X , Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Parent, Purchaser and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and assigns and successors, against any Losses, relating to or arising out of:
 
(a)           any breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller in Article III of this Agreement (including the Schedule of Exceptions);

(b)           any breach of any covenant of Seller in this Agreement;
 
(c)           any Pre-Closing Taxes;
 
(d)           any Excluded Liabilities; and
 
(e)            the operation of the Business and the ownership of the Acquired Assets by Seller prior to the Closing.
 
10.3          Indemnification by Purchaser .  Subject to the limitations and conditions for indemnification contained in this Article X , Purchaser shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller and its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and assigns and successors, against any Losses relating to or arising out of:
 
(a)           any breach of any representation or warranty made by Parent or Purchaser in Article IV of this Agreement;
 
(b)           any breach of any covenant of Parent or Purchaser in this Agreement;
 
(c)           any Post-Closing Taxes;
 
 
34

 
 
(d)           any Assumed Liabilities; and
 
(e)           the operation of the Business and the ownership of the Acquired Assets by Purchaser after the Closing.
 
10.4           Procedures for Making Claims .  If and when a person entitled to indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnitee ”) desires to assert a claim for Losses against any person obligated to provide indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnitor ”), the Indemnitee shall deliver to the Indemnitor a certificate signed by such Indemnitee (if the Indemnitee is an entity, the certificate shall be signed by its chief executive officer or chief financial officer) (a “ Notice of Claim ”), which Notice of claim shall: (i) state that the Indemnitee has paid or accrued (or intends to pay or accrue) Losses to which it is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article X and the amount thereof (to the extent then known); and (ii) specifying to the extent possible (A) the individual items of Losses in the certificate, (B) the date each such item was or is expected to be paid or accrued, to the extent known, and (C) the basis upon which Losses are claimed (including the specific clause of this Agreement pursuant to which such indemnification is being sought).  Such Notice of Claim shall be delivered promptly following the Indemnitee’s determination that there are indemnifiable Losses, and in any event prior to the expiration of any applicable survival period as set forth in Section 10.1 ; provided , however , that a delay in giving notice (except to the extent beyond the end of the applicable survival period) shall only relieve the Indemnitor of liability to the extent the Indemnitor suffers actual prejudice because of the delay.  If the Indemnitor shall object to such Notice of Claim, the Indemnitor shall deliver written notice of objection (the “ Notice of Objection ”) to the Indemnitee within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Claim.  The Notice of Objection shall set forth the grounds upon which the objection is based and state whether the Indemnitor objects to all or only a portion of the matter described in the Notice of Claim.  The Losses set forth in the Notice of Claim shall be payable to the Indemnitee within twenty (20) Business Days of the expiration of such fifteen (15) Business Day period without the necessity of further action to the extent the Indemnitor has not delivered a Notice of Objection.  If the Indemnitor shall timely deliver a Notice of Objection, the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee shall attempt in good faith to agree upon the rights of such Persons with respect to the claim in the Notice of Claim.  If they are unable to reach an agreement within fifteen (15) Business Days, either the Indemnitor or the Indemnitee may demand arbitration of the matter (unless the matter is at issue in a pending third party claim, in which case arbitration shall not be commenced until such amount is ascertained or both persons agree to arbitration), and the matter shall be settled by arbitration conducted by one arbitrator mutually agreeable to the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee.  In the event that within ten (10) days after submission of any dispute to arbitration, the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee cannot mutually agree on one arbitrator, the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee shall each select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator.  The arbitrator(s) shall set a limited time period and establish procedures designed to reduce the cost and time for discovery.  The decision of the arbitrator or a majority of the arbitrators, as the case may be, as to the validity and amount of any claim for indemnification for Losses (a “ Resolved Amount ”) shall be binding and conclusive upon the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee.  Such decision shall be delivered in writing and shall be supported by written findings of fact and conclusions which shall set forth the award or Order awarded by the arbitrator(s).  Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.
 
 
35

 
 
10.5           Defense Procedure for Third Party Claims .  If any claim, demand or liability that could constitute indemnifiable Losses hereunder is asserted by any third party against any Indemnitee, the Indemnitor shall upon the written request of the Indemnitee, defend any actions or proceedings brought against the Indemnitee in respect of matters embraced by the indemnity provided under this Article X , but the Indemnitee shall have the right to conduct and control the defense, compromise or settlement of any such claim, demand or liability if the Indemnitee chooses to do so, on behalf of and for the account and risk of the Indemntor who shall be bound by the result so obtained to the extent provided herein; provided , that if the Indemnitor is not allowed to control the defense, they may provide advice or participate in the defense of any third party claim through counsel of its choosing, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnitor.  If, after a request to defend any action or proceeding, the Indemnitor neglects to defend the Indemnitee, a recovery against the latter suffered by it in good faith, is conclusive in its favor against the Indemnitor, provided, however, that, if the Indemnitor did not receive reasonable notice of the action or proceeding against the Indemnitee, or is not allowed to control the defense, judgment against the Indemnitee is only presumptive evidence against the Indemnitor that any resulting Losses constitute an indemnifiable claim under this Article X .  The Parties shall cooperate in the defense of all third party claims that may give rise to indemnifiable claims hereunder.  In connection with the defense of any claim, each Party shall make available to the Party controlling such defense, any books, records or other documents within its control that are reasonably requested in the course of such defense.  Except with the consent of the Indemnitor (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), no settlement of any such claim with any third party claimant shall be determinative of the amount of Losses relating to such matter, but shall only be presumptive evidence of the amount of Losses constituting such indemnifiable claim.  In the event that the Indemnitor has consented to any such settlement, the Indemnitor shall have no power or authority to object under any provision of this Article X to the existence and amount of any claim by the Indemnitee with respect to such settlement.  Indemnification payments with respect to third party claims shall be paid by the Indemnitor upon (i) the entry of a judgment against the Indemnitee and the expiration of any applicable appeal period; (ii) the entry of an unappealable judgment or final appellate decision against the Indemnitee; or (iii) a settlement of such claim, in each case subject to the dispute resolution provisions of Section 10.4 .
 
10.6           Right of Setoff .  If there is determined to be any indemnifiable Losses by Seller as the Indemnitor (whether by agreement, failure to object or decision of arbitrator(s)) (“ Determined Losses ”) payable to a Purchaser Indemnitee, Purchaser shall be entitled to retain as an offset, without any further action by Seller, (a) a portion (up to all) of any Earnout Payment, or (b) a portion (up to all) of any claim of Losses by Seller as an Indemnitee (or any Seller related Indemnitee) equal to such Determined Losses and in satisfaction thereof to the extent of such offset, and such offset shall be deemed to occur automatically such as to reduce, as applicable, the applicable payments otherwise payable by Purchaser.  In addition, if a Purchaser Indemnitee has made a claim for Losses that has not yet been resolved (including in connection with a third party claim), Purchaser shall be entitled to hold back the amount of such claimed Losses from any payments that would otherwise be due as part of any Earnout Payment the full amount of such claim until resolution and determination thereof; provided that any such held back amount shall be deposited with and held by a mutually agreed upon independent third party escrow agent until such claim is resolved.
 
 
36

 
 
10.7           Indemnification Limitations .
 
(a)           The amount of any claim for Losses by Parent or Purchaser and the other Parent or Purchaser related Indemnitees (collectively, “ Purchaser Indemnitees ”) for indemnification claims pursuant to Section 10.2(a) shall not be payable hereunder until such time as the aggregate amount of all Losses of Purchaser Indemnitees under this Agreement exceeds Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) (the “ Threshold Amount ”); and thereafter only for Losses of Purchaser Indemnitees in excess of the Threshold Amount.  In no event shall the aggregate amount of liability of Seller for Losses for indemnification claims pursuant to Section 10.2(a) exceed the sum of (i) an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the portion of the Initial Cash Payment actually received by such Seller plus (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the Earnout Payments.  The limitations provided in this Section 10.7(a) shall not apply to any indemnification claim pursuant to Section 10.2(b) , (c) , (d) or (e) .
 
(b)           The amount of any claim for Losses by Seller and the other Seller related Indemnitees (collectively, “ Seller Indemnitees ”) for indemnification claims pursuant to Section 10.3(a) shall not be payable hereunder until such time as the aggregate amount of all Losses of Seller Indemnitees under this Agreement exceeds the Threshold Amount; and thereafter only for Losses of Seller Indemnitees in excess of the Threshold Amount.  In no event shall the aggregate amount of liability of Purchaser for Losses for indemnification claims pursuant to Section 10.3(a) exceed 50% of the Purchase Price.  The limitations provided in this Section 10.7(b) shall not apply to any indemnification claim pursuant to Section 10.3(b) , (c) , (d) or (e) .
 
10.8          Sole Remedy .  In the event the Closing occurs, the sole and exclusive liability and responsibility of the Parties hereunder in connection with the transactions described herein (including for any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty or for any breach of any covenant or obligation or for any other reason), shall be as set forth in this Article X ; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 10.8 shall prohibit any Party from obtaining specific performance or injunctive relief pursuant to Section 11.10 .
 
10.9          Treatment of Indemnity Payments .  Any payments made pursuant to this Article X shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for all income Tax purposes and none of the parties shall take a contrary position with respect to any Tax Return, audit or other proceeding.
 
10.10        Insurance and Third-Party Recoveries .  Any Losses for which indemnification is provided to any Indemnitee under this Article X shall be net of any amounts actually recovered by an Indemnitee from third parties (including, without limitation, amounts recovered under insurance policies) with respect to such Losses after having subtracted from the amounts so recovered the costs incurred by the Indemnitee in pursuing such recovery.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
11.1          Expenses .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each party hereto shall bear its own expenses with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
 
37

 
 
11.2          Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Parent, Purchaser and Seller.
 
11.3          Notices .  Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given, (a) when received if given in person or by personal-delivery, (b) on the date of transmission if sent prior to 5:00 p.m. (at the place of receipt) on a Business Day by facsimile or other electronic transmission including email with electronic confirmation of successful transmission, otherwise on the next succeeding Business Day, (c) three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or (d) on the date of delivery if delivered on a Business Day by nationally recognized express mail or courier service, otherwise on the next succeeding Business Day:
 
If to Parent and/or Purchaser, addressed as follows:

Genesis Group Holdings Inc.
Attn:  Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, Florida 33431Facsimile No.:  561-988-2307
lsands@digitalcomminc.com

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Warren T. Lazarow, Esq.
O’Melveny & Myers LLP
2765 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Facsimile No.: 650-473-2601
wlazarow@omm.com

If to Seller, addressed as follows:

Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC
Attn:  Charles K. Miller, Chief Financial Officer
100 Metroplex Drive, Suite 102
Edison, New Jersey
Facsimile:  (732) 572-7117
Chuck@tekmarkinc.com

or to such other individual or address as a Party hereto may designate for itself by notice given as herein provided.
 
11.4          Waivers .  The failure of a party to require performance of any provision shall not affect its right at a later time to enforce the same.  No waiver by a party of any condition or of any breach of any term, covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.
 
 
38

 
 
11.5          Counterparts; Facsimile or Electronic Signature .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  A signature of a party transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail shall constitute an original for all purposes.
 
11.6          Interpretation .  The headings preceding the text of Articles and Sections included in this Agreement and the headings to exhibits, schedules or annexes to this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part of this Agreement or be given effect in interpreting this Agreement.
 
11.7          Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New Jersey without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.
 
11.8          No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and no provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to confer rights upon any other Person, other than as expressly set forth herein.
 
11.9          Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the other provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.
 
11.10        Jurisdiction, Service of Process .  The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent or to address breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement, without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting bond, and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in the federal court located in the District of New Jersey or any New Jersey state court located in Middlesex County, New Jersey, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity pursuant to, and as limited by, the terms of this Agreement.  In addition, each of the Parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction in the federal court in the District of New Jersey and New Jersey state courts located in Middlesex County, New Jersey in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby in any other court, and (d) waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any action related to or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.   EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.
 
11.11        Attorney Fees and Costs.   Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.7 with respect to the determination of adjustments to the Initial Closing Payment, the prevailing party in any litigation, arbitration proceeding or other action shall be awarded all of its or their costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney fees against the non-prevailing Party.  This provision shall apply to such expenses incurred at the trial and all appellate levels, without respect to who is the initiating party and shall apply to an action for declaratory relief if the party instituting it asserts specific contentions concerning this Agreement which is ruled upon by the court or arbitration.
 
 
39

 
 
11.12        Waivers of Inducement . The Parties hereto waive any right to assert or claim that they were induced to enter into this Agreement by any representation, promise, statement, or warranty made by any Party or any Party's agent which is not expressly set forth in this Agreement in writing.
 
11.13        Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Neither Seller nor Purchaser may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer such Party s rights or obligations hereunder, including by operation of law, without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided that Purchaser may assign its rights hereunder to Tekmark Telecom Professional Services Inc., a newly formed subsidiary of Purchaser; provided further that Purchaser remains primarily liable for the satisfaction and fulfillment of Purchaser s covenants, duties and obligations hereunder.  In the event of any permitted assignment, the assignor shall be responsible for all obligations of the assignee and shall be bound in all respects by the provisions hereof.
 
11.14        Use of Certain Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph or other subdivision.  The use of the term “including” shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”.
 
11.15        Parent Guaranty .  If Purchaser is a subsidiary of Parent, Parent shall deliver a guaranty in a form reasonably acceptable to Parent and Seller, which guaranty shall guaranty all of Purchaser’s obligations under this Agreement and under all of the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, payment of the Earnout Payments and Purchaser’s indemnification obligation pursuant to Section 5.11 and Section 10.3 of this Agreement.
 
11.6          Entire Understanding .  This Agreement and the Transaction Documents sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings among the parties.
 
{Signature page to follow}
 
 
40

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
 
  PARENT:  
     
  Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.  
       
 
By:
  /s/ Mark E. Munro     
  Name: Mark E. Munro  
  Title: Chief Executive Officer  
       
  SELLER:  
     
  Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC  
       
 
By:
/s/ Guy Del Grande  
  Name:  Guy Del Grande  
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer  

[Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement]
 
 
41

Exhibit 2.8
 
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
This STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 20 , 2012, is entered into by and among Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ”), Integration Partners-NY Corporation, a New Jersey corporation (the “ Company ”), and Barton F. Graf, Jr. (“ Graf ”), David C. Nahabedian (“ Nahabedian ”) and Frank Jadevaia (“ Jadevaia ”) (each of Graf, Nahabedian and Jadevaia, a “ Seller ” and collectively the “ Sellers ”) as the sole shareholders of the Company.
 
WHEREAS, the Sellers desire to sell, transfer and assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to purchase from the Sellers, all of the outstanding stock of the Company, as more fully described herein and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and to enter into the other transactions as described herein;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties expressly contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
1.1            Definitions .  The following terms shall have the following meanings for the purposes of this Agreement:
 
401(k) Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10 .
 
Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
Additional 338 Taxes has the meaning set forth in Section 6.13 .
 
Additional Post-2012 Taxes has the meaning set forth in Section 6.13 .
 
Adjustment Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(e) .
 
Affiliate means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, is under common ownership or control with, or is owned or controlled by, such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
 
 
1

 
 
Agreement means this Stock Purchase Agreement, including all exhibits and schedules hereto, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
Balance Sheet means the consolidated balance sheet of the Company dated September 30, 2012, a copy of which is set forth in Schedule 1.1 .
 
Balance Sheet Date ” means September 30, 2012.
 
Base Earnout Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) .
 
Business means the business of the Company, and shall be deemed to include any of the following incidents of such business: income, cash flow, operations, condition (financial or other), assets/properties, anticipated revenues/income, prospects, Liabilities and personnel/management.
 
Business Confidential Information ” means all information, knowledge or data related to the operation of the Business or the Company that is not in the public domain or otherwise publicly available, other than as a result of any action or inaction by a Seller, or that has been treated as confidential by the Company.
 
Business Day means any day other than (a) any Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which banks located in New York, New York are required or permitted to be closed.
 
Closing has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .
 
Closing Cash ” means any cash in the Company immediately prior to the Closing.
 
Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .
 
Closing Debt means any Debt of the Company that is not repaid in full prior to the Closing.
 
Closing Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a) .
 
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Common Stock Price ” means the price to public as set forth on the cover page of the final prospectus pertaining to the IPO.
 
Company ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.
 
Company Charter Documents ” means the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to the date hereof, and the Company’s Bylaws, as amended to the date hereof.
 
Company Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(a) .
 
Company IP Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b) .
 
Company Registered IP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a) .
 
 
2

 
 
Company Unpaid Transaction Expenses ” means the expenses incurred by the Company in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby that remain unpaid as of the Closing.
 
Competitor ” means any Person or business unit or group of any Person whose business operations are substantially similar to the Business or any material portion thereof, located anywhere in the United States or its territories.
 
Contingent Earnout Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) .
 
Contract means any contract, lease, commitment, understanding, task order, sales order, purchase order, delivery order, teaming agreement, joint venture agreement, other agreement, indenture, mortgage, note, bond, right, warrant, instrument, plan, permit or license, whether written or oral, which is intended or purports to be binding and enforceable.
 
Debt means, on a consolidated basis, any and all (a) obligations for borrowed money, whether current or unfunded, secured or unsecured (including any accrued but unpaid interest thereon and any premiums, penalties, termination fees, expenses or breakage costs due upon prepayment of such indebtedness or payable as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby) and whether or not evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, mortgages or other debt instruments, debt securities or other similar instruments, (b) obligations to reimburse any Person for amounts drawn upon or funded under a letter of credit or similar arrangement, but which have not been repaid, (c) obligations arising out of overdrafts, acceptance credit or similar facilities and (d) guarantees of obligations of a type described in clauses (a) - (c).
 
Determination Letter has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(b) .
 
Determined Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6 .
 
Disagreement Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) .
 
Earnout Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) .
 
Earnout Period ” means the twelve-month period commencing on first day of the first calendar month commencing after the Closing Date (e.g. if the Closing Date is January 15, 2013, the Earnout Period would begin on February 1, 2013 and end on January 31, 2014).
 
EBITDA ” means, for any period, the consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of the Company.

Elected Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(d) .
 
Environmental Law or Order ” means any Law which relates to or otherwise imposes liability or standards of conduct concerning discharges, emissions, releases or threatened releases of noises, pathogens, odors, pollutants, or contaminants or hazardous or toxic wastes, substances or materials, whether as matter or energy, into air (whether indoors or out), water (whether surface or underground) or land (including any subsurface strata), or otherwise relating to their manufacture, processing, generation, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, cleanup, transport or handling, including the following Laws: Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, as amended, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, the Clean Water Act of 1977, as amended, the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, and any state Law analogous to any of the foregoing.
 
 
3

 
 
Environmental Liability ” means, without limitation, all damages, losses and Liabilities (including investigation, cleanup, compliance, enforcement, response and toxic tort Liabilities) (whether absolute, contingent, matured, liquidated, accrued, known, or unknown), including fines, penalties, capital expenditures, fees and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever, and whether arising out of loss of life, personal injuries, liens or other claims against property or improvements thereon or other obligations of any kind or character, in each case that relate in any way to, or arise under, an Environmental Law or Order or any Hazardous Substance.
 
Environmental Permit ” means any Permit required by or pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law or Order.
 
Equipment ” means machinery, equipment, tools, furniture, office equipment, computer hardware, supplies, materials, vehicles and other items of tangible personal property accounted for as equipment.
 
Equity Recipients ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 .
 
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
ERISA Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(c) .
 
Escrow Agent has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 .
 
Escrow Agreement means the escrow agreement between Sellers, Purchaser and the Escrow Agent, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
 
Escrow Amount has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 .
 
Escrow Claims Period has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7 .
 
Escrow Fund has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 .
 
Escrow Termination Date has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7 .
 
Estimated Closing Cash ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a) .
 
Estimated Closing Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a) .
 
Estimated Company Unpaid Transaction Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a) .
 
Estimated Working Capital Surplus ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a) .
 
 
4

 
 
Estimated Working Capital Deficiency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a) .
 
Financial Statements means, collectively, (a) the Company’s consolidated unaudited balance sheet at December 31, 2011 and the Company’s consolidated unaudited statements of income and cash flows for the 12-month period ended December 31, 2011, and (b) the Balance Sheet and the Company’s consolidated unaudited statements of income and cash flows for the 9-month period ended September 30, 2012.
 
Foreign Benefit Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(g) .
 
Forward EBITDA ” means the EBITDA of the Company for the Earnout Period.
 
Fundamental Representations has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(a) .
 
GAAP   means United States generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Government Bid ” means a bid, tender or proposal which, if accepted, would result in a Government Contract.
 
Government Contract ” means any Contract between the Company and any Governmental Authority, as well as any subcontract or other arrangement by which (i) such company has agreed to provide goods or services to a prime contractor, to the Governmental Authority, or to a higher-tier subcontractor or (ii) a subcontractor or vendor has agreed to provide goods or services to a company, where, in either event, such goods or services ultimately will benefit or be used by a Governmental Authority.
 
Governmental Authority means the government of the United States or any foreign country, any state or political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.
 
Graf ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.
 
Gross-Up Payment has the meaning set forth in Section 6.12 .
 
Hazardous Substance ” means any material, substance, form of energy or pathogen which (i) constitutes a “hazardous substance”, “toxic substance” or “pollutant”, “contaminant”, “hazardous material”, “hazardous chemical”, “regulated substance”, or “hazardous waste” (as such terms are defined by or pursuant to any Environmental Law or Order) or (ii) is otherwise regulated or controlled by, or can give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law or Order.
 
Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2 .
 
Indemnitor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2 .
 
Initial Cash Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .
 
 
5

 
 
Initial Closing Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .
 
Initial Stock Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .
 
Intellectual Property means, throughout the world, all trade names, trade dress, corporate names and logos, trademarks, service marks, patents, copyrights, industrial designs, Internet domain names, IP Addresses (and any registrations with any Governmental Authority of, and applications for registration pending with respect to, any of the foregoing), works of authorship, trade secrets, proprietary information, mask works, technology, inventions, processes, designs, know-how, computer software and data, databases and data collections, formulas, goodwill, any licenses related to any of the foregoing, and all other intangible intellectual property assets, including all rights to sue and recover for past and future infringement or misappropriation thereof and to receive all income, royalties, damages and payments for past and future infringements thereof and all other intangible intellectual property assets and similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.
 
IPO ” means Purchaser’s first underwritten public offering of Purchaser Common Stock after the date hereof.
 
IT Systems ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(g) .
 
Jadevaia has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.
 
Law means any constitution or provision thereof, law, statute, regulation, ordinance, rule, order, decree, judgment, consent decree, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted by, promulgated by, entered into by, agreed to or imposed by any Governmental Authority.
 
Leased Real Property ” means all real property leased by the Company.
 
Liability ” means any liability, debt or obligation (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, whether due or to become due, and whether or not required to be reported under GAAP), including any liability for Taxes.
 
Lien means any mortgage, lien, charge, restriction, pledge, security interest, option, claim, easement, encroachment or encumbrance.
 
Loss or Losses means all Liabilities, losses, costs, claims, damages, lost profits, lost revenues, diminution in value, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and expenses and reasonable investigation and litigation costs incurred in relation to the matter or in enforcing such matter), whether or not special, non-compensatory, consequential, indirect, incidental, statutory or punitive.
 
 
6

 
 
Material Adverse Change or “ Material Adverse Effect ” means an adverse change, event, development or effect on or in the business, operations, assets, Liabilities, results of operations, cash flows, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company; provided , however , that Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Effect shall not include any adverse change, event, development, or effect to the extent arising from or relating to: (a) general business or economic conditions, including such conditions related to the Business (provided the impact on the Company or the Business is not disproportionate to the impact on similar companies in the same industry); (b) national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon the United States, or any of its territories, possessions, or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment or personnel of the United States; (c) financial, banking, or securities markets (including any disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or any market index); (d) changes in Laws; or (e) the taking of any action required by this Agreement.
 
Material Contracts means all of the Contracts listed or described, or required by Section 3.11 to be listed or described, in Section 3.11 of the Schedule of Exceptions.
 
Nahabedian ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.
 
Net Working Capital ” means as of the Closing Date, (a) the sum of the Closing Cash, accounts receivable, inventory and prepaid expenses, less (b) the sum of accounts payable and other current liabilities, calculated in accordance with GAAP.
 
New Initial Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(e) .
 
Notice of Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4 .
 
Notice of Objection has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4 .
 
Order ” means any decree, injunction, judgment, order, ruling, assessment or writ.
 
Parachute Payment Waiver ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.13 .
 
Permits means any license, permit, franchise, certificate of authority, or order required to be issued by any Governmental Authority.
 
Permitted Liens means (a) Liens created by Law for current taxes, assessments or similar charges not yet due and payable and (b) Liens on Equipment securing leases or purchase money indebtedness or financing of such Equipment.
 
Person means any individual or any corporation, proprietorship, firm, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust, association, Governmental Authority or other entity.
 
 
7

 
 
Pre-Closing Taxes ” means (i) any Taxes of the Company or any of their Affiliates with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, (ii) any Taxes of the Sellers or their respective Affiliates for which the Company or Purchaser is liable, whether by reason of any requirement to withhold or otherwise, in connection with this Agreement, and (iii) any Taxes for which the any Company is held liable under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law) by reason of such entity being included in any consolidated, affiliated, combined or unitary group in any Pre-Closing Tax Period.  The amount of any Tax based on or measured by income or receipts of the Company that is allocable to the portion of a Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date shall be determined based on an interim closing of the books as of the close of business on the Closing Date (and for such purpose, the Tax period of any partnership or other pass-through entity in which the Company holds a beneficial interest shall be deemed to terminate at such time) and the amount of any other Tax of the Company that is allocable to the portion of a Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date shall be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the portion of the Straddle Period that is deemed to end on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the entire Straddle Period.
 
Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, including the portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date.
 
Preparation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(b) .
 
Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to a Seller, the number of Shares being sold pursuant to this Agreement by such Seller divided by the total number of Shares.
 
Public Software ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(h) .
 
Purchase Price has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 .
 
Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.
 
Purchaser Common Stock means shares of Purchaser’s common stock.
 
Purchaser Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(b) .
 
Receivables means accounts receivable, notes receivables and other receivables of the Company arising from the operation of the Business.
 
Release ” means the form of Release Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C.
 
Resolved Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4 .
 
Schedule of Exceptions ” has the meaning set forth in Article III .
 
SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor Governmental Authority.
 
Section 338(h)(10) Elections ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.12 .
 
Seller ” and “ Sellers ” have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.
 
 
8

 
 
Sellers’ knowledge ” or   to the knowledge of the Sellers ” or variants thereof mean with respect to any matter in question that any Seller or any officer or director of the Company has present actual knowledge of such matter or would have knowledge of such matter after reasonable inquiry and investigation.
 
Shares ” means all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Company.
 
Straddle Period ” means any taxable period that begins on or before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date.
 
Supplement has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 .
 
Tax Return means any report, return or other information required to be and actually supplied to a Governmental Authority in connection with any Taxes.
 
Taxes means all taxes, charges, fees, duties (including customs duties), levies or other assessments, including income, gross receipts, net proceeds, ad valorem, turnover, real and personal property (tangible and intangible), sales, use, franchise, excise, value added, stamp, leasing, lease, user, transfer, fuel, excess profits, occupational, interest equalization, windfall profits, severance, license, payroll, environmental, capital stock, disability, employee’s income withholding, other withholding, unemployment and Social Security taxes, which are imposed by any Governmental Authority, and such term shall include any interest, penalties or additions to tax attributable thereto.
 
Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(f) .
 
Threshold Amount has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3 .
 
Transaction Documents means the Transition Services Agreement, the Releases and the Escrow Agreement.
 
Transition Services Agreement means a transition services agreement in a form mutually agreeable to the Sellers, Integration Partners Corporation and Purchaser.
 
Treasury Regulations ” means the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code by the U.S. Treasury Department.
 
TTM EBITDA ” means the EBITDA of the Company for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the calendar month ending immediately prior to the month in which the Closing occurs.
 
 “ WARN Act has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15 .
 
Working Capital Deficiency ” means the amount, if any, by which the Net Working Capital is less than $500,000.
 
Working Capital Surplus ” means the amount, if any, by which the Net Working Capital is greater than $831,000.
 
 
9

 
 
ARTICLE II
 
SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES
 
2.1            Agreements to Sell and Purchase .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and in exchange for the Purchase Price to be paid as provided herein, at the Closing the Sellers shall sell, assign, convey, transfer and deliver to Purchaser, free and clear of all Liens, and Purchaser shall purchase, acquire and take assignment of, the Shares.
 
2.2            Closing .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the purchase and sale of the Shares as provided for herein (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of O’Melveny & Myers LLP at 2765 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, California, on the second business day after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions in Article VIII and Article IX (which date on which the Closing occurs shall be referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”).
 
2.3             Purchase Price; Payment of Consideration .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Purchaser shall pay the aggregate purchase price set forth in this Section 2.3 for the Shares (the “ Purchase Price ”) as follows:
 
(a)           At the Closing, Purchaser shall pay to the Sellers an aggregate amount equal to (i) the product of the TTM EBITDA and 5.4 (ii) less any Estimated Closing Debt (iii) less any Estimated Company Unpaid Transaction Expenses (iv) plus any Estimated Working Capital Surplus or less any Estimated Working Capital Deficiency (the “ Initial Closing Payment ”).  The Initial Closing Payment will be paid as follows:
 
 (i)           Purchaser shall pay the Sellers, with each Seller receiving his respective Pro Rata Share, an aggregate amount equal to (i) the product of the TTM EBITDA and 5.2 (ii) less any Estimated Closing Debt (iii) less any Estimated Company Unpaid Transaction Expenses (iv) plus any Estimated Working Capital Surplus or less any Estimated Working Capital Deficiency (the “ Initial Cash Payment ”), less the Escrow Amount, in cash.
 
 (ii)          Purchaser shall issue to Jadevaia an aggregate number of shares of Purchaser Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) (i) the product of TTM EBITDA and 0.2 (ii) less any Estimated Closing Debt (iii) less any Estimated Company Unpaid Transaction Expenses (iv) plus any Estimated Working Capital Surplus or less any Estimated Working Capital Deficiency, by (B) the Common Stock Price (rounded to the nearest whole share of Purchaser Common Stock) (such shares, the “ Initial Stock Payment ”).
 
(b)           Within sixty (60) days of the end of the Earnout Period, Purchaser shall pay to Jadevaia an aggregate amount equal to (i) 0.6 times the Forward EBITDA (the “ Base Earnout Amount ”) plus (ii) in the event that the Forward EBITDA equals or exceeds the TTM EBITDA by 5.0% or more, an amount equal to 2.0 times the difference between the Forward EBITDA and the TTM EBITDA (the “ Contingent Earnout Amount ” and, together with the Base Earnout Amount, the “ Earnout Payment ”).  The Earnout Payment will be paid in cash.
 
(c)           The Forward EBITDA calculation shall be made within forty-five (45) days of the end of the Earnout Period by Purchaser’s independent auditors (or other appropriate third party chosen by Purchaser and reasonably acceptable to the Sellers) and payment shall be made within sixty (60) days of the end of the Earnout Period.
 
 
10

 
 
(d)           Any Seller may elect to receive a portion of such Seller’s Pro Rata Share of the Initial Cash Payment up to an amount equal to such Seller’s Pro Rata Share of the TTM EBITDA in shares of Purchaser Common Stock in lieu of cash (the “ Elected Amount ”) provided that (i) such Seller notifies Purchaser of such election at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing and (ii) the number of shares to be so issued shall be determined by dividing such Seller’s Elected Amount by the Common Stock Price.
 
(e)           The portion of the Purchase Price constituting the Escrow Amount shall be deposited in the Escrow Fund with the Escrow Agent in accordance with Section 2.4 .
 
2.4            Escrow .  At the Closing, Purchaser shall deposit an amount in cash equal to 7% of the Initial Cash Payment (the “ Escrow Amount ”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”).  Such deposit shall constitute the “ Escrow Fund ” and will be governed by the terms set forth herein and in the Escrow Agreement.  Each Seller’s proportionate interest in the Escrow Fund shall be based on such Seller’s Pro Rata Share.
 
2.5            Withholding .  Purchaser (or any other Person responsible for withholding any amount with respect to any payment made under this Agreement) shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as are required to be deducted and withheld with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax law.  To the extent that amounts are so deducted and withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.
 
2.6            Calculation of Initial Closing Payment; Post-Closing Adjustment .
 
(a)           The Sellers shall cause the Company to prepare, in good faith, and deliver to Purchaser no later than the close of business on the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, a notice (the “ Closing Notice ”), certified by each Seller and the Company’s chief financial officer and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, setting forth the Company’s calculation of (i) the Closing Debt (the “ Estimated Closing Debt ”), (ii) the Company Unpaid Transaction Expenses (the “ Estimated Company Unpaid Transaction Expenses ”), (iii) the Closing Cash (the “ Estimated Closing Cash ”), (iv) the Working Capital Surplus or Working Capital Deficiency (respectively, the “ Estimated Working Capital Surplus ” and “ Estimated Working Capital Deficiency ”)and (v) the resulting Initial Closing Payment.  The Closing Notice shall be accompanied by sufficient documentation to support the calculations set forth therein as reasonably determined by Purchaser.
 
(b)           As promptly as practicable, but not later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date (the “ Preparation Period ”), Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to the Sellers a notice (the “ Purchaser Notice ”) setting forth Purchaser’s good faith calculation of the Closing Debt, the Company Unpaid Transaction Expenses, the Closing Cash, the Working Capital Surplus or Working Capital Deficiency and the resulting calculation of the Initial Closing Payment, together with supporting documentation for such calculations.  In the event that Purchaser does not so deliver the Purchaser Notice, Purchaser shall be deemed to have accepted the calculations set forth in the Closing Notice.
 
 
11

 
 
(c)           After receipt of the Purchaser Notice by the Sellers, in the event that the Sellers do not agree with any of the calculations set forth in the Purchaser Notice, the Sellers shall, within ten (10) days of receipt of the Purchaser Notice provide a notice (the “ Disagreement Notice ”) to Purchaser informing Purchaser of each such disagreement and the reasons and bases therefor.  Unless the Sellers provide the Disagreement Notice to Purchaser prior to the expiration of the Review Period, the Sellers shall be deemed to have accepted the calculations set forth in the Purchaser Notice.
 
(d)           In the event that the Sellers timely deliver a Disagreement Notice to Purchaser, Purchaser and the Sellers shall attempt in good faith to come to an agreement on any calculations that are the subject of the Disagreement Notice.  If the Parties are unable to come to an agreement regarding any such disputed amount within thirty (30) days of receipt by Purchaser of the Disagreement Notice, either the Sellers or Purchaser may notify the other(s) that such dispute is being submitted to an independent accounting firm selected by such submitting Party(ies), reasonably acceptable to Purchaser (if selected by the Sellers) or to the Sellers (if selected by Purchaser), for resolution of the disputed items and determination of the disputed calculations and the resulting Initial Closing Payment; provided that in no event shall the resulting Initial Closing Payment be less than that contained in the Purchaser Notice or more than that contained in the Closing Notice.  The Company and Purchaser shall furnish such accounting firm with access to such books and records as it shall reasonably require to resolve the dispute.  The accounting firm shall be directed to complete its calculations and report the same in writing to the Parties hereto no later than thirty (30) days after its engagement.  The fees and expenses of the accounting firm shall be borne 50% by Purchaser and 50% by the Sellers.
 
(e)           Within five (5) Business Days following (i) Sellers’ acceptance of the Purchaser Notice calculations, (ii) the agreement of the Sellers and Purchaser on the calculations or (iii) receipt by the Parties of the accounting firm’s calculations pursuant to Section 2.6(d) above (the revised Initial Closing Payment resulting from any of the foregoing being the “ New Initial Payment ”), if the New Initial Payment is less than the original Initial Closing Payment, each Seller shall promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days, pay in cash by check or wire transfer to Purchaser such Seller’s Pro Rata Share of the difference between the original Initial Closing Payment and the New Initial Payment (the aggregate of such differences being the “ Adjustment Payment ”); provided, however, that if the Adjustment Payment is $200,000 or less, Purchaser shall be entitled to recover such Adjustment Payment from the Escrow Fund.
 
 
12

 
 
ARTICLE III
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE SELLERS AND THE COMPANY
 
The Company and each Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser that, except as set forth on the schedule of exceptions attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Schedule of Exceptions ”), which exceptions or disclosure shall be deemed to be part of the representations and warranties made hereunder, the following representations in this Article III are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof.  The Schedule of Exceptions shall be arranged in sections and subsections corresponding to the numbered and lettered sections and subsections of this Article III , and the disclosures in any section or subsection of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall only qualify each section and subsection of this Article III to which it corresponds and each other section and subsection of this Article III to the extent it is reasonably apparent from a reading of the text of the disclosure without reference to any underlying document that such disclosure is applicable to such other section or subsection.
 
3.1            Due Incorporation .  The Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of New Jersey, and possesses all requisite power (corporate or otherwise) and authority and all governmental licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals, necessary to enable it to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business.  The Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the nature of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the business conducted by it requires such licensing or qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company does not own, control, or hold any equity or other similar interest or any right (contingent or otherwise) in, directly or indirectly, any corporation, trust, joint venture, limited liability company or other Person and, in furtherance of the foregoing, has no subsidiaries.
 
  3.2            Authorization; Investment Intent; Ownership of Shares .
 
(a)           The Company has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Company its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company in accordance with applicable Law and the Company Charter Documents.  This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a court of law, a court of equity or otherwise.
 
(b)           Section 3.2(b) of the Schedule of Exceptions sets forth all of the Company’s shareholders, the number and class and series of shares of capital stock owned by them and all outstanding securities of the Company convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company along with the holders thereof.  Each Seller is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Shares set forth opposite such Seller’s name in Section 3.2(b) of the Schedule of Exceptions, all of which Shares are owned free and clear of all rights, claims and Liens, and have not been sold, pledged, assigned or otherwise transferred except pursuant to this Agreement.  There are no outstanding subscriptions, rights, options, warrants or other agreements obligating the Company to issue any shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company or obligating any Seller to sell or transfer to any Person any or all of the Shares owned by such Seller, or any interest therein.
 
 
13

 
 
(c)           The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 200,000 shares of common stock, no par value, of which there are presently issued and outstanding 150 shares, all of which are owned by the Sellers as and in the amounts set forth in Section 3.2(b) of the Schedule of Exceptions and all of which constitute Shares hereunder.  The Company has not granted, issued or agreed to grant, issue or make available any warrants, options, subscription rights or any other calls, claims or commitments of any character relating to the unissued shares of capital stock of the Company.  All of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable, and was issued in compliance with all applicable securities Laws, and are not subject to, and immediately after the Closing will not be subject to any option, Lien, right of rescission, right of first refusal, right of first offer, voting agreement, voting trust, proxy, shareholders agreement, or preemptive right.  No shares of capital stock of the Company are subject to vesting or repurchase rights.
 
3.3            Consents and Approvals .  Except as set forth on Section 3.3 of the Schedule of Exceptions, no consent, license, authorization or approval of, filing or registration, declaration or filing with, or cooperation from, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity and enforceability by the Company or Sellers of this Agreement or any Transaction Documents and the consummation by the parties of the transactions contemplated hereby, other than such consents, licenses, authorizations, approvals, filings, registrations, declarations or cooperation that, if not obtained, made or given, would not, individually or in the aggregate, impair in any material respect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder or prevent or materially impede, interfere with, hinder or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution, delivery and performance under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by the Company or Sellers does not and will not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a material breach or termination of, result in any loss or forfeiture of rights or benefits under, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of, or require any notice or consent under any Contract to which the Company is a party or any of its properties are bound or affected or any Law applicable to the Company or by which any of its properties are bound of affected, (ii) result in the creation of, or require the creation of any Lien upon any of the Shares or any property of the Company, or (iii) violate or conflict with any provision of the Company Charter Documents.
 
3.4            Financial Statements .
 
(a)             The Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior periods (except, to the extent any such Financial Statements are unaudited, such unaudited Financial Statements do not contain footnotes and are subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments, none of which are, individually or in the aggregate, material in amount or nature) and present fairly the financial position, assets and Liabilities of the Company as of the dates thereof and the revenues, expenses, results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the periods covered thereby.  The Financial Statements are in accordance with the books and records of the Company, and do not reflect any transactions which are not bona fide transactions.  Except as set forth in the Balance Sheet, the Company does not have any material Liabilities, debts, claims or obligations, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, whether due or to become due, other than trade payables to third parties and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Balance Sheet Date.  A true and complete copy of the Financial Statements is attached as Exhibit A to the Schedule of Exceptions.
 
 
14

 
 
(b)            Financial Books and Records .  The financial books and records of the Company have been maintained in accordance with customary business practices and fairly and accurately reflect on a basis consistent with past periods and throughout the periods involved, (i) the consolidated financial position of the Company and (ii) all transactions of the Company, including all transactions between the Company, on the one hand, and a Seller on the other hand.  The Company has not received any advice or notification from its current or past independent accountants that the Company has used any improper accounting practice that would have the effect of not reflecting or incorrectly reflecting in the books and records of the Company any properties, assets, Liabilities, revenues, expenses, equity accounts or other accounts.
 
(c)            No Undisclosed Liabilities .  Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company does not have any Liabilities (whether or not the subject of any other representation or warranty hereunder) except for Liabilities reflected on the Balance Sheet or that have arisen in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Balance Sheet Date.
 
(d)            Projections .  Any financial projections provided by the Company or any Seller to Purchaser in connection with Purchaser’s review of the Company were prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Company’s management and the Sellers to be reasonable at the time made.
 
3.5            No Changes .  Since the Balance Sheet Date, the Company has conducted its business in the ordinary course and in a manner consistent with past practice, and there has not been any Material Adverse Change or event or change (whether alone or with any other event or change) that has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Since the Balance Sheet Date, the Company has not (a) suffered any damage or destruction to, or loss of, any of its assets or properties (whether or not covered by insurance) individually or in the aggregate in excess of $25,000; (b) permitted the imposition of a Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on, or disposed of, leased, transferred, mortgaged or assigned any of its assets; (c) terminated, modified or entered into any Material Contract or canceled, compromised, knowingly waived or released any right or claim (or series of related rights and claims) under any Material Contract; (d) cancelled, waived, released or otherwise compromised any trade debt, receivable, right or claim exceeding $25,000 individually or in the aggregate; (e) made or committed (in a binding manner) to make any capital expenditures or capital additions or betterments in excess of $25,000 individually or in the aggregate; (f) entered into, adopted, amended (except as may be required by Law and except for immaterial amendments) or terminated any bonus, profit sharing, compensation, termination, stock option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, performance unit, pension, retirement, deferred compensation, employment, severance or other employee benefit agreements, trusts, plans, funds or other arrangements for the benefit or welfare of any director, officer or employee, or increased in any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of any director, officer or employee or paid any benefit not required by any existing plan and arrangement (except for normal salary increases consistent with past practice) or entered into any contract, agreement, commitment or arrangement to do any of the foregoing; (g) disposed of or permitted the lapse in registration of any Intellectual Property; (h) experienced any Material Adverse Change in its Receivables or its accounts payable; (i) changed its accounting methods, systems, policies, principles or practices; (j) incurred, assumed, guaranteed or discharged any Debt; (k) modified the Company Charter Documents; (l) issued, sold or otherwise permitted to become outstanding any capital stock, or split, combined, reclassified, repurchased or redeemed any shares of its capital stock; (m) made any capital investment in, any loan to, or any acquisition of the securities or assets of any other Person other than acquisitions of inventory and supplies in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (n) failed to maintain in full force and effect insurance policies on its properties providing coverage and amounts of coverage comparable to the coverage and amounts of coverage provided under its policies of insurance in effect on the Balance Sheet Date; (o) encountered any labor union organizing activity or had any actual or overtly threatened employee strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns or lockouts; (p) materially modified or changed its business organization or materially and adversely modified or changed its relationship with its suppliers, customers and others having business relations with it; (q) entered into any Contract outside the ordinary course of business that is or would be a Material Contract; (r) adopted a plan or agreement of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization, or other material reorganization; or (s) authorized, agreed, resolved or committed to any of the foregoing.
 
 
15

 
 
3.6             Title to Assets .  The Company has good and marketable title to all of its properties, interests in properties and assets, real and personal, reflected in the Balance Sheet or acquired after the Balance Sheet Date that are material to the conduct of the Business as currently conducted (except properties, interests in properties and assets sold or otherwise disposed of since the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), or with respect to leased properties and assets, valid leasehold interests in such leased properties and assets that are material to the conduct of the Business as currently conducted, in each case free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.   No Person other than the Company owns any material assets, properties or rights relating to or used or held for use in the Business, other than Leased Real Property.   The assets and rights of the Company include all of the assets and rights necessary for the conduct of the Business.
 
3.7            Real Property .
 
(a)           The Company operates the Business at the Leased Real Property, and at no other locations, other than client sites.  Except for the Leased Real Property, the Company is not a party to any lease of any real property, whether as lessor or as lessee, and has no ownership of or other interest in any real property.  Section 3.7(a) of the Schedule of Exceptions lists the addresses and the leases relating to each Leased Real Property.
 
(b)           The Leased Real Property leases are in full force and effect and the Company holds a valid and existing leasehold interest under such leases free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens.  The Company is not in material default, and no circumstances exist which would result in such default (including upon the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both), under such lease, and no other party to such lease has the right to terminate or accelerate performance under or otherwise modify any of such lease, including upon consummation of Purchaser’s acquisition of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. To the knowledge of the Sellers, no Person other than the Company has any right to use, occupy or lease any of the Leased Real Property.
 
 
16

 
 
(c)           There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened condemnation, expropriation, eminent domain or similar proceeding affecting all or any part of the Leased Real Property, and the Company has not received any written notice thereof.
 
(d)           The buildings and other structures on the Leased Real Property are in good repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and fit for the purposes for which they are presently used in all material respects.  The Company has rights of egress and ingress with respect to each of the Leased Real Property that is sufficient for it to conduct its business.
 
3.8            Personal Property .  All of the tangible assets (whether owned or leased) used in connection with the Business, (a) are suitable for the purposes for which such assets are presently used and are suitable for the continuing conduct of the Business after the Closing, and (b) have been maintained and are in good operating condition and repair (normal wear and tear excepted).
 
3.9            No Third Party Options .  There are no agreements, options, commitments or rights with, of or to any Person (other than Purchaser) to acquire any of the assets, properties, rights, shares or other equity interests of the Company, and the Company is not a party to any agreement to merge into (or have another entity merge into it) or consolidate with another entity.
 
3.10          Intellectual Property .
 
(a)           Section 3.10(a) of the Schedule of Exceptions sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Intellectual Property owned by the Company as of the date hereof that is registered, recorded or filed in the name of the Company with a Governmental Authority and all applications therefor, and all material unregistered trademarks or service marks owned by the Company and used by the Company in the operation of the Business (“ Company Registered IP ”).  Each item of Company Registered IP is (i) in compliance with all applicable legal requirements and is current with its filing, registration and maintenance requirements, and (ii) to the knowledge of the Sellers, valid and enforceable.
 
(b)          The Company either exclusively owns, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), or has permission to use pursuant to a valid written agreement or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, has other valid rights to use, all Intellectual Property used or held for use in the operation of the Business as presently conducted (collectively, “ Company IP Rights ”).  The Company IP Rights comprise all of the Intellectual Property that is used in or necessary for the operation of the Business as currently conducted.  No Person has asserted or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened to assert any claims (i) contesting the right of the Company to use, transfer or license any Company IP Rights or any products, processes, services or materials covered thereby in any manner, or (ii) challenging the ownership, validity or enforceability of any Company IP Rights.
 
(c)           To the knowledge of the Sellers, the operation of the Business has not and does not infringe or misappropriate any Intellectual Property of any Person, and has not and does not violate the rights of any Person (including the right to privacy or publicity) or constitute unfair competition or trade practices under any Laws.  To the knowledge of the Sellers, no Person has infringed or misappropriated or is infringing or misappropriating any Company IP Rights.
 
 
17

 
 
(d)           Following the Closing, the Company will be permitted to exercise all of the rights under the Company IP Rights to the same extent the Company would have been able to had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred.  All Company IP Rights are, and immediately after the Closing Date, will be, fully transferable, alienable or licensable by the Company without restriction and without payment of any kind to any Person, except as a result of any independent agreements or obligations of Purchaser.  The Company has not granted any exclusive licenses or rights of any kind in the Company IP Rights to any Person, and the Company does not hold any rights to Company IP Rights jointly with any third Person.
 
(e)           The Company has not entered into any Contract to settle or resolve any action, claim or dispute with respect to any Intellectual Property.  No Company IP Right is subject to any proceeding or outstanding decree, Order, judgment, Contract or stipulation that restricts in any manner the use, transfer or licensing thereof by the Company.
 
(f)           The Company has taken all actions reasonably necessary to maintain and protect all Company IP Rights, including all confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets pertaining thereto.  All agents, employees and independent consultants of the Company employed or engaged in the five (5) years prior to the date hereof who have participated in or contributed to the development of any Intellectual Property for the Company have executed and delivered to the Company a written assignment agreement that vests in the Company exclusive ownership of all right, title and interest in and to any such Intellectual Property.
 
(g)          The information technology systems used by the Company in connection with the operation of the Business (“ IT Systems ”) as a whole, are adequate and sufficient in all material respects for the conduct of the Business as currently conducted.  The Company has taken commercially reasonable steps consistent with industry practice to protect the IT Systems from unauthorized access, use and damage.  The IT Systems have not suffered any material failures or defects and have functioned consistently and accurately in all material respects.
 
(h)           No software owned by the Company incorporates any Public Software.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Public Software ” means any software that contains, or is derived in any manner from, in whole or in part, any software that is distributed as freeware, shareware, open source software (e.g., Linux) or similar licensing or distribution models that (i) requires the licensing or distribution of source code to licensees, (ii) prohibits or limits the receipt of consideration in connection with sublicensing or distributing any software, (iii) except as specifically required to be permitted by applicable Law, allows any Person to decompile, disassemble or otherwise reverse-engineer any software, or (iv) requires the licensing of any software to any other Person for the purpose of making derivative works.  No software owned by the Company has been provided or disclosed in source code form to any Person (including without limitation, any escrow agents, employees and officers of the Company).  To the extent the Company has provided or disclosed any such source code, such provision or disclosure has been pursuant to a written confidentiality agreement adequate to protect the proprietary and confidential nature of such source code.
 
 
18

 
 
3.11           Contracts .
 
(a)           All of the Material Contracts are in writing and are in full force and effect and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, the other parties thereto.  All of the Material Contracts are enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.  No termination notice has been delivered by the Company to any other party or, to the knowledge of Sellers, by any other party to the Company, with respect to any Material Contract.  As to each Material Contract, there does not exist thereunder any breach, violation or default on the part of the Company or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, any other party to such Material Contract, and there does not exist any event, occurrence or condition, including the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, which (with or without notice, passage of time, or both) would constitute a breach, violation or default thereunder on the part of the Company.  No waiver has been granted by the Company or any of the other parties thereto under any of the Material Contracts.  The Company has delivered or made available to Purchaser true and complete copies of each Material Contract that Purchaser has requested.
 
(b)           Section 3.11(b) of the Schedule of Exceptions sets forth a true and complete list of all Contracts of the following types to which a Company is a party, by which it is bound, or which otherwise pertain to the Business of the Company (including in each case which subsection(s) of this Section 3.11 to which such Material Contract is responsive) (each such Contract, whether or not so listed, is referred to as a “ Material Contract ”):
 
(i)          any Contract or arrangement of any kind with any employee, officer, director, shareholder or other equity interest holder or other Persons with whom the Company is not dealing at arm’s-length;
 
(ii)         any Contract or arrangement with a broker, advertising agency, placement agent or other Person engaged in sales, marketing, distributing or promotional activities, or any Contract to act as one of the foregoing on behalf of any Person;
 
(iii)        any Contract or arrangement of any nature (A) having an aggregate value in excess of $25,000, (B) of any value that is not terminable by the Company at any time on notice of thirty (30) days or less or (C) is otherwise material to the Company;
 
(iv)        any indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement, note, mortgage, security agreement, letter of credit, loan commitment, guaranty, repurchase agreement or other Contract or arrangement relating to the borrowing of funds, an extension of credit or financing, pledging of assets or guarantying the obligations of any Person;
 
(v)         any Contract or arrangement involving the Company as a participant in or an owner of a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, strategic alliance, or other cooperative undertaking;
 
(vi)        any Contract or arrangement involving any restrictions on the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with respect to the geographical area of operations where such Person may conduct business, or scope or type of business that such Person may conduct or the solicitation of any individual or class of individuals for employment;
 
 
19

 
 
(vii)       any Contract granting to any Person a right at such Person’s option to purchase or acquire any asset or property of the Company (or interest therein);
 
(viii)       any Contract for capital improvements or expenditures in excess of $10,000 individually or $40,000 in the aggregate;
 
(ix)        any Contract for which the full performance thereof may extend beyond ninety (90) days from the date of this Agreement;
 
(x)         any Contract not made in the ordinary course of business which is to be performed in whole or in part at or after the date of this Agreement;
 
(xi)        any Contract or arrangement relating to management support, facilities support or similar arrangement which, if breached, could have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business;
 
(xii)       any Contract whereby any Person agrees (A) not to compete with the Company or to solicit employees, clients or customers of the Company, or (B) to maintain the confidentiality of any information of the Company;
 
(xiii)      any Contract of the Company for the provision of consulting services of any type or nature and any arrangement for the payment of commissions, in each case, whether by or for the Company;
 
(xiv)      any Contract (A) under which the Company is granted a right or license to use the Intellectual Property of any Person (other than for generally commercially available software) and (B) pursuant to which the Company has granted any right or license to any Person in respect of Company IP Rights;
 
(xv)       any Contract evidencing or relating to any obligations of the Company with respect to the issuance, sale, repurchase or redemption of any securities of the Company;
 
(xvi)      all Leased Real Property leases;
 
(xvii)     any Contract that obligates the Company with respect to contingent payments of any type;
 
(xviii)    any Contract relating to any litigation or claim involving the Company at any time during the last five (5) years or under with there are ongoing responsibilities;
 
(xix)      any Contract relating to the acquisition or disposition of any capital stock, all or substantially all the assets or business or product line of any other Person; and
 
(xx)        any Government Bid or Government Contract.
 
 
20

 
 
3.12           Permits .  Section 3.12 of the Schedule of Exceptions contains a true and complete list as of the date hereof of all Permits used or held for use by the Company in the Business.  Except for such Permits, there are no Permits that are necessary for the lawful operation of the Business.  The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all requirements and limitations under such Permits.  No employee, officer, director, shareholder, consultant, advisor or manager of the Company owns or has any interest in any such Permit.
 
3.13           Insurance .  Section 3.13 of the Schedule of Exceptions contains a true and complete list as of the date hereof of all policies of fire, liability, errors and omissions, workmen’s compensation, public and product liability, title and other forms of insurance owned or held by the Company, which insurance, to the knowledge of the Sellers, is comprised of the types and in the amounts customarily carried by businesses of similar size in the same industry, and a claims history for the past three years.  All such policies are in full force and effect and all applicable premiums, which are due and owing as of the Closing Date, have been paid.  No notice of cancellation or termination or increase in premiums (except for general increases in rates to which similarly situated companies are subject) has been received with respect to any such policy.  No insurer has cancelled or refused to renew any insurance applicable to the Company nor has any insurer applied any additional material restrictions to any existing insurance policy during the term of the policy or upon renewal.  The Company has timely filed all claims for which it is seeking payment or other coverage under any of its insurance policies.  The Company has not made any claim against an insurance policy as to which the insurer is denying coverage or defending the claim under a reservation of rights.  The Company is not in default in any material respect under any insurance policy maintained by any of them.
 
3.14          Employee Benefit Plans and Employment Agreements .
 
(a)           Section 3.14(a) of the Schedule of Exceptions contains a list as of the date of this Agreement of each “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and all other material employment Contracts, and employee benefit plans, programs, policies and arrangements (including all collective bargaining, stock purchase, stock option, compensation, deferred compensation, pension, retirement, severance, termination, separation, vacation, sickness, health insurance, welfare and bonus plans or Contracts) entered into, maintained or contributed to by the Company for the benefit of continuing employees or other service-providers (or former employees or service-providers) of the Company or with respect to which the Company has any obligation or Liability (collectively, the “ Company Plans ”).
 
(b)           The Company has provided or made available to Purchaser true and materially correct copies of each of the Company Plans (including all amendments thereto) and all Contracts relating thereto, or to the funding thereof, including all trust Contracts, insurance Contracts, administration Contracts, investment management Contracts, subscription and participation Contracts, and recordkeeping Contracts, each as in effect on the date hereof, to the extent such Company Plans are in written form (and, as to any Company Plan that is not in writing, a description of the material terms of such plan).  To the extent applicable, a true and correct copy of the most recent annual report, actuarial report, summary plan description, and Internal Revenue Service determination, opinion, notification or advisory letter (“ Determination Letter ”) with respect to each of the Company Plans has been supplied or made available to Purchaser by the Company.
 
 
21

 
 
(c)           With respect to each of the Company Plans that is an “employee pension benefit plan” (within the meaning of section 3(2) of ERISA):
 
(i)           no Company Plan (and no other plan currently or ever in the past maintained, sponsored, contributed to or required to be contributed to by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of the Company) is or ever in the past was a multiemployer plan (as defined in section 3(37) of ERISA), a plan subject to title IV of ERISA, or a plan subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA.  As used herein, the term “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any Person that, together with the Company, would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code; and
 
(ii)          each such Company Plan which is intended to be tax qualified under section 401(a) of the Code (and each related trust which is intended to be tax qualified under section 501(a) of the Code), is so qualified and has obtained a currently effective favorable Determination Letter as to its qualified status (or the qualified status of the master or prototype form on which it is established) from the IRS covering the amendments to the Code effected by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and all subsequent legislation for which the IRS will currently issue such a letter; and no event has occurred, to the Seller’s knowledge, which would cause any such Company Plan to fail to so comply with such requirements.
 
(d)           There are no actions, suits or claims pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers, threatened involving any Company Plan or the assets thereof (other than routine claims for benefits), and no audits, inquiries or proceedings pending or, to the Seller’s knowledge, threatened by the IRS or other Governmental Authority with respect to any Company Plan.  Each Company Plan has been maintained and administered in all material respects in material compliance with its terms and with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, orders, rules and regulations (foreign and domestic), including (without limitation) ERISA and the Code, which are applicable to such Company Plan.  All contributions, reserves or premium payments required to be made or accrued as of the date hereof to the Company Plans have in all material respects been timely made or accrued.  No “Prohibited Transaction,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA and not otherwise exempt under Section 408 of ERISA, has occurred with respect to any Company Plan.  No Company Plan provides, or reflects or represents any Liability to provide, health or welfare benefits with respect to any former or current employee, or any spouse or dependent of any such employee, beyond the employee’s retirement or other termination of employment with the Company (other than coverage mandated by Part 6 of Title I of ERISA or Section 4980B of the Code or analogous provision of applicable U.S. state or foreign Law).
 
(e)           There is no Contract or plan covering any employee or former employee of the Company that, individually or collectively, could give rise to the payment as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of any amount that would not be deductible by the Company by reason of Section 280G of the Code.  The execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (alone or together with any other event which, standing alone, would not by itself trigger such entitlement or acceleration) will not (1) entitle any Person to any payment, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, or increase in benefits under or with respect to any Company Plan, (2) otherwise trigger any acceleration (of vesting or payment of benefits or otherwise) under or with respect to any Company Plan, or (3) trigger any obligation to fund any Company Plan.
 
 
22

 
 
(f)           With respect to each Company Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as defined for purposes of Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code) that is subject to, and not exempt from, Section 409A of the Code, (1) such plan has been operated since January 1, 2005 in compliance with Section 409A of the Code and all applicable IRS guidance promulgated thereunder; (2) the document or documents that evidence each such plan have conformed to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations under Section 409A of the Code since December 31, 2008; and (3) as to any such plan in existence prior to January 1, 2005 and not subject to Section 409A of the Code, has not been “materially modified” (within the meaning of IRS Notice 2005-1) at any time after October 3, 2004.  No stock option covering securities of the Company is subject to any tax, penalty or interest under Section 409A of the Code.
 
(g)           No Company Plan is maintained outside the jurisdiction of the United States, or covers any employee residing or working outside the United States (any such Company Plan, a “ Foreign Benefit Plan ”).  With respect to any Foreign Benefit Plans, (A) all Foreign Benefit Plans have been established, maintained and administered in compliance in all material respects with their terms and all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, orders, decrees, judgments, writs, and regulations of any controlling Governmental Authority, (B) all Foreign Benefit Plans that are required to be funded are fully funded, and with respect to all other Foreign Benefit Plans, adequate reserves therefor have been established on the Financial Statements, and (C) no material Liability or obligation of the Company exists with respect to such Foreign Benefit Plans.
 
3.15           Employees .  Section 3.15 of the Schedule of Exceptions contains a true and complete list of the names, titles, annual base compensation and target bonuses for the current year for each director, officer, manager and employee of the Company.  There is not currently, and during the past two years there has been no, labor strike, picketing, dispute, slow-down, work stoppage, union organization effort, grievance filing or proceeding, or other labor difficulty actually pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers,  threatened against or involving the Company.  The Company is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement; there are no labor unions or other organizations representing any employee of the Company; and to the knowledge of Sellers, no labor union or organization is engaged in any organizing activity with respect to any employee of the Company.  In the three years prior to the Closing Date, the Company has not effectuated a “plant closing” as defined in the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (the “ WARN Act ”) (or any similar state, local or foreign law) or a “mass layoff” as defined in the WARN Act (or any similar state, local or foreign law) affecting any site of employment or facility of the Company.  Neither the Company nor any Seller has received written notice that any of the Company’s current key employees (including, without limitation, the Sellers) intends to terminate his employment with the Company. The Company has complied, and is presently in compliance in all material respects with all Laws relating to employment.
 
 
23

 
 
3.16          Taxes .
 
(a)           Except for current Taxes not due and payable through Closing, each of the Company has paid to, and where necessary collected or withheld and remitted to, the proper Governmental Authority, all Taxes that are due and payable.
 
(b)             The Company has filed all Tax Returns which are required to be filed and all such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects.  All unpaid Taxes of the Company for periods through the date of the Financial Statements are reflected on the balance sheets of the Company.  The Company does not have any Liability for Taxes accruing after the Financial Statements other than Taxes accrued in the ordinary course of business and which are not yet due.
 
(c)           There is no, and there has never been any, action, suit, investigation, audit, claim, collection or assessment pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, proposed or threatened, with respect to any Tax Return or Taxes of the Company.  No claim has ever been made by a Taxing authority in a jurisdiction where the Company is not paying Taxes or filing Tax Returns asserting that the Company is or may be subject to Taxes assessed by such jurisdiction.  There are no Liens for Taxes upon the any of the assets of the Company except Liens relating to current Taxes not yet due.
 
(d)           The Company is not (and has never been) a party to any Tax sharing agreement, Tax indemnity agreement or Tax allocation agreement, or has assumed the Tax Liability of any other Person under contract.
 
(e)           The Company has not been the “distributing corporation” or the “controlled corporation” (in each case, within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1) of the Code) with respect to a transaction described in Section 355 of the Code (i) within the three (3)-year period ending as of the date of this Agreement, or (ii) in a distribution that could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) that includes the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
(f)           The Company has never been a member of an affiliated group filing consolidated Tax Returns.  The Company does not have any actual or potential Liability under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any comparable or similar provision of federal, state, local or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, pursuant to any contractual obligation, or otherwise for any Taxes of any Person.
 
(g)           There are no adjustments under Section 481 of the Code (or any similar adjustments under any provision of the Code or the corresponding foreign, state or local Tax laws) that are required to be taken into account by the Company in any period ending after the Closing Date by reason of a change in method of accounting in any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date.
 
(h)           There are no outstanding waivers or agreements extending the statute of limitations for any period with respect to any Tax to which the Company may be subject.
 
 
24

 
 
(i)            The Company has not engaged in a “reportable transaction,” as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b), or any transaction that is the same as or substantially similar to one of the types of transactions that the Internal Revenue Service has determined to be a tax avoidance transaction and identified by notice, regulation, or other form of published guidance as a “listed transaction,” as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).
 
(j)            The Company is in compliance with all terms and conditions of all Tax exemptions, or order of a foreign government and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not have any adverse effect on the continued validity and effectiveness of any such Tax exemptions or orders.
 
(k)            The Company has been a validly electing S corporation within the meaning of Sections 1361 and 1362 of the Code at all times since its inception, and there is no basis for the revocation or other termination of the Company’s S corporation election for Tax purposes.  The Company will not be liable for any Tax under Section 1374 of the Code (or any similar provision of state or local Law) in connection with the deemed sale of the assets of the Company caused by any elections under Section 338(h)(10) (or any similar provision of state or local Law), and the Company has not in the past 10 years acquired assets from another corporation in a transaction in which the Company’s tax basis for the acquired assets was determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the Tax basis of the acquired assets (or any other property) in the hands of the transferor.
 
(l)             No Seller holds equity in the Company that is non-transferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code with respect to which a valid election under Section 83(b) of the Code has not been made, and no payment to any Seller of any portion of the consideration payable pursuant to this Agreement will result in compensation or other income to such Seller with respect to which Purchaser or the Company would be required to deduct or withhold any Taxes.
 
3.17          No Defaults or Violations .
 
(a)           The Company is not in material breach of or default under any Material Contract, no event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a material breach of or default under any Material Contract, and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, no other party to any Material Contract is in material breach of or default under any such Material Contract.
 
(b)           The Company is not, and during the past five (5) years the Company has not been, in violation of, in any material respect, and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) would constitute or result in a violation in any material respect by the Company of, or failure on the part of the Company to comply with in any material respect, any Law that is or was applicable to it or the conduct or operation of its business or the ownership or use of any of its assets.
 
(c)           No notice from any Governmental Authority has been received within the past two years claiming any violation of any Law or requiring any work, construction (other than pursuant to sales contracts with Governmental Authorities), or expenditure, or asserting any Tax, assessment or penalty, with respect to the Company.
 
 
25

 
 
3.18           Environmental Matters .
 
(a)           To the knowledge of the Sellers, the Company is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws or Orders, which compliance includes the possession and maintenance of all material Environmental Permits that are necessary for the operation of the Business.
 
(b)           The Company is not a party or otherwise subject to any action, litigation, claim, suit, mediation, arbitration, inquiry, government or other investigation or proceeding of any nature nor, to Sellers’ knowledge, is any of the foregoing threatened, against the Company that relates to any Environmental Laws or Orders or any Hazardous Substance.
 
  (c)          To the knowledge of Sellers, there are no material Environmental Liabilities of the Company.
 
(d)           To the knowledge of the Sellers, there is no contamination of, and there have been no releases or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened releases of any Hazardous Substance at any Leased Real Property or any real property formerly owned, leased or operated by the Company (or any predecessor of the Company), in each case, that (i) would require notification to a Governmental Authority, investigation and/or remediation pursuant to any Environmental Laws or Orders or (ii) could give rise to material Liabilities pursuant to any Environmental Laws or Orders.
 
(e)           To the knowledge of the Sellers, there are no past or present conditions, events, circumstances, facts, activities, practices, incidents, actions, omissions or plans that may (i) interfere with or prevent continued compliance by the Company with Environmental Laws or Orders and the requirements of Environmental Permits or (ii) give rise to any material Liability or other obligation under any Environmental Laws or Orders.
 
(f)           The Company (or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, any predecessor of the Company) has not used any waste disposal site, or otherwise disposed of, transported, or arranged for the transportation of, any Hazardous Substances to any place or location (i) in violation of any Environmental Laws or Orders, or (ii) in a manner that has given or could reasonably be expected to give rise to material Liabilities pursuant to any Environmental Laws or Orders.
 
(g)           There are no claims, notices (including notices that the Company (or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, any predecessor of the Company) or any Person whose Liability has been retained or assumed contractually by the Company is or may be a potentially responsible person or otherwise liable in connection with any site or other location containing Hazardous Substances or used for the storage, handling, treatment, processing, disposal, generation or transportation of Hazardous Substances), civil, criminal or administrative actions, suits, hearings, investigations, inquiries or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened that are based on or related to any environmental matters relating to the Business or the Company.
 
(h)           The Company has delivered or made available to Purchaser true and complete copies and results of any reports, studies, analyses, tests, or monitoring possessed or initiated by the Company pertaining to environmental matters.
 
 
26

 
 
3.19           Litigation .  There are no actions, litigation, claims, suits, mediations, arbitrations, inquiries, government or other investigations or proceedings of any nature pending or, to the Sellers’ knowledge, threatened, involving the Company, its properties or the Business or, with respect to the operation of the Business, any of its officers, directors, employees, consultants, advisors or shareholders, before any Governmental Authority, or that have been settled, dismissed or resolved since January 1, 2010.  The Company is not subject to any Order arising from any litigation.
 
3.20           Related Parties .
 
(a)           Neither Seller has any direct or indirect interest in any other Person which conducts a business similar to the Business, or in any customer or supplier of the Company.
 
(b)           To the knowledge of the Sellers, no officer, director, employee, consultant, shareholder of the Company or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (a) has any interest in any property (real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible), used in or pertaining to the Business, (b) except for the ownership of less than 2% of the outstanding common stock of a publicly-held corporation, owns of record or as a beneficial owner, an equity interest or any other financial or a profit interest in a Person that has had business dealings or a material financial interest in any transaction with the Company or (c) is a party to any Contract (except for employment and similar agreements), including with respect to compensation or remuneration to be paid to such officer, director, shareholder or Affiliate in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
3.21           Receivables .  All Receivables represent bona fide, current and valid obligations arising from sales actually made or services actually performed in the ordinary course of business.  The Company has not received written notice from any obligor of any Receivable that such obligor is refusing to pay or contesting payment of amounts in excess of $5,000 in any individual case, or $20,000 in the aggregate, which has not been resolved prior to the date hereof, other than returns in the ordinary course of business under and in accordance with any Contract with any obligor of any Receivable.
 
3.22           Brokers . None of the Company or any of the Company’s directors, officers, employees, consultants, advisors or agents, nor any Seller, has employed or incurred any Liability to any broker, finder or agent with respect to this Agreement, the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
3.23           Accuracy of Information .  None of the representations or warranties of the Company or the Sellers herein (including the Schedule of Exceptions), any statements of the Company or any of the Sellers in any certificate or other document provided to Purchaser in connection with the Closing or any other information supplied by or on behalf of the Company or the Sellers (a) to any Person for inclusion in any document or application filed with any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (b) to Purchaser, its agents or representatives in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or the negotiations leading up to this Agreement, did contain, at the respective times such information was delivered, or will contain, if delivered after the date hereof, any untrue statement of a material fact, or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, omitted or will omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
 
27

 
 
3.24           Disclaimer of Additional Representations and Warranties .  EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ANY OTHER PERSON MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS

Each Seller, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to Purchaser as follows:
 
4.1            Authorization; Investment Intent; Ownership of Shares .
 
(a)           Such Seller has full power, authority and capacity to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which such Seller is a party, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement and each Transaction Document to which such Seller is a party constitutes, or upon execution and delivery will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of such Seller, enforceable against such Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a court of law, a court of equity or otherwise.  The Shares held by such Seller do not constitute community property under applicable Laws.
 
(b)           Such Seller is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Shares set forth opposite such Seller’s name in Section 3.2(b) of the Schedule of Exceptions, all of which Shares are owned free and clear of all Liens, and neither such Shares nor any interest therein have been sold, pledged, assigned or otherwise transferred except pursuant to this Agreement.  There are no outstanding subscriptions, rights, options, warrants or other agreements obligating such Seller to sell or transfer to any third person any or all of the Shares owned by such Seller, or any interest therein.  Following the Closing, Purchaser shall own one-hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.  This Agreement, together with any stock powers or assignments delivered at the Closing by the Sellers to Purchaser, are sufficient to transfer to Purchaser the entire right, title and interest, legal and beneficial, in the Shares, free and clear of all Liens.
 
 
28

 
 
4.2            Consents and Approvals .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2, no consent, license, authorization or approval of, filing or registration, declaration or filing with, or cooperation from, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by such Seller of this Agreement or any Transaction Document to which such Seller is a party or the validity and enforceability of this Agreement or any Transaction Document to which such Seller is a party with respect to such Seller, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any such Transaction Document by such Seller.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by such Seller does not and will not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a material breach or termination of, result in any loss or forfeiture of rights or benefits under, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of, or require any notice or consent under any Contract to which the Company is a party or any of its properties are bound or affected or any Law applicable to the Company or by which any of its properties are bound of affected, or (ii) result in the creation of, or require the creation of any Lien upon any of the Shares.
 
4.3            Securities Laws . Jadevaia (and any other Seller electing to receive shares pursuant to Section 2.3(d) (Jadevaia and such Sellers, if any, collectively, the “ Equity Recipients ”)   is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D of the Act.  Such Equity Recipient is acquiring shares of Purchaser Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and such Equity Recipient has no present intention of selling, granting any participation or otherwise distributing the same.  Such Equity Recipient understands that the shares of Purchaser Common Stock to be issued to him pursuant hereto are “restricted securities” under the U.S. federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from Purchaser in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations, such securities may be resold without registration only in certain limited circumstances. “Equity Recipient” as used in this Section 4.3 shall include any transferee or assignee of shares of Purchaser Common Stock issued pursuant to this Agreement.
 
4.4            Disclaimer of Additional Representations and Warranties .  EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NETHER THE SELLER NOR ANY OTHER PERSON MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY ON BEHALF OF THE SELLER IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. THIS SECTION 4.4 DOES NOT LIMIT THE SELLERS’ INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS IN ARTICLE XI HEREOF.
 
ARTICLE V
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company and each Seller as follows:
 
5.1            Due Incorporation .  Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware with all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being owned, leased, operated and conducted.  The Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the nature of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the business conducted by it requires such licensing or qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on Purchaser and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
 
 
29

 
 
5.2            Due Authorization .  Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement have been duly and validly approved by all necessary corporate action and no further corporate action is necessary.  Purchaser has duly and validly executed and delivered this Agreement.  This Agreement and the Transaction Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws in effect which affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or (b) equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.
 
5.3            Consents and Approvals .  No consent, authorization or approval of, filing or registration with, or cooperation from, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except as have been obtained or will be obtained prior to the Closing.  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement do not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a breach or termination of, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of any material Contract to which Purchaser is a party or to which any of its assets is subject, (ii) violate or conflict with any provision of Purchaser’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (iii) result in any breach or termination of, or constitute a default under, or constitute an event which notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any asset of Purchaser under, or create any rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration in any Person or entity under any material Contract or violate any Order, to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser or its assets, business or operations receive benefits, or result in the loss or adverse modification of any material license, franchise, Permit or other authorization granted to or otherwise held by Purchaser that is material or otherwise held by Purchaser that is material to the business or financial condition of Purchaser, in any such case as would have a material adverse effect on Purchaser and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or as would be reasonably likely to prevent Purchaser from completing the purchase of the Shares hereunder.
 
5.4            Legal Proceedings .  There are no legal, administrative, arbitral or other actions, claims, suits or proceedings or investigations instituted or pending or, to the knowledge of Purchaser, threatened against Purchaser, or any subsidiary of Purchaser, or against any property, asset, or rights or interest of Purchaser, in each case that would be reasonably likely to prevent Purchaser from completing the purchase of the Shares hereunder.
 
5.5            Brokers . None of Purchaser or any of Purchaser’s directors, officers, employees, consultants, advisors or agents has employed or incurred any Liability to any broker, finder or agent with respect to this Agreement, the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
 
30

 
 
 
5.2            Due Authorization .  Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement have been duly and validly approved by all necessary corporate action and no further corporate action is necessary.  Purchaser has duly and validly executed and delivered this Agreement.  This Agreement and the Transaction Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws in effect which affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or (b) equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.
 
5.3            Consents and Approvals .  No consent, authorization or approval of, filing or registration with, or cooperation from, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except as have been obtained or will be obtained prior to the Closing.  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement do not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a breach or termination of, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of any material Contract to which Purchaser is a party or to which any of its assets is subject, (ii) violate or conflict with any provision of Purchaser’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (iii) result in any breach or termination of, or constitute a default under, or constitute an event which notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any asset of Purchaser under, or create any rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration in any Person or entity under any material Contract or violate any Order, to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser or its assets, business or operations receive benefits, or result in the loss or adverse modification of any material license, franchise, Permit or other authorization granted to or otherwise held by Purchaser that is material or otherwise held by Purchaser that is material to the business or financial condition of Purchaser, in any such case as would have a material adverse effect on Purchaser and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or as would be reasonably likely to prevent Purchaser from completing the purchase of the Shares hereunder.
 
5.4            Legal Proceedings .  There are no legal, administrative, arbitral or other actions, claims, suits or proceedings or investigations instituted or pending or, to the knowledge of Purchaser, threatened against Purchaser, or any subsidiary of Purchaser, or against any property, asset, or rights or interest of Purchaser, in each case that would be reasonably likely to prevent Purchaser from completing the purchase of the Shares hereunder.
 
5.5            Brokers . None of Purchaser or any of Purchaser’s directors, officers, employees, consultants, advisors or agents has employed or incurred any Liability to any broker, finder or agent with respect to this Agreement, the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
 
31

 
 
ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS
 
6.1             Preservation of Business .   During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing, the Company agrees and the Sellers agree to use their reasonable efforts to cause the Company (in each case except to the extent expressly contemplated by this Agreement or as consented to in writing by Purchaser) to carry on the Business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted, to pay its debts and Taxes when due, to pay or perform other obligations when due, and to use all reasonable efforts consistent with past practice to preserve intact its present business organization, keep available the services of its present officers and key employees and preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others having business dealings with it to the end that its goodwill and ongoing business shall be materially unimpaired at the Closing Date.  Without limiting the foregoing, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, the Company shall not cause or permit any of the following without the prior written consent of Purchaser:
 
(a)            Charter Documents .  Cause or permit any amendments to the Company Charter Documents;
 
(b)            Dividends; Changes in Capital Stock .  Declare or pay any dividends on or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of any of its capital stock, or split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock, or repurchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of its capital stock except from former employees, directors and consultants in accordance with agreements providing for the repurchase of shares in connection with any termination of service to the Company;
 
(c)            Material Contracts; Other Activities .  Enter into any commitment or agreement not in the ordinary course of business or any material Contract (including any Contract that would have been a Material Contract if in existence on the date hereof), or violate, amend or otherwise modify or waive any of the terms of any of its material Contracts (including Material Contracts) or otherwise engage in any activities or transactions that are outside the ordinary course of its business and consistent with past practice;
 
(d)            Issuance of Securities .  Issue, deliver or sell or authorize or propose the issuance, delivery or sale of, or purchase or propose the purchase of, any shares of its capital stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire, or other agreements or commitments of any character obligating it to issue any such shares or other convertible, exercisable or exchangeable securities, including the grant of options pursuant to a stock option plan;
 
(e)            Intellectual Property .  Transfer to any person or entity any rights to the Company’s Intellectual Property, other than non-exclusive licenses to customers in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;
 
(f)            Exclusive Rights .  Enter into or amend any agreements pursuant to which any other party is granted exclusive marketing or other exclusive rights of any type or scope with respect to any of its products or technology;
 
 
32

 
 
(g)            Dispositions .  Sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of its properties or assets;
 
(h)            Indebtedness .  Incur any Debt in excess of $100,000 or guarantee any Debt or issue or sell any debt securities in excess of $100,000 or guarantee any debt securities of others;
 
(i)            Leases .  Enter into any lease with aggregate payment obligations in excess of $10,000;
 
(j)            Payment of Obligations .  Pay, discharge or satisfy in an amount in excess of $5,000 in any one case or $25,000 in the aggregate, any claim, Liability or obligation (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise) arising other than in the ordinary course of business, other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction of Liabilities reflected or reserved against in the Balance Sheet;
 
(k)           Capital Expenditures .  Make any capital expenditures, capital additions or capital improvements except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
 
(l)            Insurance .  Materially reduce the amount of any insurance coverage provided by existing insurance policies;
 
(m)          Termination or Waiver .  Terminate or waive any right of substantial value;
 
(n)           Employee Benefit Plans; New Hires; Pay Increases .  Adopt or amend any employee benefit or stock purchase or option plan, enter into any employment Contract, or hire any new officer-level employee, pay any special bonus or special remuneration to any employee or director (except payments made pursuant to written agreements outstanding on the date hereof and that have been delivered to Purchaser prior to the date hereof), or increase the salaries or wage rates of any employee;
 
(o)           Severance Arrangements .  Grant any severance or termination pay to any director, officer or other employee;
 
(p)           Lawsuits .  Commence a lawsuit other than (i) for the routine collection of bills, or (ii) in such cases where it in good faith determines that failure to commence suit would result in the material impairment of a valuable aspect of its business, provided that it consults with Purchaser prior to the filing of such a suit or (iii) for breach of this Agreement;
 
(q)           Acquisitions .  Acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any Person or division or business thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company;
 
(r)            Taxes .  Make or change any material election in respect of Taxes, adopt or change any accounting method in respect of Taxes, file any material Tax Return or any amendment to a material Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement, settle any material claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any material claim or assessment in respect of Taxes;
 
 
33

 
 
(s)            Notices .  Fail to give all material notices and other information required to be given, if any, to the employees of the Company, any collective bargaining unit representing any group of employees of the Company, and any applicable government authority under the WARN Act, the National Labor Relations Act, the Internal Revenue Code, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, and other applicable Law in connection with the transactions provided for in this Agreement;
 
(t)            Revaluation .  Revalue any of its assets, including without limitation writing down the value of inventory or writing off notes or Receivables other than in the ordinary course of business;
 
(u)           Obligations .  Fail to pay or otherwise satisfy its material monetary obligations as they become due, except such as are being contested in good faith; or
 
(v)           Other .  Take or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the actions described in (a)-(u) above, or any action that would cause a material breach of its representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or prevent it from performing or cause it not to perform its covenants hereunder or result in the failure of any closing condition hereunder.
 
6.2             Supplemental Information .  None of the Sellers or the Company shall take any action or fail to take any action which, from the date hereof through the Closing, would cause or constitute a breach of any of the representations, warranties, agreements or covenants of the Sellers or the Company set forth in this Agreement or cause such representations, warranties, agreements or covenants to be inaccurate at the Closing.  From time to time prior to the Closing, each Party shall promptly (and in any event within 24 hours) disclose in writing to the other Parties any matter (i) occurring after the date hereof, or (ii) which such Party becomes aware of after the date hereof, which, if existing and known on the date hereof, would have been required to be disclosed on the Schedule of Exceptions or which would render inaccurate any of the representations and warranties set forth in Article III , Article IV or Article V hereof (each such disclosure referred to herein as a “ Supplement ”).  However, no Supplement provided pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 6.2 shall be deemed to cure any prior existing breach of any representation, warranty or covenant in this Agreement nor shall such Supplement be deemed to amend the Schedule of Exceptions with respect to any prior breach without the written consent of Purchaser; provided, however that Sellers shall be permitted to provide a Supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 6.2 at any time up to two weeks following the date of this Agreement which will be deemed to amend the Schedule of Exceptions with respect to updates or additions which are approved by prior written consent of Purchaser.  A Supplement provided pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 6.2 shall be deemed to amend the Schedule of Exceptions.
 
6.3            Investigation .  No information or knowledge obtained in any investigation by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, whether conducted prior to or after the date hereof, shall affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty of the Company or any Seller contained herein or the right of Purchaser to rely thereon, Purchaser’s rights under Article XI , or the conditions to the obligations of the Parties at the Closing.
 
 
34

 
 
6.4            Confidentiality; Noncompetition; Non-solicitation .
 
(a)           From and after the Closing, no Seller shall use for such Seller’s own benefit or the benefit of any Person other than Purchaser and its subsidiaries (including the Company) or divulge or convey to any Person (other than Purchaser and its subsidiaries (including the Company), any Business Confidential Information.
 
( b)           Each Seller agrees and acknowledges that (i) such Seller holds certain competitive advantages in the marketplace which are valuable to Purchaser, (ii) the Business is geographically diverse in scope, in that the Company has served clients located in various areas of the United States, (iii) the provisions of this Section 6.4 are reasonable in scope and duration and are reasonably designed to protect the goodwill and value of the Company and (iv) each Seller’s agreement to this Section 6.4 is a condition to Purchaser entering into this Agreement and agreeing to purchase the Shares for the consideration set forth herein.
 
( c)           For a period of thirty-six (36) months after the Closing, other than as an employee of Purchaser or any subsidiary of Purchaser (including the Company), no Seller shall use Business Confidential Information or otherwise, directly or indirectly, on such Seller’s own behalf or on behalf or for the benefit of any other Person, (i) solicit the trade or business of, or trade with or perform services for, any Person who is listed on Schedule 6.4(c) (which schedule, to the Seller’s knowledge, contains at a minimum all current clients or customers of the Company and clients or customers of the Company at any time in the last three years), for purposes of selling any product or performing any service that the Company currently sells or provides or (ii) solicit or induce any person who is then an employee of Purchaser or any subsidiary of Purchaser (including the Company) to leave the employ of such entity for any reason whatsoever.
 
6.5            Market Stand-off .  Each Equity Recipient hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by Purchaser and an underwriter of shares of common stock or other securities of Purchaser, following the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, he shall not, to the extent requested by Purchaser and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of Purchaser (including any shares of Purchaser Common Stock issued to such Equity Recipient pursuant to this Agreement) held by such Equity Recipient; provided, however, that:
 
(1)           all officers, directors and one percent (1%) and greater shareholders of Purchaser enter into similar agreements; and
 
(2)           such market stand-off time period shall not exceed 180 days (or such longer period as is required by such underwriter to allow its research analysts to issue or publish research reports under applicable rules of FINRA or similar rules or regulations, such additional period not to exceed thirty-six (36) days).
 
 
35

 
 
Each Equity Recipient further agrees that he will, at the request of Purchaser or an underwriter of Purchaser’s securities, in connection with the IPO enter into the underwriter’s standard form of lock-up agreement provided that the lock-up agreement expires no later than the date described in clause (2) above.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, Purchaser may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the securities of such Equity Recipient (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.
 
6.6            Public Announcement .  Except for public announcements or press releases that are required by SEC disclosure laws concerning the proposed purchase and sale transactions herein contemplated, no public announcement or press release announcing such transactions will be made without the joint written consent of Purchaser and the Sellers.  Purchaser and the Sellers shall cooperate on the form, content, timing and manner of any such announcement.
 
6.7           RESERVED.
 
6.8            Access .  The Company and the Sellers will permit representatives of Purchaser from and after the date hereof up and through Closing to have full access at all reasonable times to the books, accounts, records, properties, operations, facilities, clients, customers, creditors, suppliers and personnel pertaining to the Company or the Business, and will furnish Purchaser with such financial and operating data concerning the Company or the Business as Purchaser shall from time to time reasonably request.
 
6.9            Transition and Cooperation .  From and after the Closing, (a) the Sellers shall provide reasonable cooperation to transition to Purchaser the control and enjoyment of the Business and the Company; and (b) the Sellers shall promptly deliver to Purchaser all correspondence, papers, documents and other items and materials received by either Seller or found to be in the possession of either Seller which pertain to the Company or the Business.
 
6.10           Termination of 401(k) Plan .  If so requested by Purchaser, the Company will adopt, or will cause to be adopted, all necessary corporate resolutions to terminate any 401(k) Plan sponsored or maintained by the Company, effective as of no later than one day prior to the Closing (but such termination may be contingent upon the Closing).  Immediately prior to such termination, the Company will make all necessary payments to fund the contributions: (i) necessary or required to maintain the tax-qualified status of any 401(k) Plan; (ii) for elective deferrals made pursuant to the 401(k) Plan for the period prior to termination; and (iii) for employer matching contributions (if any) for the period prior to termination.  For this purpose, the term “401(k) Plan” means any plan intended to be qualified under Code Section 401(a) which includes a cash or deferred arrangement intended to qualify under Code Section 401(k).  The Company shall provide Purchaser with a copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Company’s board of directors so terminating any such 401(k) Plan.  In the event that termination of the Company’s 401(k) Plan would reasonably be anticipated to trigger liquidation charges, surrender charges or other fees (other than ordinary administrative fees in connection with such termination), then the Company shall take such actions as are necessary to reasonably estimate the amount of such charges and/or fees and provide such estimate in writing to Purchaser prior to the Closing Date.
 
 
36

 
 
6.11           Tax Cooperation .  After the Closing, the Sellers shall cooperate fully with Purchaser and the Company in the preparation of all Tax Returns and shall provide to Purchaser and the Company any records and other information reasonably requested by such Persons in connection therewith.  The Sellers shall cooperate fully with Purchaser and the Company in connection with any Tax investigation, audit or other proceeding.  After the Closing, Purchaser and the Company shall cooperate with each Seller in the preparation of any Tax Return of a respective Seller and shall provide to such Seller any records and other information reasonably requested by such Seller in connection therewith.  The Purchaser and the Company shall cooperate fully with each Seller in connection with any Tax investigation, audit or other proceeding.
 
6.12           Section 338(h)(10) Election .
 
 (a)           At the election of Purchaser, the Sellers and Purchaser shall make a timely, effective, and irrevocable election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code and under any comparable statutes in any other jurisdiction with respect to the Company (collectively, the “ Section 338(h)(10) Elections ”) and shall file such Section 338(h)(10) Elections in accordance with applicable regulations.  The Sellers and Purchaser shall cooperate in all respects for the purpose of effectuating the Section 338(h)(10) Elections, including the execution and filing of any required Tax Returns and the grant of consent to the Section 338(h)(10) Elections by the Sellers.  Without limiting the foregoing, Purchaser and the Sellers shall each execute a Form 8023 with respect to the Company at the Closing, which forms shall be timely filed by Purchaser.  Sellers shall be responsible for all Taxes imposed on the Company or any Seller as a result of making the Section 338(h)(10) Elections.
 
(b)           If Purchaser elects to make the Section 338(h)(10) Elections, then within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Purchaser and the Sellers shall mutually agree to the allocation of the Aggregate Deemed Sales Price (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.338-4) among the assets of the Company in accordance with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.338-6 and 1.338-7.  The allocation shall be in accordance with the fair market value of the acquired assets as provided in Section 1060 of the Code and as mutually agreed to by Purchaser and the Sellers.  The agreed to allocation shall be binding on the parties, and all Tax Returns filed by Purchaser and Sellers shall be prepared consistently with such allocation, and none of them shall take a position on any Tax Return or other form or statement contrary to such allocation.
 
(c)           The Company and the Sellers will not revoke the Company’s election to be treated as an S corporation.  The Company and the Sellers will not take or allow any action, other than the sale of Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement, that would result in the termination of the Company’s status as a validly electing S corporation within the meaning of Sections 1361 and 1362 of the Code.
 
(d)           If the Purchaser elects to make the Section 338(h)(10) Elections, the Purchaser shall pay to each Seller the excess (such excess the “ Additional 338 Taxes ”) of (i) any Tax liability of such Seller incurred from the transactions contemplated hereunder resulting from the Section 338(h)(10) Elections, over (ii) the Tax which would have been incurred by such Seller from the transactions contemplated hereunder if the Section 338(h)(10) Elections had not been made.
 
 
37

 
 
6.13            Gross-Up for Additional for Tax Liability .  If the Closing Date occurs after calendar year 2012, Parent shall pay to each Seller an additional amount (the “ Gross-Up Payment ”) equal to the amount necessary such that after payment by such Seller of all Additional Post-2012 Taxes and the Additional 338 Taxes (if any) on the Purchase Price and the Gross-Up Payment, each Seller would retain an amount of such Purchase Price and the Gross-Up Payment equal to the amount of such Purchase Price that such Seller would have retained if such Purchase Price had been paid and taxable to such Seller during calendar year 2012 at the federal, state and local income and gains tax rates applicable to such Seller during 2012, had no Section 338(h)(10) Elections  been made (if any were made) and had there had been no Gross-Up Payment.  For purposes of this Section 6.13 , “ Additional Post-2012 Taxes ” with respect to each Seller shall mean the excess of (i) all federal, state and local income and gains tax that are payable by such Seller with respect to the year of the Closing on the Purchase Price and the Gross-Up Payment, over (ii) all federal, state and local income and gains tax that would have been payable by such Seller if Closing occurred during calendar year 2012, if no Section 338(h)(10) Elections  had been made (if any were made) and if no Gross-Up Payment had been made.  Each Seller shall provide a detailed calculation (with supporting documentation) of any Additional Post-2012 Taxes to Parent by the later of thirty (30) days following the Closing and April 15, 2013.  Such calculation shall be promptly reviewed and reasonably approved by Parent, and each Seller’s Gross-Up Payment shall then be promptly paid to such Seller.  The Gross-Up Payment shall be treated as additional purchase price consideration for federal, state and local income and gains tax purposes.
 
ARTICLE VII

POST CLOSING OPERATIONS
 
7.1            Purchaser Obligations .  Purchaser and the Sellers recognize that decisions made in the management of the Business by Purchaser after the Closing may affect the Earnout Payment.  Each Seller acknowledges and agrees that after the Closing, Purchaser will manage the Business with a view to maximizing the long-term value of Purchaser taken as a whole with its subsidiaries as determined by Purchaser and not to maximize the Earnout Payment during the Earnout Period.  Neither Purchaser nor any of its officers, employees, directors or shareholders or other Affiliates will owe any duty to any Seller or any Affiliate of any Seller to manage Purchaser (including its subsidiaries), the Company or the Business in such a way as to maximize the Earnout Payment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Earnout Period, (a) Purchaser shall manage the ongoing business in good faith and shall not intentionally take any action or fail to take any action primarily for the purpose of reducing or eliminating the Earnout Payment, (b) the Company shall operate the Business independently from Purchaser’s other businesses and subsidiaries and (c) subject to the principles in the other sentences of this Section 7.1 and Purchaser’s right to manage the Company and the Business accordingly, Purchaser shall use its good faith efforts to manage the Company and the Business substantially in the same manner as they were managed prior to the Closing (and, to the extent any Seller is then an officer of the Company, permit such Seller(s) to do the same.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 , the parties agree that Purchaser’s consideration of and decisions made in light of normal business consideration factors, such as profit margins, costs of marketing and sales activities, commercial feasibility, market and technology developments, market acceptance, business opportunities, company resources, competition and competitive advantages and disadvantages, and economic conditions, shall constitute management of the Business by Purchaser in good faith.
 
 
38

 
 
ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF PURCHASER

The obligations of Purchaser under Article II of this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or before the Closing, unless waived in writing by Purchaser in its sole discretion:
 
8.1            Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of the Company and the Sellers contained herein shall have been true and correct in all respects on and as of the date of this Agreement; and, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Sellers contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing (except in the case of any representation or warranty which itself is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect or Material Adverse Change, which representation and warranty must be true and correct in all respects).
 
8.2            Compliance with Covenants .  The Company and Sellers shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of their respective covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement to be performed by them on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
8.3            Consents; Approvals .  Purchaser shall have received written evidence to the satisfaction of Purchaser that all consents and approvals of any Governmental Authorities or any other Persons required, if any, for the Sellers’ consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the ownership of the Company and operation of the Business by Purchaser resulting therefrom have been obtained by the Sellers and/or the Company.
 
8.4            No Action .  No Order of any court or Governmental Authority shall have been entered that enjoins, restrains or prohibits this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental action shall be pending or threatened that seeks to enjoin, restrain, prohibit or obtain damages with respect to this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental investigation shall be pending or threatened that might result in any such Order, suit, action or proceeding.
 
8.5            Closing Deliveries .  Purchaser shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, such agreements, documents, instruments and certificates as shall be reasonably requested by Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby to and convey to Purchaser all of the Shares as contemplated herein, including the following duly executed instruments:
 
 
39

 
 
(a)           all consents listed in Section 3.3 of the Schedule of Exceptions;
 
(b)           a good standing certificate for the Company, dated within five (5) days of the Closing Date, from the State of New Jersey and each other State where the Company is or is required to be qualified to do business;
 
(c)           stock certificates relating to the Shares duly endorsed for transfer to Purchaser or accompanying duly executed and delivered stock powers effecting the same;
 
(d)           a certificate of the Company’s Secretary’s certifying as to resolutions adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors approving the transactions described herein; and
 
(e)           a Release duly executed and delivered by each Seller;
 
(f)           the Escrow Agreement duly executed and delivered by each Seller; and
 
(g)           the Transition Services Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Company, Integration Partners Corporation and each Seller.
 
8.6            Participation in the Closing .  Each Seller shall have proceeded with the Closing such that at the Closing, Purchaser shall own all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.
 
8.7            No Bankruptcy; Material Adverse Effect .  The Company shall not have entered, or have entered against it, an Order of relief under the Bankruptcy Code, and there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect or Material Adverse Change.
 
8.8            Resignation .  Each director of the Company shall have resigned as a director effective immediately prior to the Closing.
 
8.9            IPO .  The IPO shall have closed.
 
8.10          Minimum Closing Cash .  The Closing Cash shall be at least $500,000.
 
ARTICLE IX

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE SELLERS

The obligations of the Sellers under Article II of this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or before the Closing, unless waived by the Sellers:
 
9.1            Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of Purchaser contained herein shall have been true and correct in all respects on and as of the date of this Agreement; and, the representations and warranties of Purchaser contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing (except in the case of any representation or warranty which itself is qualified by materiality or material adverse effect or material adverse change, which representation and warranty must be true and correct in all respects).
 
 
40

 
 
9.2            Compliance with Covenants .  Purchaser shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of its covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
9.3            No Action .  No Order of any court or Governmental Authority shall have been entered that enjoins, restrains or prohibits this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental action shall be pending or threatened that seeks to enjoin, restrain, prohibit or obtain damages with respect to this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental investigation shall be pending or threatened that might result in any such Order, suit, action or proceeding.
 
9.4            Closing Deliveries .  The Sellers shall have received the following duly executed instruments:
 
(a)           a good standing certificate for Purchaser, dated within five (5) days of the Closing Date, from the State of Delaware and each other State where Purchaser is or is required to be qualified to do business;
 
( b)           a certificate of Purchaser’s Secretary certifying as to resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Purchaser approving the transactions described herein;
 
(c)           the Escrow Agreement duly executed and delivered by Purchaser; and
 
(d)           the Transition Services Agreement duly executed and delivered by Purchaser.
 
9.5            No Bankruptcy .   Purchaser shall not have entered, or have entered against it, an Order of relief under the Bankruptcy Code.
 
ARTICLE X

TERMINATION
 
10.1          Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated at any time on or prior to the Closing:
 
( a)           By the written consent of the each Seller and Purchaser;
 
(b)           By Purchaser by written notice to the Sellers if any event occurs or condition exists that would render impossible the satisfaction of one or more conditions to the obligations of Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as set forth in Article VIII and that, if capable of cure, has not been cured within ten (10) Business Days of receipt by the Sellers of notice thereof from Purchaser;
 
(c)           By the Sellers by written notice to Purchaser if any event occurs or condition exists that would render impossible the satisfaction of one or more conditions to the obligation of the Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as set forth in Article IX and that, if capable of cure, has not been cured within ten (10) Business Days of receipt by Purchaser of notice thereof from the Sellers;
 
 
41

 
 
(d)           By Purchaser by written notice to the Sellers if there has been a material misrepresentation or other material breach by any Seller or the Company of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Sellers or the Company set forth herein that, if capable of cure, has not been cured within ten (10) Business Days of receipt by the Sellers of notice thereof from Purchaser; or by the Sellers if there has been a material misrepresentation or other material breach by Purchaser of the representations, warranties and covenants of Purchaser set forth herein that, if capable of cure, has not been cured within ten (10) Business Days of receipt by Purchaser of notice thereof from the Sellers;
 
( e)           By written notice of the Sellers or Purchaser, to the other Parties, if any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority shall have issued an Order or ruling or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated hereby and such Order, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; or
 
(f)           By written notice of Purchaser, on the one hand, or the Sellers, on the other hand, to the other Parties hereto, if the Closing has not occurred on or before March 1, 2013 (the “ Termination Date ”); provided , however , Purchaser may extend the Closing Date one time on its own initiative, pursuant to written notice to Sellers, for up to an additional thirty (30)-day period.  Any additional extensions of the Closing Date shall require the mutual written consent of the Sellers and Purchaser.
 
10.2            Effect of Termination .  In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 10.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no Liability or obligation on the part of any Party hereto or their respective officers, directors, stockholders or Affiliates, except to the extent that such termination results from a breach by a party hereto of any of its representations, warranties or covenants contained herein; provided that, the provisions of this Article X and Article XII shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION
 
11.1             Survival .  The representations and warranties of the Company and the Sellers in this Agreement shall survive the Closing until the end of the Earnout Period, provided , however , that (a) such time limitation shall not apply to the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.2 , 4.1 and 4.3 (the “ Fundamental Representations ”) (such representations and warranties to survive until the date that is sixty (60) days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations) and (b) the representations and warranties of Graf and Nahabedian (other than the Fundamental Representations) shall survive the Closing until the Escrow Termination Date.  After the end of the relevant survival period specified above, the applicable Sellers’ obligations under this Article XI with respect to such representations and warranties shall expire, terminate and shall be of no further force and effect unless a claim for indemnification is made hereunder prior to the expiration of the relevant survival period in which case such claim shall continue in effect until final resolution of such claim.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the covenants and agreements of the Sellers and the Company (but not representations and warranties) under this Agreement are not affected by the survival periods specified above.
 
 
42

 
 
11.2            Indemnification .  Subject to the limitations and conditions for indemnification contained in Sections 11.3 and 11.7 , the Sellers (each, an “ Indemnitor ”), shall (i) prior to the Escrow Termination Date (and any period thereafter with respect to claims made prior to the Escrow Termination Date) severally (based on their Pro Rata Share) and not jointly, and (ii) following the Escrow Termination Date, Jadavaia individually, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser and its Affiliates, and each of their officers, directors, employees and agents, and their heirs and successors (each, an “ Indemnitee ”), against any Losses, relating to or arising out of:
 
(a)           any breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company or any Seller in this Agreement in Article III ;

( b)           any breach of any representation or warranty made by any Seller in Article IV ;
 
(c)           any breach of any covenant of the Company or any Seller in this Agreement;
 
(d)           any unpaid Adjustment Payment due from the Sellers to Purchaser; and
 
(e)           any Pre-Closing Taxes.
 
11.3          Limitations .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:
 
(a)  no claim may be made by any Indemnitee(s) for indemnification pursuant to Section 11.2(a) unless and until the aggregate amount of Losses for which the Indemnitee(s) seeks to be indemnified pursuant to Section 11.2(a) exceeds $50,000 (the “ Threshold Amount ”), at which time the Indemnitee(s) shall be entitled to indemnification for all such Losses (including all Losses included within the Threshold Amount);
 
(b)           the maximum aggregate indemnification obligation of each Seller for money damages pursuant to Section 11.2(a) , other than with respect to a claim for indemnification arising from any breach or inaccuracy of any Fundamental Representations, shall be limited to (i) in the case of Graf and Nahabedian, such Seller’s Pro Rata Share of the Escrow Amount, and in the case of Jadevaia, such Seller’s Pro Rata Share of the Escrow Amount plus the Earnout Payment (if any);
 
(c)           the maximum aggregate indemnification obligation of each Seller for money damages pursuant to Section 11.2(a) with respect to a claim for indemnification arising from any breach or inaccuracy of any Fundamental Representations or pursuant to Sections 11.2(b)-(e) shall be limited in the aggregate to the consideration actually received by such Seller pursuant to this Agreement;
 
 
43

 
 
(d)           no Seller shall be liable or have any indemnification obligation for the breach of any representations or warranty made by any other Seller in Article IV of this Agreement, the breach of any covenant of any other Seller in this Agreement or for the actions or inaction of any other Seller in connection with this Agreement; and
 
(e)           no Indemnitor shall have any right to indemnification pursuant to Section 11.2(e) with respect to any Losses to the extent (and only to the extent) such Losses are duplicative of Losses that were included in the Net Working Capital calculation and have previously been recovered by Purchaser through an adjustment to the Initial Closing Price at Closing.
 
  11.4         Procedures for Making Claims .  If and when an Indemnitee desires to assert a claim for Losses against any Indemnitor, the Indemnitee shall deliver to the Indemnitor (with a copy to the Escrow Agent) a certificate signed by such Indemnitee (if the Indemnitee is an entity, the certificate shall be signed by its chief executive officer) (a “ Notice of Claim ”), which Notice of claim shall: (i) state that the Indemnitee has paid or accrued (or intends or expects to pay or accrue) Losses to which it is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article XI and the amount thereof (to the extent then known); and (ii) specifying to the extent possible (A) the individual items of Losses in the certificate, (B) the date each such item was or is expected to be paid or accrued, to the extent known, and (C) the basis upon which Losses are claimed (including the specific clause of this Agreement pursuant to which such indemnification is being sought.  Such Notice of Claim shall be delivered prior to the expiration of any applicable survival period as set forth in Section 11.1 .  If the Indemnitor shall object to such Notice of Claim, the Indemnitor shall deliver written notice of objection (the “ Notice of Objection ”) to the Indemnitee (with a copy to the Escrow Agent) within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Claim.  The Notice of Objection shall set forth the grounds upon which the objection is based and state whether the Indemnitor objects to all or only a portion of the matter described in the Notice of Claim.  The Losses set forth in the Notice of Claim shall be payable to the Indemnitee within twenty (20) Business Days of the expiration of such fifteen (15) Business Day period without the necessity of further action to the extent the Indemnitor has not delivered a Notice of Objection.  If the Indemnitor shall timely deliver a Notice of Objection, the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee shall attempt in good faith to agree upon the rights of such Persons with respect to the claim in the Notice of Claim.  If an agreement on the amount of Losses is reached, a memorandum setting forth such agreement shall be prepared and signed by the Indemnitor and Indemnitee and a written notice shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent directing the delivery of the applicable portion of the Escrow Amount to the Indemnitee based upon such resolution. If the parties are unable to reach an agreement within fifteen (15) Business Days, either the Indemnitor or the Indemnitee may demand arbitration of the matter (such arbitration to be conducted by JAMS in New York City) (unless the matter is at issue in a pending third party claim, in which case arbitration shall not be commenced until such amount is ascertained or both persons agree to arbitration), and the matter shall be settled by arbitration conducted by one arbitrator mutually agreeable to the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee.  In the event that within ten (10) days after submission of any dispute to arbitration, the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee cannot mutually agree on one arbitrator, the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee shall each select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator.  The arbitrator(s) shall set a limited time period and establish procedures designed to reduce the cost and time for discovery.  The decision of the arbitrator or a majority of the arbitrators, as the case may be, as to the validity and amount of any claim for indemnification for Losses (a “ Resolved Amount ”) shall be binding and conclusive upon the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee.  Such decision shall be delivered in writing and shall be supported by written findings of fact and conclusions which shall set forth the award, judgment, decree or order awarded by the arbitrator(s). The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to act in accordance with any such judgment and make delivery of any portion of the Escrow Amount in accordance therewith. Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.
 
 
44

 
 
11.5           Defense Procedure for Third Party Claims .  If any claim, demand or Liability that could constitute indemnifiable Losses hereunder is asserted by any third party against any Indemnitee, the Indemnitee shall promptly provide the Escrow Agent and the Indemnitor with a Notice of Claim with respect to such third-party claim. The Indemnitor shall, upon the written request of the Indemnitee, have the right to defend any actions or proceedings brought against the Indemnitee in respect of matters embraced by the indemnity provided under this Article XI , but the Indemnitee shall have the right to conduct and control the defense, compromise or settlement of any such claim, demand or Liability if the Indemnitee chooses to do so, on behalf of and for the account and risk of the Indemntor who shall be bound by the result so obtained to the extent provided herein; provided, that if the Indemnitor is not allowed to control the defense, they may provide advice or participate in the defense of any third party claim through counsel of its choosing, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnitor.  If, after a request to defend any action or proceeding, the Indemnitor neglects to defend the Indemnitee, a recovery against the latter suffered by it in good faith, is conclusive in its favor against the Indemnitor, provided, however, that, if the Indemnitor did not receive reasonable notice of the action or proceeding against the Indemnitee, or is not allowed to control the defense, judgment against the Indemnitee is only presumptive evidence against the Indemnitor that any resulting Losses constitute an indemnifiable claim under this Article XI .  The Parties shall cooperate in the defense of all third party claims that may give rise to indemnifiable claims hereunder.  In connection with the defense of any claim, each Party shall make available to the Party controlling such defense, any books, records or other documents within its control that are reasonably requested in the course of such defense.  Except with the consent of the Indemnitor (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), no settlement of any such claim with any third party claimant shall be determinative of the amount of Losses relating to such matter, but shall only be presumptive evidence of the amount of Losses constituting such indemnifiable claim.  In the event that the Indemnitor has consented to any such settlement, the Indemnitor shall have no power or authority to object under any provision of this Article XI to the existence and amount of any claim by the Indemnitee with respect to such settlement.   Indemnification payments with respect to third party claims shall be paid by the Indemnitor upon (i) the entry of a judgment against the Indemnitee and the expiration of any applicable appeal period; (ii) the entry of an unappealable judgment or final appellate decision against the Indemnitee; or (iii) a settlement of such claim, in each case subject to the dispute resolution provisions of Section 11.4 .

11.6          Right of Setoff .  If there is determined to be any indemnifiable Losses (whether by agreement, failure to object or decision of arbitrator(s)) (“ Determined Losses ”) payable to an Indemnitee or if there is otherwise determined to be any amount owing to any such Indemnitee as a result of indemnification under this Agreement, Purchaser shall be entitled to retain as an offset, without any further action by any Indemnitor, a portion (up to all) of any Earnout Payment equal to such Determined Losses and in satisfaction thereof to the extent of such offset, and such offset shall be deemed to occur automatically such as to reduce, as applicable, the applicable payments otherwise payable by Purchaser.  In addition, if a Indemnitee has made a claim for Losses that has not yet been resolved (including in connection with a third party claim), Purchaser shall be entitled to hold back from any payments that would otherwise be due as part of the Earnout Payment the full amount of such claim until resolution and determination thereof.
 
 
45

 
 
11.7          Exclusive Remedy; Release of Escrow Amount .
 
(a)           In the event the Closing occurs, subject to Section 12.11 , the sole and exclusive remedy of Purchaser or any other Indemnitee for Losses for any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty or for any breach of any covenant or obligation by the Company or any of the Sellers shall be indemnification pursuant to this Article XI ; provided, however, this exclusive remedy does not preclude (i) a party from bringing an action for specific performance or other equitable remedy to require a party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the Transaction Agreements or (ii) a party from pursuing remedies under applicable Law for fraud or intentional misrepresentation, provided that the maximum indemnification obligation of any Seller for fraud of another party shall be limited to the total consideration received by such Seller pursuant to this Agreement.
 
(b)           The period during which claims for indemnification from the Escrow Fund may be initiated (the “ Escrow Claims Period ”) shall commence at the Closing and terminate on the nine month anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Escrow Termination Date ”).  On the Escrow Termination Date, the Escrow Fund shall terminate with respect to all amounts in the Escrow Fund at such time and shall be distributed as set forth herein and in the Escrow Agreement; provided, however, that the portion of the Escrow Amount, which, subject to the provisions of this Article XI and the Escrow Agreement, are necessary to satisfy any unsatisfied claims specified in any Notice of Claim delivered to the Indemnitors and the Escrow Agent prior to the expiration of such Escrow Period shall remain in the Escrow Fund (and the Escrow Fund shall remain in existence) until such claims have been resolved.  As such claims are resolved after the Escrow Termination Date, the Escrow Agent shall deliver to the Sellers any portion of the Escrow Amount remaining in the Escrow Fund not required to satisfy such resolved claims or any remaining unresolved claims.  Deliveries of any such portion of the Escrow Fund to the Sellers pursuant to this Section 11.7 and the Escrow Agreement shall be based on their respective Pro Rata Share of the Escrow Amount.  The Escrow Fund serves as partial security for the indemnification obligations of the Indemnitors hereunder.  Until the Escrow Fund is fully released (whether to the Sellers or to Indemnitees) and/or become subject to potential payment to any Indemnitee(s) as a result of unresolved claims, the Escrow Fund shall be the first source of recovery by any Indemnitee with respect to indemnification claims hereunder (and the only source of recovery with respect to claims under Section 11.2(a) that do not involve a breach of the Fundamental Representations), and no Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek recovery of any Losses directly from any Indemnitor until such time; provided, however, that the foregoing requirement to first seek recovery from the Escrow Fund shall not apply to any Adjustment Payment in excess of $200,000 or any indemnification claim with respect thereto.
 
11.8         Treatment of Indemnity Payments .  Any payments made pursuant to this Article XI shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for all income Tax purposes and none of the parties shall take a contrary position with respect to any Tax Return, audit or other proceeding.
 
 
46

 
 
ARTICLE XII
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
12.1         Expenses .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each party hereto shall bear its own expenses with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
12.2         Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Purchaser, the Company and the Sellers.
 
12.3         Notices .  Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given, (a) when received if given in person or by personal-delivery, (b) on the date of transmission if sent by facsimile or other electronic transmission including email with electronic confirmation of successful transmission and if sent on a Business Day prior to 5:00 p.m. at the place of receipt, and if not sent during such time, on the next succeeding Business Day, (c) three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or (d) on the date of scheduled delivery if delivered by nationally recognized express mail or courier service:
 
If to Purchaser, addressed as follows:

Genesis Group Holdings Inc.
Attn:  Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, Florida 33431Facsimile No.:  561-988-2307
lsands@digitalcomminc.com

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

O’Melveny & Myers LLP
Attn: Warren Lazarow
2765 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, California 94568
Facsimile No.: 650-473-2601

If to Barton F. Graf, Jr., addressed as follows:

Barton F. Graf, Jr.
3 Abbott Rd
Lexington, MA 02420
Facsimile No: 781.357.8500
bgraf@integrationpartners.com
 
 
47

 
 
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Jay K. Hachigian
Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP
850 Winter Street, Waltham, MA 02451
Fax: 877-881-9197

If to David C. Nahabedian, addressed as follows:

David C. Nahabedian
10 Clark Rd
Wellesley, MA 02481
Facsimile No.: 781.357.8500
dnaha@integrationpartners.com

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Jay K. Hachigian
Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP
850 Winter Street, Waltham, MA 02451
Fax: 877-881-9197

If to Frank Jadevaia, addressed as follows:

Frank Jadevaia
575 Brook Ave
River Vale, NJ 07675
Facsimile No.: 973.630.5451
fjadevaia@integrationpartners.com

If to the Company, addressed as follows:

Integration Partners-NY Corporation
Attn: Chief Executive Officer
1719 Route 10 East, Suite 114
Parsippany, NJ 07054
Facsimile: 973.630.5451

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Jay K. Hachigian
Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP
850 Winter Street, Waltham, MA 02451
Fax: 877-881-9197
 
 
48

 
 
or to such other individual or address as a Party hereto may designate for itself by notice given as herein provided.
 
12.4         Waivers .  The failure of a party to require performance of any provision shall not affect its right at a later time to enforce the same.  No waiver by a party of any condition or of any breach of any term, covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.
 
12.5         Counterparts; Facsimile or Electronic Signature .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  A signature of a party transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail shall constitute an original for all purposes.
 
12.6         Interpretation .  The headings preceding the text of Articles and Sections included in this Agreement and the headings to exhibits, schedules or annexes to this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part of this Agreement or be given effect in interpreting this Agreement.
 
12.7         Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.
 
12.8         No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and no provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to confer rights upon any other Person, other than as expressly set forth in Section 6.4 , Section 6.5 and Article XI .
 
12.9         Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the other provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.
 
12.10       Remedies Cumulative .  The remedies provided in this Agreement shall be cumulative and shall not preclude the assertion or exercise of any other rights or remedies available by law, in equity or otherwise, except as limited in Section 11.7(e) .
 
12.11       Jurisdiction, Service of Process .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent or to address breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement, without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting bond, and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any Federal Court located in the Southern District of New York or any New York State Court, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity pursuant to, and as limited by, the terms of this Agreement.  In addition, except to the extent an alternative dispute resolution mechanism is expressly provided for herein, each of the Parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction in the Federal District Court of the Southern District of New York in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby in any court other than the Federal District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State Court, and (d) waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any action related to or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.   EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.
 
 
49

 
 
12.12       Attorney Fees and Costs.   Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the prevailing party in any litigation, arbitration proceeding or other action shall be awarded all of its or their costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney fees against the non-prevailing Party.  This provision shall apply to such expenses incurred at the trial and all appellate levels, without respect to who is the initiating party and shall apply to an action for declaratory relief if the party instituting it asserts specific contentions concerning this Agreement which is ruled upon by the court or arbitration. Such reasonable attorney s fees shall include, but not be limited to, fees for attorneys, paralegals, legal assistants and expenses incurred in any and all judicial, bankruptcy, reorganization, administrative receivership, or other proceedings affecting creditors' rights and involving a claim under this Agreement, even if such proceedings arise before or after entry of a final judgment
 
12.13       Waivers of Inducement . The Parties hereto waive any right to assert or claim that they were induced to enter into this Agreement by any representation, promise, statement, or warranty made by any Party or any Party's agent which is not expressly set forth in this Agreement in writing.
 
12.14       Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Neither the Company nor any Seller may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer such Party s rights or obligations hereunder, including by operation of law, without the prior written consent of Purchaser.  In the event of any permitted assignment, the assignor shall be responsible for all obligations of the assignee and shall be bound in all respects by the provisions hereof.
 
12.15       Use of Certain Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph or other subdivision.  The use of the term “including” shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”.
 
12.16        Entire Understanding .  This Agreement and the Transaction Documents sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings among the parties.
 
{Signature page to follow}
 
 
50

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Mark. E. Munro  
  Name: Mark E. Munro  
  Title: Chief Executive Officer  
 
 
51

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
 
 
INTEGRATION PARTNERS-NY CORPORATION
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Frank Jadevaia  
  Name: Frank Javedaia  
  Title: Principal  
 
 
52

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
 
 
BARTON F. GRAF, JR.
 
       
 
  /s/ Barton F. Graf, Jr.  
       
 
DAVID C. NAHABEDIAN
 
       
    /s/ David C. Nahabedian  
       
 
FRANK JADEVAIA
 
     
    /s/ Frank Jadevaia  
 
 
53
 Exhibit 3.1
 
State of Delaware
Certificate of Incorporation
i- RealtyAuction.com, Inc.
 
FIRST:  The name of this Delaware corporation is:
i- RealtyAuction.com,  Inc.
 
SECOND:  The name and address of the Corporation's Registered Agent is:
Corporate Creations Enterprises, Inc.
2530 Channin Drive
Wilmington  DE 19810
New Castle County
 
THIRD:  The purpose of the Corporation is to conduct or promote any lawful business or purposes.
 
FOURTH:   The Corporation  shall have the authority to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value .001 per share.
 
FIFTH:  The directors shall be protected from personal liability to the fullest  extent permitted  by law.
 
SIXTH:  The name and address of the incorporator is:
Corporate Creations International Inc.
941 Fourth Street #200
Miami Beach FL 33139

SEVENTH:  This Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective on the date shown below.
 
    Todd A. Hardy  
CORPORATE CREATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC.  
Todd A. Hardy Vice President  
   
Date: November 22, 1999
 
 
 
 

 
 
Certificate of Amendment
of
Certificate of Incorporation
 
FIRST :   The Board of  Directors of i - RealtyAuction.com, Inc. adopted the following resolution setting forth a proposed amendment of this corporation's Certificate  of Incorporation:
 
RESOLVED, that the text of the Article numbered 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
 
The name of this Delaware corporation is Genesis Realty Group Inc.
 
SECOND :   Pursuant to the resolution of the Board of Directors, the stockholders of this corporation voted in favor of the amendment at a special  meeting of stockholders at which the necessary number of shares required by statute voted in favor of the amendment.
 
THIRD :  The amendment set forth in this Certificate of Amendment was duly adopted in  accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation  Law.
 
IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, this Certificate of Amendment has been signed by the undersigned authorized officer of this corporation on the date shown below.
 
i - RealtyAuction.com, Inc.
 
By:  /s/ Jamee Kalimi Secretary  
 
Name:   Jamee Kalimi  
 
Title:  Secretary  
 
Date:       8/16/01  
 
 
 

 
 
STATE OF DELAWARE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
 
The corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware does hereby certify:
 
FIRST :  That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of
 
Genesis Realty Group Inc.
 
resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof.   The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:
 
RESOLVED ,  that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended by changing the Article thereof numbered " First and Fourth                                ” so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:
 
First: The name of this Delaware corporation is: Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
Fourth: The Corporation is authorized to have outstanding at any time to Five Hundred Million (500,000,000) shares of Common Stock with no preemptive rights, par value $0.0001  per share. In addition, the Corporation is authorized Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of “blank check” preferred stock, par value of$0.0001 per share, the terms of which may be established by the Board of Directors of the Company without approval of the stockholders.
 
SECOND :    That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.
 
THIRD :   That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
 
IN WITNESS  WHEREOF , said corporation has signed this 4th day of September, 2008 .
 
 
By:
Jeffrey Glick  
    Authorized Officer  
  Title:  CEO & CFO  
       
  Name:  Jeffrey Glick  
    Print or Type  
 
 
 

Exhibit 3.2
 
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES, RIGHTS
AND OTHER  RIGHTS OF
SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK OF GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC .

Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the undersigned President of GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that pursuant to the authority contained in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and in accordance with the provisions of the resolution creating a series of the class of the Corporations authorized Preferred Stock as designated as Series A Preferred Stock as follows:
 
FIRST :  The Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation authorizes the issuance of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and further authorizes the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to divide and establish any or all of the unissued shares of preferred stock not then allocated to any series into one or more series and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to fix and determine the designation of each such share, the number of shares which shall constitute such series and certain preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of each series so established.
 
SECOND :   By unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation dated June I, 2011, the Board of Directors have designated 20,000,000 shares of the preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock.  The designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be as hereinafter described.
 
THIRD :  Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation is amended to include the following:
 
Series A Preferred Stock
 
The Corporation shall designate a series of preferred stock, consisting of 20,000,000 shares, as Series A Preferred Stock which shall have the following designations, rights and preferences:
 
1.           Stated Value .   The stated value of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be $0.0001  per share.
 
2.           Dividends .   The  holders of Series  A Preferred Stock shall  have no rights to  receive dividend distributions or to participate in any dividends declared by the Corporation to or for the benefit of the holders of its common stock.
 
3.           Conversion .    Shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  (the  “Preferred  Stock”)  shall  be convertible into shares of the Corporation's common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), at the conversion ratio of ten (10) shares for every one (I) shares of common stock.
 
 
 

 
 
 (a)         Mechanics  of  Conversion . The  conversion  of  the  Preferred  Stock  shall  be conducted in the following manner:
 
(i)           Holder's Delivery Requirements .  To convert Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock on any date (the “Conversion Date”), the Holder shall (A) transmit by facsimile (or otherwise deliver) for receipt on or prior to II :59 p.m., Eastern Standard Time on such date, a copy of a fully executed notice of conversion (the “Conversion Notice”) to the Corporation's  designated transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”') with a copy thereto to the Corporation and (b) surrender to a common carrier for delivery to the Transfer Agent at such time the original certificates representing the Preferred Stock being converted (or an indemnification undertaking with respect to such shares in the case of their loss, theft or destruction) (the “Preferred Stock Certificate”), duly endorsed for transfer.
 
(ii)          Corporation's Response .  Upon receipt by the Corporation of a copy of the Conversion Notice, the Corporation shall immediately send, via facsimile, a confirmation of receipt of such Conversion Notice to such Holder and the Transfer Agent, which confirmation shall constitute an instruction to the Transfer Agent to process such Conversion Notice in accordance with the terms herein. Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Preferred Stock Certificates to be converted pursuant to the Conversion Notice, the Transfer Agent shall, on the next business day following the date of receipt (or the second business day following the date of receipt if received after 11:00 a.m. local time of the Transfer Agent), issue and surrender to a common carrier for overnight delivery to the address as specified in the Conversion Notice, a certificate registered in the name of the Holder or its designee for a number of shares of Common Stock to  which the Holder shall  be entitled.  If the  number of  Preferred Stock represented by the Preferred Stock Certificate(s) submitted for conversion is greater than the number of Preferred Stock being converted, then the Transfer Agent shall, as soon as practicable and in no event later than three (3) business days after receipt of the Preferred Stock Certificate(s), issue and deliver to the Holder a new Preferred Stock Certificate representing the number of Preferred Stock not converted.
 
(iii)         Record Holder .  The person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon a conversion of Preferred Stock shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on the Conversion Date.
 
 (b)               Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all taxes that may be payable with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Common Stock upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.
 
 
 (c)               Adjustments to the Conversion Ratio .  If the Corporation at any time subdivides or combines (by any forward or reverse stock splits, or declares or undertakes a stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) with respect to its outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Ratio shall be adjusted proportionately.
 
4.           Redemption .   The Preferred Stock is not redeemable without the prior express written consent of the holders of the majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock. In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed pursuant to this section, the shares so redeemed shall automatically be cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock.
 
 
2

 
 
5.           Voting Rights .  Each share of Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to ten (10) votes, and with respect to such vote, shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the by-laws of this Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together as a single class with holders of common stock and any other series of preferred stock then outstanding, with respect to any question or matter upon which holders of common stock have the right to vote.  Preferred Stock shall also entitle the holders thereof to vote the shares as a separate class as set forth herein and as required by law.   In the event of any stock split, stock dividend or reclassification of the Corporation's common stock, the number of votes which attach to each share of Preferred Stock s hall be adjusted in the same proportion as any adjustment to the number of outstanding shares of common stock.
 
6.           Liquidation. Dissolution. Winding-Up .    In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock  then outstanding shall be entitled  to receive, out of  the remaining  assets of  the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount equal to $0.0001 per share.
 
7.           Protective Provisions .  So long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, this Corporation shall not without first obtaining the written approval of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock {i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock, or {ii) increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock.
 
8.           No Preemptive Rights .   No holder of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any new or additional shares of any class, whether now or hereinafter authorized, or of bonds or debentures, or other evidences of indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any class.
 
9.           Remedies, Characterizations. Other Obligations . Breaches and Injunctive Relief.    The remedies provided din this Certificate of Designation shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Certificate of Designation, at law or in equity {including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), no remedy contained herein shall be deemed a waiver of compliance with the provisions giving rise to such remedy, and nothing herein shall limit a holder's right to pursue actual damages for any failure by the Corporation to comply with the terms of this Certificate of Designation.
 
10.         Specific Shall Not Limit General .  No specific provision contained in this Certificate of Designation shall limit or modify any more general provision contained herein.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designation to be duly executed by its President as of this 1st day of June 2011.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Gideon D. Taylor  
   
Gideon D. Taylor, President
 
   
CEO
 
 
 
3

Exhibit 3.3
 
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES, RIGHTS AND
OTHER  RIGHTS OF
SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK OF GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the undersigned CEO of GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that pursuant to  the  authority  contained in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. and in accordance with the provisions of the resolution creating a series of the class of the Corporation's  authorized  Preferred Stock as designated as Series B Preferred Stock as follows:
 
FIRST : The Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation authorizes the issuance of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and further authorizes the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to divide and establish any or all of the unissued shares of preferred stock not then allocated to any series into one or more and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to fix and determine the designation of each such share, the number of shares which shall constitute such and certain preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of each series so established.
 
SECOND : By unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation dated June 28, 2011, the Board of Directors have designated   60,000 shares of the preferred stock as Series B Preferred Stock. The designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be as hereinafter described.
 
THIRD : Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is amended to include the following:
 
Series B Preferred Stock
 
The Corporation shall designate a series of preferred  stock, consisting of 60,000 shares, as Series B  Preferred Stock (the “Series B”) which shall have the following designations, rights and preferences:
 
1.          Dividends . The holders of the Series B (each, a “Holder”) shall have no rights to receive dividend  distributions or to participate in any dividends declared  by the Corporation to or for the benefit of the holders of its common stock.
 
2.          Conversion . Each  share  of the Series  B shall be convertible into shares of the Corporation's  common stock,  par value  $0.0001 per share (the  “Common  Stock”),  into  such number  of  shares   of  Common  Stock  equal  to  0.134%  of  the  Corporation  at  the  time  of conversion   on  a  fully  diluted   basis  (i.e. after  giving  effect  to  all  securities   and  assuming conversion  and  exercise  of  all  securities,   including   but  not  limited  to  all  common  shares, preferred shares, convertible debt securities, options and warrants, whether they are in the money or not and whether they are exercisable or not) (the '”Conversion Ratio”).
 
 
1

 
 
a.          Mechanics of Conversion . The conversion of the shares of the Series B shall be conducted in the following manner:
 
i.           Holder's  Delivery  Requirements . To  convert  the  shares  of  the Series B into shares of Common Stock on any date (the "Conversion Date"), the Holder shall (A) transmit by facsimile (or otherwise deliver) for receipt on or prior to 11:59 p.m., Eastern Standard Time on such date, a copy of a fully executed notice of conversion (the “Conversion Notice”) to the Corporation's  designated transfer agent (the “Transfer  Agent”) with a copy thereto to the Corporation and (b) surrender to a common carrier for delivery to the Transfer Agent at such time the original certificates representing the shares of the Series B being converted (or a letter attesting to their loss, theft or destruction with respect to such shares in the case of their loss, theft or destruction) (the “Series B Certificate”), duly endorsed for transfer.
 
ii.           Corporation's  Response . Upon receipt by the Corporation of a copy of the Conversion Notice, the Corporation shall immediately send, via facsimile, a confirmation of receipt of such Conversion Notice to the Holder and the Transfer Agent, which confirmation shall constitute an instruction to the Transfer Agent to process such Conversion Notice in accordance with the terms herein. Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Series B Certificates to be converted pursuant to the Conversion Notice, the Transfer Agent shall, on the next business day following the date of receipt (or the second business day following the date of receipt if received after 11:00 a.m. local time of the Transfer Agent), issue and surrender to a common carrier for overnight delivery to the, address as specified in the Conversion Notice, a certificate registered  in the name of  the Holder or  its designee for  a  number of  shares  of Common Stock to which the Holder shall be entitled. If the number of the shares of the Series B represented by the Series B Certificate(s) submitted for conversion is greater than the number of Preferred Stock being converted, then the Transfer Agent shall, as soon as practicable and in no event later than three (3) business days after receipt of the Series B Certificate(s), issue and deliver to the Holder a new Series B Certificate representing the number of the shares of the Series B not converted.
 
iii.          Record Holder . The person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon a conversion of the shares of the Series B shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on the Conversion Date.
 
b.          Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all taxes that may be payable With respect to the issuance and delivery of the Common Stock upon the conversion of the the shares of the Series B.
 
3.          Redemption . The shares of the Series B are not redeemable except that, at the individual  option of each Holder of shares of the Series B, the Corporation shall redeem the number of shares of the Series B that is specified in a request for redemption delivered to the Corporation by such Holder by paying the Liquidation Preference Price (as hereinafter defined) per share of the Series B to be redeemed; provided. however, that if the Corporation is prohibited under the Delaware Business Corporations Act or other applicable law from redeeming all of the shares of the Series B for which redemption is required hereunder, then it shall first redeem such shares on a pro rata basis among the Holders in proportion to the full respective redemption amounts to which they are entitled hereunder to the extent that the Corporation is not so legally prohibited from doing so and shall redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed as soon as the Corporation is not so legally prohibited from doing so. On the requested date of redemption (which shall be no sooner than 60 days from the date of delivery of the redemption request to the Corporation) as specified in the Holder's notice, the Holder shall surrender to the Corporation his certificate for the shares of the Series B to be redeemed and the Corporation shall pay to such Holder the redemption price therefor in immediately available funds.  In the case of a partial redemption, the Corporation will issue a new certificate to the Holder representing the balance of the unredeemed Series B shares. In the event any shares of the Series  B shall be redeemed pursuant to this section, the shares so redeemed shall automatically be cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock.
 
 
2

 
 
4.          Voting Rights . Each share of the Series B shall entitle the Holder thereof to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which their shares of the Series B could be converted pursuant to the Conversion Ratio on the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote or consent, and with respect to such vote, shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together as a single class with holders of Common Stock and any other series of preferred stock then outstanding, with respect to any question or matter upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. The shares of the Series B shall also entitle the Holders thereof to vote the shares as a separate class as set forth herein and as required by Jaw. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend or reclassification of the Corporation's Common Stock, the number of votes which attach to each share of the Series B shall be adjusted in the same proportion as any adjustment to the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
5.          Liquidation,  Dissolution,  Winding-Up .  Upon  any  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Holders of the shares of the Series B shall be entitled, after any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference senior to the Series B but before any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series B, to be paid in cash the sum of $1.00  per share, subject  to appropriate adjustments for  subdivisions or combinations of the outstanding shares of the Series B effected after the date hereof (the ”Liquidation  Preference Price”). If upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets to be distributed among the Series B Holders and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series B shall be insufficient to permit payment to said holders of such amounts, then all of the assets of the Corporation then remaining shall be distributed ratably among the Series B Holders and such other capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series B, if any. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after provision is made for Series B Holders and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series B, if any, then-outstanding as provided above, the holders of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series B shall be entitled to receive ratably all remaining assets of the Corporation to be distributed.  If assets other than cash are distributed pursuant to this Section, the valuation of such assets will be made by the Board of Directors acting in good faith.
 
6.          Protective Provisions . So long as any shares of the Series B are outstanding, this Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the written approval of Mark Durfee, Mark Munro and Forward Investments, LLC, amend its Certificate of Incorporation to (i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B, (ii) alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of  the Series  B, or  the qualifications,  limitations or  restrictions  thereof, if any  such alteration or change would adversely affect the rights of the Series B Holders, or (iii) create any class of preferred stock which has any economic benefits senior to the Series B shares, including without limitation any preferred dividend or coupon. The Company shall not after the date hereof issue any non-dilutable security without the approval of !he Series B Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may issue without approval of the Series B Holders, new classes or series of preferred stock junior to the Series B.
 
 
3

 
 
7.          Reservation of Common Stock . The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or its treasury shares of Common Stock, solely for  the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Series  B, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock as then could be issuable upon the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series B. All shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon conversion of  the Series B in accordance with this Certificate of Designation  will, when so issued, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The Corporation will take all action that may be necessary to assure that all shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion may be so issued without violation of any law, regulation or agreement applicable to the Corporation.
 
8.          Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or  shares of the Series B.  All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of the Series B by a Holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share of Common Stock, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of conversion (as  determined in good faith  by the Board of Directors).
 
9.          Registration Rights . Each Holder holding any Series B which has been converted to Common Stock hereunder which have not been (i) sold to a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or public securities transaction or (ii) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder (the “Registrable Securities”) shall have the following registration rights:
 
a.          Demand Rights . Each Holder of Registrable Securities (together with all other shareholders joining in such demand as provided below, the “Initial Requesting Holders”), may at any time make a written request to the Corporation that the Corporation file a registration statement or similar document under the Act with respect to all or any part of such Holder's or Holders' Registrable Securities (a “Demand Registration”). Within 10 business days after receipt of such request, the Corporation shall give written notice of such Demand Registration request (including therein the number of Registrable Securities included in such demand and the parties making such demand) to all other Holders of Registrable Securities (the “Demand Notice”).  Such other Holders will have the right to join in making such a demand by giving written notice to the Corporation of such Holder’s election to participate in such Demand Registration and the number of such Holder's Registrable Securities to be included therein. The Corporation shall cause such registration statement or similar document to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and shall include in such registration statement the Registrable Securities which the Corporation has been requested to register by the Initial Requesting Holders and to cause all such Registrable Securities  to be registered under the Act within 90 days of receipt of the Initial Requesting Holders' request.
 
b.          Piggyback Rights . Each time the Corporation shall determine to file a registration statement under the Act (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or another form not available for registering the Registrable Securities for sale to the public) in connection  with the proposed offer and sale of any of its equity securities either for its own account or on behalf of any other security holder, the Corporation shall give prompt written notice of its determination to all Holders (a “'Piggyback  Notice”). In the event a Holder or Holders, within 20 days after the receipt of the Piggyback Notice, notify the Corporation of their desire that such  Registrable Securities be included in the registration statement, the Corporation shall include in the registration statement all such Registrable Securities, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale tor other disposition by the prospective Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered; provided, however, that the Corporation may at any time, in its sole discretion, withdraw or cease proceeding with any such registration if it shall at the same time withdraw or cease proceeding with the registration of all other securities originally proposed to be registered.
 
 
4

 
 
c.          Expenses .  With respect to each Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration, the  Corporation shall pay,  and shall reimburse  each Holder for paying, any expenses  incurred  in  connection with  such registration, including, without  limitation, all registration, qualification, printing and accounting fees and all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Corporation and the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel for each participating  Holders and all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the Registrable Securities included in such registration statement.
 
d.          Restrictions on Issuance .  The Corporation agrees not to issue any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock for the period commencing 15 days prior to the closing of the offering of securities included in any Demand  Registration or Piggyback Registration  and ending on the 90th day following such closing.
 
10.        No Preemptive Rights . No Series B Holder shall be entitled to rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any new or additional shares of any class, whether now or hereinafter authorized, or of bonds or debentures, or other evidences of indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any class.
 
11.       Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief . The remedies provided din this Certificate of Designation shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Certificate of Designation, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), no remedy contained herein shall be deemed  a waiver of compliance with the provisions giving rise to such  remedy, and nothing herein shall limit a Holder's right to pursue actual damages for any failure by the Corporation to comply with the terms of this Certificate  of Designation.
 
12.        Charges .  The  issuance  of certificates representing Common Stock upon conversion of the Series B as hereinabove set forth shall be made without charge for any expense or issuance  tax in respect thereof, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes which  may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the holder of shares converted.
 
13.        Specific Shall Not Limit General .  No specific provision contained in this Certificate of Designation shall limit or modify any more general provision contained herein.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designation to be duly executed by its President as of this  28th day of June 2011.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Gideon D. Taylor  
 
Name: 
Gideon D. Taylor  
  Title: CEO  
 
 
 5

Exhibit 3.4
 
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES, RIGHTS AND
OTHER RIGHTS OF
SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK OF GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the undersigned Secretary of GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that pursuant to the authority contained in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and in accordance with the provisions of the resolution creating a series of the class of the Corporation’s authorized Preferred Stock as designated as Series C Preferred Stock as follows:
 
FIRST : The Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation authorizes the issuance of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and further authorizes the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to divide and establish any or all of the unissued shares of preferred stock not then allocated to any series into one or more and , without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to fix and determine the designation of each such share, the number of shares which shall constitute such and certain preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of each series so established.
 
SECOND : By unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation dated December 23, 2011, the Board of Directors has designated 1,500, shares of the preferred stock as Series C Preferred Stock. The designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be as hereinafter described.
 
THIRD : Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is amended to include the following:
 
Series C Preferred Stock
 
The Corporation shall designate a series of preferred stock, consisting of 1,500 shares, as Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C”) with stated value of $1,000 per share and which shall have the following designations, rights and preferences:
 
1.               Dividends . The holders of the outstanding Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation out of funds legally available therefore, cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 10% of the Stated Value per share of the Series C Preferred except that for such period that the Company is in breach of any provisions of this Agreement or fails to pay any dividends, the annual rate shall increase to 12%. Such dividends shall be payable in cash or stock, Quarterly in arrears beginning March 31, 2012 (each of such dates being a “Dividend Payment Date”). Such dividends shall accrue on each such share commencing on the date of issue, and shall accrue from day to day, whether or not earned or declared. Such dividends shall be cumulative so that if such dividends in respect of any previous monthly dividend period shall not have been paid on or declared and set apart for all shares of Series C Preferred at the time outstanding, the deficiency shall be fully paid on or declared and set apart for such shares before the Corporation makes any distribution (as hereinafter defined) to the holders of Common Stock. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. “Distribution” in this Section means the transfer of cash or property without consideration, whether by way of dividend or otherwise (except a dividend in shares of the Corporation) or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation for cash or property (except for an exchange of shares of the Corporation or shares acquired by the Corporation from employees pursuant to the terms of any employee incentive plan, agreement or arrangement) including any such transfer, purchase or redemption by a subsidiary of the Corporation. The time of any distribution by way of dividend shall be the date of declaration thereof and the time of any distribution by purchase or redemption of shares shall be the day cash or property is transferred by the Corporation, whether or not pursuant to a contract of an earlier date; provided that where a negotiable debt security is issued in exchange for shares the time of the distribution is the date when the Corporation acquires the shares in such exchange. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of Series C Preferred entitled to receive payment of a dividend declared thereon.
 
 
1

 
 
2.               Conversion . The holders of Series C shares shall have the right for a two year period following the issuance of the shares to convert same into the Corporation Common Stock , par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”),. The conversion shall be into such number of shares of Common Stock equal to .025% of the Corporation at the time of conversion on a fully diluted basis ( i.e. after giving effect to all securities and assuming conversion and exercise of all securities, including but not limited to all common shares, preferred shares, convertible debt securities, options and warrants, whether they are in the money or not and whether they are exercisable or not) (the “Conversion Ratio”).
 
a.               Mechanics of Conversion . The conversion of the shares of the Series C shall be conducted in the following manner:
 
  i.                Holder’s Delivery Requirements . To convert the shares of the Series C into shares of Common Stock on any date (the “Conversion Date”), the Holder shall (A) transmit by facsimile (or otherwise deliver) for receipt on or prior to 11:59 p.m., Eastern Standard Time on such date, a copy of a fully executed notice of conversion (the “Conversion Notice”) to the Corporation’s designated transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) with a copy thereto to the Corporation and (b) surrender to a common carrier for delivery to the Transfer Agent at such time the original certificates representing the shares of the Series C being converted (or a letter attesting to their loss, theft or destruction with respect to such shares in the case of their loss, theft or destruction) (the “Series C Certificate”), duly endorsed for transfer.
 
 
2

 
 
  ii.               Corporation’s Response . Upon receipt by the Corporation of a copy of the Conversion Notice, the Corporation shall immediately send, via facsimile, a confirmation of receipt of such Conversion Notice to the Holder and the Transfer Agent, which confirmation shall constitute an instruction to the Transfer Agent to process such Conversion Notice in accordance with the terms herein. Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Series C Certificates to be converted pursuant to the Conversion Notice, the Transfer Agent shall, on the next business day following the date of receipt (or the second business day following the date of receipt if received after 11:00 a.m. local time of the Transfer Agent), issue and surrender to a common carrier for overnight delivery to the address as specified in the Conversion Notice, a certificate registered in the name of the Holder or its designee for a number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder shall be entitled. If the number of the shares of the Series C represented by the Series C Certificate(s) submitted for conversion is greater than the number of Preferred Stock being converted, then the Transfer Agent shall, as soon as practicable and in no event later than three (3) business days after receipt of the Series C Certificate(s), issue and deliver to the Holder a new Series C Certificate representing the number of the shares of the Series C not converted.
 
  iii.              Record Holder . The person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon a conversion of the shares of the Series C shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on the Conversion Date.
 
b.              Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all taxes that may be payable with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Common Stock upon the conversion of the shares of the Series C.
 
3.              Redemption . The shares of the Series C are not redeemable except that, at the individual option of each Holder of shares of the Series C, the Corporation shall redeem the number of shares of the Series C that is specified in a request for redemption delivered to the Corporation by such Holder by paying the Liquidation Preference Price (as hereinafter defined) per share of the Series C to be redeemed; provided, however , that if the Corporation is prohibited under the Delaware Business Corporations Act or other applicable law from redeeming all of the shares of the Series C for which redemption is required hereunder, then it shall first redeem such shares on a pro rata basis among the Holders in proportion to the full respective redemption amounts to which they are entitled hereunder to the extent that the Corporation is not so legally prohibited from doing so and shall redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed as soon as the Corporation is not so legally prohibited from doing so. On the requested date of redemption (which shall be no sooner than 60 days from the date of delivery of the redemption request to the Corporation) as specified in the Holder’s notice, the Holder shall surrender to the Corporation his certificate for the shares of the Series C to be redeemed and the Corporation shall pay to such Holder the redemption price therefor in immediately available funds. In the case of a partial redemption, the Corporation will issue a new certificate to the Holder representing the balance of the unredeemed Series C shares. In the event any shares of the Series C shall be redeemed pursuant to this section, the shares so redeemed shall automatically be cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock.
 
 
3

 
 
4.              Voting Rights . Each share of the Series C shall entitle the Holder thereof to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which their shares of the Series C could be converted pursuant to the Conversion Ratio on the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote or consent, and with respect to such vote, shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together as a single class with holders of Common Stock and any other series of preferred stock then outstanding, with respect to any question or matter upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. The shares of the Series C shall also entitle the Holders thereof to vote the shares as a separate class as set forth herein and as required by law. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend or reclassification of the Corporation’s Common Stock, the number of votes which attach to each share of the Series C shall be adjusted in the same proportion as any adjustment to the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
5.              Liquidation, Dissolution, Winding-Up . Upon any Sale, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Holders of the shares of the Series C shall be entitled, after any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference senior to the Series C but before any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series C, to be paid in cash the sum of $1000.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustments for subdivisions or combinations of the outstanding shares of the Series C effected after the date hereof (the “Liquidation Preference Price”). If upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets to be distributed among the Series C Holders and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series C shall be insufficient to permit payment to said holders of such amounts, then all of the assets of the Corporation then remaining shall be distributed ratably among the Series C Holders and such other capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series C, if any. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after provision is made for Series C Holders and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series C, if any, then-outstanding as provided above, the holders of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series C shall be entitled to receive ratably all remaining assets of the Corporation to be distributed. If assets other than cash are distributed pursuant to this Section,   the valuation of such assets will be made by the Board of Directors acting in good faith.
 
 
4

 
 
6.              Protective Provisions . So long as any shares of the Series C are outstanding, this Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the written approval of, a majority of Series C holders, amend its Certificate of Incorporation to (i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C, (ii) alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the Series C, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any such alteration or change would adversely affect the rights of the Series C Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may issue without approval of the Series C Holders, new classes or series of preferred stock junior to the Series C.
 
7.              Reservation of Common Stock . The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or its treasury shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Series C, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock as then could be issuable upon the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series C. All shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon conversion of the Series C in accordance with this Certificate of Designation will, when so issued, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The Corporation will take all action that may be necessary to assure that all shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion may be so issued without violation of any law, regulation or agreement applicable to the Corporation.
 
8.              Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Series C. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of the Series C by a Holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share of Common Stock, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of conversion (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors).
 
9.              Piggyback Registration Rights . Each Holder holding any Series C shall have piggyback registration rights. Each time the Corporation shall determine to file a registration statement under the Act (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or another form not available for registering the Registrable Securities for sale to the public) in connection with the proposed offer and sale of any of its equity securities either for its own account or on behalf of any other security holder, the Corporation shall give prompt written notice of its determination to all Holders (a “Piggyback Notice”). In the event a Holder or Holders, within 20 days after the receipt of the Piggyback Notice, notify the Corporation of their desire that such Registrable Securities be included in the registration statement, the Corporation shall include in the registration statement all such Registrable Securities, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or other disposition by the prospective Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered; provided, however , that the Corporation may at any time, in its sole discretion, withdraw or cease proceeding with any such registration if it shall at the same time withdraw or cease proceeding with the registration of all other securities originally proposed to be registered.
 
 
5

 
 
a.               Expenses . With respect to each Piggyback Registration, the Corporation shall pay, and shall reimburse each Holder for paying, any expenses incurred in connection with such registration, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, printing and accounting fees and all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Corporation and the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel for each participating Holders and all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the Registrable Securities included in such registration statement.
 
b.              Restrictions on Issuance . The Corporation agrees not to issue any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock for the period commencing 15 days prior to the closing of the offering of securities included in any Piggyback Registration and ending on the 90th day following such closing.
 
10.             No Preemptive Rights . No Series C Holder shall be entitled to rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any new or additional shares of any class, whether now or hereinafter authorized, or of bonds or debentures, or other evidences of indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any class.
 
11.             Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief . The remedies provided din this Certificate of Designation shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Certificate of Designation, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), no remedy contained herein shall be deemed a waiver of compliance with the provisions giving rise to such remedy, and nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue actual damages for any failure by the Corporation to comply with the terms of this Certificate of Designation.
 
12.             Charges . The issuance of certificates representing Common Stock upon conversion of the Series C as hereinabove set forth shall be made without charge for any expense or issuance tax in respect thereof, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the holder of shares converted.
 
13.             Specific Shall Not Limit General . No specific provision contained in this Certificate of Designation shall limit or modify any more general provision contained herein.
 
 
6

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designation to be duly executed this __26th____ day of December 2011.
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/  Lawrence M. Sands  
  Name: 
Lawrence M. Sands
 
  Title:  Corporate Secretary  
 
STATE OF _Florida___________________
 
COUNTY OF __Palm Beach________________
 
At ___Boca Raton___________ in said County on this ___ day of December 26, 2011 2011 personally appeared before me __Lawrence Sands_________________, who, being by me first duly sworn, declared that he is the __Secretary_____________________ of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., that he signed the foregoing document as ____Secretary____________ of said corporation, and that the statements therein contained are true.
 
/s/
Notary Public
My Commission Expires: February 2013
 
 
7

Exhibit 3.5
 
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES, RIGHTS AND
OTHER RIGHTS OF
SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK OF GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Pursuant  to Section  151 of the General Corporation  Law of the State  of Delaware, the undersigned  Secretary of GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS,  INC.   (the  “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that  pursuant to the authority contained in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and in accordance with the provisions of the resolution creating a series of the class of the Corporation's authorized Preferred Stock as designated as Series  D Preferred Stock as follows:
 
FIRST :  The Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation  authorizes the issuance of 500,000,000  shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of  preferred  stock,  par value  $0.0001  per share,  and further  authorizes  the  Board  of Directors of the Corporation, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to divide and establish any or all of the unissued shares of preferred stock not then allocated to any series into one or more and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to fix and determine the designation  of each such share, the number of shares which shall constitute such and certain preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of each series so established.
 
SECOND :   By unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation dated December 31, 2011, the Board of Directors have designated  1000, shares of the preferred stock as Series D Preferred Stock. The designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be as hereinafter described.
 
THIRD :  Article Four1h of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation  is amended to include the following:
 
Series D Preferred Stock
 
The Corporation  shall designate a series of preferred stock, consisting of 1000 shares, with stated value of $1000 per share, as Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series  D”), which shall have the following designations, rights and preferences:
 
1.          Dividends . The holders of the outstanding Series D Preferred shall be entitled  to receive, when, as and if declared  by the Board  of Directors  of the Corporation out of funds legally available therefore, cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 10% of the Stated Value per share of the Series D Preferred. Such dividends shall be payable in cash or stock, Quarterly in arrears beginning  March 31, 2012 (each  of such dates being a “Dividend  Payment  Date”). Such dividends shall accrue on each such share commencing on the date of issue, and shall accrue from day to day, whether or not earned or declared.  Such dividends shall be cumulative so that if such dividends in respect of any previous monthly dividend period shall not have been paid on or declared and set apart for all shares of Series D Preferred at the time outstanding, the deficiency shall be fully paid on or declared and set apart for such shares before the Corporation makes any distribution  (as hereinafter  defined) to the holders of Common Stock.   Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. “Distribution” in this Section means the transfer of cash or property without consideration, whether by way of  dividend or otherwise (except a dividend in shares of the Corporation) or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation for cash or  property (except for an exchange of shares of the Corporation or shares acquired by the Corporation from employees pursuant to the terms of any employee incentive plan, agreement or arrangement) including any such transfer, purchase or redemption by a subsidiary of the Corporation.  The time of any distribution by way of dividend shall be the date of declaration thereof and the time of any distribution by purchase or redemption of shares shall be the day cash or property is transferred by the Corporation, whether or not pursuant to a contract of an earlier date; provided that where a negotiable debt security is issued in exchange for shares the time of the distribution is the date when the Corporation acquires the shares in such exchange.
 
 
 

 
 
2.          Conversion . At the option of the Company, Series D shares shall be converted into the Corporation's Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), at any time the market capitalization of the Company's Common Stock exceeds $15 million or the shares of Common Stock are trading at a per share price in excess of $.35 a share for a 10-day trading period. The number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated by dividing the face value of the Series D shares by the closing price of the Common Stock on the last business date preceding written notice by the Corporation to the holders of its Series D shares of the Corporation's decision to convert.
 
a.            Mechanics of Conversion . The conversion of the shares of the Series D shall be conducted in the following manner:
 
  i.            Holder's  Delivery  Requirements . To  convert  the  shares of  the Series D into shares of Common Stock on any date (the “Conversion Date”), the Company shall (A) transmit by facsimile (or otherwise deliver) for receipt on or prior to 11:59 p.m., Eastern Standard Time on such date, a copy of a fully executed notice of conversion (the “Conversion Notice”) to the Corporation's  designated transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”)  with a copy thereto to the Holder and (b) request that the Holder surrender to a common carrier for delivery to the Company at such time the original certificates representing the shares of the Series D being converted (or a provide a letter attesting to their loss, theft or destruction with respect to such shares in the case of their loss, theft or destruction) (the “Series D Certificate”), duly endorsed for transfer.
 
3.         Redemption . The shares of the Series D are not redeemable.
 
4.         Voting Rights . The Series D shares carry no Voting Rights.
 
5.         Liquidation, Dissolution, Winding-Up . Upon any Sale, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Holders of the shares of the Series D shall be entitled, after any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference senior to the Series D but before any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series D, to be paid in cash the sum of $1000.00 per share. (the “Liquidation Preference Price”). If upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets to be distributed among the Series D Holders and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series D shall be insufficient to permit payment to said holders of such amounts, then all of the assets of the Corporation then remaining shall be distributed ratably among the Series D Holders and such other capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series D, if any. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after provision is made for Series D Holders and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series D, if any, then-outstanding as provided above, the holders of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series D shall be entitled to receive ratably all remaining assets of the Corporation to be distributed. If assets other than cash are distributed pursuant to this Section, the valuation of such assets will be made by the Board of Directors acting in good faith.
 
 
2

 
 
6.         Reservation of Common Stock . The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or its treasury shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Series D the maximum number of shares of Common Stock as then could be issuable upon the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series D. All shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon conversion of the Series C in accordance with this Certificate of Designation will, when so issued, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The Corporation will take all action that may be necessary to assure that all shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion may be so issued without violation of any law, regulation or agreement applicable to the Corporation.
 
7.         Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Series D. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions  thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of the Series D by a Holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share of Common Stock, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of conversion (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors).
 
8.         No Preemptive Rights . No Series D Holder shall be entitled to rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any new or additional shares of any class, whether now or hereinafter authorized, or of bonds or debentures, or other evidences of indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any class.
 
9.         Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief . The remedies provided in this Certificate of Designation shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Certificate of Designation, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), no remedy contained herein shall be deemed a waiver of compliance with the provisions giving rise to such remedy, and nothing herein shall limit a Holder's right to pursue actual damages for any failure by the Corporation to comply with the terms of this Certificate of Designation.
 
10.       Charges .   The issuance of certificates representing Common Stock upon conversion of the Series D as hereinabove set forth shall be made without charge for any expense or issuance tax in respect thereof, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer  involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the holder of shares converted.
 
11.       Specific  Shall   Not  Limit  General .   No  specific   provision   contained   in  this Certificate of Designation shall limit or modify any more general provision contained herein.
 
IN WITNESS  WHEREOF ,  the Corporation  has ad this Certificate  of Designation to be duly executed by its Corporate Secretary as of this 20 th day of February 2012.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS,  INC.
 
       
  By:  /s/ Lawrence Sands  
  Name:   Lawrence Sands  
  Title:  Corporate Secretary  
 
 

EXHIBIT 3.6
 
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES,  AND RIGHTS OF
SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK OF GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the undersigned Secretary of GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that pursuant to the authority contained in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and in accordance with the provisions of the resolution creating a series of the class of the Corporation’s authorized Preferred Stock as designated as Series E Preferred Stock as follows:
 
FIRST :  The Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation authorizes the issuance of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and further authorizes the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to divide and establish any or all of the unissued shares of preferred stock not then allocated to any series into one or more and , without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to fix and determine the designation of each such share, the number of shares which shall constitute such and certain preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of each series so established.
 
SECOND :  By unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation dated September 17, 2012, the Board of Directors adopted the following resolution designating 3,500, shares of the preferred stock as Series E Preferred Stock and fixing the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of the Series E Preferred Stock:
 
RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors hereby establishes a series of the Corporation’s preferred stock, designated Series F Preferred Stock, and hereby states the number of shares, and fixes the powers, designations, preferences and other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of such series of shares as follows:
 
Series E Preferred Stock
 
The Corporation shall designate a series of preferred stock, consisting of 3,500 shares, as Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E”) which shall have the following designations, rights and preferences:
 
1.     Dividends and Warrants . The holders of the outstanding Series E Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefore, cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 12% of the Liquidation Preference Price per share of the Series E.  Such dividends shall be payable in cash or shares of the Corporation’s common stock, at the election of the Corporation, quarterly in arrears beginning September 30, 2012.  Such dividends shall accrue on each such share commencing on the date of issue, and shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared until paid, or until the earlier redemption or conversion of the Series E.  Such dividends shall be cumulative so that if such dividends in respect of any previous quarterly dividend period shall not have been paid on or declared and set apart for all shares of Series E Preferred at the time outstanding, the deficiency shall be declared and fully paid on or declared and set apart for such shares before the Corporation makes any distribution (as hereinafter defined) to the holders of Common Stock.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  “Distribution” in this Section means the transfer of cash or property without consideration, whether by way of dividend or otherwise (except a dividend in shares of the Corporation) or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation for cash or property (except for an exchange of shares of the Corporation or shares acquired by the Corporation from employees pursuant to the terms of any employee incentive plan, agreement or arrangement) including any such transfer, purchase or redemption by a subsidiary of the Corporation.  The time of any distribution by way of dividend shall be the date of declaration thereof and the time of any distribution by purchase or redemption of shares shall be the day cash or property is transferred by the Corporation, whether or not pursuant to a contract of an earlier date; provided that where a negotiable debt security is issued in exchange for shares the time of the distribution is the date when the Corporation acquires the shares in such exchange.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of Series E entitled to receive payment of a dividend declared thereon.
 
 
1

 
 
2.     Conversion . Each holder of Series E shall have the right to convert such Series E into the Corporation common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 2. The right to convert shall begin on the date on which the first share of Series E is issued and terminate on the one year anniversary thereof.  The conversion, in the aggregate among all Series E, shall be into such number of shares of Common Stock equal to 9.8% of the Corporation’s Common Stock at the time of conversion (such that each holder’s Series E shall be convertible into a number of shares of Common Stock resulting from multiplying 9.8% by such holder’s proportionate amount of the total shares of Series E actually issued by the Corporation (whether then outstanding or not)), calculated on a fully diluted basis ( i.e. after giving effect to all securities and assuming conversion and exercise of all securities, including but not limited to all common shares, preferred shares, convertible debt securities, options and warrants, whether they are in the money or not and whether they are exercisable or not) (the “Conversion Ratio”).
 
a.     Mechanics of Conversion . The conversion of the shares of the Series E shall be conducted in the following manner:
 
i.     Holder’s Delivery Requirements . To convert the shares of the Series E into shares of Common Stock on any date (the “Conversion Date”), the holder of such Series E shall (A) transmit by facsimile (or otherwise deliver) for receipt on or prior to 11:59 p.m., Eastern Standard Time on such date, a copy of a fully executed notice of conversion (the “Conversion Notice”) to the Corporation’s designated transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) with a copy thereto to the Corporation and (b) surrender to a common carrier for delivery to the Transfer Agent at such time the original certificates representing the shares of the Series E being converted (or a letter attesting to their loss, theft or destruction with respect to such shares in the case of their loss, theft or destruction in a form, and providing such indemnities, as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Corporation and the Transfer Agent) (the “Series E Certificate”), duly endorsed for transfer.
 
 
2

 
 
ii.     Corporation’s Response . Upon receipt by the Corporation of a copy of the Conversion Notice, the Corporation shall send, via facsimile, a confirmation of receipt of such Conversion Notice to the Holder and the Transfer Agent, which confirmation shall constitute an instruction to the Transfer Agent to process the conversion of the shares of Series E identified in the Conversion Notice in accordance with the terms herein. Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Series E Certificate(s) to be converted pursuant to the Conversion Notice, the Transfer Agent shall as promptly as practicable in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s standard procedures, issue and surrender to a common carrier for delivery to the address specified in the Conversion Notice, a certificate registered in the name of the holder or its designee for a number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder shall be entitled upon such conversion. If the number of shares of Series E represented by the Series E Certificate(s) submitted for conversion is greater than the number of Series E being converted, then the Transfer Agent shall, as soon as practicable in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s standard procedures, issue and deliver to the holder a new Series E Certificate representing the number of such shares of Series E not converted.
 
iii.     Record Holder . The person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon a conversion of shares of the Series E shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on the Conversion Date.
 
3.     Redemption . Either (a) beginning on the 181st day following the first issuance of shares of Series E at the individual option of each holder of shares of Series E any holder of shares of Series E any holder of such Series E shares may submit a written request (a “Holder Redemption Notice”) that the Corporation redeem a number of shares of such Series E owned by such holder that is specified in such request for redemption delivered to the Corporation by such holder or (b) at any time after the issuance thereof the Corporation may submit a written notice of redemption (a “Company Redemption Notice” and, the applicable Holder Redemption Notice or Company Redemption Notice being sometimes referred to as a “Redemption Notice”), the Corporation shall redeem the number of shares of the Series E that is specified in the Redemption Notice by paying the Liquidation Preference Price (as hereinafter defined) per share of such Series E to be redeemed; provided, however , that if the Corporation is prohibited under the Delaware General Corporation Law or other applicable law from redeeming all of such shares of Series E for which redemption is to occur hereunder, then it shall first redeem such shares on a pro rata basis among the holders requesting redemption (in the case of a Holder Redemption Notice) or all holders of Series E (in the case of a Company Redemption Notice) in proportion to the full respective redemption amounts to which they are entitled hereunder to the extent that the Corporation is not so legally prohibited from doing so and shall redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed as soon as the Corporation is not so legally prohibited from doing so. The Redemption Notice shall also state the date (which must be a business day) on which the holder of such Series E (in the case of a Holder Redemption Notice) desires the shares to be redeemed or the date on which the Company will redeem the shares (in the case of a Company Redemption Notice), which date shall not be sooner than the date that is 45 days after the date of the Redemption Notice nor after the date that is 90 days after the date of the Redemption Notice and which date shall be a business day, in either case without the consent of the Corporation; provided that (in the case of a Holder Redemption Notice) the Corporation may delay the date of redemption for up to an additional 180 days by delivering written notice to the holders of Series E requesting redemption.  On the date of redemption as specified in the Redemption Notice, the holder shall surrender to the Corporation his certificate for the shares of Series E to be redeemed and the Corporation shall pay to such holder the redemption price therefor in immediately available funds. In the case of a partial redemption, the Corporation will instruct the Transfer Agent to issue a new certificate to the holder representing the balance of the unredeemed Series E shares represented by the surrendered certificate. In the event any shares of the Series E shall be redeemed pursuant to this section, the shares so redeemed shall automatically be cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock.
 
 
3

 
 
4.     Voting Rights . Each share of the Series E shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such share of Series E could be converted pursuant to the Conversion Ratio on the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote or consent, and with respect to such vote, shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together as a single class with holders of Common Stock and any other series of preferred stock then outstanding with voting rights, with respect to any question or matter upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. The shares of Series E shall also entitle the holders thereof to vote the shares as a separate class as set forth herein and as required by law. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend or reclassification of the Corporation’s Common Stock, the number of votes which attach to each share of the Series E shall be adjusted in the same proportion as any adjustment to the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
5.     Liquidation, Dissolution, Winding-Up . Upon any Sale, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the shares of the Series E shall be entitled, after any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference senior to the Series E but before any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series E and on a pari passu basis with any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation pari passu with the Series E as to liquidation preference, to be paid in cash the sum of $1000.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustments for subdivisions or combinations of the outstanding shares of the Series E effected after the date hereof (the “Liquidation Preference Price”). If upon such Sale, liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Series E and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series E shall be insufficient to permit payment to said holders of such amounts, then all of the assets of the Corporation then remaining shall be distributed ratably among the Series E Holders and such other capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series E, if any. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after provision is made for Series E Holders and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series E, if any, then-outstanding as provided above, the holders of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series E shall be entitled to receive ratably all remaining assets of the Corporation to be distributed. If assets other than cash are distributed pursuant to this Section,   the valuation of such assets will be made by the Board of Directors acting in good faith.
 
 
4

 
 
6.     Protective Provisions . So long as any shares of the Series E are outstanding, this Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series E, (i) amend its Certificate of Incorporation (including this Certificate of Designation) to adversely alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the Series E, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof or (ii) authorize or create any shares of any class or series of stock ranking senior to the Series E as to liquidation preference.
 
7.     Reservation of Common Stock . The Corporation will at all times that there are any shares of Series E outstanding reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or its treasury shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Series E, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock as then could be issuable upon the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series E. All shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon conversion of the Series E in accordance with this Certificate of Designation will, when so issued, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The Corporation will take all action that may be necessary to assure that all shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion may be so issued without violation of any law, regulation or agreement applicable to the Corporation.
 
8.     Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Series E. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of the Series E by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If a fractional share of Common Stock would otherwise be issued upon conversion of a single share of Series E or, in the case of the conversion of multiple shares of Series E by the same holder, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share of Common Stock, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of conversion (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors based on the last reported sale price of the Corporation’s Common Stock on the date of the Conversion Notice (or, if there is no such reported last sale price, the last reported bid price on such date).
 
9.     Registration Rights . Each holder of any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Series E that have not been (i) sold to a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or public securities transaction or (ii) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder (the “Registrable Securities”) shall have the following registration rights upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 9:
 
a.     Demand Rights . Holders of at least 40% of the Registrable Securities (together with all other shareholders joining in such demand as provided below, the “Initial Requesting Holders”), may at any time (but subject to any market stand-off agreement to which such holders are a party) make a written request to the Corporation that the Corporation file a registration statement under the Act covering the resale of all or any part of such holders’ Registrable Securities (a “Demand Registration”). Within 30 days after receipt of such request, the Corporation shall give written notice of such Demand Registration request (including therein the number of Registrable Securities included in such demand and the parties making such demand) to all other holders of Registrable Securities (the “Demand Notice”). Such other holders will have the right, by giving written notice to the Corporation within 30 days of the date of the Demand Notice, to participate in such Demand Registration and the number of such holder’s Registrable Securities to be included therein. The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as soon as reasonably practicable and shall include in such registration statement the Registrable Securities which the Corporation has been requested to register by the Initial Requesting Holders and any such other holders of Registrable Securities, and to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be obligated to file more than two registration statements that become effective pursuant to this Section 9(a).
 
 
5

 
 
b.     Piggyback Rights . For so long as there are any Registable Securities outstanding, each time the Corporation shall determine to file a registration statement under the Act (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or another form not available for registering the Registrable Securities for sale to the public) in connection with the proposed offer and sale of any of its equity securities either for its own account or on behalf of any other security holder, the Corporation shall give prompt written notice of its determination to all holders of Registrable Securities (a “Piggyback Notice”). In the event a holder or holders, within 20 days after the receipt of the Piggyback Notice, notify the Corporation of their desire that some or all of their Registrable Securities be included in the registration statement, the Corporation shall include in the registration statement all such Registrable Securities, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or other disposition by the holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered; provided, however, that the Corporation may at any time, in its sole discretion withdraw or cease proceeding with any such registration if it shall at the same time withdraw or cease proceeding with the registration of all other securities originally proposed to be registered; and provided further that in connection a registration statement filed in connection with the first underwritten public offering of equity securities of the Corporation after the first date of issuance of Series E, if the lead underwriter(s) determines that inclusion of any or all Registrable Securities in such registration statement is not advisable for the success of the offering, the Corporation shall not be obligated to include any Registrable Securities (up to all Registrable Securities) that such underwriter determines should not be included in the offering.
 
c.     Expenses . With respect to each Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration, the Corporation shall pay any expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and fees and expenses of counsel to the holders (other than as set forth below)) incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to this Section 9, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Corporation and the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel for the selling holders up to an aggregate amount of $30,000; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any Demand Registration if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities included or to be included in such registration), unless the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one Demand Registration pursuant to Section 9(a); provided, further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, such holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Corporation from that known to such holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Corporation of such material adverse change, then such holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 9(a).
 
 
6

 
 
10.    No Preemptive Rights . No Series E Holder shall be entitled to rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any new or additional shares of any class, whether now or hereinafter authorized, or of bonds or debentures, or other evidences of indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any class.
 
11.     Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief . The remedies provided in this Certificate of Designation shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Certificate of Designation, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief).
 
12.     Charges . The issuance of certificates representing Common Stock upon conversion of the Series E as hereinabove set forth shall be made without charge for any expense or issuance tax in respect thereof, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the holder of shares converted.
 
13.     Specific Shall Not Limit General . No specific provision contained in this Certificate of Designation shall limit or modify any more general provision contained herein.
 
 
7

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designation to be duly executed by its Secretary as of this 17th day of September 2012.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Lawrence Sands                                                         
 
Name:
Lawrence Sands  
  Title: Senior Vice President  
 
 
8

EXHIBIT 3.7
 
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES,  AND RIGHTS OF
SERIES F PREFERRED STOCK OF GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the undersigned Secretary of GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that pursuant to the authority contained in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and in accordance with the provisions of the resolution creating a series of the class of the Corporation’s authorized Preferred Stock as designated as Series F Preferred Stock as follows:
 
FIRST :  The Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation authorizes the issuance of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and further authorizes the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to divide and establish any or all of the unissued shares of preferred stock not then allocated to any series into one or more and , without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to fix and determine the designation of each such share, the number of shares which shall constitute such and certain preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of each series so established.
 
SECOND :  By unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation dated September 17, 2012, the Board of Directors adopted the following resolution designating 4,800 shares of the preferred stock as Series F Preferred Stock and fixing the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of the Series F Preferred Stock:
 
 RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors hereby establishes a series of the Corporation’s preferred stock, designated Series F Preferred Stock, and hereby states the number of shares, and fixes the powers, designations, preferences and other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of such series of shares as follows:
 
Series F Preferred Stock
 
The Corporation shall designate a series of preferred stock, consisting of 4,800 shares, as Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F”) which shall have the following designations, rights and preferences:
 
1.     Dividends . The holders of the outstanding Series F shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefore, cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 12% of the Liquidation Preference Price (as hereinafter defined) per share of the Series F.  Such dividends shall be payable in cash or shares of the Corporation’s common stock, at the election of the Corporation, quarterly in arrears beginning September 30, 2012, but only in the event such dividends are declared by the Board of Directors.  Such dividends shall accrue on each such share commencing on the date of issue, and shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared until paid, or until the earlier redemption or conversion of the Series F.  Such dividends shall be cumulative so that if such dividends in respect of any previous quarterly dividend period shall not have been paid on or declared and set apart for all shares of Series F at the time outstanding, the deficiency shall be declared and fully paid on or declared and set apart for such shares before the Corporation makes any Distribution (as hereinafter defined) to the holders of Common Stock.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  “Distribution” in this Section means the transfer of cash or property without consideration, whether by way of dividend or otherwise (except a dividend in shares of the Corporation) or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation for cash or property (except for an exchange of shares of the Corporation or shares acquired by the Corporation from employees pursuant to the terms of any employee incentive plan, agreement or arrangement) including any such transfer, purchase or redemption by a subsidiary of the Corporation.  The time of any Distribution by way of dividend shall be the date of declaration thereof and the time of any distribution by purchase or redemption of shares shall be the day cash or property is transferred by the Corporation, whether or not pursuant to a contract of an earlier date; provided that where a negotiable debt security is issued in exchange for shares the time of the Distribution is the date when the Corporation acquires the shares in such exchange.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of Series F entitled to receive payment of a dividend declared thereon.
 
 
1

 
 
2.     Conversion . Each holder of Series F shall have the right to convert such Series F into the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 2. The right to convert shall begin on the fourth day after an S-1 Registration Statement of the Corporation covering the sale of shares by the Corporation (other than in Rule 145 transaction or in connection with an equity incentive plan) (the “IPO Registration Statement”) is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and continue for a period of twelve months thereafter (such twelve-month period, the “Conversion Period”). Following the end of the Conversion Period, the Series F shall no longer be convertible. The conversion price (the “Conversion Price”) shall be the lesser of (i) the last reported sale price (or if there is no reported last sale price, the last reported bid price) on the third trading day following the effective date of such S-1 Registration and (ii) the average of the last reported sale price (or, if there is no reported last sale price, the last reported bid price) for each of the three trading days prior to the date of the Conversion Notice (as defined below). The conversion shall be into such number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Liquidation Preference Price of the Series F being converted by the Conversion Price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization and the like).
 
a.     Mechanics of Conversion . The conversion of the shares of the Series F shall be conducted in the following manner:
 
i.     Holder’s Delivery Requirements . To convert shares of Series F into shares of Common Stock on any date during the Conversion Period (the “Conversion Date”), the holder of such Series F shall (A) transmit by facsimile (or otherwise deliver) for receipt on or prior to 11:59 p.m., Eastern Standard Time on such date, a copy of a fully executed notice of conversion (the “Conversion Notice”) to the Corporation’s designated transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) with a copy thereto to the Corporation and (b) surrender to a common carrier for delivery to the Transfer Agent at such time the original certificates representing the shares of the Series F being converted (or a letter attesting to their loss, theft or destruction with respect to such shares in the case of their loss, theft or destruction in a form, and providing such indemnities, as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Corporation and the Transfer Agent) (the “Series F Certificate”), duly endorsed for transfer.
 
 
2

 
 
ii.     Corporation’s Response . Upon receipt by the Corporation of a copy of the Conversion Notice, the Corporation shall send, via facsimile, a confirmation of receipt of such Conversion Notice to the holder and the Transfer Agent, which confirmation shall constitute an instruction to the Transfer Agent to process the conversion of the shares of Series F identified in the Conversion Notice in accordance with the terms herein. Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Series F Certificate(s) to be converted pursuant to the Conversion Notice, the Transfer Agent shall as promptly as practicable in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s standard procedures, issue and surrender to a common carrier for delivery to the address specified in the Conversion Notice, a certificate registered in the name of the holder or its designee for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder shall be entitled upon such conversion. If the number of shares of Series F represented by the Series F Certificate(s) submitted for conversion is greater than the number of Series F being converted, then the Transfer Agent shall, as soon as practicable in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s standard procedures, issue and deliver to the holder a new Series F Certificate representing the number of such shares of Series F not converted.
 
iii.     Record Holder . The person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon a conversion of shares of Series F shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on the Conversion Date.
 
3.     Redemption . The shares of Series F are redeemable by the holders thereof solely to the extent provided in that certain Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Corporation and the Sellers party thereto, dated as of September 17, 2012 (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”).  At any time after the issuance of shares of Series F, the Corporation may submit a written notice of redemption (a “Company Redemption Notice”) with respect any shares of Series F by delivering a Company Redemption Notice to the holders thereof specifying the Series F to be redeemed.  A Seller Redemption Notice (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) and a Company Redemption Notice are each referred to as a “Redemption Notice.”  Any Seller Redemption Notice shall state the date (which must be a business day) on which the holder of such Series F desires the shares to be redeemed, which date shall not be sooner than the date that is 20 days after the date of the Holder Redemption Notice nor after the date that is 90 days after the date of the Holder Redemption Notice, in either case without the consent of the Corporation.  The Company Redemption Notice shall also state the date (which must be a business day) on which the subject Series F are to be redeemed, which date shall not be sooner than 10 business days from the date of the Company Redemption Notice without the consent of the relevant holder, provided, however, that if any Seller Redemption Notice delivered pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement and this Section 3 (whether issued prior to or after such Company Redemption Notice) provides for an earlier date of redemption, then the Seller Redemption Notice shall control.  The Corporation shall redeem any shares of Series F pursuant to a Company Redemption Notice by paying the Liquidation Preference Price per share of such Series F to be redeemed.  The Corporation shall redeem any shares of Series F pursuant to a Seller Redemption Notice by paying the price per share of such Series F to be redeemed as determined pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement.  If the Corporation is prohibited under the Delaware General Corporation Law from redeeming all of such shares of Series F for which redemption is required hereunder, then it shall first redeem such shares on a pro rata basis among the holders requesting redemption in proportion to the full respective redemption amounts to which they are entitled hereunder to the extent that the Corporation is not so legally prohibited from doing so and shall redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed as soon as the Corporation is not so legally prohibited from doing so.  If the Corporation is legally prohibited from effecting the redemption in full, it shall send reasonable evidence supporting such to the party(ies) requesting redemption, including a written legal opinion providing support for its position.  Any such legal prohibition shall not limit or restrict in any manner any rights or remedies that a holder may have pursuant to any contract or agreement with the Corporation.  On or before the date of redemption as specified in the Redemption Notice in accordance with this Section 3, the holder shall surrender to the Corporation his certificate for the shares of the Series F to be redeemed and the Corporation shall pay to such holder the redemption price therefor in immediately available funds. In the case of a partial redemption, the Corporation will instruct the Transfer Agent to issue a new certificate to the holder representing the balance of the unredeemed Series F shares represented by the surrendered certificate. In the event any shares of Series F shall be redeemed pursuant to this section, the shares so redeemed shall automatically be cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock.
 
 
3

 
 
4.     Voting Rights . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by Delaware law, the holders of Series F shall not be entitled to voting rights, except that without the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F, the Corporation will not (a) authorize or create any shares of Series F or authorize or create any class or series of stock ranking senior to the Series F as to liquidation rights; (b) amend, alter or repeal by any means the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (including any provision of this Certificate of Designation) if such amendment, alteration or repeal would adversely change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series F; or (c) voluntarily impose any restriction on the Series F other than as required by applicable law. Upon conversion of shares of Series F by holders thereof into Common Stock of the Company, such holders (to the extent of such Common Stock) shall be entitled to voting rights pertaining to the Common Stock received upon such conversion.
 
5.     Liquidation, Dissolution, Winding-Up . Upon any Sale (as defined below), liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the shares of the Series F shall be entitled, after any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference senior to the Series F but before any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series F and on a pari passu basis with any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation pari passu with the Series F as to liquidation preference, to be paid in cash the sum of $1000.00 per share (subject to appropriate adjustments for subdivisions or combinations of the outstanding shares of the Series F effected after the date hereof, the “Liquidation Preference Price”). If upon such Sale, liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Series F and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series F shall be insufficient to permit payment to said holders of such amounts, then all of the assets of the Corporation then remaining shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series F and such other capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series F, if any. Upon any Sale, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after provision is made for holders of Series F and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference that is pari passu to the Series F, if any, then-outstanding as provided above, the holders of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series F shall be entitled to receive ratably all remaining assets of the Corporation to be distributed. If assets other than cash are distributed pursuant to this Section 5,   the valuation of such assets will be made by the Board of Directors acting in good faith.  For purposes hereof, “Sale” means (i) any acquisition of the Corporation by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Corporation are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring corporation or its subsidiary (other than a mere reincorporation transaction) and pursuant to which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or other form of corporate reorganization fail to hold equity securities representing a majority of the voting power of the Corporation or surviving entity immediately following such merger or other form of corporate reorganization or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.  Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F, voting together as a separate class, may by vote or written consent waive the treatment of any transaction as a “Sale”.
 
 
4

 
 
6.     Reservation of Common Stock . The Corporation will at all times that there are any shares of Series F outstanding reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or its treasury shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Series F, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock as then could be issuable upon the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series F. All shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon conversion of the Series F in accordance with this Certificate of Designation will, when so issued, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The Corporation will take all action that may be necessary to assure that all shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion may be so issued without violation of any law, regulation or agreement applicable to the Corporation.
 
7.     Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Series F. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of the Series F by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If a fractional share of Common Stock would otherwise be issued upon conversion of a single share of Series F or, in the case of the conversion of multiple shares of Series F by the same holder, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share of Common Stock, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of conversion (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors based on the last reported sale price of the Corporation’s Common Stock on the date of the Conversion Notice (or, if there is no such reported last sale price, the last reported bid price on such date).
 
8.     Registration Rights . Each holder of any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Series F that have not been (i) sold to a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or public securities transaction or (ii) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder (the “Registrable Securities”) shall have the following registration rights upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 8:
 
 
5

 
 
a.     Demand Rights . Any holder of at least 40% of the Registrable Securities (together with all other shareholders joining in such demand as provided below, the “Initial Requesting Holders”), may at any time (but subject to any market stand-off agreement to which such holders are a party) make a written request to the Corporation that the Corporation file a registration statement under the Act covering the resale of all or any part of such holders’ Registrable Securities (a “Demand Registration”). Within 30 days after receipt of such request, the Corporation shall give written notice of such Demand Registration request (including therein the number of Registrable Securities included in such demand and the parties making such demand) to all other holders of Registrable Securities (the “Demand Notice”). Such other holders will have the right, by giving written notice to the Corporation within 30 days of the date of the Demand Notice, to participate in such Demand Registration and the number of such holder’s Registrable Securities to be included therein. The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as soon as reasonably practicable and shall include in such registration statement the Registrable Securities which the Corporation has been requested to register by the Initial Requesting Holders and any such other holders of Registrable Securities, and to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be obligated to file more than two registration statements that become effective pursuant to this Section 8(a).
 
b.     Piggyback Rights . For so long as there are any Registrable Securities outstanding, each time the Corporation shall determine to file a registration statement under the Act (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or another form not available for registering the Registrable Securities for sale to the public) in connection with the proposed offer and sale of any of its equity securities either for its own account or on behalf of any other security holder, the Corporation shall give prompt written notice of its determination to all holders of Registrable Securities (a “Piggyback Notice”). In the event a holder or holders, within 20 days after the receipt of the Piggyback Notice, notify the Corporation of their desire that some or all of their Registrable Securities be included in the registration statement, the Corporation shall include in the registration statement all such Registrable Securities, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or other disposition by the holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered; provided, however , that the Corporation may at any time, in its sole discretion, withdraw or cease proceeding with any such registration if it shall at the same time withdraw or cease proceeding with the registration of all other securities originally proposed to be registered; and provided further that in connection with the IPO Registration Statement, if the lead underwriter(s) determines that inclusion of any or all Registrable Securities in such registration statement is not advisable for the success of the offering, the Corporation shall not be obligated to include any Registrable Securities (up to all Registrable Securities) that such underwriter determines should not be included in the offering.
 
c.     Expenses . With respect to each Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration, the Corporation shall pay any expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and fees and expenses of counsel to the holders (other than as set forth below)) incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to this Section 8, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Corporation and the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel for the selling holders up to an aggregate amount of $30,000; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any Demand Registration if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based on the number of Registrable Shares included or to be included in such registration), unless the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 8(a); provided, further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, such holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Corporation from that known to such holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Corporation of such material adverse change, then such holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 8(a)..
 
 
6

 
 
9.     No Preemptive Rights . No Series F Holder shall be entitled to rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any new or additional shares of any class, whether now or hereinafter authorized, or of bonds or debentures, or other evidences of indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any class.
 
10.     Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief . The remedies provided in this Certificate of Designation shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Certificate of Designation, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), no remedy contained herein shall be deemed a waiver of compliance with the provisions giving rise to such remedy, and nothing herein shall limit a holder’s right to pursue actual damages for any failure by the Corporation to comply with the terms of this Certificate of Designation.
 
11.     Charges . The issuance of certificates representing Common Stock upon conversion of the Series F as hereinabove set forth shall be made without charge for any expense or issuance tax in respect thereof, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the holder of shares converted.
 
12.     Specific Shall Not Limit General . No specific provision contained in this Certificate of Designation shall limit or modify any more general provision contained herein.
 
13.     Cancellation . Certain shares of Series F that constitute Third Tranche Shares (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) are subject to cancellation pursuant to the terms set forth in Stock Purchase Agreement.
 
 
7

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designation to be duly executed by its Secretary as of this 17th day of September 2012.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Lawrence Sands  
  Name:
Lawrence Sands
 
  Title:
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
8

EXHIBIT 3.8
 
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES,  AND RIGHTS OF
SERIES G PREFERRED STOCK OF GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the undersigned Secretary of GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that pursuant to the authority contained in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and in accordance with the provisions of the resolution creating a series of the class of the Corporation’s authorized Preferred Stock as designated as Series G Preferred Stock as follows:
 
FIRST :  The Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation authorizes the issuance of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and further authorizes the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to divide and establish any or all of the unissued shares of preferred stock not then allocated to any series into one or more and , without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to fix and determine the designation of each such share, the number of shares which shall constitute such and certain preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of each series so established.
 
SECOND :  By unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation dated September 17, 2012, the Board of Directors adopted the following resolution designating 3,500 shares of the preferred stock as Series G Preferred Stock and fixing the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of the Series G Preferred Stock:
 
 RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors hereby establishes a series of the Corporation’s preferred stock, designated Series G Preferred Stock, and hereby states the number of shares, and fixes the powers, designations, preferences and other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of such series of shares as follows:
 
Series G Preferred Stock
 
The Corporation shall designate a series of preferred stock, consisting of 3,500 shares, as Series G Preferred Stock (the “Series G”) which shall have the following designations, rights and preferences:
 
1.     Dividends . The holders of the outstanding Series G shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefore, cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 12% of the Liquidation Preference Price per share of the Series G.  Such dividends shall be payable in cash or shares of the Corporation’s common stock, at the election of the Corporation, quarterly in arrears beginning September 30, 2012, but only in the event such dividends are declared by the Board of Directors.  Such dividends shall accrue on each such share commencing on the date of issue, and shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared until paid, or until the earlier redemption or conversion of the Series G.  Such dividends shall be cumulative so that if such dividends in respect of any previous quarterly dividend period shall not have been paid on or declared and set apart for all shares of Series G at the time outstanding, the deficiency shall be declared and fully paid on or declared and set apart for such shares before the Corporation makes any distribution (as hereinafter defined) to the holders of Common Stock.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  “Distribution” in this Section means the transfer of cash or property without consideration, whether by way of dividend or otherwise (except a dividend in shares of the Corporation) or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation for cash or property (except for an exchange of shares of the Corporation or shares acquired by the Corporation from employees pursuant to the terms of any employee incentive plan, agreement or arrangement) including any such transfer, purchase or redemption by a subsidiary of the Corporation.  The time of any distribution by way of dividend shall be the date of declaration thereof and the time of any distribution by purchase or redemption of shares shall be the day cash or property is transferred by the Corporation, whether or not pursuant to a contract of an earlier date; provided that where a negotiable debt security is issued in exchange for shares the time of the distribution is the date when the Corporation acquires the shares in such exchange.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of Series G entitled to receive payment of a dividend declared thereon.
 
 
1

 
 
2.     Conversion . Each holder of Series G shall have the right to convert such Series G into the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 2. The right to convert with respect to Earnout Shares (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement (as defined below)) shall begin upon the occurrence of a default by the Corporation on payment of the Earnout Payment (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) as finally determined and continue until the Earnout Payment is paid in full (including by means of redemption or conversion of Series G pursuant to the terms hereof and of the Equity Purchase Agreement).  The total aggregate number of Earnout Shares that may be converted by any holder shall equal such holder’s pro rata share of a number of shares of Series G equal to (x) the amount of the Earnout Payment that is owed but has not been paid (or deemed paid by conversion or redemption) divided by (y) $1,000.  The right to convert with respect to Working Capital Shares (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) shall begin upon the occurrence of a default by the Corporation on payment of the Net Working Capital Amount (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) as finally determined and continue until the Net Working Capital Amount is paid in full (including by means of redemption or conversion of Series G pursuant to the terms hereof and of the Equity Purchase Agreement).  The total aggregate number of Working Capital Shares that may be converted by any holder shall equal such holder’s pro rata share of a number of shares of Series G equal to (x) the amount of the Net Working Capital Amount that is owed but has not been paid (or deemed paid by conversion or redemption) divided by (y) $1,000.  In addition to the foregoing limitations, no shares of Series G shall be convertible until after the date on which an S-1 Registration Statement of the Corporation covering the sale of shares by the Corporation (other than in Rule 145 transaction or in connection with an equity incentive plan) (the “IPO Registration Statement”) is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The conversion price (the “Conversion Price”) shall be the lesser of (i) the last reported sale price (or if there is no reported last sale price, the last reported bid price) on the third trading day following the effective date of such S-1 Registration and (ii) the average last reported sale price (or, if there is no reported last sale price, the last reported bid price) for each of the three trading days prior to the date of the Conversion Notice (as defined below). The conversion shall be into such number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Liquidation Preference Price of the Series G being converted by the Conversion Price.
 
 
2

 
 
a.     Mechanics of Conversion . The conversion of the shares of the Series G shall be conducted in the following manner:
 
i.     Holder’s Delivery Requirements . To convert shares of Series G into shares of Common Stock on any permitted date (the “Conversion Date”), the holder of such Series G shall (A) transmit by facsimile (or otherwise deliver) for receipt on or prior to 11:59 p.m., Eastern Standard Time on such date, a copy of a fully executed notice of conversion (the “Conversion Notice”) to the Corporation’s designated transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) with a copy thereto to the Corporation and (b) surrender to a common carrier for delivery to the Transfer Agent at such time the original certificates representing the shares of the Series G being converted (or a letter attesting to their loss, theft or destruction with respect to such shares in the case of their loss, theft or destruction in a form, and providing such indemnities, as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Corporation and the Transfer Agent) (the “Series G Certificate”), duly endorsed for transfer.
 
ii.          Corporation’s Response . Upon receipt by the Corporation of a copy of the Conversion Notice, the Corporation shall send, via facsimile, a confirmation of receipt of such Conversion Notice to the holder and the Transfer Agent, which confirmation shall constitute an instruction to the Transfer Agent to process the conversion of the shares of Series G identified in the Conversion Notice in accordance with the terms herein. Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Series G Certificate(s) to be converted pursuant to the Conversion Notice, the Transfer Agent shall as promptly as practicable in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s standard procedures, issue and surrender to a common carrier for delivery to the address specified in the Conversion Notice, a certificate registered in the name of the holder or its designee for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder shall be entitled upon such conversion. If the number of shares of Series G represented by the Series G Certificate(s) submitted for conversion is greater than the number of Series G being converted, then the Transfer Agent shall, as soon as practicable in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s standard procedures, issue and deliver to the holder a new Series G Certificate representing the number of such shares of Series G not converted.
 
iii.          Record Holder . The person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon a conversion of shares of Series G shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on the Conversion Date.
 
 
3

 
 
3.     Redemption . Redemption. The shares of Series G are redeemable as follows:  (a) beginning upon the occurrence of a default by the Corporation on payment of the Earnout Payment (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) as finally determined, and continuing until the Earnout Payment is paid in full (including by means of redemption or conversion of Series G pursuant to the terms hereof and of the Equity Purchase Agreement), the holders of Series G shares may elect to redeem up to a number of shares of Series G that represent Earnout Shares (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) calculated as (x) the amount of the Earnout Payment that is owed but has not been paid (or deemed paid by conversion or redemption) divided by (y) $1,000, and (b) beginning upon the occurrence of a default by the Corporation on payment of the Net Working Capital Amount (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) as finally determined, and continuing until the Net Working Capital Amount is paid in full (including by means of redemption or conversion of Series G pursuant to the terms hereof and of the Equity Purchase Agreement), the holders of Series G shares may elect to redeem up to a number of shares of Series G that represent Working Capital Shares (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) calculated as (x) the amount of the Net Working Capital Amount that is owed but has not been paid (or deemed paid by conversion or redemption) divided by (y) $1,000.  Any redemption pursuant to the previous clauses (a) or (b) shall be elected by written notice of the holders of a majority of then-outstanding shares of Series G (a “Redemption Notice”), and shall be effected on a pro rata basis among all holders of Series G. Any Redemption Notice shall state the number of shares of Series G to be redeemed in accordance with this Section and shall also state the date (which must be a business day) on which the holder of such Series G desires the shares to be redeemed, which date shall not be sooner than the date that is 20 days after the date of the Redemption Notice nor after the date that is 90 days after the date of the Redemption Notice, in either case without the consent of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall redeem the same by paying the Liquidation Preference Price (as hereinafter defined) per share of such Series G to be redeemed; provided, however , that if the Corporation is prohibited under the Delaware General Corporation Law or other applicable law from redeeming all of such shares of Series G for which redemption is required hereunder, then it shall first redeem such shares on a pro rata basis among the holders requesting redemption in proportion to the full respective redemption amounts to which they are entitled hereunder to the extent that the Corporation is not so legally prohibited from doing so and shall redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed as soon as the Corporation is not so legally prohibited from doing so. On or before the date of redemption as specified in the Redemption Notice in accordance with this Section 3, the holder shall surrender to the Corporation his certificate for the shares of the Series G to be redeemed and the Corporation shall pay to such holder the redemption price therefor in immediately available funds. In the case of a partial redemption, the Corporation will instruct the Transfer Agent to issue a new certificate to the holder representing the balance of the unredeemed Series G shares represented by the surrendered certificate. In the event any shares of Series G shall be redeemed pursuant to this section, the shares so redeemed shall automatically be cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock.
 
4.     Voting Rights . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by Delaware law, the holders of Series G shall not be entitled to voting rights, except that without the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series G, the Corporation will not (a) authorize or create any shares of any class or series of stock ranking senior to the Series G as to liquidation rights; (b) amend, alter or repeal by any means the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (including any provision of this Certificate of Designation) if such amendment, alteration or repeal would adversely change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series G; or (c) voluntarily impose any restriction on the Series G other than as required by applicable law. Upon conversion of shares of Series G by holders thereof into Common Stock of the Company, such holders (to the extent of such Common Stock) shall be entitled to voting rights pertaining to the Common Stock received upon such conversion.
 
 
4

 
 
5.     Liquidation, Dissolution, Winding-Up . Upon any Sale, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the shares of the Series G shall be entitled, after any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference senior to the Series G but before any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series G and on a pari passu basis with any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation pari passu with the Series G as to liquidation preference, to be paid in cash the sum of $1000.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustments for subdivisions or combinations of the outstanding shares of the Series G effected after the date hereof (the “Liquidation Preference Price”). If upon such Sale, liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Series G and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series G shall be insufficient to permit payment to said holders of such amounts, then all of the assets of the Corporation then remaining shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series G and such other capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series G, if any. Upon any Sale, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after provision is made for holders of Series G and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series G, if any, then-outstanding as provided above, the holders of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series G shall be entitled to receive ratably all remaining assets of the Corporation to be distributed. If assets other than cash are distributed pursuant to this Section 5,   the valuation of such assets will be made by the Board of Directors acting in good faith.  For purposes hereof, “Sale” means (i) any acquisition of the Corporation by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Corporation are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring corporation or its subsidiary (other than a mere reincorporation transaction) and pursuant to which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or other form of corporate reorganization fail to hold equity securities representing a majority of the voting power of the Corporation or surviving entity immediately following such merger or other form of corporate reorganization or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.  Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G, voting together as a separate class, may by vote or written consent waive the treatment of any transaction as a “Sale”.
 
6.     Reservation of Common Stock . The Corporation will at all times that there are any shares of Series G outstanding reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or its treasury shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Series G, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock as then could be issuable upon the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series G. All shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon conversion of the Series G in accordance with this Certificate of Designation will, when so issued, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The Corporation will take all action that may be necessary to assure that all shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion may be so issued without violation of any law, regulation or agreement applicable to the Corporation.
 
7.     Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Series G. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of the Series G by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If a fractional share of Common Stock would otherwise be issued upon conversion of a single share of Series G or, in the case of the conversion of multiple shares of Series G by the same holder, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share of Common Stock, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of conversion (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors based on the last reported sale price of the Corporation’s Common Stock on the date of the Conversion Notice (or, if there is no such reported last sale price, the last reported bid price on such date).
 
 
5

 
 
8.     Registration Rights . Each holder of any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Series G that have not been (i) sold to a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or public securities transaction or (ii) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder (the “Registrable Securities”) shall have the following registration rights upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 8:
 
a.     Demand Rights . Holder of at least 40% of the Registrable Securities (together with all other shareholders joining in such demand as provided below, the “Initial Requesting Holders”), may at any time (but subject to any market stand-off agreement to which such holders are a party) make a written request to the Corporation that the Corporation file a registration statement under the Act covering the resale of all or any part of such holders’ Registrable Securities (a “Demand Registration”). Within 30 days after receipt of such request, the Corporation shall give written notice of such Demand Registration request (including therein the number of Registrable Securities included in such demand and the parties making such demand) to all other holders of Registrable Securities (the “Demand Notice”). Such other holders will have the right, by giving written notice to the Corporation within 30 days of the date of the Demand Notice, to participate in such Demand Registration and the number of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to be included therein. The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as soon as reasonably practicable and shall include in such registration statement the Registrable Securities which the Corporation has been requested to register by the Initial Requesting Holders and any such other holders of Registrable Securities, and to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be obligated to file more than two registration statements that become effective pursuant to this Section 8(a).
 
b.     Piggyback Rights . For so long as there are any Registrable Securities outstanding, each time the Corporation shall determine to file a registration statement under the Act (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or another form not available for registering the Registrable Securities for sale to the public) in connection with the proposed offer and sale of any of its equity securities either for its own account or on behalf of any other security holder, the Corporation shall give prompt written notice of its determination to all holders of Registrable Securities (a “Piggyback Notice”). In the event a holder or holders, within 20 days after the receipt of the Piggyback Notice, notify the Corporation of their desire that some or all of their Registrable Securities be included in the registration statement, the Corporation shall include in the registration statement all such Registrable Securities, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or other disposition by the holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered; provided, however , that the Corporation may at any time, in its sole discretion, withdraw or cease proceeding with any such registration if it shall at the same time withdraw or cease proceeding with the registration of all other securities originally proposed to be registered; and provided further that in connection with the IPO Registration Statement, if the lead underwriter(s) determines that inclusion of any or all Registrable Securities in such registration statement is not advisable for the success of the offering, the Corporation shall not be obligated to include any Registrable Securities (up to all Registrable Securities) that such underwriter determines should not be included in the offering.
 
 
6

 
 
c.     Expenses . With respect to each Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration, the Corporation shall pay any expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and fees and expenses of counsel to the holders (other than as set forth below)) incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to this Section 8, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Corporation and the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel for the selling holders up to an aggregate amount of $30,000; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any Demand Registration if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based on the number of Registrable Shares included or to be included in such registration), unless the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 8(a); provided, further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, such holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Corporation from that known to such holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Corporation of such material adverse change, then such holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 8(a)..
 
9.     No Preemptive Rights . No Series G Holder shall be entitled to rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any new or additional shares of any class, whether now or hereinafter authorized, or of bonds or debentures, or other evidences of indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any class.
 
10.          Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief . The remedies provided in this Certificate of Designation shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Certificate of Designation, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), no remedy contained herein shall be deemed a waiver of compliance with the provisions giving rise to such remedy, and nothing herein shall limit a holder’s right to pursue actual damages for any failure by the Corporation to comply with the terms of this Certificate of Designation.
 
11.          Charges . The issuance of certificates representing Common Stock upon conversion of the Series G as hereinabove set forth shall be made without charge for any expense or issuance tax in respect thereof, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the holder of shares converted.
 
12.          Specific Shall Not Limit General . No specific provision contained in this Certificate of Designation shall limit or modify any more general provision contained herein.
 
13.          Cancellation . The shares of Series G are subject to cancellation pursuant to the terms set forth in that certain Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, by and among the Corporation, ADEX Corporation, ADEXCOMM Corporation, ADEX Puerto Rico LLC and the sellers party thereto (the “Equity Purchase Agreement”).
 
 
7

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designation to be duly executed by its Secretary as of this 17th day of September 2012.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Lawrence Sands  
  Name: Lawrence Sands  
  Title: Senior Vice President  
 
 
8

Exhibit 3.9
 
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES AND OTHER  RIGHTS OF
SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK OF GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the undersigned CEO of GENESIS  GROUP HOLDINGS, INC .  (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY   that pursuant to the authority contained in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and in accordance with the provisions of the resolution creating a series of the class of the Corporation's authorized Preferred Stock as designated as Series B Preferred Stock as follows:
 
FIRST : By unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation dated June 28, 2011, the Board of Directors designated 60,000 shares of the preferred stock as Series B Preferred Stock which designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of !he Series B Preferred Stock were described in that certain Certificate of Designation, Preferences, Rights and Other Rights of Series B Preferred Stock of Genesis Group Holdings. Inc. dated and filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on June 28, 2011 (the “ Designation ”).
 
SECOND : By unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation dated on or about the date hereof, the Board of Directors have amended the Designation as follows:
 
1.         Reference to "0.134%" in Section 2 of the Designation be and hereby is deleted and the following is inserted in lieu hereof: ''0.00134%".
 
2.        The first sentence of Section 5 of the Designation be and hereby is deleted and the following is inserted in lieu !hereof:
 
"Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Holders of the shares of the Series B shall be entitled, after any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference senior to the Series B but before any distribution or payment is  made upon any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of  the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series B, to be paid in cash on a dollar-for-dollar basis based on the purchase price of such shares but in no event less than the  sum  of  $1.00  per share, subject to  appropriate adjustments for  subdivisions or combinations of the outstanding shares of the Series B effected after the date hereof (the "Liquidation Preference Price")''
 
3.        Upon and after the date hereof, all references to the Designation shall mean the Designation as amended hereby this Amendment No. 1. Except as expressly provided herein, the execution and recording hereof does not and will not amend, modify or supplement any provision of, or constitute a consent to or a waiver of any non-compliance with the provisions of the Designation.
 
[Signatures appear  on the following page]
 
 
 

 
 
IN  WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Amendment No. 1 to Certificate of Designation to be duly executed by its Corporate Secretary as of this 31 st   day of May 2012.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
  By: Lawrence Sands  
  Name:   Lawrence M Sands  
  Title: Corporate Secretary  
 
[Signature page to Amendment No.1 to Designation- Genesis Group Holdings - May 2012]
Exhibit 3.10
 
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES, AND RIGHTS OF
SERIES H PREFERRED STOCK OF GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the undersigned Secretary  of GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that pursuant to the authority contained in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and in accordance with the provisions of the resolution creating a series of the class of the Corporation’s authorized Preferred Stock as designated as Series H Preferred Stock as follows:
 
FIRST :  The Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation authorizes the issuance of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and further authorizes the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to divide and establish any or all of the unissued shares of preferred stock not then allocated to any series into one or more and , without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to fix and determine the designation of each such share, the number of shares which shall constitute such and certain preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of each series so established.
 
SECOND :  By unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation dated October 25, 2012, the Board of Directors have designated 2,000, shares of the preferred stock as Series H Preferred Stock. The designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of the Series H Preferred Stock shall be as hereinafter described.
 
THIRD :  Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is amended to include the following:
 
Series H Preferred Stock
 
The Corporation shall designate a series of preferred stock, consisting of 2,000 shares, as Series H Preferred Stock (the “Series H”) which shall have the following designations, rights and preferences:
 
1.        Dividends and Warrants . The holders of the outstanding H Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefore, cumulative dividends at the rate of 10% per month to a maximum of 150% of the Stated Value per share of the Series H Preferred.  Such dividends shall be payable in cash or stock upon redemption or conversion (each of such dates being a “Dividend Payment Date”).
 
2.        Conversion . The holders of Series H shares shall have the right, beginning 90 days after issuance, for a one year period following the issuance of the shares and prior to redemption by the Corporation,  to convert same into the Corporation Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”),. The conversion shall be into such number of shares of Common Stock equal to 4.49% of the Corporation at the time of conversion on a fully diluted basis ( i.e. after giving effect to all securities and assuming conversion and exercise of all securities, including but not limited to all common shares, preferred shares, convertible debt securities, options and warrants, whether they are in the money or not and whether they are exercisable or not) (the “Conversion Ratio”).
 
 
 

 
 
a.        Mechanics of Conversion . The conversion of the shares of the Series H shall be conducted in the following manner:
 
i.     Holder’s Delivery Requirements . To convert the shares of the Series H into shares of Common Stock on any date (the “Conversion Date”), the Holder shall (A) transmit by facsimile (or otherwise deliver) for receipt on or prior to 11:59 p.m., Eastern Standard Time on such date, a copy of a fully executed notice of conversion (the “Conversion Notice”) to the Corporation’s designated transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) with a copy thereto to the Corporation and (b) surrender to a common carrier for delivery to the Transfer Agent at such time the original certificates representing the shares of the Series H being converted (or a letter attesting to their loss, theft or destruction with respect to such shares in the case of their loss, theft or destruction) (the “Series H Certificate”), duly endorsed for transfer.
 
ii.     Corporation’s Response . Upon receipt by the Corporation of a copy of the Conversion Notice, the Corporation shall immediately send, via facsimile, a confirmation of receipt of such Conversion Notice to the Holder and the Transfer Agent, which confirmation shall constitute an instruction to the Transfer Agent to process such Conversion Notice in accordance with the terms herein. Upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of the Series H Certificates to be converted pursuant to the Conversion Notice, the Transfer Agent shall, on the next business day following the date of receipt (or the second business day following the date of receipt if received after 11:00 a.m. local time of the Transfer Agent), issue and surrender to a common carrier for overnight delivery to the address as specified in the Conversion Notice, a certificate registered in the name of the Holder or its designee for a number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder shall be entitled. If the number of the shares of the Series H represented by the Series H Certificate(s) submitted for conversion is greater than the number of Preferred Stock being converted, then the Transfer Agent shall, as soon as practicable and in no event later than three (3) business days after receipt of the Series H Certificate(s), issue and deliver to the Holder a new Series H Certificate representing the number of the shares of the Series H not converted.
 
iii.           Record Holder . The person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon a conversion of the shares of the Series H shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on the Conversion Date.
 
b.        Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all taxes that may be payable with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Common Stock upon the conversion of the shares of the Series H.
 
3.       Redemption . The shares of the Series H are not redeemable except that, at the individual option of each Holder of shares of the Series H beginning on the 181st day following  the issuance of the Series H, the Corporation shall redeem the number of shares of the Series H that is specified in a request for redemption delivered to the Corporation by such Holder by paying the Liquidation Preference Price (as hereinafter defined) per share of the Series H to be redeemed; provided, however , that if the Corporation is prohibited under the Delaware Business Corporations Act or other applicable law from redeeming all of the shares of the Series H for which redemption is required hereunder, then it shall first redeem such shares on a pro rata basis among the Holders in proportion to the full respective redemption amounts to which they are entitled hereunder to the extent that the Corporation is not so legally prohibited from doing so and shall redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed as soon as the Corporation is not so legally prohibited from doing so. The date of redemption maybe extended by the Corporation for 180 additional days, at the Corporations option by delivering written Notice to the holders of Series H and providing additional consideration therefore at a rate 2% per month until redeemed.  On the requested date of redemption (which shall be no sooner than 45 days from the date of delivery of the redemption request to the Corporation) as specified in the Holder’s notice, the Holder shall surrender to the Corporation his certificate for the shares of the Series H to be redeemed and the Corporation shall pay to such Holder the redemption price therefor in immediately available funds. In the case of a partial redemption, the Corporation will issue a new certificate to the Holder representing the balance of the unredeemed Series H shares. In the event any shares of the Series H shall be redeemed pursuant to this section, the shares so redeemed shall automatically be cancelled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock.
 
 
2

 
 
4.        Voting Rights . Each share of the Series H shall entitle the Holder thereof to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which their shares of the Series H could be converted pursuant to the Conversion Ratio on the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote or consent, and with respect to such vote, shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together as a single class with holders of Common Stock and any other series of preferred stock then outstanding, with respect to any question or matter upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. The shares of the Series H shall also entitle the Holders thereof to vote the shares as a separate class as set forth herein and as required by law. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend or reclassification of the Corporation’s Common Stock, the number of votes which attach to each share of the Series H shall be adjusted in the same proportion as any adjustment to the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
5.        Liquidation, Dissolution, Winding-Up . Upon any Sale, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Holders of the shares of the Series H shall be entitled, after any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference senior to the Series H but before any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of Common Stock or other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series H, to be paid in cash the sum of $1000.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustments for subdivisions or combinations of the outstanding shares of the Series H effected after the date hereof (the “Liquidation Preference Price”). If upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets to be distributed among the Series H Holders and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series H shall be insufficient to permit payment to said holders of such amounts, then all of the assets of the Corporation then remaining shall be distributed ratably among the Series H Holders and such other capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series H, if any. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after provision is made for Series H Holders and all other shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the same liquidation preference as the Series H, if any, then-outstanding as provided above, the holders of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Corporation having a liquidation preference junior to the Series H shall be entitled to receive ratably all remaining assets of the Corporation to be distributed. If assets other than cash are distributed pursuant to this Section,   the valuation of such assets will be made by the Board of Directors acting in good faith.
 
 
3

 
 
6.        Protective Provisions . So long as any shares of the Series H are outstanding, this Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the written approval of a majority of the holders of Series H stock, amend its Certificate of Incorporation to (i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series H, (ii) alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the Series H, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any such alteration or change would adversely affect the rights of the Series H Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may issue without approval of the Series H Holders, new classes or series of preferred stock.
 
7.        Reservation of Common Stock . The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or its treasury shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Series H, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock as then could be issuable upon the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series H. All shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon conversion of the Series H in accordance with this Certificate of Designation will, when so issued, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The Corporation will take all action that may be necessary to assure that all shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion may be so issued without violation of any law, regulation or agreement applicable to the Corporation.
 
8.        Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Series H. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of the Series H by a Holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share of Common Stock, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of conversion (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors).
 
9.        Registration Rights . Holders of Series H shall not have registration rights.
 
10.     No Preemptive Rights . No Series H Holder shall be entitled to rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any new or additional shares of any class, whether now or hereinafter authorized, or of bonds or debentures, or other evidences of indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any class.
 
11.     Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief . The remedies provided in this Certificate of Designation shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Certificate of Designation, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief).
 
 
4

 
 
12.     Charges . The issuance of certificates representing Common Stock upon conversion of the Series H as hereinabove set forth shall be made without charge for any expense or issuance tax in respect thereof, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the holder of shares converted.
 
13.     Specific Shall Not Limit General . No specific provision contained in this Certificate of Designation shall limit or modify any more general provision contained herein.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designation to be duly executed by its Corporate Secretary as of this 25th day of October 2012.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
  By:  /s/ Lawrence M. Sands     
  Name:    Lawrence M. Sands  
  Title:    Corporate Secretary  
 
 

Exhibit 3.12
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
 
OF
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
    Page
ARTICLE I             OFFICES
1
   
Section 1.1
Registered Office
1
Section 1.2
Other Offices
1
     
ARTICLE II     CORPORATE SEAL
1
   
Section 2.1
Corporate Seal
1
     
ARTICLE III          STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
1
     
Section 3.1
Place of Meetings
1
Section 3.2
Annual Meeting
1
Section 3.3
Notice of Annual Meeting
1
Section 3.4
List of Stockholders Entitled to Voting
2
Section 3.5
Special Meeting
2
Section 3.6
Notice of Special Meeting
2
Section 3.7
Advance Notice of Business to be Brought Before a Meeting
2
Section 3.8
Notice of Nominations of Directors
6
Section 3.9
Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice
8
Section 3.10
Quorum
9
Section 3.11
Adjourned Meeting; Notice
9
Section 3.12
Conduct of Business
10
Section 3.13
Voting; Proxies
10
Section 3.14
Waiver of Notice
11
Section 3.15
Record Date for Stockholder Notice, Voting and Giving Consents
11
Section 3.16
Action without Meeting
11
Section 3.17
Inspector of Elections
12
     
ARTICLE IV     DIRECTORS
13
     
Section 4.1
Number and Term of Office
13
Section 4.2
Powers
13
Section 4.3
Classes of Directors
13
Section 4.4
Vacancies
14
Section 4.5
Resignation
14
Section 4.6
Removal
14
Section 4.7
Meetings
15
Section 4.8
Quorum and Voting
15
Section 4.9
Action without Meeting
16
Section 4.10
Fees and Compensation
16
Section 4.11
Committees
16
Section 4.12
Organization
17
Section 4.13
Reliance upon Records
17

 
-i-

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
    Page
Section 4.14
Interested Directors
18
     
ARTICLE V     OFFICERS
18
     
Section 5.1
Officers Designated
18
Section 5.2
Tenure and Duties of Officers
18
Section 5.3
Delegation of Authority
20
Section 5.4
Resignations
20
Section 5.5
Removal
20
   
ARTICLE VI            EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION
20
   
Section 6.1
Execution of Corporate Instruments
20
Section 6.2
Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation
20
   
ARTICLE VII          SHARES OF STOCK
21
   
Section 7.1
Form and Execution of Certificates
21
Section 7.2
Lost Certificates
21
Section 7.3
Transfers
21
Section 7.4
Registered Stockholders
21
   
ARTICLE VIII        OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION
22
   
Section 8.1
Execution of Other Securities
22
   
ARTICLE IX           DIVIDENDS
22
   
Section 9.1
Declaration of Dividends
22
Section 9.2
Dividend Reserve
22
     
ARTICLE X            FISCAL YEAR
23
   
Section 10.1
Fiscal Year
23
     
ARTICLE XI          INDEMNIFICATION
23
   
Section 11.1
Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents
23
   
ARTICLE XII         NOTICES
26
   
Section 12.1
Notices
26
   
ARTICLE XIII        AMENDMENTS
27
   
Section 13.1
Bylaw Amendments
27

 
-ii-

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
    Page
ARTICLE XIV          LOANS TO OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES
28
   
Section 14.1
Loans to Officers or Employees
28
     
ARTICLE XV            ENTIRE BYLAWS
28
     
Section 15.1
Entire Bylaws
28
 
 
-iii-

 
 
ARTICLE I
 
OFFICES
 
Section 1.1        Registered Office.   The registered office of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be Corporate Creations Enterprises, Inc., 3411 Silverside Road, Rodney Building #104, Wilmington, Delaware 19810.
 
Section 1.2        Other Offices.   The Corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”), and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
 
ARTICLE II
 
CORPORATE SEAL
 
Section 2.1        Corporate Seal.   The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.
 
ARTICLE III
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
 
Section 3.1        Place of Meetings.   Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

Section 3.2        Annual Meeting.   If required by applicable law, annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, date and time, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3.3        Notice of Annual Meeting.   Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, notice of the annual meeting stating the place, if any, date and time of the meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.
 
 
1

 
 
Section 3.4        List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting; or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 3.4 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 3.5         Special Meeting.   Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Chief Executive Officer.  No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. Nothing contained in this Section 3.5 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section 3.6         Notice of Special Meeting.   Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, notice of a special meeting stating the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

Section 3.7       Advance Notice of Business to be Brought Before a Meeting.

(a)         At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; (ii) brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 3.7 and at the time of the meeting; (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting; and (C) complied with all of the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.7 as to such business. Except for proposals made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. Stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of the stockholders, and the only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting pursuant to Section 3.5 of these bylaws. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board of Directors must comply with the notice procedures set forth in Section 3.8 of these bylaws, and this Section 3.7 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 3.8 of these bylaws.
 
 
2

 
 
(b)         Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must: (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 3.7 . To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day and not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or, if the first public disclosure (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is less than one hundred (100) days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was made (such notice within such time periods, “ Timely Notice ”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.
 
(c)         To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 3.7 , a stockholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall be required to set forth:

(i)          As to the stockholder providing the notice and each other Proposing Person (as defined below): (A) the name and address of the stockholder providing the notice, as it appears on the Corporation’s books, and each other Proposing Person and (B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by the stockholder providing the notice and/or any other Proposing Persons, except that such stockholder and/or such other Proposing Persons shall be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such stockholder and/or such other Proposing Persons has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future;
 
 
3

 
 
(ii)         As to the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner on whose behalf such business is proposed) and each other Proposing Person: (A) any derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to give such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or such other Proposing Person economic risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, including due to the fact that the value of such derivative, swap or other transaction is determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or which derivative, swap or other transaction provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any increase in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation (the “ Synthetic Equity Interests ”), which such Synthetic Equity Interests shall be disclosed without regard to whether (x) such derivative, swap or other transaction conveys any voting rights in such shares to such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or such other Proposing Person, (y) the derivative, swap or other transaction is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares or (z) such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or such other Proposing Person may have entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such derivative, swap or other transaction, (B) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Person has or shares a right to vote any shares of any class or series of the Corporation, (C) any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of shares of any class or series of the Corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or such other Proposing Person with respect to the shares of any class or series of the Corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (“ Short Interests ”), (D) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (E) any performance related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the Corporation, any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests, if any, (F)(x) if such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Person is not a natural person, the identity of the natural person or persons associated with such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person responsible for the formulation of and decision to propose the business to be brought before the meeting (such person or persons, the “ Responsible Person ”), the manner in which such Responsible Person was selected, any fiduciary duties owed by such Responsible Person to the equity holders or other beneficiaries of such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person, the qualifications and background of such Responsible Person and any material interests or relationships of such Responsible Person that are not shared generally by the other stockholders of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or such other Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, and (y) if such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Person is a natural person, the qualifications and background of such natural person and any material interests or relationships of such natural person that are not shared generally by the other stockholders of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or such other Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, (G) any significant equity interests or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Persons, (H) any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Person in any contract with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation (including any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), or any principal competitor of the Corporation, (I) any pending or threatened litigation in which such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (J) any material transaction occurring during the prior twelve months between such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation, on the other hand, (K) a summary of any material discussions regarding the business proposed to be brought before the meeting between such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Person, and (L) any other information relating to such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or any other Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or such other Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (L) are referred to as “ Disclosable Interests ”); and
 
 
4

 
 
(iii)      As to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a reasonably brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of the stockholder providing the notice and/or any other Proposing Person, and (B) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among the stockholder providing the notice, any other Proposing Person, and/or any other persons or entities (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder.
 
For purposes of this Section 3.7 , the term “ Proposing Person shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such beneficial owner, and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined below).

A person shall be deemed to be “ Acting in Concert ” with another person for purposes of these bylaws if such person knowingly acts (whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, arrangement or understanding) in concert with, or towards a common goal relating to the management, governance or control of the Corporation in parallel with, such other person where (A) each person is conscious of the other person’s conduct or intent and this awareness is an element in their decision-making processes and (B) at least one additional factor suggests that such persons intend to act in concert or in parallel, which such additional factors may include, without limitation, exchanging information (whether publicly or privately), attending meetings, conducting discussions, or making or soliciting invitations to act in concert or in parallel; provided , that a person shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any other person solely as a result of the solicitation or receipt of revocable proxies from such other person in connection with a public proxy solicitation pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act. A person which is Acting in Concert with another person shall be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any third party who is also acting in concert with such other person.
 
(d)       A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and, if different, as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or mailed and received by the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).
 
(e)       Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.7 . The presiding officer of an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.7 , and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
 
(f)       This Section 3.7 is expressly intended to apply to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, regardless of whether or not such proposal is made pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. In addition to the requirements of this Section 3.7 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to any such business. This Section 3.7 shall not be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
 
 
5

 
 
(g)       For purposes of these bylaws, “ public disclosure ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Section 3.8        Notice of Nominations of Directors.

(a)       Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but only if the Board of Directors has first determined that directors are to be elected at such special meeting) may be made at such meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, including by any committee or persons appointed by the Board of Directors, or (ii) by any stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination is proposed to be made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 3.8 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.8 as to such nomination. This Section 3.8 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board of Directors to be considered by the stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting.
 
(b)      Without qualification, for nominations to be made at an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 3.7 of these bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such Timely Notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 3.8 . Without qualification, if the Board of Directors has first determined that directors are to be elected at such special meeting, then for nominations to be made at a special meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (i) provide timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 3.8 . To be timely with respect to a special meeting, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting by a stockholder must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting or, if the first public disclosure (as defined in Section 3.7 of these bylaws) of the date of such special meeting is less than one hundred (100) days prior to the date of such special meeting, the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 3.7 of these bylaws) of the date of such special meeting was first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
 
 
6

 
 
(c)       To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 3.8 , a stockholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall be required to set forth:

(i)        As to the stockholder providing the notice and each other Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of the stockholder providing the notice, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of the other Proposing Persons, and (B) any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 3.7 of these bylaws) of the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner on whose behalf such notice is given) and/or each other Proposing Person;

(ii)       As to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such proposed nominee that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 3.8 if such proposed nominee were a Proposing Person, (B) all information relating to such proposed nominee that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (including such proposed nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected) and (C) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner on whose behalf such notice is given) and/or any Proposing Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, his or her respective affiliates and associates and any other persons with whom such proposed nominee (or any of his or her respective affiliates and associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined in Section 3.7 of these bylaws), on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, and/or such Proposing Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and

(iii)      The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information (including one or more accurately completed and executed questionnaires and executed and delivered agreements) as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack of independence of such proposed nominee.
 
For purposes of this Section 3.8 , the term “ Proposing Person shall mean: (i) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate of such beneficial owner (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or such beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert.
 
 
7

 
 
(d)      A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and, if different, as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or mailed and received by the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).
 
(e)       Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.8 . The chairman of the Board or other officer presiding at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.8 , and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(f)        In addition to the requirements of this Section 3.8 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to any such nominations.

Section 3.9        Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice.

(a)       Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
 
(b)      Without limiting the foregoing, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to (and not properly revoked by written notice to the Corporation) by the stockholder to whom the notice is given, to the extent such consent is required by the DGCL. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation and shall also be deemed revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided , however , that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given by a form of electronic transmission in accordance with these bylaws shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by another form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. For purposes of these bylaws, electronic transmission means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
 
 
8

 
 
(c)      Without limiting the foregoing, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may be given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at such address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within sixty (60) days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice in accordance with this Section 3.9 , shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

Section 3.10      Quorum. The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by applicable law or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairman of the meeting or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 3.11      Adjourned Meeting; Notice. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, if any, or time, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, if any, and time thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
 
 
9

 
 
Section 3.12     Conduct of Business.

(a)       Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or in the absence of such a person by a person designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of a person so designated by the Board of Directors, by the chief executive officer of the Corporation, or in the absence of such a person by a chairman chosen at the meeting by the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy. The secretary, or in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Corporation, or a person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep a record of the proceedings thereof.
 
(b)       The Board of Directors shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting and matters which are to be voted on by ballot.

Section 3.13     Voting; Proxies.

(a)       The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.15 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the DGCL (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

(b)       When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, applicable law or any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question, or unless the vote is with respect to the election of directors, in which case directors shall be elected by a plurality vote of the stockholders.  No cumulative voting is allowed in the election of directors.

(c)       Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on or after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.
 
 
10

 
 
Section 3.14      Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

Section 3.15     Record Date for Stockholder Notice, Voting and Giving Consents.

(a)      In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date which: (i) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting and (ii) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held and (ii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(b)      A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 3.16     Action without Meeting.

(a)      After June 30, 2013: no action shall be taken by the stockholders except at a meeting duly called in accordance with these bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.
 
 
11

 
 
(b)       On or before June 30, 2013, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded;  provided, however, that action by written consent to elect directors, if less than unanimous, shall be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.  Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings or meetings of stockholders are recorded.

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or by a person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section 12, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission.  The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed.  No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to its registered office in Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner in which the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 3.17      Inspectors of Elections. The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector or alternate so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share; (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots; (iii) count all votes and ballots; (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.
 
 
12

 
 
ARTICLE IV
 
DIRECTORS
 
Section 4.1         Number and Term of Office.   The authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation. If for any reason, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in the bylaws.
 
Section 4.2         Powers.   The powers of the Corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.
 
Section 4.3         Classes of Directors.   Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, if any, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Initially, directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.  At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.
 
 
13

 
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
 
Section 4.4         Vacancies.   Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Section 4.4 in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.
 
Section 4.5        Resignation.   Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
 
Section 4.6          Removal.
 
(a)       Subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, if any, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.
 
(b)       Subject to any limitation imposed by law or statute, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.
 
 
14

 
 
Section 4.7       Meetings.
 
(a)        Regular Meetings.   Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.
 
(b)        Special Meetings.   Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called in accordance with these bylaws by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the directors then in office.
 
(c)        Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment.   Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
(d)        Notice of Special Meetings.   Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
 
(e)        Waiver of Notice.   The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
 
Section 4.8          Quorum and Voting.
 
(a)       Unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 11.1 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the number of directors then in office, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the number of directors then in office; provided , however , at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.
 
 
15

 
 
(b)       At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law or statute, the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws.
 
Section 4.9         Action without Meeting.   Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
 
Section 4.10       Fees and Compensation.   Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.
 
Section 4.11     Committees.
 
(a)        Executive Committee.   The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law or statute and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.
 
(b)        Other Committees.   The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law or statute. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in the bylaws.
 
 
16

 
 
(c)        Term.   The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of preferred stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 4.11 , may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his or her death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
 
(d)        Meetings.   Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.
 
Section 4.12       Organization.   At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or if the Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Board of Directors or the person acting as chairman of the meeting shall designate a person to act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.
 
Section 4.13       Reliance upon Records.   Every director, and every member of any committee of the Board of Directors, shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the director or member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, including, but not limited to, such records, information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities and/or net profits of the Corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid, or with which the Corporation’s capital stock might properly be purchased or redeemed.
 
 
17

 
 
Section 4.14       Interested Directors.   A director who is directly or indirectly a party to a contract or transaction with the Corporation, or is a director or officer of or has a financial interest in any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization which is a party to a contract or transaction with the Corporation, may be counted in determining whether a quorum is present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof at which such contract or transaction is considered or authorized, and such director may participate in such meeting and vote on such authorization to the extent permitted by applicable law, including Section 144 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
 
ARTICLE V
 
OFFICERS
 
Section 5.1         Officers Designated.   The officers of the Corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer, all of whom shall be appointed at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the Corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law or statute. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors, or any applicable committee of the Board of Directors.
 
Section 5.2        Tenure and Duties of Officers.
 
(a)        General.   All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly appointed and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.
 
(b)        Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors.   The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.  If there is no President or Chief Executive Officer, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the President of the Corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 5.2
 
 
18

 
 
(c)        Duties of Chief Executive Officer.   The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed, all references in the bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.
 
(d)        Duties of Vice Presidents.   The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.
 
(e)        Duties of Secretary.   The Secretary shall ensure that a record is kept of all acts and proceedings of the stockholders, Board of Directors and committees thereof of the Corporation and that all the records of such acts and proceedings are maintained in the minute book of the Corporation. The Secretary shall, unless the Board of Directors designates another person, give notice in conformity with the bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in the bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.
 
(f)         Duties of Chief Financial Officer.   The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time.
 
 
19

 
 
Section 5.3        Delegation of Authority.   The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.
 
Section 5.4         Resignations.   Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time.  Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.
 
Section 5.5         Removal.   Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES
OWNED BY THE CORPORATION
 
Section 6.1        Execution of Corporate Instruments.
 
(a)       The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the Corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the Corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or statute or the bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation.
 
(b)       All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the Corporation or in special accounts of the Corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.
 
(c)       Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
 
Section 6.2         Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation.   All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.
 
 
20

 
 
ARTICLE VII
 
SHARES OF STOCK
 
Section 7.1         Form and Execution of Certificates.   The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.  Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.  Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.  
 
Section 7.2          Lost Certificates.   A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed.  The Corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the Corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.
 
Section 7.3          Transfers.
 
(a)       Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.
 
(b)       The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.
 
Section 7.4          Registered Stockholders.   The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
 
 
21

 
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION
 
Section 8.1         Execution of Other Securities.   All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the Corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 7.1 ), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided , however , that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the Corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the Corporation.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
DIVIDENDS
 
Section 9.1        Declaration of Dividends.   Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and applicable law.
 
Section 9.2         Dividend Reserve.   Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
 
 
22

 
 
ARTICLE X
 
FISCAL YEAR
 
Section 10.1        Fiscal Year.   The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 11.1      Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.
 
(a)        Directors and Executive Officers.   The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided , however , that the Corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers and their respective related persons; and, provided , further , that the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law or statute, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).
 
(b)        Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.   The Corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.
 
(c)        Expenses.   The Corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or executive officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or executive officer of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 11.1 or otherwise.
 
 
23

 
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 11.1 , no advance shall be made by the Corporation to an executive officer of the Corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the Corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.
 
(d)        Enforcement.   Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the Corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 11.1 to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the Corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the Corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the Corporation) for advances, the Corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because the officer or director has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 11.1 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
 
 
24

 
 
(e)        Non-Exclusivity of Rights.   The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, the bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.
 
(f)         Survival of Rights.   The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
(g)        Insurance.   To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the Corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 11.1 .
 
(h)        Amendments.   Any repeal or modification of this Section 11.1 shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under the bylaws in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the Corporation.
 
(i)         Saving Clause.   If the bylaws or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Section 11.1 that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.  If this Section 11.1 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.
 
(j)         Certain Definitions.   For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:
 
(1)      The term “ proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.
 
(2)      The term “ expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.
 
 
25

 
 
(3)      The term the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 11.1 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
 
(4)      References to a “ director ,” “ executive officer ,” “ officer ,” “ employee ,” or “ agent ” of the Corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the Corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.
 
(5)      References to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Section 11.1 .
 
ARTICLE XII
 
NOTICES
 
Section 12.1     Notices.
 
(a)        Notice to Stockholders.   Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 3.4 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law or statute, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.
 
(b)        Notice to Directors.   Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in the bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally (which includes by electronic mail) shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.
 
 
26

 
 
(c)        Affidavit of Mailing.   An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the Corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.
 
(d)       Methods of Notice.   It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.
 
(e)        Notice to Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful.   Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.
 
(f)         Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address.   Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the Corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.
 
ARTICLE XIII
 
AMENDMENTS
 
Section 13.1      Bylaw Amendments.   Subject to Section 11.1(h) , the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the number of Directors then in office. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation provided that notice of the proposed change was given in the notice of the meeting and provided further that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or statute or by the certificate of incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the bylaws of the Corporation.
 
 
27

 
 
ARTICLE XIV
 
LOANS TO OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES
 
Section 14.1       Loans To Officers Or Employees.     Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in the bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.
 
ARTICLE XV
 
ENTIRE BYLAWS
 
Section 15.1       Entire Bylaws.   These Amended and Restated Bylaws constitute the entire bylaws of the Corporation, and supersede any and all prior bylaws.
 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 
 
28

 
 
CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY
 
OF GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:
 
I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “ Corporation ”); and
 
Attached hereto is a complete and accurate copy of the Bylaws of the Corporation, as amended and restated, as duly adopted by the Board of Directors by written consent on November 16, 2012 and said Bylaws are presently in effect.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , I have hereunto subscribed my name this 19th day of November, 2012.
 
 
/s/ Lawrence M. Sands  
  Name: Lawrence M. Sands  
  Title:  Secretary  
 
 
29 

Exhibit 4.2
 
Promissory Note
 
$530,000.00
September 17, 2012
 
FOR  VALUE RECEIVED , and intending to be legally bound hereby, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc ., a Delaware corporation with a place of business at 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431 (“ Maker ”), unconditionally promises to pay to the order of the Wellington Shields & Co. (“ Holder ”), the principal amount of up FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND  DOLLARS AND ZERO CENTS ($530,000.00), together with interest in arrears from the date hereof on the unpaid principal balance hereunder at the lowest applicable federal rate of interest and any unpaid costs and expenses payable hereunder (including  all renewals, extensions, or modifications hereof, the “Note”) for service rendered in the funding by Midmarket Capital Partners of Makers' acquisitions, which totaled $1.06 million in total consideration for Holder.
 
1.           PAYMENT.
 
  1.1         All amounts due hereunder shall, unless earlier  accelerated, be due and payable on the thirty-five (35) days from the date of this Note (the “ Maturity Date ”).
 
  1.2         All payments due hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America. All payments shall be made at such address as Holder shall hereafter give to Maker by written notice made in accordance with the provisions of this Note. Whenever  any amount expressed to be due by the terms of this Note is due on any day which is not a business day, the same shall instead be due on the next succeeding day which is a business day and, in the case of any interest payment date which is not the date on which this Note is paid in full, the extension of the due date thereof shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of interest due on such date. As used in this Note, the term '”business day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in the city of New York, New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed.
 
2.           PREPAYMENT. This Note may be prepaid in full at any time or in part from time to time, together with accrued and unpaid interest, to the date of such prepayment, without premium or penalty.
 
3.           ATTORNEYS' FEES AND OTHER COSTS. Maker shall pay all of Holder's reasonable expenses incurred to enforce or collect any of the obligations, including, without limitation in any such case, reasonable attorneys' and experts' fees and expenses, whether incurred without the commencement of a suit, in any trial, arbitration or administrative proceeding, or in any appellate or bankruptcy proceeding.
 
4.           NO USURY. Holder and Maker intend to comply at all times with applicable usury laws. If at any time such laws would render usurious any amounts called for under this Note, then it is Maker's and Holder's express intention that such excess amount shall be immediately credited to the principal balance of this Note (or, if this Note has been fully paid, refunded by Holder to Maker), and the provisions hereof shall be immediately reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible under this Note reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any further documents, so as to comply with the then applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for under this Note. Any such crediting or refund shall not cure or waive any default by Maker under this Note.
 
 
1

 
 
5.           DEFAULT. Maker shall be in default under this Note upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each, an “ Event of Default ”):
 
  5.1        Failure to make any payment  required under this Note within five (5) days of the indicated date or on the due date thereof, as the case may be; or
 
  5.2        Any default or event of default occurs under any document, instrument or agreement  between Maker and Holder or any affiliate, successor or assigns of any such party; or
 
  5.3        Maker (i) applies for or consents  to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator, (ii) files a voluntary petition  in bankruptcy, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, (ill) makes an assignment or arrangement  for the benefit of creditors, (iv) files  a petition or an answer seeking  a reorganization or an arrangement with  creditors  or seeking to take  advantage of any insolvency law, (iv) performs any other  act of  bankruptcy, or (v) files  an answer  admitting  the material  allegations of a petition  filed against  Maker  in any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding; or
 
  5.4        Entry of an order, judgment or decree by any court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating Maker a judgment debtor or declaring Maker insolvent or approving a receiver, trustee or liquidator of Maker or of all or a substantial part of its assets, or otherwise commences with respect to Maker or any of her assets any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment, receivership or like law or statute, and if such order, judgment, decree or proceeding continues unstayed for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days after the expiration of any stay thereof.
 
6.            REMEDIES . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Holder may at any time thereafter, take any one or more of the following actions:
 
  6.1        Acceleration . Upon the happening  of any Event of Default, or on the Maturity Date,  the entire amount of fees, principal, and any other sums due under this Note (collectively, the “ Obligations ”) shall become due and payable immediately, and the rate of interest on the unpaid principal balance of the Note shall be at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum (the “ Default Rate ”).  Maker acknowledges that in case of default, Maker will cooperate fully with Holder to retire the Obligation through financing schemes that may include but not be limited to PIPEs, 3a9 debt consolidation and equity line. Cooperation will include but not be limited to providing common stock from the Maker's Treasury or from the Maker's management to fund the retirement of the Obligation. All remedies of Holder provided for herein are cumulative and shall be in addition to all other rights or remedies available at law or equity.
 
  6.2        Holder does not give up its rights upon an Event of Default  as a result of any delay in declaring or failing to declare a default or an Event of Default.
 
 
2

 
 
  6.3        File a lawsuit to enforce the Obligations due under this Note.
 
7.           WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS.
 
  7.1        Holder is not required to do any of the following before enforcing its rights under this Note: (i) demand payment of amounts due; (ii) give notice that amounts due have not been paid; or (iii) obtain an official certificate of non-payment.
 
  7.2        No  waivers, amendments or modifications of this Note shall be valid unless in writing and signed by an authorized  representative of Holder. No waiver by Holder of any Event of Default shall operate as a waiver of any other Event of Default or the same Event of Default on a future occasion. Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of Holder in exercising any right, power or remedy under this Note shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
 
  7.3        Maker waives presentment, protest, notice of dishonor, demand for payment, notice of intention to accelerate maturity, notice of acceleration of maturity, notice of sale and all other notices of any kind. Further, Maker agrees that Holder may extend, modify or renew this Note or make a novation of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note for any period and grant any releases, compromises or indulgences with respect to any collateral securing this Note, or with respect to Maker or any person liable under this Note, all without notice to or consent of Maker or any person liable under this Note and without affecting the liability of Maker or any person who may be liable under this Note.
 
8.           NOTICES.
 
  8.1        Any report, demand, notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder (other than service of process) shall be in writing, and shall be delivered personally, shall be delivered by a recognized overnight national carrier service (such as Federal Express) for next business day delivery, or shall be sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, first-class postage prepaid to the parties at the addresses set forth  below (or to such other addresses as the parties may specify by due notice to the other):
 
To Holder:
 
WELLINGTON SHIELDS
 
       
       
       
       
To Maker:
 
 
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
Attn: Lawrence Sands
Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary
2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
 
                      
 
3

 

8.2           Any notice delivered to a party's designated address by (a) personal delivery, (b) recognized overnight national courier service, or (c) registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed to have been received by such party at the time the notice is delivered to such party's designated address. Confirmation by the courier delivering any notice given pursuant to this Section shall be conclusive evidence of receipt of such notice. Each party hereby agrees that it will not refuse or reject delivery any notice given hereunder, that it will acknowledge, in writing, receipt of the same upon request by any other party and that any notice rejected or refused by it shall be deemed for all purposes of this Note to have been received by the rejecting party on the date so refused or rejected, as conclusively established by the records of the U.S. Postal Service or the courier service. Any notice given by an attorney on behalf of a party or a party shall be effective for all purposes.
 
9.         GOVERNING LAW. This Note shall be governed, interpreted, and enforceable in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles. The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Note shall not affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Note, and to this end, the provisions of this Note are declared to be severable.
 
10.       ACTIONS INVOLVING THIS NOTE. If this Note is referred to any attorney for collection, the Maker agrees to pay all costs of collection, including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees.  THE MAKER, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTEAND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER.
 
11.         JURISDICTION.  The Maker hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees:
 
11.1           to be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and any federal courts sitting in New York in connection with any action, suit or proceeding under or relating to, or to enforce any of the provisions of, this Note; and
 
11.2           To waive, to the extent permitted by law, any right to obtain a change in venue from any such court in any such action, suit or proceeding.
 
11.3           Service of process may be made by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to Maker's address set forth above, however, nothing in the paragraph shall affect Holder's right to serve the process in any manner permitted by paw, or limit Holder's right to bring proceedings against Maker in the Courts of any other jurisdiction.
 
11.4           The provisions of this Section shall not limit or otherwise affect the right of Holder to institute and conduct an action in any other appropriate manner, jurisdiction or court.
 
12.           MATERIAL ASPECTS OF THIS NOTE.
 
12.1   MAKER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT SECTIONS 7 (“WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS”), 10 (“ACTIONS INVOLVING THIS NOTE”) AND 11 (“JURISDICTION”) ABOVE ARE SPECIFIC AND MATERIAL ASPECTS  OF THIS NOTE AND THAT  HOLDER  WOULD  NOT EXTEND CREDIT TO MAKER  IF THE  WAIVERS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 7, 10 AND 11 WERE NOT A PART OF THIS NOTE.
 
 
4

 
 
13.           MISCELLANEOUS.
 
13.1            Assignment .  This Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Maker and Holder and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. Holder's interest in and rights under this Note are freely assignable, in whole or in part, by Holder. Maker shall not assign its rights and interest hereunder without the prior written consent of Holder, and any attempt by any Maker to assign without Holder's prior written consent is null and void. Any assignment shall not release Maker from the Obligations.
 
13.2          Severability . If any provision of this Note shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable Jaw, such provision shall be ineffective but only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Note.
 
13.3            Plural; Captions . All references in this Note to Maker, Holder, person, document or other nouns of reference mean both the singular and the plural form, as the case may be. The subheadings contained in this Note are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the Note.
 
13.4            Note Binding On Maker And Its Successors . All Obligations under this Note are the unconditional obligations of Maker and all who succeed to its rights and interests. Maker, by execution of, and Holder, by acceptance of, this Note agree that each party is bound to all terms and provisions of this Note.
 
13.5            Entirety . This Note embodies the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.
 
13.6            Business Purpose . Maker represents that the amount  evidenced  by  this Note is being obtained for business purposes.
 
13.7            Rights Cumulative . The rights and remedies of Holder under this Note and the Agreement shall be cumulative and concurrent and at the sole discretion of Holder may be pursued singly, successively, or together and exercised as often as Holder shall desire. Time is of the essence under this Note. The failure of Holder to exercise any such right or remedy shall in no event be construed as a waiver of release thereof.
 
13.8           If any payment hereunder shall be specified to be made on a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks New Jersey are not authorized to be open for business. it shall be considered timely if made on the next succeeding day which is a business day, and no additional interest shall accrue for such delay.
 
 
5

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Maker has executed and delivered to Holder this Note, as of the day and year written below.
 
 
MAKER:
 
 
Genesis group holdings, inc.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Lawrence Sands
 
 
Name:
Lawrence Sands
 
 
Title:
S.V.P/Corporate Secretary
 
 
 
HOLDER:
 
 
wellington shields & Co.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Edward Cabrera
 
 
Name:
Edward Cabrera
 
 
Title:
Head of Investment Banking
 
       
Dated: September 17, 2012
     
 
 
 6

Exhibit 10.3
 
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
 
THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into this ____ day of ___________, 201_ by and between Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and _____________ (the “Indemnitee”) and is to be effective as of the time the Indemnitee first provided service to the Corporation as an officer and/or director.
 
RECITALS:
 
A.           Indemnitee, an officer and/or director of the Corporation, performs valuable services in such capacity(ies) for the Corporation.
 
B.           The Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “Code”) and the bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”) provide for and/or allow for the indemnification of officers, directors, agents and employees of the Corporation.
 
C .             Th e Bylaws and the Code by their nonexclusive nature, permit contracts between the Corporation and the directors and officers of the Corporation with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses of such directors and officers.
 
D .           In accordance with the authorization as provided by the Code, the Corporation may purchase and maintain a policy or policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“D & O Insurance”), covering certain liabilities that may be incurred by its directors and officers in the performance of their obligations as directors and officers of the Corporation.
 
E.           As a result of recent developments affecting the terms, scope and availability of D & O Insurance there exists general uncertainty as to the extent of protection afforded Corporation directors and officers by such D & O Insurance and said uncertainty also exists under statutory and bylaw indemnification provisions.
 
F.           There have been changes in the Code and other laws, as well as a continuing and increasing risk associated with legal actions against directors and officers.
 
G.           This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended (the “Certificate”) and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto by the Corporation’s board of directors or stockholders, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
 
H.           In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to serve as a director and/or officer of the Corporation, the Corporation has determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with Indemnitee.
 
 
1

 
 
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of Indemnitee’s continued service as an officer and/or director after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.     Definitions .  The following terms, as used herein, shall have the following respective meanings:
 
(a)     “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Corporation occurring after the date of this Agreement of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”), whether or not the Corporation is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if after the date of this Agreement (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act, but excluding (i) the Corporation, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation) other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding securities (other than any such person or any affiliate thereof that is such a twenty percent (20%) beneficial owner as of the date hereof) without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such person attaining such percentage interest; (ii) there occurs a proxy contest, or the Corporation is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, plan of liquidation or other reorganization, as a consequence of which members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Directors thereafter; or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), other than as a result of an event described in clause (a)(ii) of this Section 1, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (including for this purpose any new director whose election or nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors.  A Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred under item (i) above if the “person” described under item (i) is entitled to report its ownership on Schedule 13G promulgated under the Act and such person is able to represent that it acquired such securities in the ordinary course of its business and not with the purpose nor with the effect of changing or influencing the control of the Corporation, nor in connection with or as a participant in any transaction having such purpose or effect.  If the “person” referred to in the previous sentence would at any time not be entitled to continue to report such ownership on Schedule 13G pursuant to Rule 13d-1(b)(3)(i)(B) of the Act, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time.
 
(b)     “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent or fiduciary of the Corporation or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Corporation.
 
 
2

 
 
(c)     “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
 
(d)     “Enterprise” shall mean the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
 
(e)     “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.  Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent and (ii) for purposes of Section 9(d) only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise.  The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Corporation in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable.
 
(f)     “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of the Code and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent:  (i) the Corporation or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Corporation agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
 
(g)     “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director and/or officer of the Corporation, by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any inaction on his or her part while acting as a director and/or officer of the Corporation or by reason of the fact of his or her Corporate Status or that he or she otherwise is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in each case whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement, including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement and excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement to enforce his or her rights under this Agreement.  If Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this paragraph.
 
 
3

 
 
(h)     Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Agreement.
 
(i)     “Losses” means any amounts or sums which Indemnitee is legally obligated to pay as a result of any Proceeding, including, without limitation, damages, judgments, penalties, fines and sums or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.
 
2.     Indemnity of Indemnitee .  The Corporation hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent authorized or permitted by the provisions of the Code, as such may be amended from time to time.  In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:
 
(a)     Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(a) if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, he or she is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation.  Pursuant to this Section 2(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses and Losses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
(b)     Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(b) if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, he or she is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 2(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that, if applicable law so requires, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or the court in which such Proceeding shall have been brought or is pending, shall determine that such indemnification may be made.
 
 
4

 
 
(c)     Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a party to (or participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, he or she shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter, to the fullest extent permitted by law.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
 
(d)     Shadow or Monitoring Counsel .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ the Indemnitee’s own counsel in connection with any Proceeding, at the expense of the Corporation, if such counsel serves in a review, observer, advice, and counseling capacity and does not otherwise materially control or participate in the defense of such proceeding.
 
3.     Additional Indemnity .
 
(a)     Subject only to the exclusions set forth in Section 3(b) hereof, the Corporation hereby further agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and Losses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (including an action by or on behalf of the Corporation) to which Indemnitee is, was or at any time becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, by reason of his or her Corporate Status; provided, however, that with respect to actions by or on behalf of the Corporation, indemnification of Indemnitee against any judgments shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; and
 
(b)     No indemnity pursuant to this Section 3 shall be paid by the Corporation:
 
(i)     In respect to remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication, not subject to appeal, that such remuneration was in violation of law;
 
 
5

 
 
(ii)     For which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision;
 
(iii)     For (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Act or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law or (ii) any reimbursement of the Corporation by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Corporation, as required in each case under the Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act);
 
(iv)     On account of Indemnitee’s conduct which is finally adjudged, not subject to appeal, to have been knowingly fraudulent, or to constitute willful misconduct; or
 
(v)     If a final decision, not subject to appeal, by a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful.
 
4.     Contribution .  To the fullest extent permitted by law, if the indemnification provided in Sections 2 and 3 hereof is unavailable and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason other than those set forth in Section 3(b), then the Corporation shall contribute to the amount of Losses and Expenses actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Corporation on the one hand and the Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction from which such Proceeding arose and (ii) the relative fault of the Corporation on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other in connection with the events which resulted in such Losses or Expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Corporation on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, and participation in the event(s) resulting in such Expenses and Losses. The Corporation agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.
 
5.     Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.
 
 
6

 
 
6.     Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Corporation shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.  Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Corporation to support the advances claims.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee.  The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Corporation of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent permitted by law to repay the advance (without interest) if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.  No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement.  This Section 6 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 3(b)(ii) or (iii).
 
7.     Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .
 
(a)     Indemnitee shall notify the Corporation in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof.  The written notification to the Corporation shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding.  The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Corporation hereunder shall not relieve the Corporation from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Corporation shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement.  The Secretary of the Corporation shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has made such a request.
 
(b)     The Corporation shall be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.
 
(c)     Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement based on the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification thereto shall be made in the specific case:  (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such determination be made by the Board of Directors or the stockholders, in which case the determination shall be made in the manner provided in Clause (ii) below) or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors; or (B) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, said Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (C) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors; or (D) if so directed by said Disinterested Directors, by the stockholders of the Corporation; and, if it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination.  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors or stockholder of the Corporation shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination under this Agreement of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Corporation (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Corporation hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
 
 
7

 
 
(d)     If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(c) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 7(d).  If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and the Corporation shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.  If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Corporation advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.  In either event, Indemnitee or the Corporation, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Corporation or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Corporation or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Corporation or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 7(c) hereof.  The Corporation shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 7(c) hereof, and the Corporation shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 7(d), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.  Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 9(a)(iii) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
 
 
8

 
 
(e)     The Corporation shall not be required to obtain the consent of the Indemnitee to the settlement of any Proceeding which the Corporation has undertaken to defend provided that the Corporation (i) assumes full and sole responsibility for such settlement, (ii) the settlement grants the Indemnitee a complete and unqualified release in respect of the potential liability, (iii) the settlement does not impose any financial penalties or SEC bars on future service on the Indemnitee, and (iv) if the Indemnitee has sought indemnification for any other then existing Proceeding, the Corporation will not be insolvent or nearing insolvency upon consummation of the settlement.
 
8.     Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
 
(a)     In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 7(a) of this Agreement, and the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.
 
(b)     Subject to Section 9(f), if the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 7 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such thirty (30)-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(b) shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Corporation of the request for such determination the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(c) of this Agreement.
 
 
9

 
 
(c)     The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
(d)     For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise.  In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.  The provisions of this Section 8(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.
 
9.     Remedies of Indemnitee .
 
(a)     Subject to Section 9(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(c) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Corporation of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification or contribution is not made pursuant to Section 2(c), 3 or 4 of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7 or 8 of this Agreement or (vi) in the event that the Corporation or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his or her entitlement to such indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.  The Corporation shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
 
 
10

 
 
(b)     In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(c) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 9 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.  In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 9 the Corporation shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.
 
(c)     If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(c) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 9, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification and resulting in Indemnitee no longer satisfying the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
 
(d)     In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 9, seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Corporation, and shall be indemnified by the Corporation against, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 1 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such judicial adjudication or arbitration, but only if he or she prevails therein.  If it shall be determined in said judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification sought, the expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.  It is the intent of the Corporation that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under the Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder.  The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Corporation under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Corporation if Indemnitee is wholly successful on the underlying claims; if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification and advancement shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.
 
(e)     The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 9 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(f)     Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.
 
 
11

 
 
10.     Subrogation .  Except as provided in Section 19 below, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
 
11.     Non-Exclusivity of Rights .  The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Agreement shall not be exclusive of any other right which Indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or Bylaws, agreement, vote or resolution of stockholders or directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
 
12.     Survival of Rights .  All agreements and obligations of the Corporation contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), whether the act or omission occurred or Proceeding is brought before or after the date of this Agreement, and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 9 hereof) by reason of his or her Corporate Status, whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.  This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any other enterprise at the Corporation’s request.
 
13.     Insurance .
 
(a)     To the extent that the Corporation maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees or agents or fiduciaries of the Corporation or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Corporation, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim or commencement of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Corporation has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Corporation shall give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Corporation shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
 
 
12

 
 
(b)     In the event of a Change in Control or the Corporation’s becoming insolvent—including being placed into receivership or entering the federal bankruptcy process and the like—the Corporation shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Corporation in providing insurance—directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise—in respect of Indemnitee, for a period of six years thereafter (a “Tail Policy”).  Such coverage shall be with the incumbent insurance carriers using the policies that were in place at the time of the change of control event (unless the incumbent carriers will not offer such policies, in which case the Tail Policy shall be substantially comparable in scope and amount as the expiring policies, and the insurance carriers for the Tail Policy shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies).  Any such Tail Policy shall be placed by the Corporation’s broker.
 
14.     No Duplication of Payments .  The Corporation shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.  The Corporation’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.
 
15.     Exception to Right of Indemnification .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or any claim therein, unless (a) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors or (b) such Proceeding is being brought by the Indemnitee to assert his or her rights under this Agreement.
 
16.     Security .  To the extent requested by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors, the Corporation may at any time and from time to time provide security to the Indemnitee for the Corporation’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral.  Any such security, once provided to the Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.
 
 
13

 
 
17.     Enforcement .
 
(a)     The Corporation expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director and/or officer of the Corporation, and the Corporation acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director and/or officer of the Corporation.
 
(b)     This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, including; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate, the Bylaws, any vote or resolution of the Corporation’s board of directors or stockholders, and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
 
18.     Specific Performance .  The Corporation and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm.  Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he or she may be entitled.  The Corporation and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith.  The Corporation acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Corporation hereby waives any such requirement of a bond or undertaking.
 
19.     Primacy .  If Indemnitee was or is serving in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation in connection with his or her employment or other relationship with another investor in this Corporation, and such other investor provides for indemnification or advancement of expenses for the benefit of Indemnitee for the matters covered by the Corporation’s obligations under this Agreement, the Corporation’s obligations, if any, pursuant to this Agreement to indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee shall be superior to and not pari passu or junior to such other investor’s obligations to Indemnitee.
 
20.     Separability .  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
 
 
14

 
 
21.     Governing Law .  The parties agree that this Agreement and legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.  Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 9(a) of this Agreement, the Corporation and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country; (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court; and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
 
22.     Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed; (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed; (iii) sent by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed; or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of confirmation that such transmission has been received:
 
(a)            If to Indemnitee, to:

_____________
_______________
_______________
Facsimile:  ______________

(b)         If to the Corporation, to:

Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
Facsimile:  (___) ___-____
 
Attention: Chief Executive Officer and Secretary

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Corporation or to the Corporation by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
 
23.     Notice by Indemnitee .  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Corporation in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder.  The failure to so notify the Corporation shall not relieve the Corporation of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.
 
 
15

 
 
24.     Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
 
25.     Amendment and Termination .  No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties hereto.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in the Code, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate, the Bylaws and/or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver, unless, in each case, the waiver expressly so states.
 
26.     Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
 
27.     Gender .  Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.
 
[Signature Page Follows]
 
 
16

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
COMPANY:
 
     
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
   
       
  Name:    
       
  Title:    
       
 
INDEMNITEE:
 
     
     
     

17 

Exhibit 10.4
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY
 
Following are the terms of the compensation policy for members of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) who are not employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “Non-Employee Director”).  This policy is effective as of January 1, 2013 (the “Effective Date”).
 
Cash Compensation .
 
Annual Retainers .  A Non-Employee Director who serves as Chairman of the Board will receive an annual cash retainer of $35,000.  In addition, a Non-Employee Director who serves as a member of the Audit Committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $20,000, a Non-Employee Director who serves as a member of the Compensation Committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $10,000, and a Non-Employee Director who serves as a member of the Corporate Governance Committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $10,000.
 
Meeting Fees .  In addition to the annual cash retainers described above, each Non-Employee Director will receive a fee of $1,500 for each meeting of the Board or a Board committee that the director attends in person, provided that if a director attends meetings of the Board and a Board committee that are held on the same day, the director will receive only one meeting fee for that day.
 
Payment of Fees .  The annual retainers reflected above are expressed as annualized amounts.  These retainers will be paid on a quarterly basis, at the end of each quarter in arrears, and will be pro-rated if a Non-Employee Director serves in such position for only a portion of the quarter.  Meeting fees for attendance at one or more meetings that occur in a particular quarter will be paid at the end of that quarter.
 
Equity Compensation .  Each Non-Employee Director serving on the Board immediately following an annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders (an “Annual Meeting”) that occurs after the Effective Date will receive an award of a number of restricted stock units determined by dividing $30,000 by the per-share closing price (in regular trading) of the Company’s common stock on the date of such Annual Meeting (rounded to the nearest whole unit).   In addition, each new Non-Employee Director appointed to the Board (other than in connection with an Annual Meeting) will automatically be granted, upon the date of his or her appointment, an award of a number of restricted stock units determined by multiplying (a) the quotient obtained by dividing $30,000 by the per-share closing price (in regular trading) of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, by (b) a fraction (not greater than one), the numerator of which will be the number of days remaining in the 365-day period following the most recent Annual Meeting, and the denominator of which shall be 365 (rounded to the nearest whole unit); provided, however, that a new Non-Employee Director will not be eligible to receive an award pursuant to this sentence if he or she was an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries at any time during the six-month period preceding his or her appointment to the Board; and provided, further, that in the case of a Non-Employee Director appointed to the Board after the Effective Date and prior to the first Annual Meeting that occurs after the Effective Date, the Board shall determine in its sole discretion the type and amount of the equity award (if any) to be granted to such director in connection with his or her appointment and the terms of any such grant.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board, each equity award granted to a Non-Employee Director will vest in quarterly installments through the date of the next Annual Meeting (or, if earlier, the first anniversary of the grant date).  Each of the foregoing equity awards will be made under and subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2012 Performance Incentive Plan or any successor equity compensation plan approved by the Company’s stockholders and in effect at the time of grant and an award agreement thereunder in the form approved by the Board.
 
Non-Employee Directors will also be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for their reasonable travel expenses incident to meetings of the Board or committees thereof in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies.
 
The Board may prospectively modify this policy from time to time.
  Exhibit 10.6
 
p.1
 
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ) is entered into as of September 1, 2009 by and between Genesis Group Holdings, lnc, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), and Gideon Taylor, an individual (the “ Executive ”). The term “Company” as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its direct or indirect parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, or subsidiaries or affiliates of its parent companies (collectively, the “ Group ”).
 
RECITALS
 
   A.  
The Company desires to employ the Executive and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below).
 
   B.   
The Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
 
AGREEMENT
The parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.           POSITION
 
              The Executive hereby accepts a position as Chief Executive officer and Board Member (the “ Employment ”) of the Company to work with the Board of Directors and at their behest in the management and day to day operations of the Company.
 
 
 

 
 
p.2
 
2.           TERM
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be five years, commencing on September 1, 2009. (the “ Effective Date ”), unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Upon expiration of the initial five year term, the Employment shall be automatically extended for successive one-year terms unless either party gives the other party hereto a thirty day prior written notice to terminate the Employment prior to the expiration of such one-year term or unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
 
3.           DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
 
The Executive’s duties at the Company will include all jobs assigned by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).
 
The Executive shall devote his working time, attention and skills to the performance of his duties at the Company and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with this Agreement and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.
 
The Executive shall use best efforts to perform the duties hereunder. The Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, become an employee or consultant of any entity that competes with that business carried on by the Company (any such business or entity, a “ Competitor ”), provided that nothing in this clause shall preclude the Executive from holding any shares or other securities of any Competitor that is listed on any securities exchange or recognized securities market anywhere.
 
4.           NO BREACH OF CONTRACT
 
The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound; (ii) that the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into this Agreement or carrying out [his] [her] duties hereunder; (iii) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement (other than this) with any other person or entity, as the case maybe.

 
 

 
 
p.3
 
5.           LOCATION
 
The Executive will be based in Florida, United States, until both parties hereto agree to change otherwise.
 
6.           COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
 
    (a)
Cash Compensation . (1) The Executive’s annual base compensation shall be Two Hundred Thousand ($200,000), paid in bi-weekly increments and subject to periodic review or adjustment by the Board based upon the earnings of the Company. In the event that the cash flow of the Company is insufficient to pay the base compensation called for herein, the Executive shall be entitled to equivalent equity compensation. (2) The executive shall be entitled to annual bonus compensation as directed by to Board of directors.
 
    (b)
Equity Incentives . To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof as determined by the Company. As an initial incentive to the execution of this Agreement, the Executive shall receive 25,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with appropriate 144 restrictions thereon. No Employee shell be paid a higher compensation without the agreement of Gideon Taylor.
 
    (c)
Benefits . The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company, including any health insurance plan and annual holiday plan. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable expenses as approved by the Board.

 
 

 
 
p.4
 
7.           TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT
 
    (a)
By the Company . The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without advance notice or remuneration, if (1) the Executive is convicted or pleads guilty to a felony or to an act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, (2) the Executive has been negligent or acted dishonestly to the detriment of the Company, (3) the Executive has engaged in actions amounting to misconduct or failed to perform duties hereunder and such failure continues after the Executive is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure, (4) the Executive has died, or (5) the Executive has a disability which shall mean a physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of employment with the Company, even with reasonable accommodation that does not impose an undue hardship on the Company, for more than 60 days in any 12-month period, unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period would apply. In addition, the Company may terminate the Employment without cause, at any time, upon two-month prior written notice to the Executive during any period after the first anniversary of the Effective Date.
 
    (b)
By the Executive . If there is a material and substantial reduction in the Executive’s existing authority and responsibilities and such resignation is approved by the Board, the Executive may resign upon one-month prior written notice to the Company during the first year after the Effective Date, or two-month prior written notice to the Company during any period after the first anniversary of the Effective Date.
 
    (c)
Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 
 

 
 
p.5
 
    (d)
Remuneration upon Termination . Upon the Company’s termination of the Employment without cause pursuant to subsection (a) above or the Executive’s resignation upon the Board’s approval pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company will provide remuneration to the Executive as follows: (1) if such termination or resignation becomes effective during the first year after joining the Company (the Starting Date), the Company will provide the Executive with a severance pay equal to three months base salary of the Executive; (2) if such termination or resignation becomes effective during the second year after the Starting Date, the Company will provide the Executive with a severance pay equal to one year base salary of the Executive; (3) if such termination or resignation becomes effective during any period after the second anniversary of the Starting Date, the Company will provide the Executive with a severance pay equal to two years base salary of the Executive; and (4) the Executive may exercise any vested option as of the date of termination pursuant to the applicable share incentive plan. Except for the foregoing, the Executive shall not be entitled to any severance payments or benefits upon the termination of the Employment for any reason, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company.
 
8.           CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE
 
    (a)
Confidentiality and Non-disclosure . In the course of the Executive’s services, the Executive may have access to the Company and/or the Company’s client’s and/or prospective client’s trade secrets and confidential information, including but not limited to those embodied in memoranda, manuals, letters or other documents, computer disks, tapes or other information storage devices, hardware, or other media or vehicles, pertaining to the Company and/or the Company’s client’s and/or prospective client’s business. All such trade secrets and confidential information are considered confidential.

 
 

 
 
p.6
 
 
All materials containing any such trade secret and confidential information are the property of the Company and/or the Company’s client and/or prospective client, and shall be returned to the Company and/or the Company’s client and/or prospective client upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement. The Executive shall not directly or indirectly disclose or use any such trade secret or confidential information, except as required in the performance of the Executive’s duties in connection with the Employment or pursuant to applicable law.
 
    (b)
Trade Secrets. During and after the Employment, the Executive shall hold the Trade Secrets in strict confidence; the Executive shall not disclose these Trade Secrets to anyone except other employees of the Company who have a need to know the Trade Secrets in connection with the Company’s business. The Executive shall not use the Trade Secrets other than for the benefits of the Company.
 
Trade Secrets ” means information deemed confidential by the Company, treated by the Company or which the Executive know or ought reasonably to have known to be confidential, and trade secrets, including without limitation designs, processes, pricing policies, methods, inventions, conceptions, technology, technical data, financial information, corporate structure and know-how, relating to the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates and business associates, whether embodied in memoranda, manuals, letters or other documents, computer disks, tapes or other information storage devices, hardware, or other media or vehicles. Trade Secrets do not include information generally known or released to public domain through no fault of the Executive.
 
    (c)
Former Employer Information . The Executive agrees that he or she has not and will not, during the term of his or her employment improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer, unless the former employer has been acquired by the Company, or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any. The Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.

 
 

 
 
p.7
 
    (d)
Third Party Information . The Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the Executive’s employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Company’s agreement with such third party.
 
This Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 8, the Company shall have right to seek any and all remedies at law or in equity.
 
9.           NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION
 
In consideration of the base salary provided to the Executive by the Company hereunder, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the Executive agrees that during the term of the Employment and for a period of one year following the termination of the Employment for whatever reason:
 
    (a)
The Executive will not approach clients, customers or contacts of the Company or other persons or entities introduced to the Executive in the Executive’s capacity as a representative of the Company for the purposes of doing business with such persons or entities which will harm the business relationship between the Company and such persons and/or entities;

 
 

 
 
p.8
 
    (b)
unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not assume employment with or provide services for any Competitor, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, in any Competitor; and
 
    (c)
unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not seek directly or indirectly, by the offer of alternative employment or other inducement whatsoever, to solicit the services of any employee of the Company employed as at or after the date of such termination, or in the year preceding such termination.
 
The provisions contained in this Section 10 are considered reasonable by the Executive and the Company. In the event that any such provisions should be found to be void under applicable laws but would be valid if some part thereof was deleted or the period or area of application reduced, such provisions shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make them valid and effective.
 
This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section, the Executive acknowledges that there will be no adequate remedy at law, and the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other relief as maybe proper (including monetary damages if appropriate). In any event, the Company shall have right to seek any and all remedies permissible at law or in equity.

 
 

 
 
p.9
10.           ASSIGNMENT
 
This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that (i) the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent and (ii) in the event of a change-of-control transaction of the Company, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder.
 
11.           SEVERABILITY
 
If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable,
 
12.           GOVERNING LAW
 
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, U.S.A.
 
13.           AMENDMENT
 
This Agreement may not he amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.
 
14.           WAIVER
 
Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 
 

 
 
p.10
 
15.           NOTICES
 
All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, or (iii) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party.
 
16.           COUNTERPARTS
 
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts maybe used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.
 
17.           NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER
 
Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that such party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms.

 
 

 
 
 
p.11
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.
 
Genesis Group Holding, Inc.
     
By:
/s/ Gideon Taylor  
  Gideon Taylor    
  CEO  
     
 
     
By:
/s/ Gideon Taylor  
  Gideon Taylor    
  Employer  
     

 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.7
 
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS INC.
 
This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of January 16, 2010 by and between Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the State of DELAWARE (the “ Company ”), and BILLY CAUDILL, an individual (the “ Executive ”). The term “Company”as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its direct or indirect parent companies, subsidiaries or affiliates of its parent companies (collectively, the “ Group ”).
 
RECITALS
 
A.
The company desires to employ the Executive and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below).
 
B.
The Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
AGREEMENT
 
The parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1. POSITION
 
The Executive hereby accepts a position as President/COO (the “ Employment ”) of the Company to work with the Board of Directors and at their behest in the management and day to day operations of the Company.
 
2. TERM
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be Five year(s), commencing on January 16, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Upon expiration of the initial number year(s) term, the Employment shall be automatically extended for one-year terms unless either party gives the other party hereto a thirty day prior written notice to terminate the Employment prior to the expiration of such one-year term or unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
 
3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
 
The Executive’s duties at the Company will include all jobs assigned the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”).

 
 

 
 
The Executive shall devote his or her working time, attention, and skills to the performance of his or her duties at the Company and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with this Agreement and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.
 
The Executive shall use best efforts to perform the duties hereunder. The Executive will be responsible for building the operations of the Company with internal growth and acquisitions of new companies. The Executive will be staffing the Company with proper management and personnel. The key management team of the Executive’s operations will be eligible for stock now and stock awards in the future based upon performance.
 
4. NO BREACH OF CONTRACT
 
The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise, contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound; (ii) that the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into this agreement or carrying out his or her duties hereunder; (iii) that the Executive is not bound by confidentiality, trade secret, or similar agreement (other than this) with any other person or entity, as the case may be.
 
5. LOCATION
 
The Executive will be based in South Florida and Lexington, KY, United States, until both parties hereto agree to change otherwise.
 
6. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
 
(a)
Cash Compensation : (1) The Executive’s annual compensation shall be $200,000.00 paid in weekly increments and subject to periodic review or adjustment by the Board based upon the earnings of the Company. In the event that the cash flow to the Company is insufficient to pay the compensation called for herein, the Executive shall be entitled to equivalent equity compensation. (2) The Executive shall be entitled to annual bonus compensation equal to 5% of the Company’s EBIDTA for the twelve month period ending December 31. Bonus compensation shall be paid in cash or stock at the discretion of the Board of Directors. (3) The Executive shall have use of a vehicle of his choosing not to exceed $1,000.00 per month in cost to the company in addition to all company related expenses.
 
(b)
Equity Incentives : To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof as determined by the Company. As an initial incentive to the execution of this Agreement, the Executive shall receive 25,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with appropriate 144 restrictions thereon, based on a current capitalization of approximately 100,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, if in the first year of employment the Company books more than $20,000,000.00 in contracts and new company acquisitions, the Executive shall receive an additional 25,000,000 shares of stock.

 
 

 
 
(c)
Benefits : The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company or personal insurance, including any health insurance plan and annual holiday plan. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable expenses as approved by the Board.
 
7. TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT
 
(a)
By the Company : The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without advance notice or remuneration, if (1) the Executive is convicted or pleads guilty to a felony or act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, (2) the Executive has been negligent or acted dishonestly to the detriment of the Company, (3) the Executive has been negligent or actions amounting to misconduct or failed to perform duties hereunder and such failure continues after the Executive is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure, (4) the Executive has died, or (5) the Executive has a disability which shall mean a physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of employment with the Company, even with reasonable accommodation that does not impose an undue hardship on the Company, for more than 60 days in any 12-month period, unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period would apply. In addition, the Company may terminate the Employment without cause, at any time, upon two- month prior written notice to the Executive during any period after the first anniversary of the effective date.
 
(b)
By the Executive : If there is a material and substantial reduction in the Executive’s existing authority and responsibilities and such resignation is approved by the Board, the Executive may resign upon one-month prior written notice to the Company during the first year after the Effective Date, or two-month prior written notice to the Company during any period after the first anniversary of the Effective Date.
 
(c)
Notice of Termination : Any termination of the Executive’s employment under this agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting termination.
 
(d)
Remuneration upon Termination : Upon the Company’s termination of the Employment without cause pursuant to subsection (a) above or the Executive’s resignation upon the Board’s approval pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company will provide remuneration to the Executive as follows: (1) if such termination or resignation becomes effective during the first year after joining the Company (the Starting Date), the Company will provide the Executive with a severance pay equal to one year base salary of the Executive; (2) if such termination or resignation becomes effective during the second year after the Starting Date, the Company will provide the Executive with a severance pay equal to one year base salary to the Executive; (3) if such termination or resignation becomes effective during any period after the second anniversary of the Starting Date, the Company will provide the Executive with a severance pay equal to two years of the base salary of the Executive; and (4) the Executive may exercise any vested option as the date of termination pursuant to the applicable share incentive plan. Except for the foregoing, the Executive shall not be entitled to any severance payments or benefits upon the termination of the Employment for any reason, unless otherwise agreed by the Company.

 
 

 
 
8. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISCLOSURE
 
(a)
Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure : In the course of the Executive’s services, the Executive may have access to the Company and/or the Company’s client’s and/or prospective client’s trade secrets and confidential information, included but not limited to those embodied in memoranda, manuals, letters or other documents, computer disks, tapes or other information storage devices, hardware, or other media vehicles, pertaining to the Company and/or the Company’s client’s and/pr prospective client’s business. All such trade secrets and confidential information are considered confidential. All materials containing any such trade secrets and confidential information are property of the Company and/or the Company’s client and/or prospective client, and shall be returned to the Company and/or the Company’s client and/or prospective client upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement. The Executive shall not directly or indirectly disclose or use any such trade secret or confidential information, except as required in the performance of the Executive’s duties in connection with the Employment, or pursuant to applicable law.
 
(b)
Trade Secrets : During and after the Employment, the Executive shall hold the Trade Secrets in strict confidence; the Executive shall not disclose these Trade Secrets to anyone except other employees of the Company who have a need to know the Trade Secrets in connection with the Company’s business. The Executive shall not use the Trade Secrets other than for the benefits of the company. “ Trade Secrets ” means information deemed confidential by the Company, treated by the Company or which the Executive know or ought reasonably to have known to be confidential, and trade secrets, including without limitation designs, processes, pricing policies, methods, inventions, conceptions, technology, technical data, financial information, corporate structure and know-how, relating to the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates and business associates, whether embodied in memoranda, manuals, letters or other documents, computer disks, tapes or other information storage devices, hardware, or other media or vehicles. Trade Secrets do not include information generally known or released to public domain through no fault of the Executive.
 
(c)
Former Employer Information : The Executive agrees that he or she has not and will not, during the term of his or her employment, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer, unless the former employer has been acquired by the Company, or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement to keep in confidence information acquired by the Executive, if any. The Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and cost of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.

 
 

 
 
(d)
Third Party Information : The Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the Executive’s employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Company’s agreement with such third party.
 
This Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 8, the Company shall have right to seek any and all remedies at law or in equity.
 
9. NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION
 
In consideration of the base salary provided to the Executive by the Company hereunder, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the Executive agrees that during the term of Employment and for a period of one year following the termination of the Employment, for whatever reason:
 
(a)
The Executive will not approach clients, customers or contacts of the Company or other persons or entities introduced to the Executive in the Executive’s capacity as a representative of the Company for the purposes of doing business with such persons or entities which will harm the business relationship between the Company and such persons and/or entities;
 
(b)
unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not assume employment with or provide services for any Competitor, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, in any Competitor; and
 
(c)
unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not seek directly or indirectly, by the offer of alternative employment or other inducement whatsoever, to solicit the services of any employee of the Company employed as at or after the date of such termination, or in the year preceding such termination.
 
The provisions contained in this Section 9 are considered reasonable by the Executive and the Company. In the event that any such provisions should be found to be void under applicable laws but would be valid if some part thereof was deleted or the period or area of application reduced, such provisions shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make them valid and effective.
 
This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section, the Executive acknowledges that there will be no adequate remedy at law, and the company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other relief as may be proper (including monetary damages if appropriate). In any event, the Company shall have right to seek any and all remedies permissible at law or in equity.
 

 
 

 
 
 
10. ASSIGNMENT
 
This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided however, that (i) the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent, and (ii) in the event of a change-of-control transaction of the company, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder.
 
11. SEVERABILITY
 
In any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.
 
12. GOVERNING LAW
 
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, U.S.A.
 
13. AMENDMENT
 
This Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.
 
14. WAIVER
 
Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 
 

 
 
15. NOTICES
 
All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefore, or (iii) send by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party.
 
16. COUNTERPARTS
 
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.
 
17. NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER
 
Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that such party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms.
 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed on the dated listed in Section 2.
 
Genesis Group Holding, Inc.
     
/s/ Gideon Taylor  
Gideon Taylor, CEO
     
/s/ Billy Caudill  
Billy Caudill, Employee
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.8
 
p.1
 
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of 18 Jan 2010 by and between Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Comp any ’’), and Lawrence Sands, an individual (the “ Executive ”). The term “Company” as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its direct or indirect parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, or subsidiaries or affiliates of its parent companies (collectively, the “ Group ”).
 
RECITALS
 
    A.
The Company desires to employ the Executive and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below).
 
    B.
The Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
AGREEMENT
 
The parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.           POSITION
 
The Executive hereby accepts a position as Vice President Mergers and acqusitions (the “Em ployment ”) of the Company to work with the Board of Directors and at their behest in the management and day to day operations of the Company.
 
2.           TERM
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be three years, commencing on 16 Jan 2010 .(the “ Effective Date ”), unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement Upon expiration of the initial three year term, the Employment shall be automatically extended for successive one-year terms unless either party gives the other party hereto a thirty day prior written notice to terminate the Employment prior to the expiration of such one-year term or unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 
 

 

 
p.2
 
3.           DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
 
The Executive’s duties at the Company will include all jobs assigned by the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board ).
 
The Executive shall devote his working time, attention and skills to the performance of his duties at the Company and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with this Agreement and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.
 
The Executive shall use best efforts to perform the duties hereunder. The Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, become an employee or consultant of any entity that competes with that business carried on by the Company (any such business or entity, a “ Competitor ”) , provided that nothing in this clause shall preclude the Executive from holding any shares or other securities of any Competitor that is listed on any securities exchange or recognized securities market anywhere.
 
4.           NO BREACH OF CONTRACT
 
The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound; (ii) that the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into this Agreement or carrying out [his] [her] duties hereunder; (iii) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement (other than this) with any other person or entity, as the case may be.

 
 

 
 
p.3
 
5.           LOCATION
 
The Executive will be based in Florida, United States, until both parties hereto agree to change otherwise.
 
6.           COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
 
     (a)
Cash Compensation . (1) The Executive’s annual base compensation shall be One Hundred Twenty Thousand ($120,000), paid in bi-weekly increments and subject to periodic review or adjustment by the Board based upon the earnings of the Company. In the event that the cash flow of the Company is insufficient to pay the base compensation called for herein, the Executive shall be entitled to equivalent equity compensation, The annual cash compensation shall accrue during the first year of this agreement until such time as the Company’s or its subsidiary’s cash flow is positive (2) the Executive shall be entitled to annual bonus compensation as directed by Board of Directors. Bonus compensation shall be paid in cash or stock at the discretion of the Board of Directors. (3) the Executive shall have use of a company car of his choosing not to exceed $1000 per month in total cost to the Company.
 
     (b)
Equity Incentives . To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such, plan pursuant to the terms thereof as determined by the Company. As an initial incentive to the execution of this Agreement, the Executive shall receive 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with appropriate 144 restrictions thereon.

 
 

 
 
p.4
 
     (c)
Benefits . The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company, including any health insurance plan and annual holiday plan. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable expenses as approved by the Board.
 
7.           TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT
 
     (a)
By the Company . The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without advance notice or remuneration, if (1) the Executive is convicted or pleads guilty to a felony or to an act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, (2) the Executive has been negligent or acted dishonestly to the detriment of the Company, (3) the Executive has engaged in actions amounting to misconduct or failed to perform duties hereunder and such failure continues after the Executive is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure, (4) the Executive has died, or (5) the Executive has a disability which shall mean a physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of employment with the Company, even with reasonable accommodation that does not impose an undue hardship on the Company, for more than 60 days in any 12-month period, unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period would apply. In addition, the Company may terminate the Employment without cause, at any time, upon two-month prior written notice to the Executive during any period after the first anniversary of the Effective Date.
 
     (b)
By the Executive . If there is a material and substantial reduction in the Executive’s existing authority and responsibilities and such resignation is approved by the Board, the Executive may resign upon one-month prior written notice to the Company during the first year after the Effective Date, or two-month prior written notice to the Company during any period after the first anniversary of the Effective Date.

 
 

 
 
p.5
 
     (c)
Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision (s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.
 
     (d)
Remuneration upon Termination . Upon the Company’s termination of the Employment without cause pursuant to subsection (a) above or the Executive’s resignation upon the Board’s approval pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company will provide remuneration to the Executive as follows: (1) if such termination or resignation becomes effective during the first year after joining the Company (the Starting Date), the Company will provide the Executive with a severance pay equal to three months base salary of the Executive; (2) if such termination or resignation becomes effective during the second year after the Starting Date, the Company will provide the Executive with a severance pay equal six month base salary of the Executive; (3) if such termination or resignation becomes effective during any period after the second anniversary of the Starting Date, the Company will provide the Executive with a severance pay equal to one years base salary of the Executive; and (4) the Executive may exercise any vested option as of the date of termination pursuant to the applicable share incentive plan. Except for the foregoing, the Executive shall not be entitled to any severance payments or benefits upon the termination of the Employment for any reason, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company.

 
 

 
 
p.6
 
8.           CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE
 
     (a)
Confidentiality and Non-disclosure . In the course of the Executive’s services, the Executive may have access to the Company and/or the Company’s client’s and/or prospective client’s trade secrets and confidential information, including but not limited to those embodied in memoranda, manuals, letters or other documents, computer disks, tapes or other information storage devices, hardware, or other media or vehicles, pertaining to the Company and/or the Company’s client’s and/or prospective client’s business. All such trade secrets and confidential information are considered confidential. All materials containing any such trade secret and confidential information are the property of the Company and/or the Company’s client and/or prospective client and shall be returned to the Company and/or the Company’s client and/or prospective client upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement The Executive shall not directly or indirectly disclose or use any such trade secret or confidential information, except as required in the performance of the Executive’s duties in connection with the Employment, or pursuant to applicable law.
 
     (b)
Trade Secrets. During and after the Employment, the Executive shall hold the Trade Secrets in strict confidence; the Executive shall not disclose these Trade Secrets to anyone except other employees of the Company who have a need to know the Trade Secrets in connection with the Company’s business. The Executive shall not use the Trade Secrets other than for the benefits of the Company.
 
Trade Secrets” means information deemed confidential by the Company, treated by the Company or which the Executive know or ought reasonably to have known to be confidential, and trade secrets, including without limitation designs, processes, pricing policies, methods, inventions, conceptions, technology, technical data, financial information, corporate structure and know-how, relating to the business and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates and business associates, whether embodied in memoranda, manuals, letters or other documents, computer disks, tapes or other information storage devices, hardware, or other media or vehicles. Trade Secrets do not include information generally known or released to public domain through no fault of the Executive.

 
 

 
 
p.7
 
     (c)
Former Employer Information . The Executive agrees that he or she has not and will not during the term of his or her employment improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer, unless the former employer has been acquired by the Company, or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any. The Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.
 
     (d)
Third Party Information . The Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the Executive’s employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Company’s agreement with such third party.
 
This Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 8, the Company shall have right to seek any and all remedies at law or in equity.
 
9.           NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION
 
In consideration of the base salary provided to the Executive by the Company hereunder, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the Executive agrees that during the term of the Employment and for a period of one year following the termination of the Employment for whatever reason:

 
 

 
 
p.8
 
     (a)
The Executive will not approach clients, customers or contacts of the Company or other persons or entities introduced to the Executive in the Executive’s capacity as a representative of the Company for the purposes of doing business with such persons or entities which will harm the business relationship between the Company and such persons and/or entities;
 
     (b)
unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not assume employment with or provide services for any Competitor, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, in any Competitor; and
 
     (c)
unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not seek directly or indirectly, by the offer of alternative employment or other inducement whatsoever, to solicit the services of any employee of the Company employed as at or after the date of such termination, or in the year preceding such termination.
 
The provisions contained in this Section 10 are considered reasonable by the Executive and the Company. In the event that any such provisions should be found to be void under applicable laws but would be valid if some part thereof was deleted or the period or area of application reduced, such provisions shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make them valid and effective.
 
This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section, the Executive acknowledges that there will be no adequate remedy at law, and the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other relief as may be proper (including monetary damages if appropriate).

 
 

 
 
p.9
 
In any event, the Company shall have right to seek any and all remedies permissible at law or in equity.
 
10.           ASSIGNMENT
 
This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that (i) the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent, and (ii) in the event of a change-of-control transaction of the Company, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder.
 
11.           SEVERABILITY
 
If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to he severable.
 
12.           GOVERNING LAW
 
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, USA . Any legal action required will be handled by ARBERTRATtON.
 
13.           AMENDMENT
 
This Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

 
 

 
 
p.10
 
14.             WAIVER
 
Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.
 
15.           NOTICES
 
All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, or (iii) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party.
 
16.           COUNTERPARTS
 
This Agreement maybe executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.
 
17.           NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER
 
Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that such party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms.

 
 

 
 
p.11
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.
 
Genesis Group Holding, Inc.
     
By:
/s/ Gideon Taylor  
  Gideon Taylor  
  CEO  
     
 
Lawrence M Sands
     
By:
/s/ Lawrence M Sands  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.9
 
AMENDMENT TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement entered into on November 29, 2010 is by and between Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company ") and Billy Caudill (the " Executive ").
 
WHEREAS , on January 16, 2010 the Company and the Executive entered into that certain Executive Employment Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by such reference (the " Employment Agreement ").
 
WHEREAS , Paragraph 6(b) of the Employment Agreement erroneously contained a provision whereby the Executive was entitled to receive 25,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as an incentive to the execution of the Employment Agreement (the “ Incentive Shares ”), which such shares have never been issued by the Company to the Executive.

WHEREAS , the parties are desirous of correcting this ministerial error in the drafting of the Employment Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.            Recitals .  The foregoing recitals are true and correct.

2.            Correction of Paragraph 6(b) .   The Employment Agreement is hereby amended effective January 16, 2010 to delete Paragraph 6(b) in its entirety and replace it with the following:

(b)            Equity Incentives .  To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof as determined by the Company.  If in the first year of employment the Company books more than $20,000,000.00 in contracts and new company acquisitions, the Executive shall receive 25,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.
 
The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that the inclusion of the Incentive Shares in such paragraph in the Employment Agreement was a ministerial error in the drafting of the agreement and that he was never entitled under the terms of his employment with the Company or otherwise to the Incentive Shares.

3.            No Additional Changes .   Except for the correction to Paragraph 6(b) as set forth herein, all other terms and condition of the Employment Agreement remain in full force and effect.
 
4.            Amendment or Assignment .  No modification, waiver, amendment, discharge or change of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same is evidenced by a written instrument, executed by the party against which such modification, waiver, amendment, discharge, or change is sought.

5.            Construction and Enforcement .  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, without and application of the principles of conflicts of laws
 
 
1

 

 
6.            Binding Nature, No Third Party Beneficiary . The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective successors and assigns, and is made solely and specifically for their benefit.  No other person shall have any rights, interest or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise.

7.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including facsimile signatures which shall be deemed as original signatures.  All executed counterparts shall constitute one Agreement, notwithstanding that all signatories are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
By: /s/ Gideon Taylor
Gideon Taylor, Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Billy Caudill
Billy Caudill
 
 
2
Exhibit 10.10
 
AMENDMENT TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
This Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement entered into on November 29, 2010 is by and between Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company ") and Gideon Taylor (the " Executive ").
 
WHEREAS , on September 1, 2009 the Company and the Executive entered into that certain Executive Employment Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by such reference (the " Employment Agreement ").
 
WHEREAS , Paragraph 6(b) of the Employment Agreement erroneously contained a provision whereby the Executive was entitled to receive 25,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as an incentive to the execution of the Employment Agreement (the “ Incentive Shares ”), which such shares have never been issued by the Company to the Executive.

WHEREAS , the parties are desirous of correcting this ministerial error in the drafting of the Employment Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.            Recitals .  The foregoing recitals are true and correct.

2.            Correction of Paragraph 6(b) .   The Employment Agreement is hereby amended effective September 1, 2009 to delete Paragraph 6(b) in its entirety and replace it with the following:

(b)            Equity Incentives .  To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof as determined by the Company.
 
The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that the inclusion of the Incentive Shares in such paragraph in the Employment Agreement was a ministerial error in the drafting of the agreement and that he was never entitled under the terms of his employment with the Company or otherwise to the Incentive Shares.

3.            No Additional Changes .   Except for the correction to Paragraph 6(b) as set forth herein, all other terms and condition of the Employment Agreement remain in full force and effect.
 
4.            Amendment or Assignment .  No modification, waiver, amendment, discharge or change of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same is evidenced by a written instrument, executed by the party against which such modification, waiver, amendment, discharge, or change is sought.

5.            Construction and Enforcement .  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, without and application of the principles of conflicts of laws
 
 
1

 
 
6.            Binding Nature, No Third Party Beneficiary . The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective successors and assigns, and is made solely and specifically for their benefit.  No other person shall have any rights, interest or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise.
 
7.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including facsimile signatures which shall be deemed as original signatures.  All executed counterparts shall constitute one Agreement, notwithstanding that all signatories are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
By: /s/ Gideon Taylor
Gideon Taylor, Chief Executive Officer
 
/s/ Billy Caudill
Billy Caudill
 

2
Exhibit 10.11
 
Purchase   and   Sale   Agreement
 
This  Purchase and  Sale  Agreement  ("PSA") is hereby made this 30 th of July 2012,  by and among Genesis Group Holdings Inc. as "'Seller" and  Billy  Caudill as Purchaser concerning the stock  of Digital Comm  Inc. (the  "Company").
 
WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell  and  Purchaser desires to purchase 60% of the  common equity interest of the  Company for good and  valuable consideration;
 
WHEREAS, this PSA is intended to create obligations to proceed in a manner set  forth by this PSA.
 
WHEREAS, the  parties mutually agree that they  will continue to cooperate and execute such other and further documentation as is necessary to further the  intentions of the respective parties contained herein.
 
UNDERSTANDING OF THE  PARTIES AS FOLLOWS:
 
Basic  Premise for Agreement, Purchase Price; Payment of Consideration.
 
1.  
The  purchase price  for the  Purchased Shares (the  "Purchase Price")  shall be  as follows:
  
$125,000 in the  form  of a Non·Recourse/ Unsecured Promissory Note from  Purchaser to Seller delivered at Closing in exchange for 60% of the  common stock  of the Company. The  Note may  be repaid from  proceeds of the  Seller's S·l Registration statement that will go to Purchaser.
  
Purchaser shall be given  Series D Preferred Stock  in Seller in an  amount that shall equal the  amounts shown on the  books of the  Company owed to Regions Bank that are  secured by Purchaser's home.
  
Seller shall retain a non·dilutable 40% interest in the  Company. Purchaser shall be permitted to take on a strategic partner or partners and  sell  up to 60% of the Company so long as same terms are  first offered  to Seller with 30 days' notice  to accept or pass.
 ●   
 Seller shall use its best  efforts to continue secure additional financing and/or lines of credit to support help  support the  Company.
  
All of the  Company's future work  shall first be offered  to Seller on a subcontract
  
basis. In the  event that Seller or its subsidiaries are  unable to provide necessary labor or if the  Seller declines to accept the  assignment offered  to fulfill the  needs of the  Company's customer, Buyer may fulfill  the  work  through third parties.
  
All salaries, and  other employee compensation and  day  to day  operational expenses shall be determined by Purchaser and  Seller shall have  no control over  day  to day operations. Seller shall only  be the  exclusive avenue for processing work.
  
5% of cash receipts, up to $50,000 maximum annually, shall be paid  to Seller for
  
accounting and administrative services.

 
 

 
 
2.  
This PSA t ball be construed under the laws of the State of Florida and cannot be changed or modified except by an instrument in writing executed by the Parties.
 
7.  
This PSA constitutes the entire agreement between the P3rtiea with  respect to the subject matter of this PSA.

IN WITNESS HEREOF the Parties by their duly authorized representatives, have executed this PSA effective the date first above written.
 
Seller:
 
Purchaser:
     
Genesis Group Holdings Inc.
 
Billy Caudill
     
/s/ Lawrence Sands
 
/s/ Billy Caudill
Authorized Signatory:
 
Authorized Signatory:
 
 
Exhibit 10.12
 
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of September 6, 2012 (the “ Closing Date ”) is entered into by and between UTA Capital, LLC, as purchaser (the “ Purchaser ”), and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., as issuer (the “ Company ”).
 
WHEREAS, Purchaser is the holder of that certain warrant dated as of August 6, 2010 to purchase up to 20,952,381 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to certain adjustments for dilutive issuances (the “ Warrant ”), issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain note and warrant purchase agreement among the Company, Digital Comm, Inc. (the “ Borrower ”) and Purchaser dated as of August 6, 2010, as amended and modified by the loan extension and modification agreement dated as of February 14, 2011, the second loan extension and modification agreement dated as of June 25, 2011 and the third loan extension and modification agreement dated as of December 28, 2011 (collectively, the “ Loan Agreements ”);
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Loan Agreements, the Borrower obtained a loan from the Purchaser in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000, which principal balance has been reduced to $750,000 (the “ Loan ”);
 
WHEREAS, the Company desires to repay the Loan in full and retire and cancel the Warrant;
 
WHEREAS, concurrent with the repayment of the Loan and as consideration for the retirement and cancellation of the Warrant, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Company, shares of common stock of the Company representing 11.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (as defined herein below), or 24,940,263 shares (the “ Shares ”), in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.               Definitions .  For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
 
Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, is controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York City are open for the general transaction of business.

Closing ” means the completion of the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement on the Closing Date.

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble .

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble .
 
 
 

 
 
Company’s Knowledge ” means the actual knowledge of the executive officers (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company, after due inquiry.

Control ” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” or “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Governmental Permits ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10 .

“Loan” has the meaning set forth in the recitals .

“Loan Agreements” has the meaning set forth in the recitals .

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the assets, liabilities, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise), business, or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the legality or enforceability of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, or (iii) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the this Agreement.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, business trust, association, joint stock company, joint venture, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, governmental authority or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

SEC Filings ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6 .

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Shares” has the meaning set forth in the recitals .

10-K ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6 .

Warrant ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals .

2.              Purchase of Shares .  Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and concurrently with the repayment of the Loan, on and as of the Closing Date, the Company hereby issues, sells and delivers, and Purchaser hereby purchases, acquires and accepts from the Company the Shares.  As consideration for the Shares, the Purchaser hereby forfeits and surrenders to the Company the Warrant for retirement and cancellation.  The parties acknowledge and confirm that the issuance and sale of the Shares in consideration of the forfeiture and cancellation of the Warrant was agreed upon by the parties in an arms length negotiation and that the aggregate fair market value of the Shares may be more or less than the aggregate fair market value of the Warrant at any time after the Closing Date and that each of the parties to this Agreement bear the economic risks of their investment decision with respect to the disposition or acquisition of the Shares and the forfeiture, cancellation and retirement of the Warrant.  In the event that it is subsequently determined that the Shares did not represent 11.1% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis as of the Closing Date in a breach of Section 4.3(b) by the Company, the Company hereby undertakes, covenants and agrees to issue and sell to Purchaser within three (3) business days of notice of such breach by Purchaser such number of additional shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Additional Shares ”) required for the sum of such Additional Shares and the Shares to equal 11.1% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis as of the Closing Date.  Upon issuance, such Additional Shares shall be deemed to have been issued to Purchaser as of the Closing Date pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
3.               The Closing; Further Assurances .  At the Closing, (a) the Company shall deliver to Purchaser one or more certificates evidencing ownership of the Shares, and (b) Purchaser shall deliver to the Company all original copies of the Warrant and any amendments, modifications or supplements thereto which shall be deemed terminated and cancelled except as provided in Section 6 of this Agreement. At any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and without further consideration the parties shall promptly execute and deliver such instruments of sale and confirmation, and take all such other action as the other may reasonably request, more effectively to assist in the in the completion any of the transactions provided for or contemplated by this Agreement.
 
4.               Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:
 
4.1            Organization, Good Standing and Qualification .  The Company has no Subsidiaries other than Digital Comm Inc. The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business require such qualification and has all corporate power and authority necessary to own or hold its properties and to conduct the business in which it is engaged, except where the failure to so qualify or have such power or authority would not have, singly or in the aggregate, or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.2            Authorization .  The Company has full corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under the this Agreement and to issue the Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof and has taken all requisite action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for (i) the repayment of the Loan, the cancellation of the Warrant and the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, (ii) the authorization of the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, and (iii) the authorization, issuance and delivery of the Shares.  This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability, relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles.
 
4.3            Capitalization .
 
(a)            The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”); and (ii) 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.0001 per share.  As of the date of this Agreement, (i)  199,746,789 shares of the Company’s Common Stock were issued and outstanding, (ii) 792,439 shares of the Company’s common stock were held in the treasury of the Company, (iii) 2,000,000 shares of series A convertible preferred stock of the Company were issued and outstanding, (iv) 315 shares of series B redeemable convertible preferred stock of the Company were issued and outstanding, (v) 1,150 shares of series C 10% cumulative convertible preferred stock of the Company were issued and outstanding; (vi) 565.67 shares of series D 10% cumulative convertible preferred stock of the Company were issued and outstanding; (vii) warrants to purchase 11.1% shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding; (viii) No options to purchase shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding, and (ix) No shares of the Company’s Common Stock were reserved for future issuance pursuant to equity compensation plans or awards of the Company.
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
(b)            The Shares represent 11.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis as of the Closing Date.
 
(c)            All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.  No Person is entitled to pre-emptive or similar statutory or contractual rights with respect to any securities of the Company.
 
(d)            Except as described in paragraph (a) above, there are no outstanding warrants, options, convertible securities or other rights, agreements or arrangements of any character under which the Company is or may be obligated to issue any equity securities of any kind and except as contemplated by this Agreement, and the Company is not currently in negotiations for the issuance of any equity securities of any kind.
 
4.4            Valid Issuance .  The Shares have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and paid for pursuant to this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and shall be free and clear of all encumbrances and restrictions, except for restrictions on transfer imposed by applicable securities laws.
 
4.5            Consents .  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the this Agreement and the offer, issuance and sale of the Shares require no consent of, action by or in respect of, or filing with, the Company, its board of directors or its stockholders or any other Person, governmental body, agency, or official other than (i) filings that have been made pursuant to applicable state securities laws and post-sale filings pursuant to applicable state and federal securities laws which the Company undertakes to file within the applicable time periods and (ii) consents that have been or will be obtained prior to the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby.  Subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in Section 5 hereof, the Company has taken all action necessary to exempt the issuance and sale of the Shares from any anti-takeover, business combination or control share law or statute binding on the Company or to which the Company or any of its assets and properties may be subject and any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) or Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”), each as amended to date, that is or could reasonably be expected to become applicable to the Purchaser as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation, the issuance of the Shares and the ownership, disposition or voting of the Shares by the Purchaser or the exercise of any right granted to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement.
 
4.6            SEC Filings .  The Company has made available to the Purchaser through the EDGAR system, true and complete copies of the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011(the “ 10-K ”) and most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012, as amended, and all other reports filed by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act since the filing of the 10-K and prior to the date hereof (all of the foregoing and all exhibits included therein and financial statements, notes and schedules thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein being hereinafter referred to as the “ SEC Filings ”).  The SEC Filings are the only filings required of the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act for such period.  At the time of filing thereof, the SEC Filings complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC applicable to the SEC Filings and did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  As of their respective dates, the financial statements of the Company included in the SEC Filings complied as to form in all material respects with Regulation S-X and all other published rules and regulations of the SEC.  Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except (i) as may be otherwise indicated in such financial statements or the notes thereto or (ii) in the case of unaudited interim statements, to the extent they may not include footnotes or may be condensed or summary statements), and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company as of the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments).
 
 
- 4 -

 
 
4.7            No Conflict, Breach, Violation or Default .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the issuance and sale of the Shares will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the assets of the Company pursuant to the terms or provisions of, or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or conflict with or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both) under, or give any party a right to terminate any of its obligations under, or result in the acceleration of any obligation under, (i) the Certificate of Incorporation (including without limitation any certificates of designation contained therein) or Bylaws, each as amended to date, of the Company, (ii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, voting trust agreement, loan agreement, bond, debenture, note agreement or other evidence of indebtedness, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its properties is bound or affected, or (iii) violate or conflict with any judgment, ruling, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation of any court or other governmental agency or body applicable to the Company or the business or properties of the Company, except as to (ii) and (iii) above for such breaches, violations or defaults which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
5.               Representations of the Purchaser .  Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company, on and as of the date hereof and the Closing Date, as follows:
 
5.1            Authority . Purchaser is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement, and the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of Purchaser.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Purchaser against it in accordance with its terms.
 
5.2            No Conflicts .  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement, and the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby, will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, (a) violate or conflict with the provisions of any law or of the governing documents of Purchaser, (b) violate or conflict with any judgment, decree, order, writ, injunction or award of any court, governmental body or arbitrator applicable to Purchaser, or (c) violate or conflict with any agreement to which Purchaser is a party or by which it is bound.  No consent, approval, order, or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required on the part of Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
5.3            Accredited Investor.   Purchaser is an “accredited investor,” as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
 
 
- 5 -

 
 
5.4            No Advertising .  Purchaser has not seen or received any advertisement or general solicitation with respect to the sale of the Shares.
 
5.5            Reliance .  Purchaser is aware that the Company has relied on these representations in determining that the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares by the Company to Purchaser is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state law. Purchaser (a) has conducted to its satisfaction an independent investigation of the financial condition, results of operations, assets, liabilities, properties and projected operations of the Company and, in making its determination to proceed with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, it has relied solely on the results of its own independent investigation, (b) the officers of the Company have made available to it any and all information that it has requested and have answered to its satisfaction all of its inquiries and (c) neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates, stockholders, directors, employees, agents or representatives is making or has made any representation or warranty whatsoever, express or implied, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
5.6            Legends.   Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the securities laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction, are “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and cannot be transferred or resold except as permitted pursuant to a valid registration statement or an applicable exemption from registration.  Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has not made any representations with respect to registration of the Shares under applicable securities laws, that there is currently no market for the Company’s capital stock and there can be no assurance that any market will develop in the foreseeable future and that, as a result, Purchaser must be prepared to bear the economic risk of its investment for an indefinite period of time.  Purchaser understands and agrees that, until registered under the Securities Act or transferred pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 as promulgated by the SEC, all certificates evidencing any of the Shares shall bear a legend, prominently stamped or printed thereon, and in addition to any legends required by other applicable securities or corporate laws, reading substantially as follows:
 
“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or applicable state securities laws.  These securities have been acquired for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale, and may not be sold, mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred without an effective registration statement for such securities under the Securities Act of 1933 and applicable state securities laws, or the availability of an exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 and applicable state securities laws.”
 
5.7            No Broker .  No broker or finder has acted for Purchaser in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no broker or finder is entitled to any brokerage or finder’s fee or other commissions in respect of such transactions based upon agreements, arrangements or understandings made by or on behalf of Purchaser.
 
 
- 6 -

 
 
6.               Registration Rights .  Notwithstanding the termination and cancellation of the Warrant at the Closing, from and after the Closing Date and by way of continuation and extension of Purchaser’s rights pursuant to Section 6.2(a) of the Loan Agreements, the Purchaser shall be entitled to exercise customary demand and piggy-back registration rights with respect to the Shares and any Additional Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Purchaser was entitled to exercise with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant pursuant to Section 11 of the Warrant.
 
7.               Miscellaneous .
 
7.1            Successors and Assigns .  Neither party may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, except that Purchaser may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Affiliate of the Purchaser.  Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  Any assignment in contravention of this provision shall be void.
 
7.2            Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the closings of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
7.3            Severability; Specific Performance .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.  In addition to any and all other remedies that may be available at law in the event of any breach of this Agreement, the parties hereto shall be entitled to specific performance of the agreements and obligations of the other party hereunder and to such other injunctive or other equitable relief as may be granted by a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
7.4            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York (without reference to the conflicts of law provisions thereof).
 
7.5            Notices .  All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered (i) two business days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or (ii) one business day after being sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery, in each case to the intended recipient at the address of such party set forth in the signature page to this Agreement, or such other address as any such party may provide in writing to the other parties hereto. Any party may give any notice, request, consent or other communication under this Agreement using any other means (including, without limitation, personal delivery, messenger service, telecopy, first class mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, consent or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it is actually received by the party for whom it is intended.  Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, consents or other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner set forth in this Section.
 
7.6            Fees and Expenses .  The Company shall promptly reimburse Purchaser for all of Purchaser’s reasonable legal fees and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation to the payoff of the amounts owed to Purchaser under the Loan Agreements.
 
7.7            Complete Agreement; Amendments and Waivers .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter.  The parties hereto may amend or modify this Agreement at any time by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.  No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.
 
 
- 7 -

 
 
7.8            Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same document.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures.
 
7.9            Pronouns; Section Headings and References .  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.  The section headings are for the convenience of the parties and in no way alter, modify, amend, limit or restrict the contractual obligations of the parties.  Any reference in this agreement to a particular section or subsection shall refer to a section or subsection of this Agreement, unless specified otherwise.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWS]
 
 
- 8 -

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of and on the date first above written.
 
 
PURCHASER:
 
     
 
UTA CAPITAL LLC,
 
 
a Delaware limited liability company
 
     
 
By: YZT Management LLC, its Managing Member
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Udi Toledano  
   
Name: Udi Toledano
 
   
Title:  Managing Member
 
   
Address:
100 Executive Drive, Suite 330
 
     
West Orange, NJ 07052
 
 
 
COMPANY:
 
     
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
a Delaware corporation
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Lawrence Sands
 
   
Name: Lawrence Sands
 
   
Title:   Senior Vice President
 
   
Address:
2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275
 
     
Boca Raton, FL 33431
 
 
 
- 9 -

Exhibit 10.13
 


 
THE LOAN EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE IS NON-RECOURSE. THIS NOTE IS SECURED BY STOCK AND THE HOLDER AGREES TO LOOK ONLY TO THAT STOCK TO ENFORCE ANY OBLIGATIONS IN THE EVENT OF DEFAULT. THIS NOTE SHALL BE PAID IN FULL NO LATER THAN THE DATE OF ITS MATURITY.

PRO M   ISSOR Y   NOTE
 
$125,000.00 (U.S.) September 13, 2012
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, on or before the Maturity Date (hereinafter defined), the undersigned Billy Caudill.,  (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of Genesis Group Holdings Inc, its successors and/or assigns (hereinafter "Holder"), the principal sum set forth under this Promissory Note (the "Note") under the following terms and conditions:
 
1. Loan   Amount   and   Period
 
i.         Loan  Amount:  Holder  shall  provide  Borrower  with  the  sum  of  One Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($125,000.00) (the "Loan"), which by execution hereof the first acknowledged as received by Borrower.
 
ii.         Security:   60% of the stock of Digital Comm Inc. This is a non-recourse loan. The Holder may only look to the Security for payment in the event of default.
 
2. Payment
 
i.          Maturity   Date.    One year from the from the date hereof. (the "Maturity Date") from the receipt of each the funds the remaining unpaid portion of the initial principal loan of   One Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($125,000.000) as described in this Note, together with any and all accrued and unpaid interest and any and all costs and expenses, shall be due and payable.
 
ii.         Interest .  None
 
iii.     All payments under this Note shall be made to Holder or its order, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds and delivered to Holder by check or wire transfer to an account designated by written instructions delivered by Holder to Borrower. All amounts due under this Note and the Security Agreement shall be payable without defense, set off or counterclaim.
 
 
 

 
 
3. Interest   Rate
 
i.         Should an Event of Default (as defined below) occur, interest shall accrue at a rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum on the total remaining balance which shall have been accelerated under the terms herein.  Interest shall be determined for each day by multiplying a daily interest factor (based on the annual interest rate then in effect divided by 360) by the unpaid principal balance of the principal amount outstanding under the Note for such day.
 
ii.        Notwithstanding any provision in this Note, the total liability for payments of interest and payments in the nature of interest, including all charges, fees, exactions, or other sums which may at any time be deemed to be interest, shall not exceed the limit imposed by the usury laws of the State of Florida or the applicable laws of the United States of America, whichever shall be higher (the " Maximum   Rate" ).
 
iii.       The undersigned does not intend or expect to pay nor does the Holder intend or expect to charge, accept or collect any interest under this Note greater than the Maximum Rate.
 
4. Application   of   Payment and   Pre-Payment
 
This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time without penalty. In the event that Holder conducts an S-1 Registration and raises in excess of $20,000,000 (and "Offering"). The Note may be satisfied by the Borrow from shares of stock issued to Borrower from the Offering.
 
5. Default,   Pe na lties   and   Interest
 
Event   of   Default.   In the event Borrower fails to pay the entire remaining unpaid principal balance of this Note, together with any and all accrued and unpaid interest and costs on or before the Maturity Date or within three (3) business days after same is due, such action shall trigger a " Event   of   Default. "  Upon an Event of Default Holder may pursue any and all remedies available to it under applicable law and Borrower shall be required to pay interest on the full outstanding Loan balance of principal and interest at an interest rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum until paid in full.

6.   No   Waiver   of   Rights   by   Holder     Borrower recognizes that in case of any Event of Default, no extension, postponement, forbearance, delay or failure on the part of the Holder of this Note in the exercise of any power, right or remedy hereunder, under the Collateral Assignment or any other Loan Document or at law or in equity shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.

7. Presentment   for   Payment;   Demand;   Consent   and   Waiver

i.     Borrower hereby:
 
 
2

 
 
[a]  waives any right to immunity from any such action or proceeding and waives any immunity or exemption of any property, wherever located, from garnishment, levy, execution, seizure or attachment prior to or in execution of judgment, or sale under execution or other process for the collection of debts;

[b] waives any right to interpose any set-off or non-compulsory counterclaim or to plead laches or any statute of limitations as a defense in any such action or proceeding, and waives (to the extent lawfully waivable) all provisions and requirements of law for the benefit of any Borrower now or hereafter in force;

[c) submits to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Florida, County of Miami-Dade for purposes of any such action or proceeding and waive any claim that the same is an inconvenient forum; and
 
8. Costs.   Indemnities   And   Expenses.

Borrower expressly agrees that the Holder shall not be required first to institute any suit or to exhaust its remedies against the undersigned or any other person or party to become liable hereunder or against any collateral or security for the  loan evidenced hereby, in order to enforce this Note.   Borrower shall be responsible for any fees and expenses incurred in enforcing the Note.

9.   Governing   Law/Jurisdiction   and   Venue.     This Note shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.  Any suit involving any dispute or matter arising under this Note or relating to the enforcement or interpretation thereof, may only be brought in a the Judicial Circuit Court of Palm Beach County  which shall have exclusive  personal and subject matter jurisdiction  over  the dispute or matter.  Borrower hereby consent to the exercise of personal jurisdiction by any such court with respect to any such proceeding and waives any objection to venue or inconvenient forum.

10.   Invalidity.   If any term, clause or provision of this Note shall be determined by any court to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of such term, clause or provision shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of the remainder thereof or of any other term, clause or provision hereof, and this Note shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable term, clause or provision had not been contained herein, and all covenants, obligations and agreements shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

11.   Interpretation.   If this Note is signed by more than one person, then the term "Borrower" as used in this Note shall refer to all such persons jointly and severally, and all promises, agreements, covenants, waivers, consents, representations, warranties and other provisions in this Note are made by and shall be binding upon each and every undersigned person, jointly and severally.  Whenever used in this Note, words in the singular include the plural, words in the plural include the singular, and pronouns of any gender include the other genders, all as may be appropriate.   Captions and paragraph headings in this Note are for convenience only and shall not affect its interpretation.
 
 
3

 
 
12. WAIVER OF JURY TRI A L . BORROWER AND HOLDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES THE RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE AND ANY AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION HEREWITH, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS, (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY. BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO THE HOLDER IN EXTENDING CREDIT TO THE BORROWER, THAT THE HOLDER WOULD NOT HAVE EXTENDED SUCH CREDIT WITHOUT THIS JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND THAT BORROWER HAS BEEN REPRESENTED BY AN ATTORNEY OR HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND UNDERSTANDS THE LEGAL EFFECT OF THIS WAIVER.

The failure of any witness to sign as witness or the failure of this Note to be notarized shall not affect the validity of this Note.  This Note is signed, sealed and delivered as of the date first written above.
 
REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW
 
 
4

 
 
BORROWER:
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Billy Caudill   
    Billy Caudill  
 
5

 
Exhibit 10.14
 
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
 
among
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
as Borrower,
 
RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC and
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
each as Guarantor
 
and
 
MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
 
as Agent
 
Dated as of September 17, 2012
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
       
Page
SECTION 1  DEFINITIONS
1
   
 
1.1
Certain Defined Terms
1
 
1.2
Accounting Terms
17
 
1.3
UCC Terms
17
 
1.4
Other Definitional Provisions
17
       
SECTION 2 TERM LOAN AND COLLATERAL
18
   
 
2.1
Term Loan
18
 
2.2
Use of Proceeds
18
 
2.3
Interest
  18
   
(A)
Rate of Interest
18
   
(B)
Computation and Payment of Interest
18
   
(C)
Interest Laws
18
 
2.4
Fees
19
   
(A)
Transaction Fee
19
   
(B)
[Reserved]
19
   
(C)
Prepayment Fee
19
   
(D)
Other Fees and Expenses
20
 
2.5
Payments and Prepayments
20
   
(A)
Manner and Time of Payment
20
   
(B)
Payments on Business Days
20
   
(C)
Scheduled Payments
21
   
(D)
Unused Proceeds Prepayment
21
   
(E)
Voluntary Prepayment
22
   
(F)
Mandatory Prepayment
22
 
2.6
Grant of Security Interest
23
 
2.7
Preservation of Collateral and Perfection of Security Interests Therein
24
 
2.8
Possession of Collateral and Related Matters
24
 
2.9
Limited License
25
 
2.10
Release of Security Interests
25
       
SECTION 3 CONDITIONS TO MAKING OF TERM LOAN
25
       
 
3.1
Conditions to Making of Term Loan
25
   
(A)
Closing Deliveries
25
   
(B)
Security Interests
25
   
(C)
Representations and Warranties
26
   
(D)
Fees
26
 
 
- i -

 
 
   
(E)
No Default
26
   
(F)
Performance of Agreements
26
   
(G)
No Prohibition
26
   
(H)
No Litigation
     26
   
(I)
Historic Financial Statements; Other Information
26
   
(J)
Minimum Liquidity and Adjusted EBITDA
26
   
(K)
Acquisition Documentation; Capitalization
27
   
(L)
Information Memorandum
27
   
(M)
Compliance with Laws
27
   
(N)
Legal Opinion
27
   
(O)
Consents
27
   
(P)
No Adverse Material Change
28
   
(Q)
Licenses and Permits
28
   
(R)
Contract Review
28
   
(S)
Other
28
 
3.2
Conditions to Funding Potential Target Acquisition
28
   
(A)
No Adverse Material Change
28
   
(B)
Acquisition Documentation; Capitalization
28
   
(C)
Financial Statements; Other Information
29
   
(D)
Representations and Warranties
29
   
(E)
Compliance with Laws
29
   
(F)
Consents
29
   
(G)
No Default
29
   
(H)
Other
29
         
SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF LOAN PARTIES.
29
       
 
4.1
Organization, Powers, Capitalization.
29
   
(A)
Organization and Powers
29
   
(B)
Capitalization
30
 
4.2
Authorization; No Conflict
30
 
4.3
Financial Condition
30
 
4.4
Indebtedness and Liabilities
31
 
4.5
Account Warranties
31
 
4.6
Names
31
 
4.7
Locations; FEIN
31
 
4.8
Title to Properties; Liens
31
 
4.9
Litigation; Adverse Facts
32
 
4.10
Payment of Taxes
32
 
4.11
Performance of Agreements
32
 
4.12
Employee Benefit Plans
32
 
4.13
Intellectual Property
32
 
 
- ii -

 
 
 
4.14
Broker’s Fees
33
 
4.15
Environmental Compliance
33
 
4.16
Solvency
33
 
4.17
Disclosure
33
 
4.18
Insurance
33
 
4.19
Compliance with Laws
34
 
4.20
Bank Accounts
34
 
4.21
Subsidiaries
34
 
4.22
Employee Matters
34
 
4.23
Governmental Regulation
34
 
4.24
Receivables and Payables
34
 
4.25
Trade Relations
34
 
4.26
Absence of Defaults
35
 
4.27
Loans to Shareholders, Directors, Officers or Affiliates
35
 
4.28
Projections
35
 
4.29
Surety Obligations
35
 
4.30
Commercial Tort Claims and Letter of Credit Rights
35
 
4.31
Offering
35
       
SECTION 5  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
35
       
 
5.1
Financial Statements and Other Reports
36
   
(A)
Monthly Financials
36
   
(B)
Quarterly Financials
36
   
(C)
Year-End Financials
36
   
(D)
Accountants’ Certification and Reports
36
   
(E)
Management Report
37
   
(F)
Projections
37
   
(G)
Lender Meetings
38
   
(H)
Tax Returns
38
   
(I)
Government Notices
38
   
(J)
Events of Default, etc
38
   
(K)
Trade Names
38
   
(L)
Locations
38
   
(M)
Bank Accounts
38
   
(N)
Certified Public Accountants
39
   
(O)
Litigation
39
   
(P)
Other Information
39
 
5.2
Access to Accountants
39
 
 
- iii -

 
 
 
5.3
Inspection
39
 
5.4
Collateral Records
39
 
5.5
Account Covenants; Verification
40
 
5.6
Endorsement
40
 
5.7
Corporate Existence
40
 
5.8
Payment of Taxes
40
 
5.9
Maintenance of Properties; Insurance
41
 
5.10
Compliance with Laws
41
 
5.11
Further Assurances
41
 
5.12
Collateral Locations
41
 
5.13
Bailees
41
 
5.14
Use of Proceeds and Margin Security
42
 
5.15
Observer and Other Rights
42
 
5.16
Revisions or Updates to Schedules
42
 
5.17
[Reserved.]
42
 
5.18
Accuracy of Information
42
 
5.19
Landlord and Storage Agreements
42
 
5.20
Commercial Tort Claims and Letter of Credit Rights
43
 
5.21
Financial Covenants
43
   
(A)
Minimum Liquidity
43
   
(B)
Capital Expenditures
43
   
(C)
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
44
   
(D)
Total Debt Leverage Ratio
44
   
(E)
Senior Debt Leverage Ratio
45
         
SECTION 6  NEGATIVE COVENANTS
45
       
 
6.1
Indebtedness and Liabilities
45
 
6.2
Guaranties
46
 
6.3
Transfers, Liens and Related Matters
46
   
(A)
Transfers
46
   
(B)
Liens
47
   
(C)
No Pledge Restrictions
47
 
6.4
Restricted Payments
47
 
6.5
Restriction on Fundamental Changes
48
 
6.6
Transactions with Affiliates
49
 
6.7
Environmental Liabilities
49
 
 
- iv -

 
 
 
6.8
Conduct of Business
49
 
6.9
Compliance with ERISA
49
 
6.10
Subsidiaries
50
 
6.11
Fiscal Year
50
 
6.12
Bank Accounts
50
 
6.13
Charter Documents
51
 
6.14
No Impairment of Restricted Payments
51
 
6.15
Advances, Loans or Investments
51
 
6.16
Management or Consulting Fees
51
 
6.17
[Reserved]
51
 
6.18
Certain Payments
51
 
6.19
Amendments to Subordinated Debt, Earn-Out Obligations or Preferred Stock
51
       
SECTION 7  DEFAULT, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
51
       
 
7.1
Event of Default
51
   
(A)
Payment
51
   
(B)
Default in Other Agreements
52
   
(C)
Breach of Certain Provisions
52
   
(D)
Breach of Representation or Warranty
52
   
(E)
Other Defaults Under Loan Documents
52
   
(F)
Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc
52
   
(G)
Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc
52
   
(H)
Liens
53
   
(I)
Judgment and Attachments
53
   
(J)
Dissolution
53
   
(K)
Solvency
53
   
(L)
Injunction
53
   
(M)
Invalidity of Loan Documents
53
   
(N)
Failure of Security
53
   
(O)
Licenses and Permits
53
   
(P)
Forfeiture
53
   
(Q)
Change of Control
54
   
(R)
Material Adverse Change
54
 
7.2
Acceleration
54
 
7.3
Remedies
54
 
7.4
Appointment of Attorney-in-Fact
55
 
7.5
Limitation on Duty of Agent with Respect to Collateral
55
 
7.6
Application of Proceeds
55
 
 
- v -

 
 
 
7.7
License of Intellectual Property
56
 
7.8
Waivers, Non-Exclusive Remedies
56
       
SECTION 8 REGARDING AGENT
56
       
 
8.1
Appointment
56
 
8.2
Nature of Duties
56
 
8.3
Lack of Reliance on Agent and Resignation
57
 
8.4
Certain Rights of Agent
57
 
8.5
Reliance
58
 
8.6
Notice of Default
58
 
8.7
Indemnification
58
 
8.8
Agent in its Individual Capacity
58
 
8.9
Delivery of Documents
58
 
8.10
Borrowers’ Undertaking to Agent
59
 
8.11
No Reliance on Agent’s Customer Identification Program
59
 
8.12
Other Agreements
59
       
SECTION 9 MISCELLANEOUS
59
       
 
9.1
Assignments and Participations
59
 
9.2
Set Off
60
 
9.3
Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees
60
 
9.4
Indemnity
61
 
9.5
Amendments and Waivers
61
 
9.6
Notices
61
 
9.7
Survival of Warranties and Certain Agreements
63
 
9.8
Indulgence Not Waiver
63
 
9.9
Marshaling; Payments Set Aside
63
 
9.10
Entire Agreement
63
 
9.11
Independence of Covenants
64
 
9.12
Severability
64
 
9.13
Headings
64
 
9.14
APPLICABLE LAW
64
 
9.15
No Fiduciary Relationship; Limitation of Liabilities
64
   
(A)
No Fiduciary Relationship
64
   
(B)
Limitation of Liabilities
64
 
 
- vi -

 
 
 
9.16
CONSENT TO JURISDICTION
65
 
9.17
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
65
 
9.18
Construction
65
 
9.19
Counterparts; Effectiveness
65
 
9.20
No Duty
66
 
9.21
Communications by Loan Parties to Agent and Lenders
66
 
9.22
Confidentiality
66
 
9.23
Electronic Execution of Loan Documents
66
 
 
- vii -

 
 
Exhibits and Schedules

 
Page
   
Schedule 1.1(A) – Liens
12
Schedule 1.1(B) – Pro Forma
14
Schedule 1.1(C) – Sources and Uses of Funds
15
Schedule 1.1(D) – ADEX Pre-Closing Receivables
2
Schedule 3.1(A) – Closing Deliveries
25
Schedule 3.1(H) – Litigation
26
Schedule 4.1(B) – Capitalization
30
Schedule 4.4   – Indebtedness and Liabilities
31
Schedule 4.6   – Names
31
Schedule 4.7   – Locations; FEIN
31
Schedule 4.9   – Litigation; Adverse Facts
32
Schedule 4.10 – Payment of Taxes
32
Schedule 4.13 – Intellectual Property
32
Schedule 4.14 – Broker’s Fees
33
Schedule 4.15 – Environmental Compliance
33
Schedule 4.19 – Compliance with Laws
34
Schedule 4.20 – Bank Accounts
34
Schedule 4.21 – Subsidiaries
34
Schedule 4.22 – Employee Matters
34
Schedule 4.24 – Receivables and Payables
34
Schedule 4.25 – Trade Relations
34
Schedule 4.26 – Absence of Defaults
35
Schedule 4.27 – Loans to Insiders
35
Schedule 4.28 – Projections
35
Schedule 4.30 – Commercial Tort Claims; Letter of Credit Rights
35
Schedule 6.2   – Guaranties
46
 
 
 

 
 
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
 
This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is dated as of September 17, 2012 and entered into by and among GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Borrower ”), RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company, TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Florida corporation, and each other Person that is, or may from time to time hereafter become, a party to this Agreement as a guarantor,   specifically including each Target that becomes a Domestic Subsidiary upon consummation of the Acquisition and executes and delivers the Joinder Agreement, as such terms are defined below (collectively, the “ Guarantors ,” and each a “ Guarantor ”),   MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ MMCP ”), in its capacity as agent for the Lenders, as hereinafter defined (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and each of the financial institutions which is now or which hereafter becomes a party hereto as a lender (each individually a “ Lender ”, and collectively, the “ Lenders ”).
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS, Borrower requests that Lenders extend the Term Loan to Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used by Borrower exclusively to (i) pay the transactional fees and expenses relating to the events contemplated to occur under this Agreement on the Closing Date, (ii) refinance existing indebtedness, (iii) fund a portion of the purchase price of the Acquisition (as hereinafter defined) in a manner consistent with Schedule 1.1(C) hereto, (iv) subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, fund the Potential Target Acquisition, or a portion thereof, and (v) support Borrower’s working capital and long-term financing needs;
 
WHEREAS, Borrower desires to secure its Obligations under the Loan Documents, inter alia by granting to Agent for the benefit of Lenders a security interest in and lien upon all of Borrower’s property and assets; and
 
WHEREAS, each Guarantor is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower, will directly or indirectly benefit from the making of the Term Loan hereunder and each Guarantor has agreed to jointly and severally guaranty the Obligations pursuant to separate Guaranties.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, Borrower, Guarantors, Lenders and Agent agree as follows:
 
SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS
 
1.1            Certain Defined Terms .  The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:
 
Accounts ” means all of Borrower’s now existing and future:  (a) accounts (as defined in the UCC), and any and all other receivables (whether or not specifically listed on schedules furnished to Agent), including, without limitation, all accounts created by, or arising from, all of Borrower’s sales, leases, rentals of goods or renditions of services to its customers (whether or not they have been earned by performance), including but not limited to, those accounts arising under any of Borrower’s trade names, logos or styles, or through any of Borrower’s divisions; (b) unpaid seller’s or lessor’s rights (including rescission, replevin, reclamation, repossession and stoppage in transit) relating to the foregoing or arising therefrom; (c) rights to any goods represented by any of the foregoing, including rights to returned, reclaimed or repossessed goods; (d) reserves and credit balances arising in connection with or pursuant to any of the foregoing; (e) guaranties, supporting obligations and letter of credit rights (all as defined in the UCC) relating to any of the foregoing; (f) insurance policies or rights relating to any of the foregoing; (g) General Intangibles pertaining to any and all of the foregoing (including all rights to payment, including those arising in connection with bank and non-bank credit cards), and including books and records and any electronic media and software thereto; (h) notes, deposits or property of account debtors securing the obligations of any such account debtors to Borrower; and (i) cash and non-cash proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.
 
 
 

 
 
Acquisition ” means the acquisition by Borrower of the outstanding stock issued by each of the Targets.
 
Acquisition Agreements ” means, collectively (i) the T N S Acquisition Agreement and (ii) the ADEX Acquisition Agreement.
 
ADEX Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, by and among Genesis Group Holdings Inc., ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation, ADEXCOMM Corporation, a New York corporation, ADEX Puerto Rico LLC, a Puerto Rico limited liability company, and Peter Leibowitz, Gary McGuire, Marc Freedman and Justin Leibowitz, each an individual, as each may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated.
 
ADEX Excepted Payments ” means payments on account of ADEX Pre-Closing Receivables that the Borrower is obligated to pay to the ADEX Sellers pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(iv) of the ADEX Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the date of this Agreement.
 
ADEX Note ” means, collectively, those certain promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1,046,000, each dated on or about the Closing Date, executed by Borrower and payable to one or more of the ADEX Sellers, the maturity of each of which is no greater than 30 days.
 
ADEX Pre-Closing Receivables ” means the Accounts and the total amounts due thereunder identified on Schedule 1.1(D) .
 
ADEX Sellers ” means the following individuals, collectively: Peter Leibowitz, Gary McGuire, Marc Freedman and Justin Leibowitz.
 
Adjusted EBITDA ” means, for any period, with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated basis, EBITDA for such period, plus the sum of the following, to the extent deducted from net income in calculating EBITDA for such period: (a) fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Acquisition and the related financings (debt and equity) in an aggregate amount not to exceed a sum of $1,500,000, (b) fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions, investments, dispositions, equity offerings and debt issuances, in each case to the extent such transaction is permitted under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in an aggregate amount not to exceed a sum of $1,500,000, and (c) restructuring charges or reserves (including without limitation the effect of inventory optimization programs, plant closure, facility consolidations, retention, severance, systems establishment costs, contract termination costs, future lease commitments and excess pension charges), in each case to the extent acceptable to Agent in its reasonable judgment, applicable to the Targets and Potential Target with respect to the restructuring of actual  expenses incurred during fiscal periods prior to the Closing Date, up to an aggregate amount not to exceed a sum of $2,150,000, so long as all such restructuring charges and reserves are taken no later than December 31, 2012, plus Pro Forma EBITDA (if applicable).
 
 
-2-

 
 
Affiliate ” means any Person (other than Agent or any Lender): (a) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with any Loan Party; (b) directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding ten percent (10%) or more of any equity interest in any Loan Party; (c) ten percent (10%) or more of whose voting stock or other equity interest having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or the power to direct or cause the direction of management, is directly or indirectly owned or held by any Loan Party; or (d) which has a senior executive officer who is also a senior executive officer of any Loan Party.  For purposes of this definition, “control” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession directly or indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other equity interest, or by contract or otherwise.
 
Agent ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.
 
Aggregate Interest ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.3(A) .
 
Agreement ” means this Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
Asset Disposition ” means the disposition, in any transaction or series of related transactions, whether by sale, lease, transfer, loss, damage, destruction, condemnation or otherwise, of any, all, or substantially all, of the assets of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (whether such assets are now owned or hereafter acquired) or which has the effect of selling or otherwise disposing of the whole or a major part of the business or operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in each case, whether or not consideration therefore consists of cash, securities or other assets owned by the acquiring Person; provided that none of the following shall constitute an Asset Disposition: (a) sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (b) dispositions of obsolete, worn-out or excess Equipment in the ordinary course of business, the aggregate fair market value of which does not exceed $100,000 in any Fiscal Year, (c) sales or dispositions of cash equivalents, (d) sales, assignments, transfers or dispositions, in the ordinary course of business and solely for purposes of collection or realization, of delinquent Accounts and (e) the sale or disposition of stock in Digital Comm Inc in accordance with Section 6.3(A)(ii) .
 
Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.
 
 
-3-

 
 
Business Day ” means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York, or is a day on which banking institutions located in such state are permitted to be closed.
 
Capital Expenditures ” means, with respect to any period, the aggregate expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including expenditures made under a Capital Lease) by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during such period that are required by GAAP to be included in or reflected by the property, plant, equipment or similar fixed asset accounts (or intangible accounts subject to amortization) on the Consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
 
Capital Lease ” means, with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries: (a) any lease of property, real or personal, if the then present value of the minimum rental commitment thereunder should, in accordance with GAAP, be capitalized on a Consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (b) any other such lease, the obligations under which are capitalized on the Consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
 
Capital Stock ” means with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, any and all capital stock, membership, partnership or other equity interests issued by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
Change of Control ” means: (a) the failure of either Marc Munro or Lawrence Sands to remain actively engaged in the management of Borrower and to hold the positions held on the Closing Date, including as officers and directors, for any reason other than the death or disability of either of them; (b) the sale, assignment or other transfer of any Capital Stock issued by Borrower if after the consummation of such sale, transfer, or disposition (or proposed sale, transfer, or disposition) for any reason other than in connection with the Offering:  (i) the owners of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of Borrower as of the Closing Date will cease to own at least forty percent (40%) of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of Borrower; or (ii) the owners of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of Borrower as of the Closing Date shall cease to have at any time the power to vote at least forty percent (40%) of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of Borrower or (c) except as otherwise permitted under this Agreement, the failure of Borrower to own, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) (exclusive of any nominal amount of director’s qualifying shares) of the Capital Stock of each of its Subsidiaries, other than the Capital Stock of Digital Comm Inc, a Florida corporation.
 
Closing Date ” means September 17, 2012.
 
Closing Date Potential Target Acquisition ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.5(D) .
 
Collateral ” means, collectively, any and all assets of any Loan Party on which a Lien in favor of Agent for the benefit of Lenders has been created and/or granted to secure the Obligations, including without limitation the assets of Borrower defined as “Collateral” in Section 2.6 .
 
Commitment Letter ” means that certain commitment letter issued by Agent to Borrower, dated as of August 1, 2012.
 
 
-4-

 
 
Commitment Percentage ” means, as to each Lender, the percentage set forth below such Lender’s name as its “Commitment Percentage” on the signature pages hereto, as the same may be adjusted upon any assignment by a Lender pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof.
 
Confidential Information ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 9.22 .
 
Consents ” shall mean all filings and all licenses, permits, consents, approvals, authorizations, qualifications and orders of governmental bodies and other third parties, domestic or foreign, necessary to carry on any Loan Party’s business or necessary (including to avoid a conflict or breach under any agreement, instrument, other document, license, permit or other authorization) for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or the Acquisition Agreements, including any Consents required under all applicable federal, state or other applicable law.
 
Consolidated ” means the consolidation of accounts in accordance with GAAP, including principles of consolidation.
 
Debt Payments ” means (a) scheduled principal payments of the Term Loan and (b) scheduled payments of interest in cash on all Indebtedness for borrowed money, including the Term Loan.
 
Default ” means a condition, act or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
 
Default Rate ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.3(A) .
 
Documents of Title ” means all present and future documents (as defined in the UCC), and any and all warehouse receipts, bills of lading, shipping documents, instruments and similar documents, all whether negotiable or not and all goods and Inventory relating thereto and all cash and non-cash proceeds of the foregoing.
 
Domestic Subsidiary ” means each Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.
 
Earn-Out Obligations ” means any earn-out or similar deferred payment obligation owing by Borrower to a seller in connection with the Acquisition or a Potential Target Acquisition.
 
 “ EBITDA ” means, for any period, with respect to any entity, net income, plus the sum of the following, to the extent deducted in calculating net income: (a) interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization expense, (b) non-cash costs and expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, and (c) other extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring non-cash charges (including without limitation purchase accounting adjustments and goodwill write-offs and write-downs) (other than any non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period), minus the sum of the following to the extent included in calculating net income: (d) interest income, (e) non-cash credits (other than any non-cash credit to the extent it will result in the receipt of cash payments in any future period, and (f) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains.
 
 
-5-

 
 
Employee Benefit Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which (a) is maintained for employees of Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate or (b) has at any time within the preceding six (6) years been maintained for the employees of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and/or any current or former ERISA Affiliate.
 
Environmental Claims ” means claims, liabilities, investigations, litigation, administrative proceedings, judgments or orders relating to Hazardous Materials.
 
Environmental Laws ” means any present or future federal, state and local laws, rules, ordinances and regulations governing the control, removal, storage, transportation, spill, release or discharge of hazardous or toxic wastes, substances and petroleum products, including as provided in the provisions of (a) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act of 1986, (b) the Solid Waste Disposal Act, (c) the Clean Water Act, (d) the Clean Air Act, (e) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, (f) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, (g) the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, and (h) any and all comparable and/or similar laws of any foreign government (whether of any foreign national government or any agency or instrumentality of or province, county, district, department, subdivision or local unit of any such foreign national government) and (i) the respective rules, regulations and ordinances of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (or any equivalent environmental regulatory or protection agency or instrumentality of any foreign government), and any departments of health services, regional water quality control boards, state water resources control boards, and/or cities in which Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets are located.
 
Equipment ” means all equipment (as defined in the UCC), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all furniture, furnishings, fixtures, machinery, motor vehicles, trucks, trailers, vessels, aircraft and rolling stock and all parts thereof and all additions, accessories, motors, engines, and accessions thereto and replacements therefor and all cash and non-cash proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.
 
ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
ERISA Affiliate ” as applied to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, means any Person who is a member of a group which is under common control with Borrower and its Subsidiaries, who together with Borrower and its Subsidiaries is treated as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b) and (c) of the IRC.
 
Event of Default ” means any of the events set forth in Section 7.1 .
 
 
-6-

 
 
Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period, with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated basis, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) consolidated net income for such period, (ii) all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) deducted in arriving at consolidated net income, (iii) decreases in consolidated working capital and (iv) all non-cash losses on the disposition of property to the extent deducted in arriving at consolidated net income over (b) the sum of (i) all non-cash credits included in consolidated net income, (ii) the aggregate amount actually paid in cash during such period in respect of Capital Expenditures (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5.21(B) ), (iii) the aggregate amount of scheduled payments of principal on Indebtedness for borrowed money made during such period and any prepayments of the Term Loan during such period (but excluding any mandatory prepayments of the Term Loan based on Excess Cash Flow), (iv) increases in consolidated working capital and (v) all non-cash gains on the disposition of property to the extent included in consolidated net income.
 
Excess Interest ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.3(C) .
 
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
Fiscal Year ” means each twelve month period ending on or about December 31 of each year.
 
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, for any period, with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) Adjusted EBITDA for such period, minus Capital Expenditures made during such period, to (b) all Debt Payments made during such period, plus taxes paid (or required to be paid) in cash in respect of such period.
 
Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of Borrower that is organized in a jurisdiction outside of the United States of America.
 
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States, applied on a consistent basis, provided that for the purpose of Section 5.21 hereof and the definitions used therein, “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those used in the preparation of the Borrower’s audited financial statements for the Fiscal Year ended on December 31, 2011, provided , further , that if there occurs after the date of this Agreement any change in GAAP that affects in any respect the calculation of any covenant contained in Section 5.21 hereof, Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Lenders, and Borrower shall negotiate in good faith amendments to the provisions of this Agreement that relate to the calculation of such covenant with the intent of having the respective positions of Agent, each Lender and Borrower after such change in GAAP conform as nearly as possible to their respective positions as of the date of this Agreement and, until any such amendments have been agreed upon, the covenants in Section 5.21 hereof shall be calculated as if no such change in GAAP had occurred.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, all financial statements delivered hereunder shall be prepared, and all financial covenants contained herein shall be calculated, without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 (or any similar accounting principle) permitting a Person to value its financial liabilities at the fair value thereof, to the extent any such financial liability consists of or is in respect of any type of Indebtedness described in any of clauses (a) through (j) of the definition thereof.
 
 
-7-

 
 
General Intangibles ” means, as to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, all general intangibles as defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all of Borrower’s then owned or existing and future acquired or arising general intangibles, payment intangibles, choses in action and causes of action and all other intangible personal property of Borrower of every kind and nature, including, without limitation, Intellectual Property, corporate or other business records, inventions, designs, blueprints, plans, specifications, trade secrets, goodwill, computer software, customer lists, licenses, franchises, tax refund claims, reversions or any rights thereto and any other amounts payable to Borrower from any Employee Benefit Plan, rights and claims against carriers and shippers, rights to indemnification, and business interruption, property, casualty or any similar type of insurance and any proceeds thereof, and all cash and non-cash proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.
 
Guaranties ” means, collectively, those certain unconditional guaranty agreements executed by each respective Guarantor in favor of Agent for the benefit of Lenders pursuant to which such Guarantor shall give a continuing and unconditional agreement to guaranty and stand surety for the Obligations, whether any such guaranty agreement shall be executed as of the date hereof or at any time in the future, as each such guaranty agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
Guarantors ” means each Target that, after consummation of the Acquisition, will be a Domestic Subsidiary, each other Domestic Subsidiary, and any other Person that may from time to time guaranty the Obligations; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Digital Comm Inc shall not be a Guarantor so long as, not more than ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, at least 50% of its total voting stock is transferred to a Person other than Borrower or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries; provided further that ADEXCOMM Corporation shall not be a Guarantor until it becomes a party to this Agreement as a guarantor pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance substantially similar to the Joinder Agreement.
 
Guarantor Security Documents ” means, collectively, those various agreements, instruments and documents, including all security agreements, charging agreements, mortgages, etc., which may from time to time be executed by the respective Guarantors pursuant to which each such Guarantor shall grant Liens to Agent for the benefit of Lenders in substantially all of its assets, real and personal, tangible and intangible, as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, as each such agreement, instrument or document may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
Hazardous Material ” means all or any of the following:  (a) substances that are defined or listed in, or otherwise classified pursuant to, any Environmental Laws or regulations as “hazardous substances”, “hazardous materials”, “hazardous wastes”, “toxic substances” or any other formulation intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, or toxicity; (b) oil, petroleum or petroleum derived substances, natural gas, natural gas liquids or synthetic gas and drilling fluids, produced waters and other wastes associated with the exploration, development or production of crude oil, natural gas or geothermal resources; (c) any flammable substances or explosives or any radioactive materials; and (d) friable asbestos in any form or electrical equipment which contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing polychlorinated biphenyls.
 
 
-8-

 
 
Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate, foreign currency, commodity or equity swap, collar, cap, floor or forward rate agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates or currency, commodity or equity values (including, without limitation, any option with respect to any of the foregoing and any combination of the foregoing agreements or arrangements), and any confirmation executed in connection with any such agreement or arrangement.
 
Historic Financial Statements ” means (i) audited Consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, (ii) internally prepared Consolidated financial statements of (and prepared by) each Target and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Years ended December  31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and (iii) internally prepared Consolidated financial statements of (and prepared by) Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, and of (and prepared by) each Target and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, in each case as of June 30, 2012 and for the six (6) month period then ended.
 
Indebtedness ” as applied to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, means without duplication:  (a) all obligations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for borrowed money, including without limitation the unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan, (b) all obligations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (e) all obligations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation all such obligations incurred in connection with the Acquisition (excluding (i) current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) installments of premiums payable with respect to policies of insurance contracted for in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) Earn-Out Obligations until such obligations become a liability on the Consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by Borrower and its Subsidiaries, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all guaranties by Borrower and its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of others, (h) all obligations under Capital Leases of Borrower and its Subsidiaries attributable to the payment of principal, (i) the principal component of all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, and (j) the principal component of all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of bankers’ acceptances.  The Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner) to the extent Borrower and its Subsidiaries are liable therefor as a result of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not liable therefore.
 
 
-9-

 
 
Initial Pro Forma EBITDA ” means, with respect to any entity, the equity interests of which are acquired by Borrower after the Closing Date, to the extent such acquisition is permitted under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the amount of EBITDA of such entity and its consolidated subsidiaries for the most recent trailing twelve (12) month period ending on the last day of the month preceding the closing of such acquisition for which financial statements are available, which amount shall be determined by Borrower subject to the consent of Agent, acting in good faith (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), based upon and derived from financial information delivered to Agent prior to the consummation of such acquisition.
 
Installment Payment ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.5(C) .
 
Intellectual Property ” means all present and future (a) designs, patents, patent rights and applications therefor, and license rights with respect thereto; (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names and registrations and applications therefore and license rights with respect thereto; (c) copyrights, renewals and all applications and registrations therefor, and license rights with respect thereto; (d) software or computer programs, trade secrets, methods, processes, know-how, drawings, specifications, and descriptions; (e) all memoranda, notes and records with respect to any research and development, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; and (f) all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing described in subsections (a) – (e), and all cash and non-cash proceeds of all of the foregoing.
 
Inventory ” means, as to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, all inventory as defined in the UCC including, without limitation, all of Borrower’s then owned or existing and future acquired or arising:  (a) inventory, merchandise, goods and other personal property intended for sale or lease or for display or demonstration; (b) inventory and any portion thereof that may be returned, rejected, reclaimed or repossessed by Agent, any Lender or Borrower from Borrower’s customers; (c) work in process; (d) raw materials and other materials and supplies, goods, incidentals, packaging materials and labels of every nature and description used or which might be used in connection with the manufacture, packing, shipping, advertising, selling, leasing or furnishing of the foregoing or otherwise used or consumed in the conduct of business; and (e) all cash and non-cash proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.
 
Investment Property ” means a security, whether certificated or uncertificated, security entitlement, securities account, commodity contract or commodity account.
 
IRC ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Joinder Agreement ” shall mean the Assumption and Joinder Agreement dated as of the date hereof, executed by each of ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation, and T N S, Inc., an Illinois corporation in favor of Agent and Lenders, pursuant to which, inter alia , each such Person shall assume and acknowledge its obligations and undertakings hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and shall become a Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
Lenders ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.
 
 
-10-

 
 
Liabilities ” shall have the meaning given that term in accordance with GAAP and shall include all Indebtedness.
 
Lien ” means any lien (whether statutory or otherwise), mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntary or involuntary, (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest).
 
Liquidity ” means, on any date of determination, the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents then on the Consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
 
Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Term Note, the Pledge Agreement, the Guaranties, the Guarantor Security Documents, the Subordination Agreements, the Warrants, and all other instruments, documents, guaranties and agreements executed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and delivered concurrently herewith or at any time hereafter to Agent or any Lender in connection with the Term Loan or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement, all as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time.
 
Loan Parties ” means, collectively, Borrower, Guarantors and any other Person (other than Agent or any Lender) which is or becomes a party to this Agreement, including pursuant to the Joinder Agreement, and “ Loan Party ” means any one of them.
 
Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect upon (a) the businesses, operations, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including the Targets), taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party, (c) the value of the Collateral, taken as a whole, or (d) the ability of Agent or any Lender to enforce or collect any of the Obligations.
 
Material Company Event ” means any development or event which is or is reasonably likely to be material to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, including, but not limited to: loss or gain of major contracts, significant government regulatory changes or actions, product recalls, insurance claim events, legal notifications, key employee changes, and criminal activity.
 
Maturity Date ” means September 17, 2017, provided, however, if Borrower fails to raise by the Term Decrease Date at least $30,000,000 in connection with the Offering, the Maturity Date shall automatically mean, and become, June 17, 2014.
 
Maximum Rate ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.3(C) .
 
MMCP ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble to this Agreement.
 
 
-11-

 
 
Obligations ” means all obligations (including the full and faithful discharge of each and every term, condition, agreement, representation and warranty now or hereafter made by a Loan Party under the Loan Documents), liabilities and indebtedness of every nature of each Loan Party from time to time owed to Agent and Lenders under the Loan Documents, including the obligation to pay when due all interest on and principal of the Term Loan, and all fees, charges, costs and expenses payable under any of the Loan Documents, all debts, claims and indebtedness (whether incurred before or after the Maturity Date), whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise, heretofore, or whether evidenced by a note or other writing, now and/or from time to time hereafter owing, due or payable including, without limitation, all interest, fees, costs and expenses accrued or incurred after the filing of any petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law whether or not a claim for post-petition interest, fees or expenses is allowed in any bankruptcy case or proceeding.
 
Offering ” means a public offering of the Borrower’s equity securities having the ordinary power to vote, underwritten by an underwriter reasonably acceptable to the Agent.
 
Officer’s Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 5.1(E) .
 
Permitted Encumbrances ” means the following types of Liens:
 
(A)           Liens securing the Obligations;
 
(B)            Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges (other than Environmental Claims or ERISA) the payment of which is not yet due and payable or that are being contested in compliance with Section 5.8 ;
 
(C)            Liens imposed by law, such as carrier’s, warehousemen’s, mechanic’s, materialmen’s and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted, and a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made therefore;
 
(D)            Liens described on Schedule 1.1(A) and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that such Liens secure only those obligations that they secure on the Closing Date (and any refinancing thereof permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(e) ) and do not subsequently apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than the proceeds and products thereof;
 
(E)            Liens arising under Capital Leases or securing purchase money Indebtedness in respect of Equipment; provided , however , that (A) no such Lien shall extend to or cover any other property of any Loan Party, and (B) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by any such Lien shall not exceed the lesser of the fair market value or the cost of the property so held or acquired;
 
(F)            deposits and pledges of cash securing (i) obligations incurred in respect of workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits, (ii) the performance of bids, tenders, leases, contracts (other than for the payment of money) and statutory obligations (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or banker’s acceptances in respect of any such bids, tenders, leases, contracts or statutory obligations) or (iii) obligations on surety or appeal bonds, but only to the extent such deposits or pledges are incurred or otherwise arise in the ordinary course of business and secure obligations not past due;
 
 
-12-

 
 
(G)            easements, zoning restrictions and similar encumbrances on real property and minor irregularities in the title thereto that do not (i) secure obligations for the payment of money or (ii) materially adversely impair the value of such property or its use by any Loan Party in the normal conduct of such Person’s business;
 
(H)           Liens securing judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.1(I) ;
 
(I)             leases or subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business not interfering in any material respect with the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries;
 
(J)             Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in respect of any acquisition permitted hereunder or any Permitted Investment;
 
(K)           other Liens securing obligations in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $50,000; and
 
(L)            other Liens permitted to be incurred by any Loan Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
 
Permitted Investments ” means:  (a) investments of Borrower outstanding on the date hereof; (b) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any state thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof; (c) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and having the highest rating obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.; (d) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein; (e) investments pursuant to or arising under Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; (f) loans and advances to an officer or employee for salary, travel expenses, commissions and similar items in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all loans and advances from the Borrower pursuant to this clause (f) shall not exceed $100,000 at any one outstanding; (g) loans, advances and capital contributions by Borrower to any Guarantor or by any Guarantor to Borrower or any other Guarantor, so long as each such loan, advance and capital contribution is made in the ordinary course of business; (h) loans and advances by Borrower or any Guarantor made in the ordinary course of business to a Person, less than a majority of the equity interests of which are owned by Borrower or such Guarantor, provided the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all loans and advances made pursuant to this clause (h) shall not exceed $100,000 at any one time outstanding and (i) loans, advances and capital contributions by Borrower made in the ordinary course of business to any wholly-owned Foreign Subsidiary (determined without giving effect to any nominal amount of director’s qualifying shares), provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all loans, advances and capital contributions made pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $150,000 at any one time outstanding.
 
 
-13-

 
 
Person ” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, joint stock companies, joint ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.
 
Pledge Agreement ” means each Pledge Agreement executed by each Person named therein as a Pledgor, dated as of the date hereof,  each as amended , restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time .
 
Pledged Collateral ” shall have the meaning given such term in the Pledge Agreement.
 
Pledgor ” shall have the meaning given such term in each Pledge Agreement.
 
Post-Closing Date Potential Target Acquisition ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.5(D) .
 
Potential Target ” means any entity, the equity interests of which Borrower contemplates acquiring pursuant to a Potential Target Acquisition.
 
Potential Target Acquisition ” means either a Closing Date Potential Target Acquisition or a Post-Closing Date Potential Target Acquisition.
 
Potential Target Acquisition Agreement ” means the agreement pursuant to which the Borrower acquires all of the outstanding equity interests of a Potential Target.
 
Potential Target Subordinated Debt ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 6.1 .
 
Preferred Stock ” means the preferred stock issued by Borrower and purchased by one or more of the ADEX Sellers and the T N S Sellers in connection with the Acquisition.
 
Prepayment Fee ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.4(C) .
 
Pro Forma ” means the unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date after giving pro forma effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents on such date.  The Pro Forma Consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date is annexed hereto as Schedule 1.1(B) .
 
Pro Forma Basis ” means, with respect to any transaction, that such transaction shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the trailing period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the most recent fiscal quarter preceding the date of such transaction for which the Borrower delivered quarterly financial statements to Lender pursuant to Section 5.1(B) .
 
 
-14-

 
 
Pro Forma EBITDA ” means, Initial Pro Forma EBITDA multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is 365 minus the number of days after the closing of the applicable acquisition included in any period for which financial statements have been delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1 and the denominator of which is 365.
 
Projections ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 4.28 .
 
Quarterly Interest Payment Date ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.3(B) .
 
Refund Date ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.5(D) .
 
Required Lenders ” shall mean Lenders holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Term Loan; provided, however, if there are fewer than three (3) Lenders, Required Lenders shall mean all Lenders.
 
Restricted Payment ” means:  (a) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of the Capital Stock of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely with shares of the class of stock or membership interest (as applicable) on which such dividend is declared or distribution made; (b) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or any redemption, conversion, exchange, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any Subordinated Debt or any shares of any class of the Capital Stock of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding (other than through the issuance of additional Capital Stock of Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable) or the issuance of a notice of an intention to do any of the foregoing; (c) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of the Capital Stock of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding (other than non cash repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options); and (d) any payment by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any management, consulting or similar fees to any Affiliate, whether pursuant to a management agreement or otherwise.
 
Senior Debt Leverage Ratio ” means, for any period, with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) the unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan on the last day of such period to (b) Adjusted EBITDA for such period.
 
Sources and Uses of Funds ” means the schedule of Sources and Uses of Funds annexed hereto as Schedule 1.1(C) .
 
Subordinated Debt ” means any Indebtedness of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including any Earn-Out Obligations, other than any Earn-Out Obligations owing to any T N S Sellers pursuant to the T N S Acquisition Agreement, as in effect on the Closing Date) with respect to which the right of the holder of such Indebtedness to receive any payments thereon is junior and subordinated to the prior right of Agent and the Lenders to receive payment in full of all Obligations, pursuant to a Subordination Agreement or intercreditor agreement between Agent and such holder.  For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Indebtedness evidenced by or payable pursuant to the ADEX Note nor the ADEX Excepted Payments shall constitute Subordinated Debt.
 
 
-15-

 
 
Subordination Agreements ” means, collectively, (a) that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Agent and the T N S Sellers, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, (b) that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Agent and the ADEX Sellers, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and (c) any other agreement between Agent and a creditor of Borrower, pursuant to which such creditor has subordinated in favor of Agent and Lenders such creditor’s right to receive payment on the Indebtedness or other obligation owing by Borrower to it, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
Subsidiary ” means, if applicable, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of shares of stock, membership interests (or equivalent ownership or controlling interest) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person (or any of its other Subsidiaries).
 
Targets ” means, collectively, ADEX Corporation, ADEXCOMM Corporation, ADEX Puerto Rico LLC and T N S, Inc. together with certain of their respective Subsidiaries and, in the event of a Closing Date Potential Target Acquisition, the term “Targets” shall also include the applicable Potential Target.
 
Taxes ” means all federal, state, municipal and other governmental taxes, levies, charges, claims and assessments, and all interest, penalties and similar liabilities relating thereto, which are or may be due by Loan Parties with respect to their business, operations, Collateral or otherwise.
 
Term Decrease Date ” means March 17, 2014.
 
Term Loan ” means the term loan made to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 , and any amendment or restatement thereof.
 
Term Note ” means, collectively, the promissory notes payable by Borrower to Lenders, each in an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Term Loan, each dated as of the Closing Date, in a form acceptable to Agent, issued pursuant to Section 2.1 , which evidences Borrower’s indebtedness in respect of the Term Loan, and any amendment or restatement thereof.
 
T N S Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, by and among Genesis Group Holdings Inc., T N S, Inc., an Illinois corporation, and Joel Raven and Michael Roeske, each an individual.
 
T N S Sellers ” means, collectively, Joel Raven and Michael Roeske, each an individual.
 
 
-16-

 
 
Total Debt Leverage Ratio ” means, for any period, with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, the ratio of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all Indebtedness for borrowed money on the last day of such period to (b) Adjusted EBITDA for such period.
 
Transaction Documents ” means the Loan Documents, the Acquisition Agreements, each Potential Target Acquisition Agreement and all other instruments, documents, guaranties and agreements executed in connection with any of the Transaction Documents or any other transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents, all as amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time.
 
Transaction Fee ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.4(A) .
 
UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
 
Unscheduled Payment Date ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.4(C) .
 
Unused Term Loan Proceeds ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.5(D) .
 
Warrant ” or “ Warrants ” means each Warrant issued by Borrower to MMCP, for its own account, dated as of the date hereof, each as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
1.2            Accounting Terms .  For purposes of this Agreement, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in conformity with GAAP.  Financial statements and other information furnished to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1 shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.
 
1.3            UCC Terms .  Terms which are capitalized in Section 2.6 and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the UCC.
 
1.4            Other Definitional Provisions .  References to “Sections”, “subsections”, “Exhibits” and “Schedules” shall be to Sections, subsections, Exhibits and Schedules, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided.  Any of the terms defined in Section 1.1 may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural depending on the reference.  In this Agreement, words importing any gender include the other genders; the words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; except as otherwise indicated (e.g., by references to agreements “as in effect as of the date hereof” or words to that effect), references to agreements and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include subsequent amendments, assignments, and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments, assignments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; references to Persons include their respective permitted successors and assigns or, in the case of governmental Persons, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Persons; and all references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations.
 
 
-17-

 
 
SECTION 2 TERM LOAN AND COLLATERAL
 
2.1            Term Loan .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, Lenders agree to lend to Borrower, on the Closing Date, a Term Loan in the original principal amount of Thirteen Million Dollars ($13,000,000).  The entire amount of the Term Loan shall be funded on the Closing Date.  The Term Loan shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date without defense, set off or counterclaim of any sort.  Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1 and repaid may not be reborrowed.  On or prior to the Closing Date, Borrower shall execute and deliver to each Lender a Term Note to evidence such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Term Loan.
 
2.2            Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used exclusively to (i) pay the transactional fees and expenses relating to the events contemplated to occur under this Agreement on the Closing Date, (ii) refinance existing indebtedness of Borrower, (iii) fund a portion of the Acquisition purchase price in a manner consistent with Schedule 1.1(C) , (iv) subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, fund the Potential Target Acquisition, or a portion thereof, and (v) support Borrower’s working capital and long-term financing needs.
 
2.3            Interest .
 
(A)            Rate of Interest .  The unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan shall bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum, to be calculated in accordance with Section 2.3(B) .  Commencing upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan shall bear interest at the rate of fourteen percent (14%) per annum (the “ Default Rate ”).
 
(B)             Computation and Payment of Interest .  Interest on the Term Loan and all other Obligations shall be computed on the daily principal balance on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues.  In computing interest on the Term Loan, the date of funding of the Term Loan shall be included and the date of any payment of principal of the Term Loan shall be excluded.  Interest on the Term Loan and all other Obligations shall be payable to Agent for the benefit of Lenders quarterly in arrears on the last day of each quarter (each, a “ Quarterly Interest Payment Date ”) by automatic wire transfer to Agent’s bank account, and on the date of any prepayment of the Term Loan, and at maturity, whether by acceleration or otherwise.
 
(C)             Interest Laws .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Borrower shall not be required to pay, and Agent shall not be permitted to collect, any amount of interest in excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted by applicable law (“ Excess Interest ”).  If any Excess Interest is provided for or determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been provided for in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, then in such event: (1) the provisions of this Section shall govern and control; (2) neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall be obligated to pay any Excess Interest; (3) any Excess Interest that Agent may have received hereunder shall be, at Agent’s option, (a) applied as a credit against the outstanding principal balance of the Obligations or accrued and unpaid interest (not to exceed the maximum amount permitted by law), (b) refunded to the payer thereof, or (c) any combination of the foregoing; (4) the interest rate(s) provided for herein shall be automatically reduced to the maximum lawful rate allowed from time to time under applicable law (the “ Maximum Rate ”), and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been and shall be, reformed and modified to reflect such reduction; and (5) neither Borrower nor any Loan Party shall have any action against Agent or any Lender for any damages arising out of the payment or collection of any Excess Interest.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any period of time interest on any Obligations is calculated at the Maximum Rate rather than the applicable rate under this Agreement, and thereafter such applicable rate becomes less than the Maximum Rate, the rate of interest payable on such Obligations shall remain at the Maximum Rate until Agent shall have received the amount of interest which Agent would have received during such period on such Obligations had the rate of interest not been limited to the Maximum Rate during such period.
 
 
-18-

 
 
2.4            Fees .
 
(A)            Transaction Fee .  On the Closing Date, Borrower shall be obligated to pay to Agent for its own account, in cash, a non-refundable fee (a “ Transaction Fee ”) in the amount of Three Hundred Ninety Thousand Dollars ($390,000), less the sum of Sixty-Five Thousand Dollars ($65,000) previously paid to Agent, as provided in the Commitment Letter.  In addition, on the Closing Date, Borrower shall be obligated to pay or reimburse Agent in cash for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Agent in connection with any matters contemplated by this Agreement which are due and payable as of the Closing Date, less the remaining portion, if any, of the sum of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) previously paid to Agent, as provided in the Commitment Letter.  All amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.4(A), including without limitation, the Transaction Fee, shall be paid by netting the amount thereof against the proceeds of the Term Loan.
 
(B)            [ Reserved ].
 
(C)             Prepayment Fee .  Borrower shall pay to Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in addition to any other amounts payable under this Agreement, a prepayment fee (the “ Prepayment Fee ”) on each date (each an “ Unscheduled Payment Date ”) on which any unscheduled prepayment of principal on the Term Loan is made (whether such unscheduled prepayment is of all or any portion of the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan and whether such unscheduled prepayment is optional or mandatory or results from acceleration or enforcement of any rights granted hereunder), provided that no such Prepayment Fee shall be charged in the event that such prepayment is mandatorily made based on Excess Cash Flow or pursuant to Section 2.5(D) hereof.  The Prepayment Fee shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule and is based on the principal amount of the Term Loan so prepaid on the applicable Unscheduled Payment Date (the “ Prepayment Amount ”):
 
If the Unscheduled Payment Date occurs:
 
Then the amount of the
Prepayment Fee shall equal:
(i)         After March 17, 2013, but on or before September 17, 2013
 
5% of the Prepayment Amount
(ii)        After September 17, 2013, but on or before September 17, 2014
 
3% of the Prepayment Amount
(iii)       After September 17, 2014 but on or before September 17, 2015
 
2% of the Prepayment Amount
(iv)      After September 17, 2015, but on or before September 17, 2016
 
1% of the Prepayment Amount
(v)       After September 17, 2016
 
0% of the Prepayment Amount
 
 
-19-

 
 
(D)             Other Fees and Expenses .  Borrower shall pay to Agent, for its own account, all reasonable and customary charges for returned items and all other out-of-pocket bank charges incurred by Agent, as well as reasonable and customary out-of-pocket wire transfer charges incurred by Agent for each wire transfer made under this Agreement.
 
2.5            Payments and Prepayments .
 
(A)            Manner and Time of Payment .  All payments made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations shall be made by wire transfer in United States Dollars to Agent’s account, without deduction, defense, set off or counterclaim.  All payments by Borrower on account of the Term Loan shall be applied in the following manner: (i) first to the payment of any fees and charges due under the Loan Documents, (ii) second to the payment of expenses, costs and indemnities due under the Loan Documents, (iii) third to the payment of interest, to the extent payable in cash, due and owing under the Loan Documents, (iv) fourth to the payment of principal due and owing under the Loan Documents, (v) fifth to the payment of principal not yet due under the Loan Documents in inverse chronological order of the schedule of Installment Payments set forth in Section 2.5(C) , and (vi) sixth to any other Indebtedness of Borrower or any other Loan Party owing to Agent and Lenders.
 
(B)             Payments on Business Days .  Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the amount of interest or fees due hereunder.
 
 
-20-

 
 
(C)             Scheduled Payments .  The principal amount of the Term Loan shall be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments (each, an “ Installment Payment ”) on the last day of each quarter, commencing December 31, 2012, by automatic wire transfer to Agent’s bank account.  The amount of each Installment Payment shall be determined in accordance with the schedule hereunder set forth:
 
Installment Date:
Amount of Installment Payment:
December 31, 2012
$162,500
March 31, 2013
$162,500
June 30, 2013
$162,500
September 30, 2013
$162,500
December 31, 2013
$325,000
March 31, 2014
$325,000
June 30, 2014
$325,000
September 30, 2014
$325,000
December 31, 2014
$487,500
March 31, 2015
$487,500
June 30, 2015
$487,500
September 30, 2015
$487,500
December 31, 2015
$650,000
March 31, 2016
$650,000
June 30, 2016
$650,000
September 30, 2016
$650,000
December 31, 2016
$1,625,000
March 31, 2017
$1,625,000
June 30, 2017
$1,625,000
September 17, 2017
100% of the then unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan
 
provided that if the Maturity Date is determined to be June 17, 2015 in accordance with the definition thereof,  then the schedule set forth above shall apply only until June 17, 2015, on which date the entire outstanding amount of the Term Loan shall be due and payable in full.
 
(D)             Unused Proceeds Prepayment .  If no Potential Target Acquisition shall have been consummated on or before the date (the “ Refund Date ”) that is ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, then on the Refund Date, Borrower shall remit to Agent, by wire transfer of immediate funds, unconditionally and without offset of any kind, Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) of the proceeds of the Term Loan (the “ Unused Term Loan Proceeds ”).  In the event that a Potential Target Acquisition shall have been consummated on the Closing Date (a “ Closing Date Potential Target Acquisition ”), then, subject to the terms of the last sentence of this paragraph, Borrower may retain and use the Unused Term Loan Proceeds to consummate the Potential Target Acquisition.  In the event that a Potential Target Acquisition shall have been consummated after the Closing Date but prior to the Refund Date (a “ Post-Closing Date Potential Target Acquisition ”) then, subject to the terms of the last sentence of this paragraph, Borrower may retain and use the Unused Term Loan Proceeds to consummate such Potential Target Acquisition, provided that the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 shall have been satisfied.  If such conditions shall not have been satisfied, then upon Agent’s demand, Borrower shall remit the Unused Term Loan Proceeds to Agent, by wire transfer of immediate funds, unconditionally and without offset of any kind.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to both a Closing Date Potential Target Acquisition and a Post-Closing Date Potential Target Acquisition, if the cash portion of the purchase price of the applicable equity interests acquired by Borrower is less than $750,000, then promptly following the closing of such acquisition, Borrower shall remit to Agent, by wire transfer of funds, unconditionally and without offset of any kind, the difference between $750,000 and such cash portion, unless the applicable Potential Target and its Consolidated Subsidiaries shall have EBITDA for the trailing period of twelve (12) consecutive months ending closest to the date of such acquisition for which internally prepared monthly financial statements of (and prepared by) the Potential Target shall be available and shall have been delivered to Agent, of not less than $550,000, in which case Borrower may retain such difference for its own corporate and working capital purposes.
 
 
-21-

 
 
(E)             Voluntary Prepayment .  Borrower shall have the right to prepay, at any time and from time to time after March 17, 2013, without penalty or premium (other than the Prepayment Fee) all or any portion of the outstanding Term Loan, provided that each such prepayment shall be in an amount equal to or greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), and shall be accompanied by payment of accrued interest to date of payment on the amount prepaid, together with the amount of the applicable Prepayment Fee.
 
(F)             Mandatory Prepayment .  In the event Borrower (i) procures financing from any source, whether in the form of Indebtedness (excluding all Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Loan Documents) or equity, other than Capital Stock issued in connection with the Offering, (ii) makes an Asset Disposition, (iii) undergoes a Change of Control, or (iv) receives proceeds from any liability or casualty insurance policies in respect of any loss, then an amount equal to the entire net cash proceeds thereof, or the portion thereof equal to the outstanding balance of the Term Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest and the Prepayment Fee, and all other amounts then due and owing hereunder, shall be paid by Borrower to Agent, promptly following the occurrence of the applicable event, to repay or reduce the Term Loan; provided that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (1) Borrower shall deliver to Agent, no later than ten (10) days after the date such Asset disposition or insurance loss shall have occurred, an officer’s certificate setting forth (x) the amount of that portion of such net cash proceeds from any Asset Disposition or from any such insurance loss that Borrower intends to reinvest in productive assets of the general type used in the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (y) the proposed use of such portion of the net cash proceeds and such other information with respect to such reinvestment as Agent may reasonably request, and (2) Borrower shall apply such portion to such reinvestment purposes, no later than ninety (90) days after delivery to Agent of such officer’s certificate.  If such net cash proceeds have not been applied to the Obligations or timely reinvested as provided above, then Borrower shall promptly make an additional prepayment of the Term Loan in the full amount of such net cash proceeds.  In the event that Borrower and its Subsidiaries have Excess Cash Flow for any Fiscal Year, commencing with the Fiscal Year ending on or about December 31, 2013, Borrower shall prepay the outstanding balance of the Term Loan, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and all other amounts then due and owing hereunder in an aggregate amount equal to the applicable percentage of such Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year, determined in accordance with the following grid:
 
If   Maximum Total Debt Leverage Ratio as of the end of, and for, the applicable Fiscal Year is:
Then the applicable percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year shall be:
Equal to or less than 1.00 to 1.00
0%
Equal to or greater than 1.00 to 1.00, but less than 1.50 to 1.00
25%
Equal to or greater than 1.50 to 1.00
50%
 
 
-22-

 
 
Each such prepayment based on Excess Cash Flow shall be due and payable by Borrower within three (3) Business Days after Agent’s receipt of the annual financial statements required to be delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(C) for the Fiscal Year then ended, but in no event later than ninety-three (93) days after the end of such Fiscal Year.
 
2.6            Grant of Security Interest .  To secure the full and prompt payment and performance of the Obligations as and when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), including all renewals, extensions, restructurings and refinancings of any or all of the Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Agent for the benefit of Lenders a continuing perfected Lien of first priority ranking (subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances) in and to all right, title and interest of Borrower in any and all assets and all property of Borrower, all whether now owned or hereafter created, arising or acquired and wherever located, including all of the following (the “ Collateral ”):
 
 
(i)
all Accounts, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Deposit Accounts, Documents of Title (including all warehouse receipts and bills of lading), Equipment, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, including all stock-in-trade, raw materials, work in process, items held for sale or lease or furnished or to be furnished under contracts of sale or lease, goods that are returned, reclaimed or repossessed, and materials used or consumed in Borrower’s business, Investment Property and Financial Assets (including all Commodity Accounts, Commodity Contracts, Securities (including all Certificated Securities and Uncertificated Securities), Security Entitlements and Securities Accounts) and Letter of Credit Rights,
 
 
(ii)
all parts, substitutions or replacements to or of or accessories to any tangible assets and property included in the foregoing, and all software and computer programs embedded in the foregoing, and all accessions to the foregoing,
 
 
(iii)
all Supporting Obligations for any of the foregoing and all rights of Borrower in any property belonging to any third party in which a Lien of any kind or nature has been granted to Borrower to secure the payment or performance of any third party under or with respect to any of the foregoing,
 
 
-23-

 
 
 
(iv)
all records, books, ledger cards, files, correspondence, customer lists, blueprints, technical specifications, manuals, computer software, computer printouts, tapes, disks and other electronic storage media and related data processing software and similar items that at any time evidence or contain information relating to any of the foregoing or are otherwise necessary or helpful in the collection thereof or realization thereupon and all other business books and records of Borrower, and
 
 
(v)
all cash and non-cash proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds), products, rents and profits of all of the foregoing.
 
2.7            Preservation of Collateral and Perfection of Security Interests Therein .  Borrower shall, at Agent’s reasonable request, at any time and from time to time, execute and deliver to Agent within ten (10) days of such request, such financing statements, documents and other agreements and instruments (and pay the cost of filing or recording the same in all public offices deemed reasonably necessary or desirable by Agent) and do such other acts and things as Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to establish and maintain a valid, attached and perfected security interest in the Collateral in favor of Agent for the benefit of Lenders (free and clear of all other liens, claims and rights of third parties whatsoever, whether voluntarily or involuntarily created, except Permitted Encumbrances) to secure payment of the Obligations, and in order to facilitate the collection of the Collateral.  Borrower irrevocably hereby makes, constitutes and appoints Agent (and all Persons designated by Agent for that purpose) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney and agent-in-fact to execute such financing statements, documents and other agreements and instruments and do such other acts and things as may be necessary to preserve and perfect Agent’s security interest in the Collateral.  Borrower further agrees that a carbon, photographic, photostatic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of a financing statement shall be sufficient as a financing statement.  Borrower hereby authorizes Agent to prepare and file such financing statements or amendments thereof (including financing statements and amendments thereof describing the Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” or words to that effect) as Agent may from time to time deem necessary or appropriate in order to perfect and maintain the security interests granted hereunder in accordance with the UCC or the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction, all without Borrower’s signature.  Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Collateral is intended to encompass all assets and property of Borrower and if at any time Borrower acquires any interest in any assets or property a security interest in which cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing statement in the appropriate jurisdiction or any assets or property a security interest in which can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement in the appropriate jurisdiction but that are not covered by the security interest grant set forth above, such as commercial tort claims, then Borrower will promptly notify Agent of the same and, if requested by Agent, cause such assets or property to become part of the Collateral and take such reasonable steps as Agent may require in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 2.7 .
 
2.8            Possession of Collateral and Related Matters .  Until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the right, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, to (a) sell or lease any of Borrower’s Inventory normally held by Borrower for any such purpose, (b) use and consume any raw materials, work in process or other materials normally held by Borrower for such purpose, or (c) dispose of any obsolete or excess equipment in the ordinary course of business, provided , however , that a sale in the ordinary course of business shall not include any transfer or sale in satisfaction, partial or complete, of a debt owed by Borrower and, provided , further that, any sale, lease or disposition shall require Agent’s consent if a Default or Event of Default exists.
 
 
-24-

 
 
2.9            Limited License .  Borrower hereby irrevocably grants to Agent for the benefit of Lenders a royalty-free, non-exclusive license to use at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default Borrower’s trademarks, copyrights, patents and other proprietary and intellectual property rights, in connection with the (a) advertisement for sale, and the sale or other disposition of, any finished goods Inventory by Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and (b) the manufacture, assembly, completion and preparation for sale of any unfinished Inventory by Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
 
2.10          Release of Security Interests .
 
(A)            Upon Borrower’s receipt from a customer or obligor on account of any ADEX Pre-Closing Receivables of any payment on account of an Account with respect to which such customer or obligor is obligated to make payments (regardless of whether such Account is an ADEX Pre-Closing Receviable), Borrower may pay to the ADEX Sellers , in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(iv) of the ADEX Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the date of this Agreement , fifty percent (50%) of such payment free and clear of all liens and security interests of Agent.
 
(B)            Upon the payment and satisfaction in full of the Obligations (other than unasserted claims for indemnification or expense reimbursement), and the delivery by Borrower to Agent of a satisfactory release agreement, at Borrower’s expense, Agent shall release all liens and security interests granted by Borrower by execution and delivery of appropriate documentation, including, but not limited to, UCC termination statements, (i) within seven (7) Business Days of such payment or (ii) concurrent with such payment if Borrower gives three (3) Business Days advance notice of such payment.
 
SECTION 3 CONDITIONS TO MAKING OF TERM LOAN
 
3.1            Conditions to Making of Term Loan .  The obligation of Lenders to advance the Term Loan on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction or waiver (in each case, as determined by Agent) of all of the conditions set forth below:
 
(A)            Closing Deliveries .  Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, all documents, instruments and information identified on Schedule 3.1(A) and all other agreements, notes, certificates, orders, authorizations, financing statements, mortgages and other documents which Agent may request.
 
(B)             Security Interests .  Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that all security interests and Liens granted to Agent for the benefit of Lenders pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents have been duly perfected and constitute valid Liens on the Collateral, with priority over all other Liens subject only to Permitted Encumbrances.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (x) Pledgor(s) shall have pledged and collaterally assigned to Agent for the benefit of Lenders the Pledged Collateral pursuant to a Pledge Agreement (in form and substance satisfactory to Agent); and (y) each Guarantor shall have executed and delivered all Guarantor Security Documents required by Agent and its counsel (each such document to be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent) in order to create and grant Liens in favor of Agent for the benefit of Lenders on substantially all of such Guarantor’s property and all appropriate public filings or registrations of or related to such Guarantor Security Documents and/or the Liens created and granted thereunder have been made.
 
 
-25-

 
 
(C)             Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Transaction Documents shall be true, correct and complete on and as of the Closing Date, to the same extent as though made on and as of that date.
 
(D)             Fees .  Borrower shall have paid the fees and other amounts payable on the Closing Date referred to in Section 2.4(A) .
 
(E)             No Default .  No event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the requested borrowing that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default.
 
(F)             Performance of Agreements .  Each Loan Party shall have performed all agreements and satisfied all conditions which any Transaction Document provides shall be performed by it on or before the Closing Date, unless the performance of any such condition shall have been waived in writing by Agent (subject to the provisions set forth in Section 3.1(K) ).
 
(G)             No Prohibition .  No order, judgment or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority shall purport to enjoin or restrain Lenders from advancing the Term Loan.
 
(H)             No Litigation .  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(H) , there shall not be pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, any action, charge, claim, demand, suit, proceeding, petition, governmental investigation or arbitration by, against or affecting any Loan Party or any property of any Loan Party that has not been disclosed by Borrower in writing, and there shall have occurred no development in any such action, charge, claim, demand, suit, proceeding, petition, governmental investigation or arbitration that, in the opinion of Agent, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(I)              Historic Financial Statements; Other Information .  Agent shall have received a copy of the Historic Financial Statements which shall be satisfactory in all respects to Agent.  The audited Consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2011 shall be consistent in all material respects with the draft audited financial statements for such period provided to Agent prior to execution of the Commitment Letter.  In addition, to the extent Borrower has received any audits, appraisal and asset valuation reports, and/or quality of earnings reports with respect to the Targets, Agent shall have received and reviewed to its satisfaction such audits and reports.
 
(J)             Minimum Liquidity and Adjusted EBITDA .  Agent shall have received a certificate (which shall include a calculation, in reasonable detail, of Adjusted EBITDA for the period described in clause (ii) hereof), dated as of the Closing Date and signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, certifying that, as of the Closing Date and after giving effect to the Acquisition and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (i) Liquidity equals at least $1,000,000 and (ii) Adjusted EBITDA for the period of twelve consecutive months ending no later than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date is not less than $4,450,000.
 
 
-26-

 
 
(K)             Acquisition Documentation; Capitalization .  The Acquisition shall have been consummated (i) pursuant to the Acquisition Agreements, a substantially final draft of each of which, and a substantially final draft of each material document, instrument and agreement to be executed or delivered in connection therewith, shall have been reviewed to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent and (ii) on or before the Closing Date, without amendment to, or waiver of, any terms or conditions of the Acquisition Agreements, other than any amendment or waiver which is not materially adverse to the interests of Agent or the Lenders or as to which Agent has consented in writing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the ownership, management and capital structure of Borrower after giving effect to the Acquisition.  Borrower shall have collaterally assigned to Agent, as security for all Obligations, all of its rights under the Acquisition Agreements.  In connection with the foregoing, Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that Borrower shall have received net cash proceeds pursuant to capital contributions in the form of equity in an aggregate amount of not less than $2,000,000.
 
(L)             Information Memorandum .  In connection with its review of the Loan Parties and the Acquisition, Agent shall have received an Information Memorandum from the Borrower that includes information regarding history, operations, industry, management, and transaction risks which shall be satisfactory in all respects to Agent.
 
(M)           Compliance with Laws .  Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that there is not any provision of applicable law which would reasonably be expected to prevent the consummation of the Acquisition, and that each Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with all pertinent federal, state, local or territorial regulations, including those with respect to the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Environmental Protection Act, ERISA and the Trading with the Enemy Act.
 
(N)             Legal Opinion .  Agent shall have received the executed legal opinions of (i) O’Melveny & Myers LLP and (ii) Lawrence M. Sands, Esq., in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent which shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Term Note, the Acquisition Agreements, the other Transaction Documents and related agreements as Agent may reasonably require and each Loan Party hereby authorizes and directs such counsel to deliver such opinions to Agent and Lenders.
 
(O)             Consents .  All Consents necessary to permit the effectuation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall have been obtained; and, Agent shall have received such Consents and waivers of such third parties as might assert claims with respect to the Collateral, as Agent and its counsel shall reasonably deem necessary.
 
 
-27-

 
 
(P)             No Adverse Material Change .  (i) since December 31, 2011, there shall not have occurred any event, condition or state of facts which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) no representations made or information supplied (including any matter relating to financial models and underlying assumptions relating to the Projections) to Agent shall have been proven to be inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.
 
(Q)             Licenses and Permits .  Agent shall have received and reviewed to its satisfaction a copy of all licenses and permits material to the operation of the Loan Parties’ businesses.
 
(R)             Contract Review .  Agent shall have reviewed all contracts material to the operation of the Loan Parties’ businesses including leases, union contracts, labor contracts, vendor supply contracts, license agreements and distributorship agreements and such contracts and agreements shall be satisfactory in all respects to Agent.
 
(S)             Other .  All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Agent and its counsel.
 
3.2            Conditions to Funding Potential Target Acquisition .  Borrower may retain and use the Unused Term Loan Proceeds to consummate a Potential Target Acquisition in accordance with Section 2.5(D) , subject to satisfaction or waiver (in each case, as determined by Agent) of all of the conditions set forth below:
 
(A)            No Adverse Material Change .  (a) Since December 31, 2011, there has not been any material adverse change in or affecting the business, property, results of operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Potential Target and any of such Potential Target’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (b) no information or other matter (including any matter relating to financial models and underlying assumptions relating to any projections delivered to Agent) affecting the Potential Target or the Potential Target Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated in connection therewith is inconsistent in a material and adverse manner with any such information or other matter previously disclosed to Agent.
 
(B)             Acquisition Documentation; Capitalization .  The Potential Target Acquisition shall have been consummated (i) pursuant to the Potential Target Acquisition Agreement, a substantially final draft of which, and a substantially final draft of each material document, instrument and agreement to be executed or delivered in connection therewith, shall have been reviewed to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent and (ii) on or before the Refund Date, without amendment to, or waiver of, any terms or conditions of the Potential Target Acquisition Agreement, other than any amendment or waiver which is not materially adverse to the interests of Agent or the Lenders or as to which Agent has consented in writing (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the ownership, management and capital structure of Borrower after giving effect to the Potential Target Acquisition.  Borrower shall have collaterally assigned to Agent, as security for all Obligations, all of its rights under the Potential Target Acquisition Agreement.
 
 
-28-

 
 
(C)             Financial Statements; Other Information .  Agent shall have received a copy of the internally prepared consolidated financial statements of (and prepared by) the Potential Target and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (i) for each of its three preceding fiscal years and (ii) as of the last day of the fiscal month ending closest to the date of consummation of the Potential Target Acquisition for which such financial statements for such month shall be available, and for the year-to-date period then ended.
 
(D)             Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Transaction Documents shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the date the Potential Target Acquisition is consummated, to the same extent as though made on and as of that date; provided that if any representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respect on and as of such earlier date.
 
(E)              Compliance with Laws .  Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that there is not any provision of applicable law which would reasonably be expected to prevent the consummation of the Potential Target Acquisition, and that each Loan Party and Potential Target is in compliance in all material respects with all pertinent federal, state, local or territorial regulations, including those with respect to the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, any applicable Environmental Laws, ERISA and the Trading with the Enemy Act.
 
(F)             Consents .  Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that all approvals and consents necessary to permit the effectuation of the transactions contemplated by the Potential Target Acquisition Agreement have been obtained.
 
(G)             No Default .  No event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the Potential Target Acquisition that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default.
 
(H)             Other .  All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Agent and its counsel.
 
SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF LOAN PARTIES.
 
To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Agreement, and for Lenders to fund the Term Loan, each Loan Party represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that the statements set forth in this Section 4 are true, correct and complete in all respects, unless any such statement, by its terms, is qualified by materiality, in which case such statement shall be true, correct and complete to the extent so qualified.  Such representations and warranties, and all other representations and warranties made by any Loan Party herein or in the other Loan Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the closing contemplated hereby.
 
4.1            Organization, Powers, Capitalization .
 
(A)             Organization and Powers .  Loan Parties are entities duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of their incorporation or formation and qualified to do business in all states where such qualification is required except where failure to be so qualified could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Loan Parties have all requisite power and authority to own and operate their properties, to carry on their business as now conducted and proposed to be conducted and to enter into each Transaction Document to which each is a party, in each case, in all material respects.
 
 
-29-

 
 
(B)             Capitalization .  The Capital Stock of each Guarantor is as set forth on Schedule 4.1(B) .  All Capital Stock of each Loan Party is duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable, and such shares of Capital Stock were issued in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws concerning the issuance of securities.  All Capital Stock of each Guarantor is free and clear of all Liens other than Liens in favor of the Agent to secure the Obligations.  No Capital Stock of any Loan Party other than as described above is issued and outstanding.  There are no preemptive or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights or similar agreements or understandings for the purchase or acquisition from any Loan Party of any equity interests or securities except in connection with the Acquisition, the Potential Target Acquisition and the Offering or as set forth on Schedule 4.1(B) .
 
4.2            Authorization; No Conflict .  Borrower has the power and authority to incur the Obligations, and Borrower and each Loan Party has the power and authority to grant security interests in the Collateral in which it has rights or any interest.  The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary company and shareholder action of each Loan Party which is a party thereto.  The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, do not contravene any applicable law or the organizational documents of any Loan Party or any material agreement or order by which they or any of their property is bound.  This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, including the Term Note, when executed and delivered, are the legally valid and binding obligations of each Loan Party which is a party thereto, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their respective terms except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and subject to any equitable principles limiting the right to obtain specific performance of any such obligation.
 
4.3            Financial Condition .
 
(A)           All financial statements concerning Loan Parties which have been or will hereafter be furnished by any Loan Party to Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document (subject to the provisions regarding projections set forth in Section 4.28 ) (i) have been, or will be, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved; (ii) do, or will present fairly, the financial condition of Loan Parties as at the dates thereof and the results of their operations for the periods then ended; and (iii) do, or will accurately reflect the financial condition of Loan Parties in all material respects.  As of the Closing Date, after giving effect to all of the transactions contemplated to occur on the Closing Date pursuant to the Transaction Documents, all Subsidiaries of Borrower shall be Consolidated Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
(B)            Since December 31, 2011 there has been no event or development which has had, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
 
 
-30-

 
 
(C)            The Pro Forma was prepared by Borrower based on the audited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, dated December 31, 2011.
 
4.4            Indebtedness and Liabilities .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4 , as of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any (a) Indebtedness except as reflected on the Pro Forma and the most recent financial statements delivered to Agent; or (b) Liabilities other than as reflected on the Pro Forma, the most recent financial statements or other written information delivered to Agent on or before the Closing Date.
 
4.5            Account Warranties .  Each Account arising from the sale of Inventory or from services rendered (a)  is a valid, bona fide account, representing an undisputed indebtedness incurred by the named account debtor for goods actually sold and delivered or for services completely rendered, substantially in accordance with any purchase order, contract or other document relating thereto; (b) to Borrower’s knowledge, is not subject to any defenses, setoffs, offsets or counterclaims, genuine or otherwise; (c)  does not represent a sale to an Affiliate (except in accordance with Section 6.6 ) or a consignment, sale or return, or a bill and hold transaction; (d) is not subject to any agreement permitting any deduction or discount; (e) is lawfully owned by Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower and is freely assignable by such Person to Agent; and (f) is free of all Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances and is due and payable in accordance with its terms. There is no Account which, when considered as a whole with all other Accounts on which the same account debtor is obligated, is subject to any pending or, to the knowledge of Loan Parties, threatened proceedings or actions by or against such account debtor that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the value or collect ability of all such Accounts, taken as a whole, to the extent the aggregate face amount of all such Accounts equals or exceeds $100,000.
 
4.6            Names .   Schedule 4.6 sets forth all names, trade names, fictitious names and business names under which each Loan Party currently conduct business or have at any time during the past five (5) years conducted business.
 
4.7            Locations; FEIN .   Schedule 4.7 sets forth the jurisdiction of organization of each Loan Party, location of each Loan Party’s chief executive office, principal place of business, the location of each Loan Party’s books and records, the location of all other offices of such Loan Party and all Collateral locations, and such locations are the sole locations of the Loan Parties for their businesses and the Collateral.  Each Loan Party’s federal employer identification number and entity identification number in its state of incorporation or formation (as applicable) is set forth on Schedule 4.7 .
 
4.8            Title to Properties; Liens .  Each Loan Party has good, sufficient and legal title to all of its respective properties and assets, other than any property which, either on a stand alone basis or collectively with all other such property, has a de minimus value.  Except for Permitted Encumbrances, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens.  None of the Loan Parties has breached any leases of real property under which such Loan Party is lessee or lessor or has knowledge of any breach thereof by any other party thereto, in each case, which breach could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  All Liens of Agent for the benefit of Lenders in the Collateral are duly perfected first priority Liens subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances.
 
 
-31-

 
 
4.9            Litigation; Adverse Facts .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9 , there are no judgments outstanding against any Loan Party or affecting any property of any Loan Party nor is there any action, charge, claim, demand, suit, proceeding, petition, governmental investigation or arbitration now pending or, to the knowledge of Loan Parties, threatened against or affecting any Loan Party or any property of any Loan Party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  None of the Loan Parties has received any opinion or memorandum or legal advice from legal counsel to the effect that it is exposed to any liability which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.10          Payment of Taxes .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10 , all material tax returns and reports of each Loan Party required to be filed by it have been timely filed, and all Taxes upon such Loan Party and upon its properties, assets, income and franchises which are shown on such returns as due and payable, have been paid when due and payable.  As of the Closing Date, none of the income tax returns of any Loan Party is under audit.  No tax liens have been filed or are being asserted with respect to any such taxes.  The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of each Loan Party in respect of any taxes or other governmental charges are in accordance with GAAP.
 
4.11          Performance of Agreements .  No Loan Party is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any contractual obligation of such Loan Party, including those contained in any Transaction Document to which such Loan Party is a party, and no condition exists that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, which in any case could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.12          Employee Benefit Plans .  Each Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of ERISA, the IRC and all other applicable laws and the regulations and interpretations thereof with respect to all Employee Benefit Plans.  No liability which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has been incurred and remains unsatisfied for any funding obligation, taxes or penalties with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan.  All Foreign Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of all laws, and all regulations and interpretations thereof, of all applicable foreign government(s) (whether of any foreign national government or any agency or instrumentality of or province, county, district, department, subdivision or local unit of any such foreign national government) regarding employee pension plans or employee benefit and welfare plans with respect to each employee pension plan or employee benefit and/or welfare plans maintained by such Foreign Subsidiary, and no liability which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has been incurred and remains unsatisfied for any funding obligation, taxes or penalties with respect to any such employee pension plan or employee benefit and/or welfare plans maintained by such Foreign Subsidiary.
 
4.13          Intellectual Property .  Each Loan Party owns, is licensed to use, or otherwise has the right to use, all material Intellectual Property used in or necessary for the conduct of its businesses as currently conducted without conflict with any rights of others, and all such material Intellectual Property that is filed or registered with a governmental authority and owned by any Loan Party is identified on Schedule 4.13 .  Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.13 none of Loan Parties pays or owes any royalty or any other compensation to any Person with respect to any Loan Party’s use of any Intellectual Property of a third party (excluding any generally commercially available off-the-shelf software licensed on non-negotiated terms with a cost of no more than $50,000 per title).
 
 
-32-

 
 
4.14          Broker’s Fees .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14 , no broker’s or finder’s fee or commissions or investment banking fees will be payable by reason of any action of Loan Parties with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
 
4.15          Environmental Compliance .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15 , each Loan Party has been, and is currently, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, including obtaining and maintaining in effect all material permits, licenses or other authorizations required by applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent the failure to so comply or to so maintain such would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15 , there are no claims, liabilities, investigations, litigation, administrative proceedings, judgments or orders relating to any Hazardous Materials asserted or, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, threatened against such Loan Party or relating to any real property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by such Loan Party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of the Loan Parties has any knowledge of any release  or threatened release   of hazardous substances at any real property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party for which any Loan Party is legally responsible to remediate under applicable laws or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.16          Solvency .  After giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, and, as of, from and after the date of this Agreement, the Loan Parties taken as a whole (a) own and will own assets the fair saleable value of which are (i) greater than the total amount of their liabilities (including contingent liabilities) and (ii) greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities of the Loan Parties taken as a whole as they mature; (b) have capital that is not unreasonably small in relation to their businesses as presently conducted or any contemplated or undertaken transaction; and (c) do not intend to incur and do not believe that they will incur debts beyond their ability to pay as they become due.
 
4.17          Disclosure .  Subject to the provisions regarding projections set forth in Section 4.28 , no representation or warranty of any Loan Party contained in this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the financial statements, or any other document, certificate or written statement furnished to Agent by or on behalf of such Loan Party for use in connection with the Transaction Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made.  There is no material fact known to any Loan Party that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and that has not been fully disclosed herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements furnished to Agent for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
 
4.18          Insurance .  Each Loan Party maintains insurance policies for public liability, worker’s compensation, property damage, larceny, embezzlement or other criminal misappropriation for their businesses and properties, of types and in amounts customarily maintained by comparable businesses; and, as of the Closing Date, no notice of cancellation has been received or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened with respect to such policies.  Each Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with all conditions contained in such policies.
 
 
-33-

 
 
4.19          Compliance with Laws .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.19 , each Loan Party is in compliance with any law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, policy, or other requirement of any domestic or foreign government or any instrumentality or agency thereof, having jurisdiction over the conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties, including, without limitation, any violation relating to any use, release, storage, transport or disposal of any Hazardous Material, except to the extent the failure to be in compliance therewith would not subject any Loan Party or any of its respective officers to criminal liability or have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.20          Bank Accounts .   Schedule 4.20 sets forth the account numbers and locations of all bank accounts of Loan Parties.
 
4.21          Subsidiaries .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.21 , no Loan Party has any Subsidiaries.
 
4.22          Employee Matters .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.22 , (a) no employees of any Loan Party are subject to any collective bargaining agreement, management agreement or consulting agreement, (b) no petition for certification or union election is pending with respect to the employees of any Loan Party and no union or collective bargaining unit has sought such certification or recognition with respect to the employees of such Loan Party and (c) there are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages or controversies pending or threatened between any Loan Party and its respective employees, other than employee grievances arising in the ordinary course of business which could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.22 , no Loan Party is subject to any employment contract.
 
4.23          Governmental Regulation .  No Loan Party is, and, after giving effect to the borrowing of the Term Loan, will not be, subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or to any foreign, federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur indebtedness for borrowed money.
 
4.24          Receivables and Payables .  The amount of the receivables and payables of each Loan Party, as of the Closing Date, is set forth in detail on Schedule 4.24 , all of which are respectively collectible and payable in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the usual terms and conditions of such Loan Party’s businesses, except for uncollectible receivables arising in the ordinary course of business.  No Loan Party has any knowledge of any fact or circumstance not already disclosed to Agent in writing which would be reasonably likely to impair the validity or collectibility of any Account.
 
4.25          Trade Relations .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.25 , as of the Closing Date there exists no actual or threatened termination or cancellation of material adverse modification or change in, the business relationship of any Loan Party with any customer or supplier or group of customers or suppliers, either individually or in the aggregate, material to their respective operations.
 
 
-34-

 
 
4.26          Absence of Defaults .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.26 , as of the Closing Date, no Loan Party is in default under its certificate of formation, or articles of incorporation, by-laws or operating agreement, or similar entity governance documents.  No event has occurred which has not been remedied (to the extent expressly permitted hereunder) or waived in writing by Agent, which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default, or which constitutes, or which with the passage of time or giving of notice or both would constitute, a default or event of default by any Loan Party under any material agreement or judgment, decree or order to which such Loan Party is a party or by which its properties may be bound or which would require it to make any payment under any of the foregoing prior to the scheduled maturity date therefor.
 
4.27          Loans to Shareholders, Directors, Officers or Affiliates .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.27 , no Loan Party has made any loans or advances to or for the benefit of any shareholder, director, officer or Affiliate of such Loan Party.
 
4.28          Projections .  The projections attached hereto as Schedule 4.28 (“ Projections ”) (a) fairly represent Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ financial projections for the period covered thereby, and (b) were prepared in a manner consistent with GAAP.  The Projections and pro forma financial information contained in the Projections are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by Agent and Lenders that projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by the Projections may differ from the projected results, and such differences may be material.
 
4.29          Surety Obligations .  None of the Loan Parties is obligated as surety or indemnitor under any bond or other contract that assumes payment or performance of any obligation of any Person, except as permitted hereunder.
 
4.30          Commercial Tort Claims and Letter of Credit Rights .  Except as set forth in, Schedule 4.30 , no Loan Party holds interest in any commercial tort claims and is not the beneficiary of any letter of credit.
 
4.31          Offering .  Borrower intends to use commercially reasonable efforts to commence within sixty (60) days after the Closing Date the process of either (i) preparing an S-1 Registration Statement for filing with the Securities Exchange Commission for an underwritten public offering or (ii) commencing negotiations to complete a PIPE or other equity financing transaction.
 
SECTION 5 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
 
Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that until payment and performance in full of all Obligations (other than unasserted claims for indemnification or expense reimbursement), unless such Loan Party has received the prior written consent of Agent, such Loan Party shall perform all covenants in this Section 5 applicable to such Loan Party.
 
 
-35-

 
 
5.1            Financial Statements and Other Reports .  Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall maintain a system of accounting and keep such books, records and accounts (which shall be true and complete in all material respects), as may be required or as may be necessary to permit the performance of an annual audit and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.  Borrower will deliver to Agent the financial statements and other reports described below until payment and performance in full of all Obligations (other than unasserted claims for indemnification or expense reimbursement).
 
(A)            Monthly Financials .  As soon as available and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, including, without limitation, each March, June, September and December, Borrower shall deliver the consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income, shareholder’s or member’s (as applicable) equity and cash flow for such month and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such month.
 
(B)             Quarterly Financials .  In addition to the monthly financial statements referred to in Section 5.1(A) , as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each Fiscal Year, Borrower shall deliver the consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income, shareholder’s or member’s (as applicable), equity and cash flow for such quarter of such Fiscal Year and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such quarter of such Fiscal Year.
 
(C)             Year-End Financials .  In addition to the monthly and quarterly financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1(A) and 5.1(B) , as soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, Borrower shall deliver to Agent:  (1) the audited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income, shareholder’s or member’s (as applicable) equity and cash flow for such Fiscal Year; and (2) a report with respect to the financial statements from Sherb & Co., LLP or another firm of independent certified public accountants selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Agent, which report shall be unqualified as to going concern and scope of audit of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and shall state that (a) such financial statements present fairly the financial position of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of its operations and cash flow for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years and (b) the examination by such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
 
(D)             Accountants’ Certification and Reports .  Promptly after receipt thereof, Borrower will deliver (i) copies of all reports submitted to Borrower by its independent public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit or review of the financial statements or financial controls of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries made by such accountants, including the comment letter submitted by such accountants to management or any member or committee of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with their annual, interim or special audit or review, and (ii) if such accounting firm is not restricted from providing such a certificate by its policies, a certificate of the independent public accountants who performed such annual, interim or special audits or review, to the effect that, in making the examination necessary for the audits or review, they have obtained no knowledge of any condition or event which constitutes a Default or Event of Default, or if such accountants shall have obtained knowledge of any such condition or event, specifying in such certificate each such condition or event of which they have knowledge and the nature and status thereof.
 
 
-36-

 
 
(E)             Management Report .  Together with each delivery of financial statements pursuant to subdivisions (A), (B) and (C) of this Section 5.1 , except as specified otherwise in Section 5.1(E)(3) below, Borrower shall deliver a management report:  (1) describing the operations and financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the relevant period then ended and the portion of the current Fiscal Year then elapsed (or for the Fiscal Year then ended in the case of year-end financials); (2) setting forth in comparative form (x) the corresponding figures for such relevant period and year-to-date periods as set forth in the Projections (or, if applicable, the yearly projections delivered to Agent under Section 5.1(F) below) and (y) the corresponding figures for the corresponding figures for the comparable period and year-to-date period in the previous Fiscal Year, in each case setting forth the variances between the figures for the relevant period then ended and the portion of the current Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Projections or projections and prior Fiscal Year; and (3) with respect only to the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to subdivisions (B) and (C) of this Section 5.1 , setting forth a schedule showing the calculation of the financial covenants specified in Section 5.21 .  In addition, together with each delivery of financial statements, pursuant to subdivisions (B) and (C) of Section 5.1 , Borrower shall deliver to Agent a certificate, which shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Agent, of a chief financial officer, director of finance, chief executive officer or president of Borrower to the effect that (i) such information is accurate and complete in all material aspects or, in the case of financial statements, fairly presents the results of operations and financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a Consolidated basis, as at the dates and for the periods indicated (subject to, in the case of financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(B) , the absence of footnotes and customary year-end adjustments), (ii) as of the date of such certification, there does not exist any Default or Event of Default or, if an Event of Default or Default existed, describing the nature and period of existence thereof and the action which Borrower and its Subsidiaries propose to take or have taken with respect thereto, and (iii) the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect and are true and accurate in all respects as of the date of delivery of the management report, except (x) to the extent such representations and warranties relate solely and expressly to an earlier date, and (y) for revisions or updates to any Schedule(s) approved by Agent pursuant to Section 5.16 .
 
(F)             Projections .  At least thirty (30) days before the beginning of each Fiscal Year, Borrower shall deliver to Agent the projected consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and income and cash flow statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each month of such Fiscal Year, each in reasonable detail, reporting Borrower’s good faith projections and certified by Borrower’s chief financial officer as being the most accurate projections available and identical to the projections used by Borrower and its Subsidiaries for internal planning purposes, together with a statement of underlying assumptions and such supporting schedules and information as Agent may reasonably require.
 
 
-37-

 
 
(G)             Lender Meetings .  Within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, at the request of Agent, Borrower shall hold a meeting with Agent (at a mutually agreeable location, venue and time or, at the option of the Agent, by conference call, the costs of such venue or call, but not any travel, lodging or meal expenses incurred by Agent, to be paid by Borrower) to review the financial results of the previous Fiscal Year and the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the projections for the current Fiscal Year.
 
(H)             Tax Returns .  Within twenty (20) days after filing thereof, Borrower shall deliver to Agent a copy of the annual federal (and, if requested by Agent, state or other) tax return (and any amended return) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of Borrower to be accurate and complete in all material respects.
 
(I)              Government Notices .  Borrower shall deliver to Agent promptly after receipt copies of all notices, requests, subpoenas, inquiries or other writings received from any governmental agency concerning the violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Laws, the storage, use or disposal of any Hazardous Material, the violation or alleged violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ payment or non-payment of any taxes including any tax audit, in each case, to the extent such violation, alleged violation, payment or non-payment could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(J)              Events of Default, etc.   Within five (5) Business Days following the day any officer of Borrower obtains knowledge of any of the following events or conditions, Borrower shall deliver a certificate signed by Borrower’s chief executive officer or president specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition or event and what action the applicable Loan Party has taken, is taking, and propose to take, with respect thereto:  (1) any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default or Default; (2) any notice of material default that any Person has given to any Loan Party or any other action taken with respect to a claimed material default under any contractual or other obligation; (3) any matter which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (4) the resignation or termination of Marc Munro or Lawrence Sands; or (5) any matter which could reasonably be considered to be a Material Company Event.
 
(K)             Trade Names .  Borrower shall give Agent prompt written notice (but in any event no later than twenty (20) days prior to such event) of any change of name or of any new trade name or fictitious business name of any Loan Party.  Each Loan Party’s use of any trade name or fictitious business name shall be in compliance with all laws regarding the use of such names.
 
(L)             Locations .  Borrower shall give Agent prompt written notice (but in any event no later than twenty (20) days prior to such event) of any change in any Loan Party’s principal place of business or any change in the location of their respective books and records or the Collateral or of any new location for their respective books and records or the Collateral.
 
(M)            Bank Accounts .  Borrower shall give Agent prompt notice of any new bank accounts any Loan Party intends to establish prior to its opening same, and if required pursuant to the terms of Section 6.12 hereof, such Loan Party shall cause such bank accounts to be subject to a control agreement in favor of Agent for the benefit of Lenders.
 
 
-38-

 
 
(N)             Certified Public Accountants .  Within one (1) Business Day of the resignation or termination of Borrower’s current certified public accountants, or any certified public accountants hereafter engaged by Borrower with Agent’s prior written consent, Borrower shall notify Agent in writing of such occurrence and the reason(s) therefore.
 
(O)             Litigation .  Within one (1) Business Day after any officer of any Loan Party obtains knowledge of (1) the institution of any action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or arbitration against or affecting any Loan Party or any property of any Loan Party not previously disclosed by Borrower to Agent in writing or (2) any material development in any action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or arbitration at any time pending against or affecting any Loan Party or any property of any Loan Party which, in the case of the preceding clauses (1) or (2), could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such Loan Party shall promptly give written notice thereof to Agent and provide such other information as may be reasonably available such Loan Party to enable Agent and its counsel to evaluate such matter.
 
(P)             Other Information .  With reasonable promptness, each Loan Party shall deliver such other information and data with respect to such Loan Party or the Collateral as Agent may reasonably request from time to time.
 
5.2            Access to Accountants .  Each Loan Party authorizes Agent to discuss the financial condition and financial statements of such Loan Party with Borrower’s certified public accountants upon reasonable notice to Borrower of Agent’s intention to do so, and irrevocably authorizes and directs such accountants to respond to all of Agent’s inquiries and furnish Agent with all such documentation as Agent may reasonably request.  Each Loan Party, on behalf of itself, and each of its respective Subsidiaries, releases such accountants from any liability for furnishing the information and documents required by Agent.  On the Closing Date, each Loan Party shall deliver to Agent a written and irrevocable letter addressed to such accountants directing them to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.2 .
 
5.3            Inspection .  Each Loan Party shall, at Borrower’s cost and expense, permit Agent and any authorized representatives designated by Agent to visit and inspect any of the properties of such Loan Party, including its financial and accounting records, and in conjunction with such inspection, to make copies and take extracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and business with its officers and independent public accountants, and to conduct environmental site assessments and environmental compliance audits, at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided   that, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Agent shall visit and inspect the properties of the Loan Parties no more frequently than two (2) times in any calendar year.
 
5.4            Collateral Records .  Each Loan Party shall keep full and accurate books and records relating to the Collateral and, promptly after being requested by Agent, shall mark such books and records to indicate the security interests of Agent for the benefit of Lenders in the Collateral.
 
 
-39-

 
 
5.5            Account Covenants; Verification .  Each Loan Party shall, at its own expense use its best efforts to assure prompt payment of all amounts due or to become due under the Accounts.  No discounts, credits or allowances (other than normal prompt payment discounts and customer promotional arrangements discounts) shall be issued, granted or allowed by any Loan Party to customers and no returns shall be accepted, in each case in any Fiscal Year, if the aggregate amount (or value, in the case of any return) of all such discounts, credits, allowances and returns exceeds the sum of $200,000 in such Fiscal Year, without Agent’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld).   Borrower shall promptly notify Agent in the event that a customer alleges any material dispute or claim with respect to an Account or Accounts in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate or of any other circumstances known to Borrower that may impair, in any material respect, the validity or collectibility of the Accounts so as to cause a Material Adverse Effect.  After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent shall have the right to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to an Account, by mail, telephone or in person.  After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, no Loan Party shall, without the prior consent of Agent, adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment of any Account, or release wholly or partly any customer or obligor thereof, or allow any credit or discount thereon.
 
5.6            Endorsement .  Each Loan Party hereby constitutes and appoints Agent and all Persons designated by Agent for that purpose as such Loan Party’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with power to endorse such Loan Party’s name to any check or other instrument and all proceeds of Collateral that come into Agent’s possession or under Agent’s control, provided that such possession shall not be exercised except upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default.  Both the appointment of Agent as each Loan Party’s attorney and Agent’s rights and powers are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until payment in full and complete performance of all of the Obligations (other than unasserted claims for indemnification or expense reimbursement).
 
5.7            Corporate Existence .  Each Loan Party shall at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its limited liability company or corporate (as applicable) existence and all rights and franchises material to their respective businesses.  Each Loan Party shall notify Agent within one (1) Business Day of any change in its ownership (excluding, with respect to Borrower, any change in ownership that does not constitute a Change of Control) or corporate structure.
 
5.8            Payment of Taxes .  Each Loan Party shall pay all Taxes imposed upon its or any of its properties or assets or with respect to any of its franchises, businesses, income or property before any penalty accrues thereon provided that no such tax need be paid if such Loan Party, or Borrower on its behalf, is contesting the same in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and if appropriate reserves have been established as required by GAAP or as required by the IRC.
 
 
-40-

 
 
5.9            Maintenance of Properties; Insurance .  Each Loan Party shall maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition, normal wear and tear excepted, all properties used in its business.  Each Loan Party shall make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof, and shall protect and preserve all material registered or registrable Intellectual Property (now or hereafter existing).  Borrower shall maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers (rated B++ or better by Best Rating Guide) public liability, worker’s compensation, and property damage, larceny, embezzlement, or other criminal misappropriation insurance with respect to the businesses and properties of all Loan Parties against loss or damage of the kinds customarily carried or maintained by corporations of established reputation engaged in similar businesses and in amounts reasonably acceptable to Agent.  Borrower shall cause Agent to be named as “lender’s loss payee” on all certificates evidencing insurance relating to any Collateral and, within 45 days after the Closing Date, shall cause (x) separate loss payable endorsements in favor of Agent with respect to such insurance to be issued, and (y) Agent to be named as “additional insured”, as its interests may appear, under all liability policies, in each case pursuant to appropriate endorsements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.  Borrower shall apply any proceeds received from any policies of insurance relating to any Collateral to the Obligations, except to the extent otherwise provided in section 2.5(F).  An updated certificate of insurance evidencing the effectiveness of each type of insurance required to be maintained by Borrower pursuant to this Section 5.9 shall be delivered to Agent on each yearly anniversary of the Closing Date, and upon Agent’s reasonable request, a copy of each applicable insurance policy shall be delivered to Agent.
 
5.10          Compliance with Laws .  Except to the extent provided in Schedule 4.19 , each Loan Party shall comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority as now in effect and which may be imposed in the future in all jurisdictions in which such Loan Party is now doing business or may hereafter be doing business, except to the extent that noncompliance with such laws, rules, regulations and orders could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
5.11          Further Assurances .  Each Loan Party shall, from time to time, execute such guaranties, financing or continuation statements, security agreements, reports and other documents or deliver to Agent such instruments, certificates of title or other documents as Agent at any time may reasonably request to evidence, perfect or otherwise implement the guaranties and security for repayment of the Obligations provided for in the Loan Documents.
 
5.12          Collateral Locations .  Each Loan Party shall keep the Collateral owned by it (other than in-transit Collateral, including Inventory, Equipment and supplies and materials or Collateral that is otherwise moved in the ordinary course of business, and Equipment stored on-site at a customer location in the ordinary course of business) at the locations specified on Schedule 4.7 ; provided , however , that Borrower may amend Schedule 4.7 so long as such amendment occurs by written notice to Agent not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date on which such Collateral is moved.  With respect to any new location (which shall be within the continental United States), the applicable Loan Party shall execute such documents and take such actions as Agent reasonably deems necessary to perfect and protect the security interests of Agent for the benefit of Lenders in the Collateral prior to the transfer or removal of any Collateral to such new location.
 
5.13          Bailees .  In the event that the fair market value of any Collateral at any time in the possession or control of any warehouseman, bailee or any Loan Party’s agents or processors exceeds $50,000 at any single location or $100,000 in the aggregate, such Loan Party, shall, upon the request of Agent, notify such warehouseman, bailee, agent or processor of the security interests in favor of Agent for the benefit of Lenders created hereby, shall instruct such Person to hold all such Collateral for Agent’s account subject to Agent’s instructions and shall cause such Person to execute an access and waiver agreement reasonably acceptable to Agent.
 
 
-41-

 
 
5.14          Use of Proceeds and Margin Security .  Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Term Loan for proper business purposes (as described in Section 2.2 ) consistent with all applicable laws, statutes, rules and regulations.  No portion of the proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used by any Loan Party for the purpose of purchasing or carrying of margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U, or in any manner that might cause the borrowing or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T or Regulation X or any other regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or to violate the Exchange Act.
 
5.15          Observer and Other Rights .  Borrower shall hold regularly scheduled meetings of its directors or managers, as applicable, at least quarterly, and Agent shall have the right from time to time (i) to designate a representative to attend and serve as an observer at such meetings and who shall have the right to receive twenty-eight (28) days prior notice of any quarterly meeting (specifying the matters to be discussed or acted upon) of the directors or managers, as applicable, of Borrower, and attend any meetings of the directors or managers, as applicable, and (ii) to receive on a timely basis and simultaneously with receipt thereof by directors, managers or committee members, as applicable, copies of all written information provided to the directors, managers or committee members, as applicable, of such Loan Party.
 
5.16          Revisions or Updates to Schedules .  Should any of the information or disclosures provided on any of the Schedules originally attached hereto become outdated or incorrect in any material respect, Borrower shall deliver to Agent within thirty (30) days after the end of the month in which such change occurs, along with the Officer’s Certificate required under Section 5.1(E) , such revisions or updates to such Schedule(s) as may be necessary or appropriate to update or correct such Schedule(s); provided that no such revisions or updates to any Schedule(s) shall be deemed to have amended, modified or superseded such Schedule(s) as originally attached hereto, or to have cured any breach of warranty, representation or covenant resulting from the inaccuracy or incompleteness of any such Schedule(s), unless and until Agent shall have accepted in writing such revisions or updates to such Schedule(s).
 
5.17          [Reserved .]
 
5.18          Accuracy of Information .  All written information, reports, statements and other papers and data furnished to Agent, whether pursuant to this Section 5 or any other provision of this Agreement or of any other Transaction Document, shall be, at the time the same is so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects (subject to the provisions regarding projections set forth in Section 4.28 ) to the extent necessary to give Agent true and accurate knowledge of the subject matter thereof.
 
5.19          Landlord and Storage Agreements .   Borrower shall deliver to Agent copies of all existing agreements, and promptly after execution thereof, provide the Agent with copies of all future material agreements, between any Loan Party and any landlord, warehouseman, processor, shipper, bailee or other Person that owns any premises at which any Collateral may be kept or that otherwise may possess, control or handle any Collateral.
 
 
-42-

 
 
5.20          Commercial Tort Claims and Letter of Credit Rights .  If any Loan Party at any time holds or acquires any interest in any commercial tort claim or becomes a beneficiary under any letter of credit, such Loan Party shall promptly notify Agent in writing thereof and shall be deemed to have granted to Agent for the benefit of Lenders a security interest and lien in and to such commercial tort claim or letter of credit, as the case may be, and the proceeds thereof.  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, such Loan Party shall execute such further documents or do such further acts as Agent may require to grant to Agent for the benefit of Lenders valid and perfected priority security interests in such commercial tort claims or letter(s) of credit, as the case may be, including, but not limited, to: (i) furnishing to Agent all the details of the nature of the commercial tort claim, the name(s) of the defendant(s), the court, if any, in which the claim has been brought and the index number, if any, and (ii) using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the issuers of the letter(s) of credit to consent to the assignment of the proceeds of such letter(s) of credit to the Agent for the benefit of Lenders or to cause the issuer of such letter(s) of credit to name the Agent for the benefit of Lenders as the transferee beneficiary of such letter of credit.
 
5.21          Financial Covenants .  Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries shall maintain or keep in full force and effect all of the financial covenants set forth below.  The calculation and determination of each such financial covenant, and all accounting terms contained therein, shall be so calculated and construed in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis with the audited financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended on December 31, 2011:
 
(A)             Minimum Liquidity .  Liquidity shall not be less than the amount set forth below, to be maintained at all times during and at the end of each period specified below:
 
Periods
 
Liquidity
 
Closing Date through December 31, 2012
  $ 1,000,000  
January 1, 2013 through March 31, 2013
  $ 1,500,000  
April 1, 2013 through June 30, 2013
  $ 2,000,000  
July 1, 2013 through September 30, 2013
  $ 2,500,000  
October 1, 2013 and at all times thereafter
  $ 3,000,000  
 
(B)             Capital Expenditures .  Capital Expenditures (whether or not financed) shall not exceed the amounts specified below for the periods specified below:
 
Periods
 
Capital Expenditures
 
Closing Date through December 31, 2012
  $ 100,000  
Closing Date through March 31, 2013
  $ 200,000  
Closing Date through June 30, 2013
  $ 300,000  
Four fiscal quarters ending on September 30, 2013
  $ 400,000  
Four fiscal quarters ending on each of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014
  $ 500,000  
Four fiscal quarters ending on each of March 31, 2015, June 30, 2015, September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2015
  $ 600,000  
Four fiscal quarters ending on March 31, 2016, and each consecutive period of four fiscal quarters thereafter
  $ 700,000  
 
 
-43-

 
 
(C)             Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .  The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be not less than 2.00 to 1.00 as of the end of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2012, in each case for the trailing period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters then ended, provided that, for purposes of calculating compliance with this covenant, with respect to Debt Payments for the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2012, the two fiscal quarters ending on March 31, 2013 and the three fiscal quarters ending on June 30, 2013 such Debt Payments shall be annualized by multiplying such Debt Payments by a factor of 4, 2 and 1.33, respectively.
 
(D)             Total Debt Leverage Ratio .  The Total Debt Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than the levels specified below as of the end of, and for, each period indicated below, with Adjusted EBITDA measured for the trailing period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters then ended:
 
Period Ending On
Total Debt
Leverage Ratio
December 31, 2012
3.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2013
3.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2013
3.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2013
2.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2013
2.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2014
2.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2014
2.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2014
1.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2014
1.75 to 1.00
March 31, 2015
1.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2015
1.40 to 1.00
September 30, 2015
1.30 to 1.00
December 31, 2015
1.20 to 1.00
March 31, 2016 and the last day of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter
1.00 to 1.00
 
 
-44-

 
 
(E)             Senior Debt Leverage Ratio .  The Senior Debt Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than the levels specified below as of the end of, and for, each period indicated below, with Adjusted EBITDA measured for the trailing period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters then ended:
 
Period Ending On
Senior Debt
Leverage Ratio
December 31, 2012
2.60 to 1.00
March 31, 2013
2.60 to 1.00
June 30, 2013
2.40 to 1.00
September 30, 2013
2.20 to 1.00
December 31, 2013
2.00 to 1.00
March 31, 2014
1.80 to 1.00
June 30, 2014
1.60 to 1.00
September 30, 2014
1.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2014
1.40 to 1.00
March 31, 2015
1.30 to 1.00
June 30, 2015
1.20 to 1.00
September 30, 2015
1.10 to 1.00
December 31, 2015 and the last day of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter
1.00 to 1.00
 
SECTION 6 NEGATIVE COVENANTS
 
Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that until payment and performance in full of all Obligations (other than unasserted claims for indemnification or expense reimbursement), unless such Loan Party has received the prior written consent of Agent, such Loan Party shall perform all covenants in this Section 6 applicable to such Person.
 
6.1            Indebtedness and Liabilities .  None of the Loan Parties shall directly or indirectly create, incur, assume, guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable, on a fixed or contingent basis, with respect to any Indebtedness except:  (a) the Obligations; (b) Capital Leases and purchase money financing for Equipment entered into in the ordinary course of business (subject to Section 5.21 ); (c) trade payables and normal accruals in the ordinary course of business not yet due and payable or with respect to which such Loan Party is contesting in good faith the amount or validity thereof by appropriate proceedings and then only to the extent that Borrower shall have established adequate reserves therefor, if appropriate under GAAP; (d) Indebtedness owing under the ADEX Note, Earn-Out Obligations owing to the T N S Sellers, Subordinated Debt owing under the Acquisition Agreements and to the extent constituting Indebtedness, working capital adjustments owing by Borrower to a seller in connection with the Acquisition or a Potential Target Acquisition; (e) Indebtedness described in Section 4.4(a) hereof (including Indebtedness described on Schedule 4.4 ) and any extension, refinancing, renewal or replacement thereof if the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced; (f) up to an aggregate amount of $1,500,000 in unsecured debt owing to sellers of the equity interests of all Potential Targets acquired by Borrower (the “ Potential Target Subordinated Debt ”), provided that the repayment of any such unsecured debt is subordinated on terms satisfactory to Agent, including a restriction against payment of cash interest, required amortization and mandatory prepayments and provided further that the stated maturity date of any such debt is acceptable to the Agent in its commercially reasonable judgment; (g) Subordinated Debt, in addition to the Subordinated Debt described in the preceding clauses (d) and (f),   provided that (A) the terms and conditions upon which such Subordinated Debt is incurred (including without limitation covenants, rate of interest, maturity date and use of proceeds) shall have been reviewed to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent, (B) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (C) the holder of such Subordinated Debt shall have executed a Subordination Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent and (D) not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Subordinated Debt, Borrower shall have delivered to Agent written notice of the applicable Loan Party’s intent to incur such Subordinated Debt, together with a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of Borrower which shall include a calculation in reasonable detail demonstrating that after giving effect to the incurrence of such Subordinated Debt on a Pro Forma Basis, Borrower would be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 5.21(D) (after decreasing the numerator of the then applicable ratio by 0.50) as of the end of and for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Borrower delivered financial statements  to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(B) ; (h) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit or banker’s acceptances to secure the performance of bids, tenders, leases, contracts (other than for the payment of money) or statutory obligations; (i) Indebtedness in favor of Borrower or any Guarantor pursuant to clause (g) of the definition of Permitted Investments; and (j) other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $100,000.
 
 
-45-

 
 
6.2            Guaranties .  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.2 and except for the Guaranties and endorsements of instruments or items of payment for collection in the ordinary course of business, no Loan Party shall guaranty, endorse, or otherwise in any way become or be responsible for any obligations of any other Person, whether directly or indirectly, by agreement to purchase the Indebtedness of any other Person or through the purchase of goods, supplies or services, or maintenance of working capital or other balance sheet covenants or other financial conditions, or by way of stock purchase, capital contribution, advance or loan for the purpose of paying or discharging any indebtedness or obligation of such other Person or otherwise; provided that each Loan Party shall be permitted to guaranty, endorse, or otherwise in any way become or be responsible for any obligations of any other Person to the extent such Loan Party is permitted to incur such Indebtedness as a primary obligor pursuant to Section 6.1 .
 
6.3            Transfers, Liens and Related Matters .
 
(A)             Transfers .  No Loan Party shall sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to any of the Collateral or other assets, except that each Loan Party may (i) sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to any of the Collateral or other assets to the extent such asset or Collateral is of a kind described in any of clauses (a) through (e) of the defined term Asset Disposition, but only to the extent and on the applicable terms set forth therein; (ii) sell or dispose of more than 50% of the total voting stock of Digital Comm Inc; and (iii) make other Asset Dispositions (subject to the mandatory prepayment provisions contained in Section 2.5(F) above) if all of the following conditions are met:  (1) the fair market value of assets sold or otherwise disposed of in any single transaction or series of related transactions does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and the aggregate fair market value of assets sold or otherwise disposed of in any Fiscal Year does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); (2) the consideration received is at least equal to the fair market value of such assets; (3) the sole consideration received is cash; and (4) no Default or Event of Default shall then exist or shall result from such Asset Disposition.
 
 
-46-

 
 
(B)             Liens .  Except for Permitted Encumbrances, no Loan Party shall directly or indirectly create, incur or assume (or agree to create, incur or assume) or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any of the Collateral or other assets or any proceeds, income or profits therefrom.
 
(C)             No Pledge Restrictions .  No Loan Party shall enter into or assume any agreement (other than the Loan Documents) restricting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.
 
6.4            Restricted Payments .  No Loan Party shall directly or indirectly declare, order, pay, make or set apart any sum for any Restricted Payment, except that:
 
(i)            Borrower may issue Preferred Stock, the proceeds of which shall be used to complete the Acquisition, so long as the terms and conditions of the Preferred Stock are reasonably satisfactory to Agent, which terms shall include, without limitation, a moratorium on the payment of any cash dividends and any mandatory or voluntary redemption until the Term Loan, all interest accrued thereon, and all fees and expenses payable in connection therewith have been paid in full, provided that (A) if Borrower raises at least $20,000,000 in net cash proceeds from the Offering, any such proceeds which exceed $20,000,000 may be used to (x) redeem Preferred Stock and (y) make payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in respect of the Put Right, as such term is defined in the T N S Acquisition Agreement, as in effect on the date of this Agreement, as and when due and to the extent payable under the T N S Acquisition Agreement, as in effect on the date of this Agreement and (B) if the conditions contained in clause (iii) below shall have been satisfied, then Borrower may redeem from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,750,000 of Preferred Stock issued to the T N S Sellers, provided further that no Event of Default shall be continuing at the time of any redemption or payment made pursuant to the preceding clause (A) or (B), as applicable or shall have occurred after giving effect to any such redemption or payment;
 
(ii)            if Borrower receives at least $30,000,000 in net cash proceeds from the Offering, Borrower may pay on the applicable stated maturity date the unpaid principal balance of, and all accrued interest on any Potential Target Subordinated Debt;
 
(iii)           Borrower may prepay all or any portion of the unpaid principal balance of any Potential Target Subordinated Debt, prior to the applicable maturity date thereof, and Borrower may redeem from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,750,000 of Preferred Stock issued to the T N S Sellers, provided that, at the time of each such redemption described under clause (i)(B), (w) not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to any such prepayment or redemption, Borrower shall deliver to Agent written notice of its intent to make such prepayment or redemption, together with a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of Borrower which shall include a calculation in reasonable detail demonstrating that (A) immediately after giving effect to such prepayment or redemption, Liquidity shall not be less than an amount equal to the product of the minimum level of Liquidity then required to be maintained by Borrower pursuant to Section 5.21(A) hereof multiplied by (i) in the case of any such redemption occurring from the Closing Date through and including December 31, 2012, 200%, and (ii) in the case of any such redemption occurring after December 31, 2012, 50%, and (B) after giving effect to such prepayment or redemption, on a Pro Forma Basis, Borrower would be in compliance on the date of such redemption with the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.21(D) and (E) (after decreasing the numerator of the then applicable ratios by 0.50 each) and the financial covenant set forth in Section 5.21(C) (after increasing the numerator of the applicable ratio by 0.50) as of the end of and for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Borrower delivered financial statements to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(B) , (x) Borrower shall have filed and there shall be in effect a registration statement, which has not then been withdrawn, with the Securities and Exchange Commission on form S-1 covering an Offering that is intended to yield at least $20,000,000 of aggregate net proceeds to Borrower and (y) Borrower shall have raised, within not more than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to such redemption, net cash proceeds of at least $5,000,000 pursuant to a private placement of its Capital Stock;
 
 
-47-

 
 
(iv)           Borrower may make payments on any Subordinated Debt incurred in accordance with Section 6.1(g) to the extent permitted under the applicable Subordination Agreement; and
 
(v)            Borrower may make payments when due in respect of the Earn-Out Obligations, provided that not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to any such payment, Borrower shall deliver to Agent written notice of its intent to make such payment together with, in the case of all payments of Earn-Out Obligations constituting Subordinated Debt, a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of Borrower which shall include a calculation in reasonable detail demonstrating that after giving effect to such payment on a Pro Forma Basis, Borrower would be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.21(C),(D) and (E) as of the end of  and for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Borrower delivered financial statements to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(B) ,
 
provided that in the case of any payment which Borrower proposes to make pursuant to each of the preceding clauses (iii), (iv) and (v), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at such time.
 
6.5            Restriction on Fundamental Changes .  No Loan Party shall:  (a)  except with thirty (30) days prior written notice to Agent, change its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (as applicable), type of organization (as defined in the UCC), tax, charter or other organizational number or its legal name; (b) acquire by purchase or otherwise all or substantially all of the assets of, or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership, of any Person or any business division of any Person, except in connection with (i) the Acquisition, (ii) subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 , the Potential Target Acquisition and (iii) any other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of, or all of the equity interests in, any Person, provided that (A) such Person conducts substantially the same business as is being conducted by Loan Parties or as Loan Parties are permitted to conduct pursuant to Section 6.8 and the acquisition of the assets or equity interests of such Person shall have been approved by its board of directors (or comparable governing body); (B) not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to such acquisition, Borrower shall deliver to Agent written notice of its intent to consummate such acquisition together with a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of Borrower which shall include a calculation in reasonable detail demonstrating that after giving effect to the acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis, as of the end of the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Borrower delivered to the Agent financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(B) , Adjusted EBITDA would not be less than $1.00 and Borrower would be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.21(D) and (E) (after decreasing the numerator of each applicable ratio by 0.25); (C) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (D) if such acquisition is an acquisition of assets, title to such assets shall be held by Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary, and if such acquisition is an acquisition of equity interests, the Person so acquired shall become or shall be merged or consolidated with a Domestic Subsidiary and shall become a Guarantor in accordance with and take such other actions as required by Section 6.10 ; and (E) Agent shall have perfected its Lien on the assets and equity interests of such Person; (c) merge into or consolidate with any other Person, except that (i) any Subsidiary of Borrower may merge into or consolidate with Borrower or any other wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower and (ii) in connection with any acquisition permitted pursuant to the foregoing clause (d) so long as Borrower is the surviving person of any merger or consolidation involving Borrower; or (e) liquidate, wind up its affairs or undergo any dissolution.
 
 
-48-

 
 
6.6            Transactions with Affiliates .  Except as disclosed in Borrower’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Closing Date, no Loan Party shall directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale or exchange of property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate or with any officer, director or employee of any Loan Party, except for (subject to Section 6.16 ) transactions in the ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of such Loan Party’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms which are fully disclosed to Agent and which are no less favorable to such Loan Party than they would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with an unaffiliated Person.
 
6.7            Environmental Liabilities .  No Loan Party shall:  (a) violate in any material respect any applicable Environmental Law; (b) dispose of any Hazardous Materials (except in accordance with applicable law) into, onto or from, any real property owned, leased or operated by such Loan Party; or (c) permit any Lien imposed pursuant to any Environmental Law to be imposed or to remain on any real property owned, leased or operated by such Loan Party.
 
6.8            Conduct of Business .  No Loan Party shall engage in any business other than businesses of the type engaged in by such Loan Party on the Closing Date and any businesses reasonably related, incidental or complementary thereto.
 
6.9            Compliance with ERISA .  No Loan Party shall establish any new Employee Benefit Plan or amend any existing Employee Benefit Plan after the Closing Date if the liability or increased liability resulting from such establishment or amendment could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Loan Parties shall establish, maintain and operate each Employee Benefit Plan in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of ERISA, the IRC and all other applicable laws and the regulations and interpretations thereof.  No Foreign Subsidiary shall establish any employee pension plan or employee benefit and/or welfare plans or amend any existing employee pension plan or employee benefit and/or welfare plans if the liability or increased liability resulting from such establishment or amendment could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and each Foreign Subsidiary shall establish maintain and operate each employee pension plan or employee benefit and/or welfare plans in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of all laws, and all regulations and interpretations thereof, of all applicable foreign government(s) (whether of any foreign national government or any agency or instrumentality of or province, county, district, department, subdivision or local unit of any such foreign national government) regarding such employee pension plans or employee benefit and welfare plans with respect to each employee pension plan or employee benefit and/or welfare plans maintained by such Foreign Subsidiary.
 
 
-49-

 
 
6.10          Subsidiaries .   No Loan Party shall establish, create or acquire any Subsidiaries after the Closing Date, except in connection with a Potential Target Acquisition, or in accordance with Section 6.5 , unless (i) in the case of any acquisition of a Subsidiary, Agent grants its prior written consent thereto (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed); (ii) such Borrower shall have given Agent not less than twenty (20) days prior written notice of the proposed establishment, creation or acquisition; (iii) such Subsidiary conducts substantially the same business as is being conducted by Loan Parties or as Loan Parties are permitted to conduct pursuant to Section 6.8 ; (iv) such transaction otherwise complies with the provisions of this Agreement; (v) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time such transaction occurs, or would occur after giving effect to such transaction; (vi) if such Subsidiary is a Domestic Subsidiary, it shall have executed and delivered a joinder agreement as well as a guaranty, such that it has bound itself as a party to this Agreement and has guaranteed the Obligations of Borrower, each on such terms and conditions as Agent may reasonably require; and (vii) if such Subsidiary is a Domestic Subsidiary, it shall have granted to Agent for the benefit of Lenders, and Agent for the benefit of Lenders shall have, a perfected, first priority lien on, and security interest in, all of such Subsidiary’s personal property and real property (if so requested by Agent), subject only to Permitted Encumbrances.
 
6.11          Fiscal Year .  Borrower shall not change its fiscal year or adopt a fiscal year other than the Fiscal Year for tax or accounting purposes.
 
6.12          Bank Accounts .  As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, and in any event no later than 30 days thereafter: (i) Borrower shall cause each bank account (other than accounts certified by Borrower in good faith as being accounts dedicated to payroll or trust accounts in connection with employee benefits) of each Loan Party (each a “first tier bank account”) to be linked to a central concentration account, pursuant to which all amounts on deposit in such first tier bank accounts, on a periodic basis acceptable to Agent, shall be swept, either automatically or pursuant to standing instructions of the applicable Loan Party, into such concentration account, (ii) such concentration account shall be subject to a “springing” deposit account control agreement in favor of Agent, which control agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent (a “springing control agreement”), and (iii) Borrower and Agent shall meet and confer in good faith for the purpose of determining the standards pursuant to which a first tier bank account (whether then in existence or which may thereafter be opened by any Loan Party) shall be subject to a springing control agreement.  As soon as practicable after the Closing Date, and in any event no later than 45 days thereafter, Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such first tier bank account which meets such standards and which is then in existence to be subject to a springing control agreement.  After the Closing Date, no Loan Party shall open a first tier bank account unless Agent shall have received prior notice thereof, and if Agent shall so request, in its commercially reasonable discretion, Borrower shall cause such first tier bank account, if it meets such standards, to be subject to a springing control agreement in favor of Agent.
 
 
-50-

 
 
6.13          Charter Documents .  No Loan Party shall amend or otherwise modify its articles of incorporation or bylaws (or equivalent charter documents) or any existing shareholder’s agreement or similar agreement (all of such agreements having been previously delivered to Agent) in a manner which would be reasonably likely to adversely impact Agent’s or any Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents, or enter into any new or amended shareholder’s agreement or similar agreement.
 
6.14          No Impairment of Restricted Payments .  No Loan Party shall directly or indirectly enter into or become bound by any agreement, instrument, indenture or other obligation (other than this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents) which would be reasonably likely to directly or indirectly restrict, prohibit or require the consent of any Person with respect to the making of any Restricted Payment to Borrower by any of its Subsidiaries.
 
6.15          Advances, Loans or Investments .  Except for Permitted Investments and as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder (including without limitation pursuant to Section 6.5 ), no Loan Party shall make any advance or loan to, or any investment in, or purchase or acquire all or substantially all of the stock, equity, assets or Accounts of any Person or any business division of any Person.
 
6.16          Management or Consulting Fees .  Except as expressly permitted hereunder, no Loan Party shall pay any management, consulting or other similar fees to any Affiliate.
 
6.17         [ Reserved ].
 
6.18          Certain Payments .  No Loan Party shall make any payment on all or part of the Subordinated Debt or any other Indebtedness subordinated to the Obligations other than in strict compliance with the applicable written Subordination Agreement.
 
6.19          Amendments to Subordinated Debt, Earn-Out Obligations or Preferred Stock .  No Loan Party shall amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms of payment of any Earn-Out Obligation, any Subordinated Debt, or any Preferred Stock, in any manner adverse to the interests of Agent or any Lender without the prior written consent of Agent.
 
SECTION 7 DEFAULT, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
 
7.1            Event of Default .  “Event of Default” means the occurrence or existence of any one or more of the following:
 
(A)             Payment .  Failure of Borrower to make payment of any of the Obligations when due, and, in the case of fees, interest, costs or expenses, such failure shall not be remedied within five (5) days of the applicable due date; or
 
 
-51-

 
 
(B)             Default in Other Agreements .  (1) Failure of Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay when due (or within any applicable grace period) any principal or interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations), the unpaid principal amount of which equals or exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or (2) default by Borrower or any other Loan Party under any agreement or agreements evidencing any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations), the unpaid principal amount of which equals or exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), if the effect of such default is to enable the holder of such Indebtedness to accelerate the payment of such Person’s obligations which are the subject thereof prior to the maturity date thereof or prior to the regularly-scheduled date of payment thereof, and such default continues beyond any applicable grace or cure period (whether or not the holder of such Indebtedness actually accelerates such payment); or
 
(C)             Breach of Certain Provisions .  Failure of any Loan Party to perform or comply with any term or condition applicable to it contained in Sections 5.1, 5.3 through 5.5 , 5.7 through 5.18 and 5.21 , or contained in Section 6 ; or
 
(D)             Breach of Representation or Warranty .  Any representation, warranty, certification or other statement made by any Loan Party in any Loan Document or in any statement or certificate at any time given by such Person in writing pursuant to or in connection with any Transaction Document is false or misleading in any material respect on the date made or reaffirmed; or
 
(E)             Other Defaults Under Loan Documents .  Borrower or any Loan Party defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term, provision, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents other than occurrences described in other provisions of this Section 7.1 ; or
 
(F)             Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc.   (1) A court enters a decree or order for relief with respect to Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of their respective properties in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; or (2) subject to Section 7.1(G) , the continuance of any of the following events for sixty (60) days unless dismissed or discharged:  (a) an involuntary case is commenced against Borrower or any other Loan Party under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; or (b) a decree or order of a court for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer having similar powers over Borrower or any other Loan Party, or over all or a substantial part of their respective property, is entered; or (c) an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian is appointed without the consent of Borrower or any other Loan Party for all or a substantial part of the property of any such Person; or
 
(G)             Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc.   (1) An order for relief is entered with respect to Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of their respective properties or Borrower or any other Loan Party commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case under any such law or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its property; or (2) Borrower or any other Loan Party makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (3) the directors or managers, as applicable, of Borrower or any other Loan Party adopts any resolution or otherwise authorizes action to approve any of the actions referred to in this Section 7.1(G) ; or
 
 
-52-

 
 
(H)             Liens .  Any Lien, levy or assessment in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate is filed or recorded with respect to or otherwise imposed upon all or any part of the Collateral or the assets of Borrower or any other Loan Party by the United States or any department or instrumentality thereof or by any state, county, municipality or other governmental agency (other than Permitted Encumbrances) and such lien, levy or assessment is not stayed, vacated, paid or discharged within thirty (30) days; or
 
(I)              Judgment and Attachments .  Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment, or similar process involving an amount, either singly or in the aggregate with all other money judgments, writs or warrants, at any time in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (not adequately covered by insurance as to which the insurance company has acknowledged coverage or undertaken the defense thereof subject only to customary reservation of rights) is entered or filed against Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of their respective assets and remains unsatisfied, undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days; or
 
(J)              Dissolution .  Any order, judgment or decree is entered against Borrower or any other Loan Party decreeing the dissolution or split up of such Person and such order remains undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of thirty (30) days; or
 
(K)             Solvency .  Borrower or any other Loan Party ceases to be solvent (as defined in Section 4.16 with respect to Borrower) or admits in writing its inability to pay such Person’s debts as they become due; or
 
(L)             Injunction .  Borrower or any Loan Party is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by the order of any court or any administrative or regulatory agency from conducting all or any material part of its business and such order continues for more than seven (7) days; or
 
(M)            Invalidity of Loan Documents .  Any of the Loan Documents for any reason ceases to be in full force and effect (except pursuant to the express terms thereof) or is declared to be null and void, or Borrower or any other Loan Party denies that it has any further liability under any Loan Documents to which it is party, or gives notice to such effect; or
 
(N)             Failure of Security .  Agent does not have or ceases to have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any material portion of the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Encumbrances); or
 
(O)             Licenses and Permits .  The loss, suspension or revocation of, or failure to renew, any license or permit now held or hereafter acquired by Borrower or any other Loan Party, if such loss, suspension, revocation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
 
(P)             Forfeiture .  There is filed against Borrower or any Loan Party any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding under any federal or state racketeering statute (including, without limitation, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organization Act of 1970), which action, suit or proceeding (1) is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days; and (2) could reasonably be expected to result in the confiscation or forfeiture of any material portion of the Collateral or other assets of such Person; or
 
 
-53-

 
 
(Q)             Change of Control .  A Change of Control shall have occurred; or
 
(R)             Material Adverse Change .  Any event, development or condition which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
7.2            Acceleration .  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in the foregoing Sections 7.1(F) or 7.1(G) , all Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower and the other Loan Parties.  Upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders, shall, declare all Obligations to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or  other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower and the other Loan Parties.
 
7.3            Remedies .  If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in addition to and not in limitation of any rights or remedies available to Agent or any Lender at law or in equity, Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or in any other Loan Document or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) and may also (a) notify any or all obligors on the Accounts to make all payments directly to Agent; (b) require each Loan Party, and each Loan Party agrees that it will, at Borrower’s expense and upon request of Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by Agent and make it available to Agent at a place to be designated by Agent which is reasonably convenient to both parties; (c) without notice or demand or legal process, enter upon any premises of any Loan Party to take possession of the Collateral; and (d) without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of Agent’s offices or elsewhere, at such time or times, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as Agent may deem commercially reasonable.  Each Loan Party agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days notice to Borrower of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification.  At any sale of the Collateral, if permitted by law, Agent or any Lender may bid (which bid may be, in whole or in part, in the form of cancellation of indebtedness) for the purchase of the Collateral or any portion thereof for the account of Agent or such Lender.  Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.  Borrower and each Loan Party shall remain liable for any deficiency.  Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed thereof, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby specifically waives all rights of redemption, stay or appraisal which it has or may have under any law now existing or hereafter enacted.  Agent and Lenders shall not be required to proceed against any Collateral but may proceed against Borrower or any other Loan Party directly.
 
 
-54-

 
 
7.4            Appointment of Attorney-in-Fact .  Each Loan Party hereby constitutes and appoints Agent as its attorney-in-fact with full authority in the place and stead of such Loan Party and in the name of such Loan Party, Agent or otherwise, from time to time in Agent’s discretion while an Event of Default is continuing to take any action and to execute any instrument that Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including: (a) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compound, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Collateral; (b) to adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment of any Account, or release wholly or partly any customer or obligor thereunder or allow any credit or discount thereon; (c) to receive, endorse, and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents and chattel paper, in connection with clause (a) above; (d) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings that Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of Agent and Lenders with respect to any of the Collateral; and (e) to sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, assignments, verifications and notices in connection with Accounts and other documents relating to the Collateral.  The appointment of Agent as each Loan Party’s attorney and Agent’s rights and powers are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until payment in full and complete performance of all of the Obligations (other than unasserted claims for indemnification or expense reimbursement).
 
7.5            Limitation on Duty of Agent with Respect to Collateral .  Beyond the safe custody thereof, Agent shall have no duty with respect to any Collateral in its possession or control (or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee) or with respect to any income thereon or the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto.  Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Agent accords its own property.  Agent shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any of the Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of the act or omission of any warehouseman, carrier, forwarding agency, consignee or other agent or bailee selected by Agent in good faith.
 
7.6            Application of Proceeds .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (a) Borrower and each Loan Party irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Agent from or on behalf of Borrower or any Loan Party, and Borrower and each Loan Party hereby irrevocably agrees that Agent shall have the continuing exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received at any time or times after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default against the Obligations in such manner as Agent may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous entry by Agent upon any books and records  and (b) the proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon, all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied: first, to all fees, costs and expenses incurred by Agent with respect to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the Collateral; second, to all fees due and owing to Agent; third, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations; fourth, to the principal amounts of the Obligations outstanding; and fifth, to any other indebtedness or obligations of Borrower and any other Loan Party owing to Agent and Lenders.
 
 
-55-

 
 
7.7            License of Intellectual Property .  Borrower and each Loan Party hereby grants to Agent the non-exclusive right and license to use during the continuance of an Event of Default all Intellectual Property owned or used by Borrower or any other Loan Party together with any goodwill associated therewith, all to the extent necessary to enable Agent to realize on the Collateral and any successor or assign to enjoy the benefits of the Collateral.  This right and license shall inure to the benefit of all successors, assigns and transferees of Agent and its successors, assigns and transferees, whether by voluntary conveyance, operation of law, assignment, transfer, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise.  Such right and license is granted free of charge, without requirement that any monetary payment whatsoever be made to Borrower or any other Loan Party by Agent.
 
7.8            Waivers, Non-Exclusive Remedies .  By making the advance of the Term Loan hereunder, Agent and Lenders do not thereby waive a breach of any warranty, representation or covenant made by Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any of the other Transaction Documents or a breach under any agreement, document, or instrument delivered to Agent or any Lender or otherwise referred to herein, and all of Agent’s and Lenders’ claims and rights resulting from any such breach by Borrower or any other Loan Party is specifically reserved by Agent and Lenders.  The rights in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies provided by law.
 
SECTION 8 REGARDING AGENT
 
8.1            Appointment .  Each Lender hereby designates MMCP to act as Agent for such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and to perform such duties hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to or required of Agent by the terms hereof and thereof and such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and Agent shall hold all Collateral, payments of principal and interest, fees (except as otherwise provided herein), charges and collections (without giving effect to any collection days) received pursuant to this Agreement, for the ratable benefit of Lenders.  Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder by or through its agents or employees.  As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement (including collection of the Note) Agent shall not be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding; provided, however, that Agent shall not be required to take any action which exposes Agent to liability or which is contrary to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or Applicable Law unless Agent is furnished with an indemnification reasonably satisfactory to Agent with respect thereto.
 
8.2            Nature of Duties .  Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Neither Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be (i) liable for any action taken or omitted by them as such hereunder or in connection herewith, unless caused by their gross (not mere) negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment), or (ii) responsible in any manner for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement, or in any of the other Loan Documents or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, due execution, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or for any failure of any Loan Party to perform its obligations hereunder.  Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.  The duties of Agent as respects the Term Loan to Borrower shall be mechanical and administrative in nature; Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender; and nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon Agent any obligations in respect of this Agreement except as expressly set forth herein.
 
 
-56-

 
 
8.3            Lack of Reliance on Agent and Resignation .  Independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender, each Lender has made and shall continue to make (i) its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of each Loan Party in connection with the making of the Term Loan hereunder and the taking or not taking of any action in connection herewith, and (ii) its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Loan Party.  Agent shall have no duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before making of the Term Loan or at any time or times thereafter except as shall be provided by any Loan Party pursuant to the terms hereof.  Agent shall not be responsible to any Lender for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties herein or in any agreement, document, certificate or a statement delivered in connection with or for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectibility or sufficiency of this Agreement or any Other Document, or of the financial condition of any Loan Party, or be required to make any inquiry concerning either the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement, the Term Note, the other Loan Documents or the financial condition of any Loan Party, or the existence of any Event of Default or any Default.
 
Agent may resign on sixty (60) days’ written notice to Lenders and upon such resignation, the Required Lenders will promptly designate a successor Agent reasonably satisfactory to Borrower.
 
Any such successor Agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of Agent, and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon its appointment, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent.  After any Agent’s resignation as Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.
 
8.4            Certain Rights of Agent .  If Agent shall request instructions from Lenders with respect to any act or action (including failure to act) in connection with this Agreement or any Other Document, Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such action unless and until Agent shall have received instructions from the Required Lenders; and Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining.  Without limiting the foregoing, Lenders shall not have any right of action whatsoever against Agent as a result of its acting or refraining from acting hereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders.
 
 
-57-

 
 
8.5            Reliance .  Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, statement, certificate, telex, teletype or telecopier message, cablegram, order or other document or telephone message believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper person or entity, and, with respect to all legal matters pertaining to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and its duties hereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it.  Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be liable for the default or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by Agent with reasonable care.
 
8.6            Notice of Default .  Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, unless Agent has received notice from a Lender or Borrower referring to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”.  In the event that Agent receives such a notice, Agent shall give notice thereof to Lenders.  Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders; provided, that, unless and until Agent shall have received such directions, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of Lenders.
 
8.7            Indemnification .  To the extent Agent is not reimbursed and indemnified by the Loan Parties, each Lender will reimburse and indemnify Agent in proportion to its respective portion of the Term Loan, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Agent in performing its duties hereunder, or in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any Other Document; provided that, Lenders shall not be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from Agent’s gross (not mere) negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment).
 
8.8            Agent in its Individual Capacity .  With respect to the obligation of Agent to lend under this Agreement, the Term Loan made by it shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and as if it were not performing the duties as Agent specified herein; and the term “Lender” or any similar term shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender.  Agent may engage in business with any Loan Party as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from any Loan Party for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.
 
8.9            Delivery of Documents .  To the extent Agent receives financial statements required under Sections 5.1(A) through (F) from any Loan Party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement which such Loan Party is not obligated to deliver to each Lender, Agent will promptly furnish such documents and information to Lenders.
 
 
-58-

 
 
8.10            Borrowers’ Undertaking to Agent .  Without prejudice to their respective obligations to Lenders under the other provisions of this Agreement, each Loan Party hereby undertakes with Agent to pay to Agent from time to time on demand all amounts from time to time due and payable by it for the account of Agent or Lenders or any of them pursuant to this Agreement to the extent not already paid.  Any payment made pursuant to any such demand shall pro tanto satisfy the relevant Loan Party’s obligations to make payments for the account of Lenders or the relevant one or more of them pursuant to this Agreement.
 
8.11            No Reliance on Agent’s Customer Identification Program .  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its Affiliates, participants or assignees, may rely on the Agent to carry out such Lender’s, Affiliate’s, participant’s or assignee’s customer identification program, or other obligations required or imposed under or pursuant to the USA PATRIOT Act or the regulations thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the “ CIP Regulations ”), or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with any Borrower, its Affiliates or its agents, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder or contemplated hereby: (1) any identity verification procedures, (2) any record-keeping, (3) comparisons with government lists, (4) customer notices or (5) other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other laws.
 
8.12            Other Agreements .  Each Lender agrees that it shall not, without the express consent of Agent, and that it shall, to the extent it is lawfully entitled to do so, upon the request of Agent, set off against the Obligations, any amounts owing by such Lender to any Loan Party or any deposit accounts of any Loan Party now or hereafter maintained with such Lender.  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender further agrees that it shall not, unless specifically requested to do so by Agent, take any action to protect or enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, it being the intent of Lenders that any such action to protect or enforce rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be taken in concert and at the direction or with the consent of Agent or Required Lenders.
 
SECTION 9 MISCELLANEOUS
 
9.1            Assignments and Participations .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns except that no Loan Party may assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Agent.  Any Lender may assign its rights and delegate its obligations under this Agreement with the prior written consent of the Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and further may sell participations in all or any part of the Term Loan or any other interest herein to another Person.  In the case of an assignment authorized under this Section 9.1 , the assignee shall have, to the extent of such assignment, the same rights, benefits and obligations as it would if it were a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder with respect to the assigned portion thereof.  Loan Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that any assignment will give rise to a direct obligation of Borrower to the assignee and that the assignee shall be deemed to be a “Lender”.  Agent and each Lender may furnish any information concerning Borrower and the other Loan Parties in its possession from time to time to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees and participants), provided that any such assignee or participant or prospective assignee or participant agrees to maintain the confidentiality of such information in accordance with Section 9.22 .
 
 
-59-

 
 
9.2            Set Off .  In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence, and during the continuance,  of any Event of Default, Agent, any Lender, any assignee of any Lender’s interest, and each participant is hereby authorized by Loan Parties at any time or from time to time, without notice to Loan Parties or to any other Person (except as required pursuant to Section 8.12 ), any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all balances held by it at any of its offices for the account of any Loan Party (regardless of whether such balances are then due to such Loan Party) and any other property at any time held or owing by such Agent, Lender, assignee or participant to or for the credit or for the account of any Loan Party against and on account of any of the Obligations then outstanding.
 
Loan Parties hereby agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that Agent, any Lender, assignee or participant may exercise its right of setoff with respect to amounts in excess of its pro rata share of the Obligations (or, in the case of a participant, in excess of its pro rata participation interest in the Obligations) and that Agent, such Lender, assignee or participant, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have purchased for cash in the amount of such excess, participations in Agent’s, each other Lender’s or holder’s share of the Obligations.
 
9.3            Expenses and Attorneys’ Fees .  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, Borrower agrees to promptly pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by Agent in connection with any matters contemplated by or arising out of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents including the following, and Loan Parties agree that all such fees, costs and expenses shall be part of the Obligations, payable on demand and secured by the Collateral:  (a) fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, other than allocated costs of internal counsel, and reasonable fees of environmental consultants, accountants and other professionals retained by Agent) incurred in connection with the review, due diligence investigation, negotiation, preparation, documentation, execution, closing and administration of the Transaction Documents, the Term Loan, and any amendments, waivers, consents, forbearance and other modifications relating thereto or any subordination or intercreditor agreements; (b) fees, out of pocket costs and expenses incurred in creating, perfecting and maintaining perfection of Liens in favor of Agent for the benefit of Lenders including title insurance premiums, real estate survey costs and mortgage or recording taxes and fees; (c) fees, out of pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with forwarding to Borrower the proceeds of Loans including Agent’s standard wire transfer fee; (d) fees, out of pocket costs, expenses and bank charges, including bank charges for returned checks, incurred by Agent in establishing, maintaining and handling lock box accounts, blocked accounts or other accounts for collection of the Collateral; (e) fees, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and costs of settlement incurred in collecting upon or enforcing rights against the Collateral or incurred in any action to enforce this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or to collect any payments due from Borrower or any other Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or incurred in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement, whether in the nature of a “workout” or in connection with any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise; (f) Agent’s reasonable out of pocket expenses and internal costs and disbursements, whenever incurred, in monitoring and administering the Term Loan; and (g) the cost of procuring background checks or updating background checks previously obtained by Agent relating to officers of Loan Parties (Loan Parties shall use their best efforts to obtain the consent of all officers to such checks or updated checks).
 
 
-60-

 
 
9.4            Indemnity .  In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 9.3 , whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, Loan Parties agree to indemnify, pay and hold Agent, each Lender, any participants or assignees and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, consultants, auditors, persons engaged by any of them to evaluate or monitor the Collateral, affiliates and attorneys of any of them (collectively called the “ Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnitees in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or not such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto) that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against that Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, the statements contained in the Commitment Letter, Lenders’ agreement to make the Term Loan hereunder, the use or intended use of the proceeds of any of the Term Loan or the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents (the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided that Loan Parties shall have no obligation to an Indemnitee hereunder with respect to Indemnified Liabilities directly arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of that Indemnitee as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final nonappealable decision.
 
9.5            Amendments and Waivers .  No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of the other Loan Documents, or consent to any departure by Borrower or any Loan Party hereof or therefrom or any of the terms, conditions, or provisions hereof or thereof, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent and the affected Person.  Each amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.
 
9.6            Notices .  Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all notices shall be in writing addressed to the respective party as set forth below and may be personally served, telecopied or sent by overnight courier service or United States mail and shall be deemed to have been given: (a) if delivered in person, when delivered; (b) if delivered by telecopy, on the date of transmission if transmitted on a Business Day before 4:00 p.m. Eastern standard time or, if not, on the next succeeding Business Day; (c) if delivered by overnight courier, two (2) days after delivery to such courier properly addressed; or (d) if by U.S. Mail, four (4) Business Days after depositing in the United States mail, with postage prepaid and properly addressed.
 
 
-61-

 
 
If to Borrower:
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
 
Attention:  Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
 
Facsimile: (561) 988-2370
 
Telephone: (561) 988-1988
   
With copies to:
O'Melveny & Myers LLP
2765 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, CA 94025
 
Attention:  Steve Sonne, Esq.
 
Facsimile:  (650) 473-2601
 
Telephone: (650) 473-2600
   
If to Agent:
MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC
301 E. Fourth Street, 27 th Floor
Cincinnati, OH  45202
 
Attention:  Joseph Haverkamp
 
Facsimile:  (513) 579-2910
 
Telephone: (513) 579-2597
   
With copies to:
Blank Rome LLP
The Chrysler Building
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York  10174
 
Attention:  Robert B. Stein, Esq.
 
Facsimile:  (212) 885-5001
Telephone: (212) 885-5206
   
If to Guarantors and Subsidiaries:
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
 
Attention:  Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
 
Facsimile: (561) 988-2370
 
Telephone: (561) 988-1988
   
With copies to:
O'Melveny & Myers LLP
2765 Sand Hill Road
Menlo Park, CA 94025
 
Attention:  Steve Sonne, Esq.
 
Facsimile:  (650) 473-2601
 
Telephone: (650) 473-2600

or to such other address as the party addressed shall have previously designated by written notice to the serving party, given in accordance with this Section 9.6 .
 
 
-62-

 
 
9.7            Survival of Warranties and Certain Agreements .
 
(A)           All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof.  Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by Agent and Lenders regardless of any investigation made by Agent or any Lender or on any of their behalves and notwithstanding that Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any breach of a representation or warranty, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Obligation (other than unasserted claims for indemnification or expense reimbursement) shall remain outstanding.
 
(B)            This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect until such time as the Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full, at which time this Agreement shall be terminated; provided , however , that the agreements set forth in Sections 9.3 and 9.4 (and any guaranty by the Guarantors of the Obligations of Borrower with respect to such Sections 9.3 and 9.4 ) shall survive termination of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and the Loan Documents shall continue to be effective or be automatically reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, in whole or in part, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by Agent or any Lender as a preference, fraudulent conveyance or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.
 
9.8            Indulgence Not Waiver .  No failure or delay on the part of Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Transaction Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege.
 
9.9            Marshaling; Payments Set Aside .  Neither Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Loan Party or any other party or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.  To the extent that any Loan Party makes a payment or payments to Agent or any Lender or Agent enforces its security interests or Agent or any Lender exercises its rights of set off, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then to the extent of such recovery, the Obligations or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies thereof, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.
 
9.10          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the Term Note, and the other Loan Documents referred to herein embody the final, entire agreement among the parties hereto and supersede any and all prior commitments, agreements, representations, and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter hereof (including, without limitation, the Commitment Letter) and may not be contradicted or varied by evidence of prior, contemporaneous, or subsequent oral agreements or discussions of the parties hereto.  There are no oral agreements among the parties hereto.
 
 
-63-

 
 
9.11          Independence of Covenants .  All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.
 
9.12          Severability .  The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in any jurisdiction of any provision in or obligation under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents shall not affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations under this Agreement, or the other Transaction Documents or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction.
 
9.13          Headings .  Section and subsection headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.
 
9.14          APPLICABLE LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL MATTERS RELATING HERETO AND ARISING HEREFROM (WHETHER ARISING UNDER CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.
 
9.15          No Fiduciary Relationship; Limitation of Liabilities .
 
(A)            No Fiduciary Relationship .  No provision in this Agreement or in any of the other Transaction Documents and no course of dealing between the parties shall be deemed to create any fiduciary duty by Agent or any Lender to Borrower or any other Loan Party.
 
(B)             Limitation of Liabilities .  None of the parties hereto nor any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, attorneys, or agents thereof shall have any liability with respect to, and each other party hereto hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue any of them upon, any claim for any special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages suffered or incurred by any other party hereto in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents.  Each party hereto hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue any other party hereto or any of its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, or agents for punitive damages in respect of any claim in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
 
-64-

 
 
9.16          CONSENT TO JURISDICTION .  EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, SUBJECT TO AGENT’S ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TERM NOTE, OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS.  EACH LOAN PARTY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE TERM NOTE, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE OBLIGATIONS.  IF ANY LOAN PARTY PRESENTLY IS, OR IN THE FUTURE BECOMES, A NONRESIDENT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, SUCH LOAN PARTY HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS AND AGREES THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE UPON SUCH LOAN PARTY BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, DIRECTED TO SUCH LOAN PARTY, AT SUCH LOAN PARTY’S ADDRESS AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 9.6 OR AS MOST RECENTLY NOTIFIED BY BORROWER IN WRITING PURSUANT TO SECTION 9.6 AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE COMPLETE TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE SAME HAS BEEN POSTED AS AFORESAID.
 
9.17          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH LOAN PARTY, AGENT AND EACH LENDER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE TERM NOTE OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.  EACH LOAN PARTY, AGENT AND EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THE WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TERM NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THE WAIVER IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS.  EACH LOAN PARTY, AGENT AND EACH LENDER FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.
 
9.18          Construction .  Each Loan Party, Agent and each Lender acknowledge that it has had the benefit of legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with its legal counsel and that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be construed as if jointly drafted by each Loan Party, Agent and each Lender.
 
9.19          Counterparts; Effectiveness .  This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents, or supplements may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement, any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements, or to any other Loan Document by Facsimile shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.
 
 
-65-

 
 
9.20          No Duty .  All attorneys, accountants, appraisers, and other professional Persons and consultants retained by Agent shall have the right to act exclusively in the interest of Agent and Lenders and shall have no duty of disclosure, duty of loyalty, duty of care, or other duty or obligation of any type or nature whatsoever to any Loan Party or any Loan Party’s shareholders or the shareholders (or members, as applicable) of any Loan Party’s Subsidiaries or any other Person.
 
9.21          Communications by Loan Parties to Agent and Lenders .  Nothing contained in any letter, email, written notification, financial statement or other communication, written or oral, from any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender, shall be deemed to be binding on Agent or such Lender, unless Agent or such Lender acknowledges same in writing and expressly agrees to be bound thereby.
 
9.22          Confidentiality .  For the purposes of this Section 9.22 , the defined term “ Confidential Information ” means all financial projections and all other nonpublic information delivered to Agent and Lenders by or on behalf of Borrower or any of the other Loan Parties in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, provided , that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to Agent or such Lender prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by Agent or such Lender or any Person acting on such Person’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to Agent or such Lender other than through disclosure by Borrower or any of the other Loan Parties, or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered hereunder that are otherwise publicly available.  Agent and Lenders will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with commercially reasonable procedures adopted by Agent and Lenders in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to it; provided , that Agent and each Lender may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to:
 
(i)             its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents);
 
(ii)            its financial advisors and other professional advisors who are advised to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.22 ;
 
(iii)           any other Lender or Agent, as applicable; or
 
(iv)           any other Person (including auditors and other regulatory officials) to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (A) to comply with any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, (B) in response to any subpoena, examination, or other legal process, (C) in connection with any litigation to which Agent or such Lender is a party or (D) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and remain outstanding, to the extent Agent or such Lender may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies hereunder.
 
9.23          Electronic Execution of Loan Documents .  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

[ This space intentionally left blank – signature page follows ]
 
 
-66-

 
 
Witness the due execution hereof by the respective duly authorized officers of the undersigned as of the date first written above.
AGENT:
MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC  
       
  By:
/s/ David P. Meyer
 
  Name:  David P. Meyer  
 
Title:
Managing Director  
       
LENDERS:
GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
       
  By: /s/ Mark F. Muething  
  Name: Mark F. Muething  
 
Title:
Executive Vice President  
 
Commitment Percentage:  70%
 
       
 
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
 
       
  By: /s/ Stephen C. Beraha    
  Name: Stephen C. Beraha  
 
Title:
Assistant Vice President  
 
Commitment Percentage:  30%
 
       
BORROWER:
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
  By: /s/ Lawrence Sands  
  Name: Lawrence Sands  
 
Title:
Senior Vice President  
       
GUARANTORS:
RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC
 
       
  By: /s/ Lawrence Sands  
  Name: Lawrence Sands  
 
Title:
Vice President  
       
 
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
       
  By: /s/ Lawrence Sands  
  Name: Lawrence Sands  
 
Title:
Vice President  
 
 
S-1
Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement

Exhibit 10.15
 
GUARANTY AND SURETYSHIP AGREEMENT
 
GUARANTY AND SURETYSHIP AGREEMENT (“ Guaranty ”) is made and entered into as of this 17th day of September, 2012, in favor of Agent and Lenders (each as defined below) by RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company (“ Rives ”), TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Florida corporation (“ Tropical ”) and each other Person joined hereto as a guarantor (with Rives and Tropical, collectively and individually, the “ Guarantor ”), in consideration of the extension of credit by Agent and Lenders to Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of even date herewith (as amended, restated, supplement or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) among Borrower, Guarantor, the financial institutions which are now or which hereafter become a party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and Midmarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent for Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.
 
1.     Guaranty of Obligations .   Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, and becomes surety for, the full, prompt, complete and faithful performance, payment, observance and fulfillment of all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness owing by Borrower to Agent and Lenders of any kind or nature, present or future (including any interest accruing thereon after maturity, or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding), whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty or other instrument, whether absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or to become due, whether now existing or hereafter arising under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (and any amendments, extensions, renewals or increases thereof), including, without limitation, all interest, fees, expenses, reimbursements, indemnities, and other charges, whether or not allowed or allowable in any bankruptcy proceeding, and all reasonable costs and expenses of Agent incurred in the enforcement of its rights hereunder and the collection of all amounts payable hereunder, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Obligations ”).
 
2.     Nature of Guaranty; Waivers .   This is a guaranty of payment and not of collection, and Agent and Lenders shall not be required, as a condition of Guarantor’s liability, to make any demand upon or to pursue any of their rights against Borrower, or to pursue any rights which may be available to them with respect to any other person who may be liable for the payment of the Obligations.
 
This is an absolute, unconditional, irrevocable and continuing guaranty and will remain in full force and effect until all of the Obligations (other than unasserted claims for indemnification or expense reimbursement) have been paid in full and the Loan Agreement has been terminated, whereupon this Guaranty shall terminate and until such time this Guaranty will remain in full force and effect even if there are no Obligations outstanding at a particular time or from time to time.  This Guaranty will not be affected by any surrender, exchange, acceptance, compromise or release by Agent and/or any Lender   of any other party, or any other guaranty or any security held by Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, or directly by any Lender, for any of the Obligations, by any failure of Agent   and/or   any Lender to take any steps to perfect or maintain the Agent’s or any such Lender’s lien or security interest in or to preserve the Agent’s or any such Lender’s rights in or to any security or other collateral for the Obligations or any guaranty, or by any irregularity, unenforceability or invalidity of the Obligations or any part thereof or any security therefor or other guaranty thereof.  Guarantor’s Obligations hereunder shall not be affected, modified or impaired by any counterclaim, set-off, deduction or defense based upon any claim Guarantor may have against Borrower, Agent or any Lender, except the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations.
 
 
1

 
 
Notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, notice of extensions of credit to Borrower   from time to time, notice of default, diligence, presentment, notice of dishonor, protest, demand for payment, and any defense based upon Agent’s and/or any Lender’s failure to comply with the notice requirements of §§ 9-611, 9-612 and 9-613 of the applicable version of Uniform Commercial Code are hereby waived.  Guarantor hereby waives all defenses based on suretyship or impairment of collateral.
 
Guarantor irrevocably waives and agrees not to take advantage of (a) any defense arising by virtue of any statute of limitations, or based on lack of authority, dissolution or ultra vires action and (b) notice of existence, creation or incurring of any new or additional indebtedness or obligations on the part of Borrower.
 
Agent   and   Lenders   at any time and from time to time, without notice to or the consent of Guarantor, and without impairing or releasing, discharging or modifying Guarantor’s liabilities hereunder, may (a) change the manner, place, time or terms of payment or performance of or interest rates on, or other terms relating to (including the maturity thereof), any of the Obligations; (b) renew, substitute, modify, amend or alter, or grant consents or waivers relating to the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or to the Obligations, any other guaranties, or any security for the Obligations or guaranties or increase (without limit of any kind) or decrease the Obligations (including all loans and extensions of credit thereunder) or modify the terms on which loans and extensions of credit may be made to Borrower; (c) apply any and all payments by whomever paid or however realized including any proceeds of any Collateral, to any Obligations of Borrower in accordance with the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (d) settle, compromise or deal with any other Person, including Borrower or any other guarantor, with respect to the Obligations in such manner as Agent deems appropriate in its sole discretion; (e) substitute, exchange, subordinate or release any security or guaranty for the Obligations; or (f) take such actions and exercise such remedies hereunder as provided herein.
 
3.     Repayments or Recovery from Agent .   If any demand is made at any time upon Agent and/or   any Lender for the repayment or recovery of any amount received by it in payment or on account of the Obligations and if Agent   and/or   any Lender repays all or any part of such amount by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body or by reason of any settlement or compromise of any such demand, Guarantor will be and remain liable hereunder for the amount so repaid or recovered to the same extent as if such amount had never been received originally by Agent and/or such Lender, as the case may be.  The provisions of this Section 3 will be and remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may have been taken by Guarantor in reliance upon such payment, and any such contrary action so taken will be without prejudice to Agent’s and Lenders’ rights hereunder and will be deemed to have been conditioned upon such payment having become final and irrevocable.
 
 
2

 
 
4.     [Reserved]
 
5.     Enforceability of Obligations .   No modification, limitation or discharge of the Obligations arising out of or by virtue of any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding for relief of debtors under federal or state law will affect, modify, limit or discharge Guarantor’s liability in any manner whatsoever and this Guaranty will remain and continue in full force and effect and will be enforceable against Guarantor to the same extent and with the same force and effect as if any such proceeding had not been instituted.  Guarantor hereby waives all rights and benefits which might accrue to it by reason of any such proceeding and will be liable to the full extent hereunder, irrespective of any modification, limitation or discharge of the Obligations that may result from any such proceeding.
 
6.     Events of Default .   Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default: (a) upon written demand from Agent, Guarantor shall pay to Agent the full amount of the Obligations; (b) Agent, in its discretion, may exercise with respect to any Collateral any one or more of the rights and remedies provided a secured party under the applicable version of the Uniform Commercial Code; and (c) Agent and/or Lenders, in their discretion, may exercise from time to time any other rights and remedies available to them at law, in equity or otherwise.  Neither failure to give, nor defect in, any notice of any Event of Default given to Guarantor shall extinguish or in any way affect the Obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty.
 
7.     Right of Setoff .   In addition to all liens upon and rights of setoff against Guarantor’s money, securities or other property given to Agent by law, Agent shall have, with respect to the Obligations to Agent and Lenders under this Guaranty and to the extent permitted by law, a contractual right of setoff, (i) of any indebtedness due from Agent to Guarantor and (ii) against all of Guarantor’s deposits, moneys, securities and other property now or hereafter in the possession of or on deposit with, or in transit to, Agent or any other direct or indirect subsidiary of any Lender, whether held in a general or special account or deposit, whether held jointly with someone else, or whether held for safekeeping or otherwise, excluding, however, all IRA, Keogh, and trust accounts; provided that such right of setoff may not be exercised unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  Every such right of setoff may be exercised without demand upon or notice to Guarantor; provided that Agent or Lender (as applicable) agrees to provide Borrower with notice promptly after any such setoff.  Every such right of setoff shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder without any action of Agent   or   Lenders, as applicable, although Agent or a Lender may enter such setoff on its books and records at a later time.
 
8.     Security Agreement .   (A) To secure the full and prompt payment and performance of the Obligations, as and when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), including all renewals, extensions, restructurings and refinancings of any or all of the Obligations, Guarantor hereby grants to Agent for the benefit of Lenders a continuing perfected Lien of first priority ranking (subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances) in and to all right, title and interest of Guarantor in any and all assets and all property of Guarantor, all whether now owned or hereafter created, arising or acquired and wherever located, including all of the following (the “ Collateral ”; all of the capitalized terms used in the following subsections, unless otherwise defined herein or in the Loan Agreement, shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York):
 
 
3

 
 
(a)     all Accounts, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Deposit Accounts, Documents of Title (including all warehouse receipts and bills of lading), Equipment, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, including all stock-in-trade, raw materials, work in process, items held for sale or lease or furnished or to be furnished under contracts of sale or lease, goods that are returned, reclaimed or repossessed, and materials used or consumed in Guarantor’s business, Investment Property and Financial Assets (including all Commodity Accounts, Commodity Contracts, Securities (including all Certificated Securities and Uncertificated Securities), Security Entitlements and Securities Accounts) and Letter of Credit Rights,
 
(b)     all parts, substitutions or replacements to or of or accessories to any tangible assets and property included in the foregoing, and all software and computer programs embedded in the foregoing, and all accessions to the foregoing,
 
(c)     all supporting obligations for any of the foregoing and all rights of Guarantor in any property belonging to any third party in which a Lien of any kind or nature has been granted to Guarantor to secure the payment or performance of any third party under or with respect to any of the foregoing,
 
(d)     all records, books, ledger cards, files, correspondence, customer lists, blueprints, technical specifications, manuals, computer software, computer printouts, tapes, disks and other electronic storage media and related data processing software and similar items that at any time evidence or contain information relating to any of the foregoing or are otherwise necessary or helpful in the collection thereof or realization thereupon and all other business books and records of Guarantor, and
 
(e)     all cash and non-cash proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds), products, rents and profits of all of the foregoing.
 
(B) Subject to any express exceptions set forth in the Loan Agreement, Guarantor shall, at Agent’s reasonable request, at any time and from time to time, execute and deliver to Agent within ten (10) days of such request, such financing statements, documents and other agreements and instruments (and pay the cost of filing or recording the same in all public offices deemed reasonably necessary or desirable by Agent) and do such other acts and things as Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to establish and maintain a valid, attached and perfected security interest in the Collateral in favor of Agent for the benefit of Lenders (free and clear of all other liens, claims and rights of third parties whatsoever, whether voluntarily or involuntarily created, except Permitted Encumbrances) to secure payment of the Obligations, and in order to facilitate the collection of the Collateral.  Guarantor irrevocably hereby makes, constitutes and appoints Agent (and all Persons designated by Agent for that purpose) as Guarantor’s true and lawful attorney and agent-in-fact to execute such financing statements, documents and other agreements and instruments and do such other acts and things as may be necessary to preserve and perfect Agent’s security interest in the Collateral.  Guarantor further agrees that a carbon, photographic, photostatic or other reproduction of this Guaranty or of a financing statement shall be sufficient as a financing statement.  Guarantor hereby authorizes Agent to prepare and file such financing statements or amendments thereof (including financing statements and amendments thereof describing the Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” or words to that effect) as Agent may from time to time deem necessary or appropriate in order to perfect and maintain the security interests granted hereunder in accordance with the UCC or the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction, all without Guarantor’s signature.  Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that the Collateral is intended to encompass all assets and property of Guarantor and if at any time Guarantor acquires any interest in any assets or property a security interest in which cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing statement in the appropriate jurisdiction or any assets or property a security interest in which can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement in the appropriate jurisdiction but that are not covered by the security interest grant set forth above, such as commercial tort claims, then Guarantor will promptly notify Agent of the same and, if requested by Agent, cause such assets or property to become part of the Collateral and take such reasonable steps as Agent may require in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 8(B) .
 
 
4

 
 
(C) [Reserved].
 
(D) Guarantor hereby irrevocably grants to Agent for the benefit of Lenders a royalty-free, non-exclusive license to use at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default Guarantor’s trademarks, copyrights, patents and other proprietary and intellectual property rights, in connection with the (a) advertisement for sale, and the sale or other disposition of, any finished goods Inventory by Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Agreement, and (b) the manufacture, assembly, completion and preparation for sale of any unfinished Inventory by Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Agreement.
 
(E) Upon the payment and satisfaction in full of the Obligations (other than unasserted claims for indemnification or expense reimbursement), and the delivery by Guarantor to Agent of a satisfactory release agreement, at Guarantor’s expense, Agent shall release all liens and security interests granted by Guarantor by execution and delivery of appropriate documentation, including, but not limited to, UCC termination statements, (A) within seven (7) Business Days of such payment or (B) concurrent with such payment if Guarantor gives three (3) Business Days advance notice of such payment.
 
(F) Upon Guarantor’s receipt from a customer or obligor on account of any ADEX Pre-Closing Receivables of any payment on account of an Account with respect to which such customer or obligor is obligated to make payments (regardless of whether such Account is an ADEX Pre-Closing Receviable), Guarantor may pay to the ADEX Sellers , in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(iv) of the ADEX Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the date of this Agreement , fifty percent (50%) of such payment free and clear of all liens and security interests of Agent.
 
9.        Costs .   To the extent that Agent and/or any Lender incurs any costs or expenses in protecting or enforcing its rights with respect to the Obligations or under this Guaranty, including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and the costs and expenses of litigation, such costs and expenses will be due on demand.
 
 
5

 
 
10.            Waiver of Subrogation .   Until this Guaranty is terminated as set forth in Section 2 hereof, Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any and all rights which Guarantor may have to (a) assert any claim against Borrower based on subrogation, restitution, reimbursement or contribution rights with respect to payments made hereunder, and (b) any realization on any property of Borrower, including participation in any marshalling of Borrower’s assets.
 
11.            [Reserved] .
 
12.            Guarantor’s Representations and Warranties .   Guarantor represents and warrants to Agent   and Lenders as follows:
 
(a)     Guarantor’s execution and performance of this Guaranty will not (i) violate or result in a default or breach (immediately or with the passage of time) under any material contract, agreement or instrument to which Guarantor is a party, or by which Guarantor is bound, (ii) violate or result in a default or breach under any order, decree, award, injunction, judgment, law, regulation or rule by which Guarantor is bound, or (iii) cause or result in the imposition or creation of any lien upon any property of Guarantor other than pursuant to Sections 7 and 8 hereof;
 
(b)     The execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty is within its corporate or company power and authority, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or company action, is not in contravention of law or the terms of its formation or other applicable documents relating to Guarantor’s formation or to its business or conduct;
 
(c)     No consent, license or approval of, or filing or registration with, any governmental authority is necessary for the execution and performance hereof by Guarantor;
 
(d)     This Guaranty constitutes Guarantor’s valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and subject to any equitable principles limiting the right to obtain specific performance of any such obligation;
 
(e)     This Guaranty promotes and furthers the business and financial interests of Guarantor and the creation of the Obligations hereunder will result in direct financial benefit to Guarantor;
 
(f)     Guarantor has executed this Guaranty after conducting its own independent review and analysis of the financial condition and operations of Borrower, and Guarantor has not relied upon any representation, statement or information of or from Agent   and/or Lenders;
 
(g)     Guarantor was not induced to give this Guaranty by the fact that there are or may be other obligors; and
 
(h)     All representations and warranties made by Guarantor in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct.
 
 
6

 
 
13.     Notices .   All communications which Agent may provide to Guarantor herein shall be sent to Guarantor at the address set forth in, and will be delivered in the same manner as required by, Section 9.6 of the Loan Agreement.
 
14.     Preservation of Rights .   No delay or omission on Agent’s and/or any Lender’s part to exercise any right or power arising hereunder will impair any such right or power or be considered a waiver of any such right or power, nor will Agent and/or any Lender’s action or inaction impair any such right or power.  Agent’s and Lenders’ rights and remedies hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies which Agent and Lenders may have under other agreements, at law or in equity.  Agent and Lenders may proceed in any order against Borrower, Guarantor or any other obligor of, or collateral securing, the Obligations.
 
15.     Illegality .   In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
16.            Changes in Writing .   No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty nor consent to any departure by Guarantor   therefrom will be effective unless made in a writing signed by Agent and Guarantor, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.  No notice to or demand on Guarantor in any case will entitle Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstance.
 
17.            Entire Agreement .   This Guaranty (including the documents and instruments referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among Guarantor, Agent and Lenders and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among Guarantor, Agent and Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Guaranty is in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other guarantees from Guarantor to Agent and/or Lenders.
 
18.            Successors and Assigns .   This Guaranty will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Guarantor, Agent and Lenders and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns; provided however , that Guarantor may not assign this Guaranty in whole or in part without Agent’s prior written consent, and Agent at any time may assign this Guaranty in whole or in part to the extent permitted under the Loan Agreement.
 
19.            Interpretation .   In this Guaranty, unless Agent   and Guarantor otherwise agree in writing, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; references to statutes are to be construed as including all statutory provisions consolidating, amending or replacing the statute referred to; the word “or” shall be deemed to include “and/or”, the words “including”, “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and references to sections or exhibits are to those of this Guaranty unless otherwise indicated.  Section headings in this Guaranty are included for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Guaranty for any other purpose.  If this Guaranty is executed by more than one party as Guarantor, the obligations of such persons or entities will be joint and several.
 
 
7

 
 
20.            Indemnity .   Guarantor agrees to indemnify Agent each Lender, their directors, officers and employees and each legal entity, if any, who controls Agent or a Lender, as applicable (the “Indemnified   Parties”), and to hold each Indemnified Party harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including all reasonable and documented fees and charges of one or external counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction) which any Indemnified Party may incur or which may be asserted against any Indemnified Party as a result of the execution of or performance under this Guaranty; provided , however , that the foregoing indemnity agreement shall not apply to (x) claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses attributable to an Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or (y) disputes solely among Agent, Lenders and their respective Participants.  The indemnity agreement contained in this Section 20 shall survive the termination of this Guaranty.  Guarantor may participate at its expense in the defense of any such claim.
 
21.            Governing Law and Jurisdiction .   This Guaranty shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal substantive laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of laws rules.  Any judicial proceeding brought by or against Guarantor with respect to any of the Obligations, this Guaranty, any of the other Loan Documents or any related agreement may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York, United States of America, and, by execution and delivery of this Guaranty, Guarantor accepts for itself and in connection with its properties, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Guaranty.  Guarantor hereby waives personal service of any and all process upon it and consents that all such service of process may be made by registered mail (return receipt requested) directed to Guarantor at its address set forth below and service so made shall be deemed completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the mails of the United States of America. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of Agent or any Lender to bring proceedings against Guarantor in the courts of any other jurisdiction.  Guarantor waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens.  Guarantor waives the right to remove any judicial proceeding brought against in any state court to any federal court.  Any judicial proceeding by Guarantor against Agent or any Lender involving, directly or indirectly, any matter or claim in any way arising out of, related to or connected with this Guaranty or any related agreement, shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in the County of New York, State of New York; provided that the foregoing shall not preclude Guarantor from bringing a claim or counterclaim action in any court in which Agent or any Lender has initiated a judicial proceeding against Guarantor.
 
 
8

 
 
22.            Waiver of Jury Trial .   GUARANTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (A) ARISING UNDER THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (B) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF GUARANTOR, AGENT AND ANY LENDER OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE AND GUARANTOR HEREBY CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT GUARANTOR, AGENT AND/OR ANY LENDER MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF GUARANTOR TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
 
Guarantor acknowledges that it has read and understood all the provisions of this Guaranty, (including the waiver of jury trial) and has been advised by counsel with respect to this Guaranty as necessary or appropriate.
 
[SIGNATURE TO APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
 
 
9

 

WITNESS the due execution hereof as a document, as of the date first written above, with the intent to be legally bound hereby.
 
  GUARANTOR:  
     
  RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC  
       
 
By:  /s/ Lawrence Sands  
  Name:  Lawrence Sands  
  Title: Vice President  
 
  TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.  
       
 
 
By: /s/ Lawrence Sands  
  Name:  Lawrence Sands  
  Title:  Vice President  
 
 
[Guaranty]

Exhibit 10.16
 
ASSUMPTION AND JOINDER AGREEMENT , dated as of September 17, 2012 (this “ Joinder ”), is executed in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 17, 2012 (as may be amended, restated, supplement or modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) among GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company, TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Florida corporation, each other Person joined thereto as a guarantor, the various financial institutions party thereto as lenders (collectively, the “ Lenders ”), MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC, as agent for the Lenders.  Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.
 
BACKGROUND
 
A.     In connection with the execution of the Loan Agreement, Borrower has purchased (i) all of the outstanding stock issued by T N S., Inc., an Illinois corporation (“ TNS ”) pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 17, 2012 (the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”), entered into by and among Borrower, TNS, Joel Raven and Michael Roeske and (ii) all of the outstanding stock issued by ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation (“ ADEX ”), all of the outstanding stock issued by ADEXCOMM Corporation, a New York corporation (“ ADEXCOMM ”), and all of the membership interests of ADEX Puerto Rico, LLC (“ ADEX Puerto Rico ”) pursuant to that certain Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012 (together with the Stock Purchase Agreement, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), entered into by and among Borrower, ADEX, ADEXCOMM, ADEX Puerto Rico, Peter Leibowitz, Gary McGuire, Marc Freedman and Justin Liebowitz.  TNS and ADEX are referred to hereinafter, collectively, as the “ Joining Guarantors ”.
 
B.     The Agent and the Lenders consented to the execution and delivery by Borrower of the Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Loan Agreement.
 
C.     In connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Agreement, Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company, and Tropical Communications, Inc., a Florida corporation, each a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower executed and delivered that certain Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as may be amended, restated, supplement or modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), in favor of Agent, on behalf of Lenders and Lenders.
 
D.     Pursuant to the Loan Agreement Borrower seeks to join Joining Guarantors as additional co-Guarantors under the Loan Agreement and the Guaranty on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Joinder.
 
NOW THEREFORE, with the foregoing background hereinafter deemed incorporated by reference herein and made part hereof, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, promise and agree as follows:
 
 
1

 
 
1.        Joinder; Amendment .
 
(a)     Upon the effectiveness of this Joinder, Joining Guarantors join in as, assume the obligations and liabilities of, adopt the obligations, liabilities and role of, and become Loan Parties and Guarantors under the Loan Agreement and the Guaranty.  All references to Guarantor, Guarantors, Loan Party or Loan Parties contained in the other Loan Agreement and in the Loan Documents are hereby deemed for all purposes to also refer to and include Joining Guarantors as Guarantors and Joining Guarantors hereby agree to comply with all terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, the Guaranty and, as applicable, the other Loan Documents, as if Joining Guarantors were original signatories to the Loan Agreement, the Guaranty and such other Loan Documents, and the Loan Agreement, the Guaranty and such other Loan Documents are hereby deemed amended to so provide.
 
(b)     Without limiting the generality of the provisions contained in paragraph (a) above, Joining Guarantors hereby, absolutely and unconditionally guaranty and become surety for, on a joint and several basis, along with all other Guarantors, the complete and faithful performance, payment, observance and fulfillment of all Obligations owing by Borrower to Agent and Lenders.
 
2.        Security Interest and Loan Documents .  As security for the payment of the Obligations, and satisfaction by Borrower of all covenants and undertakings contained in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each Joining Guarantor hereby collaterally assigns and grants in favor of Agent for its benefit and the ratable benefit of each Lender, a continuing first priority, perfected lien and security interest (subject to Permitted Encumbrances) in and upon the Collateral (as defined in the Guaranty) of such Joining Guarantor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located as more fully set forth in the Guaranty.  If required, the Joining Guarantors are, simultaneously with the execution of this Joinder, executing and delivering such Loan Documents (and such other documents and instruments) as requested by Agent in accordance with the Loan Agreement or the Guaranty.
 
3.     Confirmation of Indebtedness .  Borrower confirms and acknowledges, and Joining Guarantors acknowledge, that as of the close of business on September 17, 2012, Borrower was indebted to Agent and Lenders on account of the Term Loan under the Loan Agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $13,000,000, plus all fees, expenses and accrued but unpaid interest and in each case without any deduction, defense, setoff, claim or counterclaim, of any nature.
 
4.        Representations and Warranties of Joining Guarantors .  Each Joining Guarantor hereby:
 
(a)     ratifies and agrees to be bound by all representations and warranties made by each Guarantor or Loan Party to Agent and Lenders under the Loan Agreement and all of the other Loan  Documents and confirms that all are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, other than representations and warranties that were made of a specific earlier date;
 
(b)     ratifies and agrees to abide by all of the covenants, terms, conditions and guaranty obligations contained in the Loan Agreement and the Guaranty, each as amended hereby, until the satisfaction in full of the Obligations (as defined in the Guaranty) and the termination of the commitments of the Lenders under the Loan Agreement;
 
 
2

 
 
(c)     represents and warrants that it has the authority and legal right to execute, deliver and carry out the terms of this Joinder, that such actions were duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action and that the officers executing this Joinder on its behalf were similarly authorized and empowered, and that this Joinder does not contravene any provisions of its Articles or Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws, Certificate of Formation, Operating Agreement or of any contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which any of its properties are bound; and
 
(d)     represents and warrants that this Joinder is valid, binding and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).
 
5.        Conditions Precedent/Effectiveness Conditions .  This Joinder shall be effective upon   Agent’s receipt of the following (each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent):
 
(a)     This Joinder fully executed by each Joining Guarantor and Agent;
 
(b)     Agent shall have received, as applicable, each Joining Guarantor’s state certified Certificate or Articles of Incorporation or other state certificate document evidencing such entities’ formation and its by-laws or operating agreement, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Joining Guarantor;
 
(c)     Agent shall have received authorizing resolutions of each Joining Guarantor authorizing the execution of this Joinder, and the transactions contemplated to occur hereunder;
 
(d)     Uniform Commercial Code, judgment and state and federal tax lien searches against each Joining Guarantor showing no Liens on any assets acquired pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or any of the Collateral, other than Permitted Encumbrances;
 
(e)     A good standing certificate for each Joining Guarantor dated not more than 30 days prior to the date of this Joinder, issued by the Secretary of State or other official authority of the state of incorporation or formation of such Joining Guarantor; and
 
(f)     Such other documents, instruments or agreements as Agent shall reasonably request.
 
6.        Payment of Expenses .  Borrower shall pay or reimburse Agent for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Joinder and the documents provided for herein or related hereto.
 
7.        Reaffirmation of Loan Agreement .  Except as modified by the terms hereof, all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Joinder, and all Loan Documents are hereby reaffirmed and shall continue in full force and effect as therein written.
 
 
3

 
 
8.        Miscellaneous .
 
(a)     Third Party Rights .  No rights are intended to be created hereunder for the benefit of any third party donee, creditor, or incidental beneficiary.
 
(b)     Headings .  The headings of any paragraph of this Joinder are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret any provision hereof.
 
(c)     Governing Law .  This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applied to contracts to be performed wholly within the State of New York.
 
(d)     Counterparts .  This Joinder may be executed in any number of counterparts and by facsimile or PDF, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
(Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank)
 
 
4

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Joinder to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.
 
BORROWER: GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.  
       
  By: /s/ Lawrence Sands  
    Name:  Lawrence Sands  
    Title: Senior Vice President  
 
JOINING GUARANTORS: ADEX CORPORATION  
       
  By: /s/ Lawrence Sands  
    Name:  Lawrence Sands  
    Title: Vice President  
 
 
T N S, INC.
 
       
  By: /s/ Lawrence Sands  
    Name:  Lawrence Sands  
    Title: Vice President  
 
AGENT AND LENDERS:
MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC,
as Agent
 
       
  By: /s/ David P. Meyer  
    Name:  David P. Meyer  
    Title: Managing Director  
 
 
[Joinder Agreement]

Exhibit 10.17
 
PLEDGE AGREEMENT
 
This Pledge Agreement (“ Agreement ”), dated September 17, 2012, is made by GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Pledgor ”), in favor of MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, INC. (“ MCCP ”) , in its capacity as agent for the lenders under the Loan Agreement referenced below (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity (including any successor “Agent” appointed under the Loan Agreement), the “ Secured Party ”). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings assigned to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

Background
 
This Agreement is executed in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and among Pledgor, as borrower, Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company and Tropical Communications, Inc., a Florida corporation, each as a guarantor, each other Person joined thereto as a guarantor, the various financial institutions named therein or which hereafter become a party thereto as lenders (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and each individually a “ Lender ”) and Secured Party, as Agent to the Lenders.  Pledgor has agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement to Secured Party, in its capacity as Secured Party, to provide additional security for the Obligations as defined and described in the Loan Agreement and owing from time to time to Secured Party, Issuer (as defined below), the Lenders and the other persons holding any of the Obligations from time to time.

NOW THEREFORE, for other good and sufficient consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Pledgor, intending to be legally bound hereby, covenants and agrees as follows:
 
1.     Pledgor, for the purpose of granting a continuing lien and security interest, does hereby collaterally assign, pledge, deliver and set over to Secured Party, for the ratable benefit of Agent and Lenders party to the Loan Agreement and all other holders of the Obligations all of the following property, together with any additions, exchanges, replacements and substitutions therefor, dividends and distributions with respect therefor, and the proceeds thereof (collectively, the “ Pledged Collateral ”):
 
(a)     all of the shares of capital stock and other Capital Stock in those corporations listed on Schedule I attached hereto, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Pledgor or in which Pledgor now or hereafter has any rights, options or warrants, together with all certificates representing such shares and interests and all rights (but none of the obligations) under or arising out of the applicable Organizational Documents of such corporations;
 
(b)     all of the partnership interests and other Capital Stock in those limited partnerships and general partnerships listed on Schedule I attached hereto, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Pledgor or in which Pledgor now or hereafter has any rights, options or warrants, together with all certificates representing such interests and all rights (but none of the obligations) under or arising out of the applicable Organizational Documents of such partnerships; including without limitation all rights and remedies of Pledgor as a general partner or limited partner with respect to the respective partnership interests and other equity interests of Pledgor in each such partnership under the respective Organizational Documents of such partnership and under the partnership laws of the state in which each such partnership is organized; and
 
 
1

 
 
(c)     all of the membership/limited liability company interests and other Capital Stock in those limited liability companies listed on Schedule I attached hereto, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Pledgor or in which Pledgor now or hereafter has any rights, options or warrants, together with all certificates representing such interests and all rights (but none of the obligations) under or arising out of the applicable Organizational Documents of such companies; including without limitation all rights and remedies of the applicable Pledgor as a member or manager or managing member with respect to the respective membership interests and other equity interests of Pledgor in each such limited liability company under the respective Organizational Documents of such limited liability company and under the limited liability company laws of the state in which each such limited liability company is organized;
 
provided that , in each case under the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), the rights relating to the applicable Capital Stock included in the “Pledged Collateral” shall include, without limitation, all of the following rights relating to such Capital Stock, whether arising under the Organizational Documents of the applicable Issuer or under the applicable laws of such Issuer’s jurisdiction of organization relating to the formation, existence and governance of corporations, limited liability companies or partnerships, as applicable: (i) all economic rights (including all rights to receive dividends and distributions), (ii) all voting rights and rights to consent to any particular action(s) by the applicable Issuer, (iii) all management rights with respect to such Issuer, (iv) in the case of any Pledged Collateral consisting of a general partner interest in a partnership, all powers and rights as a general partner with respect to the management, operations and control of the business and affairs of the applicable Issuer, (v) in the case of any Pledged Collateral consisting of the membership/limited liability company interests of a managing member in a limited liability company, all powers and rights as a managing member with respect to the management, operations and control of the business and affairs of the applicable Issuer, (vi) all rights to designate or appoint or vote for or remove any officers, directors, manager(s), general partner(s), managing member(s) and/or any members of any board of members/managers/partners/directors that may now or hereafter have any rights to manage and direct the business and affairs of the applicable Issuer under its Organizational Documents as in effect from time to time, (vii) all rights to amend the Organizational Documents of such Issuer, (viii) in the case of any Pledged Collateral consisting of Capital Stock in partnership or limited liability company, Pledgor’s status as a “partner”, general or limited, or “member” (as applicable) under the applicable Organizational Documents and/or applicable state law and (ix) all certificates evidencing any of the foregoing described Pledged Collateral (all of the foregoing, the “ Related Rights ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in each case under the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), the rights relating to the applicable Capital Stock included in the “Pledged Collateral” shall not include more than 65% of the common voting Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Pledgor.
 
 
2

 
 
2.     The pledge and security interest described herein shall continue in effect to secure all Obligations under the Loan Agreement from time to time incurred or arising unless and until such Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full and all commitments of Agent and the Loan Agreement has been terminated.
 
3.     Pledgor hereby represents and warrants, as of the date hereof, that:
 
(a)     Except as pledged herein, Pledgor has not sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or granted any option or security interest in or otherwise hypothecated the Pledged Collateral in any manner whatsoever, and the Pledged Collateral is pledged herewith free and clear of any and all liens, security interests, encumbrances, claims, pledges, restrictions, legends, and options other than Permitted Encumbrances;
 
(b)     Pledgor has the full power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform under this Agreement and to pledge the Pledged Collateral hereunder. Pledgor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution, delivery and performance by Pledgor of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other action (including, as applicable, all necessary board and/or equityholder(s) approvals), as the case may be;
 
(c)     This Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Pledgor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally, and the pledge of the Pledged Collateral referred to herein is not in violation of and shall not create any default under any material contract;
 
(d)     The pledge of the Pledged Collateral referred to herein is not in violation, and shall not create any default under any Organizational Documents, of any corporation, limited partnership, general partnership or limited liability company listed on Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended and/or updated from time to time in accordance herewith) (each such corporation, limited partnership, general partnership or limited liability company an “ Issuer ”).  “ Organizational Documents ” means, with respect to any Issuer, any charter, articles or certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, registration or formation, certificate of partnership or limited partnership, bylaws, operating agreement, limited liability company agreement, or partnership agreement and any and all other applicable documents relating to such Issuer’s formation, organization or entity governance matters (including any shareholders’ or equity holders’ agreement or voting trust agreement) and specifically includes, without limitation, any certificates of designation for preferred stock or other forms of preferred equity;
 
 
3

 
 
(e)     The Pledged Collateral has been duly and validly authorized and issued by the Issuer thereof and, if applicable, such Pledged Collateral is fully paid for and non-assessable;
 
(f)     Pledgor is pledging hereunder one hundred percent (100%) of the Pledgor’s interest and ownership in each of the Issuers listed on Schedule I attached hereto except with respect to each Issuer that is a Foreign Subsidiary, as to which Pledgor is pledging no more than 65% of Pledgor’s interest and ownership therein;
 
(g)     Contemporaneously with the execution hereof, Pledgor is delivering to Secured Party all certificates representing or evidencing the Pledged Collateral, if any, accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignments in blank, to be held by Secured Party; and
 
(h)     Contemporaneously with (or prior to) the execution hereof, Pledgor is delivering to Secured Party a copy of the Organizational Documents (as of the date hereof) of each Issuer.
 
4.     Pledgor hereby irrevocably instructs each Issuer to comply with any instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the interests of Pledgor in such Issuer without further consent of Pledgor, and Pledgor agrees that the Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying, other than as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Secured Party.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party shall be authorized at any time to provide a copy of this Agreement to any Issuer as evidence that Secured Party has given the foregoing instructions.  Pledgor hereby covenants and agrees that Pledgor shall cause each Issuer listed on Schedule I from time to time that (x) is not a corporation and (y) has not issued certificates to evidence the equity interests issued by such Issuer and pledged pursuant to this Agreement (each such Issuer an “ Applicable Issuer ”) to register the security interest granted hereunder on its books and records and to deliver to Secured Party a Pledge Acknowledgment, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, wherein such Applicable Issuer shall acknowledge that it has been instructed to and shall comply with any instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the interests of Pledgor in such entity without further consent of the Pledgor.
 
5.     With respect to the non-corporate Issuers, Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC (“ Rives ”) and ADEX Puerto Rico LLC (“ ADEX PR ” and together with Rives, the “ Non-Corporate Issuers ”; and each individually, a “ Non-Corporate Issuer ”):
 
(a)     Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, neither of the Non-Corporate Issuers have “opted-in” to Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the jurisdiction in which such Non-Corporate Issuer is organized from time to time (the “ Applicable Code ”) with respect to the equity interests issued by such Non-Corporate Issuer and the equity interests issued by each Non-Corporate Issuer are not “securities” for purposes of and as governed by and defined in Article 8 of the Applicable Code; and
 
 
4

 
 
(b)     Pledgor hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not cause or permit either Non-Corporate Issuer to “opt-in” to Article 8 of the Applicable Code or take any action that, under Article 8 of the Applicable Code, would convert such equity interests into “securities” for purposes of and as governed by and defined in Article 8 of the Applicable Code without (i) causing such Non-Corporate Issuer thereof to issue to Pledgor and promptly deliver to Secured Party certificates or instruments evidencing such equity interests and (ii) taking such other action as may be reasonably requested by Secured Party with respect to its rights as Secured Party applicable to such equity interests.
 
6.     Pledgor hereby authorizes Secured Party to file UCC-1 initial financing statements listing Pledgor as the “debtor” and Secured Party as the “secured party” and giving a description of the Pledged Collateral as the “collateral” covered by such financing statement in such jurisdictions, and to file any and all amendments thereto and continuations thereof and, as Secured Party may from time to time determine to be necessary, prudent or desirable in order to perfect any security interest granted hereunder under the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in any jurisdiction applicable to the perfection and/or enforcement of Secured Party’s lien in the Pledged Collateral (the “ Code ”), all whether or not Pledgor has signed or authenticated any such financing statement, amendment or continuation.  Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof:  (i) it is an entity of the type indicated with respect to it in the preamble to this Agreement, (ii) it is organized under the laws of the jurisdiction indicated with respect to it in the preamble to this Agreement and not under the laws of any other or additional jurisdiction, (iii) the full legal name of Pledgor as reflected in its Organizational Documents as filed with the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of organization   is as set forth in the preamble to this Agreement, and (iv) the notice address specified in the Loan Agreement is a valid mailing address of Pledgor.
 
7.     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the Loan Agreement, then Secured Party may, at its sole option, exercise from time to time with respect to the Pledged Collateral any and/or all rights and remedies available to it hereunder, under the Code, or otherwise available to it, at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the right to dispose of the Pledged Collateral at public or private sale(s) or other proceedings, and Pledgor agrees that, if permitted by law, Secured Party or its nominee may become the purchaser at any such sale(s).
 
8.     (a)  In addition to all other rights granted to Secured Party herein, under the Code or otherwise available at law or in equity, Secured Party shall have the following rights, each of which may be exercised at Secured Party’s sole discretion (but without any obligation to do so), at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement, without further consent of Pledgor: (i) transfer the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral into the name of itself or its nominee or to conduct a sale of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to the Code or pursuant to any other applicable law; (ii) vote the Pledged Collateral; (iii) notify the persons obligated on any of the Pledged Collateral to make payment to Secured Party of any amounts due or to become due thereon; and (iv) release, surrender or exchange any of the Pledged Collateral at any time, or to compromise any dispute with respect to the same.  Secured Party may proceed against the Pledged Collateral, or any other collateral securing the Obligations, in any order, and against Pledgor and any other obligor, jointly and/or severally, in any order to satisfy the Obligations.  Pledgor waives and releases any right to require Secured Party to first collect any of the Obligations secured hereby from any other collateral of Pledgor or any other party securing the Obligations under any theory of marshalling of assets, or otherwise.  Any and all dividends, distributions, interest declared, distributed or paid and any proceeds of the Pledged Collateral which are received by Pledgor following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement shall be (i) received in trust for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders; (ii) segregated from the other property and funds of Pledgor; and (iii) forthwith delivered to Secured Party as Pledged Collateral in the same form as received (with any necessary documents, endorsements or assignments in blank with guaranteed signatures).  All rights and remedies of Secured Party are cumulative, not alternative.
 
 
5

 
 
        (b)   Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party its attorney-in-fact, subject to the terms hereof, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement, at Secured Party’s option, (i) to effectuate the transfer of the Pledged Collateral on the books of the Issuer thereof to the name of Secured Party or to the name of Secured Party’s nominee, designee or transferee; (ii) to endorse and collect checks payable to Pledgor representing distributions or other payments on the Pledged Collateral; and (iii) to carry out the terms and provisions hereof.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party shall be authorized at any time to provide a copy of this Agreement to any Issuer as evidence that Secured Party has been given the foregoing power of attorney.
 
9.        The proceeds of any Pledged Collateral received by Secured Party at any time, whether from the sale of Pledged Collateral, collections in respect thereof or otherwise, shall be allocated and applied to the Obligations as provided for in the Loan Agreement.
 
10.     Pledgor recognizes that Secured Party may be unable to effect, or may effect only after such delay which would adversely affect the value that might be realized from the Pledged Collateral, a public sale of all or part of the Pledged Collateral by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ Securities Act ”) or other applicable securities legislation in any other applicable jurisdiction and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.  Pledgor agrees that any such private sale may be at prices and on terms less favorable to Secured Party or the seller than if sold at public sales, and therefore recognizes and confirms that such private sales shall not be deemed to have been made in a commercially unreasonable manner solely because they were made privately.  Pledgor agrees that Secured Party has no obligation to delay the sale of any such securities for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of such securities to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act or other applicable securities legislation in any other applicable jurisdiction.
 
 
6

 
 
11.     In the event that any stock dividend, reclassification, readjustment or other change is made or declared in the capital structure of any Issuer on Schedule I attached hereto or Pledgor acquires or in any other manner receives additional shares of stock, membership/limited liability company interests, partnership interests or other Capital Stock in any such Issuer, or any option included within the Pledged Collateral with respect to the stock, membership/limited liability company interests, partnership interests or other Capital Stock of such Issuer is exercised, any and all such new, substituted or additional Capital Stock (together with all Related Rights associated therewith) issued by reason of any such change or exercise to Pledgor shall immediately and automatically become subject to this Agreement and the pledge and grant of a security interest created by Pledgor hereunder and Pledgor hereby grants a security interest in any such future Capital Stock (together with all Related Rights associated therewith) to Agent to secure the Obligations.  Any and all certificates issued to Pledgor with respect to any such new, substituted or additional Capital Stock shall be delivered to and held by Secured Party in the same manner as the Pledged Collateral originally pledged hereunder.  Immediately upon the issuance of any such Capital Stock, Pledgor shall deliver written notice of such issuance to Secured Party, which such written notice shall include an updated and amended Schedule I to this Agreement, which shall upon delivery be deemed to have amended and restated the previously effective version of such Schedule I.
 
12.     Until the earlier of (i) the time Secured Party notifies Pledgor in writing after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement of the exercise of Secured Party’s rights under this Section 12 or (ii) the occurrence of any Event of Default under Sections 7.1(F) or 7.1(G) of the Loan Agreement in which case no notice or other affirmative action shall be required by Secured Party (a “ Triggering Event ”), Pledgor shall retain the sole right to vote the Pledged Collateral and exercise all rights of ownership and/or management with respect to all corporate/limited liability company/partnership questions for all purposes not in violation of the terms hereof.  Upon any such Triggering Event, Pledgor shall have no further rights to and shall not exercise any such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral, and all such rights shall be thereafter exercisable only by Secured Party (regardless of whether Secured Party shall have taken title to such Pledged Collateral and/or otherwise exercised any of its rights and remedies with respect to the Pledged Collateral and even prior to any such exercise).   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to any Issuer that is a limited liability company or partnership, the voting and other ownership and/or management rights which Secured Party may exercise upon exercise of its rights under this Section 12 shall include (i) the right to replace any “managing member” or “manager” and/or any “general partner” (including in any such case Pledgor in any such capacity), as applicable, of any such limited liability company or partnership Issuer (and, if necessary in connection with the foregoing, the power to amend the limited liability company operating agreement or partnership agreement, as applicable, of any such limited liability company or partnership Issuer to effectuate such replacement) and (ii) if Pledgor is a general partner or managing member of any such limited liability company or partnership Issuer, to act as such general partner or managing member of any such Issuer with respect to any and all business matters relating to the applicable Issuer and/or its property and businesses for all purposes under the Organizational Documents of such Issuer and/or under the applicable limited liability company or partnership laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Issuer.
 
 
7

 
 
(a)     In furtherance of the foregoing, Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and in the name of Pledgor, and hereby gives and grants to Secured Party an irrevocable and exclusive proxy for and in Pledgor’s name, place and stead, to exercise under such power of attorney and/or under such proxy any and all such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral of any Issuer with respect to any and all business matters relating to the applicable Issuer and/or its property and businesses, in each case exercisable only following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Triggering Event.  The power of attorney and proxy granted and appointed in this Section 12 shall include the right to sign Pledgor’s name (as a holder of any Equity Interest and/or as a member or partner in any applicable Issuer) to any consent, certificate or other document relating to the exercise of any and all such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral that applicable law or the Organizational Documents of the applicable Issuer(s) may permit or require, to cause the Pledged Collateral to be voted and/or such other ownership and/or management right to be exercised in accordance with the preceding sentence.  Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that there are no other proxies and powers of attorney with respect to the Pledged Collateral of any Issuer that Pledgor may have granted or appointed which remain in effect (except as set forth in Section 13 below); and no Pledgor will give a subsequent proxy or power of attorney or enter into any other voting agreement with respect to the Pledged Collateral of any Issuer (except as set forth in Section 13 below) and any attempt to do so shall be void and of no effect.  Pledgor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in complying with any instructions given by Secured Party under such power of attorney and/or recognizing and honoring any exercise by Secured Party of such proxy.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party shall be authorized at any time to provide a copy of this Agreement to any Issuer as evidence that Secured Party has been given the foregoing power of attorney and proxy.  The proxies and powers of attorney granted by the Pledgor pursuant to this Section 12 are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of the Obligations.
 
13.     In addition to and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, solely with respect to Article 8 Matters (as defined below), Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and in the name of Pledgor, and hereby gives and grants to Secured Party an irrevocable and exclusive proxy for and in Pledgor’s name, place and stead, to exercise under such power of attorney and/or under such proxy any and all such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral of any Issuer with respect to any and all Article 8 Matters, which power of attorney and proxy are exercisable and effective at any and all times from and after the date of this Agreement.  The power of attorney and proxy granted and appointed in this Section 13 shall include the right to sign the applicable Pledgor’s name (as a Secured Party of any equity interest and/or as a member or partner in any applicable Issuer) to any consent, certificate or other document relating to the exercise of any and all such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to Article 8 Matters pertaining to any Issuer that applicable law or the Organizational Documents of the applicable Issuer(s) may permit or require, to cause the Pledged Collateral to be voted and/or such other ownership and/or management right to be exercised in accordance with the preceding sentence.   Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that there are no other proxies and powers of attorney with respect to Article 8 Matters pertaining to any Issuer; and no Pledgor will give a subsequent proxy or power of attorney or enter into any other voting agreement with respect to Article 8 Matters pertaining to any Issuer and any attempt to do so shall be void and of no effect.  Pledgor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in complying with any instructions given by Secured Party under such power of attorney and/or recognizing and honoring any exercise by Secured Party of such proxy.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party shall be authorized at any time to provide a copy of this Agreement to any Issuer as evidence that Secured Party has been given the foregoing power of attorney and proxy.   The proxies and powers of attorney granted by the Pledgor pursuant to this Section 13 are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of the Obligations.  As used herein, “ Article 8 Matter ” means any action, decision, determination or election by any applicable non-corporate Issuer or the member(s) or partner(s) or other equity holders of such non-corporate Issuer that its membership interests, partnership interests or other equity interests, or any of them, either (i) be, or cease to be, a “security” as defined in and governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code or (ii) be, or cease to be, certificated, and all other matters related to any such action, decision, determination or election.  The proxies and powers granted by the Pledgor pursuant to this Section 13 are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of the Obligations.
 
 
8

 
 
14.     Secured Party shall have no obligation to take any steps to preserve, protect or defend the rights of Pledgor or Secured Party in the Pledged Collateral against other parties.  Secured Party shall have no obligation to sell or otherwise deal with the Pledged Collateral at any time for any reason, whether or not upon request of Pledgor, and whether or not the value of the Pledged Collateral, in the opinion of Secured Party or Pledgor, is more or less than the aggregate amount of the Obligations secured hereby, and any such refusal or inaction by Secured Party shall not be deemed a breach of any duty which Secured Party may have under law to preserve the Pledged Collateral.  Except as provided by applicable law, no duty, obligation or responsibility of any kind is intended to be delegated to or assumed by Secured Party at any time with respect to the Pledged Collateral.
 
15.     To the extent Secured Party is required by law to give Pledgor prior notice of any public or private sale, or other disposition of the Pledged Collateral, Pledgor agrees that ten (10) days prior written notice to Pledgor shall be a commercially reasonable and sufficient notice of such sale or other intended disposition.  Pledgor further recognizes and agrees that if the Pledged Collateral, or a portion thereof, threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Pledgor shall not be entitled to any prior notice of sale or other intended disposition with respect to such Pledged Collateral (or applicable portion thereof).
 
16.     Pledgor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Secured Party from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities resulting from any breach by Pledgor of Pledgor’s representations and covenants under this Agreement, other than as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Secured Party.  Without contradicting or limiting the generality of the foregoing, the provisions of Section 9.4 of the Loan Agreement are applicable to this Agreement and are incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
9

 
 
17.     Except as and if expressly provided otherwise under the Loan Agreement or any of the Loan Documents relating to the Loan Agreement, Pledgor (acting solely in its capacity as Pledgor hereunder and without waiving or affecting any rights Pledgor may have (if any) in its capacity as a party to the Loan Agreement) hereby waives to the extent permitted by law: (a) all errors, defects and imperfections in connection with any proceedings hereunder or in connection with any of the Obligations, including without limitation, any action by Agent and/or any Lender in replevin, foreclosure or other court process or in connection with any other action related to the Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereunder; (b) presentment for payment and protest; (c) notice of acceptance of this Agreement; (d) notice of the existence and incurrence from time to time of any Obligations under the Loan Agreement; (e) notice of the existence of any Event of Default or Default, the making of demand, or the taking of any action by Secured Party under the Loan Agreement; (f) any requirement for bonds, security or sureties required by statute, court rule or otherwise; (g) any demand for possession of the Pledged Collateral prior to the commencement of any suit; and (h) demand and default hereunder.
 
18.     [Reserved].
 
19.     This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be limited, impaired or otherwise affected in any way by reason of (a) any delay in making demand on Pledgor for or delay in enforcing or failure to enforce, performance or payment of Pledgor’s obligations, (b) any failure, neglect or omission on Secured Party’s part to perfect any lien upon, protect, exercise rights against, or realize on, any property of Pledgor or any other party securing the Obligations, (c) any failure to obtain, retain or preserve, or the lack of prior enforcement of, any rights against any person or persons or in any property, (d) the invalidity or unenforceability of any Obligations or rights in any Collateral under the Loan Agreement or the Loan Documents relating to the Loan Agreement, (e) the existence or nonexistence of any defenses which may be available to the Pledgor with respect to the Obligations under the Loan Agreement or (f) the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or receivership proceeding or case filed by or against Pledgor.
 
20.     Pledgor covenants and agrees that Pledgor shall not sell, dispose of or otherwise transfer any of the Pledged Collateral, nor grant or permit to exist any Lien, security interest, judgment lien, levy, garnishment or other charge or encumbrance of any kind or nature on or with respect to any of the Pledged Collateral unless and to the extent expressly permitted under the Loan Agreement.
 
21.     No failure or delay by Secured Party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies herein and therein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
 
 
10

 
 
22.     This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof and may be modified only by a written instrument signed by Pledgor and Secured Party.
 
23.     THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL MATTERS RELATING HERETO AND/OR ARISING HEREFROM (WHETHER ARISING UNDER CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLIED TO CONTRACTS TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.   Any judicial proceeding brought by or against Pledgor with respect to this Agreement may be brought in any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, State of New York, United States of America, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, Pledgor accepts for itself and in connection with its properties, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement.  Pledgor hereby waives personal service of any and all process upon it and consents that all such service of process may be made by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) directed to Pledgor at its notice address under this Agreement as provided for in Section 24 below and service so made shall be deemed completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the mails of the United States of America. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of Secured Party to bring proceedings against Pledgor in the courts of any other jurisdiction.  Pledgor waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens.  Pledgor waives the right to remove any judicial proceeding brought against Pledgor in any state court to any federal court.  Any judicial proceeding by Pledgor against Secured Party involving, directly or indirectly, any matter or claim in any way arising out of, related to or connected with this Agreement or any related agreement, shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, county of New York, State of New York, United States of America .
 
24.     If any part of this Agreement is contrary to, prohibited by, or deemed invalid under applicable laws or regulations, such provision shall be inapplicable and deemed omitted to the extent so contrary, prohibited or invalid, but the remainder hereof shall not be invalidated thereby and shall be given effect so far as possible.
 
25.     Any notices which any party may give to another hereunder shall be given to such party in the manner, by the methods and to the addresses provided for under Section 9.6 of the Loan Agreement.
 
26.     This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns, except that Pledgor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent and each Lender.
 
 
11

 
 
27.     EACH OF PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF) HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (A) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (B) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE AND PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF) HEREBY CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT PLEDGOR OR SECURED PARTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENTS OF PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
 
28.     The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.
 
29.     Time is of the essence in Pledgor’s performance under this Agreement.
 
30.     All exhibits and schedules attached hereto are hereby made a part of this Agreement.
 
 [Signatures on Following Page]
 
 
12

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Pledge Agreement has been executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:  /s/ Lawrence Sands   
  Name:   Lawrence Sands  
  Title:  Senior Vice President   
 
 
[Stock Pledge Agreement]

 
 
EXHIBIT A
 
Pledge Acknowledgment
 
THIS STATEMENT IS NEITHER A NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT NOR A SECURITY.
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, FL 33431
Attention: Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
 
MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC
301 E. Fourth Street, 27 th Floor
Cincinnati, OH  45202
Attention: Joseph Haverkamp
 
On the 17 th day of September, 2012, the undersigned, RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company (“ Company ”), registered on its books and records the pledge of all of the membership interests issued by Company now or hereafter owned by GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Pledgor ”), (collectively, the “ Pledged Interests ”) in favor of   MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC, in its capacity as agent for certain lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Secured Party ”).  As of the date hereof, the Pledged Interests represent one hundred percent (100%) of the membership interests of any and all kinds and types issued by Company.  To Company’s knowledge, (including, without limitation, any information which may appear on Company’s books and records) there are no other pledges, security interests, liens, restrictions or adverse claims to which the Pledged Interests are, or may be, subject as of the date hereof.  Company hereby agrees Company will hereafter comply with instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the Pledged Interests without further consent of Pledgor.
 
 
RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC
 
       
 
By: /s/ Lawrence Sands  
  Name:   Lawrence Sands  
  Title: Vice President  
 
 
 

 
 
Pledge Acknowledgment
 
THIS STATEMENT IS NEITHER A NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT NOR A SECURITY.
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, FL 33431
Attention: Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
 
MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC
301 E. Fourth Street, 27 th Floor
Cincinnati, OH  45202
Attention: Joseph Haverkamp
 
On the 17 th day of September, 2012, the undersigned, TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Florida corporation (“ Company ”), registered on its books and records the pledge of all of the equity interests issued by Company now or hereafter owned by GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Pledgor ”), (collectively, the “ Pledged Interests ”) in favor of   MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC, in its capacity as agent for certain lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Secured Party ”).  As of the date hereof, the Pledged Interests represent one hundred percent (100%) of the equity interests of any and all kinds and types issued by Company.  To Company’s knowledge, (including, without limitation, any information which may appear on Company’s books and records) there are no other pledges, security interests, liens, restrictions or adverse claims to which the Pledged Interests are, or may be, subject as of the date hereof.  Company hereby agrees Company will hereafter comply with instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the Pledged Interests without further consent of Pledgor.
 
 
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
       
  By: /s/ Lawrence Sands  
   Name:  Lawrence Sands  
  Title:   Vice President  
 
 
 

 
 
Pledge Acknowledgment
 
THIS STATEMENT IS NEITHER A NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT NOR A SECURITY.
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, FL 33431
Attention: Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
 
MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC
301 E. Fourth Street, 27 th Floor
Cincinnati, OH  45202
Attention: Joseph Haverkamp
 
On the 17 th day of September, 2012, the undersigned, ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Company ”), registered on its books and records the pledge of all of the equity interests issued by Company now or hereafter owned by GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Pledgor ”), (collectively, the “ Pledged Interests ”) in favor of   MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC, in its capacity as agent for certain lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Secured Party ”).  As of the date hereof, the Pledged Interests represent one hundred percent (100%) of the equity interests of any and all kinds and types issued by Company.  To Company’s knowledge, (including, without limitation, any information which may appear on Company’s books and records) there are no other pledges, security interests, liens, restrictions or adverse claims to which the Pledged Interests are, or may be, subject as of the date hereof.  Company hereby agrees Company will hereafter comply with instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the Pledged Interests without further consent of Pledgor.
 
 
ADEX CORPORATION
 
       
 
By:  /s/ Lawrence Sands  
  Name:  Lawrence Sands  
  Title: Vice President  
 
 
 

 
 
Pledge Acknowledgment
 
THIS STATEMENT IS NEITHER A NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT NOR A SECURITY.
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, FL 33431
Attention: Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
 
MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC
301 E. Fourth Street, 27 th Floor
Cincinnati, OH  45202
Attention: Joseph Haverkamp
 
On the 17 th day of September, 2012, the undersigned, ADEX PUERTO RICO LLC, a Puerto Rican limited liability company (“ Company ”), registered on its books and records the pledge of sixty-five percent (65%) of the membership interests issued by Company now or hereafter owned by GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Pledgor ”), (collectively, the “ Pledged Interests ”) in favor of   MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC, in its capacity as agent for certain lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Secured Party ”).  As of the date hereof, the Pledged Interests represent sixty-five percent (65%) of the membership interests of any and all kinds and types issued by Company.  To Company’s knowledge, (including, without limitation, any information which may appear on Company’s books and records) there are no other pledges, security interests, liens, restrictions or adverse claims to which the Pledged Interests are, or may be, subject as of the date hereof.  Company hereby agrees Company will hereafter comply with instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the Pledged Interests without further consent of Pledgor.
 
 
ADEX PUERTO RICO LLC
 
       
 
By: /s/ Lawrence Sands  
  Name:  Lawrence Sands  
  Title:  Vice President  
 
 
 

 
 
Pledge Acknowledgment
 
THIS STATEMENT IS NEITHER A NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT NOR A SECURITY.
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, FL 33431
Attention: Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
 
MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC
301 E. Fourth Street, 27 th Floor
Cincinnati, OH  45202
Attention: Joseph Haverkamp
 
On the 17 th day of September, 2012, the undersigned, T N S, INC., an Illinois corporation (“ Company ”), registered on its books and records the pledge of all of the equity interests issued by Company now or hereafter owned by GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Pledgor ”), (collectively, the “ Pledged Interests ”) in favor of   MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC, in its capacity as agent for certain lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Secured Party ”).  As of the date hereof, the Pledged Interests represent one hundred percent (100%) of the equity interests of any and all kinds and types issued by Company.  To Company’s knowledge, (including, without limitation, any information which may appear on Company’s books and records) there are no other pledges, security interests, liens, restrictions or adverse claims to which the Pledged Interests are, or may be, subject as of the date hereof.  Company hereby agrees Company will hereafter comply with instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the Pledged Interests without further consent of Pledgor.
 
 
T N S, INC.
 
       
  By:   /s/ Lawrence Sands  
  Name:  Lawrence Sands  
  Title:  Vice President  
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE I
 
Pledged Collateral
 
The following Pledged Collateral is hereby pledged by Pledgor to Secured Party pursuant to the Pledge Agreement to which this Schedule is attached:
 
A.            Pledged Shares
 
Pledgor
 
Name of Issuer
 
Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation of Issuer
 
Total Number of Shares Currently Issued per Class(es)
 
Number of Shares Currently Issued to Pledgor by Class(es)
 
Percentage
of Total
Ownership
In Corporation Currently Held by Pledgor
by Class(es)
 
Stock Certificate Number(s) for Certificate(s)
 
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
Tropical Communications, Inc.
Florida
Common Stock – 100 shares
Common Stock – 100 shares
100%
2
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
ADEX Corporation
New York
Common Stock – 100 shares
Common Stock – 100 shares
100%
15, 16, 17, 18
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
T N S, Inc.
Illinois
Common Stock – 1,000 shares
Common Stock – 1,000 shares
100%
3, 5, 6
 
B.            Pledged Partnership Interests
 
NONE.
 
C.            Pledged Membership Interests
 
Pledgor
 
Name
of
Issuer
 
Jurisdiction
of
Formation
of Issuer
Number of Membership
Interests
Currently
Issued per Class(es)
 
Number of Membership Interests Currently Held by Pledgor by Class(es)
 
 
Percentage
of Total
Ownership
In LLC Currently Held by Pledgor
by Class(es)
 
Membership Interest Certificate Number(s) for Certificate(s)
 
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC
Alabama
N/A
N/A
100%
N/A
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
ADEX Puerto Rico LLC
Puerto Rico
N/A
N/A
100%
N/A

 

Exhibit 10.18
 
THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE UNLESS REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION IN REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE FORM AND SCOPE TO THE COMPANY OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION, QUALIFICATION OR OTHER SUCH ACTIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED UNDER ANY SUCH LAWS OR THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.  THE OFFERING OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN REVIEWED OR APPROVED BY THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, OR BY ANY STATE’S SECURITIES ADMINISTRATOR.
 
Warrant No. ___
Dated:  As of September __, 2012
 
WARRANT
 
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT, for value received, _______________, a ______ corporation, or its registered assigns, (the “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase from GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at any time during the Exercise Period, as hereafter defined, the Initial Number of shares of the Company’s common stock 0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”) at a price (the “ Exercise Price ”) equal to $.01 per share, subject to adjustment, payable as provided below.  Within 5 Business Days following the Exercise Period Commencement Date, the Company shall deliver to the Holder a certificate of a responsible officer of the Company, advising the Holder of the Initial Number and a calculation of the Fully Diluted Shares as of the Exercise Period Commencement Date used to arrive at the Initial Number.  Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section  1 .  A Table of Contents for this Warrant is at the end of the Exhibits hereto.

This Warrant is the Warrant referred to in the Loan and Security Agreement (as hereinafter defined) and is issued pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement.
 
1.        Definitions .  As used in this Warrant, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below.
 
Adjusted EBITDA ” has the meaning set forth for such term in the Loan and Security Agreement.
 
Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth for such tern in the Loan and Security Agreement.
 
Agent ” means MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
 
Applicable Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
 
 
 

 
 
Business Day ” means the following:  (a) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading is open for business or (b) if Common Stock is not so listed or admitted to trading, a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
 
Buy In ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.5 .
 
Consolidated Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and filed with the Commission in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10K for the applicable fiscal year.
 
Change of Control ” has the meaning set forth for such term in the Loan and Security Agreement.
 
Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.
 
Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.
 
Company ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.
 
Convertible Securities ” means any stock or securities (other than Options) directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock.
 
Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section  5.3 of this Warrant.
 
DTC ” means Depository Trust Company.
 
EBITDA ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Loan and Security Agreement.
 
Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth for such term in the Loan and Security Agreement.
 
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
 
Exercise Period ” means the period from and including the earlier of (a) the Exercise Period Commencement Date and (b) the date the Company files with the Commission its next registration statement on Form S-1 to and including 5:00 p.m. New York time on the Expiration Date.
 
Exercise Period Commencement Date ” means the 90 th day after the Original Issue Date.
 
Exercise Price ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
Expiration Date ” means the second anniversary of the Original Issue Date provided that at least 180 days prior thereto the Company has delivered to the Agent Consolidated Financial Statements for its fiscal year ended on or about December 31, 2013 along with a certificate of the Company’s chief financial officer demonstrating Minimum Adjusted EBITDA for such fiscal year based upon such Consolidated Financial Statements.  If such condition has not been met, then the Expiration Date shall be extended until the expiration of 180 days following the delivery by the Company to the Agent of Consolidated Financial Statements for any subsequent fiscal year of the Company along with a certificate of the Company’s chief financial officer demonstrating Minimum Adjusted EBITDA for such fiscal year based on such Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Fair Market Value ” means, as of any particular date:  (a) the volume weighted average of the closing sales prices of the Common Stock for such day on all domestic securities exchanges on which the Common Stock may at the time be listed; (b) if there have been no sales of the Common Stock on any such exchange on any such day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices for the Common Stock on all such exchanges at the end of such day; (c) if on any such day the Common Stock is not listed on a domestic securities exchange, the closing sales prices of the Common Stock as quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, the OTC Pink Sheets or similar quotation system or association on such day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices for the Common Stock quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, the OTC Pink Sheets or similar quotation system or association at the end of such day; in each case, averaged over twenty (20) consecutive Business Days ending on the Business Day immediately prior to the day as of which “Fair Market Value” is being determined; provided , that if the Common Stock is listed on any domestic securities exchange, the term “Business Day” as used in this sentence means Business Days on which such exchange is open for trading.  If at any time the Common Stock is not listed on any domestic securities exchange or quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, the OTC Pink Sheets or similar quotation system or association, the “Fair Market Value” of the Common Stock shall be the fair market value per share as determined jointly by the Board and the Holder.
 
Fiscal Year ” means each twelve month period ending on the last day of December in each year.
 
Fully-Diluted Shares ” means all outstanding shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis, after taking into account all other warrants, options and rights to acquire Common Stock and conversion of all Convertible Securities.
 
GAAP ” shall have the meaning set forth for such term in the Loan and Security Agreement.
 
Holder ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant.
 
Initial Number ” means ten percent (10%) of the Fully Diluted Shares on the Exercise Period Commencement Date multiplied by 30%.
 
Initiating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section  7.1 of this Warrant.
 
Inspector ” has the meaning set forth in Section  7.3.1(xi) of this Warrant.
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
Investment Representation Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section  3.5 of this Warrant.
 
Lender ” or “ Lenders ” shall have the meaning set forth for such terms in the Loan and Security Agreement.
 
Loan and Security Agreement ” means the Loan and Security Agreement dated September 17, 2012 among the Company, as Borrower, the Guarantors named therein,  MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as Agent, and the Lenders named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time.
 
 “ Minimum Adjusted EBITDA ” means for fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, $8.5 million; for fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, $10 million; for fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, $11.5 million and for fiscal year December 31, 2016 and each fiscal year thereafter, $13.5 million, and shall be demonstrated by delivery of a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company setting forth, in reasonable detail, the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA based upon the corresponding Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Minimum Put Price ” means $60,000 divided by the Initial Number.
 
NASDAQ ” means The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System.
 
New Issuance Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
 
Offering ” means an Offering, as defined in the Loan and Security Agreement.
 
Option ” means any rights, warrants or options to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock or Convertible Securities.
 
Original Issue Date ” means September 17, 2012.
 
Other Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section  7.1.5 of this Warrant.
 
Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, general partnership, joint stock company, joint venture, association, company, trust, bank, trust company, land trust, business trust or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any government agency or political subdivision thereof.
 
Proposed Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2
 
Public Sale ” means any sale of capital stock to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 (or any successor provision then in effect) adopted under the Securities Act.
 
Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 .
 
 
- 4 -

 
 
Put Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section  4.1 of this Warrant.
 
Put Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section  4.1   of this Warrant.
 
Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section  7.3.1(xi) of this Warrant.
 
Registrable Securities ” means any Warrant Shares (outstanding or issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or any other Warrant issued to a Lender pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement having the same Original Issue Date as this Warrant) until the date (if any) on which such Warrant Shares shall have been transferred or exchanged and new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent disposition of them shall not require registration or qualification of them under the Securities Act or any similar state law then in force.
 
Registration Expenses ” means all fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with Section  7.1 through Section  7.6 hereof, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses of complying with federal and state securities or blue sky laws, (iii) all word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, (iv) all messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, (vi) the fees and disbursements of any one counsel and any one accountant retained by the Holder or Holders of more than 50% of the Registrable Securities being registered (or, in the case of any registration effected pursuant to Section  7.1 hereof, as the Initiating Holders shall have selected to represent all holders of the Registrable Securities being registered), (vii) the fees and expenses of listing on any securities exchange, and (viii) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities.
 
Reorganization Securities ” means any stock (other than Common Stock) and other securities of the Company or any other person (corporate or otherwise) which the holders of the Warrants at any time shall be entitled to receive, or shall have received, upon the exercise of the Warrants, in lieu of or in addition to Common Stock, or which at any time shall be issuable or shall have been issued in exchange for or in replacement of Common Stock or other securities pursuant to Section  5.1 or otherwise.
 
Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor Federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or its successors) thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
 
Warrant ” means this Warrant.
 
 
- 5 -

 
 
2.        Exercise of Warrant
 
2.1     Mechanics of Exercise .  To exercise this Warrant in whole or in part, the Holder shall deliver on any Business Day to the Company at its principal place of business (a) this Warrant, (b) a written notice in substantially the form of the Exercise Notice attached hereto, of the Holder’s election to exercise this Warrant, which notice shall specify the number of Warrant Shares to be purchased (which shall be a whole number of shares if for less than all the Warrant Shares then issuable hereunder), and (c) payment of the Exercise Price with respect to such Warrant Shares.  Such payment may be made, at the option of the Holder, either (a) by cash, certified or bank cashier’s check or wire transfer in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Exercise Price times (ii) the number of Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant is being exercised or (b) by a “cashless exercise” of this Warrant, in which event the Holder shall receive from the Company the number of Warrant Shares equal to (i) the number of Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant is being exercised minus (ii) the number of Warrant Shares having an aggregate value determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Business Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise, equal to the product of (x) the Exercise Price times (y) the number of Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant is being exercised.
 
2.2     Delivery of Warrant Shares .  The Company shall, as promptly as practicable after receipt of such notice and payment, issue and deliver, or cause to be issued and delivered, the Warrant Shares as directed in the Exercise Notice.  If the Company’s shares are not then deliverable through DTC or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions, or if so directed in the Exercise Notice, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered a certificate or certificates representing the Warrant Shares so acquired as promptly as practical following the date of exercise of this Warrant.  Any certificate or certificates so delivered shall be in such denominations as may be specified in such notice, and shall be issued in the name of the Holder or such other name or names as shall be designated in such notice.  This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the applicable Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have been issued, and such Holder or any other Person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed for all purposes to have become a holder of record of Warrant Shares, as of the date the aforementioned notice and payment is received by the Company.  If this Warrant shall have been exercised only in part, the Company shall promptly, but in no event more than five Business Days after the Company’s receipt of the Exercise Notice, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the right to purchase the remaining shares of Common Stock issuable under this Warrant, which new Warrant shall, in all other respects, be identical to this Warrant.  The Company shall pay all expenses, stamp, documentary and similar taxes and other charges payable in connection with the preparation, issuance and delivery of share certificates and new Warrants under this provision, except that if any such tax or charge arises as a result of the Holder’s instruction to issue the shares in the name of any Person other than the Holder and such tax or charge would not arise if issued to the Holder, the Holder shall pay such tax or charge.
 
2.3     Warrant Shares Fully Paid .  All Warrant Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free of any restriction of any kind, and not subject to the terms and conditions of any current or future agreement among the Company’s stockholders.
 
2.4     Certificate Legend .  Each certificate for Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant, shall, unless at the time of exercise such Warrant Shares are registered under the Securities Act, bear the following legend:
 
 
- 6 -

 
 
“This security has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and may not be sold or offered for sale unless registered or qualified under said Act and any applicable state securities laws or unless the Company receives an opinion in reasonably acceptable form and scope to the Company of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company that registration, qualification or other such actions are not required under any such laws or that an exemption from such registration is available.  The offering of this security has not been reviewed or approved by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or by any state’s securities administrator.
 
Any certificate issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificate bearing such legend (except a new certificate issued in connection with a transfer after which the shares are no longer “restricted securities”) shall also bear such legend unless, in the opinion of legal counsel selected by the Holder of such certificate and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the securities represented thereby need no longer be subject to restrictions on resale under the Securities Act.
 
2.5     Failure to Deliver Warrant Shares .  Unless a share certificate is to be issued in accordance with Section 2.2, if by the second (2 nd ) Business Day after exercise of this Warrant, the Company fails to deliver the required number of Warrant Shares, the Holder will have the right to rescind the exercise.  Unless a share certificate is to be issued in accordance with Section 2.2, if by the second (2 nd ) Business Day after exercise, the Company fails to deliver the required number of Warrant Shares, and if after such second (2 nd ) Business Day and prior to the receipt of such Warrant Shares, the Holder purchases (in an open market transaction or otherwise) shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy In”), then the Company shall (i) pay in cash to the Holder the amount by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (A) the number of Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue by (B) the closing bid price of the Common Stock on the exercise date and (ii) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Warrant Shares that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder.  The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy In.
 
2.6     Authorization; Capitalization .  The Company has duly reserved, and will keep available for issuance upon exercise of this Warrant, the total number of Warrant Shares deliverable from time to time upon exercise of this Warrant.  In the event that adjustments contained in Section  5 of this Warrant result in any adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant causing (i) the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable after such action upon exercise of this Warrant, plus (ii) all shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding, plus (iii) all shares of Common Stock then issuable (y) upon the exercise of all outstanding options and (z) upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of all other outstanding securities which are exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, to exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized for issuance by the Company, the Company shall promptly take all corporate action necessary to authorize and reserve a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to cover the exercise of all of this Warrant in full, including, without limitation, obtaining the necessary approvals of the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company and filing the appropriate amendments to the Company’s certificate of incorporation.  The Company will not take any actions during the term of this Warrant that would result in any adjustment to the Warrant Shares if the Fully-Diluted Shares would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized for issuance by the Company.  The Company will not, so long as this Warrant has not been fully exercised, change the par value of its Common Stock to an amount equal to or greater than the Exercise Price.  The issuance of the Warrant Shares has been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and sold in accordance with this Warrant, the Warrant Shares will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  Neither the issuance of this Warrant nor the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon exercise of this Warrant violates or conflicts or will violate or conflict with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By Laws or any agreement to which the Company is a party or any Federal or State law.
 
 
- 7 -

 
 
3.        Transfer, Exchange and Replacement of Warrants
 
3.1     Ownership of Warrant .  The Company shall deem and treat the Person in whose name this Warrant is registered as the holder and owner hereof (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing hereon made by any Person other than the Company) for all purposes and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, until due presentment of this Warrant for registration of transfer as provided in this Section  3 .
 
3.2     Transfer of Warrants .  The Company agrees to maintain the books for the registration of transfer of this Warrant and all rights hereunder shall be registered, in whole or in part, on such books, upon surrender of this Warrant at the Company’s principal place of business, together with (i) a written assignment of this Warrant duly executed by the Holder or its duly authorized agent or attorney, with (if the Holder is a natural Person) a medallion signature guaranteed, (ii) funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon such transfer, and (iii) an Investment Representation Letter executed by the proposed transferee.  Upon surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall promptly execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees and in the denominations specified in the instrument of assignment and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant or Warrants evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this Warrant shall promptly be canceled.  The Company shall permit the Holder to inspect the warrant registration books from time to time during normal business hours at the Company.  The Holder shall pay all fees (including reasonable attorney’s fees), costs and expenses associated with any transfer of this Warrant requested by the Holder.
 
3.3     Division or Combination of Warrants .  This Warrant may be divided or combined with other identical Warrants upon presentment to the Company of this Warrant and of any Warrant or Warrants with which this Warrant is to be combined, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which the new Warrant or Warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holders hereof and thereof or their respective duly authorized agents or attorneys.  Subject to compliance with Section  3.2 above as to any transfer or assignment which may be involved in the division or combination, the Company shall promptly execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice.
 
 
- 8 -

 
 
3.4     Expenses of Delivery of Warrant .  The Company shall pay all reasonable expenses, stamp, documentary and similar taxes (other than transfer taxes) and other charges payable in connection with the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Warrants.
 
3.5     Representations of Holder .  On the date hereof, the Holder shall sign an Investment Representation Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, as the same may be amended from time to time to correspond to the definition of “accredited investor” under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act (an “ Investment Representation Letter ”).  The Company shall not be required to transfer the Warrants in whole or in part to any Person who does not execute an Investment Representation Letter or who the Company otherwise believes in good faith is not an “accredited investor”.
 
3.6     Financial Statements And Other Information .  Promptly upon transmission thereof, the Company will deliver to the Holder copies of any and all financial statements, proxy statements, notices and other reports as it may send to its shareholders or directors and copies of all registration statements and all reports which it files with the Commission (or any governmental body or agency succeeding to its functions); provided that if such document is available on EDGAR through the Commission’s website, it shall be sufficient to send to the Holder by e-mail an electronic link to such document.
 
4.        Certain Rights
 
4.1     Put Rights .  The Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation, to put (“ Put Option ”) some or all of this Warrant or the Warrant Shares to the Company upon the earliest to occur of (a) 180 days prior to the Expiration Date, (b) an event constituting an Event of Default, (c) a Change of Control, or (d) the sale, liquidation or other disposition of the whole or a significant portion of the assets of, or equity in, the Company.  The put price for each Warrant Share issued or issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (the “ Put Price ”) shall be the greater of (x) the Minimum Put Price; provided that if the Put Option is exercised prior to the Exercise Period Commencement Date, then $60,000 for the entire Warrant, (y) the Fair Market Value of the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant less the Exercise Price payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant and (c) if the Put Option is being exercised following a Change of Control, the highest price paid per share of Common Stock transferred in the Change of Control transaction less the Exercise Price payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant.  In the event that any of the events referred to in Section  5 has occurred, the Put Price shall, simultaneously with the happening of such event, be adjusted by multiplying the then Put Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and the product so obtained shall thereafter be the Put Price then in effect. The Put Price, as so adjusted, shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of any successive event or events described in Section  5 .
 
 
- 9 -

 
 
4.1.1     The Put Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Company.  The closing of the exercise of the Put Option shall be effected within thirty (30) days from the date of the written notice.  On the date scheduled for closing, the Put Price shall be payable to the Holder by the Company in cash, by certified check or by wire transfer, against delivery of the Warrant.
 
4.1.2     In the event that the Put Price is not paid by the Company on the date scheduled for closing, the Company shall, without further notice, be liable to pay interest on the Put Price at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum from the date of exercise of the Put Option pursuant to Section  4.1.1 above to the date of payment, it being understood that the Warrant Shares shall be repurchased as at such date.
 
4.2     Tag Along Rights .  Upon the occurrence of an event that will give rise to a Change of Control, no such Change of Control shall be made, closed, effected or registered on the books or records of the Company unless the proposed transferee shall irrevocably offer, in writing (“ Proposed Transferee Offer ”), to each Holder, to purchase all the Warrants and/or Warrant Shares from each Holder who desires to sell same at the same price, terms and conditions, as such proposed transferee has offered to purchase the shares of Common Stock of the Company to be sold and purchased in connection with the proposed Change of Control.  The Holder shall have twenty-one (21) days from the receipt of the Proposed Transferee’s Offer in which to accept such Proposed Transferee’s Offer.  If any Holder accepts the Proposed Transferee’s Offer, the closing of the sale of such Holder’s Warrants and/or Warrant Shares to the Proposed Transferee shall take place simultaneously with the consummation of the Change of Control transaction.
 
4.3     Drag Along Rights .  In the event that the Company receives a written offer from a bona fid third party (the “Purchaser”) in an arms-length transaction to purchase outstanding equity in the Company in a transaction that would result in a Change of Control, the Company shall have the right to require the Holder to sell all or, if the offer is for a percentage of the Company’s outstanding shares, such percentage of its Warrants or Warrant Shares to the Purchaser for a cash purchase price equal to the greater of the price as may have been offered by the Purchaser less the exercise price of each Warrant Share (to the extent the Warrant has not already been exercised).
 
5.      Reorganization, Reclassification and Liquidation .
 
5.1     In the case of any reorganization or reclassification of the Common Stock or in the case of any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company with, another company or corporation, or in the case of any sale, lease or conveyance of all, or substantially all, of the property, assets, business and goodwill of the Company as an entity, or on the occurrence of any other Change of Control, the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter have the right upon exercise to purchase the kind and amount of shares of stock and Reorganization Securities and property receivable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock which the Holder of this Warrant would have received had all Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant been issued immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale, at a price equal to the Exercise Price then in effect pertaining to this Warrant (the kind, amount and price of such stock and Reorganization Securities to be subject to adjustment as herein provided).  Prior to the consummation of any transaction described in this Section 5.1, the Company shall secure from the other Persons involved in such transaction written agreement (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder) agreeing to the forgoing and assuming the obligation to perform the Company’s obligations under this Section 5.1.
 
 
- 10 -

 
 
5.2     In case the Company shall, at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant and prior to the exercise hereof, dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs, the Company shall give the Holder at least 10 Business Days’ notice of such event or, if earlier, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to any distribution in connection therewith so as to afford Holder an opportunity to exercise the Warrant and participate in any resulting distribution.  Such notice shall include the Company’s good faith estimate of the amount per share of any such distribution on a Fully Diluted Basis.
 
5.3     In case the Company shall, at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant and prior to the exercise thereof, make a distribution of cash, assets (other than cash), rights to acquire assets or securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to its stockholders (the “ Distribution ”), then the Holder shall be entitled, upon the exercise thereof, to receive, in addition to the Warrant Shares it is entitled to receive, the same kind and amount of assets or securities as would have been distributed to it in the Distribution had it been the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock receivable upon exercise of this Warrant on the record date for determination of those entitled to receive the Distribution.  The Company shall give the Holder fourteen (14) days notice prior to setting the record date for any such Distribution.
 
6.        Adjustment of Warrant Exercise Price and Number of Warrant Shares .  The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted from time to time as follows:
 
6.1     Share Dividends and Splits .  If after the Original Issue Date the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is increased by a share dividend payable in Common Stock or by a split-up of Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of Warrant Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares and the then applicable Exercise Price shall be correspondingly decreased.
 
6.2     Issuance of Common Stock .  If and whenever on or after the Original Issue Date and prior to the Expiration Date the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock for consideration per share (the “ New Issuance Price ”) less than a price (the “ Applicable Price ”) equal to the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale, then immediately after such issue or sale the Warrant Exercise Price then in effect shall be reduced to an amount equal to the New Issuance Price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be increased to an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of Warrant Shares issuable under this Warrant immediately prior to such issue or sale and (y) the quotient determined by dividing the Applicable Price by the New Issuance Price.  The issuance of Common Stock by the Company upon exercise of Options or Convertible Securities which are outstanding on the date immediately preceding the Original Issue Date shall not trigger any adjustment under this Section 6.1, provided that such issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of such Options or Convertible Securities is made pursuant to the terms of such Options or Convertible Securities in effect on the date immediately preceding the Original Issue Date and such Options or Convertible Securities are not amended so as to increase the number of shares issuable thereunder or decrease the exercise or conversion price thereunder after the date immediately preceding the Original Issue Date.
 
 
- 11 -

 
 
6.3     Issuance of Options and Convertible Securities .  For purposes of Section 6.1, the issuance of any Options or Convertible Securities and/or the amendment of any Options or Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be the issuance of the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Options or Convertible Securities and shall trigger an adjustment under Section 6.1, as applicable.  No further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of the Common Stock under such Options or Convertible Securities if the adjustment has already been made.
 
6.4     Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock .  If the Company at any time after the Original Issue Date subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision will be proportionately reduced and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant will be proportionately increased.  If the Company at any time after the Original Issue Date combines (by combination, reverse stock split or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such combination will be proportionately increased and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant will be proportionately decreased.  Any adjustment under this Section 6.4 shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.
 
6.5     Other Events .  If any event occurs of the type contemplated by this Section 6 (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company) but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including, without limitation, the granting of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock rights or other rights with equity features), then the Company’s Board of Directors will make an appropriate adjustment in the Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant so as to protect the rights of the Holder of the Warrant; provided that no such adjustment will increase the Exercise Price or decrease the number of Warrant Shares issuable as otherwise determined pursuant to this Section 6.
 
6.6     Notice of Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment pursuant to Section 5 or this Section 6, the Company at its expense will promptly compute such adjustment in accordance with the terms of this Warrant and prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment, including a statement of the adjusted Exercise Price and adjusted number of type of Warrant Shares or other securities, cash or property issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (as applicable), describing the transactions giving rise to such adjustments and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company will promptly deliver a copy of each such certificate to the Holder and to the Company’s transfer agent.
 
 
- 12 -

 
 
6.7     Notice of Corporate Events .  If the Company (i) declares a dividend or any other distribution of cash, securities or other property in respect of the Common Stock, including without limitation any granting of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) authorizes or approves, enters into any agreement contemplating or solicits shareholder approval for (x) any sale of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (y) any tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another person) pursuant to which holders of Commons Stock are permitted to tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property, or (z) any reclassification of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property or (iii) authorizes the voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then the Company shall deliver to the Holder a notice describing the material terms and conditions of such transaction, at least ten Business Days prior to the earlier of the applicable record or effective date on which a Person would need to hold Common Stock in order to participate in or vote with respect to such transaction, and the Company will take all steps reasonably necessary in order to insure that the Holder is given the practical opportunity to exercise this Warrant prior to such time so as to participate in or vote with respect to such transaction; provided, however, that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be described in such notice.
 
7.        Registration Rights
 
7.1     Registration on Request .  Subject to Section  7.1.6 below, at any time after the Exercise Period Commencement Date, the holder or holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (the “Initiating Holders ”), may request the Company to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the resale of all or part of such Initiating Holders’ Registrable Securities on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415.  Such request shall specify the intended method of disposition thereof.
 
7.1.1     The Company will promptly give written notice of such requested registration to all holders of Registrable Securities, who shall have the right to request that their Registrable Securities be included in the registration statement requested pursuant to this Section  7.1 upon written notice to the Company made within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Company’s written notice.  Thereupon, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register for disposition in accordance with the intended method of disposition stated in the Initiating Holder’s request; all to the extent requisite to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid), of the Registrable Securities to be so registered, which shall be paid for by the Company in accordance with Section  7.1.3   below.
 
7.1.2     Registrations under this Section  7.1 shall be on such appropriate registration form of the Commission (i) as shall be selected by the Company and (ii) as shall permit the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition specified in the Initiating Holders’ request for such registration.  The Company agrees to include in any such registration statement all information which holders of Registrable Securities being registered shall reasonably request.
 
 
- 13 -

 
 
7.1.3     The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than one registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section  7.1 .  A registration requested pursuant to this Section  7.1 shall not be deemed to have been effected (i) unless a registration statement with respect thereto has become effective; provided , that a registration which does not become effective after being filed by the Company pursuant to this Section  7.1 solely by reason of the refusal to proceed by the Initiating Holders (other than a refusal to proceed based upon the advice of counsel relating to a matter with respect to the Company) shall be deemed to have been effected by the Company at the request of the Initiating Holders unless the Initiating Holders shall have elected to pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration, (ii) if, after it has become effective, such registration is subject to a stop order, injunction or other order of the Commission or other governmental agency or court suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement for any reason, other than by reason of misstatements or omissions made or not made in the registration statement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by a Holder of Registrable Securities specifically for use in the preparation of such registration statement, or (iii) if the conditions to closing specified in the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied, other than by reason of some act or omission by any Holder of Registrable Securities participating in the offering.  Except as provided in Section  7.1.3 above, whether or not the registration becomes effective, the Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration so initiated.
 
7.1.4     If a registration requested pursuant to this Section  7.1 involves an underwritten offering, the underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to holders of at least a majority (by number of shares) of the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.
 
7.1.5     If a requested registration pursuant to this Section  7.1 involves an underwritten offering, and the managing underwriter shall advise the Company (with a copy of any such notice to each holder of Registrable Securities requesting registration) that, in its opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration (including securities proposed to be sold for the account of the Company) exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Initiating Holders, the Company will include in such registration, to the extent of the number which the Company is so advised can be sold in such offering, (i) first, Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the holder or holders of Registrable Securities, pro rata among such holders requesting such registration on the basis of the number of such securities requested to be included by such holders, and (ii) second, all shares proposed to be included as the Company shall determine, whether shares to be offered by the Company or any Company stockholder (any such shares with respect to any registration, “ Other Securities ”) requested to be included in such registration by the holder or holders thereof.
 
7.1.6     The Company may suspend any registration requested pursuant to this Section  7.1 one time for a single period of up to ninety (90) days upon notice to the holders of Registrable Securities whose Registrable Securities are covered by the registration statement requested pursuant to this Section  7.1 that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, the registration and sale at such time of the Registrable Securities requested to be so registered would not be in the best interests of the Company, provided that notwithstanding such suspension, the Company shall continue to diligently process the preparation of the documentation required for such registration.  No registration shall be requested pursuant to this Section  7.1 during the period from the date of the notice to Holders pursuant to Section  7.1.1 of the Company’s intention to register securities until the expiration of the lockup period specified in Section  7.4.2 , or, if earlier, the date of the Company’s notice pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section  7.2.1 .
 
 
- 14 -

 
 
7.1.7     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to comply with a demand for registration under this Section 7.1 if the only form available for such registration is a Form S-1.
 
7.2     Piggy-Back Registration .  In the event that the Company intends to file any registration statement with respect to the sale of its Common Stock or Convertible Securities after the Exercise Period Commencement Date, the Holder shall have piggy-back registration rights as set forth herein.
 
7.2.1     If the Company at any time proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act (other than (x) by a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor or similar forms) or (y) pursuant to Section  7.1 ) whether for its own account or for the account of the holder or holders of any other equity securities of the Company, it will each such time give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to do so and of such holders’ rights under this Section  7.2.1 . Upon the written request of any such holder made within twenty (20) days after the receipt of any such notice (which request shall specify the Registrable Securities intended to be registered by such holder), the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register, by inclusion of such Registrable Securities in the registration statement which covers the securities which the Company proposes to register; provided that if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason either not to register or to delay registration of such securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each holder of Registrable Securities that had requested inclusion of Registrable Securities in such registration and, thereupon, (i) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to the rights of any holder of Registrable Securities entitled to request that such registration be effected as a registration under Section  7.1 above, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay registering, shall be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities, for the same period as the delay in registering such other securities.  No registration affected under this Section  7.2 shall relieve the Company of its obligation to effect any registration upon request under Section  7.1 above, nor shall any such registration hereunder be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Section  7.1 above.  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section  7.2 .
 
7.2.2     If the Company at any time proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act as contemplated by this Section  7.2 and such securities are to be distributed by or through one or more underwriters, the Company will, if requested by any holder of Registrable Securities as provided in this Section  7.2 , use its commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for such underwriters to include all the Registrable Securities to be offered and sold by such holder among the securities to be distributed by such underwriters, provided that if the managing underwriter of such underwritten offering shall determine that inclusion in such distribution of all or a specified number of the securities proposed to be distributed by such underwriters would interfere with the successful marketing of the securities being distributed by such underwriters, then the Company may reduce pro rata first the number of Registrable Securities that have been requested be included in such registration statement and second the number of Other Securities that have been requested be included in such registration statement.
 
 
- 15 -

 
 
7.3     Registration Procedures .
 
7.3.1         If and whenever the Company is required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Section  7.1 or Section  7.2 , the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:
 
(i)     prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 120-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold, provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Securities Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and provided further that applicable rules under the Securities Act governing the obligation to file a post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment that (x) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or (y) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of information required to be included in (x) and (y) above to be contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act in the registration statement;
 
(ii)     prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;
 
 
- 16 -

 
 
(iii)     furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and each underwriter, if any, of the securities being sold by such seller such number of conformed copies of such registration statement and of each such amendment and of copies of the prospectus contained in such registration statement or supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents, as such seller and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the Public Sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;
 
(iv)     use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such  registration statement under blue sky or similar laws of such jurisdictions as any seller thereof and any underwriter of the securities being sold by such seller shall reasonably request, to keep such registrations or qualifications in effect for so long as such registration statement remains in effect, and take any other action which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller and underwriter to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities owned by such seller except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the requirements of this subdivision (iv) be obligated to be so qualified, to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;
 
(v)     use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;
 
(vi)     furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities a signed counterpart, addressed to such seller and the underwriters, if any, of
 
 (A)     an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration is in connection with an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration statement, and
 
 (B)     a “comfort” letter, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration is in connection with an underwritten public offering, a letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement, covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein);
 
(vii)           notify the holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, promptly and confirm such advice in writing promptly thereafter:
 
 
- 17 -

 
 
(A)     when the registration statement, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or post-effective amendment to the registration statement has been filed, and, with respect to the registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective;
 
(B)     of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the registration statement or the prospectus or for additional information;
 
(C)     of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration or the initiation of any proceedings by any Person for that purpose; and
 
(D)     of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation or threat of any proceeding for such purpose;
 
(viii)         notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon the Company’s discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly prepare and furnish to such seller and each underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;
 
(ix)     make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement at the earliest possible moment;
 
(x)     otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months, but not more than eighteen months, beginning with the first full calendar quarter after the effective date of such registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;
 
 
- 18 -

 
 
(xi)     make available for inspection by a representative of the holders of Registrable Securities participating in the offering, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the registration and any attorney or accountant retained by such selling holders or underwriter (each, an “ Inspector ”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (the “ Records ”), and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such registration; provided that the Inspector shall first enter into a confidentiality agreement with the Company (including a provision that the Inspector and any other recipient of such information from the Inspector may not trade on any material nonpublic information obtained hereby) and the Company shall not be required to comply with this subdivision (xi) if there is a reasonable likelihood, in the judgment of the Company, that such delivery could result in the loss of any attorney-client privilege related thereto; and provided further that Records which the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors (other than to any holder of Registrable Securities participating in the offering, and if disclosed to any such holder shall not be disclosed by such holder) unless (x) such Records have become generally available to the public or (y) the disclosure of such Records may be necessary or appropriate (A) to comply with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to any such Inspectors or holder of Registrable Securities, (B) in response to any subpoena or other legal process or (C) in connection with any litigation to which such Inspectors or any holder of Registrable Securities is a party (provided that the Company is provided with reasonable notice of such proposed disclosure and a reasonable opportunity to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy with respect to such Records);
 
(xii)           provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such registration statement;
 
(xiii)          use its commercially reasonable efforts to list all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement on any securities exchange, including the OTC Bulletin Board or Pink Sheets LLC on which any of the Common Stock is then listed;
 
(xiv)          provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of the registration.
 
The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company with such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing for purposes of preparing the relevant registration statement and amendments and supplements thereto.
 
7.3.2         Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Securities that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in Section  7.3.1(viii) above, such holder will forthwith discontinue such holder’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement relating to such Registrable Securities until such holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section  7.3.1(viii) above.  In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the periods specified in Section  7.3.1(ii) ) above shall be extended by the length of the period from and including the date when each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received such notice to the date on which each such seller has received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by of Section  7.3.1(viii) above.
 
 
- 19 -

 
 
7.3.3         If any such registration or comparable statement refers to any holder of Registrable Securities by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Company, then such holder shall have the right to require, in the event that such reference to such holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such holder.
 
7.3.4         Within five (5) days of (x) receipt of any written agreement, stop order, proceeding or notification referred to in Section  7.3.1(vii)(B) , (C) and (D) above, or (y) the withdrawal of any underwriter(s), the Company shall notify the Holder in writing of such event, and the Holder shall thereupon have full and complete access to such underwriter(s) with respect to all matters and information of and concerning the Company in the possession of such underwriter(s).
 
7.4     Underwritten Offerings .
 
7.4.1         If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering by holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration requested pursuant to Section  7.1 above, the Company will enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters for such offering, such agreement to be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Company, each such holder and the underwriters, and to contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of this type, including, without limitation, indemnities to the effect and to the extent provided in Section  7.5 below.  The holders of the Registrable Securities will cooperate with the Company in the negotiation of the underwriting agreement.
 
7.4.2         Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of its Registrable Securities not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, effect any Public Sale or distribution of or otherwise dispose of any equity securities of the Company, during the ten (10) days prior to and the one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of any registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Section  7.1 or Section  7.2 which involves an underwritten offering, except as part of such registered underwritten offering, whether or not such Holder participates in such offering, and except as otherwise permitted by the managing underwriter of such registered underwritten offering (if any), provided , that such “lock-up” period shall not be greater than the shortest lock-up period restricting other selling shareholders of the Company in such registration and provided that each officer and director of the Company agrees to the same lock-up provisions.  Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to place stop transfer notations in its records to enforce this Section  7.4.2 .
 
7.4.3         No Person may participate in any registered underwritten offering hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, by the Person or a majority of the Persons entitled to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all agreements, questionnaires, indemnities and other documents (other than powers of attorney) required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
 
 
- 20 -

 

 
7.5     Indemnification .
 
7.5.1         To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities whose Registrable Securities are covered by any registration statement, its directors and officers and each other Person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which any such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Company will reimburse each such indemnified party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss,  liability, action or proceeding; provided that the indemnity obligation provided for in this Section  7.5.1 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement if such settlement is effected without the prior written consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and the Company is otherwise in compliance with its indemnification obligations hereunder; and provided further that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such holder or person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.  In addition, the Company shall indemnify any underwriter of such offering and each other Person, if any, who controls any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act in substantially the same manner and to substantially the same extent as the indemnity herein provided to each indemnified party.  Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such holder or any such director, officer, underwriter or controlling Person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such holder.
 
7.5.2         To the fullest extent permitted by law, each prospective seller of Registrable Securities hereunder shall indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in subdivision (a) of this Section  7.5 ) the Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company and each other Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, with respect to any statement or alleged statement in or omission or alleged omission from such registration statement, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such seller specifically for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement provided that the indemnity obligation provided for in this Section  7.5.2 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement if such settlement is effected without the prior written consent of the holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  Any such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any such director, officer or controlling Person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.  The amount payable by any prospective seller of Registrable Securities with respect to the indemnification set forth in this Section  7.5.2 in connection with any offering of securities will not exceed the amount of net proceeds received by such prospective seller pursuant to such offering.
 
 
- 21 -

 
 
7.5.3         Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a claim referred to in this Section  7.5 , such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action; provided that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section  7.5 , except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice.  In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that the indemnifying party may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof.  No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement of any such action which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.  No indemnified party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement of any such action the defense of which has been assumed by an indemnifying party without the consent of such indemnifying party.
 
7.5.4         If the indemnification provided for in the this Section  7.5 is unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any expense, loss,  damage or liability referred to therein, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such expense, loss,  claim, damage or liability (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Holder or underwriter, as the case may be, on the other from the distribution of the Registrable Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the holder or underwriter, as the case may be, on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such expense, loss, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the applicable Holder on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided that in no event shall the obligation of any indemnifying party to contribute under this Section  7.5.4 exceed the amount that such indemnifying party would have been obligated to pay by way of indemnification if the indemnification provided for under Section  7.5.1 or Section  7.5.2 above had been available under the circumstances.
 
 
- 22 -

 
 
The Company and the holders of Registrable Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section  7.5.4 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders and any underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section  7.5.4 , no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
 
7.6     Rule 144 .  The Company will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder and will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.  Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
 
8.        Miscellaneous
 
8.1   Notices .  Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all notices shall be in writing addressed to the respective party as set forth below and may be personally served, sent by facsimile transmission or sent by overnight courier service or United States mail and shall be deemed to have been given: (a) if delivered in person, when delivered; (b) if delivered by facsimile transmission, on the date of transmission if transmitted on a Business Day before 4:00 p.m. Eastern standard time or, if not, on the next succeeding Business Day; (c) if delivered by overnight courier, two (2) days after delivery to such courier properly addressed; or (d) if by U.S. Mail, five (5)   Business Days after depositing in the United States mail, with postage prepaid and properly addressed.
 
 
- 23 -

 
 
If to Company:
2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275
 
Boca Raton, FL 33431
 
Attention: Larry Sands
 
Facsimile:  561-988-2370
 
E-mail:   lsands@digitalcomminc.com
   
With a copy to:
O’Melveny & Myers LLP
 
2765 Sand Hill Road
 
Menlo Park, California 94025
 
Attention: Stephen Sonne, Esq.
 
Facsimile: 650-473-2601
 
E-mail:   ssonne@OMM.com
   
If to Holder:
__________________________
 
__________________________
 
__________________________
 
__________________________
 
Attention:  _________________
 
Facsimile:  _________________
 
E-mail:  _________________
   
With a copy to:
__________________________
 
__________________________
 
__________________________
 
__________________________
 
Attention:  _________________
 
Facsimile:  _________________
 
E-mail:  _________________
 
8.2     Waivers; Amendments .  No failure or delay of the Holder in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power.  No notice or demand on the Company in any case shall entitle the Company to any other or future notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.  The rights and remedies of the Holder are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which it would otherwise have.  The provisions of this Warrant may be amended, modified or waived with (and only with) the prior written consent of the Company and the Holder.
 
Any amendment, modification or waiver effected pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section shall be binding upon the holder of this Warrant and upon each future Holder thereof and upon the Company.
 
8.3     Governing Law .  THIS WARRANT AND ALL MATTERS RELATED HERETO AND ARISING HEREFROM (WHETHER ARISING UNDER CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.
 
 
- 24 -

 
 
8.4     Transfer; Covenants to Bind Successor and Assigns .  All covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Warrant made by or on behalf of the Company or the Holder and all other provisions hereof shall be binding on the Holder and the Company and their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.  This Warrant and all of the Holder’s rights hereunder, shall be transferable and assignable by the Holder hereof in whole, or from time to time in part, to any other Person, subject to the restrictions on transferability contained herein and under the applicable securities laws.
 
8.5     Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Warrant shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.  The parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
 
8.6     Section  Headings .  The Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Warrant and are not to affect the construction of or be taken into consideration in interpreting this Warrant.
 
8.7     Right to Specific Performance .  Each of the Company and the Holder acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of the covenants and agreements contained in this Warrant by the other party, such non breaching party would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole only by the award of monetary damages.  Accordingly each party agrees that the other party, in addition to any other remedy to which such other party may be entitled at law or equity, will be entitled to seek and obtain an award of specific performance of any provisions of this Warrant.
 
8.8     Consent to Jurisdiction .  THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, SUBJECT TO HOLDER’S ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS WARRANT, SHALL BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS.  THE COMPANY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS WARRANT.  IF THE COMPANY PRESENTLY IS, OR IN THE FUTURE BECOMES, A NONRESIDENT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS AND AGREES THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE UPON THE COMPANY BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, DIRECTED TO THE COMPANY, AT THE COMPANY’S ADDRESS AS MOST RECENTLY NOTIFIED BY THE COMPANY IN WRITING TO THE HOLDER AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE COMPLETE TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE SAME HAS BEEN POSTED AS AFORESAID.
 
 
- 25 -

 
 
8.9     Waiver Of Jury Trial .  THE COMPANY AND HOLDER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS WARRANT.  THE COMPANY AND HOLDER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THE WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS WARRANT AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THE WAIVER IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS.  THE COMPANY AND HOLDER FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.
 
[Signature Page To Follow]
 
 
- 26 -

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed in its corporate name by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.
 
  GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS INC.  
       
  By:    
 
Name: 
   
 
Title:
   
 
Accepted as of the day and year first above written:
 
     
     
     
By:    
Name: 
   
Title:
   
 
 
 

 
 
EXERCISE NOTICE
TO BE EXECUTED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER TO EXERCISE THIS WARRANT
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
The undersigned holder hereby exercises the right to purchase ______________ of the shares of Common Stock ("Warrant Shares") of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), evidenced by the attached Warrant (the "Warrant").  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Warrant.
 
1.            Form of Warrant Exercise Price .  The Holder intends that payment of the Warrant Exercise Price shall be made as:
 
______ "cash exercise" with respect to ________ Warrant Shares; and/or
 
______ "cashless exercise" with respect to ______ Warrant Shares (to the extent
permitted by the terms of the Warrant).
 
2.            Payment of Warrant Exercise Price .  In the event that the holder has elected a Cash Exercise with respect to some or all of the Warrant Shares to be issued pursuant hereto, the holder shall pay the sum of $___________________ to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.
 
The Warrant Shares shall be delivered as follows:
 
[Insert Name, Address and Tax ID of registered Holder of Warrant Shares to be delivered and method of delivery.  (BOOK ENTRY OR CERTIFICATES).]
 
       
   
Signature
 
   
Name:
 
   
Address:
 

Dated: ______________________
 
 
 

 
 
ASSIGNMENT
 
(To be executed by the Holder if he desires to assign the Warrant)
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto [__________________________] the right to purchase _____________Warrant Shares of  Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., evidenced by the within Warrant, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint [____________________] Attorney to transfer the said Warrant on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution.
 
       
   
Signature
 
   
Address:

Dated: ______________________
 
In the Presence of:
 
____________________________
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT A
 
INVESTOR REPRESENTATION LETTER
 
Pursuant to this Investor Representation Letter (this “ Agreement ”), the undersigned (“ Holder ”) represents and warrants to [                       ] (“ Company ”) as follows (Capitalized terms used, but not defined herein, have the meanings assigned to them in the Warrant dated as of [                    ] [  ], 200[  ] executed and delivered by the Company):
 
1.        Authority .  Holder has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and perform Holder’s obligations hereunder.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Holder have been duly authorized by all necessary action, corporate, partnership, or otherwise, on the part of Holder.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Holder and is a legal, valid and binding agreement of Holder, enforceable against the Holder in accordance with its terms (except as enforceability may be limited by laws of bankruptcy or insolvency and general equitable principles).
 
2.        No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Holder will not conflict with or result in the breach of any term or provision of, or violate or constitute a default under any charter provision, bylaw, partnership agreement or similar organizational document of Holder, or under any agreement, instrument, order, judgment, decree, law or regulation to which the Holder is a party or by which Holder is in any way bound or obligated.
 
3.        Approvals .  No permit, authorization, notice, consent or approval is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by Holder of this Agreement.
 
4.        Investment Representations .
 
(a)     Holder understands that the representations and warranties set forth in this Paragraph 4 are being provided to, and relied upon by, the Company to determine whether the Warrants and the Warrant Shares may be sold to Holder pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), Regulation D thereunder and similar exemptions from applicable state securities laws.
 
(b)     Information contained herein as it relates to Holder is complete and accurate in all material respects and may be relied upon by the Company in determining the availability of an exemption from registration under federal and state securities laws in connection with the offering and sale of securities as described in this Agreement.
 
(c)     Holder is acquiring the Warrants and the Warrant Shares for Holder’s own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof.
 
(d)     Holder understands that the Warrants and the Warrant Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or with any state authority, and that neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved any of the Warrants and the Warrant Shares or passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering or sale of the Warrants and the Warrant Shares or confirmed the accuracy or determined the adequacy of any materials or information presented or made available to Holder in connection with this transaction, none of which has been reviewed by any federal, state or other regulatory authority.
 
 
 

 
 
(e)     Holder acknowledges that the Company has advised the undersigned to consult with Holder’s Advisors regarding the terms of this investment and suitability of the investment in light of Holder’s financial considerations and needs, and after due consideration, Holder has determined that the investment in the Warrants and the Warrant Shares is suitable.
 
(f)     Holder understands that Holder must bear the economic risk of an investment in the Warrants and the Warrant Shares indefinitely because none of the Warrants and the Warrant Shares may be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from registration is available, and that each certificate or agreement representing the Warrants and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant will bear substantially the following legend until such restriction is no longer required by law:
 
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE UNLESS REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION IN REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE FORM AND SCOPE TO THE COMPANY OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION, QUALIFICATION OR OTHER SUCH ACTIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED UNDER ANY SUCH LAWS OR THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.  THE OFFERING OF THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REVIEWED OR APPROVED BY THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR BY ANY STATE’S SECURITIES ADMINISTRATOR.
 
(g)     Holder has a sufficient net worth to sustain a loss of Holder’s entire investment in the Warrants and the Warrant Shares in the event such a loss should occur and Holder’s overall commitment to investments that are not readily marketable is not excessive in view of Holder’s net worth and financial circumstances.
 
(h)     Holder (including all partners and equity holders in the case of a Holder that is a corporation or partnership) is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act, with which Holder is familiar.  Holder has initialed each of the following which is applicable to Holder:
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
 
____(i)
Holder has significant prior investment experience, including investment in non-listed and non-registered securities, and is knowledgeable about investment considerations in start-up companies.  Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial, tax, and business matters so as to enable Holder to utilize the information made available to Holder to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Warrant and the Warrant Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect thereto.
     
 
____(ii)
Holder is a natural person who had individual income of more than $200,000 in each of the most recent two years or joint income with spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of the most recent two years and reasonably expects to reach that same income level for the current year. “Income” for purposes hereof should be computed as follows: individual adjusted gross income, as reported (or to be reported) on a federal income tax return, increased by (A) any deduction of long-term capital gains under Section 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”); (B) any deduction for depletion under Section 611 et. seq. of the Code; (C) any exclusion for interest under Section 103 of the Code; and (D) any losses of a partnership as reported on Schedule E of Form 1040).  If a California resident, Holder’s investment in the Warrant and the Warrant Shares does not exceed ten percent (10%) of Holder and spouse’s joint net worth.
     
 
____(iii)
Holder is a natural person whose individual net worth (i.e., total assets in excess of total liabilities) or joint net worth with spouse will at the time of purchase of the Warrant and the Warrant Shares be in excess of $1,000,000 excluding the value of such person’s primary residence.
     
 
____(iv)
Holder is not a natural person and Holder certifies that it is an “accredited investor” because it meets one of the additional qualifying conditions specified in Regulation D, which is specifically that Holder is:
     
 
____(v)
Holder is a corporation or partnership and each of its shareholders or partners meets at least one of the following conditions:
     
   
(A)      each shareholder or partner is a natural person who falls within at least one of the categories described in 4(i)(i) or (ii) above; or
     
   
(B)      each shareholder or partner is a corporation, partnership or other entity which meets the description of at least one of the organizations described in 4(i)(i) above.
     
 
___(vi)
Holder is a revocable trust established by its beneficiary and the grantor falls within one of the categories described in 4(i)(i) or (ii) above.
     
Dated:________________________
__________________________________
(Signature)
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
Page
       
1.
Definitions
1
       
2.
Exercise of Warrant
6
       
 
2.5
Failure to Deliver Warrant Shares
7
       
 
2.6
Authorization; Capitalization
8
       
3.
Transfer, Exchange and Replacement of Warrants
8
       
 
3.1
Ownership of Warrant
8
       
 
3.2
Transfer of Warrants
8
       
 
3.3
Division or Combination of Warrants
9
       
 
3.4
Expenses of Delivery of Warrant
9
       
 
3.5
Representations of Holder
9
       
 
3.6
Financial Statements And Other Information
9
       
4.
Certain Rights
9
       
 
4.1
Put Rights
9
       
 
4.2
Tag Along Rights
10
       
 
4.3
Drag Along Rights
10
       
5.
Reorganization, Reclassification and Liquidation.
10
       
6.
Adjustment of Warrant Exercise Price and Number of Warrant Shares
11
       
 
6.1
Share Dividends and Splits
11
       
 
6.2
Issuance of Common Stock
11
       
 
6.3
Issuance of Options and Convertible Securities
12
       
 
6.4
Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock
12
       
 
6.5
Other Events
12
       
 
6.6
Notice of Adjustments
13
 
 
 

 
 
 
6.7
Notice of Corporate Events
13
       
7.
Registration Rights
13
       
 
7.1
Registration on Request
13
       
 
7.2
Piggy-Back Registration
15
       
 
7.3
Registration Procedures.
16
       
 
7.4
Underwritten Offerings.
20
       
 
7.5
Indemnification.
21
       
 
7.6
Rule 144
23
       
8.
Miscellaneous
24
       
 
8.1
Notices
24
       
 
8.2
Waivers; Amendments
24
       
 
8.3
Governing Law
25
       
 
8.4
Transfer; Covenants to Bind Successor and Assigns
25
       
 
8.5
Severability
25
       
 
8.6
Section Headings
25
       
 
8.7
Right to Specific Performance
25
       
 
8.8
Consent to Jurisdiction
25
       
 
8.9
Waiver Of Jury Trial
26
 
 
- ii - 

Exhibit 10.19
 
Promissory Note
 
$1,046,000.00 September 17, 2012
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED , and intending to be legally bound hereby, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. , a Delaware corporation with a place of business at 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431 (“ Maker ”), unconditionally promises to pay to the order of the PETER LEIBOWITZ, GARY MCGUIRE, MARC FREEDMAN and JUSTIN LEIBOWITZ (collectively referred to as “ Holder ”), the aggregate principal amount of up ONE MILLION FORTY-SIX THOUSAND DOLLARS AND ZERO CENTS ($1,046,000.00), together with interest in arrears from the date hereof on the unpaid principal balance hereunder at the lowest applicable federal rate of interest and any unpaid costs and expenses payable hereunder (including all renewals, extensions, or modifications hereof, the “ Note ”).
 
1.        PAYMENT.
 
1.1     Maker, Holder, ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation and certain of its related entities are contemporaneously herewith, entering into a certain Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012 (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, restated or amended and restated, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which Maker, as purchaser, is acquiring from the Holder, as Seller, all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Adex Corporation, and all outstanding membership interests of ADEX Puerto Rico, LLC, a Puerto Rico limited liability company.  Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, Maker is now indebted to Holder on account of certain extensions of credit, financial accommodations and/or certain other obligations arising thereunder.  All amounts due hereunder shall be due and payable on the date which is thirty (30) days from the date of  actual “Closing” and funding of the  transaction contemplated in the Purchase Agreement  (the “ Maturity Date ”).
 
1.2     On or after the Maturity Date, if the Note has not been previously satisfied, Holder shall make written demand (the “ Demand ”) for payment to Maker.  Maker shall pay same from available funds within ten (10) business days of Demand.
 
1.3     All payments due hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America.  Payment may be made, without limitation, by means of the transfer of receivables contemplated by Section 2.3(c) of the Purchase Agreement, and any payments made pursuant to such section with respect to the amounts owed that are evidenced by this Note shall reduce the principal amount hereof on a dollar-for-dollar basis.  Payments made pursuant to this note to any of the individuals included within the definition of “Holder” shall be deemed to so be payment to the Holder.  All payments shall be made at such address as Holder shall hereafter give to Maker by written notice made in accordance with the provisions of this Note. Whenever any amount expressed to be due by the terms of this Note is due on any day which is not a business day, the same shall instead be due on the next succeeding day which is a business day and, in the case of any interest payment date which is not the date on which this Note is paid in full, the extension of the due date thereof shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of interest due on such date. As used in this Note, the term “business day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in the city of New York, New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed.
 
 
1

 
 
2.        PREPAYMENT. This Note may be prepaid in full at any time or in part from time to time, together with accrued and unpaid interest, to the date of such prepayment, without premium or penalty.
 
3.        ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND OTHER COSTS. Maker shall pay all of Holder’s reasonable expenses incurred (i) to prepare and negotiate this Note and all related documents, instruments and agreements and (ii) to enforce or collect any of the obligations, including, without limitation in any such case, reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses, whether incurred without the commencement of a suit, in any trial, arbitration or administrative proceeding, or in any appellate or bankruptcy proceeding. Holder shall have the right and is authorized to deduct from the original disbursement hereunder the amount of the expenses referred to in subsection (i) of this Section 3.
 
4.        NO USURY. Holder and Maker intend to comply at all times with applicable usury laws. If at any time such laws would render usurious any amounts called for under this Note, then it is Maker’s and Holder’s express intention that such excess amount shall be immediately credited to the principal balance of this Note (or, if this Note has been fully paid, refunded by Holder to Maker), and the provisions hereof shall be immediately reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible under this Note reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any further documents, so as to comply with the then applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for under this Note. Any such crediting or refund shall not cure or waive any default by Maker under this Note.
 
5.        DEFAULT. Maker shall be in default under this Note upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each, an “ Event of Default ”):
 
5.1     Failure to make any payment required under this Note within ten (10) business days 1 of the indicated date or on the due date thereof, as the case may be; or
 
5.2     Any default or event of default occurs under any document, instrument or agreement between Maker and Holder or any affiliate, successor or assigns of any such party; or
 
5.3     Maker (i) applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, (iii) makes an assignment or arrangement for the benefit of creditors, (iv) files a petition or an answer seeking a reorganization or an arrangement with creditors or seeking to take advantage of any insolvency law, (iv) performs any other act of bankruptcy, or (v) files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against Maker in any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding; or
 
5.4     Entry of an order, judgment or decree by any court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating Maker a judgment debtor or declaring Maker insolvent or approving a receiver, trustee or liquidator of Maker or of all or a substantial part of its assets, or otherwise commences with respect to Maker or any of her assets any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment, receivership or like law or statute, and if such order, judgment, decree or proceeding continues unstayed for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days after the expiration of any stay thereof.
 

1 Note: conforming to payment terms of Section 1.2.
 
 
2

 
 
6.        REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Holder may at any time thereafter, take any one or more of the following actions:
 
6.1     Acceleration . Upon the happening of any Event of Default, the entire amount of fees, principal, and any other sums due under this Note (collectively, the “ Obligations ”) shall become due and payable immediately and the rate of interest on the unpaid principal balance of the Note shall be at the rate of Eighteen percent (18%) per annum (the “ Default Rate ”). Maker acknowledges that: (i) such interest is a material inducement to Holder to make the Note; (ii) Holder would not have made the Note in the absence of the agreement of the Maker to pay such interest; (iii) such interest represents compensation for increased risk to Holder that the Note will not be repaid; and (iv) such interest is not a penalty and represents a reasonable estimate of (a) the cost to Holder in allocating its resources (both personnel and financial) to the on-going review, monitoring, administration and collection of the Note and (b) compensation to Holder for losses that are difficult to ascertain.
 
6.2     All remedies of Holder provided for herein are cumulative and shall be in addition to all other rights or remedies available at law or equity.
 
6.3     Holder does not give up its rights upon an Event of Default as a result of any delay in declaring or failing to declare a default or an Event of Default.
 
6.4     File a lawsuit to enforce the Obligations due under this Note.
 
7.        WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS.
 
7.1     Holder is not required to obtain an official certificate of non-payment.
 
7.2     No waivers, amendments or modifications of this Note shall be valid unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Holder. No waiver by Holder of any Event of Default shall operate as a waiver of any other Event of Default or the same Event of Default on a future occasion. Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of Holder in exercising any right, power or remedy under this Note shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
 
7.3     Maker agrees that Holder may extend, modify or renew this Note or make a novation of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note for any period and grant any releases, compromises or indulgences with respect to any collateral securing this Note, or with respect to Maker or any person liable under this Note, all without notice to or consent of Maker or any person liable under this Note and without affecting the liability of Maker or any person who may be liable under this Note.
 
 
3

 
 
8.        NOTICES.
 
8.1     Any report, demand, notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder (other than service of process) shall be in writing, and shall be delivered personally, shall be delivered by a recognized overnight national carrier service (such as Federal Express) for next business day delivery, or shall be sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, first-class postage prepaid to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or to such other addresses as the parties may specify by due notice to the other):
 
To Holder:
Marc Freedman
 
__________
 
 
__________
 
To Maker:
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
 
Attn: Lawrence Sands
 
Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary
 
2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275
 
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
 
8.2     Any notice delivered to a party’s designated address by (a) personal delivery, (b) recognized overnight national courier service, or (c) registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed to have been received by such party at the time the notice is delivered to such party’s designated address. Confirmation by the courier delivering any notice given pursuant to this Section shall be conclusive evidence of receipt of such notice. Each party hereby agrees that it will not refuse or reject delivery of any notice given hereunder, that it will acknowledge, in writing, receipt of the same upon request by any other party and that any notice rejected or refused by it shall be deemed for all purposes of this Note to have been received by the rejecting party on the date so refused or rejected, as conclusively established by the records of the U.S. Postal Service or the courier service. Any notice given by an attorney on behalf of a party or a party shall be effective for all purposes.
 
9.        GOVERNING LAW. This Note shall be governed, interpreted, and enforceable in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles. The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Note shall not affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Note, and to this end, the provisions of this Note are declared to be severable.
 
10.     ACTIONS INVOLVING THIS NOTE. If this Note is referred to any attorney for collection, the Maker agrees to pay all costs of collection, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. THE MAKER, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE, THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER.
 
11.     JURISDICTION. The Maker hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees:
 
 
4

 
 
11.1     to be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and any federal courts sitting in New York in connection with any action, suit or proceeding under or relating to, or to enforce any of the provisions of, this Note; and
 
11.2     to waive, to the extent permitted by law, any right to obtain a change in venue from any such court in any such action, suit or proceeding.
 
11.3     Service of process may be made by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to Maker’s address set forth above, however , nothing in the paragraph shall affect Holder’s right to serve the process in any manner permitted by paw, or limit Holder’s right to bring proceedings against Maker in the Courts of any other jurisdiction.
 
11.4     The provisions of this Section shall not limit or otherwise affect the right of Holder to institute and conduct an action in any other appropriate manner, jurisdiction or court.
 
12.     MATERIAL ASPECTS OF THIS NOTE.
 
12.1     MAKER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT SECTIONS 7 (“WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS”), 10 (“ACTIONS INVOLVING THIS NOTE”) AND 11 (“JURISDICTION”) ABOVE ARE SPECIFIC AND MATERIAL ASPECTS OF THIS NOTE AND THAT HOLDER WOULD NOT EXTEND CREDIT TO MAKER IF THE WAIVERS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 7, 10 AND 11 WERE NOT A PART OF THIS NOTE.
 
13.     MISCELLANEOUS.
 
13.1     Assignment . This Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Maker and Holder and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. Holder’s interest in and rights under this Note are freely assignable, in whole or in part, by Holder. Maker shall not assign its rights and interest hereunder without the prior written consent of Holder, and any attempt by any Maker to assign without Holder’s prior written consent is null and void. Any assignment shall not release Maker from the Obligations.
 
13.2     Severability . If any provision of this Note shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective but only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Note.
 
13.3     Plural; Captions . All references in this Note to Maker, Holder, person, document or other nouns of reference mean both the singular and the plural form, as the case may be. The subheadings contained in this Note are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the Note.
 
13.4     Note Binding On Maker And Its Successors . All Obligations under this Note are the unconditional obligations of Maker and all who succeed to its rights and interests. Maker, by execution of, and Holder, by acceptance of, this Note agree that each party is bound to all terms and provisions of this Note.
 
 
5

 
 
13.5     Entirety . This Note embodies the entire agreement between the parties and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.
 
13.6     Business Purpose . Maker represents that the amount evidenced by this Note is being obtained for business purposes.
 
13.7     Rights Cumulative . The rights and remedies of Holder under this Note and the Agreement shall be cumulative and concurrent and at the sole discretion of Holder may be pursued singly, successively, or together and exercised as often as Holder shall desire. Time is of the essence under this Note. The failure of Holder to exercise any such right or remedy shall in no event be construed an a waiver of release thereof.
 
13.8     If any payment hereunder shall be specified to be made on a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in New York are not authorized to be open for business, it shall be considered timely if made on the next succeeding day which is a business day, and no additional interest shall accrue for such delay.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Maker has executed and delivered to Holder this Note, as of the day and year written below.
 
  MAKER :
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
 
       
 
By: /s/ Lawrence M. Sands  
  Name:  Lawrence M. Sands  
  Title: Senior Vice President  
 
Dated: September 17, 2012
 
 
6
Exhibit 10.20
 
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
 
WHEREAS , each of the undersigned desires to subscribe for shares representing, in the aggregate, ______ (_____) shares of Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Shares ”) in Genesis Group Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”) with an accompanying warrant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, a “ Warrant ”) in consideration for a total investment of ________________________ ( $________ ) and
 
NOW, THEREFORE , the undersigned hereby offer to purchase and subscribe for Shares in the amount set forth under each of their names on the signature page hereto.  Each of the undersigned makes the offer to purchase the aforesaid Shares, upon the terms set forth below and, in connection therewith, makes the following representations and warranties to the Company:
 
1.     Each of the undersigned understands that the Shares and accompanying Warrants are offered on a negotiated basis for a purchase price per share (with accompanying Warrant) of $1,000 and may be offered to others on the same terms. The Company has agreed to accept $1,000 per Share (with accompanying Warrant) upon acceptance of the subscriptions hereunder, which amount the Company and each of the undersigned agree represents the current fair market value per Share and Warrant after factoring in all of the terms and conditions herein. Each of the undersigned understands and agrees that any Subscription for Shares (and Warrants) is made subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) the Company shall have the right to reject such subscription in whole or in part; (b) the undersigned agrees to comply with the terms of this agreement and the bylaws of the Company, and to execute any and all further documents necessary in connection with becoming a stockholder of the Company.
 
2.     Each of the undersigned understands that this subscription constitutes an offer to purchase Shares in the Company.
 
3.     Each of the undersigned, his advisers, if any, and designated representatives, if any, have the knowledge and experience in financial and business matters necessary to evaluate the merits and risks of its prospective investment in the Company, and have carefully reviewed and understand the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Shares and the tax consequences of the investment, and have the ability to bear the economic risks of the investment.
 
4.     Each of the undersigned is acquiring Shares and Warrants for investment for his own account and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof and understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein. Each of the undersigned further represents that he does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to any third person with respect to any of the Shares.
 
 
1

 
 
5.     Each of the undersigned is aware that no federal or state agency has made any findings or determination as to the fairness for public or private investment, nor any recommendation or endorsement, of the Shares and Warrants as an investment.
 
GENERAL INFORMATION FROM PURCHASERS
 
6.     The following information must be completed in full before this subscription for Shares and Warrants will be considered by the Company.  The information requested relates to each of the undersigned’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and to his ability to bear the economic risks of a proposed investment in the Company.  Such information is required in order to determine whether or not certain suitability standards regarding the proposed investment have been met by the undersigned.
 
7.     Each of the undersigned represents that he either (i) is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act or (ii) is not a “U.S. Person” as defined in Regulation S as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, and, in each case, shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.
 
CERTIFICATION AS ACCREDITED INVESTOR
 
8.     ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATION UNDER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND MOST STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  Each of the undersigned further represents as follows  (it is requested that at least one of the following categories be initialed by all “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933) (the “ Act ”) :
 
__________
a.
The undersigned is a natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000, provided that in calculating the undersigned’s net worth: (A) the person's primary residence shall not be included as an asset; (B) indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of sale of securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (C) indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities shall be included as a liability;
 
__________
b.
The undersigned is a natural person whose individual income exceeded $200,000 in each of the two most recent calendar years or whose joint income with his spouse exceeded $300,000 in each of those years and who reasonably expects to reach the same income level in the current year;
 
 
2

 
 
__________
c.
The undersigned is a bank as defined in Section 3 (a) (2) of the Act or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section (3) (a) (5) (A) of the Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity, a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; an insurance company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in section 2 (a) (48) of that act; a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U. S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3 (21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors.
 
__________
d.
The undersigned is any organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;
 
__________
e.
The undersigned is a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring Shares, whose purchase is directed by a person who has knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment;
 
__________
f.
The undersigned is a private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;
 
__________
g.
The undersigned is a director or executive officer of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or a director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer, or
 
__________
h.
The undersigned is an entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.  If a resident of Arizona, California, Florida, Illinois, or Michigan, please complete and sign Annex B to this Subscription Agreement.
 
OTHER CRITERIA AND REPRESENTATIONS
 
9.        The undersigned recognizes the speculative nature and risks of loss associated with investments in intermediate stage companies and that he or she may suffer a complete loss of his or her investment. The Shares and Warrants subscribed for constitute an investment which is suitable and consistent with his investment program and his financial situation enables him to bear the risks of this investment.
 
 
3

 
 
10.     The undersigned confirms that he understands and has fully considered, for purposes of this investment, that: (i) the Shares and Warrants (and securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants) are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss by the undersigned of his investment therein, and (ii) there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of, and there will be no public market for the Shares and Warrants and, accordingly, it may be difficult for him to liquidate his investment herein in case of emergency, if possible at all.
 
11.     The undersigned confirms that, in making his decision to purchase the Shares and Warrants subscribed for, he has relied upon independent investigations made by him or his representatives, including his own professional tax and other advisors, and that he and such representatives have been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, the officers and directors of the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the investment or any other matter, and to obtain any additional information, to the extent that the officer and directors of the Company possess such information or can acquire it, without unreasonable effort or expense, necessary to verify the accuracy of any information, and that no representations have been made to the undersigned concerning the Shares, the Company, its proposed business activities or other matters, except as set forth in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Company’s press releases (collectively, the “ Public Information ”).  The undersigned is aware of the restrictions imposed by the U.S. securities laws on the purchase or sale of securities from third parties (including in the public market) by any person who has received material, non-public information from the issuer of such securities and on the communication of such information to any other person when it is reasonably foreseeable that such other person is likely to purchase or sell such securities in reliance upon such information.  The undersigned agrees that, to the extent he has received or is otherwise in possession of material non-public information regarding the Company, for so long as such information continues to constitute material non-public information regarding the Company, he will not purchase or sell any securities of the Company other than from the Company.
 
12.     The undersigned understands that the Shares and Warrants are being offered and sold under an exemption from registration provided by the Act, and warrants and represents that any Shares and Warrants subscribed for are being acquired by the undersigned solely for his own account, for investment purposes only, and are not being purchased with a view to or for the purpose of resale, distribution, subdivision or fractionalization thereof; the undersigned has no agreement or other arrangement, formal or informal, with any person to sell, transfer or pledge any part of any common stock subscribed for or which would guarantee the undersigned any profit or protect the undersigned against any loss with respect to such Shares and Warrants; the undersigned has no plans to enter into such agreement or arrangement and, consequently, he must bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time because the Shares and Warrants cannot be resold or otherwise transferred unless subsequently registered under the Act, or an exemption from such registration is available. Further, the certificate evidencing the ownership of the Shares and of any shares issued upon exercise of the Warrants by subscribers shall bear the following (or substantially similar) legend:
 
 
4

 
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED FOR VALUE IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED, AND REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS THE COMPANY SHALL HAVE RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR LAWS.
 
California Residents.   The certificate evidencing the ownership of Shares by subscribers who are residents of California shall also bear the following legend:
 
IT IS UNLAWFUL TO CONSUMMATE A SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, OR TO RECEIVE ANY CONSIDERATION THEREFOR, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED IN THE COMMISSIONER’S RULES.
 
Further, the undersigned are advised as follows:
 
THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR SUCH SECURITIES PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE.  TO THE EXTENT THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE IS APPLICABLE TO ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS HEREUNDER, THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.
 
13.     With a view to making available to the undersigned the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that may at any time permit a holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, the Company agrees to: (i) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times from and after the effective date of the undersigned’s subscription; (ii) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act,” or the “Securities Act”), and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); and (iii) furnish to the undersigned, forthwith upon request (A) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, the Act and the Exchange Act, and (B) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company if such documents are not available on the Company’s website or the SEC’s website.
 
 
5

 
 
14.     The undersigned is aware that the Company is relying upon the representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in this Agreement, in part, in determining whether the offering is exempt from registration under the Act and from registration or qualification under any applicable state securities laws .  The Company is relying upon the undersigned’s representations and warranties in determining whether to accept the subscription tendered hereby.
 
15.     The undersigned represents and warrants that the following statements are true: (i) if the undersigned is a partnership or an association, all of its members are at least 21 years of age and are United States citizens; (ii) if the undersigned is (A) an individual retirement account, (B) an individual retirement account that is established as part of a plan described in Section 401 (a) of the Code under which employees are participants, or (C) a trust established as part of a plan described in Section 401 (a) of the Code, all of he beneficiaries of such plan are at least 21 years of age and are U.S. citizens; (iii)  if the undersigned is a corporation, it is incorporated under the laws of the United States and is authorized and otherwise duly qualified to hold an interest in the Company; (iv) if the undersigned is a corporation and any of such corporate partner’s shareholders are not such U.S. citizens or domiciled in the United States, then such shareholders’ countries of domicile permits U.S. citizens to own interest in U.S. corporations.
 
16.     The undersigned agrees that the foregoing representations and warranties shall survive his acquisition of Shares and Warrants pursuant to this Agreement, as well as any rejection by the Company of a subscription for the Shares and Warrants.
 
17.     The undersigned represents, under penalties of perjury, that he is not subject to backup withholding under the provisions of Section 3406 (a) (1) (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and that his social security number or taxpayer identification number provided to the Company is true and correct.
 
18.     Market Stand-Off Agreement .  Each of the undersigned hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by the Company and an underwriter of common stock or other securities of the Company, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act in connection with the first public offering of equity securities by the Company after the date hereof (other than in connection with a Rule 145 transaction or a registration on Form S-8 or otherwise with respect to an employee incentive plan), he shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by him at any time during such period; provided , however , that (i) all then executive officers and directors of the Company enter into similar agreements, and such market stand-off time period shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, subject to extension for no more than an additional 34 days as requested by the underwriters to ensure compliance with applicable FINRA rules related to the publishing of research reports.  To enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may include an appropriate legend on any securities held by the undersigned and may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to such securities (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.
 
 
6

 
 
The preceding representations do not constitute a waiver of any rights the undersigned may have under applicable U.S. or state securities laws.
 
COMPANY REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
The Company hereby represents and warrants that:
 
(a)     it has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as currently conducted;
 
(b)     all action on the part of the Company, its board of directors, officers and existing stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder shall have been taken, and this Agreement, assuming due execution by the parties hereto and thereto, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, in each case at the time of the issuance of the Shares;
 
(c)     the Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, shall be duly and validly issued and will be free of restrictions on transfer directly or indirectly created by the Company other than restrictions on transfer under this Agreement and under applicable federal and state securities laws;
 
(d)     the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder will not conflict with or result in the violation of or default under any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, any agreement or instrument to which either the Company is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, or any license, permit, franchise, judgment, order, writ, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency is required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and
 
(e)     all information contained in the Public Information is true and accurate in all material respects.
 
 [Signatures Appear On The Following Page]
 
 
7

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned has executed this Subscription Agreement this __________ day of September, 2012
 
SUBSCRIBER:
 
By_____________________________________________
   
Name:
 
   
No. of Shares:
 
Price Per Share:
$1,000
Purchase Price:
$
 
 
Place of Execution:
________________
Address:
________________
 
________________
 
________________
Telephone:
________________
 
THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS THE SECURITIES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM IS AVAILABLE.
 
Accepted by the Company this             day September, 2012.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
  By:     
  Name:  Lawrence Sands  
    Corporate Secretary  
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit A
 
Form of Warrant
 
 

Exhibit 10.21
 
NEITHER THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THESE SECURITIES ARE EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT
 
Warrant No. E-2012-___ 
Dated: September __, 2012
 
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, trading on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “GGHO” (the “ Company ”), hereby certifies that, for value received, __________, a ______________, or its registered assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled to purchase from the Company a number of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) equal to the result obtained by multiplying (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the day of exercise of this Warrant (calculated on a fully diluted basis assuming conversion and exercise of all then outstanding convertible or exercisable securities of the Company) by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock of the Company issued to the original Holder hereof by the Company (as adjusted in the event of a partial exercise or transfer of this Warrant) and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock authorized by the Corporation and by (C) the Aggregate Share Value (as defined below), (each such share, a “ Warrant Share ” and all such shares, the “ Warrant Shares ”), at an exercise price equal to $1.00 per Warrant Share (“ Exercise Price ”), at any time from the date hereof and through and including the date that is the earlier of (i) the date that is two years from the date of this Warrant and (ii) the consummation of a Sale (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock, or the date of a liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Company (the “ Expiration Date ”), and subject to the following terms and conditions.  The “ Aggregate Share Value ” is 4.99%; provided that, in the event the Company elects to delay any redemption of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock after receiving a Redemption Notice (as defined in the Certificate of Designation), the Aggregate Share Value shall be 9.98%.
 
1.             Definitions .  In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Warrant, capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.
 
2.             Registration of Warrant .  The Company shall register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Company for that purpose (the “ Warrant Register ”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time.  The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.
 
 
 

 
 
3.             Registration of Transfers .  The Company shall register the transfer of any portion of this Warrant in the Warrant Register, upon surrender of this Warrant, with the Form of Assignment attached hereto as Annex A duly completed and signed, to the transfer agent or to the Company at its address specified herein.  Upon any such registration or transfer, a new warrant to purchase Common Stock, in substantially the form of this Warrant (any such new warrant, a “ New Warrant ”), evidencing the portion of this Warrant so transferred shall be issued to the transferee and a New Warrant evidencing the remaining portion of this Warrant not so transferred, if any, shall be issued to the transferring Holder.  The acceptance of the New Warrant by the transferee thereof shall be deemed the acceptance by such transferee of all of the rights and obligations of a holder of a Warrant.
 
4.             Exercise and Duration of Warrants .
 
(a)             This Warrant shall be exercisable by the registered Holder at any time and from time to time on or after the date hereof up to and including the Expiration Date.  At 6:30 P.M., New York City time on the Expiration Date, the portion of this Warrant not exercised prior thereto shall be and become void and of no value.
 
(b)             A Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering to the Company (i) an exercise notice, in the form attached hereto as Annex B (the “ Exercise Notice ”), appropriately completed and duly signed along with the Warrant, and (ii) payment of the Exercise Price for the number of Warrant Shares as to which this Warrant is being exercised, and the date such items are delivered to the Company (as determined in accordance with the notice provisions hereof) is an “ Exercise Date .”  Execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice for a portion of the Warrant Shares then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall have the same effect as cancellation of the original Warrant and issuance of a New Warrant evidencing the right to purchase the remaining number of Warrant Shares.
 
(c)             Insufficient Authorized Shares .  If at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, the Company does not have a sufficient number of authorized and unreserved shares of Common Stock to satisfy its obligation to issue upon exercise of this Warrant and Warrants of this series at least a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 120% (the “ Required Reserve Amount ”) of the number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be necessary to effect the exercise of all of the Warrants of this series then outstanding (an “ Authorized Share Failure ”), then the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all action necessary (including seeking stockholder approval of an amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, if necessary) to increase the Company’s authorized shares of Common Stock to an amount sufficient to allow the Company to reserve the Required Reserve Amount for the shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Warrants of this series then outstanding.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, as soon as practicable after the date of the occurrence of an Authorized Share Failure, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such Authorized Share Failure, the Company shall hold a meeting of its stockholders for the approval of an increase in the number of authorized shares of Common Stock.  In connection with such meeting, the Company shall provide each stockholder with a proxy statement (to the extent legally required) and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to solicit its stockholders’ approval of such increase in the authorized shares of Common Stock and to cause its board of directors to recommend to the stockholders that they approve such proposal.
 
 
2

 
 
5.             Delivery of Warrant Shares .
 
(a)             The Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant unless this Warrant is being exercised in full.  To effect exercises hereunder, the Holder shall duly execute and deliver to the Company at its address for notice set forth herein, an Exercise Notice in the form of Annex B hereto, along with the Warrant Share Exercise Log in the form of Annex C hereto, and shall pay the Exercise Price, if applicable, multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder intends to purchase hereunder.  The Company shall promptly (but in no event later than three (3) Trading Days after the date of exercise) instruct its transfer agent to issue, in accordance with its normal procedures, and cause to be delivered to or upon the written order of the Holder a certificate for the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise.  The Company shall, upon request of the Holder and if then available for the Warrant Shares, deliver Warrant Shares hereunder electronically through the Depository Trust Corporation or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions.
 
(b)             Upon surrender of this Warrant following one or more partial exercises, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued, at its expense, a new Warrant evidencing the right to purchase the remaining number of Warrant Shares.
 
(c)             The Company’s obligations to issue and deliver Warrant Shares in accordance with the terms hereof are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any action or inaction by the Holder to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to any provision hereof, the recovery of any judgment against any person or any action to enforce the same, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged breach by the Holder or any other Person of any obligation to the Company or any violation or alleged violation of law by the Holder or any other Person, and irrespective of any other circumstance which might otherwise limit such obligation of the Company to the Holder in connection with the issuance of Warrant Shares.  Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver certificates representing sharesc of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.
 
6.             Charges, Taxes and Expenses .  Initial issuance and delivery of certificates for shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax, withholding tax, transfer agent fee or other incidental tax or expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the registration of any certificates for Warrant Shares or Warrants in a name other than that of the Holder.  The Holder shall be responsible for all other tax liability that may arise as a result of holding or transferring this Warrant or receiving Warrant Shares upon exercise hereof.
 
 
3

 
 
7.             Replacement of Warrant .  If this Warrant is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation hereof, or in lieu of and substitution for this Warrant, a new Warrant, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such loss, theft or destruction and customary and reasonable bond or indemnity, if requested.  Applicants for a new Warrant under such circumstances shall also comply with such other reasonable regulations and procedures and pay such other reasonable third-party costs as the Company may prescribe.
 
8.             Reservation of Warrant Shares .  The Company covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available out of the aggregate of its authorized but unissued and otherwise unreserved shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of enabling it to issue Warrant Shares upon exercise of this Warrant as herein provided, the number of Warrant Shares that are then issuable and deliverable upon the exercise of this entire Warrant, free from preemptive rights or any other contingent purchase rights of persons other than the Holder (after giving effect to the adjustments and restrictions of Section 9, if any).  The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares so issuable and deliverable shall, upon issuance and the payment of the applicable Exercise Price in accordance with the terms hereof, be duly and validly authorized, issued and fully paid and nonassessable.  The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such shares of Common Stock may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Common Stock may be listed.  The Company will notify its transfer agent for the reservation of shares of Common Stock as required under this provision.
 
9.             Certain Adjustments .  The Exercise Price and number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in this Section 9.
 
(a)             Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares .  In the event of any change in the outstanding Common Stock by reason of a stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, reclassification, combination or exchange of shares, separation, reorganization, liquidation or the like (each, an “ Adjustment Event ”), the securities purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price shall be correspondingly adjusted to give the Holder, upon exercise of this Warrant for the same aggregate Exercise Price (after adjustment in the aggregate Exercise Price resulting from changes in the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant other than as a result of an Adjustment Event) the aggregate number, class and kind of shares or other securities that the Holder would have owned had the Holder exercised the Warrant prior to such Adjustment Event and continued to hold the shares so received until after such Adjustment Event; provided that if any such change is already reflected in the Warrant Shares and Exercise Price, no further adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 9(a).  Any adjustment pursuant to this Section 9(a) shall become effective at the close of business on the effective date of such Adjustment Event; provided, however , that if a record date is fixed for such Adjustment Event, then the effective date of such adjustment shall be such record date.  The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this Section 9.
 
 
4

 
 
(b)             Treasury Shares .  In making any adjustment in the Exercise Price and number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereinbefore provided in this Section 9, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include any shares thereof then directly or indirectly owned or held by or for the account of the Company.
 
(c)             Notice of Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment pursuant to this Section 9, the Company at its expense will promptly compute such adjustment in accordance with the terms of this Warrant and prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment, including a statement of the adjusted Exercise Price and adjusted number or type of Warrant Shares or other securities, cash or property issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (as applicable), describing the transactions giving rise to such adjustments and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  Upon written request, the Company will promptly deliver a copy of each such certificate to the Holder and to the Company’s transfer agent.
 
(d)             Notice of Corporate Events .  If the Company (i) declares a dividend or any other distribution of cash, securities or other property in respect of its Common Stock, including without limitation any granting of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) authorizes or approves, enters into any agreement contemplating or solicits shareholder approval for (x) any sale of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (y) any tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another person) pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property, or (z) any reclassification of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property or (iii) authorizes the voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then the Company shall deliver to the Holder a notice describing the material terms and conditions of such transaction, at least ten business days prior to the applicable record or effective date on which a person would need to hold Common Stock in order to participate in or vote with respect to such transaction, and the Company will take all steps reasonably necessary in order to insure that the Holder is given the practical opportunity to exercise this Warrant prior to such time so as to participate in or vote with respect to such transaction; provided, however, that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be described in such notice.
 
10.            Payment of Exercise Price .  The Holder shall pay the Exercise Price in immediately available funds in cash or by check or wire transfer.
 
11.            Representations and Warranties .  The Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:
 
(a)             the Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933.
 
(b)             the Holder is acquiring this Warrant and any securities acquired upon exercise or exchange hereof for the Holder’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation or otherwise distributing the same.
 
 
5

 
 
(c)             the Holder understands that this Warrant and any securities acquired upon exercise or exchange hereof are “restricted securities” under the U.S. federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations, such securities may be resold without registration only in certain limited circumstances.
 
12.            Market Stand-Off Agreement .  The Holder (including any transferee or assignee of the Holder as a condition to receiving this Warrant or any Warrant Shares) hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by the Company and an underwriter of common stock or other securities of the Company, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the first public offering of equity securities by the Company after the date hereof (other than in connection with a Rule 145 transaction or a registration on Form S-8 or otherwise with respect to an employee incentive plan), the Holder shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by him at any time during such period; provided , however , that (i) all then executive officers and directors of the Company enter into similar agreements, and such market stand-off time period shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, subject to extension for no more than an additional 34 days as requested by the underwriters to ensure compliance with applicable FINRA rules related to the publishing of research reports.  To enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may include an appropriate legend on any securities held by the Holder and may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to such securities (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.
 
13.            Fractional Shares .  The Company shall not be required to issue or cause to be issued fractional Warrant Shares on the exercise of this Warrant.  If any fraction of a Warrant Share would, except for the provisions of this Section, be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the number of Warrant Shares to be issued will be rounded up to the nearest whole share.
 
14.            Notices .  Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries hereunder (including without limitation any Exercise Notice) shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number specified on the signature page hereto or as otherwise notified to the Company in writing in accordance with this Section 12 prior to 6:30 p.m. (New York City time) on a trading day, (ii) the next trading day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at such facsimile number on a day that is not a trading day or later than 6:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any trading day, (iii) the trading day following the date of mailing, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given.  The address for such notices or communications shall be as set forth on the signature page hereto or as otherwise notified to the other party pursuant to this Section 12.
 
 
6

 
 
15.            Miscellaneous .
 
(a)             Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Warrant may be assigned by the Holder in not less than the lesser of the total number of shares issuable pursuant to this Warrant at the time of such assignment and 0.5% of the Company’s then outstanding Common Stock (on a fully diluted calculated in the same fashion as determining the number of Warrant Shares).  This Warrant may not be assigned by the Company except to a successor in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a merger or acquisition of the Company.  This Warrant shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  Subject to the preceding sentences, nothing in this Warrant shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company and the Holder any legal or equitable right, remedy or cause of action under this Warrant.  This Warrant may be amended only in writing signed by the Company and the Holder and their successors and assigns.
 
(b)             The Company will not, by amendment of its governing documents or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant (other than with the consent of the Holder), but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder against impairment.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (i) will not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the Exercise Price, (ii) will take all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares on the exercise of this Warrant, and (iii) will not close its shareholder books or records in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.
 
(C)             GOVERNING LAW; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY, ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS WARRANT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING REGARD TO ANY APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.  EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR WITH ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR DISCUSSED HEREIN (INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY OF THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS), AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, ANY CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT, THAT SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS IMPROPER.  EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF PROCESS AND CONSENTS TO PROCESS BEING SERVED IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF VIA REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY (WITH EVIDENCE OF DELIVERY) TO SUCH PARTY AT THE ADDRESS IN EFFECT FOR NOTICES TO IT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND AGREES THAT SUCH SERVICE SHALL CONSTITUTE GOOD AND SUFFICIENT SERVICE OF PROCESS AND NOTICE THEREOF.  NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED TO LIMIT IN ANY WAY ANY RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.  THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY.
 
 
7

 
 
(c)             The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Warrant and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.
 
(d)             In case any one or more of the provisions of this Warrant shall be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the validity and enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this Warrant shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the parties will attempt in good faith to agree upon a valid and enforceable provision which shall be a commercially reasonable substitute therefor, and upon so agreeing, shall incorporate such substitute provision in this Warrant.
 
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK,
 
SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
8

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by its authorized officer as of the date first indicated above.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
   
 
Name: Lawrence M Sands
 
 
Title:   Corporate Secretary
 
 
 
9

 
 
ANNEX A
 
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
 
[To be completed and signed only upon transfer of Warrant]
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto ________________________________ the right represented by the within Warrant to purchase  shares of Common Stock of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., to which the within Warrant relates and appoints ________________ attorney to transfer said right on the books of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. with full power of substitution in the premises.
 
Dated: _______________,
 
   
 
(Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)
   
 
Address of Transferee
   
 
The transferee hereby agrees, for the express benefit of the Company, to the terms and conditions of the Warrant (including Section 12 thereof), and does hereby represent and warrant to the Company that all of the statement in Section 11 of the Warrant are true and correct with respect to such transferee as of the date indicated below.
 
TRANSFEREE:
   
       
By:      
Name:      
Title:      
 
 
10

 

ANNEX B
 
FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE
 
[To be executed by the Holder to exercise the right to purchase Common Stock under the foregoing Warrant]
 
TO:   GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
The undersigned is the Holder of Warrant No. E-2012-_______ (the “ Warrant ”) issued by Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the respective meanings set forth in the Warrant.
 
1.
The Warrant is currently exercisable to purchase a total of ______________ Warrant Shares.
 
2.
The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase _________________ Warrant Shares pursuant to the Warrant.
 
3.
The holder shall pay the sum of $____________ to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.
 
4.
Pursuant to this exercise, the Company shall deliver to the holder _______________ Warrant Shares in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.
 
5.
Following this exercise, the Warrant shall be exercisable to purchase a total of ______________ Warrant Shares (calculated as of the date hereof).
 
Dated: _______________,
 
Name of Holder:
     
   
(Print)
     
   
By:
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
   
(Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)
 
 
11

 
 
ANNEX C
 
WARRANT SHARES EXERCISE LOG

DATE
PERCENTAGE OF
COMPANY SHARES
FOR WHICH THE
WARRANT IS
EXERCISABLE
PERCENTAGE OF
COMPANY SHARES
FOR WHICH THE
WARRANT IS
EXERCISED
PERCENTAGE OF
COMPANY SHARES FOR
WHICH THE WARRANT
REMAINS EXERCISABLE
       
       
       
 
 
12

Exhibit 10.22
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
2500 N. MILITARY TRAIL
BOCA RATON, FLORIDA 33431
 
October 30, 2012
 
Gideon Taylor
265 Harper Rd
Dry Fork VA 24549
 
Re:       Board Resignation
 
Dear Mr. Taylor:
 
This letter (this "Letter") confirms the understanding between you and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") regarding your resignation as a member of the Company's board of directors (the "Board"). You and the Company recognize that the Company intends to list its common stock on an exchange, and in connection therewith, to effect changes in the membership of the Board to ensure that there are at least a majority of independent directors serving on the Board. By signing below, you hereby resign as a member of the Board effective on the first day on or after the date that the Company has prepared a draft registration statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") and the Company's chief executive officer (the "CEO") requests such resignation, provided that in connection with such resignation, the Company intends to fill the vacancy created thereby by appointing an independent director to the Board. Such intention shall be certified to you by the CEO at the time of his request for your resignation. Such resignation as provided hereby is irrevocable, and you agree not to contest the same. Further, you agree that such resignation is not the result of any disagreement with the operations, policies or practices of the Company that would require disclosure under Item 5.02(a) of Form 8-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
At your request, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause a number of shares held by you up to $250,000 in value based on the midpoint of the price range on the cover of the Company's preliminary prospectus in the Registration Statement to be included in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such registration shall be subject to the following conditions: (1) the lead underwriter for the offering to be effected pursuant to the Registration Statement (the "Offering") shall not have informed the Company that in light of market conditions, such inclusion is not in the best interests of the Company or the success of the offering; (2) you shall have entered into the underwriting agreement in connection with the Offering; (3) you shall have provided such information as the Company shall have reasonably requested in connection with the Offering and the Registration Statement; and (4) if requested by the lead underwriter, you shall have entered into the lead underwriter's standard form of lock - up agreement with respect to any Company securities held by you and not included in the Registration Statement.
 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 
 
1

 
 
If the foregoing accurately reflects your arrangement with the Company, please sign below. Thank you.
 
  Very truly yours,  
     
  Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.  
     
 
/s/ Lawrence M. Sands  
 
By: Lawrence M. Sands
 
  Title: Corporate Secretary  
 
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:      
       
/s/ Gideon Taylor      
Gideon Taylor
     
       
Dated: 1 Nov 2012
     
 
 
 2

Exhibit 10.23
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
2500 N. MILITARY TRAIL
BOCA RATON, FLORIDA 33431
 
November 2, 2012
 
Billy Caudill
680 N.W. 105 Lane
Parkland, Florida 33076
 
Re:      Board Resignation
 
Dear Mr. Caudill:
 
This letter (this "Letter") confirms the understanding between you and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") regarding your resignation as a member of the Company's board of directors (the "Board"). You and the Company recognize that the Company intends to list its common stock on an exchange, and in connection therewith, to effect changes in the membership of the Board to ensure that there are at least a majority of independent directors serving on the Board. By signing below, you hereby resign as a member of the Board effective on the first day on or after the date that the Company has prepared a draft registration statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") and the Company's chief executive officer (the "CEO") requests such resignation, provided that in connection with such resignation, the Company intends to fill the vacancy created thereby by appointing an independent director to the Board. Such intention shall be certified to you by the CEO at the time of his request for your resignation. Such resignation as provided hereby is irrevocable, and you agree not to contest the same. Further, you agree that such resignation is not the result of any disagreement with the operations, policies or practices of the Company that would require disclosure under Item 5.02(a) of Form 8-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
At your request, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause a number of shares held by you up to $250,000 in value based on the midpoint of the price range on the cover of the Company's preliminary prospectus in the Registration Statement to be included in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such registration shall be Subject to the following conditions: (1) the lead underwriter for the offering to be effected pursuant to the Registration Statement (the "Offering") shall not have informed the Company that in light of market conditions, such inclusion is not in the best interests of the Company or the success of the offering; (2) you shall have entered into the underwriting agreement in connection with the Offering; (3) you shall have provided such information as the Company shall have reasonably requested in donnection with the Offering and the Registration Statement; and (4) if requested by the lead Underwriter, you shall have entered into the lead underwriter's standard form of lock-up agreement with respect to any Company securities held by you and not included in the Registration Statement.
 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 
 
1

 
 
If the foregoing accurately reflects your arrangement with the Company, please sign . Thank you.
 
  Very truly yours,  
     
  Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.  
     
 
/s/ Lawrence M. Sands  
  By: Lawrence M. Sands  
  Title: Corporate Secretary  
 
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:      
       
/s/ Billy Caudill      
Billy Caudill
     
       
Dated: 11/6      
 
 

 
Exhibit 10.24
 

 
FIRST AMENDMENT ,   dated as of November 13, 2012 (“ Amendment ”), executed in connection with the LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ,   dated as of September 17, 2012 (as such Agreement may hereafter be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and among GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC , an Alabama limited liability company, TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a Florida corporation, and each other Person that is now or may from time to time hereafter become a party thereto as a guarantor (collectively, the “ Guarantors ,” and each a “ Guarantor ”), MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ MMCP ”), in its capacity as agent for the Lenders, as hereinafter defined (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), and each of the financial institutions which is now or which hereafter becomes a party thereto as a lender (each individually a “ Lender ”, and collectively, the “ Lenders ”).  Terms which are capitalized in this Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Loan Agreement.
 
WHEREAS , Borrower has requested that the Lenders (i) extend the Additional Term Loan (as defined in Section One hereof) to Borrower and (ii) agree to certain modifications to the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement and that certain post-closing matter letter agreement among the Agent, the Borrower and the Guarantors party thereto, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Post-Closing Letter ”), as more particularly described in this Amendment;
 
WHEREAS , Agent and Lenders have agreed to (i) extend the Additional Term Loan and (ii) amend and modify certain terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement and the Post-Closing Letter, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Amendment;
 
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each party hereto, and intending to be legally bound, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Agent and the Lenders hereby agree as follows:
 
Section One. Retroactive Amendments.
 
(a)     Loan Agreement .  Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Section Five hereof, the Loan Agreement is hereby amended effective as of the Closing Date as follows:
 
(i)   Section 2.5(F)(i) .   Mandatory Prepayment .  Section 2.5(F)(i) of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
 
(i) procures financing from any source (a) in the form of Indebtedness (excluding all Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Loan Documents) or (b) in the form of equity issued at any time on or after March 31, 2013,
 
(ii)   Section 5.21(A)    Minimum Liquidity .  Section 5.21(A) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the chart set forth therein in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
 
 
 
1

 
 
Periods
Liquidity
Closing Date through First Amendment Closing Date
$2,000,000
First Amendment Closing Date through December 31, 2012
$1,000,000
January 1, 2013 through March 31, 2013
$1,500,000
April 1, 2013 through June 30, 2013
$2,000,000
July 1, 2013 through September 30, 2013
$2,500,000
October 1, 2013 and at all times thereafter
$3,000,000
 
(iii)   Section 6.1(d) .   Indebtedness and Liabilities .  Section 6.1(d) of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
 
(d) (i) Indebtedness owing under the ADEX Note, (ii) Earn-Out Obligations owing to the T N S Sellers, (iii) Subordinated Debt owing under the Acquisition Agreements, (iv) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, working capital adjustments owing by Borrower to a seller in connection with the Acquisition or a Potential Target Acquisition and (v) Indebtedness owing to Wellington Shields & Co. pursuant to that certain promissory note, dated as of September 17, 2012 in the original principal amount of $530,000 and any extension, refinancing, renewal or replacement thereof if the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced;
 
(iv)   Schedule 4.4 .   Indebtedness and Liabilities .  Schedule 4.4 to the Loan Agreement is replaced with Exhibit A to this Amendment.
 
(b)   Post-Closing Letter .  Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Section Five hereof, the Post-Closing Letter is hereby amended effective as of the Closing Date as follows:
 
(i)   Section (3) .   ADEXCOMM Good Standing, Joinder and Pledge .  Section (3) of the Post-Closing Letter is amended by deleting therefrom the phrase “On or before the date that is eight (8) weeks after the Closing Date” and replacing it with the phrase “On or before March 1, 2013.”
 
(ii)   Section (4) .   Landlord Waiver .  Section (4) of the Post-Closing Letter is amended by deleting therefrom the phrase “On or before the date that is thirty (30) calendar days after the Closing Date” and replacing it with the phrase “On or before December 31, 2012.”
 
Section Two. Amendment .   Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Section Four hereof, the Loan Agreement is hereby amended effective as of the date of this Amendment as follows:
 
(a)   Section 1.1 .   Certain Defined Terms.   Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by (i) deleting the definitions of “Term Loan” and “Term Note” in their entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof, and (ii) by adding the following defined terms thereto: “Additional Term Loan”, “Additional Term Loan Maturity Date”, “Additional Term Note”, “First Amendment”, “First Amendment Closing Date”, “First Amendment Transaction Fee”, “Original Term Loan” and “Original Term Note”:
 
 
2

 
 
 
Additional Term Loan ” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.1 .
 
Additional Term Loan Maturity Date ” means November 13, 2013.
 
Additional Term Note ” means, collectively, the promissory notes payable by Borrower to Lenders, each in an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Additional Term Loan, each dated as of the First Amendment Closing Date, in a form acceptable to Agent, issued pursuant to Section 2.1 , which evidences Borrower’s indebtedness in respect of the Additional Term Loan, and any amendment or restatement thereof.
 
First Amendment ” means the First Amendment to this Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2012.
 
First Amendment Closing Date ” means November 13, 2012.
 
First Amendment Transaction Fee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.4(A) .
 
Original Term Loan ” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.1 .
 
Original Term Note ” means, collectively, the promissory notes payable by Borrower to Lenders, each in an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Original Term Loan, each dated as of the Closing Date, in a form acceptable to Agent, issued pursuant to Section 2.1 , which evidences Borrower’s indebtedness in respect of the Original Term Loan, and any amendment or restatement thereof.
 
Term Loan ” means, collectively, the Original Term Loan and the Additional Term Loan, and any amendment or restatement thereof.
 
Term Note ” means, collectively, the Original Term Note and the Additional Term Note.
 
(b)   Section 2.1 .   Term Loan.   Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
 
 
3

 
 
Term Loan .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, Lenders agree to lend to Borrower the Term Loan in the aggregate original principal amount of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) which shall be funded as follows:  (a) on the Closing Date, Lenders shall make a loan to Borrower in the original principal amount of Thirteen Million Dollars ($13,000,000) (the “ Original Term Loan ”) and (b) on the First Amendment Closing Date, Lenders shall make a loan to Borrower in the original principal amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) (the “ Additional Term Loan ”).  The Original Term Loan shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date and the Additional Term Loan shall be due and payable in full on the Additional Term Loan Maturity Date, in each case without defense, set off or counterclaim of any sort.  Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1 and repaid may not be reborrowed.  In order to evidence each Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Term Loan, (i) on or prior to the Closing Date, Borrower shall execute and deliver to each Lender the Original Term Note and (ii) on or prior to the First Amendment Closing Date, Borrower shall execute and deliver to each Lender the Additional Term Note.
 
(c)   Section 2.2 .   Use of Proceeds.   Section 2.2 of the Loan Agreement is amended by (i) deleting therefrom the reference to the term “Term Loan” in the first sentence and replacing it with the term “Original Term Loan” and (ii) by adding the following new sentence after the first sentence of Section 2.2: “The proceeds of the Additional Term Loan shall be used exclusively to (i) pay the transactional fees and expenses relating to the events contemplated to occur under First Amendment on the First Amendment Closing Date and (ii) support Borrower’s working capital and long-term financing needs.”
 
(d)   Section 2.4(A) .   Transaction Fee.   Section 2.4(A) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the last sentence of Section 2.4(A) in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
 
On the First Amendment Closing Date, Borrower shall be obligated to pay to Agent for its own account, in cash, a non-refundable fee (a “ First Amendment Transaction Fee ”) in the amount of Sixty Thousand Dollars ($60,000).  In addition, on the First Amendment Closing Date, Borrower shall be obligated to pay or reimburse Agent in cash for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Agent in connection with any matters contemplated by the First Amendment which are due and payable as of the First Amendment Closing Date.  All amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.4(A), including without limitation, the Transaction Fee and the First Amendment Transaction Fee, shall be paid by netting the amount thereof against the proceeds of the Original Term Loan and the Additional Term Loan, as applicable.
 
 
4

 
 
 
(e)   Section 2.4(C) .   Prepayment Fee .  Section 2.4(C) is amended by deleting therefrom each reference to the term “Term Loan” and, in each case, replacing it with the term “Original Term Loan.”
 
(f)    Section 2.5(C) .   Scheduled Payments .  Section 2.5(C) is amended by (i) deleting therefrom each reference to the term “Term Loan” and, in each case, replacing it with the term “Original Term Loan” and (ii) by adding the following new sentence after the last sentence of Section 2.5(C): “The entire principal amount of the Additional Term Loan shall become due and payable in full and be repaid in a single installment on the Additional Term Loan Maturity Date, by automatic wire transfer to Agent’s bank account.”
 
(g)   Section 2.5(E) .   Voluntary Prepayment.   Section 2.5(E) of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
 
Voluntary Prepayment .  Borrower shall have the right to prepay, at any time and from time to time all or any portion of the outstanding (i) Additional Term Loan and (ii) after March 17, 2013, the Original Term Loan, in each case without penalty or premium (other than, in the case of any prepayment of the Original Term Loan, the Prepayment Fee), provided that each such prepayment shall be in an amount equal to or greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), and shall be accompanied by payment of accrued interest to date of payment on the amount prepaid, together with, in the case of any prepayment of the Original Term Loan, the amount of the applicable Prepayment Fee.
 
(h)   Section 3.1 .   Conditions to Making of Term Loan .  Section 3.1 is amended by deleting therefrom each reference to the term “Term Loan”, including in the paragraph heading of Section 3.1, and, in each case, replacing it with the term “Original Term Loan.”
 
(i)    Section 5.1(E)(2) .   Management Report.   Section 5.1(E)(2) of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
 
(2) setting forth in comparative form (x) the corresponding figures for such relevant period and year-to-date period as set forth in the Projections (or, if applicable, the yearly projections delivered to Agent under Section 5.1(F) below) and (y) the corresponding figures for the comparable period and year-to-date period in the previous Fiscal Year, in each case setting forth the variances between the figures for the relevant period then ended and the year-to-date period in the current Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Projections or projections and the previous Fiscal Year (provided that the obligation to deliver a management report which compares figures from a prior comparable period shall only apply to management reports pertaining to periods ending on and after September 30, 2013); and
 
 
5

 
 
Section Three. Confirmation of Existing Agreements .
 
(a)    Pledge Agreement .    Borrower, in its capacity as Pledgor under the Pledge Agreement dated September 17, 2012 and executed by Borrower in favor of Agent, hereby acknowledges and confirms the continuing validity and enforceability of such Pledge Agreement, and that the Obligations, which are secured by the liens and security interests granted to Agent for the benefit of Lenders pursuant to such Pledge Agreement, include without limitation the Additional Term Loan and all other Obligations arising in connection with this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereunder.
 
(b)   Guaranty Agreement .    Each Guarantor, in its capacity as Guarantor under the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement dated as of September 17, 2012 and entered into by each Guarantor, hereby acknowledges and confirms the continuing validity and enforceability of the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, and that the Obligations, which are unconditionally guaranteed by each Guarantor pursuant to the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, include without limitation the Additional Term Loan and all other Obligations arising in connection with this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereunder.
 
Section Four. Representations and Warranties .   To induce the Agent and the Lenders to execute this Amendment, Borrower and each Guarantor warrant and represent as follows:
 
(a)   all of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement and each other Loan Document are correct on and as of the date of hereof as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date;
 
(b)   the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by Borrower and each Guarantor is within their respective limited liability company or corporate, as applicable, powers, has been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company or corporate, as applicable, action on their part, and Borrower and each Guarantor have received all necessary amendments and approvals (if any shall be required) for the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the borrowing of the Additional Term Loan;
 
(c)    upon its execution, this Amendment shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower and each Guarantor, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms;
 
(d)   immediately after giving effect to this Amendment, Borrower and Guarantors are not in default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, or other material agreement or material instrument to which any of them are a party or by which any of them may be bound.  Neither the execution and delivery of this Amendment, nor the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated, nor compliance with the provisions hereof, in each case by Borrower and each Guarantor will (i) require any authorization, amendment or approval by, or registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or any third party, except such authorization, amendment, approval, registration, declaration, filing or notice as has been obtained, accomplished or given prior to the date hereof; (ii) violate any provision of any law, rule or regulation (including Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or of any order, writ, injunction or decree presently in effect having applicability to the Borrower or any Guarantor or of the Borrower’s or any Guarantors’ formation or governing documents; (iii) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any indenture or loan or Loan Agreement or any other material agreement, lease or instrument to which the Borrower or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected; or (iv) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any lien upon or with respect to any of the properties now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Guarantor, other than liens and security interests in favor of the Agent which secure the Obligations; and
 
 
6

 
 
Section Five. Conditions Precedent .   This Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of all of the following conditions precedent:
 
(a)   Agent shall have received this Amendment, the Additional Term Notes (each in the form of Exhibit B annexed hereto) and the amendments to the Warrants (each in the form of Exhibit C annexed hereto), each duly executed by the Borrower and each Guarantor, as applicable, as well as all other agreements, notes, certificates, orders, authorizations, financing statements, mortgages and other documents which Agent may reasonably request;
 
(b)   Borrower shall have paid the First Amendment Transaction Fee and all other amounts payable on the First Amendment Closing Date in accordance with Section 2.4(A) ;
 
(c)   Agent shall have received the executed legal opinions of (i) O’Melveny & Myers LLP and (ii) Lawrence M. Sands, Esq., in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent which shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment, the Additional Term Notes, the other Loan Documents and related agreements as Agent may reasonably require and Borrower and each Guarantor hereby authorizes and directs such counsel to deliver such opinions to Agent and Lenders;
 
(d)   After giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment, no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
(e)   Agent shall have received a certificate of the Secretary of the Borrower and each Guarantor, certifying (i) as true and correct a copy of resolutions adopted by Borrower’s and each Guarantor’s members or directors, as applicable, approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and each Guarantor of this Amendment and all other Loan Documents (ii) that there have been no amendments, supplements, or other modifications to Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s respective formation and governance documents since the Closing Date, or attaching updated formation and governance documents as of the First Amendment Closing Date, as necessary, and in each case, that the copies of such formation and governance documents delivered to the Agent on such date are true, correct and complete copies as in full force and effect on the date hereof and (iii) that the incumbency certificates, setting forth the name(s) and signature(s) of the officers of Borrower and each Guarantor authorized to execute and deliver any Loan Document, previously delivered to the Agent have not been amended and are in full force and effect on the date hereof;
 
 
7

 
 
 
(f)    Agent shall have received a closing certificate signed by an authorized officer of Borrower dated as of the date of this Amendment, certifying that (i) all representations and warranties set forth in this Amendment, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date, except to the extent any such representation or warranty relates only to a specific date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects only as of such specific date, (ii) immediately after giving effect to the Amendment, Borrower is on such date in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in this Amendment, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) immediately after giving effect to the Amendment, no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, (iv) Borrower is in compliance with all federal, state and local statutes, rules, regulations and ordinances applicable to it, except those the failure with which to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (v) all of the conditions set forth in this Section Five have been satisfied; and
 
(g)   Agent shall have received a solvency certificate signed by an authorized officer of Borrower dated as of the date of this Amendment, certifying that immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment, Borrower is and will be solvent, is and will be able to pay its debts as they mature, has and will have capital sufficient to carry on its business and all businesses in which it is about to engage, and (i) as of the First Amendment Closing Date, the fair present saleable value of its assets, calculated on a going concern basis, is in excess of the amount of its liabilities and (ii) immediately subsequent to the First Amendment Closing Date, the fair saleable value of its assets (calculated on a going concern basis) will be in excess of the amount of its liabilities.
 
(h)  All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and its counsel.
 
Section Six. Release .   Borrower and each Guarantor acknowledge and agree that they have no claims, suits or causes of action against Agent or any Lender and hereby remise, release and forever discharge Agent and each Lender, their officers, directors, members, shareholders, employees, agents, successors and assigns, and any of them, from any claims, suits or causes of action whatsoever, in law or at equity, which Borrower or any Guarantor has or may have arising from any act, omission or otherwise, at any time immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment.
 
Section Seven. General Provisions .
 
(a)   Within twenty (20) days after the date hereof, Agent shall have received satisfactory results of an updated lien, tax, judgment and pending litigation search against Borrower and each Guarantor in each jurisdiction deemed necessary by the Agent.
 
(b)   Borrower has advised Agent and Lenders that it intends to change its legal name within thirty (30) days from the date hereof.  Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 6.13 of the Loan Agreement, Agent and Lenders hereby consent to Borrower’s proposed amendment of its organizational documents in order to change its legal name to Intercloud Systems, Inc., provided that within ten (10) days after the effectiveness of such name change, Borrower shall deliver to Agent a copy of Borrower’s amended organizational documents certified by the appropriate government official of Borrower’s state of incorporation.
 
 
8

 
 
(c)   The Loan Agreement and all of the other Loan Documents are ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms as so amended.  The Borrower and each Guarantor, as applicable, hereby confirm their existing pledge, assignment and grant to the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, of a perfected lien on and security interest in the Collateral, as security for the payment and performance of all present and future Obligations.  Borrower and each Guarantor hereby confirm that all security interests at any time granted by each of them to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders in any and all of Borrower’s and each Guarantor’s property and assets, including  the Collateral, continue in full force and effect and secure and shall continue to secure the Obligations so long as any such Obligations remain outstanding and that all Collateral subject thereto remains free and clear of any liens or encumbrances other than (i) those in favor of the Agent provided for under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (ii) other Permitted Encumbrances.
 
(d)   All references to the Loan Agreement in the other Loan Documents shall mean the Loan Agreement as heretofore and as hereafter amended, supplemented and modified from time to time.
 
(e)   The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Lenders under the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any other provision of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.
 
(f)   This Amendment embodies the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, commitments, arrangements, negotiations or understandings, whether written or oral, of the parties with respect thereto.
 
(g)  This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York.
 
(h)  This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, each Guarantor, Agent and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written agreement of Agent.
 
(i)    Any provision of this Amendment which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.
 
(j)    Borrower and each Guarantor hereby confirm and agree, and represent and warrant, that all Obligations (whether representing outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest, accrued and unpaid fees or any other Obligations of any kind or nature) currently owing by Borrower under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as reflected in the books and records of Agent as of the date hereof, are unconditionally owing from and payable by Borrower to Lenders and that Borrower is indebted to Lenders with respect thereto, all without any set-off, deduction, counterclaim or defense.
 
 
9

 
 
 
(k)   This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by Facsimile shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.
 
 
 
 
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 
 
10

 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower, each Guarantor, Agent and the Lenders have signed below to indicate their agreement with the foregoing and their intent to be bound thereby.
 
   
AGENT:
MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
   
 
By:       /s/ Chester Eng                                                       
Name:  Chester Eng
Title:    Managing Director
 
   
LENDERS:
GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
   
 
By:        /s/ Mark Muething                                                
Name:  Mark Muething
Title:    Executive Vice President
 
Commitment Percentage:  70%
   
 
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
   
 
By:        /s/ Stephen C. Beraha                   
Name:  Stephen C. Beraha
Title:    Assistant Vice President
 
Commitment Percentage:  30%
   
BORROWER:
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
   
 
By:        /s/ Lawrence Sands                                                
Name:  Lawrence Sands
Title:    Senior Vice President and Secretary
 
   
GUARANTORS:
RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC
   
 
By:       /s/ Lawrence Sands                                                 
Name:  Lawrence Sands
Title:    Senior Vice President
   
 
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
   
 
By:        /s/ Lawrence Sands                                                     
Name:  Lawrence Sands
Title:    Senior Vice President

 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIRST AMENDMENT]
 
 
 
 

 

 
   
 
ADEX CORPORATION
   
 
By:        /s/ Lawrence Sands                                               
Name:  Lawrence Sands
Title:    Senior Vice President
   
 
T N S, INC.
   
 
By:       /s/ Lawrence Sands                                                     
Name:  Lawrence Sands
Title:    Senior Vice President

 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIRST AMENDMENT]
 
 

 
Exhibit 10.25
 
FIRST AMENDMENT
 
TO
 
WARRANT NO. ________
 
OF
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.


This First Amendment (the “Amendment”) is being issued by Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) to amend Warrant No. ________ (the “Warrant’) issued by the Company as of September __, 2012 to _______, a ________ corporation.
 
This Amendment hereby amends the definition of “Initial Number” in the Warrant to change the reference therein to “ten percent (10%)” to read “eleven and one half percent (11.5%)” such that from and after the date of this Amendment, the definition of “Initial Number” in the Warrant shall read as follows:
 
Initial Number ”  means eleven and one half percent (11.5%) of the Fully Diluted Shares on the Exercise Period Commencement Date multiplied by 70%.”
 
This Amendment shall be an integral part of the Warrant.
 
All of the terms of Section 8 of the Warrant are hereby incorporated by reference mutatis mutandis as if fully set forth herein.
 

 

 
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed in its corporate name by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized this ___ day of _________, 2012.
 
 
  GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS INC.

By:  ___________________________________
        Name:
       Title:
 
 

Accepted as of the date forth above:

____________________________________


By:  ________________________________
Name:
Title:
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.26
 
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
 
WHEREAS , each of the undersigned desires to subscribe for shares representing, in the aggregate, ___________(___ ) shares of Series H Preferred Stock (the “ Shares ”) in Genesis Group Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”) in consideration for a total investment of ____________ Dollars ( $_______ ) and
 
NOW, THEREFORE , the undersigned hereby offer to purchase and subscribe for ______  of the Shares in the amount set forth under each of their names on the signature page hereto.  Each of the undersigned makes the offer to purchase the aforesaid Shares, upon the terms set forth below and, in connection therewith, makes the following representations and warranties to the Company:
 
1.     Each of the undersigned understands that the Shares are offered on a negotiated basis for an aggregate total of $________ for the stock purchased hereunder and may be offered to others on the same terms. The Company has agreed to accept an aggregate of $ _________  upon execution of this Subscription Agreement which aggregate amount the Company and each of the undersigned agree represents the current fair market value of the Shares after factoring in all of the terms and conditions herein. Each of the undersigned understands and agrees that any Subscription for the Shares is made subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) the Company shall have the right to reject such subscription in whole or in part; (b) the undersigned agrees to comply with the terms of this agreement and the bylaws of the Company, and to execute any and all further documents necessary in connection with his admission to the Company; an affiliate of the undersigned has agreed to a separate agreement, to provide funding to the Company.
 
2.     Each of the undersigned understands that this subscription constitutes an offer to purchase the Shares in the Company.
 
3.     Each of the undersigned, his advisers, if any, and designated representatives, if any, have the knowledge and experience in financial and business matters necessary to evaluate the merits and risks of its prospective investment in the Company, and have carefully reviewed and understand the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of Shares and the tax consequences of the investment, and have the ability to bear the economic risks of the investment.
 
4.     Each of the undersigned is acquiring the Shares for investment for his own account and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof and understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein. Each of the undersigned further represents that he does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to any third person with respect to any of the Shares
 
 
1

 
 
5.     Each of the undersigned is aware that no federal or state agency has made any findings or determination as to the fairness for public or private investment, nor any recommendation or endorsement, of the Shares as an investment.
 
GENERAL INFORMATION FROM PURCHASERS
 
6.     The following information must be completed in full before this subscription for the Shares will be considered by the Company.  The information requested relates to each of the undersigned’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and to his ability to bear the economic risks of a proposed investment in the Company.  Such information is required in order to determine whether or not certain suitability standards regarding the proposed investment have been met by the undersigned.
 
7.     Each of the undersigned represents that he either (i) is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act or (ii) is not a “U.S. Person” as defined in Regulation S as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, and, in each case, shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.
 
CERTIFICATION AS ACCREDITED INVESTOR
 
8.     ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATION UNDER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND MOST STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  Each of the  undersigned further represents as follows  (it is requested that at least one of the following categories be initialed by all “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933) (the “ Act ”) :
 
__________
a.
The undersigned is a natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000;
 
__________
 
b.
The undersigned is a natural person whose individual income exceeded $200,000 in each of the two most recent calendar years or whose joint income with his spouse exceeded $300,000 in each of those years and who reasonably expects to reach the same income level in the current year;
 
__________
 
c.
The undersigned is a bank as defined in Section 3 (a) (2) of the Act or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section (3) (a) (5) (A) of the Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity, a broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; an insurance company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in section 2 (a) (48) of that act; a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U. S. Small Business Investment Act of 1958; a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3 (21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors.
 
 
2

 
 
__________
 
d.
The undersigned is any organization described in Section 501 (c) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;
 
__________
 
e.
The undersigned is a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, whose purchase is directed by a person who has knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment;
 
__________
f.
The undersigned is a private business development company as defined in Section 202 (a) (22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;
 
__________
g.
The undersigned is a director or executive officer of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or a director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer, or
 
__________
h.
The undersigned is an entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.  If a resident of Arizona, California, Florida, Illinois, or Michigan, please complete and sign Annex B to this Subscription Agreement.
 
OTHER CRITERIA AND REPRESENTATIONS
 
9.        The undersigned recognizes the speculative nature and risks of loss associated with investments in intermediate stage companies and that he or she may suffer a complete loss of his or her investment. The Shares subscribed for constitute an investment which is suitable and consistent with his investment program and his financial situation enables him to bear the risks of this investment.
 
10.            The undersigned confirms that he understands and has fully considered, for purposes of this investment, that: (i) the Shares are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss by the undersigned of his investment therein, (ii) the Placement Agent, if any, may engage in material transactions with the Company which may result in a profit and, in the future, may be associated with businesses which are competitive with that of the Company, and the undersigned agrees and consents to such activities, even though there are conflicts of interest inherent therein, and (iii) there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of, and there will be no public market for the Shares and, accordingly, it may be difficult for him to liquidate his investment herein in case of emergency, if possible at all.
 
 
3

 
 
11.            The undersigned confirms that, in making his decision to purchase the Shares subscribed for, he has relied upon independent investigations made by him or his representatives, including his own professional tax and other advisors, and that he and such representatives have been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, the officers and directors of the Company, the Placement Agent, if any, or an person(s) acting on their behalf concerning the terms and conditions of the investment or any other matter, and to obtain any additional information, to the extent that the officer and directors of the Company possess such information or can acquire it, without unreasonable effort or expense, necessary to verify the accuracy of any information, and that no representations have been made to the undersigned concerning the Shares, the Company, its proposed business activities or other matters, except as set forth in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Company’s press releases (collectively, the “ Public Information ”).
 
12.            The undersigned understands that the Shares are being offered and sold under an exemption from registration provided by the Act, and warrants and represents that any shares of the Shares subscribed for are being acquired by the undersigned solely for his own account, for investment purposes only, and are not being purchased with a view to or for the purpose of resale, distribution, subdivision or fractionalization thereof; the undersigned has no agreement or other arrangement, formal or informal, with any person to sell, transfer or pledge any part of any common stock subscribed for or which would guarantee the undersigned any profit or protect the undersigned against any loss with respect to such Shares; the undersigned has no plans to enter into such agreement or arrangement and, consequently, he must bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time because the Shares cannot be resold or otherwise transferred unless subsequently registered under the Act, or an exemption from such registration is available. Further, the certificate evidencing the ownership of the Shares by subscribers shall bear the following legend condition:
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR MOST OTHER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES ACTS.  THE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED FOR VALUE IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION OF THEM UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED, AND/OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES ACT, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR ACTS.
 
California Residents.   The certificate evidencing the ownership of the Shares by subscribers who are residents of California shall also bear the following legend condition:
 
IT IS UNLAWFUL TO CONSUMMATE A SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, OR TO RECEIVE ANY CONSIDERATION THEREFOR, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED IN THE COMMISSIONER’S RULES.
 
 
4

 
 
13.            With a view to making available to the undersigned the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that may at any time permit a holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, the Company agrees to: (i) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times from and after the effective date of the undersigned’s subscription; (ii) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act,” or the “Securities Act”), and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); and (iii) furnish to the undersigned, forthwith upon request (A) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, the Act and the Exchange Act, (B) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (C) such other information as may be reasonably requested to avail the undersigned of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of securities of the Company without registration (collectively, the “Public Information”).
 
14.            The undersigned is aware that the Placement Agent, if any, and /or its affiliates shall receive compensation for their services irrespective of the economic success of the Company.
 
15.            The undersigned represents and agrees that he has had sufficient opportunity to make inquiries of the Company in order to supplement information contained in the Public Information, and that any information so requested has been made available to his satisfaction, and he has had the opportunity to verify such information.  The undersigned further agrees and represents that he has knowledge and experience in business and financial matters and, with respect to investments generally, and in, particularly, investments generally comparable to this offering, so as to enable him to utilize such information to evaluate the risks of this investment and to make an informed investment decision.
 
16.            The undersigned is aware that the Company and the Placement Agent, if any, have been and are relying upon the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, in part, in determining whether the offering (1) meets the conditions specified in Rule 504 of Regulation D promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and (2) qualifies for the exemption(s) from registration provided by the Act.  The Company and its Placement Agent, if any, are, in turn, relying upon these facts in determining whether to accept the subscription tendered hereby.
 
17.            The undersigned represents and warrants that the following statements are true: (i) if the undersigned is a partnership or an association, all of its members are at least 21 years of age and are United States citizens; (ii) if the undersigned is (A) an individual retirement account, (B) an individual retirement account that is established as part of a plan described in Section 401 (a) of the Code under which employees are participants, or (C) a trust established as part of a plan described in Section 401 (a) of the Code, all of he beneficiaries of such plan are at least 21 years of age and are U.S. citizens; (iii)  if the undersigned is a corporation, it is incorporated under the laws of the United States and is authorized and otherwise duly qualified to hold an interest in the Company; (iv) if the undersigned is a corporation and any of such corporate partner’s shareholders are not such U.S. citizens or domiciled in the United States, then such shareholders’ countries of domicile permits U.S. citizens to own interest in U.S. corporations.
 
 
5

 
 
18.            The undersigned agrees that the foregoing representations and warranties shall survive his admission to the Company, as well as any acceptance or rejection of a subscription for the Shares.
 
19.            The undersigned represents, under penalties of perjury, that he is not subject to backup withholding under the provisions of Section 3406 (a) (1) (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and that his social security number or taxpayer identification number set forth herein is true and correct.
 
The preceding representations do not constitute a waiver of any rights the undersigned may have under the securities laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission or by any state regulatory agency administering statutes bearing in the sale of securities.
 
COMPANY REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
The Company hereby represents and warrants that:
 
(a)            it has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as currently conducted;
 
(b)            all action on the part of the Company, its board of directors, officers and existing stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder shall have been taken, and this Agreement, assuming due execution by the parties hereto and thereto, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;
 
(c)            the Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, shall be duly and validly issued and will be free of restrictions on transfer directly or indirectly created by the Company other than restrictions on transfer under this Agreement and under applicable federal and state securities laws;
 
(d)            the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder will not conflict with or result in the violation of or default under any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, any agreement or instrument to which either the Company is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, or any license, permit, franchise, judgment, order, writ, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or its business or properties., and no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency is required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and
 
(e)            all information contained in the Public Information is true and accurate in all respects.
 
(f)            A total of 2,000,000 shares of Series H Preferred have been authorized. The aggregate amount of Series H shares shall upon conversion shall represent 4.49% of the fully diluted outstanding shares of the Company (fully diluted includes giving effect to all dilution from all equity and equity convertible stock, notes, warrants or other securities on an as-converted basis including but not limited to the Reserve and any the Broker Warrants).
 
(g)            The Series H shares shall accrue dividends in cash or stock to a maximum of 150% of the face value of the Subscription until redeemed or converted.
 
[Signatures Appear On The Following Page]
 
 
6

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned has executed this Subscription Agreement this __________ day of November , 2012
 
SUBSCRIBER:
 
By_____________________________________________
   
Name:
 
   
No. of Shares:
 
Price Per Share:
$1,000
Purchase Price:
$
   
Place of Execution:
____________________
Address:
____________________ 
 
____________________
  ____________________ 
Telephone:
____________________ 

THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS THE SECURITIES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM IS AVAILABLE.
 
Accepted by the Company this                   day of    November , 2012.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
     
 
By:
 
 
 
Name: 
Lawrence Sands
   
Corporate Secretary
 
 
7

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC
Tropical Communications, Inc.
ADEX Corporation
ADEX Puerto Rico LLC
T N S, Inc.
Exhibit 23.1
 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED ACCOUNTING FIRM CONSENT

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 for Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. of our report dated April 10, 2012, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Our report contains an explanatory paragraph regarding Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. ability to continue as a going concern. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.
 
/s/Sherb & Co., LLP
Sherb & Co., LLP

Boca Raton, FL
December 5, 2012